Discussion:
'SCARED PAK HINDUS FLEEING TO INDIA'
(too old to reply)
and/or www.mantra.com/jai (Dr. Jai Maharaj)
2010-03-03 02:47:45 UTC
Permalink
Forwarded message from Ashok Chowgule

'Scared Pak Hindus fleeing to India'

Tuesday, March 2, 2010

Islamic terrorists like David Headley can easily get
visas to come to India and plan their acts of vandalism.

Namaste
Ashok Chowgule

'Scared Pak Hindus fleeing to India'

By Vimal Bhatia
The Times of India
Wednesday, March 3, 2010

Jaislamer - Hindus in Pakistan are scared after the recent atrocities
against minorities perpetrated by religious fanatics. Many are now
making a beeline for the Indian High Commission for visas to flee the
disturbed Islamic state. However, most have to return disappointed as
the Indian mission in Islamabad is very strict in issuing visas as
relations between the two countries are now at nadir.

Fear has spread among the few Hindus and Sikhs in that country over
the beheading of the Sikhs by the Taliban for refusing to convert to
Islam. The state machinery has failed to protect religious minorities
in Pakistan.

Bhavru Ram Bheel, a resident of Pakistan's Rahmiyar Khan area, who
came to India by Thar Express on February 20, said about 10 families
(50 to 60 members) had permanently left Pakistan by train never to be
return to that country and many more are in the queue. He said,
Taliban has unleashed a reign of terror among the Hindus by
kidnapping the young women of Hindus. He said, "They tried to kidnap
my daughters three four times. However we managed to save our honour.
We have left behind everything and came to India."

Another passenger Nenuram Gomad Ram said, "The Taliban had launched a
campaign to convert the Hindus into Islam. The Hindus who resist were
subject to torture and even killing. That is the reason the visa
application for India has increased manifold in recent times." Many
Hindu families applying for visa to India to leave that country at
least for this hard times.

Hindu Singh Lodha of Frontier People Organisation said Pakistan is in
a state of anarchy. Religious minorities especially the Hindus are
feeling the heat and very insecure. They want to flee that country in
search of safety especially to India. However, the Indian Embassy is
not issuing visas in adequate numbers.

They said the Indian home ministry had reportedly issued visa
restrictions to discourage the Hindus in Pakistan coming to India as
the chances of them returning to their own country is remote
considering the tense conditions there, he said.

Leader of the Organisation of the Displaced Hindus in Jaisalmer
Nathuram Bheel said the Indian government has put stringent
conditions like a guarantor for issuing visa to Hindus from Pakistan.
He said when Hindus were subjected to religious persecution the visa
restrictions by the Indian government is all the more disappointing
as the fanatics identify the Hindus with India.

http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/city/jaipur/Scared-Pak-Hindus-fleeing-to-India/articleshow/5634979.cms

End of forwarded message from Ashok Chowgule

Jai Maharaj, Jyotishi
Om Shanti

o Not for commercial use. Solely to be fairly used for the educational
purposes of research and open discussion. The contents of this post may not
have been authored by, and do not necessarily represent the opinion of the
poster. The contents are protected by copyright law and the exemption for
fair use of copyrighted works.
o If you send private e-mail to me, it will likely not be read,
considered or answered if it does not contain your full legal name, current
e-mail and postal addresses, and live-voice telephone number.
o Posted for information and discussion. Views expressed by others are
not necessarily those of the poster who may or may not have read the article.

FAIR USE NOTICE: This article may contain copyrighted material the use of
which may or may not have been specifically authorized by the copyright
owner. This material is being made available in efforts to advance the
understanding of environmental, political, human rights, economic,
democratic, scientific, social, and cultural, etc., issues. It is believed
that this constitutes a 'fair use' of any such copyrighted material as
provided for in section 107 of the US Copyright Law. In accordance with Title
17 U.S.C. Section 107, the material on this site is distributed without
profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving the included
information for research, comment, discussion and educational purposes by
subscribing to USENET newsgroups or visiting web sites. For more information
go to: http://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/17/107.shtml
If you wish to use copyrighted material from this article for purposes of
your own that go beyond 'fair use', you must obtain permission from the
copyright owner.

Since newsgroup posts are being removed
by forgery by one or more net terrorists,
this post may be reposted several times.
bademiyansubhanallah
2010-03-03 11:33:01 UTC
Permalink
Post by and/or www.mantra.com/jai (Dr. Jai Maharaj)
Forwarded message from Ashok Chowgule
'Scared Pak Hindus fleeing to India'
Tuesday, March 2, 2010
Islamic terrorists like David Headley can easily get
visas to come to India and plan their acts of vandalism.
Namaste
Ashok Chowgule
'Scared Pak Hindus fleeing to India'
By Vimal Bhatia
The Times of India
Wednesday, March 3, 2010
Jaislamer - Hindus in Pakistan are scared after the recent atrocities
against minorities perpetrated by religious fanatics. Many are now
making a beeline for the Indian High Commission for visas to flee the
disturbed Islamic state. However, most have to return disappointed as
the Indian mission in Islamabad is very strict in issuing visas as
relations between the two countries are now at nadir.
Fear has spread among the few Hindus and Sikhs in that country over
the beheading of the Sikhs by the Taliban for refusing to convert to
Islam. The state machinery has failed to protect religious minorities
in Pakistan.
Bhavru Ram Bheel, a resident of Pakistan's Rahmiyar Khan area, who
came to India by Thar Express on February 20, said about 10 families
(50 to 60 members) had permanently left Pakistan by train never to be
return to that country and many more are in the queue. He said,
Taliban has unleashed a reign of terror among the Hindus by
kidnapping the young women of Hindus. He said, "They tried to kidnap
my daughters three four times. However we managed to save our honour.
We have left behind everything and came to India."
Another passenger Nenuram Gomad Ram said, "The Taliban had launched a
campaign to convert the Hindus into Islam. The Hindus who resist were
subject to torture and even killing. That is the reason the visa
application for India has increased manifold in recent times." Many
Hindu families applying for visa to India to leave that country at
least for this hard times.
Hindu Singh Lodha of Frontier People Organisation said Pakistan is in
a state of anarchy. Religious minorities especially the Hindus are
feeling the heat and very insecure. They want to flee that country in
search of safety especially to India. However, the Indian Embassy is
not issuing visas in adequate numbers.
They said the Indian home ministry had reportedly issued visa
restrictions to discourage the Hindus in Pakistan coming to India as
the chances of them returning to their own country is remote
considering the tense conditions there, he said.
Leader of the Organisation of the Displaced Hindus in Jaisalmer
Nathuram Bheel said the Indian government has put stringent
conditions like a guarantor for issuing visa to Hindus from Pakistan.
He said when Hindus were subjected to religious persecution the visa
restrictions by the Indian government is all the more disappointing
as the fanatics identify the Hindus with India.
http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/city/jaipur/Scared-Pak-Hindus-flee...
End of forwarded message from Ashok Chowgule
Jai Maharaj, Jyotishi
Om Shanti
     o  Not for commercial use. Solely to be fairly used for the educational
purposes of research and open discussion. The contents of this post may not
have been authored by, and do not necessarily represent the opinion of the
poster. The contents are protected by copyright law and the exemption for
fair use of copyrighted works.
     o  If you send private e-mail to me, it will likely not be read,
considered or answered if it does not contain your full legal name, current
e-mail and postal addresses, and live-voice telephone number.
     o  Posted for information and discussion. Views expressed by others are
not necessarily those of the poster who may or may not have read the article.
FAIR USE NOTICE: This article may contain copyrighted material the use of
which may or may not have been specifically authorized by the copyright
owner. This material is being made available in efforts to advance the
understanding of environmental, political, human rights, economic,
democratic, scientific, social, and cultural, etc., issues. It is believed
that this constitutes a 'fair use' of any such copyrighted material as
provided for in section 107 of the US Copyright Law. In accordance with Title
17 U.S.C. Section 107, the material on this site is distributed without
profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving the included
information for research, comment, discussion and educational purposes by
subscribing to USENET newsgroups or visiting web sites. For more information
go to:  http://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/17/107.shtml
If you wish to use copyrighted material from this article for purposes of
your own that go beyond 'fair use', you must obtain permission from the
copyright owner.
Since newsgroup posts are being removed
by forgery by one or more net terrorists,
this post may be reposted several times.
http://groups.google.com/group/soc.culture.indian.marathi/browse_thread/thread/8a1efe054a3bf157#

...and I am Sid Harth
harmony
2010-03-03 17:42:43 UTC
Permalink
isn't that the grossest travesty visiting the hindu people who have the most
imaginable stupid govt running the place?

hindus must be allowed to enter india with full honors, period. it is their
home, the only home land. damn congressis.
Post by and/or www.mantra.com/jai (Dr. Jai Maharaj)
Forwarded message from Ashok Chowgule
'Scared Pak Hindus fleeing to India'
Tuesday, March 2, 2010
Islamic terrorists like David Headley can easily get
visas to come to India and plan their acts of vandalism.
Namaste
Ashok Chowgule
'Scared Pak Hindus fleeing to India'
By Vimal Bhatia
The Times of India
Wednesday, March 3, 2010
Jaislamer - Hindus in Pakistan are scared after the recent atrocities
against minorities perpetrated by religious fanatics. Many are now
making a beeline for the Indian High Commission for visas to flee the
disturbed Islamic state. However, most have to return disappointed as
the Indian mission in Islamabad is very strict in issuing visas as
relations between the two countries are now at nadir.
Fear has spread among the few Hindus and Sikhs in that country over
the beheading of the Sikhs by the Taliban for refusing to convert to
Islam. The state machinery has failed to protect religious minorities
in Pakistan.
Bhavru Ram Bheel, a resident of Pakistan's Rahmiyar Khan area, who
came to India by Thar Express on February 20, said about 10 families
(50 to 60 members) had permanently left Pakistan by train never to be
return to that country and many more are in the queue. He said,
Taliban has unleashed a reign of terror among the Hindus by
kidnapping the young women of Hindus. He said, "They tried to kidnap
my daughters three four times. However we managed to save our honour.
We have left behind everything and came to India."
Another passenger Nenuram Gomad Ram said, "The Taliban had launched a
campaign to convert the Hindus into Islam. The Hindus who resist were
subject to torture and even killing. That is the reason the visa
application for India has increased manifold in recent times." Many
Hindu families applying for visa to India to leave that country at
least for this hard times.
Hindu Singh Lodha of Frontier People Organisation said Pakistan is in
a state of anarchy. Religious minorities especially the Hindus are
feeling the heat and very insecure. They want to flee that country in
search of safety especially to India. However, the Indian Embassy is
not issuing visas in adequate numbers.
They said the Indian home ministry had reportedly issued visa
restrictions to discourage the Hindus in Pakistan coming to India as
the chances of them returning to their own country is remote
considering the tense conditions there, he said.
Leader of the Organisation of the Displaced Hindus in Jaisalmer
Nathuram Bheel said the Indian government has put stringent
conditions like a guarantor for issuing visa to Hindus from Pakistan.
He said when Hindus were subjected to religious persecution the visa
restrictions by the Indian government is all the more disappointing
as the fanatics identify the Hindus with India.
http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/city/jaipur/Scared-Pak-Hindus-fleeing-to-India/articleshow/5634979.cms
End of forwarded message from Ashok Chowgule
Jai Maharaj, Jyotishi
Om Shanti
o Not for commercial use. Solely to be fairly used for the educational
purposes of research and open discussion. The contents of this post may not
have been authored by, and do not necessarily represent the opinion of the
poster. The contents are protected by copyright law and the exemption for
fair use of copyrighted works.
o If you send private e-mail to me, it will likely not be read,
considered or answered if it does not contain your full legal name, current
e-mail and postal addresses, and live-voice telephone number.
o Posted for information and discussion. Views expressed by others are
not necessarily those of the poster who may or may not have read the article.
FAIR USE NOTICE: This article may contain copyrighted material the use of
which may or may not have been specifically authorized by the copyright
owner. This material is being made available in efforts to advance the
understanding of environmental, political, human rights, economic,
democratic, scientific, social, and cultural, etc., issues. It is believed
that this constitutes a 'fair use' of any such copyrighted material as
provided for in section 107 of the US Copyright Law. In accordance with Title
17 U.S.C. Section 107, the material on this site is distributed without
profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving the included
information for research, comment, discussion and educational purposes by
subscribing to USENET newsgroups or visiting web sites. For more information
go to: http://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/17/107.shtml
If you wish to use copyrighted material from this article for purposes of
your own that go beyond 'fair use', you must obtain permission from the
copyright owner.
Since newsgroup posts are being removed
by forgery by one or more net terrorists,
this post may be reposted several times.
bademiyansubhanallah
2010-03-03 18:14:05 UTC
Permalink
Comments:

Sort by: Oldest | Newest | Recommended (97) | Most Discussed

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

An Indian says:

February 17,2010 at 05:34 PM IST

A heart rending article and very well reflects the feelings of the
average patriotic citizen of this country. But our national leadership
will never pay attention to these things. U have said rightly for them
country's honour has no significance.


Agree (59)

Disagree (14)

Recommend (9)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.

(Reply to An Indian)- shashidhar says:

February 19,2010 at 02:35 AM IST

its the reality now India that every incident is driven by commercial
value and the whole media/ politician etc are only worried about
bollywood IPL etc where there is commercial interest. There is
absolute no values moral responsibility.


Agree (12)

Disagree (6)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.

(Reply to An Indian)- manish says:

February 20,2010 at 09:24 PM IST

agree with the complete article.......congress doesn't have spine to
save my country from terrorism. gandhi ji non violence method won't
work with pakistan. pakistan also liberted along with us so in a way
when we say we gandhi country pakistan should also be but they have
always taken violent route even during partition and now also. it's
high time they need to be taught lesson that our government may be
impotent but we can kick ur a** we are just waiting to reach that
threshold.

jai hind


Agree (6)

Disagree (5)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Kiran says:

February 17,2010 at 05:40 PM IST

Hail Tarun!


Agree (39)

Disagree (11)

Recommend (6)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.

(Reply to Kiran)- Santunu says:

February 20,2010 at 02:51 PM IST

It is very clear that this prime minister of ours is a weak kneed man.
He is afraid of even mentioning Pakistan's name in the involved list.
On top of that the entire government of India is a corrupt bunch of
people. They can even sell the country for their own benefit. We are
just wasting our time and effort in waging daily protest against
Pakistan and terrorism. Whereas these parasites of the country (the
likes of Manmohan, Chidambaram) are havng a good time at the best of
places. They are now even inviting the enemies of the nation to treat
them and to show aht could they target in the future. Hope that the
kith and kin of these politicians gets attacked in the next terrorist
attack.


Agree (6)

Disagree (6)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Pankaj says:

February 17,2010 at 05:42 PM IST

Beautiful article!!
'ghutne tek kar hamein baat karne bulaya'...That is how our so called
leaders have stooped and that is how they will always be...
And what do we do next? Wait for the next bomb blast, and then for the
next and for the next...each one followed by 'no intelligence failure'
arrogance...


Agree (36)

Disagree (12)

Recommend (7)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Sunil Taneja says:

February 17,2010 at 05:54 PM IST

Dear Mr. Tarun,

Thanks for this very nice article.

This malaise runs very deep in our country and collectively all of us
too are to be blamed for arriving upto this stage.

However, the fact remains that it is the sons of the mothers and
daugthers too, whose blood is wasted. Their deaths will not account to
anything, while the opposing politicians of India and Pakistan shake
hands for their photo-shoots and the artistes / cricketers failingly
try their bits (if at all). The Media should also take responsibility
and try to avoid senstaionalising matters. They should also accord
proper justice and due recognition to news of national importance
instead of highlighting which actor is sneezing and which heroine is
moving around with whom.

However, it is everybody's fault. We just don't have the spines to
have a attitude and are no different or better than our politicians.

I just wish that there was some kind of a platform in our country
where we could revisit our history and form a group of strong willed
decision makers for our countries. In our elections too, we chose
between a blind and a half-blind, but then, actually how many out of
us actually vote...?

In course of our times, we might finish our journeys in our own small
ways, but look at what we will leave for the generations to come.

Will the greiving mothers ever forgive us?

Will our children ever forgive us?

Thanks


Agree (38)

Disagree (11)

Recommend (9)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.

(Reply to Sunil Taneja)- Deepak Sinha says:

February 18,2010 at 02:43 PM IST

your vision about the issue is 1000 fold mature than that of Mr. Tarun
Vijays


Agree (8)

Disagree (16)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.

(Reply to Sunil Taneja)- vivek singh says:

February 19,2010 at 12:12 PM IST

i just loved ur views taneja, lovely...


Agree (7)

Disagree (6)

Recommend (6)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Aam admi says:

February 17,2010 at 06:11 PM IST

Spot On.

What to say more that the fact 2 of our (female)colleagues named
Binita Gadani and P Sindhuri lost their lives in the terror attack in
Pune.They had gone to celebrate their first job after passing out from
an engineering college and hard competition.

Alas,the immoral and dishonest headline setting tribe of 24X7 hate
machines -who were arrogant enough to devote hours of their TV
channels inflaming issues like screening of a movie with the sole
objective to create disharmony-could not even spare a few minutes on
these and other victims.

The leadership(oh I forgot he is an accidental PM-so cant be bothered
about the responsibilities)-as usual roped in the clerks of the
party(also known as spokespersons)-to debate the incident and
entertain with the Tamasha on the TV.

Would we ever get out of this mess?not unless the leadership is stout/
firm/accountable and we get rid of confused/selfish/TRPdriven media
and strengthen nationalistic forces.


Agree (34)

Disagree (12)

Recommend (20)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Vivek Bhat says:

February 17,2010 at 06:15 PM IST

I really really loved this blog... there has been a visible disconnect
between the elite who sit in air-conditioned TV studios voicing poems
of peace when at least one soldier dies in different parts of India
protecting that "peace". I really can not find any reason of
men in uniform sacrificing their lives for us worthless Indians...


Agree (30)

Disagree (10)

Recommend (10)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Amit Purohit says:

February 17,2010 at 06:23 PM IST

In less than 10 years Congress party has started showing its
colours.One party bearer and former CM visits the homes of terroists
and goes scot free from all and media.He insists taht he did so after
informing his master and master's son.Who are they? This visual media
has gone low than a prostitute and only follows dictum of
vilification, there needs a revolt and fight against these Conggies to
teach them a lesson to be remembered by their grandmothers.


Agree (30)

Disagree (10)

Recommend (14)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Siddharth Sharma says:

February 17,2010 at 06:30 PM IST

Great article Tarun ji, You made a valid point by pointing out that no
soldier has ever been awarded The Bharat Ratna.

SRK is considered demi God in our country.His movie MNIK was promoted
enthusiastically by the media. Though what Thackreys were doing was
wrong, even then the Media made Villains out of them.

Sad to see, that movie stars are considered role models and icons in
our country.People who sacrifice there life for the nation are
forgotten so easily.May be this is the reason that people know more
about SRK then Vikram Batra,or Manoj Pandey, or any other decorated
soldier for that matter.

Sad, Pathetic!


Agree (36)

Disagree (10)

Recommend (13)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.

(Reply to Siddharth Sharma)- DANISH( HINDU) says:

February 18,2010 at 04:45 PM IST

you have problem with SRK as a actor or as a muslim? if AB is awarded
with bharat ratan then he is ajem of a nation and if any muslim is
awarded , then people ask why a terorist is awarded with bharat
ratan . I want to ask where was tarun Vijay when north indian are
assaulted by MNS and shiv sena , oh i forgot he may be attending RSS
shakha or what ever. if a Muslim says that he is a muslim first than
Indian than he is not a true indian and if any Maharastrian say that
he is a Maharastian first than an Indian ,no one has any prob.
In every tarun vijay articles, in the End muslims are going to be a
villian .
why he can not write an article which which bring peopole closer
rather than always blaming one sect. of a society for every thing.


Agree (12)

Disagree (44)

Recommend (8)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.

(Reply to DANISH( HINDU))- Thiagan says:

February 19,2010 at 01:59 PM IST

"why he can not write an article which which bring peopole closer
rather than always blaming one sect. of a society for every
thing"

Rubbish. Do the muslims want to come closer to the host majority?
Never.They want us to convert ande come under shariaa. Without a BJP/
RSS, the small EU countries have been ruined by uncontrolled muslim
immigration allowed by the secular fanatics. Read the site: the
religion of peace


Agree (11)

Disagree (8)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.

(Reply to DANISH( HINDU))- vivek singh says:

February 19,2010 at 12:26 PM IST

stop being so sentimental, danish(hindu) what do u want to prove by ur
name??? SRK and not AB (have no sympathy for him either) goes around
saying this and that when he should actually be concentrating on his
business and the fault is our media's who go behind cleaning every
goddamn actor and cricketer's ass and licking it clean to prove he has
a point, the whole of media is married to SRK and his tweets it seems,
no body talks of the real issues..
and i didnt see muslims being painted bad here, how did u see it
then...


Agree (11)

Disagree (8)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.

(Reply to DANISH( HINDU))- S Subramaniam says:

February 19,2010 at 12:47 PM IST

Danish,
How long will you keep evading from the truth.What is the use of
trying to bring two sects together when one sect does not want to be
part of the country at all. That sect has the religion before the
country. We have tried for 60 years and what have we got.MNS and SS
maybe goondas but they dont take lives. There is a clear difference
where terrorist kill harmless people. Why does it hit you hard when
Tarun says the truth, yes he says the biggest problem we have is the
Muslims. Incidentally he has also told about Naxalites and this seems
to have missed your attention. Enough my Dear countrymen of being
psuedo secularist. This has harmed us for all these years. When your
relative dies Mr Danish in a bomb blast planted by an Indian muslim
then you will know the pain. I hope it happens one day....


Agree (15)

Disagree (9)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.

(Reply to S Subramaniam)- danish says:

February 20,2010 at 01:33 PM IST

If this patriotic Muslim citizen were to point out that in the
aftermath of the Mecca Masjid blasts in Hyderabad, scores of young
Muslim boys were yanked out of their homes, then either to be released
after weeks of torture when there was no evidence to hold them or to
disappear without trace, some columnist or pundit would comment on the
defensiveness of the Muslim middle-class, or muse that educated
Muslims were in denial. A single' encounter' in Batla House, New
Delhi, located in a Muslim majority area is enough to put 'Muslim
society' on notice and a sophisticated modern central university, with
an unmatched nationalist lineage under a cloud. The alleged complicity
of a serving army officer in a terrorist plot didn't lead people to
conclude that the army or 'Hindu society' was violent or disaffected;
it would be useful if the same benefit of the doubt were extended to
those of this republic's citizens who happen to be Muslim.


Agree (7)

Disagree (6)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.

(Reply to S Subramaniam)- Danish( only muslim for you) says:

February 20,2010 at 10:07 AM IST

sorry bro . I lost my uncle and cousin in 92 roits in merrut and you
re asking me about pain????
I dont care wat you think about muslims but if you want to know what
is pain just ask a muslim whos sister was raped by armymen in
kashmir.... ,ask man whose pregnant wife was burt alive in post
godhara ..... A father carrying his son body in Plaeistein......Mass
grave in boasnia .......and you asking muslim what the pain is all
about...


Agree (6)

Disagree (9)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Ashok Gupta says:

February 17,2010 at 06:31 PM IST

Corrupts are normally cowards. Soldiers are brave people and
politicians are corrupt and cowards.
More over,this Government is more interested in Minority Vote Politics
rather than taking any appropriate action. They will like to reward
few families ( Present Vote Bank Sh.MSY) of Azamgarh(U.P), who were
killed in Batla House encounter rather than our brave soldiers.

Dawood of 'D-Company"in Karachi once said," We can blast in
any part of India, any time. The Choice will be ours/ the timing will
be ours." He is proving to be right.
In case of Pune blast, Our Government( Home Minister) says," Our
intelligence has not failed. Our Strategy has not failed.Our forces
have not failed. People of this country want to know " Then who
has failed?" Then ,why dialogue, what for.To be attacked again?
This is with respect to the Home Minister.
The moment we talked that we will start the peace process. The attack
has taken place.Is it under the Foreign Pressure that we agreed for a
dialogue.

I still recollect the comments of then British Prime Minister Tony
Blair, when our Parliament was attacked. There was a shock wave all
over the world. Our then Top Most Ministers raised the issue with the
world community that Pakistan be declared a terror state etc etc. Tony
Blair simply said," You being the grieved party should act first
then only the super powers will think of coming for help to you."
Then P.M at least sent the armed forces to Pakistan Borders. Though
under foreign pressure, we did not declare war with Pakistan.
Now the state of affairs are worse. No concrete action by our
Government.
This Government wants to make a peace on the coffins of innocent
killings.
Rest Later.


Agree (42)

Disagree (10)

Recommend (22)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Deepak Sinha says:

February 17,2010 at 06:33 PM IST

Mr Tarun Vijay, you will do really well in Pakistan. You have mastered
the art of saying wrong things with confidence. For you each
politician is a bad guy and each soldier is good (Perhaps you are not
aware of the scams and corruptions related to Army).
People from all walks of life, be it politics, military, civilian,
Film stars, Businessmen etc.. have shades of gray, no one is black or
no one is white. So stop spiting venom against any section as a whole.
Our politicians are reflection of ourselves, If we dont like them then
we need to change ourselves.


Agree (23)

Disagree (65)

Recommend (12)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.

(Reply to Deepak Sinha)- md says:

February 18,2010 at 04:47 PM IST

well said bro.


Agree (11)

Disagree (25)

Recommend (7)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.

(Reply to Deepak Sinha)- MONI LAKHOTIA says:

February 19,2010 at 10:35 AM IST

Mr Deepak Sinha
Either you are actually a Pakistani writing under a pseudonym or well
a Hindu baiter . I admire your nonchalance in running down the
soldiers just because there has been a report of corruption. Which
institution in our country is bereft of this malaise and incidentally
which politician is truly valorous and patriotic like our soldiers. Oh
come on man - if you cant do anything good for the country at least
dont run down people like Tarun Vijay - whose writings make our heart
swell with pride and shine a beacon of hope for this blighted country


Agree (15)

Disagree (8)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.

(Reply to Deepak Sinha)- vivek singh says:

February 19,2010 at 12:30 PM IST

nonsense!!! yeah they have scams but do they push u when it comes to
fight face-on and they fight with guts, have some sense, for god sake
dont compare the military with the government, tarun might not have
written a completely rounded article but he certainly has a point and
a valid one at that...


Agree (12)

Disagree (7)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.

(Reply to vivek singh)- The great Hindu of Bengal says:

February 20,2010 at 03:18 AM IST

Vivek....now you sounded like a Paki....go to pakistan rather than
making stories or trying to say that you you are the ooonnnlllyyyy
indian in the world....shut up.


Agree (7)

Disagree (5)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.

(Reply to Deepak Sinha)- ndtvsucks says:

February 20,2010 at 08:47 PM IST

@Deepak Sinha, My brother, every politician may not be bad, every
soldier may bot be good. But every victim who is butchered by the
Porkistan sponsored terrorists are waste lives. Eleven youngsters died
in Pune blast or more than 170 dead in Mumbai attack will always curse
themselves even after death that they lived in a country called India
when it was ruled by most insensitive and cruel political
dispensation. (means shameless congress president Sonia and her
cotorie comprising Antony, Chidambaram, Ahemad Patel and Pawar)


Agree (7)

Disagree (5)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Amit says:

February 17,2010 at 06:33 PM IST

Awesome article as always Mr. Tarun Vijay!


Agree (24)

Disagree (11)

Recommend (7)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Maneesh says:

February 17,2010 at 06:43 PM IST

I feel shame to be ruled by such ruler. Bharat is being killed by
India itself.


Agree (34)

Disagree (10)

Recommend (7)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Shekhar says:

February 17,2010 at 06:44 PM IST

A very thought provoking article. You have rightly touched two issues:
a) Indian government's inclination to hold talks with Pakistan 2) Lack
of apathy towards our own soldiers & citizen. A 7th grade student
asked me the other day why we are so desparate to talk to Pakistan
& why is MNIK getting so much media coverage? "Is MNIK the
remedy for all violence in the world?", he asked. Are we still,
even after 63 years of independence, living under the influences of
British ruled society? Do we still require to do idol worship(read
SRK) to call ourselves peace lovers? Are we still subconciously (or
even conciously sometimes) considering ourselves inferior to the
fairer skinned species? Why do we give more importance to a FOREIGNER
than our own COUNTRYMEN. Unka khoon khoon, apna khoon paani?


Agree (24)

Disagree (9)

Recommend (8)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Vivek Acharya says:

February 17,2010 at 06:49 PM IST

Tarun Ji, Great as ususal. Especially loved the last 3 paragraphs. But
i want to know, are the people who are supposed to listen to all this,
listening???? The consistency in their shamelessness is even better
than your ability to write great peices.
vivek


Agree (25)

Disagree (8)

Recommend (9)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Bharadwaj M N says:

February 17,2010 at 07:04 PM IST

Tarunji, the media will never learn and appreciate this. As long as
they are not desis and alienated from the Bharat (not India) and
focussed on commercial aspects/entertainers, our soldiers and farmers
will not get their due. Very sad.


Agree (20)

Disagree (9)

Recommend (8)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Vinay says:

February 17,2010 at 07:12 PM IST

A very well written article, Mr Tarun. I have tears in my eyes,
especially towards the end I burst into tears.


Agree (20)

Disagree (9)

Recommend (9)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Sharda Bhargav - The Confiscated Soul says:

February 17,2010 at 07:14 PM IST

A sour but frank and bold analysis of politicians' priorities.
Hope it is rightly understood by the concerned authorities to make
amends.
And at the earliest, to prevent likely terror attacks in the future.


Agree (19)

Disagree (9)

Recommend (8)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



V. Ramachandra Reddy says:

February 17,2010 at 07:23 PM IST

The only column I feel like reading these days is Mr. Tarun Vijay's.
Thank god TOI is publishing his views. These blog posts reflect the
changing times and attitudes. The day is not far away when the pseudo
intellectual columnists would be buried and the opinions of the
intellectuals like Tarun Vijay gain more weightage.

The problems with Indians is our mindset. Every body values only his
own life and does not bother about what happens outside his village or
city. Illiteracy, functional illiteracy and narrow minded attitude are
breeding the evil forces. When we start valuing the lives of all
Indians we will be able to change the situation. Till then we can't do
more than cleaning the blood stains and listen to the same old
statements of politicians.
Manmohan Singh may be the best man to lead the nation, but he enslave
himself to the Italian lady and Americans. He does not have
independent policies.


Agree (22)

Disagree (9)

Recommend (11)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.

(Reply to V. Ramachandra Reddy)- Raj says:

February 18,2010 at 03:26 PM IST

Absolutely.I wish sometime soon articles by Tarun are published
regularly in print too.


Agree (11)

Disagree (8)

Recommend (6)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.

(Reply to Raj)- Pravin says:

February 19,2010 at 11:27 PM IST

Print media will never publish Tarunji's articles because it is being
controlled by the Congress leader very effectively.


Agree (6)

Disagree (7)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



sam says:

February 17,2010 at 07:25 PM IST

Absolutely correct analysis Sir.
The Film and entertainment industry of this country is heir of
erstwhile Tamashawallahs and Jatrawallahs. That now this profession
has got money and new found respectibility and fan following of empty
minded people, those working in this industry got their mind heated.
Media's marriage with entertainment has provided new professionals to
attend to these Tamashawallahs. and real pity is that people are
looking for them as ray of hope!


Agree (16)

Disagree (8)

Recommend (8)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



ishwar says:

February 17,2010 at 07:45 PM IST

Absolutely spot on Mr. Vijay. The news channel and the country's top
media houses have sold their souls. Why is this not reported with as
much vigour by the same journos when the foreign minister of the
invited country says -- "ghutne tek kar hamein baat karne
bulaya". As per them, the biggest patriot in this nation is SRK
and making sure that his movie gets maximum controversy, security and
publicity is their primary job. Sacrifices of soldiers - they don't
make commercial sense. Do they?


Agree (19)

Disagree (8)

Recommend (7)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Gautam Gulati says:

February 17,2010 at 08:14 PM IST

As usual-Brilliant. Brought tears to my eyes.
But is anybody listening ?


Agree (21)

Disagree (7)

Recommend (8)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



ravi says:

February 17,2010 at 08:50 PM IST

Mr. Vijay, I share your anguish at the sorry state of affairs. I hope
you will suitably take up the issue of how our Govt can allow the
continuous stay of Pak artistes such as Adnan Sami in India. Are there
no rules governing employment/working conditions of Pakistanis? Would
Pak Govt allow an Indian artiste to continue living in Pakistan and
mint money the way Adnan Sami is doing here? Moreover, he refused to
show solidarity with Indians when Mumbaikars wore black badges to
protest 26/11 terror attacks. At least for the sake of expressing his
thanks for the hospitality he has received in Mumbai, he could have
worn a black badge to show that he loves Mumbai and India. But he
shamelessly refused. I hope you would suitably highlight this point in
your blog. Thanks and high regads,


Agree (23)

Disagree (9)

Recommend (10)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.

(Reply to ravi)- vivek says:

February 19,2010 at 01:15 PM IST

there is no money in pakistan for god sake so lets not talk that, who
needs to go to pakistan, this is crazy comparison, adnan isnt that
great, rahat fateh ali khan, atif aslam, ghulam ali and many others
are terrific though...
lets not bring them here too...


Agree (8)

Disagree (7)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Jitendra Desai says:

February 17,2010 at 09:21 PM IST

UPA II is trying to appease Indian Muslims by appearing to be
reasonable with Pakistanis.This is very silly of UPA II or
Congress.Indian Muslims have come a long way since their days of
bursting crackers, when Pakistani cricket team won against India.Most
of the young Muslims believe that their fate and destinies are tied to
India.Congress is fashioning its response based on the feedback they
get from their own Muslim leaders, who are as myopic as Congress
leaders.
Dr Manmohan Singh too is obsessed with the idea of going down in
history as a leader who brought peace to the sub continent.He can't
BUY such peace.He may not even get votes in next elections, if he
continues to humiliate the nation like this.


Agree (23)

Disagree (9)

Recommend (9)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Indian says:

February 17,2010 at 09:37 PM IST

Thanks Tarun for spelling out the best articles that we get to read in
TOI. The biggest problem i see with India today is anything
nationalist is termed as pro hindu and non secular. Safeguarding the
nation is left to politicians changing statements as it suits them. I
read another article which shows how US diplomacy works- The US has
started ignoring the elected government of Pakistan and talks directly
to the rulers in Rawalpindi. I feel India should do the same, History
has proved that the politicians are puppets in pakistan how much ever
Messers Qureshi, Gilani and Zardari jump, they have no value.
Just can hope to have a nationalist govenment in India which secures
our borders once and for all and implements strict laws in internal
insurgency.


Agree (20)

Disagree (9)

Recommend (9)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



sufal says:

February 17,2010 at 10:03 PM IST

brilliantly written


Agree (17)

Disagree (9)

Recommend (7)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Bipul says:

February 17,2010 at 10:43 PM IST

Tarunji, you are right. absolutely everyone was engaged in defending
an actor in an episode which everyone knew to be a drama in which both
parties benefited. but nobody thinks even once about our people who
get killed in terrorist activist or soldiers who die serving the
nation. The media inculding toi seems more content talking about
flimsy issues like what Rahul gandhi ate or how mumbai
"defeated" dadagiri of shiv sena. Is there anyone who can
understand that India's conscience is getting farther and farther away
from things that really matter. God save my land and people


Agree (17)

Disagree (9)

Recommend (8)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



ramesh says:

February 17,2010 at 11:04 PM IST

Well said Tarunji, you have put our feelings into words.A nation of
one billion plus have been humbled by this party. Shame on us for
electing them.


Agree (20)

Disagree (9)

Recommend (9)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Diva says:

February 17,2010 at 11:05 PM IST

Great Article,tarun...Need of the hour...


Agree (17)

Disagree (9)

Recommend (9)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Amit says:

February 17,2010 at 11:42 PM IST

Absolutly spot on article. 10 people dies and over 50 injured and our
prime minister did not utter a single word. Congress is happy as long
as they cling on to ruling the government at any cost. We dont have a
prime minister do we ? Whats the whole point of providing top notch
security to a movie cinema when a common man does not feel safe ? So
many newspapers and tv news dedicated hours and hours to show how
great shahrukh khan and his movie was , No one dared to hold the govt
accountable for the security and blasts in our cities. No wonder we
are so religous , our only hope is God.


Agree (15)

Disagree (9)

Recommend (7)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



sam says:

February 17,2010 at 11:59 PM IST

very true Tarunji. We Indians have learnt to glorify everything
foreign and forget our own roots.


Agree (16)

Disagree (9)

Recommend (7)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Raj says:

February 18,2010 at 12:56 AM IST

Can you please show these spineless idiots that there
is a word in the dictionary called PRIDE. Either they
have sold their souls or taken a solemn oath to keep getting kicked
and stay silent. Unfortunately our junta and jawans have suffered, but
then why should they care. The Manmohans, Chidambarans, Tharoors might
be the educated lot but then when has education bought pride and self
respect. why is it that in the name of politics we have to keep
getting slapped and stay quiet. Is the pressure from the U.S.A. so
huge that we can't sustain the weight and have to crumble. Isn't it
pathetic to know that the biggest terrorist country in the world is
dictating terms and we are dancing to their tunes. Let's not be fooled
between 'Exploratory' and 'Composite Dialogue'. Are they going to
divulge the contents of the meeting to the public to let them know
what they discussed. It
almost seems our politicians have a love affair with Pakistan that
overrides the lives of our own people. What a SHAME.


Agree (14)

Disagree (9)

Recommend (9)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Vikram says:

February 18,2010 at 01:15 AM IST

The great democracy, India as we all call it, is buckling under the
pressure of capitalism [copied ditto from The West], communism
[impinged by the EAST] and fundamentalism [thrusted by our neighbors].
Aiding that is a messed up media network that is willing to cover the
pigeons at Taj after Mumbai disaster and the trivial details of R.
Mahajan's swayamwar. I am guessing its the audience (which is me, if
not us!) who is stupid and shameless to accept and watch it.

It's great that you have shown the 2 Indias that we live in...
"Daffodils in Face of Bullets" was a work which shows hope
and this one points out that hope alone is not enough.

Our soldiers are our first line of physical defense. Not for any other
motive but just for pure vested interest of self protection we must
take great care of these fellas. And then, if we are ashamed a little
bit, can we think of them as being humans or sons, brothers, sisters
of someone we owe but don't know!

I believe that this task should be taken up as a community service,
where by schools, colleges and universities interact with the defenses
to create awareness among the youth and at the same time let our boys
know that We Are With Them!


Agree (13)

Disagree (9)

Recommend (8)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



sailaja says:

February 18,2010 at 04:16 AM IST

very well said and so true. Thank you Tarunji. Most Indian media is
promoting talks despite Pak supported terror. People should vote for
the party which acts tough against terrorists and their supporters.


Agree (14)

Disagree (9)

Recommend (9)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Devendra says:

February 18,2010 at 04:21 AM IST

Marvelous article Tarun ji; a tight slap on the face of so called
modern and secular actors, cricketers and politicians, who are well
versed in dramatization.

Jai Jawan Jai Kisan.


Agree (14)

Disagree (7)

Recommend (7)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Pavan says:

February 18,2010 at 05:32 AM IST

I still prefer talks as recent attacks with clear evidence of they
been made from Pak, Smell of some other countries hand ...who has
interests in having a war and selling us arms


Agree (12)

Disagree (10)

Recommend (7)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Kamalesh Sharda says:

February 18,2010 at 08:39 AM IST

Time after time Pakistan calls Indian Government's bluff and scores
diplomatic victories. From India's track record with respect to verbal
threats and not even standing behind the so called statements, gives
Pakistan the message that whether Pakistan does anything towards going
after the terrorist groups or not, India eventually will come to the
table. India needs to learn from history. Power comes from showing
strength and if necessary using it and not by just talking about it.


Agree (14)

Disagree (7)

Recommend (7)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



R B Singh says:

February 18,2010 at 10:48 AM IST

It will be a great service to nation if our PM , Home minister,
Foreign minister and other CMs should find some time to read this
article and act. I find many such article from Tarun Vijay and others
in TOI and other papers. I just wonder whether it is going to make any
changes in the mindset of politicians and the television news
selecction criteria.


Agree (12)

Disagree (8)

Recommend (7)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Vikram says:

February 18,2010 at 10:48 AM IST

Soldiers ar given bravery awards like Param veer chakra and veer
chakra. It is ridiculous to argue that they should be given Bharath
Ratna as it falls into a different category.
Your heart is in he right place Mr Tarun Vijay, but you should not
think with it.


Agree (13)

Disagree (12)

Recommend (7)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



PJS says:

February 18,2010 at 11:45 AM IST

I was a soldier once.I still feel like one after my retierment.It is
nice to know some one like you holds our services in high esteem.But
public in general only respect uniform at the time of war or incidents
like 26/11.Respect in the society is as per your financial
status.Patrotism is a feeling which is difficult to feel and
understand.


Agree (21)

Disagree (8)

Recommend (9)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



sarthak says:

February 18,2010 at 11:53 AM IST

Hi Tarunji,
A wonderful article throwing light discepancies of media and ruling
government


Agree (13)

Disagree (8)

Recommend (7)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Prasad says:

February 18,2010 at 11:56 AM IST

HI Tarun, your blog is as always excellent. Hope our politicians are
also reading your blog. I feel very frustrated & ashamed when I
read your blog. I think thats the power of your writing. Hope it will
bring the change in our attitude 1 day.

Thanks,
Prasad


Agree (11)

Disagree (8)

Recommend (6)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Karthik says:

February 18,2010 at 11:58 AM IST

An excellent article, the point made here is no one questions the need
for peace, all we are questioning is the timing of this initiative, do
we think without dismantling the terror infrastructure in Pakistan,
the current process of peacemaking would be sustainable

The point is peace is sustainable only if both sides want it and
definitely the way Pakistan is behaving and continues to behave it
seems that they are happy in this Chaos and they certainly are


Agree (12)

Disagree (9)

Recommend (7)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Amreesh Sharma says:

February 18,2010 at 01:32 PM IST

Another hard hitting gem on the face of dirty politicians and dual
character peace lovers. our politicians dont have guts to even stick
to their words. i feel the politicians and so called peace makers are
as perperators as the bomb blasters of pune or elsewhere. We need to
think very seriously abt it. This govt is shame on our motherland and
impotent khadi vardiwaalas are the black spot on the sovereignty and
pride of the country. Soldiers are the real heroes and this govt has
lost its morality and playing the dirty politics at the cost of
anything.....


Agree (15)

Disagree (8)

Recommend (8)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Kumar says:

February 18,2010 at 01:40 PM IST

A very real analysis on today's statae of affairs. We feel ashamed by
the stand India has taken today which may be under pressure from US
because of some under table deal by our supreme leaders............
It's really shamefull


Agree (14)

Disagree (8)

Recommend (8)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Arindam Dutta says:

February 18,2010 at 02:13 PM IST

Tarun you have been a journalist for a long enough time to understand
that media is a business. It has to cover things in which people are
interested. Take yourself for an example, who will read your articles
if you don't always write against a particular community ? The trouble
is that most people don't pay much attention to politics; they aren't
very interested in it. Among the few who follow it closely, most treat
it like football: having picked a side, they give it completely one-
eyed support. Just like you Tarun.


Agree (7)

Disagree (12)

Recommend (6)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Vik says:

February 18,2010 at 02:25 PM IST

Pathetic...u guys are the ones who bring news out to us and yet you
are questioning the attitude of ur disgusting media friends just to
fill up ur article...u all are same...


Agree (8)

Disagree (10)

Recommend (6)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Jitender says:

February 18,2010 at 03:37 PM IST

What else can be expected from Congress? I feel pity for those who
vote for congress. we need a leader who can lead us in the war not in
the peace & Italian lady cant not understand this feeling.
nice stuff by Tarun Jee.


Agree (10)

Disagree (10)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.

(Reply to Jitender)- Venky says:

February 19,2010 at 06:10 AM IST

I do not understand what the Italian lady have something to do with
this? You can say Congress as a party but drag individuals. To me she
has conducted herself in much better way than many Indian born
politicians. As per the constitution she had every right to accept the
PM post, she did not. Tell me which Indian born politician would say
no, when the whole parlimentary party elect him/her to be next PM? I
do not like congress's Muslim appeasing policies, but this is not new
now, it started since independence.

Venkys


Agree (8)

Disagree (6)

Recommend (7)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



raj k says:

February 18,2010 at 03:51 PM IST

dear tarun, dont waste your health and time cribbing maybe it is
destiny, i have come to the conclusion that majority of our people
lack courage and soul. we ourselves are our worst enemies. we want to
see pakistani cricketers we want their artists that is the general
view they are the best neighbours, we want srk, to hell with
everything else that should be important.


Agree (14)

Disagree (8)

Recommend (9)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Pranay says:

February 18,2010 at 04:19 PM IST

Indians are the softest target, bcz people of world believe that being
an Indians means being an impotent. Bcz hum sirf baatein hi kar shakte
hain, aur kuchh nahi.


Agree (10)

Disagree (9)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



james says:

February 18,2010 at 04:53 PM IST

Tarun Ji
I am ahumble small man ,,, who is a HINDU and has nothing to fell
ashamed abt it and thinks that hindu values and ethos r under attack
in india. What BJP and other political parties are trying to so now id
to call in people and try to create asceular image,, people whoes
culture and values can never be indian... with christian conversions
and islamic fundamentalism on rise days r not far when hindus will be
a minority.. here is my suggestion to all who think abt hindus and
hindu values

1) creation of a state within a state (called bharat) where hindus can
form a israel kind of setup. Anybody who professes to be a hindu FREE
ENTRY

2)instilling pride and hinour in hindus who think theri heros for last
1000 yeasr are only gandhi and nehru forgetting rana pratap, shivaji
and many many others.

3)seperation of hindu media where atleast the plight of kashmiri
hindus, pakistani bangladeshi hindus can be talked abt and compared
that to luxury in which muslims live in india.

4)A fund gathering mechanism to counter christian propoganda.. we r
ourselves to blame here hindu organizations like rss and bjp shuld do
everything tey can to address this

5)After singling out Dalits, christians organizations with help of
people like KAncha Illiah(who calls himself buddhist) are now trying
to ween out OBCs from hindu fold. dalits r just 10% but obcs form 50%
of hindu population.. their target is clear.

Instill hinduness in youth who r so lost in CAT and IIMs and forget
that without a strong state which constitutes people who actually love
the nation( not whoes loyality lies with saudi arabia). The end
results are german bakery.

I hope congress makes german bakery as big an issue which it made of
best bakery


Agree (14)

Disagree (9)

Recommend (11)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



pravin says:

February 18,2010 at 05:14 PM IST

Good work Tarun, i found somebody in TOI who atlesat matches with
general Indian youth sentiments. Indeed, very thought provoking
article. Far better than Barkha Dutt , Rajdeep Sardasi & Co.
Please give a copy of this article to SRK, Ashok Chavan & so
called hypocratic " secularist"people of India.I Wish God
bless our idiot politicians, actors with little patriot feeling before
they pass any ridiculous "PAKI welcome" statements. God
bless India.JAI HIND


Agree (9)

Disagree (9)

Recommend (6)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.

(Reply to pravin)- chinmay says:

February 20,2010 at 11:47 PM IST

well said buddy... unfortunately it is fashionable to speak against
hindus in india.. really wot constituency do these barkha dutts
represent,, instead of holding talk shows she should herself speak her
stupid mind for and hour.. she hardly lets anyone she doesnt agree
with speak..
majority of indians are hindus.. so hindutva should be equated to
patriotism ,, but muslim appeasement is patriotism here..


Agree (5)

Disagree (5)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Rajesh says:

February 18,2010 at 05:55 PM IST

A very thought provoking note! Thanks Tarun Ji.
Congies have sold their souls long back..their old leaders like
Digvijay Singh going to the convicted terrorits houses and stating
with doubt about the encounter. What else you can expect from these
spineless politicians? For what Inspector Mohan Sharma laid his life?
Was it a just drama of SRK the joker.
The only solution to this problem is to go and vote for a better
national party.


Agree (9)

Disagree (8)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



JP says:

February 18,2010 at 07:32 PM IST

Hi Tarun, You have rightly mentioned the polar policies or congress
governemnt and baseless their comments. They are really making country
cowardice and this is reason pakistan behaves obstinate each time.
Either PM or home minister are just puppets of party where command of
decision is taken today also similar to anarchy by single person. Only
God can help this country to save from these people. Congress has only
Gandhi and people have given BJP an opportunity to tackle and show tit
for tat to Pakistan but unfortunately it could not reach to result due
to lack of experience. lets hope a party of difference "BJP"
under young leadership like Gadkari can do miracle and save our
country from such puppets. Thank you very much for keeping awake
spirit of Indian and i wish you have log life to go ahead this tru
mission of saving country and its values.


Agree (8)

Disagree (8)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



RAMESH AGARWAL says:

February 18,2010 at 08:14 PM IST

TARUNJI, IT IS VERY NICE ARTICLE DIPICTING TRUE PICTURE OFOUR
COUNTRY,IT IS UNFORTUNATE THAT OUR LEADERS ARE MORE INTERESTED IN
GIVING PROMINENCE TO USELESS THINGS LIKE FILM ACTORS/CRICKET/DIRTY
POLITICS AND DYNASTY RULE HAS NEVER BEING CONDEMNED.OUR SOLDIERS WON 4
WARS AT THE COST OF GREATEST SACRIDICES BUT UNDONE BY THE POLITICIANS
ON NEGOTIATION TABLE. WE ARE VERY GOOD ON WAR FRONT BUT VERY POOR ON
DIPLOMACY THAT IS WHY PAKISTAN IS EXPORTING TERRORISM BUT GETTING ALL
WHATEVER SHE LIKES FROM USA/WEST BUT WE ARE ALWAYS PUSHED TO TALK TO
PAKISTAN.OUR LEADERS ARE GOOD IN MAKING SPEECES BUT NEVER CARE TO
IMPLEMENT.IN FIGHTING TERRORISM WE ALWAYS SEE MUSLIMS VOTE BANKS THAT
IS WHY CAN NOT ELIMINATE LOCAL SLEEPING CELLS HELPING IN TERRORISM.WE
ARE NOT WORRIED ABOUT OUR ARMY PERSOONEL WHO LOST LIVES FOR MOTHERLAND
BUT TO KHANS.HOW LONG IT WILL CONTINUE. FOR SMALL TROUBLE WITH MUSLIMS
OUR LEADERS PAY MORE ATTENTION BUT PLAY POLITICS ON MAIOSTS/
NAXALITES.SEE MAMTA BANERJEE IS SUPPORTER OF MAIOISTS BUT STILL A
MEMBER OF CABINET.OUR LEADERS ARE MORE WORRIED ABOUT POWER THAN
SECURITY OF NATIONS.WHENEVER TERRORISTS ARE CAUGHT OUR LEADERS ARE
FIRST TO REACH TO OFFER SYMPATHY AND HELP THAT IS WHY WE CAN NOT
CONTENT TERRORISM WHILE USA/UK/WESTERN COUNTRIES ARE SUCCEEDED BECAUSE
NO POLITICS ON IT.IN INDIA ALL EFFORTS OF PARTIES ARE TO PLEASE
MUSLIMS AND THAT IS WHY TERRORISM IS CONTINUED AND IT WILL NOT
STOPPED.FOR NEHRU!S MISTAKES WE ARE SUFFERED TILL NOW AND NOW SONIA/
MMS ARE DOING SAME. THIS TALK HAS INITIATED UBDER PRESSURE FROM USA
AND WE CAN NOT HAVE GUTTS TO EXPLAIN OUR POSITION AND REFUSE.ONLY GOD
WILL HELP US.WE HAVE NOT LEARN A LESSON FROM OUR PAST MISTAKES AND
MOST OF OUR MEDIA IS ALSO GUILITY FOR SUPPORTING GOVT AND CRITICISING
BJP/NATIONALISM.WITH THIS OFFER OF TALKS WE AS NATION HAS BEEN
HUMILIATED AND THIS COULD BE SEEN FROM THE STATEMENTS MADE BY
PAKISTANI LEADERS.


Agree (9)

Disagree (8)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Mahendra Patel says:

February 18,2010 at 09:51 PM IST

Tarun,

I read your articles once and while, great sense of Petriotism and
asking question, What is for INDIA ? in it. Yes every INDIAN should be
asking Probing Question 1)Are our Politicians acting for their Party's
Interest or of of Nation's interest. 2)Are we adequatelty training and
providing right equipments and salary for our POLICE, bsf AND
military??
3)Is our so called minority which is about 20% of population is
learning in school with right education,are their female gender dress
properly, are their religious congregation creating Noise polution
these are the issues to tackle on.
4) the real threat is not "Pakistan" or "JIhad"
both are Lots of Hot Air we human release once and while creating bad
atmosphere, real threats are the MAOIST- thta's where we need to focus
like LASER.
5) Pakistan is no threat to INDIA though there are growing field of
"JIHADIST" mushrooming like dandelion by that scale more of
them are less effective their voices become- These are annoyance but
not Mortal threat to INDIA.
6) There is nothing to talk with PAKISTAN-The name we gave "PEACE
TALK" should caled "Working Group" for water,
trade,Joint Border Issues and nothing more thus no need to be GIVEN
SPACE IN NEWS- These are non-issues for INDIA.

Chnadragupta said to Chanakya I understand now in and out of Whole
NATION, who is for and who is agaist nation,what are real issues and
what are not. Time has come to retake it to it's RIGHT FULL GLORY.


Agree (11)

Disagree (7)

Recommend (7)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



BB says:

February 18,2010 at 10:12 PM IST

Excellent article. I would request tarun ji to raise the issue of the
politicians who gave shelter, money to batla/IM terrorists which is
going unnoticed by 'ever vigilant media'! We want police to act
against political pressure and arrest them and punish them as
criminals, we can already anticipate who were the politicians. It will
be very nice tarun ji, if you voice our concerns. Since we know
without political patronage terrorism would not have raised its head
inside our country.


Agree (9)

Disagree (8)

Recommend (6)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Nadeer says:

February 19,2010 at 07:07 AM IST

May be the talks do no good, but they don't harm either.I am an Indian
Muslim working in China, and I had met many Pakis here. What I can say
is "Indians hate Pakis(read muslims)and Pakis hate Indians(read
Hindus) ".But that doesn't mean all Pakis would fight against
India or vice versa.They too want to live normal lives,keeping the
hatred inside, just like Indians.Can India stop terrorist activity on
its own soil? Then how can we expect a weaker Pak govt to be able to
do the same?That the respective govts support terror is an allegation
from few quarters on both sides.If we were to resort violence, then
more pakis who keep hatred in their minds will unleash their hatred
and start striking back, killing more people on both sides. Just a war
which is not based on any ideological issues would never stop, and
would harm both sides.


Agree (10)

Disagree (9)

Recommend (8)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Rohit says:

February 19,2010 at 09:34 AM IST

Bharat Ratna is a civilian award. Can I also question then as to why
no non-soldier ever got a Param Vir Chakra ? (This is not meant to
demean any soldier; just presenting a rational argument without
getting too swayed by emotions)


Agree (8)

Disagree (6)

Recommend (6)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Soldier says:

February 19,2010 at 11:23 AM IST

Even though I know you are from the saffron brigade and therefore anti
muslim too but still I like your articles. And todays article is one
of the best. Wish you could become a bit secular and understand that a
soldier can even be a muslim too and we also love this country as much
as you do. FYI I am myself a soldier and a Muslim too


Agree (11)

Disagree (5)

Recommend (8)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



SonV says:

February 19,2010 at 01:04 PM IST

Hi tarun, when I was 10, I read the story of prithviraj chauhan and
Mohammad ghori. Stories always portrayed Prithviraj as a “great-
brave” warrior . He might have been a brave warrior but I feel
that he least cared about his country and countrymen. He did not value
the die hard efforts and sacrifice of his soldiers and the amount of
loss that India might have had because of war. He simply released
Ghori and registered himself as a “great” leader in the
history books. I think more than greatness it was a really foolish
decision and a big mistake for which he paid later on.
When I read this story I never knew that I will have to see with my
own eyes such a thing happening. Yes the prithviraj – ghori saga
is repeating.. And we are doing the same mistake as chauhan did
centuries ago.
Coming to the modern saga.. the way we reacted after the terror
attacks in Mumbai was really appreciable. They looked firm and strong
in boycotting Pakistan at the international level. But with time once
again we have proved ourself as “spineless”. Yes, I think
we are spineless country, with no more dignity and self respect left.
Why had we done all this “anti- pak” drama during the last
one year. We could have welcomed Pakistan on 27th November 2008
itself. I really feel so helpless and humiliated when this peace
process is taking place on top of ongoing terror strikes..
What can be done in this situation tarun ji.. I really want all of us
to raise our voice and let this govt know that we are not ok with this
impotent behavior.. !! how can we show to the world that we too are a
dignified and strong race and we do care for our citizens and
soldiers.. What can be done..!!!!!


Agree (12)

Disagree (7)

Recommend (10)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Dr P R Chakraborty says:

February 19,2010 at 01:18 PM IST

No, please, we should go on talking to Pakistan. So what if they
regularly send terrorists into this country and kill our citizens, so
what if they train our home-grown traitors of our country for
terrorist activities here, so what if they are pathological liars, so
what if they have systematically decimated the Hindu population in
their country! If we do not talk with them , what will our gora
secular teachers say? How can we face the secular world ? And after
all, none of us or our close ones are ever killed in the attacks. We
all get security cover, even our jamairajas!! Again we have our pet
dogs, the kingpins of the Fourth Estate and the secular intellectuals
whom we regularly give the biscuit crumbs to keep them happy. Long
time back Swami Vivekananda had said that this age would be the age of
“sudras” - by which he had meant that persons of extremely
menial and slavish mental level. How true if you look at our leaders
now, right from the “very top”. We should have stopped all
exchanges with Pakistan, all here means all, and closed our borders
with that country and let them stew in their own juice. No , we are
entertaining them through “Aman Ki Asha” –
Pakistanis must be laughing in their insides. God above must also be
thinking and getting frustrated with people who are so self-
destructing. Amen!!


Agree (9)

Disagree (5)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Ravi Gidwani says:

February 19,2010 at 01:43 PM IST

Great Article.I fully agree with Tarun's views.


Agree (5)

Disagree (7)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



SonV says:

February 19,2010 at 02:09 PM IST

Hi tarun, when I was 10, I read the story of prithviraj chauhan and
Mohammad ghori. Stories always portrayed Prithviraj as a “great-
brave” warrior . He might have been a brave warrior but I feel
that he least cared about his country and countrymen. He did not value
the die hard efforts and sacrifice of his soldiers and the amount of
loss that India might have had because of war. He simply released
Ghori and registered himself as a “great” leader in the
history books. I think more than greatness it was a really foolish
decision and a big mistake for which he paid later on.
When I read this story I never knew that I will have to see with my
own eyes such a thing happening. Yes the prithviraj – ghori saga
is repeating.. And we are doing the same mistake as chauhan did
centuries ago.
Coming to the modern saga.. the way we reacted after the terror
attacks in Mumbai was really appreciable. They looked firm and strong
in boycotting Pakistan at the international level. But with time once
again we have proved ourself as “spineless”. Yes, I think
we are spineless country, with no more dignity and self respect left.
Why had we done all this “anti- pak” drama during the last
one year. We could have welcomed Pakistan on 27th November 2008
itself. I really feel so helpless and humiliated when this peace
process is taking place on top of ongoing terror strikes..
What can be done in this situation tarun ji.. I really want all of us
to raise our voice and let this govt know that we are not ok with this
impotent behavior.. !! how can we show to the world that we too are a
dignified and strong race and we do care for our citizens and
soldiers.. What can be done..!!!!!


Agree (6)

Disagree (5)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



SonV says:

February 19,2010 at 02:25 PM IST

Hi tarun, when I was 10, I read the story of prithviraj chauhan and
Mohammad ghori. Stories always portrayed Prithviraj as a “great-
brave” warrior . He might have been a brave warrior but I feel
that he least cared about his country and countrymen. He did not value
the die hard efforts and sacrifice of his soldiers and the amount of
loss that India might have had because of war. He simply released
Ghori and registered himself as a “great” leader in the
history books. I think more than greatness it was a really foolish
decision and a big mistake for which he paid later on.
When I read this story I never knew that I will have to see with my
own eyes such a thing happening. Yes the prithviraj – ghori saga
is repeating.. And we are doing the same mistake as chauhan did
centuries ago.
Coming to the modern saga.. the way we reacted after the terror
attacks in Mumbai was really appreciable. They looked firm and strong
in boycotting Pakistan at the international level. But with time once
again we have proved ourself as “spineless”. Yes, I think
we are spineless country, with no more dignity and self respect left.
Why had we done all this “anti- pak” drama during the last
one year. We could have welcomed Pakistan on 27th November 2008
itself. I really feel so helpless and humiliated when this peace
process is taking place on top of ongoing terror strikes..
What can be done in this situation tarun ji.. I really want all of us
to raise our voice and let this govt know that we are not ok with this
impotent behavior.. !! how can we show to the world that we too are a
dignified and strong race and we do care for our citizens and
soldiers.. What can be done..!!!!!


Agree (5)

Disagree (5)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



SonV says:

February 19,2010 at 03:02 PM IST

Hi tarun, when I was 10, I read the story of prithviraj chauhan and
Mohammad ghori. Stories always portrayed Prithviraj as a “great-
brave” warrior . He might have been a brave warrior but I feel
that he least cared about his country and countrymen. He did not value
the die hard efforts and sacrifice of his soldiers and the amount of
loss that India might have had because of war. He simply released
Ghori and registered himself as a “great” leader in the
history books. I think more than greatness it was a really foolish
decision and a big mistake for which he paid later on.
When I read this story I never knew that I will have to see with my
own eyes such a thing happening. Yes the prithviraj – ghori saga
is repeating.. And we are doing the same mistake as chauhan did
centuries ago.
Coming to the modern saga.. the way we reacted after the terror
attacks in Mumbai was really appreciable. They looked firm and strong
in boycotting Pakistan at the international level. But with time once
again we have proved ourself as “spineless”. Yes, I think
we are spineless country, with no more dignity and self respect left.
Why had we done all this “anti- pak” drama during the last
one year. We could have welcomed Pakistan on 27th November 2008
itself. I really feel so helpless and humiliated when this peace
process is taking place on top of ongoing terror strikes..
What can be done in this situation tarun ji.. I really want all of us
to raise our voice and let this govt know that we are not ok with this
impotent behavior.. !! how can we show to the world that we too are a
dignified and strong race and we do care for our citizens and
soldiers.. What can be done..!!!!!


Agree (5)

Disagree (5)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



SonV says:

February 19,2010 at 03:04 PM IST

Hi tarun, when I was 10, I read the story of prithviraj chauhan and
Mohammad ghori. Stories always portrayed Prithviraj as a “great-
brave” warrior . He might have been a brave warrior but I feel
that he least cared about his country and countrymen. He did not value
the die hard efforts and sacrifice of his soldiers and the amount of
loss that India might have had because of war. He simply released
Ghori and registered himself as a “great” leader in the
history books. I think more than greatness it was a really foolish
decision and a big mistake for which he paid later on.
When I read this story I never knew that I will have to see with my
own eyes such a thing happening. Yes the prithviraj – ghori saga
is repeating.. And we are doing the same mistake as chauhan did
centuries ago.
Coming to the modern saga.. the way we reacted after the terror
attacks in Mumbai was really appreciable. They looked firm and strong
in boycotting Pakistan at the international level. But with time once
again we have proved ourself as “spineless”. Yes, I think
we are spineless country, with no more dignity and self respect left.
Why had we done all this “anti- pak” drama during the last
one year. We could have welcomed Pakistan on 27th November 2008
itself. I really feel so helpless and humiliated when this peace
process is taking place on top of ongoing terror strikes..
What can be done in this situation tarun ji.. I really want all of us
to raise our voice and let this govt know that we are not ok with this
impotent behavior.. !! how can we show to the world that we too are a
dignified and strong race and we do care for our citizens and
soldiers.. What can be done..!!!!!


Agree (6)

Disagree (5)

Recommend (6)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



SonV says:

February 19,2010 at 03:11 PM IST

Hi tarun, when I was 10, I read the story of prithviraj chauhan and
Mohammad ghori. Stories always portrayed Prithviraj as a “great-
brave” warrior . He might have been a brave warrior but I feel
that he least cared about his country and countrymen. He did not value
the die hard efforts and sacrifice of his soldiers and the amount of
loss that India might have had because of war. He simply released
Ghori and registered himself as a “great” leader in the
history books. I think more than greatness it was a really foolish
decision and a big mistake for which he paid later on.
When I read this story I never knew that I will have to see with my
own eyes such a thing happening. Yes the prithviraj – ghori saga
is repeating.. And we are doing the same mistake as chauhan did
centuries ago.
Coming to the modern saga.. the way we reacted after the terror
attacks in Mumbai was really appreciable. They looked firm and strong
in boycotting Pakistan at the international level. But with time once
again we have proved ourself as “spineless”. Yes, I think
we are spineless country, with no more dignity and self respect left.
Why had we done all this “anti- pak” drama during the last
one year. We could have welcomed Pakistan on 27th November 2008
itself. I really feel so helpless and humiliated when this peace
process is taking place on top of ongoing terror strikes..
What can be done in this situation tarun ji.. I really want all of us
to raise our voice and let this govt know that we are not ok with this
impotent behavior.. !! how can we show to the world that we too are a
dignified and strong race and we do care for our citizens and
soldiers.. What can be done..!!!!!


Agree (6)

Disagree (5)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Deepesh says:

February 19,2010 at 05:06 PM IST

UPA bows down from the pressure of Indian Muslims and US. ever i
wonder y to talk with the Pakis?? when we dont talk , there is no
Blasts, as soon as there are resumptions of talks there are Pune like
incidents.Pak's PM was mocking at us in a public rally, wat a shame
for our leaders.

Hail UPA and the people who voted for them!! Huh !!


Agree (6)

Disagree (6)

Recommend (6)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Ravinder says:

February 19,2010 at 05:58 PM IST

The comment "Ghutne tek kar bulaya..." exposes Pakistans
perfidity. It was Pakistan that was begging for composite dialogue
since Mumbai attack. True to its character, Pakistan started making
such comments after India proposed limited talks under US pressure.

Are all the politicians in Pakistan totally shameless?


Agree (5)

Disagree (5)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Kumar says:

February 19,2010 at 09:15 PM IST

Thanks Tarun Ji for writing this article. Shashi Tarror, Manmohan,
Krishna and Chidambaram definitely don't have any right to continue on
their posts. They have become spineless creatures and I don't know
what is making them to become a puppet. They have completely lost
their senses.


Agree (4)

Disagree (6)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Uday Deole says:

February 19,2010 at 09:34 PM IST

Very well written article.However there are very few takers for this
article though no. of comments in favour of you are more. Whenever the
question of Pakistani cricketrs and artists comes then suddenly all
people become lovers of arts and sports. All brave words are
forgotten. Whether similar treatment is meted out to Indian artists or
not is conveniently forgotten. Mr. Vijay you have questioned only
politicains. But what is the role of media in this?.


Agree (10)

Disagree (6)

Recommend (7)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.

(Reply to Uday Deole)- Beenal Tavri says:

February 20,2010 at 07:50 AM IST

The media has just one role: To make money by boosting its TRP, and
preferably run down the Hindus and feign secularism


Agree (8)

Disagree (5)

Recommend (6)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.

(Reply to Uday Deole)- anandvc says:

February 20,2010 at 10:35 AM IST

Ah.... pls do not talk about media .... it is supreme... doing the
best ... no ?


Agree (5)

Disagree (5)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Satbir Singh Bedi says:

February 20,2010 at 05:51 PM IST

An excellent article. However, we are all to be blamed for according
top priority to film personalities, politicians and cricketers. The
media is full of news about these people and has all its precious
space for wriiting about them. But media only cater to our needs. I
have seen youngesters eagrely reading what is gossip about film
personalities, politicians and cricketers. Media highlights who is in
love with which actresses or which cricketer because we like to read
about them. We never think about our soldiers except at the time of
war. It is only when there is full scale attack on the country like
that in 1962 or in 1965 or in 1971 or the Kargil war that we remember
our soldiers. It is in fact our lack of interest in our soldiers. We
do not want to send our sons and daughters to join Armed Forces but
like them to become Soft Ware Engineers, etc. or better to go to
Australia, Canada, UK or USA. We suffer humiliation but like to go to
Arab countries for money and remain subject to Shariah law. Our Prime
Minister himself took it upon himself to praise British Raj. He really
showered so much praise on the British rulers. But he is not alone to
be blamed. I have heard a youngester say that Bhagat Singh wasted his
life. He should have lived a decent life and not indulged in revolt
against the British raj. And again, it is we who vote politicians to
power. We are charmed by our politicians and give our vote to them
quite willingly. People have voted for the Congress willingly. So, let
them suffer willingly. And point has been raised about the soldier.
But what about the Aam Aadami. He goes on living a sub standard life
while leaders, cricketers and film personalities make merry. We would
only wake up when Pakistan attacks us fully otherwise we would go on
sleeping. God forbid if Pakistan occupies our country's part and
capture all the women living in that part and sells them in Lahore for
prostitution, only then we would remember our soldiers.


Agree (9)

Disagree (5)

Recommend (6)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



iftekhar says:

February 20,2010 at 07:13 PM IST

Even to discuss terrorism india has to talk to pakistan, in this age
of globization Tarun you cant advocate no talk theory. frst i dont
understan why indian had bad rrealations with all neibhors, pak,
nepal, banglades, srilanka, china. is something wrong with india or
these countries.
nobody in our neibouring countirs have person like bal thackry who
issues dictats, for films for poets for painters.
old thackry will never raise the issue of nazal or maoist voilence


Agree (6)

Disagree (9)

Recommend (5)

Offensive
Your comment has been submitted. It will appear here after the
Moderator approves it.Bookmark this.
Your Comments has been posted.It will appear here.



Capt. Ajay Tripathi says:

February 21,2010 at 10:34 AM IST

Well said Tarun! You can put our thoughts to word and express our
feelings.
Where our politicians are taking us remains unclear after seeing the
state of Andhra Pradesh. It's true the opposition is most weak at
present and common man see no alternative, but does that mean the
government can do anything they consider is right?

...and I am Sid Harth
bademiyansubhanallah
2010-03-03 18:49:13 UTC
Permalink
Pravin Mahajan dies of brain haemorrhage
TNN, Mar 3, 2010, 06.19pm IST

Pravin Mahajan dies in hospitalMUMBAI: Pravin Mahajan, who was
sentenced to life imprisonment for killing brother & BJP leader Pramod
Mahajan, died in a Thane hospital on Wednesday evening, family sources
said.

Pravin, 50, who was serving his life imprisonment, is survived by his
wife and two children Kapil and Vaishali both of whom are college
students.

Pravin Mahajan had been admitted to the Jupiter hospital in December
2009 following a brain haemorrhage and had been in coma since then.

He had been put on life support system and was struggling for life but
failed to recover at the Hospital where he was admitted, a close aide
of the family said. However, hospital authorities did not issue any
official word on the developments and most family members also
declined to comment.

In a dramatic murder that shocked the country, Pravin Mahajan had
killed his elder brother Pramod Mahajan on April 22, 2006 in his
Mumbai home. The high-profile BJP leader succumbed to his wounds 12
days later on May 3.

Pravin Mahajan was sentenced to life by a sessions court for
fratricide on Dec 18, 2007. He was released on 14-day parole on
November 27, 2009 after three-and-a-half years in prison and was
supposed to return to prison when he suffered the stroke and was
hospitalized.

Following is the chronology of the Pramod Mahajan murder trial

April 22, 2006: Pravin Mahajan shoots Pramod Mahajan at his Worli
residence.

April 22, 2006: Pravin surrenders before the Worli Police.

April 23, 2006: Pravin sent to police custody by Bhoiwada court.

April 27, 2006: Cops record statement of Mahajan's family.

May 03, 2006: Pramod Mahajan succumbs to his injuries and dies at a
city hospital.

July 14, 2006: 650-page chargesheet filed before Bhoiwada court for
charges under IPC Section 302 (murder) and Section 449 (house
trespass).

July 24, 2006: Pravin files for bail application before Sewri sessions
court.

July 30, 2006: Pramod Mahajan's murder case committed to the sessions
court.

August 01, 2006: Sessions judge Abhay Thipsay rejects Pravin's bail
plea.

Sept 01, 2006: Harshad Ponda appointed as defence lawyer by Pravin.

Sept 08, 2006: Special prosecutor Srikant Bhatt withdraws from the
case.

Sept 25, 2006: Special prosecutors Ujjwal Nikam and Niteen Pradhan
appointed by the state.

Jan 23, 2007: Pravin pleads not guilty.

March 21, 2007: Trial commences at the sessions court.

March 23, 2007: Rekha tells the court that she saw Pravin firing
bullets at her husband.

April 10, 2007: Rekha tells the court that Pravin had threatened
Pramod and demanded Rs one crore.

April 11, 2007: Brother-in-law Gopinath Munde tells court that Pravin
had sent threatening SMS to Pramod.

April 18, 2007: Supplementary chargesheet filed in Mahajan trial.

May 11, 2007: Key eyewitness and Pramod's domestic help, Mahesh
Wankhede, deposes before the court.

Oct 15, 2007: Pramod's daughter Poonam Mahajan identifies Pravin
before the court and breaks down after cross-examination.

Oct 29, 2007: Pravin shocks the court by stating that he had not
killed his elder brother.

Oct 30, 2007: Pravin makes allegations about Pramod's character in the
court.

Nov 1, 2007: Defence witness B Harikrishnan tells the court that SMS
can be manipulated.

Nov 16, 2007: Harikrishnan manipulates an SMS in a demonstration
before the court.

Nov 22, 2007: Sarangi admits to having sent an SMS to Pramod, says SMS
was tampered.

Nov 30, 2007: Advocates start final arguments.

Dec 03, 2007: Prosecution says money is the motive for murder.

Dec 06, 2007: Judge S P Davare begins dictating the judgement as both
defence and prosecution conclude arguments.

Dec 17, 2007: Court holds Pravin guilty in the case.

Nov 27, 2009: Released on 14-day parole

Dec 11, 2009: Pravin Mahajan lapsed into coma following a suspected
brain hemorrhage.

March 3, 2010: Pravin Mahajan dies

http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/city/mumbai/Pravin-Mahajan-dies-of-brain-haemorrhage/articleshow/5637650.cms

Pravin Mahajan leaves behind unanswered questions
PTI, Mar 3, 2010, 07.11pm IST

MUMBAI: Pravin Mahajan, who lived with his wife and two children in a
modest apartment in Thane near here, was an unknown figure until the
morning of April 22, 2006 when he shot his brother and prominent BJP
leader Pramod.

On that day, Pravin drove to the Worli residence of elder brother
Pramod Mahajan. After a brief, tense conversation, Pravin (who was
carrying a licensed revolver) shot Pramod and then went to a police
station and surrendered.

From that day onwards, Pravin became a national enigma. Very little
was known about him, and about his motive for killing Pramod, who was
then one of the important and high-profile politicians at the national
level.

Pramod passed away 13 days later, on May 3. Pravin was convicted for
the murder by a Mumbai sessions court, and sentenced to life
imprisonment on December 18, 2007.

However, even during the trial the prosecution could not pinpoint the
actual motive. Pravin's lawyer took the stand that he did not shoot
his brother.

Even in his latest interview after he was released on furlough from
Nashik prison last month, Pravin maintained that "I did not kill
Pramod".

Born to a school teacher, Pravin (50) was the youngest of the five
siblings.

As an elder brother, it was Pramod who found for Pravin his bride
Sarangi. Pravin settled down in Thane, working as a consultant.

Apparently, in the last five-six years before Pramod's death, their
relations began to sour. Evidence submitted by prosecution during the
trial indicated that they had disputes over financial transactions.

His other brother, Prakash Mahajan, alleged after the publication of
'Maza Album' that Pravin and his family were living off Pramod's
money.

Though other members of Mahajan family severed ties with him after the
murder, Sarangi stood by him through the trial and afterwards.

He was released on furlough on November 27. Just when the 14-day leave
was about to expire, he complained of headache and blood pressure, and
was taken on December 11 night to Jupiter hospital in Thane.

He arrived in an unconscious state and was diagnosed with severe brain
haemorrhage. He went into coma from which he never recovered.

Apart from his wife, he is survived by two college-going children
Kapil and Vrushali.

http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/city/mumbai/Pravin-Mahajan-leaves-behind-unanswered-questions-/articleshow/5637848.cms

Pravin Mahajan pens 'revealing' book on brother Pramod
IANS, Apr 12, 2009, 01.04pm IST

MUMBAI: Barely three weeks before the third death anniversary of the
late Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) leader Pramod Mahajan, his brother
Pravin -- undergoing a life-term for killing him -- has come out with
a tell-all book.

The book entitled My Album -- around 175 pages -- will be published in
Marathi and English soon.

In the book, which Pravin said was inspired within the confines of the
prison walls where he is currently lodged, he has dwelt upon several
aspects of his elder brother's personal, professional and political
life, his principles, his political associates, etc, many of them not
exactly laudatory.

In a statement, Pravin's wife Sarangi said: "This book should be
treated as an ordinary book. It doesn't include any of the court
statements which were in-camera."

However, Sarangi made it clear on Sunday morning that this book is not
an autobiography of her husband, merely an authentic account of
certain incidents in his life which he experienced.

"It is not directed against any individual, party or group and should
not be construed as such," she declared.

Recalling his association with his elder brother, Pravin said that
Pramod did everything his way by either "buying" everybody or
"scaring" them into submission to his will.

"He symbolized everything in politics, he was a fixer, dealer, double-
dealer, conspirator, etc, just like Amar Singh," he has written.

Once, Sharad Pawar had saved Pramod from a major problem. In 1998,
Pramod had committed a blunder while filling up his nomination form
for Rajya Sabha elections. He had shown his profession as "Advisor to
Prime Minister", which was an 'office of profit'.

This was brought to Pramod's notice by Pawar. Pramod immediately
rectified it by giving a back-dated resignation letter from his
advisory post. The reason, Pravin explained, was that there were seven
seats and eight contestants. If Pramod's papers had been rejected,
then Pawar's arch-rival Suresh Kalmadi would have been elected
unopposed.

Pravin said that in 1984 during the Lok Sabha elections, Pramod
declared that politics was his "mission" not "profession". "Then, when
did he slip?" the younger brother asks.

He said that between 1998 and 2004, Pramod handled several Lok Sabha
and assembly elections around the country. Election times were when a
lot of money flowed into the party coffers which he used for "personal
pleasure pursuits". He never revealed the sources of his funds to the
party and even told Pravin never to do so, the book extract says.

Discussing the family front, Pravin said that his entire family as
well as sister-in-law (Pramod's wife) Rekha and her children have
suffered a lot.

He cited several disturbing instances in this regard:

"Will my mother deny that Pramod once raised his hand to beat her and
isn't Gopinath Munde (sister's husband) aware of this?

"Did Rahul Mahajan (Pramod's son) once not complain to me about his
(prospective) wife Shweta's loose character?"

"Did Poonam Mahajan (Pramod's daughter) once not tell me how her
father went with some friend to Europe/US in 1992, bringing tears to
my eyes? What do Prakash Mahajan (another brother) and Pratima Mahajan
(his wife) have to say about this?"

He said that Pramod had become arrogant with his position in the party
and the knowledge that he was in the midst of all leaders, ranging
from Pawar to Shiv Sena chief Bal Thackeray, Pravin said.

On April 22, 2006, Pravin had gone to Pramod's house in Worli and
pumped several bullets into his abdomen. After an unsuccessful battle
for survival, Pramod passed away on May 3 that year, leaving a void in
the BJP.

After a trial by the court, Pravin was sentenced to life imprisonment
and is currently in jail.

He has said in the introduction to the book that he could picture his
entire life like a "documentary film" compelling him to put it down on
paper.

http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/india/Pravin-Mahajan-pens-revealing-book-on-brother-Pramod/articleshow/4391545.cms

Pramod Mahajan's killer, Pravin, released on 14-day parole
PTI, Nov 27, 2009, 02.10pm IST

MUMBAI/NASHIK (MAHARASHTRA): Pravin Mahajan, sentenced to life
imprisonment for killing his brother, the late Bharatiya Janata Party
(BJP) leader Pramod Mahajan, was on Friday released on parole for 14
days on medical grounds, a family member said.

"He has been released a short while ago on some purely personal
medical reasons," the family member said.

Pravin was pronounced guilty and awarded life sentence by a Mumbai
court in December 2007 for killing his elder brother Pramod at the
latter's flat in Worli. Pramod had succumbed to fatal bullet wounds in
a city hospital on May 3, 2006.

http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/city/mumbai/Pramod-Mahajans-killer-Pravin-released-on-14-day-parole/articleshow/5275131.cms

Injured ego made Pravin kill Pramod Mahajan
PTI, Jul 19, 2006, 03.04pm IST

MUMBAI: Greed for money and injured ego were the two main reasons that
prompted Pravin Mahajan to kill his elder brother and BJP General
Secretary Pramod Mahajan, according to the chargesheet filed by police
in a court last week.

The 650-page chargesheet contains the statements of Pravin and 58
witnesses, including Rekha Mahajan, wife of late Pramod Mahajan and
the domestic servant who allegedly saw Pravin firing shots at his
brother at the BJP leader's residence in Worli on April 22.

The chargesheet also reveals how Pravin had allegedly planned the
murder and executed it with a pre-meditated mind.

Pravin has told the police that he had differences with Mahajan for
the past 20 years and although the latter was helping him financially,
he (Pravin) felt it was not enough.

According to Pravin, his brother did not talk to him in public and
also he had no access to Mahajan and had to reach him through his
(Pramod's) secretary, which he could not tolerate and felt that his
brother was humiliating him.

As per Pravin's statement, on April 22 he had planned to kill his
brother if family issues were not settled and with that in mind he had
set out from his Thane house at 5:20 am in his car. It took him nearly
two hours from Thane to Worli and in between he stopped on the way to
ponder over the plan to kill Pramod.

Pravin said that on reaching his brother's house he had initiated
talks on family ties but Mahajan continued reading newspapers. Then
Mahajan reportedly switched on a sports channel on the TV and ignored
him, Pravin stated.

http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/india/Injured-ego-made-Pravin-kill-Pramod-Mahajan/articleshow/1776476.cms

Pravin gets life term for killing Pramod Mahajan
INDIATIMES NEWS NETWORK, Dec 18, 2007, 03.46pm IST

MUMBAI: Pravin Mahajan was sentenced to life imprisonment on Tuesday
for killing his brother and BJP leader Pramod Mahajan.

The younger brother of the prominent BJP leader Pramod Mahajan was
convicted for murder and house trespass with intention to commit a
serious offence.

Special prosecutor Ujjwal Nikam had sought the maximum punishment of
death by hanging on Tuesday for the accused.

While convicting Pravin, Sessions Judge SP Davare had relied on the
statements of Pramod's wife Rekha, servant Mahesh and his own
statement to his brother-in-law and BJP leader Gopinath Munde while on
way to the hospital after being shot at on April 22, last year.

Pravin had fired three bullets at his elder brother at the latter's
residence. Mahajan died after battling for his life for 12 days in a
hospital here.

Davare said the prosecution's case had inspired "every confidence."

http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/india/Pravin-gets-life-term-for-killing-Pramod-Mahajan/articleshow/2631387.cms

CPM goes soft on Mahajan in Shivani murder case
TNN, Aug 17, 2002, 01.38am IST

KOLKATA: Union parliamentary affairs minister Pramod Mahajan earned
respite from the unlikeliest of allies, the CPM, on Friday, while
facing allegations in the Shivani Bhatnagar murder case.

CPM state secretary and Politburo member Anil Biswas said in Kolkata
that the party would not demand Mahajan’s resignation unless he was
charge-sheeted and convicted. “This is our policy. We cannot seek his
resignation on the basis of allegations. The Centre should probe the
case and let people know the truth,” said Biswas. But why are the
Marxists clamouring for the resignation of petroleum minister Ram Naik
in the wake of the petrol pump scandal?

“Corruption charges are different. If he (Naik) steps down, it would
facilitate a fair investigation. It seems the BJP has surpassed the
Congress in corruption at high places,” argued Biswas.

CPM leader in the Lok Sabha and well-known lawyer Somnath Chatterjee
also felt that unless specific charges were made and evidence found
against Mahajan, the allegations would not be legally tenable. But he
accused the government of derailing the probe into the three-year-old
murder case.

Left Front partner and Forward Bloc veteran Ashok Ghosh, however,
wanted Mahajan to relinquish his job “on moral ground” if there was
“prima facie evidence” of his role in the murder.

Congress chief whip in the Lok Sabha Priya Ranjan Das Munshi said, “If
such charges were levelled at me, I would have resigned.”

http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/city/kolkata-/CPM-goes-soft-on-Mahajan-in-Shivani-murder-case/articleshow/19307721.cms

VVIP visits to Mahajan cause concern
PTI, Apr 24, 2006, 05.18pm IST

MUMBAI: It has been a virtual procession of the nation's leaders,
Bollywood stars, top industrialists and sundry making a trip to the
Hinduja Hospital where high-profile BJP leader Pramod Mahajan is
battling for his life.

Known for his networking across the political spectrum, it is not
surprising that Mahajan enjoys tremendous goodwill and that there has
been a constant stream of visitors to meet his family and convey good
wishes for his recovery.

With television cameras beaming live pictures across the country, it
has become almost obligatory for visiting VVIPs to pose for a national
audience and some have even turned instant doctors updating the media
on Mahajan's health, even if that has been at variance with what the
doctors say.

Bollywood stars and the political biggies have attracted large crowds
causing near chaos in front of the hospital. Police have had a tough
time handling the crowds and clearing the way for the VIPs and hapless
visitors to other patients in the hospital.

Doctors have issued medical bulletins on the BJP General Secretary's
health but many a leader have chosen to do their own medical briefing.
BJP Spokesman Prakash Javadekar has parked himself at the hospital to
deal with the media and has sometimes conducted even the doctor's
briefing.

Vice-President Bhairon Singh Shekhawat, Atal Bihari Vajpayee, LK
Advani, Rajnath Singh, Jaswant Singh, Arun Jaitley, Amar Singh, Bal
Thackeray, Sharad Pawar, Maharashtra Governor S M Krishna, Chief
Minister Vilas Rao Deshmukh, Chief Ministers of BJP-ruled states and
others political bigwigs have been among the VVIP visitors.

Film and television stars including Amitabh Bachchan, Shabana Azmi and
her lyricist husband Javed Akhtar, Dharmendra, Hema Malini, Smriti
Irani and industrialists Mukesh and Anil Ambani have all been there.

Mahajan, of course, is unable to receive the visitors who meet members
of the distraught family to convey their good wishes.

But medical experts take a dim view of VVIP parades in such
situations. Such visits are "uncalled for" as they put pressure on the
relatives and close friends who have to answer queries throughout the
day despite being physically and mentally tired, says Prof PK Dave,
former Director of the All India Institute of Medical Sciences.

http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/india/VVIP-visits-to-Mahajan-cause-concern/articleshow/1502169.cms

Straight Answers
Roshni Olivera, TNN, Aug 13, 2002, 05.29pm IST

Ram Naik, Petroleum Minister, on the recent petrol pump scandal
Isn’t the PM’s decision to cancel petrol-pump allotments a blow to
your ministry and to you?

The PM took this decision after a controversy erupted. The PM held a
meeting with LK Advani, Jaswant Singh, Pramod Mahajan, Sushma Swaraj
and myself, at which we discussed the pros and cons of the issue.
Taking into consideration public interest and the need to re-establish
probity in public life, the decision to cancel petrol-pump allotments
was taken. This is not a personal blow in any way — it is not a
reflection on my personality.

But the fact remains that a large number of petrol pumps and LPG
agencies were allotted to relatives and friends of BJP functionaries.

There is a prescribed procedure under which the 59 Dealer Selection
Boards (DSBs) all over India select applicants. The ministry or the
minister does not interfere in the selection process. Among the
applicants, some may have political affiliations with the BJP, some
with the Congress, some with other parties, and some may have no
political association at all.

To what extent were you involved in the allotment process?

In the past three years, I did not give a single petrol pump out of
turn or under the discretionary quota. Everything was decided by the
DSBs.

In such a situation, will there be an inquiry into the role of DSBs?
There has been no specific complaint by anybody for the government to
initiate an inquiry. Besides, the DSBs were headed by retired high
court and sessions court judges.

By levelling similar allegations against the Congress when it was in
power, is your government trying to justify its own actions?

Not at all. In fact, more than 110 MPs presented a memorandum to the
PM congratulating him on his bold decision. They have suggested that
since the DSBs have been in existence since 1983, allotments to people
since then —most of whom were Congress beneficiaries —should be
probed.

http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/city/delhi-times/Straight-Answers/articleshow/18973132.cms

Vivek Moitra's last rites performed in Mumbai
PTI, Jun 4, 2006, 01.16pm IST

MUMBAI: The mortal remains of Vivek Moitra, the long-time secretary to
late BJP leader Pramod Mahajan who died under mysterious
circumstances, were cremated at the Turbhe crematorium in Navi Mumbai
on Sunday.

Mumbai BJP chief Prakash Mehta was among the party leaders who
attended the funeral.

Moitra's body was brought here from Delhi on Saturday night at 11 pm
and shifted to the Municipal Hospital at Vashi where it was kept for
the night.

On Sunday morning, the body was brought to the home of Moitra's
parents at Kharghar in Navi Mumbai and later taken to Turbhe
crematorium.

Moitra's body, kept in the mortuary of AIIMS in New Delhi after
autopsy, was handed over to his relatives and BJP MP Haribhau Rathore
on Saturday after the completion of official proceedings.

He was declared dead on arrival at the Apollo Hospital in Delhi in the
early hours of Friday after a party at late Mahajan's residence that
was attended by Mahajan's son Rahul and four others.

Rahul too was hospitalised in a critical condition and is still
undergoing treatment.

The post-mortem examination of Moitra's body revealed traces of
poison, hospital sources said.

http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/india/Vivek-Moitras-last-rites-performed-in-Mumbai/articleshow/1612260.cms

Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of students
through the Right to Information Act?

Bharatiya Janata Party MLA Damodar (Damu) Naik sent an RTI query to
the education department seeking details of students' addresses, date
of birth and their phone numbers. The department forwarded the letter
to schools asking them to reply to the MLA directly. Some 95% schools
have responded, says Naik, though some parents have objected to the
MLA being given details of their children. Naik says the query was for
him to know whether the department had such details of students
available.

Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of students
through the Right to Information Act?

Resident Editor, The Times of India, Goa

P.S. You may also SMS or email your views. Mail us on
***@timesgroup.com with `RTI' mentioned in the subject
line. To SMS, type MTMV, leave a space, type ‘RTI’, leave a space,
type your comments and your name and sms to 58888. * Charges
applicable. Rs 3 per SMS.

Posted on Friday, February 19, 2010 10:53 PM

# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

That's great news... Maybe I should also raise an RTI query and take
out address details of all the girls in the neighbouring schools..

Posted by Shitij @ 3/3/2010 2:10 PM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

THANK YOU

Posted by SESLISOHBET @ 3/2/2010 7:24 PM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

THANK YOU

Posted by SESLISOHBET @ 3/2/2010 7:23 PM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

RTI doesnot mean taking out personal info of anyone.

Posted by affiliate @ 3/1/2010 3:26 PM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

Obviously the objective is to acquire database. Why is the question?

Posted by Ranjan @ 3/1/2010 10:23 AM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

~Any thing done by BJP is wrong.
This is a secular country. We cannot allow the fundamentalists to do
anything.
Am i right.? lol...

Posted by Vasu @ 2/28/2010 8:06 PM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

No RTI does not permit this as no purpose is served by this.Personal
information cannot be sought.

Posted by a.p.misra @ 2/28/2010 12:43 PM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

DANGEROUS FOR STUDENTS AND THEIR PARENTS!!!

Posted by GOAN @ 2/27/2010 4:22 PM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

No one has the right to know the personal details of others. The
schools should have refused to provide this information and I feel
those who have done it have committed a crime. Right to Information
act must be clearly defined if there is any ambiguity. There must be
some government department whose advice could be sought on such issues

Posted by S L Gera @ 2/27/2010 9:53 AM
# bvlgari watches
Interesting thing!
That's awesome! I can't wait to get into it.
This looks awesome! Thank you for your information!

Posted by bvlgari watches @ 2/27/2010 6:59 AM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

It's not acceptable to handover personal details of students to any
person. Schools shouldn't have given such information to MLA. It's an
incorrect decision by the department asking schools to respond to
MLA's inquiry.

Posted by Sudhakar Jonnalagadda @ 2/26/2010 2:07 PM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

what is wrong to what mla has done he must be doing some projects or
schemes for them first u should understand for what he got this let
him clarify this and then make issue out of it dont put nose just to
drag the issue


Posted by viresh @ 2/26/2010 1:26 PM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

Regardless of weather or not Damu Naik has a good intention to use
them, It is a pathetic state of affairs that such sensitive
information is available to anyone who can ask for it.

RTI was a great step towards bring around the much needed,
transparancy in India's administrative department.

Perhaps, we need a law to restrict RTI from encroching upon people's
personal information.

Posted by Amit @ 2/25/2010 9:01 PM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

Its not just wrong, its a shame. but in India, anything is possible!
His agenda may be to target to girl students and their parents by
blackmailing etc. Have we forgotten how a police officer Rathore
messed up with a teenage girl?

Political parties meddling with common man is very common to say the
least. But we cant expect any action taken, as no politician,
terrorist or politically supported goon gets any conviction in less
than 20 years, if at all.

Posted by AP @ 2/25/2010 6:19 PM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

Doesn't the resident editor have a modicum of journalistic
responsibility or an iota of sense to seek the reason from the MLA
himself and publishing it as part of the question? Did he rise to the
position of RE from his knees?

Posted by Alo @ 2/25/2010 5:52 PM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

The students are not public servant. The MLA is unjustified and
illegal to ask the personal information about the students. Any body
can ask about the MLA's details under RIA.
So, legal action should be inititated against this.

Posted by Tk Rai @ 2/25/2010 4:11 PM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

Thanks for providing a forum for some Muslims to vent their hatred of
BJP and VHP !

Posted by Ami @ 2/25/2010 6:16 AM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

One can never trust a party like BJP. They simply believe in hate
politics, divide and rule, caste division, division on basis of
religion. Everyone knows what they did in Gujarat under the
supervision of Modi. May India be always safe from BJP and its alikes.
JAI HIND

Posted by F.Hindu @ 2/24/2010 3:12 PM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

a case must immediately book against him and put him behind bars for
life long, so that in future no one should think about dirty politics.
school authorities must take strong action against him.

Posted by parent @ 2/24/2010 12:24 PM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

If heez asking it for the purpose of study of mobile usage by
students, heez correct. Mobiles are the biggest culprits divertions
students from studies & facilitating/encouraging/starting point of
love which is Full stop for studies.

Posted by Chandu @ 2/24/2010 11:14 AM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

What the hell he is doing with student list? What authority he has to
indulge in student activities? Only BJP, VHP etc. can do such
activities to make themselves big Lords. Schools shud not provide such
details & if they have done parents bodies shud sue the schools.

Posted by ramanna @ 2/24/2010 3:30 AM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

Like the VHP and Bajrang Dal, who during the Gujarat riots 2002 were
armed with the voters list so that they were able to selectively
target and pinpoint muslim houses even in Hindu areas and managed to
burn and destroy them. Maybe the MLA has somthing similar going in his
mind.

Posted by rty @ 2/23/2010 11:33 PM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

its disgusting to see that there is no support for clean and honest
mla...mla work is for legislation...inorder to bring a bill in
assembly to ban mobile in schools...there is need for a study...
damu naik wanted to know and survey how m
any school children use mobile and which area location students carry
mobile phones

so freinds this is real fact which i have told to u..i have met him
personally and spoke with him in this regard.


Posted by Durgadas kamat @ 2/23/2010 10:13 PM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

court should ask the MLA as why does he wants this details from teh
students. And anyways Students are not public servant so there is no
need to disclose , School unions should slap notice on these kind of
stupid MLA's who are jst to hog limelight

Posted by Nabeel @ 2/23/2010 4:13 PM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

NO, It doesn't make any sense. This shuould be investigated as why
Naik needs details of students. I doubt if passes it to Pak
terrorists.

Posted by Aly @ 2/23/2010 3:25 PM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

isn't there a privacy Act in India which prohibits release of personal
info to unauthorized parties?

for all we know, this MLA dude can be selling this info to Paki
terrorists who may enter and settle down in India and claim to be
Indian citizens and spread their mayhem.

even more disgusting are the schools that have serviley forwarded
details of their students to this Most Loutish Asshole.

Posted by pk @ 2/23/2010 8:39 AM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

Students are not public servants and should be beyond the perview of
the RTI Act. This means any terrorist can steal the identity of a
student by obtaining all the personal information of genuine students!

Posted by Suresh @ 2/22/2010 8:19 PM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

no, this is not correct. No excuse shoyuld be tolerated and schools
should not revert back to him as RTI doesnot mean taking out personal
info of anyone.

Posted by amy @ 2/22/2010 3:51 PM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

no, this is not correct. No excuse shoyuld be tolerated and schools
should not revert back to him as RTI doesnot mean taking out personal
info of anyone.

Posted by amy @ 2/22/2010 3:50 PM
# re: Is BJP MLA Damu Naik justified in seeking personal details of
students through the Right to Information Act?

Asking these deatils is useless as there are chances that these
details can be misused in future.

Posted by jiya @ 2/22/2010 3:48 PM

http://o3.indiatimes.com/mytimes/archive/2010/02/19/5001429.aspx

Swami Nithyananda’s Scandal Video with a Famous Tamil Actress Shown on
Sun News Live
March 2, 2010, By Ayako Smith in World

A video of Swamy Nithyananda’ having sex with a top tamil actress was
broadcasted on Sun news live and has shocked people across India.

In Nithyananda’s scandal video, he can be seen getting intimate with
an actress whose name happened to start with “R” leading to
speculation if it is Ragasudha or Ranjita.

The video was broadcasted on the famous tamil channel called SUN TV
and the Tamil actress’ face was masked in the video. People have now
called Nithyananda a fraud for making people believe that he is a
Swami.

Nithyananda is supposed to be a Swami (spiritual person) and this
shocking video of him in bed with an actress has only shown how some
people take the common person’s faith for granted.

It still has to be verified if this is the truth or a scam.

http://timesofindia.hotklix.com/Hotklix/link/News/India/Another-guru-in-a-sex-scandal

Woman linked to Pramod Mahajan denies reports
S Balakrishnan & Sandhya Nair, TNN, Nov 1, 2007, 01.38am IST

Alaknanda Pangal has vehemently denied that she and Mahajan shared a
special relationship (TOI Photo)

MUMBAI: The state BJP has been going through pangs of anxiety
following reports in the media of the late Pramod Mahajan's alleged
proximity to a woman from Borivli, one Alaknanda Pangal.

Mahajan, who was the BJP's general secretary and powerful front liner
in Maharashtra, was allegedly killed by his brother Pravin last year.

Alaknanda, who is in her late thirties, vehemently denied that she and
Mahajan had shared a special relationship.

"There was no question of my being close to Pramod," she told TOI on
Wednesday. "He was such a big leader whom I, a small-time worker of
the BJP, could not even access, leave alone get close to. Pramod, like
the Saibaba temple at Shirdi, was a shraddhasthan (object of worship)
for me and will continue to remain one even though he is no more."

The daughter of a BJP worker, Alaknanda, who lives in IC Colony in
Borivli, said she joined the party's mahila wing in 1997 to follow in
the footsteps of her mother, who was active in the Dhule district of
north Maharashtra.

Alaknanda herself is the mother of a 13-year-old daughter. She did not
want to speak about her husband.

"Yesterday, I had gone out of my home when my friends called me on my
cellphone to tell me about reports linking me with Pramod and that my
daughter too had been mentioned," she said. "I rushed home to watch
television and I was shocked to hear the lies being spoken about us.
Only a shikhandi (eunuch) could have made such cheap allegations. My
daughter is 13 years old. If anybody knew anything, then why did that
person wait for 13 years? The lives of public personalities are open
to constant scrutiny. It is not possible to conceal any liaisons."

Asked if she was considering legal action, she replied, "I am studying
the issue and consulting my friends. It will take a few days for me to
formulate my response." She added, "If I was guilty I would have
locked my flat and hidden somewhere to avoid the media. But I have not
done that. I am very much here in my flat. I have nothing to fear."

Given that a year has passed since Mahajan's death, the state BJP has
decided to gradually come out of his shadow. "In future, you will see
fewer posters with Mahajan on them," a senior BJP leader said.

http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/india/Woman-linked-to-Pramod-Mahajan-denies-reports/articleshow/2506761.cms

...and I am Sid Harth
and/or www.mantra.com/jai (Dr. Jai Maharaj)
2010-03-03 22:03:11 UTC
Permalink
Bharat is Hindu-sthaan.

Jai Maharaj, Jyotishi
Om Shanti
Post by harmony
isn't that the grossest travesty visiting the hindu people who have the most
imaginable stupid govt running the place?
hindus must be allowed to enter india with full honors, period. it is their
home, the only home land. damn congressis.
Post by and/or www.mantra.com/jai (Dr. Jai Maharaj)
Forwarded message from Ashok Chowgule
'Scared Pak Hindus fleeing to India'
Tuesday, March 2, 2010
Islamic terrorists like David Headley can easily get
visas to come to India and plan their acts of vandalism.
Namaste
Ashok Chowgule
'Scared Pak Hindus fleeing to India'
By Vimal Bhatia
The Times of India
Wednesday, March 3, 2010
Jaislamer - Hindus in Pakistan are scared after the recent atrocities
against minorities perpetrated by religious fanatics. Many are now
making a beeline for the Indian High Commission for visas to flee the
disturbed Islamic state. However, most have to return disappointed as
the Indian mission in Islamabad is very strict in issuing visas as
relations between the two countries are now at nadir.
Fear has spread among the few Hindus and Sikhs in that country over
the beheading of the Sikhs by the Taliban for refusing to convert to
Islam. The state machinery has failed to protect religious minorities
in Pakistan.
Bhavru Ram Bheel, a resident of Pakistan's Rahmiyar Khan area, who
came to India by Thar Express on February 20, said about 10 families
(50 to 60 members) had permanently left Pakistan by train never to be
return to that country and many more are in the queue. He said,
Taliban has unleashed a reign of terror among the Hindus by
kidnapping the young women of Hindus. He said, "They tried to kidnap
my daughters three four times. However we managed to save our honour.
We have left behind everything and came to India."
Another passenger Nenuram Gomad Ram said, "The Taliban had launched a
campaign to convert the Hindus into Islam. The Hindus who resist were
subject to torture and even killing. That is the reason the visa
application for India has increased manifold in recent times." Many
Hindu families applying for visa to India to leave that country at
least for this hard times.
Hindu Singh Lodha of Frontier People Organisation said Pakistan is in
a state of anarchy. Religious minorities especially the Hindus are
feeling the heat and very insecure. They want to flee that country in
search of safety especially to India. However, the Indian Embassy is
not issuing visas in adequate numbers.
They said the Indian home ministry had reportedly issued visa
restrictions to discourage the Hindus in Pakistan coming to India as
the chances of them returning to their own country is remote
considering the tense conditions there, he said.
Leader of the Organisation of the Displaced Hindus in Jaisalmer
Nathuram Bheel said the Indian government has put stringent
conditions like a guarantor for issuing visa to Hindus from Pakistan.
He said when Hindus were subjected to religious persecution the visa
restrictions by the Indian government is all the more disappointing
as the fanatics identify the Hindus with India.
http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/city/jaipur/Scared-Pak-Hindus-fleeing-to-I
ndia/articleshow/5634979.cms
Post by and/or www.mantra.com/jai (Dr. Jai Maharaj)
End of forwarded message from Ashok Chowgule
Jai Maharaj, Jyotishi
Om Shanti
o Not for commercial use. Solely to be fairly used for the educational
purposes of research and open discussion. The contents of this post may not
have been authored by, and do not necessarily represent the opinion of the
poster. The contents are protected by copyright law and the exemption for
fair use of copyrighted works.
o If you send private e-mail to me, it will likely not be read,
considered or answered if it does not contain your full legal name, current
e-mail and postal addresses, and live-voice telephone number.
o Posted for information and discussion. Views expressed by others are
not necessarily those of the poster who may or may not have read the article.
FAIR USE NOTICE: This article may contain copyrighted material the use of
which may or may not have been specifically authorized by the copyright
owner. This material is being made available in efforts to advance the
understanding of environmental, political, human rights, economic,
democratic, scientific, social, and cultural, etc., issues. It is believed
that this constitutes a 'fair use' of any such copyrighted material as
provided for in section 107 of the US Copyright Law. In accordance with Title
17 U.S.C. Section 107, the material on this site is distributed without
profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving the included
information for research, comment, discussion and educational purposes by
subscribing to USENET newsgroups or visiting web sites. For more information
go to: http://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/17/107.shtml
If you wish to use copyrighted material from this article for purposes of
your own that go beyond 'fair use', you must obtain permission from the
copyright owner.
Since newsgroup posts are being removed
by forgery by one or more net terrorists,
this post may be reposted several times.
Sid Harth
2010-03-03 22:07:59 UTC
Permalink
Post by and/or www.mantra.com/jai (Dr. Jai Maharaj)
Bharat is Hindu-sthaan.
Jai Maharaj, Jyotishi
Om Shanti
Post by harmony
isn't that the grossest travesty visiting the hindu people who have the most
imaginable stupid govt running the place?
hindus must be allowed to enter india with full honors, period. it is their
home, the only home land. damn congressis.
Post by and/or www.mantra.com/jai (Dr. Jai Maharaj)
Forwarded message from Ashok Chowgule
'Scared Pak Hindus fleeing to India'
Tuesday, March 2, 2010
Islamic terrorists like David Headley can easily get
visas to come to India and plan their acts of vandalism.
Namaste
Ashok Chowgule
'Scared Pak Hindus fleeing to India'
By Vimal Bhatia
The Times of India
Wednesday, March 3, 2010
Jaislamer - Hindus in Pakistan are scared after the recent atrocities
against minorities perpetrated by religious fanatics. Many are now
making a beeline for the Indian High Commission for visas to flee the
disturbed Islamic state. However, most have to return disappointed as
the Indian mission in Islamabad is very strict in issuing visas as
relations between the two countries are now at nadir.
Fear has spread among the few Hindus and Sikhs in that country over
the beheading of the Sikhs by the Taliban for refusing to convert to
Islam. The state machinery has failed to protect religious minorities
in Pakistan.
Bhavru Ram Bheel, a resident of Pakistan's Rahmiyar Khan area, who
came to India by Thar Express on February 20, said about 10 families
(50 to 60 members) had permanently left Pakistan by train never to be
return to that country and many more are in the queue. He said,
Taliban has unleashed a reign of terror among the Hindus by
kidnapping the young women of Hindus. He said, "They tried to kidnap
my daughters three four times. However we managed to save our honour.
We have left behind everything and came to India."
Another passenger Nenuram Gomad Ram said, "The Taliban had launched a
campaign to convert the Hindus into Islam. The Hindus who resist were
subject to torture and even killing. That is the reason the visa
application for India has increased manifold in recent times." Many
Hindu families applying for visa to India to leave that country at
least for this hard times.
Hindu Singh Lodha of Frontier People Organisation said Pakistan is in
a state of anarchy. Religious minorities especially the Hindus are
feeling the heat and very insecure. They want to flee that country in
search of safety especially to India. However, the Indian Embassy is
not issuing visas in adequate numbers.
They said the Indian home ministry had reportedly issued visa
restrictions to discourage the Hindus in Pakistan coming to India as
the chances of them returning to their own country is remote
considering the tense conditions there, he said.
Leader of the Organisation of the Displaced Hindus in Jaisalmer
Nathuram Bheel said the Indian government has put stringent
conditions like a guarantor for issuing visa to Hindus from Pakistan.
He said when Hindus were subjected to religious persecution the visa
restrictions by the Indian government is all the more disappointing
as the fanatics identify the Hindus with India.
 http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/city/jaipur/Scared-Pak-Hindus-flee...
ndia/articleshow/5634979.cms
Post by and/or www.mantra.com/jai (Dr. Jai Maharaj)
End of forwarded message from Ashok Chowgule
Jai Maharaj, Jyotishi
Om Shanti
    o  Not for commercial use. Solely to be fairly used for the
educational
purposes of research and open discussion. The contents of this post may not
have been authored by, and do not necessarily represent the opinion of the
poster. The contents are protected by copyright law and the exemption for
fair use of copyrighted works.
    o  If you send private e-mail to me, it will likely not be read,
considered or answered if it does not contain your full legal name, current
e-mail and postal addresses, and live-voice telephone number.
    o  Posted for information and discussion. Views expressed by others
are
not necessarily those of the poster who may or may not have read the article.
FAIR USE NOTICE: This article may contain copyrighted material the use of
which may or may not have been specifically authorized by the copyright
owner. This material is being made available in efforts to advance the
understanding of environmental, political, human rights, economic,
democratic, scientific, social, and cultural, etc., issues. It is believed
that this constitutes a 'fair use' of any such copyrighted material as
provided for in section 107 of the US Copyright Law. In accordance with Title
17 U.S.C. Section 107, the material on this site is distributed without
profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving the included
information for research, comment, discussion and educational purposes by
subscribing to USENET newsgroups or visiting web sites. For more information
go to:  http://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/17/107.shtml
If you wish to use copyrighted material from this article for purposes of
your own that go beyond 'fair use', you must obtain permission from the
copyright owner.
Since newsgroup posts are being removed
by forgery by one or more net terrorists,
this post may be reposted several times.- Hide quoted text -
- Show quoted text -
http://www.satp.org/satporgtp/countries/india/states/assam/terrorist_outfits/ULFA_tl.htm

...and I am Sid Harth
P. Rajah
2010-03-03 22:33:25 UTC
Permalink
Post by and/or www.mantra.com/jai (Dr. Jai Maharaj)
Bharat is Hindu-sthaan.
How so, Jay? I quote your keen observation: "Please note that true
Hindus are a minority in Bharat".
Sid Harth
2010-03-03 22:50:09 UTC
Permalink
Post by P. Rajah
Post by and/or www.mantra.com/jai (Dr. Jai Maharaj)
Bharat is Hindu-sthaan.
How so, Jay? I quote your keen observation: "Please note that true
Hindus are a minority in Bharat".
Linkages between the Ethnic Diaspora and the Sikh Ethno-National
Movement in India
Suneel Kumar *
Faultlines: Volume 19, April 2008
Exile is the nursery of [ethno-] nationalisma 1

- – Lord Acton
The Sikh Diaspora is… integrally tied to the question of homeland. It
is difficult to foresee if overseas Sikhs can remain aloof from the
situation of Sikhs in India. 2

- – Darshan S. Tatla

States are neither the only, nor necessarily the most important,
sponsors of ethno-national insurgent movements. Diasporas – immigrant
communities established in other countries – frequently support
kindred ethnic uprisings in their homeland, which has been controlled
or colonized by the state dominated by a particularly majority group
or/community. Despite being separated by thousands of miles, homeland
struggles are often keenly felt among immigrant communities. Indeed,
ethnic fighters receive various and important forms of support from
their respective migrant communities. Significant Diaspora support has
occurred in the every region of the globe. Migrant communities have
sent money, arms and recruits back to their countries, which have
proven pivotal in sustaining ethno-national campaigns. This support
has, at times significantly, increased insurgents’ capabilities and
enabled them to withstand Government counter-insurgency efforts.3 In
fact, reliance on Diasporas to wage an insurgency has become an
increasingly common phenomenon in recent years.

The Sikhs provide a particularly illuminating case study of attracting
sympathy and support from their co-ethnics living abroad in Diaspora,
for the ethno-national struggle against the Indian state. The Sikhs
are a dispersed people. Although their origins are in the Punjab,
there are probably no major countries or cities in the world where a
Sikh community will not be found.4 The presence of Sikhs outside India
is probably as old as the Sikh faith itself, shaped by the ten Gurus
between the fifteenth and seventeenth centuries. Indeed, early Sikh
traders developed small colonies in Afghanistan, Persia and Sri Lanka.
Yet, the rise of Sikh mass migration outside South Asia did not occur
before the enlistment of the Sikhs in the British colonial army, after
the annexation of the Sikh homeland – Punjab – in 1849, and the Mutiny
of the Sepoys in 1857.5 The Sikhs were then declared a ‘martial race’
by the Britishers and many Sikh soldiers were subsequently posted to
places in British-held South-East Asian countries, including Thailand,
Malaysia, Singapore and Hong Kong. From there, early pioneers ventured
to Australia and America. The first decade of the 20th century saw the
rise of Sikh communities on the western coast of North America, but
Canada started controlling the migratory flows in 1908. In the US,
South Asian immigrants were denied entry by the immigration Act of
1924. After the Second World War, Sikhs also started moving in large
groups to North America where a change of immigration policy was
implemented in 1962 in Canada and in 1965 in the United States.6 After
the attack by the Indian Army on the Golden Temple complex in 1984,
the massive repression of separatist guerrillas and the massacre of
Sikh civilians following the murder of Prime Minister Indira Gandhi, a
flow of Sikh refugees also started arriving in Western Europe and
North America; around 10,000 in Germany, 800 in the US, 6,000 in
Canada and the UK, 5,000 in Belgium and 4,000 in France.7 Today, the
global Sikh Diaspora numbers one million individuals, three-quarters
of whom have settled in the United Kingdom, Canada and United States.
In 1998, in the United Kingdom, the Sikh Diaspora numbered between
400,000 and 500,000 individuals; in Canada 147,440; and in the United
States 125,000.8 These figures have, subsequently, increased
substantially.

‘People of the same blood attract!’ is a fact of an unconscious, non-
rational and emotional side of mankind.9 ‘Blood and soil,’ as Bismarck
had said, can’t be bartered.10 Thus the Sikhs living abroad, like
other immigrant communities, also adapted to the circumstances within
which they found themselves, but even then, never did de-link
themselves from their ethnic kin and the soil of their ethnic
homeland, Punjab. From time to time, they involved themselves in socio-
economic and political activities in Punjab. The early Sikh Diaspora
remitted a great part of their income to their kin in Punjab. Through
these remittances, they intended to promote the izzat or prestige of
their extended families.11 Since, they planned to return to their
homeland, they expected these contributions to ensure them a
‘comfortable family life.’12 Most of the Sikh Diaspora’s remittances,
then, went to buying land and expanding farms, in accordance with the
ethos of Sikh farmers, who favour land as a source of social prestige
and social security.13 Further, inspired by the organizations or
political parties like the Chief Khalsa Diwan of Amritsar and Singh
Sabhas, overseas Sikhs also founded certain Diaspora organizations
such as the Khalsa Diwan Society in 1907 at Vancouver, and later in
California. Similarly, the Sikh Diaspora set up Singh Sabhas and
provided funding and advertising to Punjabi causes.14 Due to the
political mobilization of Sikh Diaspora by the political activists of
Punjab in the early part of the 20th Century, Sikhs overseas started
taking interest in homeland politics. Two intellectuals – Lala
Hardayal and Taraknath Das – mobilized the Sikhs in United States and
Canada respectively. They advocated the liberation of India through
armed struggle. In 1914, when Hardayal tried to convince his militants
to return to India and embrace the fight for independence, 3200
Indians, a majority of who were Sikhs, answered his call and attempted
to start an uprising in the homeland against the British Empire.15
Though, due to the Sikh peasants’ loyalty towards colonial empire and
in the absence of local political and public support, they did not
succeed, this event had an important outcome, with the Sikh Diaspora
starting to develop its own politics. Again, albeit symbolically,
overseas Sikh got involved in homeland affairs during the Gurdwara
Reforms Movement. One Canadian Sikh delegation, which was joined by
several Sikhs from Shanghai, Hong Kong, Singapore and Penang, took
part in the Jaito Da Morcha of 1923-25. The Jatha started from
Vancouver on July 13, 1924, and reached at Jaito in Punjab, in
February 1925.

These events reflects that, from 1915 onwards, political actors and
issues of Punjab mobilized the Sikh Diaspora, benefiting from its
funding and advertising and, retroactively, the overseas Sikhs started
developing their own politics, influencing the Punjab polity and
supporting the homeland cause in return.16

In the post-independence period, the green revolution strategy in
Punjab was financed partly by immigrants’ remittances. The financial
clout provided by relatives abroad helped many Sikh farmers to take
the risks with the newly introduced hybrid varieties of wheat. In
Jalandhar and Hoshiarpur, where water logging constituted a major
hindrance to farm productivity, overseas funds provided for many
preventive measures.17 Similarly, investments in new agricultural
machinery, seeds, harvesters and tube wells were made possible by
overseas contributions. Between 1953 and 1966, during the Punjabi Suba
movement, the Vancouver-based Khalsa Diwan Society provided volunteers
and funds for the movement. Further, between 1981 and 1984, during the
Dharam Yudh Morcha, the Babbar Khalsa and Khalsa Diwan Society
provided volunteers and funds to their community.18

Tracing the origin and development of the demand for Khalistan among
the overseas Sikhs, in the present paper, efforts have been made to
analyze how the Sikh Diaspora got involved in the Sikh ethnic uprising
in India. What was the nature and modus operandi of its involvement?
Further, what was the response of the Indian as well as host states,
especially United Kingdom, Canada and the United States, on the issue,
and what measures were adopted by the Indian state to prevent the Sikh
Diaspora’s involvement in the ethnic homeland imbroglio?

The demand for a separate Sikh State called ‘Khalistan’ came from the
Sikhs within Punjab. However, the history of a demand for Khalistan
among the Sikh Diaspora can be traced from the arrival of Davinder
Singh Parmar in London in late 1954. He began promulgating the view
that Sikhs required an independent Khalistan in order to ensure their
survival as a community. Only one person supported Parmar during the
early stages of the movement, but he, nevertheless, contributed to
newspapers, distributed pamphlets and debated with his fellow Sikhs
regarding the question of Sikh separatism. Parmar’s idea of Khalistan
was validated, however, during his 1970 meeting in London with Jagjit
Singh Chauhan, who shared the formers unrelenting commitment to
Khalistan. In 1970, the Khalistan movement was formally launched in
London at a Press Conference in Aldwych, located just opposite India
House, where the Indian High Commission offices are situated.

During this early stage, membership of the movement consisted of three
individuals: Parmar, Chauhan and Mangat Singh. All these years,
support for the movement within the Sikh Diaspora community was
negligible and many Sikhs, including the ‘devout’, viewed them as
‘madmen’.19 Chauhan continued to single-handedly disseminate his
message to a largely unsupportive audience. He unfurled a Khalistani
flag at an event in Birmingham where hundreds of Sikhs were in
attendance. In 1971, he organized a demonstration in Hyde Park in
which demonstrators displayed several slogans proclaiming Sikh
sovereignty. Chauhan’s blatant anti-India display was a continuous
source of embarrassment to most of the Sikhs who regarded India with
deep affection at the time. Issuing formal edicts against what they
termed ‘unpatriotic’ behaviour, numerous Gurdwaras (Sikh place of
worship) imposed sanctions against Chauhan and barred him from
attending their services.20 In September 1971, Chauhan held a Press
Conference in London and made allegations of the oppression of Sikhs
in India. On October 13, 1971, he sponsored a half-page advertisement
in The New York Times explaining why he wanted Khalistan.21 In October
1971, prior to the start of the India-Pakistan war over Bangladesh,
Chauhan attended the birth anniversary celebrations of Guru Nanak’s
birthplace in Nankana Sahib in Pakistan and announced his intention to
establish a ‘Rebel Sikh Government’ at Nankana Sahib.22 The Pakistan
media immediately seized upon his statements about an independent
Khalistan, and the ensuing publicity resulted in most Indians hearing
about Khalistan for the first time.23 However, Chauhan had negligible
support from the community and most of the Sikhs in Britain, Canada
and United States viewed his separatist position as extreme. The Akali
Dal in Britain and Akali leaders in India, including Sant Fateh Singh,
publicly condemned his statements and expelled him from the party.

In 1977, Chauhan came to India and stayed for three years and later
returned to Britain in 1980. On June 1, 1980, Chauhan distributed a
press release of the International Council of the Sikhs to the British
media, which stated that it would institute consulates in the United
Kingdom, Germany and other Western European countries. In the vision
of Chauhan and his supporters, Khalistan was to be 850 miles long,
stretching from Porbander on the Arabian Sea to Chamba in Himachal
Pradesh. The map stated that the creation of Khalistan was approved by
the All Parties Sikhs Conference of London. Another goal was to obtain
counsellor status in the United Nations, but their bid was
subsequently denied in 1987. Their plans also included setting up a
government-in-exile in the U.S.A. and organizing an army of 10,000
there, and printing Khalistan passports, currency, and other ‘state’
documents that would serve to legitimize the movement.24 The
Government of India did pressure the American, British and Canadian
Governments to curb the political activities of Chauhan and other
Khalistan activists. Host Governments, however, maintained that they
could not press charges against Khalistani sympathizers as no laws
were being violated in their respective countries.

Chauhan was not the only early promoter of the Khalistan movement
among the overseas Sikhs. Ganga Singh Dhillon, a naturalized American
Sikh and the President of Nankana Sahib Foundation, also committed
himself to the promotion of Khalistan since the beginning of the
1980s. In March 1981, he visited India and was elected the President
of the Sikh Educational Conference organized in Chandigarh by the
Chief Khalsa Diwan. The main outcome of the Conference was the
adoption of a resolution which authorized the pursuit of associate
membership in the United Nations for the Sikhs. Chauhan and Ganga
Singh Dhillon were also in contact with Pakistani officials through
General Daniel Graham, Co-Chairman of the American Security Council.
He had arranged a meeting between Chauhan and Agha Shahi, Pakistan’s
Foreign Minister. Dhillon claimed Senator Mark Hatfield and
Representative James C. Corman as patrons of his Foundation and
Chauhan maintained contact with Hatfield, Senator Jesse Helms, Senator
Sam Nunn, Charles Percy and Alexander Haig.

Due to his anti-Indian activities, the Indian Government cancelled
Chauhan’s passport in April 1982. However, when he was denied a visa
to enter the United States, Senator Helms helped circumvent the
barrier by inviting Chauhan to testify before the U.S. Senate
Agriculture Committee. He travelled to the United States under a
British Certificate of Identity. While in the U.S., he led 200 Sikhs
representing about 10 organizations in Canada and the United States in
a demonstration outside the United Nations (UN) asking for UN
intervention for persecuted Sikhs in India.25 Anti-India feelings were
noticeable in Canada by May 1982 when the Indian High Commissioner,
Dr. Gurdial Singh Dhillon, himself a Sikh, was pelted with eggs and
rotten tomatoes during a visit to Vancouver.26 Although, the idea of
Khalistan was advocated early on by some individuals like Chauhan and
Ganga Singh Dhillon in the Diaspora, and was discussed and designed in
the UK, the US and Canada since 1970s, it did not receive much popular
support either within the Diaspora or in Punjab before the attack on
the Golden Temple by Indian security forces.

The events of 1984 were to drastically change the Khalistan movement,
which had been, until then, considered by most overseas Sikhs as
unworthy of serious attention. The events that occurred in the Punjab
in 1984, created a deep sense of insecurity among the Sikhs in India
as well as abroad. The actions taken by the Indian Government helped
to expand and popularize the separatist movement among the common
masses. When the overseas Sikh heard the news of the Indian Army’s
assault on the Golden Temple, they reacted with extreme anger and
grief and ensured that the feelings of their community were publicly
known. The assault was perceived by many Sikhs as a premeditated act
of brutal sacrilege, a gesture of contempt, the manifestation of a
conspiratorial plan to annihilate the Sikh traditions and humiliate
the Sikh nation.27 The desecration of the Golden Temple resulted in
moderate Sikhs reassessing their earlier loyalties towards India and
reasserting their collective ethnic identity. Many Sikhs, who had,
prior to 1984, regarded themselves as moderate, became increasingly
sympathetic to the separatist position of the hardliners.28

In the United Kingdom, frenzied activities followed Operation Blue
Star, with British Sikhs turning out en masse on June 10, 1984, at a
London demonstration protesting the desecration of the holiest shrine.
Over 25,000 Sikhs from diverse backgrounds took part in the march that
began in Hyde Park and ended outside the Indian High Commission
office. They proclaimed ‘Khalistan Zindabad!’ (Long live Khalistan!)
and unequivocally denounced the actions of the Indian state. Similar
demonstrations were organized by Gurdwaras in Birmingham, Bristol,
Coventry and other cities with large Sikh populations.29 The Sikh
outrage over the Army action in the Golden Temple was expressed in
numerous forms. Several young British Sikh volunteers offered their
services in response to a call in the Punjabi media to ‘liberate the
Golden Temple.’ However, plans to return to Punjab were swiftly
aborted by the introduction of stringent visa regulations by the
Indian Government designed to curb Sikh extremism from abroad.30
Punjabi newspapers continued to be filled with vitriolic editorials,
articles and readers’ correspondence denouncing the action of the
Indian Government. Photographs of Bhindranwale, Shahbeg Singh, Amrik
Singh and other Sikh militants killed during the attack were displayed
prominently next to the ubiquitous portraits of Guru Nanak and Guru
Gobind Singh in the Sikh homes and Gurdwaras.31 Moderate and respected
Sikh leaders, especially Sardar Sampuran Singh Chima, Giani Amolak
Singh and Gurcharan Singh, were upset over the way the armed action
was conducted. They perceived the invasion of Golden Temple as an
attack on Guru Ram Das, Guru Arjun Dev and Guru Gobind Singh and on
the Sikhdom as a whole.32 Earlier, moderate Sikhs were of the view
that any solution to the Punjab problem will have to be resolved by
the Sikh leaders within India and a Punjab out of India, in the long
run, would be injurious to the very interests of the Sikh community.
Besides, in Britain, there was a common opinion among the moderate
Sikh leaders that unless the whole Sikh community of India and
especially of Punjab would not stand for separate Sikh state, i.e.,
Khalistan, their demand for such a state would be a mockery of the
whole concept of Khalistan. However, the armed action brought a
radical change in their opinion. Following Operation Blue Star, they
decided to support the Sikh uprising in India and also to make efforts
for Khalistan, on their own part, using diverse methods.33 On June 21,
1984, a group of top Sikh community leaders in London asked the then
Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher for an interview to clarify the
misunderstanding that had been created in her mind as a result of
Indira Gandhi’s communication with her on the Punjab situation. The
Sikh leaders said that they were also approaching Amnesty
International, the International Red Cross and the UN to ask them to
investigate what they called was a ‘crime against humanity’, which
Mrs. Gandhi had committed on the Sikhs.34 They added:

We want a list of the dead, wounded and the missing persons, men,
women and children, from the Red Cross and we hope that Mrs. Gandhi
will co-operate with them.35

Giani Amolak Singh, President of the Shiromani Akali Dal in London,
said that three organizations, i.e., Amnesty International, the
International Red Cross and the UN, could find out the truth about the
arms, weapons and drugs that were allegedly found in the Golden Temple
complex. He said that the Sikhs would abide by their verdict. At the
spot, a group of Sikh leaders decided to go on a world tour to explain
the cause of the Sikhs to various Governments. They also decided that
after the completion of their tour they would hold a World Conference
of the Sikh community in Vancouver, which would be attended by Sikh
representatives from Singapore, Hong Kong, Thailand, Malaysia, and all
over Western Europe. It was also decided that they would bring unity
among the diverse Sikh factions and a united front would be formed to
fight against the Indian Government.36 During the preparations to
mobilize a worldwide public opinion against the armed operation in the
Golden Temple, the interview of Mrs. Indira Gandhi on BBC TV became a
subject of debate among the community leaders. They concluded that,
from all accounts, Mrs. Gandhi appeared to be very tired and faltered
several times while answering questions, for instance, she called Mrs.
Thatcher ‘head of state’ instead of ‘head of the government.’ Her
answer about the Akal Takhat was also not convincing. They were also
not convinced with her statement that the sanctity of the Golden
Temple had been maintained during the Army action and the troops had
gone there to weed out the terrorists and terrorism, not to kill the
innocent Sikh people. The community leaders also criticized Mrs.
Gandhi over the argument that Pakistan was involved in the Sikh
affairs. The argument was not convincing and just gave an impression
that she was trying to implicate the General Zia-ul-Haq Government in
Pakistan unnecessarily. All moderate Sikh leaders appealed to the
Sikhs and Hindus in India and Britain to live as brothers. Giani
Amolak Singh and Sampuran Singh Chima said that the Sikhs and Hindus
would always remain brothers. And, moreover, a true Sikh will never
hurt his Hindu brother.37

The Sikh Diaspora in Britain had made a clear ‘Oust Indira’ plan and
determined, simultaneously, to work for an independent and sovereign
Sikh state, for which Diaspora members called various meetings and
passed resolution on diverse issues. On June 23-24, 1984, Sikh
leaders, along with hundreds of their supporters, met in Southall and
Kent. In Southall, the moderate Sikh congregation passed a resolution
saying that the Sikhs’ ultimate goal would be to create a separate
state.38 To this end, they formed a five-member committee. At the Kent
Gurdwara, they passed a resolution asking all the Sikhs in Britain and
other parts of the world:

To boycott Air India;
To withdraw all the savings from Indian banks and;
To stop remitting funds for their relatives in India through any of
the Indian banks.
Despite regular appeals by Sikh leaders to community members to follow
the Kent resolution, many Sikhs continued to travel to India by Air
India. However, some started withdrawing their savings from the Indian
banks and an insignificant number of them stopped their standing
orders to banks regarding the monthly remittances to their relations
in Punjab. However, finally, young Sikhs who took over the leadership
of the Sikh community from the elder leaders, became more active in
persuading the others to act seriously on these resolutions.39

Nevertheless, Sikh Diaspora organizations lacked unity on the various
issues despite their common agenda for the establishment of a separate
homeland state called ‘Khalistan’. The calls for ‘Khalistan’, in fact,
created further confusion among the disorganized members of the Sikh
Diaspora community. Immediately, after the military operation in June
1984, Sikhs in Britain were confused over the announcement of two
separate ‘Khalistan’ governments in exile. A committee of five members
belonging to the Dal Khalsa declared that it had established a Sikh
government in exile and released the names of its ‘Cabinet Ministers’,
which included Harjinder Singh Dilgir as ‘Foreign Minister’ and
Jaswant Singh Thekedar as ‘Minister for Home Affairs’. However, on
June 14, 1984, Jagjit Singh Chauhan, the self-styled President of
‘Khalistan’, also announced the existence of his own government-in-
exile and inaugurated his ‘embassy building’ with a purpose to issue
‘passports’ to ‘Khalistan citizens.’40 Two governments-in-exile in one
city (London) not only angered the ‘sober-minded’ elderly Sikhs, but
also some young elements, who made it known that this kind of
‘gimmick’ would not serve the cause of the Sikh community. According
to them, some ‘ambitious’ Sikhs were making a mockery of their own
cause and religion. Sampuran Singh Cheema, President of the Presidium
of the UK Akali Dal, Gurnam Singh, Chief Advisor to the International
Council of Sikhs, and Harnam Singh, another Sikh leader, were upset
over the Sikh ethnic uprising being exploited by the ‘opportunists’,
as they obliquely described these elements.

On the other hand, the extremists were also unhappy. They were upset
with General Arora’s television interview on June 13, 1984, in which
he had not condemned the role of the Indian armed forces strongly. He
merely said that it was true that the military action had hurt his co-
religionists and created more problems than solutions. Sikh leaders,
especially the militants, had expected him to call for
‘revenge.’41

Like the British Sikhs, the Sikhs in Canada and America showed their
disapproval over the stand on their ‘Vatican’. By the evening of June
3, 1984, when the news of the Army action in the Golden Temple spread,
many Sikhs converged on their neighbourhood Gurdwaras and
extraordinary gatherings took place. They interpreted the assault as
an act of sacrilege, a premeditated brutality, a gesture of contempt
and the beginning of a process to destroy the Sikh traditions.
Tejinder Singh Kahlon, President of the Sikh Cultural Society in New
York, called it ‘outrageous immoral’. According to him, “by doing so
Mrs. Gandhi was laying the foundation of a separate Sikh state.”42
Various Gurdwaras arranged prayers for those who fought for the
sanctity of the Golden Temple Complex. On June 8, 1984, 250 Sikhs held
a demonstration at Massachusetts Avenue in Washington, D.C., a few
blocks from the Indian Embassy. The very next day, 400 Sikhs protested
outside the Indian Consulate in Chicago.43 On June 10, 1984,
processions were held in New York, San Francisco, Edmonton, Calgary,
Toronto and Los Angeles. Over 25,000 Sikhs, a majority of whom were
moderates, marched on the streets of Vancouver wearing black arms
bands in protest against the military operation, chanting ‘Death to
Indira’. At a major Gurdwara in Vancouver, an emotional appeal for
funds saw many Sikh women taking off their gold bangles for donations
while barely concealing their tears.44 Some of the anguished Canadian
Sikhs burnt the Indian National flag and raided the Indian consulates.
They also dishonoured Mahatma Gandhi’s portrait in the Toronto
Consulate.45 On July 28, 1984, Didar Singh Bains led 3,000 Sikhs in a
rally in Madison Square Garden, New York City, which resolved to
establish Khalistan, an independent sovereign country of the Sikh
nation encompassing the present Punjab and the Sikh majority areas of
India.46 On June 24, 1984, representatives of the Federation of
Canadian Sikh Societies asked the Canadian Government to stop
deporting Sikhs who had applied for refugee status until ‘the internal
political strife’ in Punjab was over. Federation representatives and
their lawyer met immigration department officials in Ottawa in an
effort to seek special consideration of their demand. They said that
the Sikhs constituted the largest ethnic group applying for refugee
status in Canada. Between 1980 and January 1984, Ottawa had rejected
the refugee claims of 2,470 Sikhs who came to Canada and staked their
claim for permanent residence, and had ordered them deported. Further,
another 300 to 400 non-immigrant Sikhs still living in Canada, who
applied for refugee status, had been ordered to return to India. Under
a new order issued by the Canadian Federal Cabinet in February 1984,
the immigration officials had been granted wide powers to refuse visas
to those people who were married to Canadian citizens or landed
immigrants in an effort to stop ‘marriages of convenience.’47 Prior to
Operation Blue Star, for most of the Sikhs in Canada, Sant Jarnail
Singh Bhindranwale was a ‘potent source of terrorism on Canadian
soil’. However, after his death while fighting against the Indian
Army, he emerged as a great martyr of the community. In Vancouver,
bumper stickers announced, ‘I love Bhindranwale’.48

After the events of June 3, 1984, in a communally surcharged
atmosphere, Akali leaders in India and abroad were questioned within
the Gurdwaras and through the Press. They were asked to resign for
they had ‘betrayed the Panth’. The Akali Dal was paralysed, as its
members were denounced as ‘collaborators’, ‘agents’ or ‘stooges’ of
the Indian state.49 Henceforth, in the given circumstances and
political vacuum, the new leadership came forward and formed numerous
new organizations to struggle for the communal cause. United Kingdom
saw the emergence of new Sikh organizations like the Khalistan Council
(in 1984 in London), International Sikh Youth Federation (in 1984 in
London and Midlands) Dal Khalsa (in 1984 in Midlands) and Punjab Unity
Forum (in 1986 in London). In the United States, Sikh leaders formed
certain important organizations including California Sikh Youth
(1984), Sikh Youth of America (1986), Council of Khalistan (1986),
World Sikh Organization (1984), International Sikh Organization
(1986), Anti-47 Front (1985) and Babbar Khalsa International (BKI).50
Similarly, International Sikh Youth Federation (ISYF, 1984), World
Sikh Organizations (1984), National Council of Khalistan (1986) and
BKI, came into being in Canada with centres in important cities like
Vancouver, Toronto and Edmonton.51 These new organizations played a
crucial role to mobilize the Sikh community and further, to
internationalize and propagate the issue of Sikh homeland, while
raising funds and lobbying in the host states to put pressure on
Indian state to stop alleged human rights violations and suppression
of the Sikhs. Propaganda was disseminated in a number of ways by these
organizations, including electronic mail, the Internet, telephones,
hot lines, community libraries, mailings, television programmes and
radio broadcasts, as well as political, cultural and social
gatherings. They arranged various rallies, seminars, discussions and
publications and highlighted the plight of the Sikh community under
the “Brahmin Hindu rule” of the Indian state.

Major organizations, e.g., the World Sikh Organization, Council of
Khalistan, ISYF, Khalistan Council and Babbar Khalsa, started a number
of daily, weekly, fortnightly and monthly newspapers, journals and
magazines in English as well as Punjabi languages. The name of certain
prominent dailies, weeklies and monthlies such as World Sikh News, The
Sword, Awaz-e-Quam, Chardi Kala, The Sikh Herald, Shamsheer-e-Dast,
Sikh Messenger, Wangar, Sangharsh, Jago, Watan, Hamdard and Itihas are
mentioned in this context.52

Apart from the print media, Sikh organizations established a prominent
presence on the Internet, with many of their websites fully documented
and indexed on popular search engines such as Yahoo, Google, Altavista
and Alltheweb. Leading pro-Khalistani Websites included: www.khalistan.com,
www.khalistan-affairs.org, www.dalkhalsa.org, www.worldsikh.org,
www.burningpunjab.com, www.panthkhalsa.org, and www.khalistan.net53 On
these Websites, Khalistani organizations advertised Khalistan, their
workers’ achievements and biographies of their leaders. Through print
and electronic sources, the Sikh Diaspora propagated the
discrimination, atrocities and oppression – real and imagined – of the
Government of India against the Sikhs in India. Sikh Diaspora
organizations argued that Sikhs were slaves in India and that nobody
was defending their interests; their homeland had always been treated
as a colony and that they had been discriminated against and exploited
on the socio-economic, political and cultural fronts; everything
produced by Sikh farmers was bought at a discounted price by the
Indian establishment; Sikhs had contributed disproportionately (26 per
cent) to the Indian Government’s budget, but only 2 per cent of the
budget was spent on their homeland, Punjab. In the literature, it was
also propagated that the Sikhs were least favoured in Governmental
jobs and that they had only one per cent of jobs within the Central
sector.

The Diaspora also highlighted certain ‘factual’ information of
military oppression of the Sikhs by the Indian Government.54 For
example, the Council of Khalistan claimed that the “Indian state had
murdered 250,000 Sikhs since 1984 and had held 52,268 Sikhs as
political prisoners” without charge or trial. It was also asserted
that the kind of treatment that had been meted out to the minorities,
especially the Sikhs, by the Indian state confirmed that India is a
‘fundamentalist Hindu theocracy’ and not a secular or democratic state
at all. In 1997, Narinder Singh, a spokesman for the Golden Temple,
told America’s National Public Radio:

The Indian Government … always boasting that they are democratic,…
and secular. They have nothing to do with secularism, nothing to with
a democracy. They just kill Sikhs just to please the Hindu majority.55

The Sikh Diaspora argued forcefully that the Guru had granted the
sovereignty to the Sikh nation saying, ‘In grieb Sikhin ko deon
Patshahi’ (Give these poor Sikhs dominance (kingship). The Sikh
community, according to the Diaspora organizations, always remembers
this dictum, reciting, ‘Raj kare ga Khalsa’ the Khalsa (meaning the
Sikhs, but also the ‘pure’) shall rule every morning and evening. It
was then put forth that the Sikh nation must achieve its independence
to fulfil the mandate of the Guru. The Sikhs should unite and start a
‘Shantmai Morcha’ to liberate their homeland from ‘Indian occupation’.
The main objective of this propaganda was to mobilize the Sikh
community and galvanize international support for the Sikh cause,
while discrediting New Delhi by disseminating a consistent message of
oppression and suppression of the Sikh minority. The experience
reflects that Sikh organizations were far ahead of the Indian
Government in the propaganda war. This shortcoming, occasionally, has
allowed the groups to embarrass New Delhi and gain political capital
at its expense.56

To propagate the ideology and generate common support, Sikh Diaspora
organizations used the Sikh religious institutions. Operation Blue
Star changed the opinion of a majority of Sikhs residing in the West,
especially in the UK, USA and Canada. Now, a majority of the Sikhs
started looking for an independent Sikh state to protect their faith
and identity from further persecution by the ‘Hindu Indian state’.
Sensing a change in the public sentiment, Sikh Diaspora organizations
and sympathizers implemented a strategy to consolidate their support
in the Sikh Diaspora. The strategy invoked taking control of the
central institutions in the Sikh faith, the Gurdwaras. Sikh
organizations and sympathizers understood that if they were able to
control the functioning of Gurdwaras, they would have access to a
large congregation to whom they could preach the virtues of
establishing Khalistan and who could provide them with access to the
financial resources of these institutions to support the Khalistan
movement. During this period, there was a dramatic shift in the
composition of democratically elected committees of Gurdwaras, with
moderate committees being removed and militant organizations being
elected into power. Many of these Sikh Gurdwaras were controlled by or
had links to Sikh militant organizations like the Dal Khalsa, World
Sikh Organization (WSO), BKI, ISYF, Khalistan Commando Force (KCF) and
Khalistan Liberation Force (KLF), as well as other small organizations
which were operating in Punjab from the foreign soil. Between 1984 and
1993, these Sikh organizations controlled the religious institutions
and entrenched their ideology in the Western Sikh consciousness.

As the Khalistani lobby consolidated its power in Gurdwaras, it began
to expose the Sikh congregations to the extremist ideology. Executive
committee members, granthis (Sikh preachers) and dhadis (religious
hymn singers) gave fiery sermons condemning the actions of the Indian
state. The Sikh masses were exposed to stories of Sikhs being
persecuted in Punjab and were shown images of ‘Sikh martyrs’ who had
sacrificed their lives for the communal cause. They spoke to their
public about the need for an independent Sikh state based on religious
doctrine, in order to protect the Sikh population from further
persecution. They justified the use of violence in this pursuit as it
was a ‘last resort’ thrust upon the Sikh population. Thus, the
Gurdwaras emerged as a new platform from where the Khalistani lobby
justified and legitimately propagated the ideological underpinnings of
the Sikh ethno-national movement in India.57

Alongside propaganda, a significant amount of money used to support
and fight for Khalistan was raised from the Sikh Diaspora. In fact,
after the Indian Army’s attack on the Golden Temple complex, support
and money for the revolutionary cause had increased dramatically among
Sikh emigrants. Britain emerged as the biggest centre for financing
the Sikh militants in India. Funds were being illegally funnelled out
of Britain to Pakistan and other countries where the Sikh militant
leadership was located.58 Gurdwaras in the United States, England and
Canada gave thousands of dollars a week to support the ‘revolutionary
movement’ in Punjab. Manbir Singh Chaheru, Chief of the Khalistan
Commando Force in Punjab, had confessed that he had received more than
60,000 dollars from Sikh organizations in Britain and Canada.59 In
Canada, the ISYF, which controlled Gurdwaras in Abborts Fort, New
Westminster, Surrey, near Vancouver and on Ross Street, Vancouver, had
raised huge amounts of funds from the Sikh Diaspora. In 1984, it had
launched a membership drive in Canada and charged five dollars as
fees. Those who did not enrol were branded as agents of Government
agencies. To avoid suspicion, most Sikhs became members. The ISYF also
established a ‘human rights organization’ known as the Khalsa Human
Rights Group, which subsequently emerged as a powerful fundraising
unit of pro-Khalistani Sikh militants located in foreign countries. In
1991, the ISYF launched the ‘Bhai Amrik Singh Shaheed Fund’ in UK,
reportedly to assist the families of Sikh militants killed in security
forces’ operations in Punjab. It also promised to send more money in
the future.60 The World Sikh Organization, another Sikh Diaspora
organization, had financed and arranged the visit of Canadian
parliamentarians Barbara Greene, Derek Lee and Svend Robinson to
Punjab from January 15 to January 22, 1992.61

The overseas Sikh organizations had also received funds from the
Government in Canada. According to Indian diplomatic circles in
Canada, the Federation of Sikh Societies, many of whose members were
advocating a separate Sikh state, was receiving funds estimated to be
9,000 dollars yearly from the Canadian Government since 1982 when the
Sikh Federation had been started. However, the Government funds were
not being given to the Sikh organization to preach and promote
secession in India, but were being wrongly used for that purpose. The
money so given was part of a budgetary fund that was earmarked every
year for the promotion of Canada as a multi-cultural society.
Representative groups emanating from different countries of the world
that had settled in Canada received the funds from Government to
enable them to maintain their ethnic identity. Thus, the Indian
community as a whole received part of this funding every year. But the
Sikhs who were part of the Indian community received special treatment
and received large sum of money, much of which was used to promote
militant activities against the Indian state.62 India and Canada are
both members of the Commonwealth and, as such, are tied by such bonds
of friendship and are expected to discharge certain political and
diplomatic obligations towards each other. Thus, when funds provided
by one Commonwealth country were going to finance militant ethnic
secessionism in the other Commonwealth country, this surprised many.
63

Sikh Diaspora organizations sent money to militant organizations in
Punjab to buy arms and ammunition and to fulfil other requirements in
the field. In 1981, the Babbar Khalsa reportedly raised 60,000
Canadian dollars in the UK and Canada and this was sent to Babbar
Khalsa militants active in Punjab. In 1982, Talwinder Singh Parmar
received 35,000 US dollars from Canada, which was later used to
sponsor Babbar Khalsa attacks against the Nirankaris and Indian
authorities. Besides the militant organizations, in the post-1984
period, funds were sent for humanitarian causes as well as legal
expenditure to defend the militants and other people put on trial
before the Indian judiciary.

The Diaspora organizations transferred money to militant groups in
Punjab primarily through three methods: First, money was deposited or
transferred directly into Indian bank accounts controlled by the Sikh
militant group or individual members sympathetic to the communal
cause, with funds later withdrawn for organizational use. Second,
money was sent through third parties, mainly unregistered foreign
money exchanges. These foreign exchanges transferred money through
agents to specific locations within India and all over the world. This
method of money transfer was effective because the money could not be
traced and senders remained anonymous. Third, human ‘mules’ who were
the members or supporters of the Sikh militant organizations based
abroad were used to transfer the money to the Sikh militants in
Punjab. Many times, these individuals travelled to India or Pakistan
with huge amounts of money in their possession. Once individuals
arrived in India or Pakistan, they made contact with the specific
organizations and distributed the money through their organizational
structures. It is well established that members of the BKI, ISYF, KCF
and WSO travelled to India and Pakistan to provide funds, raised
abroad, to their militant organizations.64

The Diaspora leadership lobbied with various Government officials,
parliamentarians and international human rights agencies. The
strategies of the Sikh Diaspora were determined by their perceptions,
resources and also by the lobbying system of each host state. In the
United States, ethnic diplomacy is well established and is a part of
Congressional proceedings. Consequently, the Sikh Diaspora gained
considerable support from US Congressmen for the cause of Khalistan
and on the issue of human rights violations by the Indian state. In
fact, the Sikh lobby led by Gurmit Singh Aulakh of the Council of
Khalistan in the United States made extensive contacts with US
Congressmen. To get their support, the Sikh lobby exploited the poor
history of India-US relations. With Pakistan as a stable ally since
1959, India had been relatively peripheral to the US strategic and
political interests in South Asia. The United States was not satisfied
with several aspects of India’s domestic and foreign policy, such as
its Afghan policy, rejection of the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty
and its refusal to discuss the nuclear restraints with Pakistan; its
missile and space programmes, trade frictions with the United States
and the sharp deterioration of its relations with Nepal and Sri Lanka.
65 The Sikh lobby exploited the situation to get the support of US
Congressmen. Sikh Diaspora leaders, especially Aulakh, highlighted
anti-US activities by the Indian state, focusing on the anti-US stand
at the United Nations and India’s help to Iran to build up its
military arsenal. The Sikh lobbyists honoured the Congressmen and
contributed to their campaign funds. The Sikhs had established early
links with the US Congressmen from California, Norman Shumway, Wally
Herger and Vic Fazio. In October 1986, Herger was given $ 10,000 for a
fundraising dinner.66 Later on, in August 1988, Dan Burton was
presented with a Sikh Heritage Award.67 Again, in February 1993, he
was presented with a plaque in recognition of his solidarity and
support to the Sikh nation.68 Fizio was honoured at the National Press
Club in February 1993, while Pete Geren was honoured in a Gurdwara.69
When meeting with these Congressmen, Sikh leaders discussed the issue
of the alleged large-scale violation of human rights against the Sikhs
in India.

These Congressmen heard the Sikhs’ pleas with sympathy and they
emerged gradually as consistent supporters of the Sikh cause. From
time to time, these US Congressmen introduced resolutions in the House
of Representatives in support of the Sikh cause and ultimately to
pressurize the Indian Government. Thus, in August 1988, Shumway
introduced a Congressional resolution concerning human rights of the
Sikhs in India. The debate was usually initiated as an amendment to
the House Foreign Aid Bill. In 1989, Wally Herger moved a resolution
proposing that United States not only freeze its bilateral aid to
India but also prevent international financial institutions like the
World Bank from extending economic assistance to the Indian state
until it stopped the human rights violation in Punjab and abandoned
its missile development programme. The US bilateral aid to India, at
that time, was a mere 25 million dollars, but India’s dependence on
World Bank and IMF aid was considerable. Therefore, the Herger move
was not easy to ignore for India. It was hotly debated in the House
and was defeated by 212 to 204 votes, a margin of a mere eight votes.
Of course, the Herger amendment, to be sure, had little chance of
being passed into law, even if the House of Representatives had
adopted it.70 Nevertheless, the considerable support that it received
was a sufficient booster for the Khalistani lobby. Consequently, they
moved many other resolutions against India. In 1991, Dan Burton
sponsored a more stringent resolution to stop the US development
assistance programmes for India unless international agencies were
allowed to monitor human rights. In 1992, a similar resolution was
passed, which led to a small reduction in development assistance to
India. Burton reintroduced a bill to the Committee on Foreign Affairs
in the House of Representatives in June 1993. In the bill, Burton had
sought to cut off aid if India failed within 60 days to repeal five
preventive detention laws, which included the Terrorist and Disruptive
Activities (Prevention) Act (TADA) of 1987, National Security Act
(NSA) of 1980, Jammu and Kashmir Public Safety Act of 1978, and Armed
Forces (Punjab and Chandigarh) Special Power Act of 1990. It took 10-
hours to debate the bill before it was defeated by 233 to 201 votes.
Despite the defeat of the Burton Amendment, 1993, the Sikh lobby
succeeded in convincing a large number of US Congressmen about human
rights violation in India. Even the members who had voted against the
Bill shared Burton’s concern for human rights. Further, pro-Sikh
Congressmen succeeded in the House when, on the same day, the House
adopted another amendment, by voice vote and without discussion,
seeking to deny India USD 345,000, allocated in the bill under the
International Military Education and Training (IMET) Programme.71

The American Overseas Interests Act stipulates the cut of 70.4 million
in US development aid to any country that did not vote with US at the
UN at least 25 percent of the time. India’s record of voting against
the United States at the United Nations, consequently, became an issue
due to which, on May 24, 1995, the US Congress passed the Burton
Amendment effectively cutting USD 364,000 from the IMET Programme.72
On May 25, 1995, Dan Burton stated in the House of Representatives:

…the House approved my amendment to deny development aid to any nation
that votes against the United States more than 75 percent of the time
at the United Nations. One of the countries that votes against us at
the U.N. 80 to 90 percent of the time every year is India… India is
also one of the world’s worst human rights abusers. For years, I have
criticized the atrocities committed by Indian security forces against
Sikhs in Punjab, Muslims in Kashmir and Christians in Nagaland… this
issue is one of the main reasons I offered my Amendment. Any country
that consistently votes against us at the U.N. and systematically
violates the human rights of innocent civilians should not receive
foreign aid from us. Indian security forces in Punjab and Kashmir
routinely torture political prisoners, gang rape women, and abduct
innocent people to demand, ransoms from their families… In Punjab,
torture and murder victims are thrown into canals, usually with their
hands and feet still tied. Dozens of bodies are found every time a
canal is drained for repairs... we must demand that India respect the
human rights of all people, and grant them freedom, democracy and
basic human rights. Until India stops the abuses and begins to vote
with us even occasionally, at the United Nations, we should not give
that country our foreign aid.73

Obviously, Congressmen and House of Representatives emerged as a big
platform for the Sikh Diaspora. Through it, the Diaspora succeeded to
pressurize the Indian state on the issue of human rights, by
introduction of Foreign Aid Bills in the House. On numerous occasions,
they succeeded in passing the bill to cut off US aid to India.
Furthermore, pro-Sikh Congressmen challenged India’s democratic status
and argued in favour of designating India as a ‘terrorist state’. For
instance, Congressman Edolphus Towns, contended, on October 6, 1998:

…the Government of India has murdered more than 250,000 Sikhs since
1947, almost 60,000 Kashmiri Muslims since 1988, and tens of thousands
of Assamese, Tamils, Manipuris, Dalits and others… between 1992 and
1994 the Indian Government paid over 41,000 cash bounties to Police
officers for murdering Sikhs. Two Canadian journalists published a
book called Soft Target in which they proved that the Indian
Government blew up its own airliner in 1985 just to blame the Sikhs.
In this light, the United States must declare India a terrorist state
we must then impose all the sanctions that we impose on any other
terrorist state.74

In the changing atmosphere of Indo-US relations, the resolution
failed to attract the attention of significant numbers of US
Congressmen and of public opinion. But, again on the part of Sikh
Diaspora, this was another major achievement on the propaganda front
as it put the democratic image and reputation of world’s largest
democracy at stake before the international community.

Sikh lobbyists also sought support for the Sikhs’ right to self-
determination. On February 22, 1995, Pete Geren along with another 28
Members submitted a resolution in the House of Representatives stating
that the Sikh nation should be allowed to exercise the right to self-
determination in their homeland, ‘Punjab-Khalistan’. The resolution
was referred to the Committee on Foreign Affairs.75 In a separate
move, in March 1997, Gary Condit and Dana Rohrabacher introduced a
bipartisan resolution, H. Con. Res. 37, which argued:

…the Sikh nation should be allowed to exercise the right of national
self-determination in their homeland, Punjab, ….a plebiscite should be
held in Punjab, Khalistan, on the question of independence, under the
international supervision, so that the Sikhs can determine their
political future in a free and fair vote in accordance with
international law.76

On occasion, under the strong influence of Sikh lobbyists, US
Congressmen wrote to the Indian Government to improve their ‘human
rights record’, particularly against the Sikh community. For instance,
on January 30, 1995, David E. Bonier wrote to the then Indian Prime
Minister, P.V. Narasimha Rao, to review the case of Simranjit Singh
Mann, who was arrested under the Terrorist and Disruptive Activities
Act. He also urged the Government to amend the ‘draconian laws’ to
conform with international human rights standards.77

The Congressmen also expressed concern at the proposed extradition
treaty with India. On February 10, 1995, 43 members of the House of
Representatives wrote in a letter that ‘anti-perspective’ provision
should be included in the proposed extradition treaty between the
Government of India and Government of United States, so that
individuals could be protected from persecution on the basis of race,
religion, nationality, or political belief in India.78 Gurmit Singh
Aulakh himself opposed the India-US Extradition Treaty. He decried the
treaty’s effect on political asylum seekers by claiming that:

…if Sikh activists are returned to the clutches of the Indian tyrants
I fear for their lives. They will almost certainly be tortured and
murdered by the world’s largest democracy.79

Aulakh wrote many letters to international personalities for which he
got some positive response. For instance, on February 5, 1997, the
then US Vice President Al Gore wrote a letter to Aulakh in which he
described the Sikh uprising in Punjab as ‘the ongoing civil conflict
in Khalistan’ and viewed it as a ‘serious situation’. Gore wrote:

Civil conflict in any nation, and the inevitable hardships and
bloodshed that inflicts on that nations’ civilian population, offends
our sense of human dignity and our humanitarian ideals… A high
priority of this nation’s foreign policy agenda is to strengthen
efforts to promote democracy and uphold human rights in regions across
the globe.80

Again, this was a major achievement for the Sikh lobbyists, especially
for Gurmit Singh Aulakh. In a Press Release on February 25, 1997, the
Council of Khalistan said that, by acknowledging the civil conflict in
Khalistan, Al Gore’s letter implied “recognition of Khalistan’s
independence.” The letter energized the struggle for Khalistan.81 It
appeared that U.S. foreign policy supported human rights including the
basic right to self-determination, which underlined the Sikh struggle
for an independent Khalistan.

The Khalistani activists were aided by a long history of ethnic
diplomacy in the United States and were able to pressurize the Indian
Government through US Congressmen. However, the United Kingdom and
Canada, with their respective parliamentary systems, did not prove as
accommodative of their efforts to influence Indo-British and Indo-
Canadian diplomatic relations. Hence, the British and Canadian
Khalistan activities, in comparison to their counter-parts in the US,
were much more limited in scope. Because of the Sikh concentration in
certain areas, however, a few British Members of Parliament, such as
Terry Dicks and Lord Avebury, did voice concern in the British
Parliament regarding the Sikh issue. They tended to focus almost
exclusively on the Indian Government’s human rights record in Punjab.
Both the ISYF and the Khalistan Council highlighted the cases of the
relatives of British Sikhs who were allegedly tortured, killed or who
disappeared while in the custody of the Indian security forces. In
November 1992, Dicks, a Conservative MP from Hayes and Harlington,
opened the debate in the House of Commons by saying:

I want to mention yet again in the House, the persecution of Sikhs in
the Punjab. Members of the Sikh community living in my constituency
and Sikhs throughout the world have been concerned for the safety of
family and friends living in the Punjab. The rape of young women, the
beating of old men and the murder of young boys, to say nothing of the
imprisonment without trial of many thousands of innocent people, has
been going on since 1984 and continues unabated. Indian security
forces are killing hundreds of innocent Sikhs in fake encounters and
there is evidence that those forces have swept through villages in the
Punjab intent on nothing less than widespread slaughter.82

Dicks then referred to the continuous central rule over the ‘Sikh
homeland’, Punjab, the ‘unfettered powers’ given to the Security
Forces under ‘special legislation relating to national security’, the
resultant lack of ‘legal safeguards for the protection of human
rights’ and ‘a similar campaign of oppression’ in Kashmir. Referring
to the role of the British Parliament in this regard, he stated that
Parliament had refused to condemn atrocities carried out by the Indian
Government,

…No matter how well documented they are by Amnesty International. It
has happened because of friendship of British Government with India as
a Commonwealth country… and due to its close relationship with the
Indian Congress Party and the Gandhi family in particular. Actions of
this kind, that were condemned elsewhere by the British Government,
have been ignored in India (sic).83

While questioning the successive Indian Governments’ claims that they
rule the world’s largest democracy, he castigated the British
Government:

How can governments, who went to war to defend the rights of the
Kuwaitis, in their own country refuse to bring pressure on the Indian
Government to recognize the rights of the Sikhs in Punjab? Are the
Kuwaitis more important than the Sikhs? Or, can it be that much of the
world’s oil comes from the Middle East but only food to feeding
millions of hungry mouths is produced in the Punjab?84

Further, he added that the abuse of human rights cannot be condoned no
matter whether it takes place in a Middle Eastern country or a country
that belongs to the Commonwealth. Therefore, the British Government
should have a consistent position on human rights.85 According to him,
the British Government had a unique moral responsibility in this
regard, because,

In 1947, when India obtained its independence, it was the British who
accepted a guarantee by the Hindus, who make up 84 percent of the
population, that the self-determination of the Sikhs in the Punjab
would be recognized. On that basis the British Government granted
India its independence. Unfortunately for the Sikhs the British
Government has done nothing to enforce the guarantee and successive
Congress Party dominated Indian Governments have been able to ignore
the pledge.86

Dicks held that both the Indian and British Governments were
responsible for the Sikh ethno-secessionist uprising in Punjab. He
demanded that the British Government should pursue a policy linking
overseas aid to a country’s human rights record. He was of the view
that the new approach would be brought firmly to the attention of the
Indian Government who, at that time, received more than GBP 100
million annually under the British Overseas Aid Programme.87 He also
pleaded that if the British Government were to take a tough stand on
the abuse of human rights in India and persuade the Indian Government
to recognize the rights of the Sikhs in the Punjab, the majority of
the Sikhs throughout the world would be prepared to renounce violence
as a method of achieving their objective of self-determination and
would welcome the opportunity to meet with anyone at an international
forum in an attempt to come to a peaceful settlement of the problem.
88

Jacques Arnold, another Conservative MP from Gravesham, supported
Dicks on the human rights aspect of the Sikh uprising. Though he
refrained from making any comment on the ‘self-determination’ aspect
raised by Dicks, Arnold highlighted the concerns and anxieties of his
Sikh constituents who expressed great misery and anxiety about the
fate of their families in the Punjab where, according to him, there
was a total denial of democratic rights by the state.89

In more recent years, Sikh activists have received the support of
other Parliamentarians, such as John McDonnell, Gabrielle Farrell,
Khalid Mehmood, Rob Morris and Caroline Spelman. The Federation of
Sikh Organizations, on various occasions, honoured these MPs and
received their support for their cause in the United Kingdom. Among
these, Khalid Mahmood, the Labour Party MP from Perry Bar, at a
conference organized by the Federation of Sikh Organizations on the
occasion of ‘Khalistan Day’, on April 29, 2003, at Birmingham stated:

…every nation has an inalienable right to self-determination and, as
with the case of both Punjab and Kashmir, it was self evident that
when people are grossly mistreated by the state, they will take the
necessary steps to control their own destiny.90

The British Parliamentary Human Rights Group, a cross-party group of
the Members of Parliament that shapes the perceptions about human
rights in the corridors of power, especially in the UN Commission on
Human Rights, viewed Punjab as one of the regions of the contemporary
world where a persistent violation of human rights had occurred. The
group also organized occasional hearings on the Punjab. Subsequently,
in March 2005, another organization known as the Human Rights Advisory
Group of the Punjabis in Britain All Party Parliamentary Group
recognized the right to self-determination of the Sikhs in Punjab in
the following words:

Self-determination is… the bedrock of all human rights in
international law; without self-determination all individual human
rights can be breached with impunity… self-determination is a key to
the resolution (and prevention) of scores of violent conflicts, which
invariably have a massive cost in terms of human life and development…
The Sikhs, as a nation, have a lawful right to self-determinations. It
is hoped that the international community will recognize this in order
to take forward the cause of peace and justice and the rule of law in
South Asia.91

The Sikh Diaspora, in Britain, United States and Canada, through
organizations like the Council of Khalistan, Nankana Sahib Foundation
and World Sikh Organizations, had tried to get legitimacy for their
struggle by attempting to secure membership or get a special status in
certain international institutions, such as the UN and the
Unrepresented Nations and Peoples Organizations (UNPO). On May 17,
1984, Jagjit Singh Chauhan, President of the National Council of
Khalistan, appealed to the then UN Secretary-General, Perez de
Cueller, to call upon the Government of India to desist from
activities directed at the violation of human rights in respect of the
Sikhs in India.92

The overseas Sikh leadership had also approached the UN and lobbied
with various subcommittees of the world body. In the mid-1980s, they
made a request for non-governmental organizations (NGO) status to the
Sikh nation. The UN Committee, composed by Cyprus, Sri Lanka, France,
Bulgaria, Cuba, the Soviet Union, the United States and Malawi,
considered the application on February 25, 1987, for the category of
consultative status, but it was rejected. In rejecting its
application, the Committee felt that an NGO status to ‘Khalistan’
would undermine the sovereignty of a member state, i.e., India.93
After Operation Black Thunder in 1988, Manohar Singh Grewal, President
of the World Sikh Organization, wrote a letter on the ‘genocide of the
Sikhs’ in India to the UN Secretary-General Javier Perez de Cuellar.
He pleaded:

Your Excellency, the situation in the Punjab is becoming more
alarming... again Indian paramilitary forces are holding innocent
people in the Golden Temple as hostages… they can’t drink water or
even go the toilet without being shot at… the Indian Government has
been engineering incidents to justify a new wave of oppression. Since
Punjab is closed to the foreign press except for the guided official
tours, the world does not know the truth about Punjab. As per the
records of Human Rights reports, (there is a situation of) an
undeclared, unilateral ruthless war against hundreds of innocent
defenceless men and women in far away tiny villages of Punjab from
where their voices do not reach the rest of India.

In the letter, Grewal wrote, further:

The bleeding Sikh nation is in agony. Your Excellency, as Secretary
General of the World Organization, you represent the conscience of
humanity and the UN inspires hope for freedom and justice… Thousands
of innocent Sikh orphans, widows and older parents whose loved ones
have been lynched, for them freedoms of religion and expression have
been reduced to the ‘right to cry in the wilderness’… Their voices,
though inaudible amidst the media blitz of misinformation and
deception, are appealing to the world community and the UN to urge the
ruling regime of India to stop the genocide of the Sikhs… In the
meantime, the 1948 Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the
Crime of Genocide should be invoked. India should be asked to lift the
occupation of the Sikh homeland… when the normal conditions are
restored the people of Punjab should be given the opportunity to
determine their own destiny through an independent and impartial
referendum…94

In 1990, the Sikh delegation made a presentation to the UN on the
violation of human rights against the Sikhs in India at the Centre of
Human Rights in Geneva. The Sikhs also took part in the UN Human
Rights Day ceremony on December 10, 1991, in San Francisco.95
Significantly, during June 14-25, 1993, when the UN World Conference
on Human Rights was being held in Vienna, the Sikh delegation
presented their case carrying placards and documents on India’s
alleged human rights abuses in Punjab. In this conference, the
official delegation of the Indian State, which was led by the then
Finance Minister Dr. Manmohan Singh, along with Atal Behari Vajpayee
and a Punjabi newspaper editor, Jagjit Singh Anand, and Gurcharan
Singh Galib, Member of Parliament, faced strong opposition from the
Sikh delegation.96

Through their letters or sometimes by sending joint delegations to
these organizations, the Sikh Diaspora did not merely attempt to
convince these institutions on the issue of Khalistan but also sought
to secure some kind of status in these organizations for ‘Khalistan’,
which they demanded should be completely separate and independent from
India. In 1993, the extremist element within the Sikh Diaspora
achieved a major milestone in this regard. It succeeded to securing
the recognition of ‘Khalistan’ as the newest full member of the
Unrepresented Nations and Peoples Organization (UNPO).97 The ‘Nishan
Sahib’ (Insignia of Sikh religion) was hoisted at Hague in the
Netherlands during the Annual General Assembly of the Organization.
The General Assembly of UNPO was attended by renowned dignitaries like
Lord Ennals, Member of the British House of Lords; H.S.H. Prince Hans-
Adams-II of Liechtenstein; and Ireland’s Noble Peace Prize Laureate M.
Corrigan Magquire, President of the Peace People, Belfast. The
extremist Sikh Diaspora was of the view that UNPO membership for
Khalistan would increase the international pressure on the Indian
state and would eventually lead to the formation of Khalistan, with
its own membership in the United Nations.98 Gurmit Singh Aulakh, who
headed the Sikh delegation to the UNPO, described it as a big boost to
the movement for Sikh freedom, adding that it would increase
“international pressure on the Indian state to honour the independence
of Khalistan and cease its violation of human rights against the Sikh
nation.” According to him,

India is not one nation but a conglomerate of nations held together
against the will of the people. Like the Soviet Union, India too will
disintegrate into its natural parts. We now have behind us an
organization recognized by the international community for its
integrity. India can no longer malign the Sikhs in the eyes of the
world with its disinformation… its tactics of government by oppression
will no longer be accepted by the International community… The Sikh
nation will have its freedom. India has no other choice.99

For the other members of Sikh delegation, including Paramjit Singh
Ajrawat and Bhupinder Singh of Holland, it was an occasion of
pleasure, as the Sikhs were accepted by the UNPO as ‘a nation without
state’. According to them,

India had sought to keep the Sikhs isolated from the international
community for years, but now, with help of this new platform, they
will spread the news of India’s oppression of the Sikhs throughout the
world community.

Bhupinder Singh opined that, “Now India cannot hide. Its brutality
will be exposed.”100

Overseas Sikhs also used militant methods to achieve their desired
goals. In Canada, the militants had organised a small segment of the
Diaspora Sikh community. They were mostly concentrated in areas like
Vancouver, British Columbia, Toronto and Winnipeg. They exploited the
weaknesses of the basically liberal political system of Canada.

Such militant action was centered in, but not limited to, Canada. The
Babbar Khalsa had reportedly launched an all-out effort to recruit
Sikhs abroad for the creation of Khalistan through a Khalistan
Liberation Army. In February 1982, the organization hired Johan
Vanderhorst, a veteran mercenary who had fought in Rhodesia, to train
Sikh recruits in British Columbia. Vanderhorst hired fellow
mercenaries by putting advertisements in Canadian papers offerings
salaries of 1,250 US dollars monthly to train people in the use of
weapons and combat techniques. The Indian Government had obtained
clandestine pictures of the training camps in British Columbia which
had been handed over to the Canadian Government.101

The ISYF and Dal Khalsa also indulged in militant activities. One of
the prominent militant leaders was Talwinder Singh Parmar, a Canadian
citizen and leader of 50 members of the Babbar Khalsa, a militant Sikh
group demanding the creation of Khalistan. They had claimed
responsibility for 40 murders in Punjab between 1979 and 1981. Another
leader was Lakhbir Singh Rode, a nephew of the late Bhindranwale, who
headed the ISYF with 150 members in Canada. His coordinator in the
United States was Arjinderpal Singh Khalsa. Violent reactions are seen
to have started in Vancouver when the acting Indian High Commissioner
in Canada, K.P. Fabian, visited Manitoba on July 18, 1984. He was
pelted with eggs and attacked, although, he was not seriously injured.
102 The Indian Independence Day celebrations of 1984 in New York,
Toronto, and Vancouver, were disrupted by Sikh secessionist
demonstrators, while in Washington, Chicago, Los Angeles, San
Francisco and Ottawa, protests were more peaceful.103 In May 1985,
when Haryana’s Chief Minister Bhajan Lal was in the United States for
medical treatment, five Sikhs reportedly plotted to kill him. He was
particularly hated because he had worked against the Sikhs as the
Chief Minister of the State neighbouring Punjab. One of the Sikhs
accused in this case was Gurpartap Singh Virk, who was convicted of
violating America’s neutrality laws in March 1986. Virk, along with
other conspirators from New York and Jatinder Singh Ahluwalia of New
Orleans, were also accused, but not convicted, of planning to
assassinate Rajiv Gandhi during his visit to the United States. These
Sikhs had also selected a site for a guerrilla training camp in New
Jersey. Virk and his accomplices had attended the ‘Ricondo School’
which offered a course in guerrilla warfare for mercenary soldiers.
Frank Camper, who was running the school, and his assistant, testified
that Sikhs were openly trying to learn about terrorism because they
wanted to ‘kill thousands with a single blow’.104

In October 1985, when Indian Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi visited
England, a plot by 15 Sikhs and Kashmiris to assassinate him was
foiled. It led to the conviction of two Sikhs in December 1986.

In June 1985, Sikh militants bombed an Air India flight, Kanishka,
killing all 329 people aboard, including 154 Canadians. Canadian
authorities believed that the bombing was masterminded and perpetrated
by the Sikh militants operating from Canada, including some Canadian
citizens. Two Canada-based Sikhs, Ripudaman Singh Malik and Ajaib
Singh Bagri, who were eventually released by the Canadian Court, were
put on trial in Vancouver for involvement in the aircraft bombing and
for another suitcase bombing at the Narita Airport in Tokyo, that
killed two baggage handlers.105 On November 26, 1985, two senior
diplomats of the Indian Embassy in the Pakistani capital Islamabad,
Councillor B. Jain and First Secretary K. K. Khanna, were attacked by
some Canadian Sikhs within the Dehra Sahib Gurdwara Complex at Lahore.
Both the officers sustained head injuries and were admitted to a
Lahore hospital.106 In 1991, a British Columbia-based Sikh militant,
Inderjit Singh Reyat, was convicted of building the Tokyo bomb and
pleaded guilty in February 2003 to aiding in the construction of the
Air India bomb. It is believed that the bombings were the part of a
conspiracy by British Columbia-based Sikh militants to take revenge
against the Indian Government for its 1984-storming of the Golden
Temple complex.107

On May 25, 1986, the Punjab Planning Minister, Malkiat Singh Sidhu,
who was visiting Canada to attend his nephew’s wedding, was shot four
times in the chest at Campbell river, a town on Vancouver Island.
Canadian authorities had arrested four suspects at a Police roadblock
and they were charged with attempted murder. They were later convicted
and sentenced to 20 years in prison.

In the United States, in May 1986, Police arrested five Montreal area
Sikhs, who were involved in conspiracy to blow up an Air India jumbo
jet out of New York City. Out of the five, two men were tried,
convicted and given life sentences for the conspiracy, while the
others were jailed for a month and subsequently released.108

Dilawar Singh, the human bomb who killed Beant Singh, the then Chief
Minister of Punjab, on August 31, 1995, was linked to the Babbar
Khalsa International. Similarly, in June 1995, Delhi Police arrested a
suspected suicide bomber, Rachhpal Singh of the Babbar Khalsa, who was
on a mission to kill the former Punjab Police Chief K.P.S. Gill.109

The Indian Government’s reaction and response to the activities of
extremist overseas Sikhs started as early as the late 1970’s, when
Mrs. Indira Gandhi made public statements about problems created by
the Sikhs in Vancouver. In 1981, soon after some Sikhs hijacked an
Indian Airlines Boeing to Lahore in Pakistan, the Government of India
pressured the United States, Canada and Britain to oust Khalistan
leaders, or at least counter their activities.110 In April 1981, the
Indian passport of Jagjit Singh Chauhan was revoked, and subsequently
a case of sedition and promoting hatred among different communities
was registered against him in August 1981.111 In July 1984, after
Operation Blue Star, the Indian state assessed the extremist Sikh
Diaspora’s role in its official report, the ‘White Paper on the Punjab
Agitation’. Out of 58 pages of this report, nine pages were devoted to
the subversive overseas Sikh organizations and how they fostered
separatism in the period up to 1984. While referring to the role of
external factors in the White Paper, the Government of India argued,

The recent occurrences in Punjab cannot be divorced from the wider
international context… Powerful forces are at work to undermine
India’s political and economic strength. A sensitive border state with
a dynamic record of agricultural and industrial development would be
an obvious target for subversion. In this context the activities of
groups based abroad acquire special significance. A section of the
foreign media is deliberately presenting totally distorted versions of
the Punjab situation, which have the effect of encouraging and
sustaining separatist activities.112

In the White Paper, the Government of India remarked that it was
certain overseas Sikhs who had provided the ideological underpinning
for the demand for a separate Sikh state. It was also pointed out that
numerous Sikh organizations indulging in secessionist activities were
operating from foreign countries. According to the report, the
National Council of Khalistan, Dal Khalsa, Babbar Khalsa and Akhand
Kirtani Jatha were the main organizations which had raised the slogan
of a separate Sikh state called ‘Khalistan’. The National Council of
Khalistan headed by Jagjit Singh Chauhan was active in the UK, West
Germany, Canada and USA. Dal Khalsa activities were primarily in UK
and West Germany, while the Babbar Khalsa was operating largely from
Vancouver in Canada. The Akhand Kirtani Jatha had units in UK and
Canada.113

The Government of India was of the view that the Sikhs were among the
large number of Indians settled or working abroad. Their love and
patriotism for the Indian state was not in doubt. Nevertheless, some
were misinformed or misled by interested parties. Some others were
vulnerable to pressures in their host states. Moreover, it is not
always easy for the affluent settled aboard to identify with the basic
socio-economic interests of the working masses in India. As a result,
for some of them, the troubles in Punjab were a good opportunity to
project themselves as leaders of the Sikh community.114

The Government of India took numerous legal, political and diplomatic
steps to curb anti-Indian activities among the overseas Sikhs and
their radical organizations. In London, the Indian High Commission
drew the attention of the British Government to the continuous anti-
India activities in Britain that began immediately after Operation
Blue Star. Jagjit Singh Chauhan had announced awards for beheading
Indira Gandhi and her family members and is also said to have
despatched a ‘hit squad’ to India to ‘take revenge’ against the Indian
Prime Minister. Through these announcements and statements, Chauhan
secured unexpected publicity in the British media.115 In a way, it was
helping him to gain popularity among radical elements within the
overseas Sikh community and was also instigating the Sikhs to violence
against a ‘particular community’ and against the Indian state, both in
India and abroad. Due to such developments, the then High
Commissioner, Pushkar Johari, took up the issue with the British
Foreign and Home Affairs Ministers, as well as with the BBC, in the
strongest possible terms.116 In New Delhi, on June 22, 1984, the youth
and student wings of the Congress (I) organized separate
demonstrations before the British High Commission to protest the anti-
India propaganda on the BBC. In private correspondence, India’s Prime
Minister Indira Gandhi wrote to her British counterpart, Margaret
Thatcher, about events in Punjab and clarified the position of the
Indian state in this regard. She also requested her to prevent the
activities of individuals and organizations in UK who were supporting
the secessionist movement in India.117

Through diplomatic channels, the Government of India tried to justify
its military action in Punjab, and also to persuade the overseas Sikh
community, as well as world public opinion, in its favour. For
example, in Washington on June 22, 1984, in a talk show “Evening
Exchange” on a local TV station, the Deputy Chief of the Indian
mission in the United States, Pete Sinai, stated that the Government
of India had no option but to enter the Golden Temple Complex and
neutralize the Sikh militants. In this talk show, two local Sikhs,
including the President of the Guru Gobind Singh Foundation, Ujjagar
Singh Bawa, were also present which made it more significant and
relevant from the Indian point of view.118 Indian Prime Minister
Indira Gandhi herself told a foreign journalist that “…Army action was
not against the Sikhs. It was only to remove some hidden groups of
individuals in the Temple Complex, who were indulging in terrorism and
anti-national activities.” She also said that there was “…false
propaganda” about killings of children and women during the military
action. “Not even a single child or a woman was killed,” she asserted.
119 She admitted that there was widespread anger among the Sikhs over
the situation but said that they would gradually understand the
situation. The Indian Embassy in Washington reportedly distributed
video-cassettes to American Television Centres. In these cassettes,
the interview of Giani Kirpal Singh, Jathedar of the Akal Takht (Chief
Priest of the highest seat of temporal authority for the Sikhs), was
recorded, in which he admitted that, during Operation Blue Star, Sri
Harmandir Sahib (Golden Temple) and Kotha Sahib (where the Holy Book,
the Guru Granth Sahib, is safeguarded each night) had not suffered any
damage. The main objective of the distribution of these cassettes was
to pacify the anguished Sikh Diaspora by giving them “true
information” regarding the military operation and the aftermath.120

As a large number of Sikhs from India had acquired citizenship of
Commonwealth countries and a section of them was encouraging the ethno-
secessionist movement in Punjab, the Government of India reportedly
discovered ‘unmistakable’ foreign links with the militants in the
Golden Temple Complex, which apparently impelled the state to take
certain steps for regulating the visits of foreigners, especially
Sikhs of Indian origin that could have been used for undesirable
purposes in India.121 The Government of India also imposed strict visa
regulations for overseas visitors. On June 3, 1984, the Government of
India prohibited the entry of foreigners into Punjab.122 And on June
15, 1984, the Indian Ministry for Home Affairs issued a notification
in which citizens of Britain and Canada were brought under the new
visa regulations. On the very next day, it was notified that it would
be compulsory for citizens of all Commonwealth countries, including
Britain and Canada, to obtain visas from Indian missions before
visiting India. For those who were already in India, the Government
imposed a requirement that they obtain a residential permit within 15
days of the notification, for their continued stay in India.123

Extremist elements of the Sikh Diaspora had gained the sympathy and
support of US Congressmen, British Parliamentarians and human rights
organizations such as Amnesty International, by claiming widespread
repression of and human rights violations against the Sikhs.
Consequently, at various national and international platforms, Indian
authorities clarified their position before the international
community and criticized the biased reports against India in this
regard. For example, during a speech at the University of London on
September 21, 1992, the Indian Home Minister, S. B. Chavan, stated
that reports prepared by human rights groups accusing India of human
rights violations against the Sikhs in Punjab were not authenticated.
He said “We are proud of our concern for human rights and we feel hurt
by unfair, biased, exaggerated and unverified accusations of human
rights violations.”124 To clear the misunderstanding about the Indian
Government’s stand on human rights, Chavan invited Amnesty
International to send a delegation to New Delhi to engage in a
meaningful discussion.125

Further, on various occasions, the question of the involvement of
elements within the Sikh Diaspora in the Punjab problem was also
discussed and debated in the Indian Parliament. This debate also
focused on the soft attitude of host states towards the Sikh militants
living and operating from their territories. As the US Congressmen
were criticizing India for its poor human rights record against the
Sikhs, Indian Parliamentarians, including K.K. Tewary, Saifuddin
Chaudhury, Bhagwat Jha Azad, E. Ayyapu Reddy, et al, jointly
criticized them for interfering in India’s internal affairs. On April
18, 1985, while speaking in the Lok Sabha (Lower House of Indian
Parliament), Saifuddin Chaudhury stated that the US Congress Annexe
had actually become a platform to spread anti-India feelings, with the
vociferous participation of extremist Khalistani leaders like Ganga
Singh Dhillon and Jagjit Singh Chauhan.126 K.K. Tewary pointed out
that America itself had a poor human rights record which had evolved
out of the “…genocide and butchery of Red Indians, Negroes and other
indigenous populations. All these races were decimated and destroyed
by them.” They were guilty of exposing humanity to atomic
extermination in the Second World War and were also responsible for
the “monstrous brutality” in Nicaragua, Chile and a host of other
countries. They had, consequently, no moral right to speak about the
human rights’ situation in India, he opined.127 Defending the use of
force by the Indian state, Ayyapu Reddy argued that every nation has
the right to protect its integrity and to prevent its disunity and
disintegration. Therefore, Reddy asserted, “if according to the US
Congressmen, trying to prevent secessionist tendencies amounts to
suppression of human rights, then Abraham Lincoln should also be
considered guilty of suppressing human rights, because he had led the
war against the disunity and disintegration of United States.”128
Another Parliamentarian, G.G. Swell, argued that, as the Americans and
the rest of the world considered Abraham Lincoln as the “greatest
President”, “a man of God” and “a man of prayer”, they should also put
Indira Gandhi in the same “pantheon”, since she had fought and died
for the unity and integrity of India.129 Further, parliamentarians
like Kamal Nath, Bala Saheb Vikhe Patil, S.M. Bhattam, N.G. Ranga and
Datta Samant expressed serious concern over certain institutions in
the USA and Canada, which were imparting training to Sikh militants.
The Indian Government had reportedly traced 25 schools which were
providing facilities for such training, including the Ricondo School
of Frank Camper at Hueyville in Alabama and the Eagle Combat and Body
Guard Training School of Roy Maia in Estminster, British Columbia,
which had become the focus of discussion and debate in the Indian
Parliament.130 The Government of India had drawn the attention of USA
and Canada to these developments, while requesting urgent
investigation and appropriate corrective action.131

As pointed out earlier, according to Indian diplomatic sources, the
Canadian Government was granting funds to minority groups to
strengthen their culture and to expand their cultural activities.
These funds were, however, misused by different Sikh organizations.
Indian parliamentarians also protested against such financial help
being provided by Canada.132 They also emphasised the issue of fund
raising and misuse by the Sikh extremists in Britain. For example, on
December 2, 1985, during a discussion on the issue in Lok Sabha, S.M.
Bhattam disclosed that,

Large sums of money are being collected regularly in Britain in about
30 to 40 Gurdwaras to buy weapons and pass them on to Sikh extremists
in Punjab… about one lakh133 to two lakh Pounds (GBP) are raised every
week and this amount is being utilized for the purpose of buying light
weapons, sub-machine guns and explosives from illegal European markets
to be sent to the subversive elements of the Sikh community in Punjab.
134

On its part, India maintained its links with the host governments
while requesting them to take appropriate measures against the
militant activities of the extremist elements within the Sikh
Diaspora. On October 15, 1985, for instance, Prime Minister Rajiv
Gandhi, during his visit to the United Kingdom, had pressed Margaret
Thatcher to do more about the Sikhs who were involved in terrorist
activities directed against India. He also requested that a bilateral
extradition treaty be established to deal with the issue of Sikh
militancy in Britain.135 Responding to the politico-diplomatic
pressure of the Indian state, the British Government expressed regret
for statement Jagjit Singh Chauhan on BBC Radio. The British Minister
of State for Foreign Affairs, Baroness Young, met Pushkar Johari, High
Commissioner of India in London, on June 14, 1984, and conveyed regret
over the issue and hoped that such statements would not be allowed to
affect the traditionally good relations between Britain and India.136
Meanwhile, the British Government asked the Sikhs living in Britain to
observe restraint and not to resort to any form of violence in
reaction to the ‘events’ in Punjab. Immediately after Operation Blue
Star, the British Minister for Home Affairs, David Waddington, had
urged the Sikhs, in a meeting held in Birmingham, to act like
responsible human beings. Besides, David Mellor, a junior Minister in
the British Home Office, also called the Sikh representatives and told
them to act within the confines of the law.137 Clarifying the stand of
the British Government, the British authorities explained, on June 25,
1984, that the British Government was fully aware of the sensitivities
of the Indian Government over these matters, including the public
statements of some of the Sikh leaders and the security of Indian
diplomatic missions and personnel.138 He disclosed that British
authorities had told the Sikh leaders that a serious view would be
taken of any unlawful act. According to him, the Government sought and
obtained assurances that reactions to the events in Punjab would be
peaceful in Britain. At the same time, responding to a question on the
formation of the so-called Government of Khalistan-in-exile by some
Sikhs, he said that, in Britain, organizations and individuals are
allowed to espouse any case so long as they do not break British laws.
Therefore, as these organisations had not broken any law, these could
exist within the British legal framework. However, the British
Government had not accorded any diplomatic status to the Government of
Khalistan-in-exile, since Britain recognizes only states and not
‘governments’.139

At the other end, the Governments of the United States and Canada also
assured India that they would not allow Khalistani Diaspora
organizations to act against the Indian Government from their
territories.

Due to the huge efforts made by the Indian state, Western analysts,
once pessimistic, consciously began to accept that Punjab would
gradually stabilize itself.140 James W. Michael, editor of Forbes,
strongly defended Indira Gandhi’s response to the Sikh ethnic uprising
by arguing,

…when traditional societies modernize, they frequently spew up
reactionary groups which violently challenge the new society. Thus, we
have the bloody and obscurantist Khomeini regime in Iran, the bizarre
rule of Gaddafi in Libya and the terror by Sikh fanatics of northern
India.

These fanatical groups, Michael argued, can’t be negotiated with due
to their “irrational and fascist” nature. Thus, Michael viewed Indira
Gandhi’s “effective” military action as a “triumphant” reassertion of
Government with the consent of the governed. According to him, “…to
blame Mrs. Gandhi for the violence was a little like blaming Abraham
Lincoln for bringing the civil war” in United States to an end.141

The Government of India signed extradition treaties and confiscation
agreements with Canada, Britain and the United States. On February 6,
1987, Indian External Affairs Minister N. D. Tiwari and the Canadian
Minister of State for External Affairs, Charles Joseph Clark, signed a
treaty agreeing to extradite any person who was accused or convicted.
The treaty, which came into effect on February 10, 1987, proved a
landmark in the history of Indo-Canadian relations. India was able to
successfully extradite from Canada certain Sikh militants wanted in
India.142 For instance, in May 1995, Tejinder Singh Pal, a Dal Khalsa
member, convicted of hijacking an Air India flight, entered Canada
using a fake name and claimed refugee status. Subsequently, he became
the subject of a Canadian Security and Intelligence Service (CSIS)
investigation. Eventually, on December 22, 1997, the Federal Court of
Canada issued an order of deportation against him.143 In 1998, a Sikh
militant of the Babbar Khalsa was deported from Canada.144 Further, in
January 2000, Davinder Pal Singh, a member of the Babbar Khalsa who
was involved in non-combat related activities, including fund raising,
was ordered to be extradited to India.145 In December 2000, another
active member of the Babbar Khalsa, Harjinder Singh Patwal, who
entered Canada without documentation, admitted to his links with the
militant organization and consequently, became a subject of
immigration proceedings.146

Encouraged by the Indo-Canadian treaty of 1987, India signed an
extradition treaty and an agreement on confiscation of militants’
assets on September 22, 1992, in London. The treaty, which was signed
by Home Minister S. B. Chavan and British Home Secretary Kenneth
Clark, excluded the political factor in crimes of violence as a
defence against extradition and provided that any crime carrying the
sentence of 12 months or more in either country would be a subject of
extradition. The Agreement on Confiscation provided forfeiture of
funds and assets of any individual or organizations involved in
terrorism or drug trafficking in either country. The assets of the
guilty would be confiscated not only in that country, but also in the
other country. The Agreement also provided for the orders of the
courts in one country to be executable in the other country. Under the
authority of this Agreement and Anti-terrorism Act, searches and
seizures were also made at the premises of suspect individuals and
organizations. The Agreement on confiscation of terrorists’ and drug-
runner’s assets was the first of its kind in the world, where two
countries agreed to act together on the subject, and India was the
first country with which Britain signed such an agreement. Thus, along
with the extradition treaty, the Agreement ensured that Britain would
not be the shelter to anti-Indian extremists operating from British
territory. It also ensured that Britain-based patrons of Indian
militant groups lost their capacities to operate with impunity.147

The extradition treaty between India and Britain was significant for
India on the diplomatic front as well. In September 1992, before the
extradition treaty, Sikh and Kashmiri extremist groups had launched a
campaign against the treaty. A group demonstrated outside the 10-
Downing Street residence of the British Prime Minister and urged him
not to sign the treaty. They also launched a signature campaign
against the treaty and secured the signatures of 130 Members of
British Parliament. In a joint appeal, Sikh and Kashmiri militants
told British Parliamentarians that “It would appear that Britain is
anxious to secure trade contracts with India and was even prepared to
swap Sikh and Kashmiri militants.”148

After prolonged negotiations, an extradition treaty was als signed
between India and the United States on June 25, 1997. Saleem Shervani,
Minister of State for External Affairs, and Strobe Talbott, Deputy
Secretary of State of the United States, signed the treaty. Both
parties agreed that, “…extradition shall be granted for an
extraditable offence regardless of where the act or acts constituting
the offence were committed.” Though the two states unanimously
accepted that, “…extradition shall not be granted for a political
offence,” they also said that “…murder or other wilful crime against a
Head of State or Head of Government or a member of their family,
aircraft hijacking offences, aviation sabotage, crimes against
internationally protected persons including diplomats, hostage taking,
offences related to illegal drugs, or any other offences for which
both contracting states have the obligation to extradite the person
pursuant to a multilateral international agreement, shall not be
considered to be political offences.”149 Extradition treaties with the
United Kingdom, Canada and the United States were a symbol of
diplomatic victory of the Indian state against the Sikh Diaspora
lobby, since they had actively lobbied against these treaties.

As a result of these extradition treaties, many Sikh militants were
extradited to India. For instance, Kulbir Singh alias Bira, a self-
styled ‘lieutenant’ of the Khalistan Commando Force (Panjwar faction),
was extradited from the US. Kulbir Singh, who was wanted in over 30
cases of mass murder, including the killing of ex-ministers, political
activists and Security Forces’ personnel, and also of robbery and
extortion, had fled to the United States in 1993 on a fake passport,
where he was arrested and imprisoned immediately on landing. The
Government of India had sought his extradition in 1993 too, but it did
not take place in the absence of an extradition treaty between the two
states. However, due to the treaty and a decision of the Federal
Appeals Court of the United States to deport Kulbir Singh, Indian
authorities were able to secure an expedited extradition process.150
Again, in May 2006, Indian authorities succeeded in extraditing Harpal
Singh Cheema from the United States. Cheema, a militant associated
with the Sikh Students’ Federation, had been living in the USA for the
preceding decade. On March 12, 1992, the Jalandhar Police had arrested
him along with explosives and narcotics and had registered a case
against him under the TADA.151 He jumped bail in July 1992 and managed
to flee to the United States in the same year, using illegal channels.
After 1997, he spent nine years in US jails for not possessing valid
immigration documents.152

In July 2006, Canada deported Gurcharan Singh of the BKI. He was
alleged to have plotted to assassinate the former Chief Minister of
Punjab, Parkash Singh Badal, and former Police Chief of Punjab, K.P.S
Gill. Earlier, his application for asylum was rejected by the Canadian
authorities and he was consequently imprisoned. He remained in a
Canadian jail for about three years before being deported to India.
153

These examples make it clear that, to some extent, extradition
treaties did prove effective in bringing back Sikh militants living in
the West, especially in the UK, USA and Canada. This was a significant
achievement of the Indian diplomatic front against the extremist
element within the Sikh Diaspora, since it was their leadership that
had financed the terrorist elements, and was defending them legally in
the host states.

On the diplomatic front, the Indian state achieved another milestone
in 2000, when the United Kingdom outlawed two Sikh militant groups
under the Terrorism Act, 2000. Among the 25 proscribed international
groups were the Babbar Khalsa International and International Sikh
Youth Federation.154

Furthermore, one of the groups that international security officials
believed supported the violent Sikh ethnic uprising in India, was the
Babbar Khalsa Society. In Canada, it was registered as a religious
group and charitable organization in 1993. However, according to the
Royal Canadian Mounted Police, the group raised money in Canada to buy
weapons for the Sikh militants in India. Consequently, the Canadian
Government revoked its charitable status in 1996.155 Canada added the
Babbar Khalsa International to its list of banned organizations
indulging in militant activities.

In a nutshell, the discourse on the Sikh Diaspora’s involvement and
support to the Khalistan movement in India establishes that using a
combination of peaceful, democratic and, violent methods, the radical
element in the Diaspora community, in the post-Operation Blue Star
period, sponsored and supported the militants struggling for a
separate sovereign state of Khalistan. Through various demonstrations,
they criticized the ‘repressive policies’ of the Indian state against
the Sikhs. They internationalized the issue of Khalistan, publishing
literature in the form of newspapers, magazines and books, and also
launched various Websites. While discussing the issue of human rights’
violations with the political parties, and legislative and executive
bodies of host states such as USA, Canada and UK, radical Sikh
Diaspora organizations and protagonists of Khalistan raised various
demands to put the pressure on the Indian state to end alleged
atrocities and human rights’ violations against the Sikh community.
They also approached the UN and other international fora on various
occasions. In Canada, a few Sikh militant organizations like the BKI,
Dal Khalsa and ISYF used violent methods to lodge their protests
against the Indian state. Members of these groups also indulged in
killings in Punjab and attempted to assassinate prominent
personalities of the Indian state. The assassination of Beant Singh,
Chief Minister of Punjab, and the Kanishka bombing, were results of
such attempts made by Sikh militant organizations in the Diaspora.

In other words, through both peaceful and violent methods, the Sikh
Diaspora not only supported the ethnic separatist cause but also posed
a serious challenge to the Indian state. To deal with this challenge,
the Indian state activated its politico-diplomatic channels at the
international level and also clarified its position before the world
community. The Indian leadership imposed visa restrictions on certain
foreigners and put pressure on the host Governments, especially of
USA, Canada and UK, to take action against the Sikh militants. Due to
such diplomatic efforts, the Indian state succeeded in signing
extradition treaties with the US, Canadian and British Governments and
also managed to secure the deportation of a few Sikh militants from
the host states. Besides, the host Governments also banned certain
Sikh militant groups. However, even today, certain sections of the
Sikh Diaspora keeps the Khalistan movement alive in host states,
though the very ideology has died in the perceived homeland and home-
state of the Sikhs.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Suneel Kumar is Senior Research Fellow at the Department of
Political Science in Guru Nanak Dev University, Amritsar, Punjab.



As quoted in Athena S. Leoussi, ed., Encyclopaedia of Nationalism, New
Brunswick and London: Transaction Publishers, 2001, p. 213.


Darshan S. Tatla "Sikhs in Multicultural Societies," International
Journal of Multicultural Societies, Vol. 5, No. 2, 2003, p. 195.

3 For the theoretical understanding of Diaspora-homeland
Relationship, See Robin Cohen, “Diasporas and the Nation-State: From
Victims to Challenges,” International Affairs, Vol. 72, No.3, 1996, pp.
507-20; Robin Cohen, Global Diasporas: An Introduction, London: UCL
Press, 1997; Gabriel Sheffer, Diaspora Politics: At Home Abroad,
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2003; William Safran,
“Diasporas in Modern Societies: Myths of Homeland and Return,”
Diaspora, Vol. 1, No.1, 1991, pp.83-99; James Clifford, “Diasporas”,
in Montserrat Guibernau and John Rex, Eds., The Ethnicity Reader:
Nationalism, Multiculturalism and Migration, Cambridge: Polity Press,
1997, pp. 283-290 and; Kachig Tololian, “The Nation State and Others”,
Diaspora, Vol. 1, No.1, 1991 pp.3-7 and ; Machael Dahan and Gabriel
Sheffer, “Ethnic Groups and Distance Shrinking Communication
Technologies”, Nationalism and Ethnic Politics, Vol. 7, No.1, 2001, p.
94.

4 Arthur W. Helweg, “The Gurdwara and The Sikh Diaspora,” Journal
of Sikh Studies, Vol. 27, No. 1, 2003, p. 117.

5 Sangat Singh, The Sikhs in History, Amritsar: Singh Brothers,
2002, pp. 539-73.

6 Laurent Gayer, “The Globalization of Identity Politics: The Sikh
Experience”, International Journal of Punjab Studies, Vol.7, No. 2,
2000.

7 Ibid, p. 226.

8 Darshan S. Tatla, The Sikh Diaspora: The Search for Statehood,
London: UCL Press, 1999, p. 41.

9 Martin Bulmer, “Ethnicity”, in Leoussi, Encyclopaedia of
Nationalism, p. 71.

10 Walker Connor, “The Impact of Homelands Upon Diasporas,” in
Gabriel Sheffer, ed. Modern Diasporas in International Politics,
London: Croom Helm, 1986, p. 17.

11 See Deepak Nayyar, Migration, Remittances and Capital Flows: The
Indian Experience, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1994.

12 Tatla, The Sikh Diaspora, p. 64.

13 Gayer, The Globalization of Identity Politics, p.230.

14 Ibid.

15 Ibid.

16 Ibid, p. 231.

17 Tatla, The Sikh Diaspora, p. 65.

18 Ibid, p. 94.

19 Therese Sue Gunawardena, “The Daisporisation of Ethno
Nationalism: British Sikhs and the Punjab,” Ethnic Studies Report,
Vol. 18, No. 1, 2000, p. 58.

20 Tatla, The Sikh Diaspora, p. 104.

21 Arthur W. Helweg, “Sikh Politics is India: The Emigrant Factor,”
in N. Gerald Barrier and Verne A. Dusenbery, eds., The Sikh Diaspora:
Migration and Experience beyond Punjab, New Delhi: Chanakya
Publications, 1989, p. 314.

22 Ibid.

23 M. J. Akbar, India: The Siege Within, Auckland: Penguin Books,
1985, pp. 173-4.

24 Helweg, Sikh Politics is India, p.315.

25 Ibid, p. 316.

26 For details see, Suresh Jain, “Pro-Khalistan Sikhs Plet Envoy,”
India Abroad, Vol.12, No. 33, 1982.

27 Tatla, The Sikh Diaspora.

28 Bidisha Biswas, “Nationalism By Proxy: A Comparison of Social
Movements Among Diaspora Sikhs And Hindus,” Nationalism and Ethnic
Politics, Vol. 10, No.2, 2004, p. 281.

29 Gunawardena, “The Daisporisation of Ethno Nationalism,” p. 59.

30 Ibid, p. 60.

31 Ibid.

32 B. K. Tiwari, “Sikhs in UK Having Second Thoughts,” The Indian
Express, Delhi, June 28, 1984.

33 Ibid.

34 Ibid.

35 B. K. Tiwari, “Sikh Leaders Seek to Meet Thatcher,” Indian
Express, June 22, 1984.

36 Ibid.

37 Ibid.

38 Ibid.

39 Tiwari, “Sikhs in UK Having Second Thoughts,” Indian Express,
June 28, 1984.

40 Ibid.

41 Indian Express, June 28, 1984.

42 New York Times, June 7, 1984.

43 Aseem Chhabra, “Thousands of Sikhs Protest,” India Abroad, Vol.
14, No. 37, pp. 1 and 14.

44 Tatla, The Sikh Diaspora, p. 113.

45 J. N. Parimoo, “Canadian Government Funds for Sikh Extremists,”
The Times of India, Delhi, September 16, 1984.

46 Helweg, “Sikh Politics is India,” p.322.

47 Indian Express, June 25, 1984.

48 John Barber, “A Troubled Community,” Macleans, Vol. ICIX, No.
25, 1986, pp.19-23.

49 Tatla, The Sikh Diaspora.

50 Ibid, pp. 116-7.

51 Ibid.

52 Ibid.

53 Ibid.

54 Sue Gunawardena, “Constructing Cyber Nationalism: Sikh
Solidarity via The Internet,” International Journal of Punjab Studies,
Vol.7, No.2, 2000, pp. 263-322.

55 Council of Khalistan, “An Open Letter to Sikh Organizations and
Institutions,” February 11, 2004.

56 V. Siddhardh, “New Indo-British Treaty: What is the Purpose?”
Economic and Political Weekly, Mumbai, Vol. 27, No. 47, November 21,
1992, p. 2531.

57 C. Christine Fair, “Diaspora Involvement in Insurgencies:
Insights from the Khalistan and Tamil Eelam Movements,” Nationalism
and Ethnic Politics, Vol. 11, No. 2 2005, pp. 125-156 and Charanjit
Singh Kang, Counterterrorism: Punjab A Case Study, Canada: Simon
Fraser University, 2001, pp.168-170.

58 Helweg, “Sikh Politics is India: The Emigrant Factor,” p. 322.

59 South Asia Terrorism Portal, www.satp.org.

60 Parimoo, Times of India, September 16, 1984.

61 Ibid.

62 Bhabani Sen Gupta, “Internationalization of Ethnic Conflict: The
Punjab Crisis of the 1980s,” in K. M. De Silva and R .J. May, eds.,
Internationalization of Ethnic Conflict, London: Pinter Publisher,
1991, p. 56.

63 World Sikh News, October 31, 1986.

64 Kang, Counterterrorism: Punjab a Case Study, pp.172-3.

65 World Sikh News, August 5, 1988.

66 World Sikh News, February 26, 1993.

67 Dallas Morning News, January 10, 1994.

68 Gupta, “Internationalization of Ethnic Conflict: The Punjab
Crisis of the 1980s,” p. 57.

69 The Tribune, Chandigarh, June 18, 1993.

70 Ibid.

71 World Sikh News, June 11, 1995.

72 Dan Burton, “No Respect for Human Rights In India,”
Congressional Record, May 25, 1995, p. E1140.

73 Edolphus Towns, “India should be declared A Terrorist State,”
Congressional Record, October 6, 1998, p. E 1913.

74 The Sikhs: Past and Present, Vol. 5, No. 1, 1995, p. 50.

75 Congressional Record, March 7, 1997.

76 The Sikhs: Past and Present, Vol.5, No.1, 1995, p. 50.

77 Ibid, pp. 49-50.

78 Ibid.

79 Council of Khalistan, “Vice President Al Gore Letter
Acknowledges Civil Conflict in Khalistan,” News Release, Washington.
D.C., February 25, 1997.

80 Ibid.

81 House of Commons Parliamentary Debates, Weekly Hansard, Vol.
199, No. 22, November 1991, p. 1241.

82 Ibid, p. 1242.

83 Ibid.

84 Ibid, p. 1243.

85 Ibid, pp. 1242-3.

86 Ibid, p. 1243.

87 Ibid.

88 Ibid, p. 1244.

89 Khalistan Calling Newsletter, May 21, 2003.

90 The Human Rights Advisory Group of the Punjabis in Britain All
Party Parliamentary Group, Self-Determination as a Human Rights and
its Applicability to the Sikhs: A Report, Westminster, UK: HRAG
Publication, 2005, p. 15.

91 S.M. Mirza, S.F. Hasnat and S. Mahmood, The Sikh Question? From
Constitutional Demands to Armed Conflict, Lahore: University of
Punjab, 1985, p. 78.

92 Giorgio Shani, “The Politics of Recognition: Sikh Diasporic
Nationality and the International Order,” International Journal of
Punjab Studies, Vol.7, No. 2, 2000, p. 213.

93 A letter to the Secretary General of the United Nations by Dr.
Manohar Singh Grewal, President of World Sikh Organizations, USA,
Published in World Sikh News, June 17, 1988.

94 World Sikh News, December 13, 1991.

95 Shani, “The Politics of Recognition,” p. 214.

96 “Khalistans Admitted into UNPU: Major Milestone for
Independence,” World Sikh News, Vol. 4, No. 4, January 29, 1993.

97 Ibid.

98 Ibid.

99 Ibid.

100 India Today, Delhi, September 15, 1985.

101 Helweg, “Sikh Politics is India The Emigrant Factor,” in N.
Gerald Barrier and Verne A. Dusenbery, eds., The Sikh Diaspora:
Migration and Experience Beyond Punjab, New Delhi: Chanakya
Publications, 1989.

102 Ramesh Guru, “Peaceful and Unruly Protests Mar India Day
Celebration,” India Abroad, Vol. 14, No. 47, 1984, p. 19.

103 L. Zhegalove, “Imperialist Plot against India’s Unity,” New
Times, No. 42, 1985, p. 13.

104 “Canada and Terrorism,” www.adl.org, January 2004.

105 Tribune, November 27, 1985.

106 “Canada and Terrorism”, www.adl.org, January 2004.

107 Peter Hadzipetros, “In depth: Air India; Sikh Military,” CBC
News, August 27, 2003.

108 www.satp.org.

109 Helweg, “Sikh Politics is India: The Emigrant Factor.”

110 Government of India, White Paper on Punjab Agitation, New Delhi:
Government of India, 1984, p.36.

111 Ibid.

112 Ibid.

113 Ibid.

114 Indian Express, June 15, 1984.

115 Indian Express, June 16, 1984.

116 Indian Express, June 23, 1984

117 Ibid.

118 Indian Express, June 16, 1984.

119 Punjabi Tribune, Chandigarh, June 24, 1984.

120 The Times of India, Delhi, June 17, 1984 and Punjabi Tribune,
June 18, 1984.

121 Gupta, “Internationalization of Ethnic Conflict: The Punjab
Crisis of the 1980s,” p. 55.

122 Times of India, June 17, 1984.

123 Tribune, September 22, 1992.

124 Ibid.

125 Lok Sabha Debates, Vol. 14, No. 26, April 18, 1985, Col. 343.

126 Ibid, Col. 348.

127 Ibid, Col. 342.

128 Ibid, Cols. 371-372.

129 Lok Sabha Debates, Vol. 7, No. 2, 24, July 1985, Col. 311-312.

130 Ibid.

131 Lok Sabha Debates, n. 126, Col. 353.

132 Lok Sabha Debates, Vol. 10, No. 10, December 2, 1985, Col. 337.

133 Lakh = 100,000

134 Helweg, “Sikh Politics is India: The Emigrant Factor,” p.
325.

135 Indian Express, June 16, 1984.

136 Ibid.

137 Indian Express, June 26, 1984.

138 Ibid.

139 Ibid.

140 The Washington Post, June 17, 1984.

141 Times of India, June 19, 1984.

142 Tribune, February 7, 1967.

143 Federal Court of Canada, Tejinder Singh Pal V/s Minister of
Citizenship and Immigration, December 22, 1997.

144 Reflex, No. 108, February 3, 1999.

145 Federal Court of Canada, Davinder Pal Bhalrus V/S Ministry of
Citizenship and Immigration, January 12, 2000.

146 Federal Court of Canada, Minister of Citizenship and Immigration
V/S Harjinder Singh Patwal, June 3, 2001.

147 Tribune, September 23, 1992.

148 Ibid.

149 Tribune, June 26, 1997.

150 The Hindustan Times, Delhi, March 30, 2005.

151 Tribune, May 3, 2006.

152 Hindustan Times, May 3, 2006.

153 Lalit Mohan, “Police Remand for deported Babbar Khalsa Man,”
Tribune, July 6, 2006.

154 Hadzipetros, CBC News, August 27, 2003.

155 Ibid.

...and I am Sid Harth
Sid Harth
2010-03-03 22:56:37 UTC
Permalink
Sri Lanka
Youth Unrest and Inter-group Conflict
G.H. Peiris*
Faultlines: Volume 19, April 2008

Two considerations provide the main impulse for this study. The first
of these is the scant attention that is paid in existing scholarly
writings to the connection between ethnic conflict in Sri Lanka and
the phenomenon of ‘youth unrest’, despite the importance accorded in
many recent works on major political turbulences elsewhere in the
world to the demographic and sociological characteristics of the
youth. The second is the fact that Sri Lankan conflict studies tend to
treat the causal connections of the secessionist campaign led by the
Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam (LTTE/’Tigers’) as being distinct
from those of the insurrections led by the Janatha Vimukthi Peramuna
(JVP – literally, ‘People’s Liberation Front’) in the Sinhalese
segment of the country’s population in 1971 and 1986-89, perceiving
the former as an exemplification of ‘ethnic conflict’, and the latter
as essentially a ‘class conflict’.

This distinction is, of course, not devoid of substance. The
secessionist insurrection which began in earnest in the mid-1980s did
represent the culmination of a long drawn out process of estrangement
of relations between two of the main ethnic groups – Sinhalese and Sri
Lankan Tamils constituting, respectively, 74 per cent and 12.6 per
cent of the country’s population at that time. The process was
characterised perpetually by confrontational politics at the
leadership levels of the two communities, and sporadically by
outbursts of communal clashes in areas of mixed ethnicity when, more
often than not, Tamils became the target of violence perpetrated by
rampaging Sinhalese mobs. The most barbaric and destructive among such
episodes of communal violence occurred in July 1983, and had the
catalytic impact of converting nascent and factionalised Tamil
militancy into a full scale campaign of secessionism over which, with
the passage of time, a single, tight-knit group established its
hegemony.

This appears in sharp contrast to the processes that preceded the
rebellions led by the JVP. The insurrection of 1971, intended to bring
about a socialist revolution through the capture of state power with
recourse to violence and terror, took place within a few months of the
formation of a new Government by a coalition of parties that had
pledged to bring about a socialist transformation of society, and had,
indeed, received the qualified backing of the JVP during the election
campaign.

In the late 1980s, the theme of the JVP-led insurrection was the
liberation of Sri Lanka from the yoke of foreign domination, following
a direct armed Indian intervention in Sri Lanka, the implications of
which, on the nation’s sovereignty, remained hazy but ominous
throughout that time.

The prominence accorded to these contrasts has, however, tended to
obscure certain facts that relate crucially to ethnic differentiations
and class stratifications providing the backdrop of these upheavals.
Foremost among these is the fact that, although certain grievances of
the Tamils, as articulated by their spokesmen, were/are genuine
enough1, the perception of ‘majoritarian dominance’ of the Sri Lankan
polity, and the consequent discrimination and oppression of the Tamil
minority as propagated by its political leadership, has not been
devoid of incongruities. For instance the alleged discrimination was
not reflected (as it ought to have been, if there was such
discrimination and oppression over several decades) in any of the
socio-economic parameters of comparative living standards among the
Sinhalese, Sri Lankan Tamils and the Muslims, at least up to about the
mid-1980s. To cite a general conclusion which I have derived through a
detailed analysis of a mass of data pertaining to this issue:

(E)xcept when the ‘Indian Tamils’ of the plantation sector (who still
suffer from various deprivations compared to other groups) are taken
into account, up to about the end of the third decade after
independence, socio-economic stratifications – variations in respect
of wealth, income, power and privilege, or dichotomies such as those
of ‘haves versus have-nots’ or ‘exploiter versus exploited’ – did not
exhibit significant correspondences to the main ethnic differences of
the country. And, there was certainly no economically ‘dominant’
ethnic group. Accordingly, for an analysis of the socio-economic
causes for these major political upheavals, one has to look for
differences of the type that could produce alienations, resentments
and hostilities within each of the ethnic groups2.

Yet another major deficiency found in the ‘conventional’
interpretations of large-scale political conflict in Sri Lanka lies in
the scant attention that has been devoted to similarities identifiable
among the militant organisations of the two ethnic groups. To refer
briefly to the aspects that have tended to be glossed over in the
available writings, there is first, the fact that the origin of
insurrectionary politics among both communities took place in the late
1960s, when several small groups espousing ‘liberation’ through armed
confrontation of the existing political order came to be formed. The
significance of this temporal correspondence should be appreciated in
the context of the aggravating economic problems of that time, which
affected all ethnic groups – notably soaring unemployment among the
youth entering the job market, the large majority among them having
had their formal education in the medium of their mother-tongue –
Sinhala or Thamil – and possessing no communication skills in
English.

In both communities, moreover, the formation of militant groups at
this point of time also represented the earliest manifestations of
rejection of the English-educated first generation of the post-
independence political leadership that had been drawn overwhelmingly
from the land-owning and professional classes. The pioneers of
militant politics at the nascent stages of their liberation campaigns,
and the majority of their rank-and-file during subsequent growth,
consisted of young men and women from the lower-middle social strata
in rural areas, and, typically, from what could be referred to as
‘subordinate’ caste groups, and not from the ‘dominant’ castes of the
two communities (Sinhala and Tamil) – the Goigama and the Vellala –
that are believed to constitute more than 60 per cent of their
respective totals.

Since group formation among the Tamil militants remained in a state of
flux at least up to about the early 1980s it is not possible to
discern among them a coherent stance in respect of political doctrine
and mobilisation strategy. On the other hand, the JVP was led by
diehard Marxists whose operational modalities placed considerable
emphasis on building up their rank-and-file through processes of
conversion to what they proclaimed as ‘Marxist-Leninist ideology’.
This contrast, however, should not divert attention from the fact that
socialism did have considerable appeal to some of the more prominent
Tamil militants – among them, Uma Maheswaran (the LTTE leader
Prabhakaran’s closest comrade-in-arms until the early 1980s) and Anton
Balasingham (the principal spokesman for the LTTE for well over twenty
years) – especially in the early stages of their movements. Apart from
that, two of the larger organisations of Tamil militants – Tamil Eelam
Liberation Organisation (TELO), which had a fairly large support-base
among university students and in expatriate Tamil communities, and
Eelam People’s Revolutionary Liberation Front (EPRLF), the outfit that
was powerful enough to remain the arch rival of the LTTE well into the
1990s, had loudly proclaimed socialist commitments3.

The ‘youth perspective’ accorded prominence in the present study is
not intended to detract from the fact that the Sri Lankan
insurrections have been multi-dimensional in their causes and effects.
One of the advantages which could be claimed for the present approach,
however, is that it enables the recognition of links that exist
between the insurrectionary upheavals, on the one hand, and various
other deviations, both from the principles of democratic governance as
well as basic ethical norms of civilised society, gaining prominence
in the affairs of the country, on the other. Even more importantly,
the deficiencies in the conventional interpretations of
insurrectionary violence in Sri Lanka have had a profound impact on
the search for strategies of conflict resolution, which, all along,
had a misplaced preoccupation with statutory devices for power-sharing
at elite levels as a means of easing inter-group tensions, in apparent
disregard of the fact that such devices are unlikely to have a
tangible impact on the real causes that have converted inter-group
disharmony and rivalry into violent conflict.

Demography of ‘Youth’ and Political Conflict

In the context of the sharp upsurge of violent inter-group conflict in
most parts of the world witnessed during the 1980s and 1990s, there
has been a proliferation of research studies that seek to explain such
political turbulences and to formulate models and other conceptual
paradigms that could be employed in both prediction as well as
resolution of conflict. One of the outcomes of these attempts is the
emergence of the theoretical postulate that a ‘youth bulge’ in the
population of a country – i.e. a relatively large segment of its
population in the age cohorts representing the transitional phase
between childhood and adulthood – over a given time-span, exhibits a
tendency to coincide with extraordinarily high levels of socio-
political instability and violence.

Research in history, demography and social psychology conducted over
almost four decades has contributed to the development of the ‘theory’
of the youth bulge, as it is being applied in recent studies of
conflict and even in official policy formulation, in relation to
insurrections and inter-group confrontations. The earliest among the
investigations into the responses of young men and women to social
stresses and strains dates back to the late-1960s, when there were
widespread youth protests, often with recourse to violence, in some of
the developed countries of the West4. Some of these studies tended to
converge on the theme of instability caused by a dramatic upsurge of
the youth population – in turn, a consequence of the post-war baby
boomers then being in transit towards adulthood. The French social
scientist Gaston Bouthoul reinforced these ideas with a historical
dimension based on European experiences in which he identified a
temporal correspondence between extraordinary expansions of
populations in the age cohorts of 18-35 years, on the one hand, and
political turbulences such as those associated with major wars and
social upheavals, on the other. It is essentially an elaboration of
this historical perspective that one finds in the following passage
extracted from Samuel P Huntington’s famous but controversial Clash of
Civilizations5:

Young people are the protagonists of protest, instability, reform, and
revolution. Historically, the existence of large cohorts of young
people has tended to coincide with such movements. The ‘Protestant
Reformation’ … is an example of one of the outstanding youth movements
in history. Demographic growth … was a central factor in the two waves
of revolution that occurred in Eurasia in the mid-seventeenth and late
eighteenth centuries. A notable expansion of the proportion of youth
in Western countries coincided with the ‘Age of Democratic Revolution’
in the last decades of the eighteenth century. In the 19th century
successful industrialization and emigration reduced the political
impact of young populations in European societies. The proportion of
youth rose again in the 1920s, however, providing recruits to fascist
and other extremist movements. Four decades later the post-World War
II baby boom generation made its mark politically in the
demonstrations and protests of the 1960s. (More recently) … the youth
of Islam have been making their mark in the Islamic Resurgence. As the
Resurgence got under way in the 1970s and picked up steam in the
1980s, the proportion of youth (that is, those of fifteen to twenty-
four years of age) in major Muslim countries rose significantly. … In
many Muslim countries the youth bulge peaked in the 1970s and 1980s;
in others it will peak in the next century6.

Writings by Gunnar Heinsohn that focus on demographic changes and
political upheavals in Europe from late medieval times up to the end
of the First World War, despite their replication of historical sweeps
similar to those made by Huntington, also deserve specific mention for
their incorporation of an interesting socio-psychological dimension to
the application of the youth bulge theory in studies of conflict. The
essence of his postulate is that, in societies featured by a
burgeoning youth population and by the failure of economic
opportunities to keep pace with the rate of expansion of this
population segment, a large proportion of youth find themselves, in
Heinsohn’s words, "demographically superfluous" – i.e. dependent,
denied acceptable employment, marginalised in society and deprived of
sex-life that conforms to social norms. This condition, according to
Heinsohn, experienced in Europe over several spells since about the
early 16th Century, and being experienced at present in many of the
less developed countries (especially those of the Islamic world),
provides impetus to war and other forms of collective violence in two
specific forms – a tendency, on the one hand, of large numbers of
youth to readily engage in violence as a means of self-assertion,
release from psychological stresses and escape from their superfluity,
and, on the other, of the willingness of adult society to legitimise
such violence on the basis of a religious or ideological cause7.

With the emergence of intra-state violence based on ethnic rivalry as
a major phenomenon of global politics of the recent past, which has
been characterised by similar patterns and trends, often replicated in
seemingly disparate situations, certain studies aimed at identifying
potential sources of trouble at an international plane incorporated
the demographic parameter of the youth bulge into their model
constructs. For instance, through a correlative analysis of data on
youth unemployment and political unrest, Braungart reached the
conclusion that "…unemployment (a consequence mainly of economic
stagnation) in any society weakens the political system’s legitimacy
and stability, (and) such conditions produce a climate of
radicalisation particularly among unattached youth who have least to
lose in the gamble and struggle for revolutionary gains8." As a
statistical investigation, a study by Henrik Urdal, extending as it
does over the period between 1950 and 2000, and covering all sovereign
states and several dependencies, is much wider in scope and more
methodologically elegant than the others of this type9. Testing a
series of interrelated hypothesis pertaining to the phenomenon of the
youth bulge, Urdal concluded that, "(T)he study finds robust support
for the hypothesis that youth bulges increase the risk of domestic
armed conflict, and especially so under conditions of economic
stagnation." Urdal’s conclusion is also in harmony with Goldstone’s
contention that the rapid increase in the number of educated youth
seems to precede episodes of political upheaval10.

It is of interest to compare the size of Sri Lanka’s ‘youth’
population, estimated by employing the same definitional frame used in
Urdal’s study (i.e. number in the age-group of 15-24 years as a
percentage of the total population of 15 years and above), with the
size-measurements derived by him on countries that occupy the upper
end of his youth bulge range. These latter measurements (in descending
order) are: Zambia, 42.1 per cent; Kenya, 39.8 per cent; Cote d’
Ivoire, 37.9 per cent; Burkina Faso, 37.8 per cent; Syria, 37.5 per
cent; Zimbabwe, 37.4 per cent; Tanzania, 37.1 per cent; Yemen, 37.8
per cent; Niger, 36.7 per cent; Togo, 36.5 per cent; Guinea, 36.0 per
cent; Iran, 35.6 per cent; Honduras, 35.5 per cent; and Jordan, 35.0
per cent. The corresponding values for Indonesia and India are,
respectively, 28.5 per cent and 28.2 per cent.

That the Sri Lankan estimates after the mid-1980s (Table I) are based
on enumerations that do not cover the venues of the secessionist war
in the north-east of the country must be taken note of in comparing
them with those of the other countries.

Table 1. The Demographic ‘Youth Bulge’ of Sri Lanka

Year
Population of >15‘000 Population of 15-24 ‘000 Population 15-24
(per cent of >15 population)
1975
8,236 2,798 34.0
1980
8,994 3,055 33.9
1985
10,251 3,324 32.4
1990
11,011 3,583 32.5
1995
11,752 3,824 32.5
2000
12,545 4,082 32.5
Based on Department of Census & Statistics

Definition and Enumeration of ‘Youth’ in Sri Lanka

In several studies to which reference has been made above, simple
demographic definitions (that vary from one study to another – 18 to
35 years, or 15 to 24 years etc.) based exclusively on the age
structure of the population have been employed for the purpose of
defining and enumerating the ‘youth’. The measurement of the youth
bulge on the basis of an age-cohort framework, uniformly applied to
all countries, though perhaps permissible in large-scale comparative
investigations such as that by Urdal, is not devoid of a
methodological flaw which stems from the fact that, in reality, youth
is a ‘post-childhood’ and ‘pre-adulthood’ phase of life, the duration
and characteristics of which vary from one society to another. While
in traditional agrarian societies it was brief, lasting only over a
few post-pubertal years even in the case of males, it tended to become
prolonged under the demands and opportunities associated with
processes of modernisation. In consequence, in many societies of today
‘youth’ represents ‘adolescence’ extended over many years (even into
the fourth decade of life) beyond physiological maturation (usually
the early teens). Persons in this phase of life have to endure not
only the socio-economic challenges which, in many low-income
societies, take the form of highly restricted means of upward social
mobility, unemployment, excessive adult control, lack of scope for
entertainment and sexual freedom, but also, more generally, the non-
fulfilment of aspirations that are constantly elevated through
exposure to unattainable life-styles and social mores by a globalised
media.

Thus, in measuring the youth bulge in countries like Sri Lanka, it is
necessary to take into account not merely the age structure of the
population but other criteria that pertain to the recognition of
‘youth’ as the transitional phase of life between childhood through
adolescence to adulthood. One such criterion which lends itself to
fairly precise measurement is marriage – significant, especially on
account of the fact that, in Sri Lanka (as elsewhere in most parts of
Asia), among the more tradition-inclined segments of society, it is
marriage that signifies a person’s entry into fully-fledged adult
status. In the case of males, the capacity to be self-supporting,
being a matrimonial prerequisite, is, in that sense, an indicator of
personal economic independence. In the social ethos of these
societies, moreover, it is marriage that invariably represents the end
of the post-pubertal psychological stresses that feature the life of
adolescents and unmarried young adults.

Table 2.1. Changes in the Unmarried Population Ratio among Young
Adults, Sri Lanka 1946-1981

Sri Lanka 1946-1981

Unmarried population as a percentage of total population in the
cohort

Males

Year
20-24 years 25-29 years 30-34 years 35-39 years
1946
80.5 43.4 22.4 12.5
1953
83.5 43.4 21.7 12.5
1963
84.7 50.2 26.1 13.1
1971
86.6 53.2 25.6 13.4
1981
83.5 51.5 24.9 13.4
Department of Census & Statistic, & Ministry of Plan Implementation,
1986

Table 2.2. Changes in the Unmarried Population Ratio among Young
Adults, Sri Lanka 1946-1981

Sri Lanka 1946-1981

Unmarried population as a percentage of total population in the
cohort

Females

Year
20-24 years 25-29 years 30-34 years 35-39 years
1946
29.4 11.8 6.6 4.3
1953
32.5 12.8 7.5 5.4
1963
41.3 17.1 8.3 4.8
1971
53.2 24.6 10.9 5.8
1981
55.3 30.4 15.8 8.9
Department of Census & Statistic, & Ministry of Plan Implementation,
1986

The set of data presented in Table 2.1 and 2.2, looked at from such a
perspective, indicates that a fairly large proportion of the Sri
Lankan population remains unmarried well past the ‘mid-twenties’, and
that (from about the 1960s), among the males, the unmarried ratio has
hovered around 50 per cent of the age cohort of 25-29 years, and
almost a quarter even of the age cohort of 30-34 years. It thus seems
that the genuine youth bulge in Sri Lanka, perceived, not in terms of
arbitrary age thresholds of 15 and 24 or 29 years, but as a phenomenon
of genuine relevance to the understanding of social unrest, could well
be as high as 40 per cent of the total ‘over 15’ population of the
country.

An understanding of the nature of psychological pressures and torments
to which the ‘youth’, so perceived, are subject to is implicit in the
following sketch extracted from a recent study on the theme of ‘youth
and social change’. It encapsulates in a fairly comprehensive manner
the mutually incongruent behavioural and cultural paradigms to which
the youth in countries like Sri Lanka are exposed.

Youth around the world are affected by a global culture diffused
principally through the media. This youth culture tends to highlight
sexual gratification, individual freedom including sexual freedom and
freedom of choice as regards one’s friends and love partners, social
mobility, achievement orientation and the like. On the other hand,
cultural perceptions such as the value of virginity until marriage
continue to influence youth through family, peer networks, nationalist
awakening and the related resurgence of selected ‘traditional’ values.
As an intimate aspect of youth social life, sexuality is one arena
where contradictory global and local influences on youth give rise to
tension at intra-personal and inter-personal levels11.

Marginalisation of Sri Lankan Youth

The link between the phenomenon of the youth bulge and the political
convulsions witnessed in Sri Lanka during the past few decades should
be contextualised in the economic conditions of the 1960s and 1970s.
To recapitulate the relevant facts, at the termination of colonial
rule in 1948, Sri Lanka’s economy was characterised by dependent
external relations, low levels of per capita production and
consumption, relatively low urban development, and a firm Government
commitment to the provision of basic-needs services in education,
health care and food supply. The country’s preoccupation with social
welfare alongside rapid population growth resulted in the persistence
of low rates of real growth which, according to official estimates,
averaged 1.5 per cent per annum from 1950 to 197812. It also meant the
excessive Government control of the economy. The slow growth resulted
in a low rate of employment generation, one which lagged far behind
the expansion of the labour force, the rate of which, in turn, was
constantly buttressed by the demographic effects of the advances made
through social welfare. Moreover, there emerged wide contrasts in the
disbursement of the benefits of development and social welfare, with
the peasantry in the more remote areas of the country (Sinhalese,
Tamil and Muslim), especially those having no personal links with the
political parties holding the reins of office, being discriminated
against and thus lagging behind the favoured segments of the
population.

From the viewpoint of the country’s youth, these problems were being
exacerbated by several other considerations, one of which was the
increasing mismatch between education and manpower needs of the
economy. By about the end of the first decades after independence, the
educational system that had been shaped to cater to the requirements
of an earlier era, but that had remained unchanged, was becoming
intrinsically wasteful due to the economic redundancy of an increasing
proportion of its products. Much of the educational effort was also of
the type that generated rising expectations and intensified
resentments when the expectations remain unfulfilled. Thus, from about
the second decade after independence, it became more and more
difficult for the educated to be absorbed into productive employment
commensurate with their educational status.

Table 3. Level of Education and Rate of Unemployment, 1978/79

Educational Status
per cent unemployed in the labour force of

each educational category

No schooling, illiterate
3.0
No schooling, literate
1.3
Primary Level
4.9
Junior Secondary Level
19.8
Passed GCE Ordinary Level
28.5
Passed GCE Advanced Level
34.8
Tertiary Level qualifications
7.6
Source: Central Bank of Sri Lanka, 1981

To the less privileged in society, regardless of their variations in
ethnicity, at this critical phase in which they were beginning to gain
access in larger numbers than ever before to opportunities for formal
education at the higher levels – the replacement of English with
Sinhala and Thamil as media of instruction in the more popular courses
of study at tertiary level in the 1960s was a crucial factor in this
expansion of opportunities – the scope for upward social mobility
through education alone became virtually non-existent. The glut of the
‘educated’ in the job market was reflected not only in the persisting
positive covariance between level of education and rate of
unemployment (Table 3), but also in a steady devaluation of non-
professional educational qualifications at the higher levels. For
instance, the ratio of average earnings of those employed with
education up to the GCE-Ordinary Level, and the employed university
graduates (other than those in medicine and engineering), which was
1:3.6 in 1963, declined to 1:2.4 in 1973, and to 1:1.3 in 1981/8213.

Certain other features of the education system, prominent during the
past few decades, have contributed to the non-fulfilment of youth
aspirations of upward social mobility through education. The first of
these was the presence of obstacles in school education that prevented
the large majority of pupils from proceeding to the higher levels. The
‘student pyramid’ narrowed so sharply, that the number reaching the
tertiary level in a given year was equivalent to only about one
percent of the number at the higher secondary levels at school. There
were, in addition, the excessive delays in a student’s passage through
the educational system due to time-gaps between termination of study
at one level and the commencement at the next level, the
organisational inefficiency of the system, and the high failure rate
at public examinations. These, in turn, resulted in an excessively
large drop-out rate from the school system into the already saturated
employment market.

A Normative Model of Youth Responses

In the responses of the Sri Lankan youth to the foregoing conditions,
there has obviously been much diversity, the nature of which could be
modelled as follows. Some in this segment of society (invariably those
from the more affluent households) have been unaffected by the
problems, and hence showed no discernible response. Following the
‘liberalisation’ of the economy in the late 1970s and the subsequent
expansion of the ‘private sector’, this unaffected segment expanded in
size, but yet remained largely confined to the middle and upper strata
of urban society. They had the means to adopt the ‘westernised’
lifestyles purveyed through the media. Their easier access to the
types of education and training that have a demand in the job market,
their communication skills in English, and, of course, their parental
affluence and influence (political party affiliations, peer links in
the case of those in elite professions, and the alumnae networks of
the prestigious urban schools had a lot to do with such influence),
set them apart from the other segments of youth.

One of the remarkable features of the response of Sri Lankan youth to
the gloomy conditions referred to above, is that the overwhelming
majority of youth continued to reconcile themselves to the increasing
hardships, and to remain in passive acceptance of the prevailing state
of things in the hope that, with personal effort (and luck), their own
problems could somehow be overcome. This is why hundreds of thousands
among them persisted with their attendance at private ‘tutories’ in
the hope of acquiring marketable skills, which the school system did
not impart, and/or to enhance their competitive strength at public
examinations and gain entry even to the virtually valueless ‘arts’
course of study in the university system. An overlapping set of
reactions, which is also essentially ‘conformist’, could be discerned
in the form of those who opt to agitate collectively (but part-time
and as pastime) from within the system, against a narrow range of
systemic issues – more jobs for school-leavers and graduates, higher
payments through bursaries for university students, less exacting
examination procedures, less rigorous enforcement of discipline, etc.
They join street demonstrations and political rallies in support of
causes that range from ethnic harmony or Pongu Thamil to protection of
human rights, prevention of ‘unethical’ religious conversion, or
saving the environment from coal-power plants. The youth that could be
placed in this category are also mobilised by parties in mainstream
politics to serve as their ‘boys’ in the less dignified fringe tasks,
such as those of leg-men and storm-troopers.

Finally, there is the set of youth responses which, according to
psychologists, signifies ‘frustration-aggression’. This is of special
importance from the viewpoint of political unrest. Renunciation, one
such response represented, typically, by the ‘hippy culture’, with
which the world became familiar in the 1960s was, for obvious reasons,
not evident among the diverse youth14 responses in Sri Lanka where,
however, frustration-aggression did find expression in a variety of
other forms, both of individual and collective behaviour. Among these,
there is, first, collective acts of depravity, one of the best known
examples of which is ‘ragging’ (aka ‘hazing’) – quite often an orgy of
simulated sexual subjugation conducted in the guise of initiation
rites administered to new entrants at many institutions (not only the
universities, as popularly believed) that accommodate large numbers of
youth. Drug addiction could be considered yet another response in this
category. A study conducted in 1993 of a random sample of 371 heroin
users indicated, for example, that 49 per cent of the addicted were in
the 15-29 years age group, with 30 per cent between ages of 25 and 29.
In the most blatantly self-destructive form of frustration-aggression
– suicide – in which, Sri Lanka is said to outrank all other
countries, there is a preponderance of youth. In addition, there is
the fairly extensive and ominously expanding youth participation in
crime. According to a recent (2005) Police report, in Colombo city
alone, there are 52 underworld gangs (some, with membership of several
hundreds of young men of all ethnic groups) that engage in almost the
entire range of organised vice and crime. And then, there is
participation in armed insurrection, the ‘frustration-aggression’
response which is of greater direct concern than the others referred
to above, from the perspectives of the present study

Youth Participation in Armed Insurrection

Implicit in the model presented above is the idea that those likely to
turn towards armed insurrection in response to socio-economic stresses
and strains would constitute only a segment of the social class of
‘youth’, and that, even in the ethos of widespread youth discontent
that has prevailed in Sri Lanka over the recent decades, the
proportion of ‘youth’ attracted to the larger movements of
insurrectionary violence would have varied widely from time to time
and from one part of the country to another, depending not only on the
intensity of their hardships, but also on the relative attraction of
other responses (referred to above) and the availability of ‘stress
release’ mechanisms. Emigration has probably served as one of the most
important among such mechanisms in the case of Jaffna, as evidenced by
the fact that there has been a preponderance of the youth from the
northern peninsula, both in the estimated 300,000 migrants from Sri
Lanka to foreign destinations since the early 1980s, as well as in the
increase of the Tamil population in Colombo District by 82,385 between
the census years 1981 and 2001.

There is a thin scatter of evidence which suggest that, in the
Sinhalese segment of the population, active participants in each of
the insurgencies of 1971 and 1986-89 never exceeded 20,000 young men
and women15. In the LTTE-led secessionist insurrection, as Narayan
Swamy has indicated16, the fighting cadres, numbering about 3,000 at
the time of arrival of the Indian Peace-Keeping Force in 1987, would
have increased to about 10,000 at the time of their retreat from
Jaffna peninsula at the end of 1995; and the scarcity of recruits has
all along been one of the most formidable problems faced by the Tiger
leadership.

The inculcation of the notion of liberation through armed struggle in
the minds of the youth, who respond aggressively to their
frustrations, appears to result in their enrolment in organisations
that engaged in attacks against not only those identified for them as
their oppressors – the existing system of Government, or the armed
forces of the Government, or people belonging to one or another ethnic
group – but also against any person (including those of their own kind
and erstwhile mentors) who stands in their way17. Recruitment, in most
instances, involves an unchangeable lifetime commitment, the finality
of which (in the case of the LTTE) is symbolised by the well known
cyanide capsule awarded at admission to membership. The recruits are
aware that any deviation from the course charted by their leadership
is punishable by death. Some recruits are admitted to an elite corps
of suicide killers and are called upon to engage in missions from
which they cannot return alive. All are trained in the art of
guerrilla warfare and terrorism, and are mentally conditioned to be
totally ruthless and devoid of ordinary human emotions in carrying out
their assigned tasks, which could involve assassination, massacre of
unarmed people, mutilation of women and children in close personal
encounters, and inflicting torture on those whom they capture. Their
own causality rates are high, and, if captured in combat, they face
prospects of extreme suffering. The promised ‘liberation’ invariably
remains a hazy vision. Those who opt for the insurrectionary response
of ‘frustration-aggression’, it could be assumed, know all this.

From which segments of society do these movements attract recruits?
The related quantifiable information is fragmentary, largely confined
to aspects of the two JVP-led insurrections, and could be used only
for purposes of reasoned speculation. The set of data presented in
Table 4 above, furnishes a fairly precise answer to this question in
respect of the insurrection of 1971, leaving hardly any doubt that the
JVP of that time mobilised overwhelmingly from the age group of 15 to
34 years, unemployed or in work that generates low and irregular
earnings, whose educational levels provided hardly any prospects for
improvement of income and elevation of social status.

The data on the homicides reported to have been committed by those
acting under the orders of the JVP leadership during the insurrection
of 1986-89 (Table 5) could be considered useful for the clues these
provide on spatial variations in the intensity of insurrectionary
violence in the Sinhalese-majority areas during that period18. On the
assumption that the reports are reasonably accurate, what could be
seen as the most pronounced feature borne out by this data is that the
southern Districts of Matara and Hambantota (more specifically, the
‘deep south’ which extends into the interior of Galle District as
well), and the Districts of Anuradhapura, Polonnaruwa, Ampara and
Monaragala (covering much of the Dry Zone interior) stand apart as
venues of extraordinarily high incidence of violence. In contrast, the
intensity of violence along the urbanised coastal lowlands of the west
appears to have been remarkably low. (Figure 1 is intended to portray
the configuration of the Districts referred to in this section.)

Table 4 – Socio-Economic Profile of Participants in the JVP-led
Insurrection of 1971

AGE (percent in each category)

0-14 15-24 25-34 35-44 45 < All
0.4 71.9 22.1 3.7 1.9 100.0

EDUCATIONAL STATUS (percent in each category)

No schooling
Grades 1 - 4 Grades 5 - 8 Grades 9 - 12 Tertiary
2.5
17.1 42.3 36.3 1.8 100.0
ETHNICITY (percent in each category)

Sinhalese
Tamil Moors & Malays Others Not recorded
97.6
0.7 0.6 0.4 0.7 100.0

OCCUPATION (percent in each category)

Student
Unemployed/self-employed (low earnings) In low income salaried jobs
In middle-income salaried jobs Others including ‘unverified’
12.5
59.2 8.4 12.1 7.8 100.0
These estimates are based on information extracted from 10,192
detainees in government custody as suspects of participating in the
insurrection of 1971 and have been extracted from Gananath Obeyesekera
(1974) ‘Some Comments on the Social Background of April 1971
Insurgency in Sri Lanka’, Journal of Asian Studies, 33 (3): 367-384

Table 5. Homicides attributed to the JVP

During the Insurrection of 1986-89

Region & District
Rate per 100,000 of the population in 1981
Rate per 100,000 of the Sinhalese population in 1981

Lowlands of the Southwest

Colombo
62 50
Gampaha
83 90
Ratnapura
62 75
Kegalle
74 87
Southern Lowlands

Galle
98 104
Matara
182 193
Hambantota
230 236
Western Lowlands

Kurunegala
99 106
Puttalam
84 101
Dry Zone Lowlands

Anuradhapura
205 224
Polonnaruwa
151 166
Ampara
108 288
Monaragala
156 168
Central Highlands

Kandy 68 91
Nuwara Eliya 26 72
Badulla 31 53

These estimates have been derived from published data from the census
enumerations of 1981, and data extracted from unpublished records
maintained at the Police Headquarters in Colombo

Figure 1 - Sri Lanka: Province and District Boundaries

Comparisons have sometimes been drawn between the socio-economic
conditions of the ‘deep south’ and those of the politically volatile
Jaffna peninsula, which, until the eviction of the LTTE from the area
in December 1995, was the principal venue of the secessionist
insurrection. Both areas have, for long, been characterised by a very
high population density and a relatively poor physical resource base.
There has, all along, been a tendency – one that dates back to the
19th Century in the case of Jaffna – for people from these two areas
to venture out into other parts of the country in search of tertiary
sector employment. Even in the aftermath of independence, earnings
from external sources figured prominently in the economic wellbeing of
the ‘deep south’, as it was for the Tamils of the northern peninsula.
A fairly well developed network of secondary education (a legacy of
colonial rule in the case of Jaffna, and a feature of more recent
origin – of the 1930s and 1940s – in the ‘deep south’), along with a
tradition of initiative and enterprise among the people, facilitated
this greater social and occupational mobility. In the early aftermath
of independence, it was mainly the more successful products of school
education in these two areas that made serious inroads into the
Colombo hegemony in the higher rungs of administration and the
professions. Yet, in these two areas, for reasons that could be linked
to history, ethno-nationalist sentiments have also been more
pronounced. The Buddhist resurgence of the late-19th and early 20th
Centuries, led by Anagarika Dharmapala, had a more profound impact on
the attitudes and outlook of the Sinhalese of the ‘deep south’ than
those in other parts of the island, as did the Hindu revivalism of
that time, led by Arumuga Navalar, on the Tamils of the ‘far north’,
than their compatriots elsewhere. The early development of a vibrant
swabhāshā (community specific language) press (in Sinhala in the south
and in Thamil in the north) also constituted vital ingredients of this
ethno-nationalist acculturation19.

A recently published sociological study by Meyer contains references
to other similarities in the socio-economic circumstances of the youth
in the Jaffna peninsula of the north and Hambantota District of the
south in recent times, despite the continuing impact of the
secessionist war on the former area. Meyer states, for example, that
"(t)he overall picture arising from the interviews with youth in
Jaffna as well as Hambantota revealed that the youth are getting
increasingly marginalized by society, one of the main causes being the
lack of spaces for constructive engagement within the community, such
as employment or social service oriented activities.20"

If the impact of the adverse economic trends of the 1960s, 1970s and
the 1980s outlined earlier, especially the steady curtailment of
opportunities for economic advancement through education for the rural
youth, were to be placed against the background of the commonalties of
the two regions identified above, it would be possible to find an
explanation for the fact that these two areas served as the main
breeding grounds of militant politics almost throughout the past few
decades21.

The economic setting of the second area identified earlier as one of
high incidence of violence during the JVP insurrection of 1986-89 –
the Dry Zone interior – is dominated by agglomerations of planned
irrigation-based settlement schemes, the economic activities of which
are dominated by paddy production. It has been repeatedly shown
through many in-depth studies22 that these schemes are characterised
by low overall standards of living, albeit with wide intra-community
diversities of wealth and income, and that many of them suffer from
uncertainties of water supply for agriculture; and difficulties of
access to markets and basic needs services such as those in education,
health care, transport and domestic lighting. Even under the best of
conditions, the farmers attaining the highest levels of yield through
‘green revolution’ technology earn per capita net incomes that work
out to less than a dollar a day. In the schemes located away from the
main urban centres of the Dry Zone, the settlement economy offers
little scope for tertiary employment and occupational mobility; and,
since the settlers remain confined to an unchanging agrarian resource
base (the land allotment received at inception of the settlement), the
increase of their numbers over time inevitably results, not merely in
the lowering of their household incomes, but also in the progressive
economic destitution of their youth. With the soaring costs of
agricultural inputs even the basic necessities of life could often be
scarce. In such economic circumstances, the lot of the youth is one of
deprivation and despair. The education to which they have access
seldom has economic value. Years of book-learning at school, meagre
incomes which paddy cultivation generates, and the lowly social status
of their parents, make them disinclined to remain in farming. They
thus become economic misfits in their community. Their frustrations
are constantly buttressed by information flows on lifestyles which
they could never hope to emulate. It is not merely the unattainable
levels projected through consumer culture and the pleasure ethic
purveyed by the media, but the constant inculcation of the idea that
they are a worthless, inferior, breed. It is in these circumstances
that the message of ‘liberation’, the camaraderie of fellow
liberators, and the power of the AK 47 and the hand grenade,
collectively provide the breakthrough to dignified and purposeful
existence.

On the basis of geographical similarities it could be surmised that
the problems encountered by youth in the agrarian settings sketched
out above were replicated in many of the Tamil- and Muslim- majority
areas of the north-east, outside Jaffna peninsula, notably the
Batticaloa District of the Eastern Province and the Districts of
Vavuniya, Mannar and Mullaitivu in the Northern Province. From about
the late-1960s, as economic conditions in the country as a whole
worsened, deprivations suffered by the youth of these areas are likely
to have been more severe than those faced by their counterparts
elsewhere, for the reason that they were firmly entrapped in their
settings, with hardly any opportunities for spatial mobility. It is
not surprising, therefore, that the more densely populated localities
in this part of the country – especially Batticaloa District – served
as one of the largest sources of recruits into the Tiger fold,
surpassing all other areas in that respect after the withdrawal of the
LTTE from Jaffna peninsula.

According to the data on the JVP-led insurrection of 1986-89 (Table 5)
the lowest incidence of violence (in proportion to population)
occurred in the coastal lowlands of the west which roughly corresponds
to the area sometimes referred to as the ‘Christian belt’. The
relevance of this, from the perspectives of the present study, is
that, in this part of the country, it is possible to identify several
factors which mitigate ‘frustration-aggression’ responses among the
youth. Those living here have higher incomes, and more opportunities
to acquire skills that command a premium in the job market, especially
in the private sector, which expanded rapidly over the past three
decades. More generally, they have received the direct benefits of
‘liberalisation’ – more jobs, enhanced incomes, better socio-economic
infrastructure, and more facilities for entertainment and leisure – to
a substantially greater degree than those living in other areas of the
country. Impressionistically, one could also suggest that the social
impact of the ‘Church’ is also a formidable check against alienation
of the youth. The smaller Christian denominations, in particular,
confined as they are largely to the urban middle-class, constitute
close-knit communities within which a young person finds a social
niche among peer groups of shared interests and inclinations.

Concluding Comments

The thematic prominence accorded to the phenomenon of youth unrest in
the present study, as anticipated at its outset, has facilitated the
recognition of several considerations that could be deemed vitally
salient to the search for solutions to the various forms of political
unrest in the country, of which the secessionist insurrection has been
by far the most destructive in impact. The theoretical postulate of
the youth bulge in its application to Sri Lanka, despite the
limitations inherent to its simple demographic rendition, is a useful
analytical tool, especially from the viewpoint of both forecasting
political conflict as well as prioritising the options available for
the resolution of such conflict. That measures specifically focused on
the direct alleviation of the problems encountered by the youth,
especially those that address the non-fulfilment of economic
aspirations, should receive utmost priority in policy formulation is
implicit in our analysis. The acceleration of employment creation and
the orientation of formal education and training towards changing
economic needs are, of course, the more obvious (and the most often
stated) long-term solutions which hardly need reiteration here. What
should be highlighted as an urgent requirement, however, is Government
intervention in the curtailment of certain features of Sri Lankan
society, which have assumed alarming proportions since the economic
policy reforms of the late 1970s, to aggravate the problems of the
youth, and that cause widespread resentment among the young men and
women of the country, a part of which, as shown earlier, is diverted
into violent conflict.

The foremost among these is represented by the extravagant and
wasteful lifestyles of a small segment of society, the most pernicious
feature of which is that it is the political elite that is seen by the
ordinary folk as its trend-setters. The leadership of mainstream
politics, despite being constantly in the public eye, has become the
most conspicuous consumer of acutely scarce resources belonging to the
society as a whole. It is not surprising, therefore, that the absurdly
bloated executive branch of Government (which, in terms of size in
relation to the population, probably surpasses that of any other
country in the world), the mammoth national Parliament, and several
tiers of sub-national institutions of Government formed of ‘regional’
or ‘local’ political leaders, all of whom extract from the system
material benefits that are denied to the large majority of people whom
they are said to represent and serve, are seen as parasites. This
image, needless to stress, is magnified by rampant corruption in
public affairs, and the public awareness of links that exist between
politicians, gangland leaders and the Police. Unless and until these
conditions are changed, it seems unlikely that the other measures
intended to alleviate the problems of the youth will have a tangible
impact.

Creating new layers of institutional networks of Government and, thus,
proliferating sub-national political elites in the guise of power-
sharing, is likely to aggravate rather than alleviate the problems
that generate youth discontent among all ethnic groups of the country.
In the national Legislature, there is, on the average, one
representative for a population of 88,000. More than one-hundred among
these representatives also hold posts in the executive branch of the
Central Government. There are, in addition, seven Provincial Councils
(constitutional provision exists for nine) each of which has an
average of about 30 elected members, a Chief Minister and a Board of
Ministers; 18 Municipal Councils; 42 Urban Councils; and 270
Prādēshīya Sabhā (rural, local government institutions); all of which
are controlled by several thousands of elected representatives’ of the
people who, needless to say, enjoy various benefits for the ‘selfless
sacrifices’ they make. Given the comparative smallness of the country
(66,000 square kilometres, and 19 million people), and in the context
of the fact that many of the potentially volatile areas have
populations of mixed ethnicity, it is inconceivable that devolution of
the powers of Government will facilitate either greater inter-ethnic
power-sharing or the greater participation of youth in the affairs of
Government than at present. One also recapitulates here the
observations made by Rothchild and Roeder in their authoritative study
of intra-state conflict in multi-ethnic societies according to which:

(I)n ethnically divided societies after intense conflicts they (i.e.
power-sharing institutions) typically have a set of unintended but
perverse consequences. They empower ethnic elites from previously
warring groups, create incentives for these elites to press radical
demands once peace is in place, and lower the costs for these elites
to escalate conflict in ways that threaten democracy and peace. These
dangers can be avoided when power-sharing institutions operate under
very special conditions such as a political culture of accommodation,
economic prosperity and equality, demographic stability, strong
governmental institutions, stable hierarchical relations within ethnic
communities, and a supportive international environment. Yet those
conditions are unlikely to be present or difficult to sustain after
severe conflicts such as civil wars23.

Another compelling policy imperative is the need to reduce regional
and urban-rural contrasts in the socio-economic and cultural
environment of the youth. The novelty in the related specificities
that emerge from our focus on youth discontent is that, in the
conversion of this idea into concrete programmes of action, there is a
compelling need to focus on the youth in certain parts of the country,
mainly for the purpose of correcting prevailing imbalances. Though the
war-ravaged areas of the northeast demand more immediate attention
than any other, among them, in the context of the demographic changes
witnessed during the past two decades – especially, the large-scale
exodus of youth from Jaffna peninsula referred to above – the
requirements of the densely populated areas of the eastern lowlands
need to be considered more urgent than those of the far-north. At the
same time, the prioritisation of the ‘youth perspective’ would also
entail attention being devoted to the Central Highlands, where both
the plantation workforce as well as the Kandyan peasantry will
continue to be distinguished, in the foreseeable future, by the risks
associated with the destabilising impact of the youth bulge. The
economic and cultural discontent in the agrarian settlement environs
of the Dry Zone is also likely to aggravate rapidly in the period
ahead, creating potentially volatile political conditions needing
prompt and effective remedial action. The main ethnic groups of Sri
Lanka are represented in the peasantry of this part of the country,
which accounts for roughly 15 per cent of the total population. Except
in the case of those inhabiting the few localities favoured with
reliable irrigation facilities and easier access to the main markets,
their youth suffer from the same dire hardships and the same sense of
despair.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* G. H. Peiris is Professor Emeritus of the University of Peradeniya,
Sri Lanka.

The most genuine among these grievances pertained to the denial of a
fair share of state-sector employment to the Sri Lanka Tamils from
about the early 1960s, and the inadequacy of provisions made for the
use of Thamil as a language of Government administration. In addition,
the procedures followed in selecting students for university admission
during the 6-year period commencing 1971 had the effect of curtailing
the number of Tamil students admitted to prestigious professional
courses such as Medicine and Engineering.

G.H. Peiris, Sri Lanka: Challenges of the New Millennium, Kandy: Kandy
Books, 2006, p. 436. The data analysis referred to is presented in pp.
413-38. My conclusions find strong confirmation in Dhananjayan
Sriskandarajah, “Socio-Economic Inequality and Ethno-Political
Conflict: Some Observations from Sri Lanka,” Contemporary South Asia,
Vol. 14 No. 3, 2005, pp. 341-56 – a publication by a Tamil scholar
based on his doctoral dissertation – in which he states: “The most
striking conclusion (borne out by his analysis) is that the
intensification of inter-ethnic political conflict in Sri Lanka did
not coincide with large or growing inter-ethnic socio-economic
inequality”.

One of several references to this in M. R. Narayan Swamy Tigers of
Lanka: From Boys to Guerrillas, Colombo: Vijitha Yapa, 1994, p. 28,
states: “In 1979, he (Anton Balasingham) had written the LTTE’s first
major theoretical work called ‘Towards Socialist Eelam’. It came out
in Tamil and then in English, and was an instant hit among the Jaffna
intelligentsia.”

The better known among these studies are: Erik Erikson, Identity,
Youth and Crisis, Los Angeles: UCLA, 1968; Herbert Moller, “Youth as a
Force in the Modern World”, Comparative Studies in Society and
History, Vol. 10, 1968, pp. 238-60; and Lewis S. Feuer, The Conflict
of Generations: The Character and Significance of Student Movements,
London: Heinmann, 1969.

This summary of Bouthoul’s thematic contention has been extracted
from an English synopsis of his L’infanticide différé, Paris, 1970.

Samuel P. Huntington, The Clash of Civilizations and Remaking of the
World Order, New York: Simon & Schuster, 1996.

The best known work by Gunnar Heinsohn is the volume titled Soehne und
Weltmacht: Terror im Aufsteig und Fall der Natione (Sons and World
Power: Terror in the Rise and Fall of Nations), Zurich: Orell &
Suessli, 2003. He is also credited with the authorship of several
hundred articles. The essence of Heinsohn’s ideas pertaining to the
theory of the ‘youth bulge’ presented here has been derived from
English translations of extracts from this volume and from three of
his other writings. – “Population, Conquest and Terror”, 2005; “A
Shift of Religion to Youth Bulge”, 2006; and “Demography and War”,
2007 – accessed through the Internet.

Richard G. Braungart, “Historical and Generational Patterns of Youth
Movements: A Global Perspective”, Comparative Social Research, Vol. 7
No. 1: 1984, pp. 3-62. See also Richard G. Braungart & M. Margaret,
“Youth Movements in the 1980s: A Global Perspective,” International
Sociology, Vol. 5 No. 2: 1990, pp. 1-24.

Henrik Urdal, “The Devil in the Demographics: The Effect of Youth
Bulges on Domestic Armed Conflict, 1950-2000,” Social Development,
Paper No. 14, Washington DC: World Bank, 2004.

Jack A. Goldstone, “Demography, Environment and Security,” in
Environmental Conflict, Boulder Co: Westview, 2001, p. 95.

K. Tudor Silva, C. Sivayoganathan and Judy Lewis, “Love, Sex and Peer
Activity in a Sample of Youth in Sri Lanka”, in S.T. Hettige and M.
Meyer, eds., Globalisation, Social Change and Youth, Centre for
Anthropological and Sociological Studies, University of Colombo, 1998,
pp. 24-43. This volume is probably the only work of research that
attempts to identify links between the problems of youth and political
conflict in Sri Lanka and is thus an exception to the observation made
at the outset of the present study.

The authenticity of the official estimates have been challenged by
Bhalla and Glewwe according to whom, over almost the entirety of this
period, the economy of Sri Lanka did not experience any real growth.
See, S.S. Bhalla and P. Glewwe, “Growth and Equity in Developing
Countries: A Re-lnterpretation of the Sri Lankan Experience”, World
Bank Economic Review, Vol. No. 1, 1986.

These estimates have been derived from the related data extracted from
Survey of Ceylon’s Consumer Finances, 1963, Central Bank of Ceylon/Sri
Lanka, Colombo, 1964; Survey of Sri Lanka’s Consumer Finances, 1973 -
Parts I & II, 1974; Report on Consumer Finances and Socio-Economic
Survey, 1981-82 - Part I, l983; and Report on Consumer Finances and
Socio-Economic Survey, 1981-82 - Part II, l984.

According to a study by Robert C. Oberst cited in S.T. Hettige,
“Youth Unrest in Sri Lanka: A Sociological Perspective”, in Hettige
and Meyer, op. cit., the suicide rate among males of 20-24 years and
25-29 years was, respective, 115.4 and 103.4 per 100,000 of
population. These values were substantially higher than the
corresponding values of all other 5-year age cohorts - male and
female.

According to my estimates, the death-toll of suspected insurgents in
the course of the JVP insurrection of the late-1980s was about 15,000.
Since the Government offensive, especially in the final stages of the
insurrection, was based on a policy of complete eradication, there is
reason to assume that the total number of youth that participated in
violence at the behest of the JVP is unlikely to have exceeded the
estimated death-toll by a wide margin. G.H. Peiris, Sri Lanka:
Challenges of the New Millennium, Kandy: Kandy Books, 2006, p. 372.

Narayan Swamy op. cit., p. 343.

Among the Tamils, there have hitherto been nine militant outfits
(including the LTTE) with the term ‘liberation’ in their names;
Muslims have had two; and the Sinhalese, two (including the JVP).

n the context of the intense political turbulences of that time, there
is obviously an element of doubt about the accuracy of the records
from which the data used in the compilation of this tabulation have
been extracted.

On the early stages of development of the indigenous press in Sri
Lanka see, K.N.O. Dharmadasa, “Formative Stages of Sinhala
Journalism”; and P. Muthulingam, “Evolution of the Tamil Press of Sri
Lanka”; both articles in G.H. Peiris, ed, Studies on the Press in Sri
Lanka and South Asia, Kandy: International Centre for Ethnic Studies,
1997, pp. 149-65 and 181-92.

See M. Mayer, “Violent Youth Conflicts in Sri Lanka: Comparative
Results from Jaffna and Hambantota”, in Hettige and Meyer, op. cit.
pp. 208-48.

While highlighting these similarities, however, it is necessary to
take note of two important differences between the ‘deep south’ and
the ‘far north’ – one, the extent of Christian penetration, hardly
evident in the former, but very prominent in the latter; and the
other, the dominance of the Vellala caste in the latter, and the near-
equal status of Goigama, Karawa and Durawa castes in the former.

Peiris, Sri Lanka: Challenges of the New Millennium, pp. 238-41
contains a review of these studies.

Donald Rothchild and Philip G. Roeder, “Power Sharing as an Impediment
to Peace and Democracy,” in Donald Rothchild and Philip G. Roeder,
eds.., Sustainable Peace: Power and Democracy after Civil Wars,
Cornell University Press, 2005, p. 29.

http://www.satp.org/satporgtp/publication/faultlines/volume19/Article5.htm

...and I am Sid Harth
bademiyansubhanallah
2010-03-04 08:22:11 UTC
Permalink
Post by Sid Harth
Sri Lanka
Youth Unrest and Inter-group Conflict
G.H. Peiris*
Faultlines: Volume 19, April 2008
 Two considerations provide the main impulse for this study. The first
of these is the scant attention that is paid in existing scholarly
writings to the connection between ethnic conflict in Sri Lanka and
the phenomenon of ‘youth unrest’, despite the importance accorded in
many recent works on major political turbulences elsewhere in the
world to the demographic and sociological characteristics of the
youth. The second is the fact that Sri Lankan conflict studies tend to
treat the causal connections of the secessionist campaign led by the
Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam (LTTE/’Tigers’) as being distinct
from those of the insurrections led by the Janatha Vimukthi Peramuna
(JVP – literally, ‘People’s Liberation Front’) in the Sinhalese
segment of the country’s population in 1971 and 1986-89, perceiving
the former as an exemplification of ‘ethnic conflict’, and the latter
as essentially a ‘class conflict’.
This distinction is, of course, not devoid of substance. The
secessionist insurrection which began in earnest in the mid-1980s did
represent the culmination of a long drawn out process of estrangement
of relations between two of the main ethnic groups – Sinhalese and Sri
Lankan Tamils constituting, respectively, 74 per cent and 12.6 per
cent of the country’s population at that time. The process was
characterised perpetually by confrontational politics at the
leadership levels of the two communities, and sporadically by
outbursts of communal clashes in areas of mixed ethnicity when, more
often than not, Tamils became the target of violence perpetrated by
rampaging Sinhalese mobs. The most barbaric and destructive among such
episodes of communal violence occurred in July 1983, and had the
catalytic impact of converting nascent and factionalised Tamil
militancy into a full scale campaign of secessionism over which, with
the passage of time, a single, tight-knit group established its
hegemony.
This appears in sharp contrast to the processes that preceded the
rebellions led by the JVP. The insurrection of 1971, intended to bring
about a socialist revolution through the capture of state power with
recourse to violence and terror, took place within a few months of the
formation of a new Government by a coalition of parties that had
pledged to bring about a socialist transformation of society, and had,
indeed, received the qualified backing of the JVP during the election
campaign.
In the late 1980s, the theme of the JVP-led insurrection was the
liberation of Sri Lanka from the yoke of foreign domination, following
a direct armed Indian intervention in Sri Lanka, the implications of
which, on the nation’s sovereignty, remained hazy but ominous
throughout that time.
The prominence accorded to these contrasts has, however, tended to
obscure certain facts that relate crucially to ethnic differentiations
and class stratifications providing the backdrop of these upheavals.
Foremost among these is the fact that, although certain grievances of
the Tamils, as articulated by their spokesmen, were/are genuine
enough1, the perception of ‘majoritarian dominance’ of the Sri Lankan
polity, and the consequent discrimination and oppression of the Tamil
minority as propagated by its political leadership, has not been
devoid of incongruities. For instance the alleged discrimination was
not reflected (as it ought to have been, if there was such
discrimination and oppression over several decades) in any of the
socio-economic parameters of comparative living standards among the
Sinhalese, Sri Lankan Tamils and the Muslims, at least up to about the
mid-1980s. To cite a general conclusion which I have derived through a
(E)xcept when the ‘Indian Tamils’ of the plantation sector (who still
suffer from various deprivations compared to other groups) are taken
into account, up to about the end of the third decade after
independence, socio-economic stratifications – variations in respect
of wealth, income, power and privilege, or dichotomies such as those
of ‘haves versus have-nots’ or ‘exploiter versus exploited’ – did not
exhibit significant correspondences to the main ethnic differences of
the country. And, there was certainly no economically ‘dominant’
ethnic group. Accordingly, for an analysis of the socio-economic
causes for these major political upheavals, one has to look for
differences of the type that could produce alienations, resentments
and hostilities within each of the ethnic groups2.
Yet another major deficiency found in the ‘conventional’
interpretations of large-scale political conflict in Sri Lanka lies in
the scant attention that has been devoted to similarities identifiable
among the militant organisations of the two ethnic groups. To refer
briefly to the aspects that have tended to be glossed over in the
available writings, there is first, the fact that the origin of
insurrectionary politics among both communities took place in the late
1960s, when several small groups espousing ‘liberation’ through armed
confrontation of the existing political order came to be formed. The
significance of this temporal correspondence should be appreciated in
the context of the aggravating economic problems of that time, which
affected all ethnic groups – notably soaring unemployment among the
youth entering the job market, the large majority among them having
had their formal education in the medium of their mother-tongue –
Sinhala or Thamil – and possessing no communication skills in
English.
In both communities, moreover, the formation of militant groups at
this point of time also represented the earliest manifestations of
rejection of the English-educated first generation of the post-
independence political leadership that had been drawn overwhelmingly
from the land-owning and professional classes. The pioneers of
militant politics at the nascent stages of their liberation campaigns,
and the majority of their rank-and-file during subsequent growth,
consisted of young men and women from the lower-middle social strata
in rural areas, and, typically, from what could be referred to as
‘subordinate’ caste groups, and not from the ‘dominant’ castes of the
two communities (Sinhala and Tamil) – the Goigama and the Vellala –
that are believed to constitute more than 60 per cent of their
respective totals.
Since group formation among the Tamil militants remained in a state of
flux at least up to about the early 1980s it is not possible to
discern among them a coherent stance in respect of political doctrine
and mobilisation strategy. On the other hand, the JVP was led by
diehard Marxists whose operational modalities placed considerable
emphasis on building up their rank-and-file through processes of
conversion to what they proclaimed as ‘Marxist-Leninist ideology’.
This contrast, however, should not divert attention from the fact that
socialism did have considerable appeal to some of the more prominent
Tamil militants – among them, Uma Maheswaran (the LTTE leader
Prabhakaran’s closest comrade-in-arms until the early 1980s) and Anton
Balasingham (the principal spokesman for the LTTE for well over twenty
years) – especially in the early stages of their movements. Apart from
that, two of the larger organisations of Tamil militants – Tamil Eelam
Liberation Organisation (TELO), which had a fairly large support-base
among university students and in expatriate Tamil communities, and
Eelam People’s Revolutionary Liberation Front (EPRLF), the outfit that
was powerful enough to remain the arch rival of the LTTE well into the
1990s, had loudly proclaimed socialist commitments3.
The ‘youth perspective’ accorded prominence in the present study is
not intended to detract from the fact that the Sri Lankan
insurrections have been multi-dimensional in their causes and effects.
One of the advantages which could be claimed for the present approach,
however, is that it enables the recognition of links that exist
between the insurrectionary upheavals, on the one hand, and various
other deviations, both from the principles of democratic governance as
well as basic ethical norms of civilised society, gaining prominence
in the affairs of the country, on the other. Even more importantly,
the deficiencies in the conventional interpretations of
insurrectionary violence in Sri Lanka have had a profound impact on
the search for strategies of conflict resolution, which, all along,
had a misplaced preoccupation with statutory devices for power-sharing
at elite levels as a means of easing inter-group tensions, in apparent
disregard of the fact that such devices are unlikely to have a
tangible impact on the real causes that have converted inter-group
disharmony and rivalry into violent conflict.
Demography of ‘Youth’ and Political Conflict
In the context of the sharp upsurge of violent inter-group conflict in
most parts of the world witnessed during the 1980s and 1990s, there
has been a proliferation of research studies that seek to explain such
political turbulences and to formulate models and other conceptual
paradigms that could be employed in both prediction as well as
resolution of conflict. One of the outcomes of these attempts is the
emergence of the theoretical postulate that a ‘youth bulge’ in the
population of a country – i.e. a relatively large segment of its
population in the age cohorts representing the transitional phase
between childhood and adulthood – over a given time-span, exhibits a
tendency to coincide with extraordinarily high levels of socio-
political instability and violence.
Research in history, demography and social psychology conducted over
almost four decades has contributed to the development of the ‘theory’
of the youth bulge, as it is being applied in recent studies
read more »...
http://groups.google.com/group/soc.culture.indian.marathi/browse_thread/thread/3f5e2a3be4798e7d#

...and I am Sid Harth
Sid Harth
2010-03-04 18:57:15 UTC
Permalink
Subramanian Swamy
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia

Subramanian Swamy

Member of Indian Parliament (Lok Sabha & Rajya Sabha), Union Cabinet
Minister for Commerce & Law

In office
1973–1991
Prime Minister Chandrasekhar
Preceded by A. G. S. Ram Babu
Succeeded by P. Mohan

Born September 15, 1939

Nationality Indian
Political party Janata Party
Spouse(s) Roxna
Profession economist, Politician
Religion Hindu

Dr. Subramanian Swamy (b. 15 September 1939 at Chennai, sometimes
spelt as Subramaniam Swamy) is a politician from India. He is also a
trained economist.

Personal life

Subramanian Swamy has two daughters, Gitanjali Swamy and Suhasini
Haider. Suhasini is a journalist with Indian television channel CNN-
IBN. His wife Dr. Roxna Swamy is an Advocate in the Supreme Court of
India.

Association with Harvard

Following his time at the Indian Statistical Institute, he was awarded
a doctorate by Harvard University in 1964. Two of his advisors at the
time were Simon Kuznets and Paul A. Samuelson[1]. For a time, while
completing his dissertation in 1963, he worked in the UN Secretariat
at New York as Assistant Economics Affairs Officer. He subsequently
worked as a resident tutor at Lowell House, and as an assistant
professor for the Harvard Economics department where he later became
an Associate professor in 1969. Subsequently he has been a regularly
teaching at the rank of full Professor at the Harvard Summer School.
He is accounted by some to be an authority on the comparative study of
India and China[2] and is also well-versed in the Mandarin Chinese
(Hanyu) language[3].

Association with IITs

He was Professor of Economics at the Indian Institute of Technology
Delhi from 1969. He was removed from the position by its board of
Governors in the early 1970s but was legally reinstated in the late
1980s by the Supreme Court of India. He continued in the position till
1991 when he resigned to become a cabinet minister. He served on the
Board of Governors of the IIT, Delhi (1977-80), and on the Council of
IITs (1980-82).

Political career

He is regarded as a proponent of Hindutva as a political concept. He
first came into spotlight for protesting against the emergency imposed
in 1975. He was one of the founding members of the Janata Party and is
its president since 1990. He was elected member of parliament 5 times
between 1974 and 1999. He has twice represented the city of Mumbai
North East during 1977 and 1980, Uttar Pradesh and Tamil Nadu in the
Parliament.

He is known for his efforts in normalizing relations with China and
Israel. In 1981, he persuaded Deng Xiaoping to open the Kailash
Mansarovar in Tibet to Hindu pilgrims from India[4]. In 1990-1991, he
was a minister in the Chandra Shekhar cabinet and was in charge of the
ministries of Commerce and Law and Justice.

He was also a member of the Planning Commission between 1990 and 1991.
Between 1994 and 1996, he held the position of Chairman of the
Commission on Labour Standards and International Trade (equivalent to
the rank of a cabinet minister) under the P. V. Narasimha Rao
government. Dr. Swamy has been subject to several defamation cases. He
is known to argue these cases himself without the agency of lawyers.

He has enjoyed a strange maverick relationship with J. Jayalalithaa.
He was perceived as instrumental in bringing the disproportionate
assets case of J. Jayalalithaa into public notice in the 1990s but by
1997, he had become her political adviser and was instrumental in
convincing her to withdraw support from the Vajpayee Government in
1999. The alliance with Jayalalithaa ended after she lost the General
Elections held in the same year.

In October 2004, he along with other members of the erstwhile Janata
Party established the Rashtriya Swabhiman Manch to oppose the policies
of the ruling UPA.

He has played an important role in fighting for the cause of
preventing the destruction of Rama Sethu bridge. He moved the Supreme
Court of India and successfully obtained a stay for the Sethusamudram
Shipping Canal Project at the final hours on August 31, 2007. The case
is under hearing before the Supreme Court.

Most recently Dr. Swamy has been crusading for proper electoral
governance in the use of Electronic Voting Machines (EVM) in the
Indian Elections. Dr. Swamy has been one of the few petitioners, who
has successfully petitioned the Indian Courts to look in to serious
electoral mis-management potential in the use of Electronic Voting
Machines (EVM) during the Indian Elections from 2001 through 2009.
Following a preliminary hearing in the Delhi High Court in late 2009,
the Chief Justice of the High Court concurred with Dr. Swamy's
petition and admitted the matter for a full hearing in early 2010. Dr.
Swamy has argued that any electoral mechanism such as an EVM must
provide full audit-ability, account-ability and transparency and that
Indian Election Commission's current EVM has neither of the three.
Additionally the technology is in direct violation of the Indian
Information Technology Act. The matter is currently under
consideration in the Indian Courts.

He has been very effective in the Courts fighting for justice and has
used the Courts effectively on issues of public importance. It is
worth noting that he is an economist but has been very successful
arguing PILs in Court for the public good.

Stance against the LTTE

He is noted for his consistent stance against the LTTE which is
proscribed as a terrorist organization by 31 countries

(see list)

Commenting:

“ LTTE is a terrorist organization which moreover killed Rajiv Gandhi
and has spewed poison online about India[5] ”

“ LTTE is a part of the Sri Lankan problem, and can never be a part of
the solution[6] ”

His stance against the LTTE has had five successive Indian governments
place him in the Z category of Indian security, with security cover of
at least 22 personnel because of the high LTTE threat to his life.[7]
Subramanian Swamy was attacked by a group of pro-LTTE lawyers .[8]
Violent clashes between the Tamil Nadu police and practicing lawyers
occurred on the 19th of February 2009 on the Madras High Court
premises.

Books

Dr. Subramanian Swamy is the author of numerous books and writes
regularly in various journals and newspapers, some of his books are :-

Economic Growth in China and India, 1989
Hindus Under Siege. (2006)

Notes

^ Boumans 167
^ Prospects for India-U.S. relations better: Swamy The Hindu - January
23, 2008
http://www.thehindu.com/2008/01/23/stories/2008012360151400.htm
^ About Dr. Subramanian Swamy
http://www.kamakotidevotees.org/london/dr-swamy.html
^ Pilgrims' route The Tribune - September 26, 1998
http://www.tribuneindia.com/1998/98sep27/spotlite.htm
^ Subramanian Swamy on LTTE, Defence Agreement and the right to
station Indian Troops in non-Tamil areas in Sri Lanka Asian Tribune -
June 28, 2004
^ India will Never Support Eelam; Dr Subramanian Swamy Says Nidahasa
News - October 8, 2007 http://news.nidahasa.com/news.php?go=fullnews&newsid=348
^ Transcripts - Parliament of India http://parliamentofindia.nic.in/lsdeb/ls12/ses2/0405089808.htm
^ [1] http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/Chennai/Lawyer_arrested_for_pelting_eggs_at_Swamy/articleshow/4152259.cms

References

Boumans, Marcel (2005). How Economists Model the World Into Numbers.
Routledge. ISBN 0415346215.

External links

Biography on Janta Party site http://www.janataparty.org/president.html
Subramaniam Swamy's views on the influence of Hinduism

Subramaniam Swamy in Janata Party's website
An article by Dr. Subramanian Swamy on how to face defamation
litigation
http://www.hindu.com/2004/09/21/stories/2004092103551000.htm
Subramaniam Swamy fined Rs. 5 lakhs by the Delhi High Court for making
libellous allegations against Jayalalitha Jayaram
http://www.tribuneindia.com/2006/20060104/nation.htm#16
Basic Islam for Hindu Dhimmis - Subramanian Swamy
http://www.organiser.org/dynamic/modules.php?name=Content&pa=showpage&pid=159&page=31

Retrieved from "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Subramanian_Swamy"

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Subramanian_Swamy

Swamy sees insecurity among minorities
By Our Staff Reporter

RAMANATHAPURAM, FEB 26. The people belonging to minority communities
will always live in fear if the Bharatiya Janata Party is voted to
power again in the coming Lok Sabha elections, the Janata Party
president, Subramanian Swamy, told presspersons at Pasumpon village on
Thursday.

Dr. Swamy said the BJP-led National Democratic Alliance had failed to
ensure the welfare of minorities and it was evident from the fact that
Muslims were put to untold hardships in Gujarat. "They feel a sense of
insecurity throughout the country."

The Government should take necessary steps to arrest the general
secretary of the MDMK, Vaiko, if he continued to support the LTTE or
praise its leader in public meetings.

No party would get simple majority in the coming Lok Sabha elections,
he said and predicted a hung Parliament.

Dr. Swamy wondered how the DMK president, M. Karunanidhi, could
tolerate the issue of the foreign origin of the Congress president,
Sonia Gandhi, as he had termed the former Chief Minister, M.G.
Ramachandran, a Malayalee when the AIADMK formed the Government in the
State.

Dr. Swamy urged the Government to give no objection certificate to the
Central Government to name the Madurai airport as Pasumpon
Muthuramalinga Thevar Airport. The State Government had twice rejected
the requisition of the Central Government.

The Janata Party would approach the court to issue a direction to the
State Government in this connection after the elections.

Earlier, speaking at a function organised by the family of
Muthuramalinga Thevar in recognition of his (Dr. Swamy's) efforts in
installing the Thevar statue in Parliament House, Dr. Swamy said the
Janata Party would take the necessary steps to set up a modern
university in the name of Thevar at Pasumpon.

He appealed to the Government to include the life history of Thevar as
one of the subjects in the college curriculum in order to facilitate
the younger generation to know about the heroic deeds of Thevar and
his dedication towards the betterment of society.

http://www.hindu.com/2004/02/27/stories/2004022706661100.htm

Need for ‘Hindu vote bank’: Swamy
Special Correspondent

TIRUPATI: Janata Party leader Subramanian Swamy on Monday said the
only way to counter vote-bank policies blindly pursued by governments
and political parties was to develop a strong and formidable “Hindu
vote bank.” It was the only way to check the “continued neglect and
subjugation of Hindus and Hindu temples,” he said.

Dr. Swamy criticised the United Progressive Alliance government for
its attempt to “bend over backwards” to protect mosques and churches
while showing “utter indifference” to protect the Hindu shrines and
sentiments.

He was addressing a convention organised by the Andhra Pradesh Hindu
Temples Protection Committee.

Dr. Swamy said that though there were 42 mosques in Ayodhya where no
prayers were offered, Muslims were laying claim to the disputed Ram
Janmabhoomi alone.

http://www.hindu.com/2009/02/17/stories/2009021759811100.htm

GOVERNMENT

Pulls and pressures
The days leading up to the swearing-in of the BJP Government were
marked by hard bargaining by some of the party's allies.

V. VENKATESAN
in New Delhi

IMMEDIATELY after the Election Commission formally notified the
results of the Lok Sabha elections and informed President K.R.
Narayanan about it on March 10, the President began a consultative
process to constitute a new government. The Election Commission had
earlier announced that the new Lok Sabha would be constituted before
March 12, and the leaders of the Bharatiya Janata Party and its
allies, which had emerged as the largest combination of pre-election
allies but had fallen short of a majority in Parliament, were under
the impression that the numbers game would begin on or after March 12.
The initial public statements of leaders of the Congress(I) and the
United Front seemed to indicate that they would endeavour to prevent
the BJP from coming to power.

Thus, when the President invited BJP Parliamentary Party leader Atal
Behari Vajpayee for a discussion on government formation on March 10,
BJP leaders were taken by surprise. Vajpayee was holding talks with
the alliance partners when the President's invitation was received.
Vajpayee read out the contents of the letter to newspersons. In his
letter, Narayanan offered his felicitations to Vajpayee on his
election as the leader of the BJP Parliamentary Party. He gave
Vajpayee the first opportunity to let him know whether he would be
able and willing to form a stable government which could secure the
confidence of the Lok Sabha. The President noted that the BJP had
emerged as the single largest party in the Lok Sabha and the political
formation that it headed was the largest combination of pre-election
allies.

However, when Vajpayee gave a written undertaking to the President
that he was in a position to form a stable government that could
command the confidence of the House, the President asked for documents
to support the claim that the BJP and its allies had strength of 252
seats. The BJP had hardly expected the President to insist on
documentary proof of its parliamentary support.

Only a day earlier, the leaders of the BJP and its allies had met at
Vajpayee's residence in New Delhi to discuss the contents of the
National Agenda for Governance, a programme of action for a government
of the BJP and its allies. It did not occur to any of the BJP's
strategists that they should secure formal letters of support from the
leaders of the allies. The BJP took the support of its pre-election
allies for granted, when it publicised the letters of support given by
the post-election allies and some independents. With the assured
support of 12 more MPs - either independents or those belonging to
post-election allies - the saffron alliance was seemingly in a
position to secure 264 votes.

In the belief that the process of securing letters of support from the
alliance partners would be a mere formality, Vajpayee decided to get
back to the President on March 11 with the letters. But trouble arose
when four of the BJP's five allies in Tamil Nadu - the All India Anna
Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam (AIADMK), the Pattali Makkal Katchi, the
Janata Party and the Tamizhaga Rajiv Congress - did not send in their
letters. (The fifth ally, the Marumalarchi Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam
(MDMK), had sent its letter of support by facsimile to the President
and a copy of it to Vajpayee.)

Unable to secure all the letters, Vajpayee postponed his meeting with
the President to March 12. Anxiety was writ large on the faces of BJP
leaders as AIADMK general secretary Jayalalitha, who was coordinating
the actions of the smaller parties in her alliance in Tamil Nadu,
continued to hold back although she had repeatedly made public
statements right up until March 9 to the effect that her party and its
allies would offer "unconditional support" to a Vajpayee-led
government. The BJP was also concerned that the perception of a
misunderstanding with a major alliance partner would not bode well for
its claim to form a stable government.

A senior leader in charge of party affairs in the southern States said
that the delay had been occasioned by the fact that Jayalalitha was
unwell on March 11. All of March 12, BJP leaders in Delhi desperately
tried to contact Jayalalitha in Chennai, but she was incommunicado.
More ominously for the BJP, she persuaded the MDMK to withdraw the
letter of support it had faxed to the President.

SHANKER CHAKRAVARTY
AIADMK general secretary Jayalalitha leaving Rashtrapati Bhavan after
the swearing-in ceremony.

The first indication of the reasons for the delay in the despatch of
the letters from Chennai came from Janata Party leader Subramanian
Swamy. Appearing on television, Subramanian Swamy said that
Jayalalitha had requested the BJP to appoint him Finance Minister and
TRC leader Vazhapadi K. Ramamurthy Home Minister. Subramanian Swamy
said that BJP leaders had refused to concede the request. Subramanian
Swamy's references to the demand for the dismissal of the Dravida
Munnetra Kazhagam (DMK) Government in Tamil Nadu in the light of the
February 14 Coimbatore blasts seemed to indicate that a commitment on
that was a "pre-condition" for the AIADMK's "unconditional" support
for a BJP-led government.

Although some sections in the BJP were in favour of conceding
Jayalalitha's "demands", Vajpayee and party president L.K. Advani were
unwilling to appease her beyond a point. The BJP refused to concede
Jayalalitha's request on ministerial appointments, and were not quite
so categorical on the demand for the dismissal of the DMK Government.
It was for this reason that the AIADMK and the PMK said that they
would not join a BJP-led ministry.

BJP leaders were nevertheless optimistic that the letters of support
would arrive in Delhi with a special messenger on the morning flight
from Chennai on March 12. What they did not know was that the letters
of support had already been despatched to Delhi: they were in the
custody of a senior AIADMK leader who was waiting for a nod from
"Amma" in Chennai so as to deliver the letters to the President.

After waiting for nearly two days, Vajpayee virtually gave up his
efforts: he met the President at 7.30 p.m. on March 12 and furnished a
list of 240 MPs from whom he had letters of support. The names of the
three MDMK MPs who had withdrawn their letters of support, however,
figured in this list. In effect, as on March 12, Vajpayee had the
support of only 237 members of the Lok Sabha, considerably short of a
majority. Vajpayee, therefore, did not stake his claim, but left it to
the discretion of the President to decide whether he could be invited
to form a government. The President then announced that he would begin
consultations with leaders of the other political formations without
dismissing the BJP's claim.

Meanwhile, Subramanian Swamy stepped up his efforts to widen the gulf
between Jayalalitha and the BJP. He accused the Rashtriya Swayamsevak
Sangh (RSS) of blocking his appointment as Finance Minister - for
which, he claimed, he was eminently qualified, given his teaching
experience in Harvard. Ramamurthy suggested that the BJP was paying
the price for taking its allies in Tamil Nadu for granted.

Subramanian Swamy refused to concede that the AIADMK-led grouping's
alliance with the BJP had broken down or that it would have to explore
other alternatives. He, however, said that he believed that the door
was open for talks with the Congress(I) and that he expected
Congress(I) leaders to open channels of communication with Jayalalitha
in the changed political context. Subramanian Swamy envisaged a grand
alliance, which would include the Congress(I), the AIADMK and its
allies, all the United Front constituents except the DMK, the Tamil
Maanila Congress and the Telugu Desam Party, a few other minor parties
and some independents. Senior Congress(I) leader Sharad Pawar was
reportedly in touch with Jayalalitha, seeking her support for a
Congress-led government.

In their meetings with the President, leaders of the Congress(I) and
the U.F. reportedly sought four days' time to hold consultations and
explore the possibility of forming an alternative government. This in
effect gave the BJP and the AIADMK an opportunity to patch up. But
even on March 13, Jayalalitha showed no signs of relenting. She denied
that she had insisted on the allotment of key portfolios for her
allies or the dismissal of the DMK government in Tamil Nadu as a pre-
condition for extending support.

However, she accused the BJP leadership of displaying a "negative
attitude" when she raised issues that were of importance to Tamil Nadu
at a meeting of the BJP and its allies in New Delhi on March 9 (see
separate story). BJP leaders, in turn, wondered why Jayalalitha had
not raised the issue when she addressed newspersons and expressed her
total and unconditional support to a BJP-led government after the
meeting. They said that while all her demands could be negotiated, the
manner in which she had raised them - on the eve of the President's
invitation to Vajpayee to form a government - was somewhat mystifying.
"We expected her to behave in a mature way," a senior BJP leader from
the South said.

Finally, on March 14, Jayalalitha announced her decision to forward
the letters of support to the President. Relieved, the BJP prepared to
send a senior emissary on behalf of Vajpayee to meet her on March 15
in Chennai. Senior BJP leader Jaswant Singh, who met her in Chennai on
March 15 and showed her a draft of the National Agenda, succeeded in
persuading her to drop her demand to give Subramanian Swamy a
ministerial post; he also got her to agree to the AIADMK, the PMK and
the TRC joining the Ministry.

The draft of the National Agenda incorporated, even if only in
somewhat vague terms, all her publicly stated demands.

WHAT explains the turnaround by Jayalalitha? AIADMK leaders in Delhi
explained that she was persuaded to fall in line and support the BJP
in view of the adverse criticism in the media holding her responsible
for blocking Vajpayee's assumption of office as Prime Minister.

Jayalalitha's decision that the AIADMK and some of its allies would
join the Ministry was prompted by the knowledge that the President was
unlikely to invite Vajpayee to form a government unless these allies,
which command a combined strength of 27 MPs in the Lok Sabha, were
ready to join the Government.

On March 15, after Jayalalitha announced in Chennai that the AIADMK,
the PMK and the TRC would join the Government, the President contacted
the AIADMK's Parliamentary Party leader, G. Swaminathan.

He indicated that only if all the constituents of a coalition
participated in the government would the coalition remain cohesive; he
further indicated that his decision on whether to invite Vajpayee to
form a government would hinge on this.

Shortly after receiving her confirmatory message, the President
appointed Vajpayee Prime Minister and set March 19 as the date of the
swearing-in of the government. He also asked Vajpayee to seek a
confidence vote in the Lok Sabha by March 29.

Significantly, the President did not consider it necessary to insist
on a commitment from the Trinamul Congress, a member of the BJP-led
alliance, that it would participate in the government. The Trinamul
Congress has only seven MPs in the Lok Sabha, whereas the AIADMK-led
combine has 27 members.

In a communique issued on the night of March 15, in which he detailed
the consultation process he had initiated since March 10, the
President referred to Congress(I) president Sonia Gandhi's reported
remarks to newspersons that the party did not have the numbers to form
a government.

He also took into consideration the Telugu Desam Party's stand -
ascertained in a telephonic discussion with its leader N. Chandrababu
Naidu - that the party would remain neutral during the vote of
confidence.

It was these two factors that finally convinced the President that a
Vajpayee-led Government would be able to secure the confidence of the
House.

India's National Magazine
From the publishers of THE HINDU
Vol. 15 :: No. 07 :: Apr. 4 - 17, 1998

http://www.hinduonnet.com/fline/fl1507/15071180.htm

India's National Magazine
From the publishers of THE HINDU
Vol. 15 :: No. 10 :: May 09 - 22, 1998

COVER STORY

Dealing with Jayalalitha
After the Jaswant Singh-Jayalalitha meeting, the AIADMK has fallen
silent; Subramanian Swamy, however, has stepped up his offensive
against the BJP.

T.S. SUBRAMANIAN
in Chennai

GOING by the current mood in BJP circles in Tamil Nadu, the party will
adopt a tough stand with respect to the All India Anna Dravida
Munnetra Kazhagam (AIADMK). AIADMK general secretary Jayalalitha will
now have to choose between the BJP and Janata Party leader Subramanian
Swamy. The BJP is said to have indicated to her that she would have to
make her choice before the Budget session of the Lok Sabha begins on
May 27. BJP sources in Chennai told Frontline that the party would not
accept Subramanian Swamy's presence in the AIADMK-led front in Tamil
Nadu if he continued to say that he would topple the Vajpayee
Government.

BJP leader Jaswant Singh flew in from Delhi and met Jayalalitha at her
Payyanoor retreat, 60 km from Chennai, on April 25. Sources said that
Jaswant Singh did some "plain talking". He apparently told Jayalalitha
that the BJP would not accept her three major demands: dismissal of
the Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam (DMK) Government in Tamil Nadu; the
removal of Ram Jethmalani and Ramakrishna Hegde from the Union
Cabinet; and action against a private television channel based in
Chennai. The sources added that Jaswant Singh ruled out a place for
Subramanian Swamy in the coordination committee. He also told her to
put an end to attacks by some AIADMK functionaries on Jethmalani and
Hegde.

Jaswant Singh met Jayalalitha against the background of a slanging
match between Jethmalani and Hegde on the one hand and AIADMK
Ministers at the Centre, M. Thambi Durai, R. Janarthanan and R.K.
Kumar, on the other. The row followed the April 8 resignation of Union
Surface Transport Minister Sedapatti R. Muthiah of the AIADMK after a
Chennai court framed charges against him in a case of acquisition of
assets disproportionate to his known source of income during his
tenure as the Speaker of the Tamil Nadu Assembly from July 1991 to
October 1994.

VINO JOHN
Jaswant Singh outside Jayalalitha's Payyanoor Bungalow retreat near
Mamallapuram.

The situation worsened a week later. After a meeting of the AIADMK
executive committee on April 15, Jayalalitha demanded that all Union
Ministers who were charge-sheeted in corruption cases resign or be
dismissed by the Prime Minister. The next day, Jethamalani and Hegde
strongly criticised her and predicted that these "pinpricks" would end
soon.

On April 18 Jayalalitha wrote to Vajpayee naming three Ministers -
Communications Minister Buta Singh, Urban Development Minister
Jethmalani and Commerce Minister Hegde - as being involved in cases of
corruption and demanding their removal or the re-induction of Muthiah.
On April 19 Jethmalani again launched a broadside against Jayalalitha.
He took on Subramanian Swamy too. "It is clearly Dr. Subramanian Swamy
who is pushing her into making all these wild demands," he said. Hegde
wanted Vajpayee to go in for fresh elections instead of giving in to
Jayalalitha's "blackmail". In reply, Thambi Durai, Kumar and
Janarthanan, in a statement on April 23, asked Vajpayee to "advise Mr.
Hegde to either shut up or get out."

It was at this stage that the BJP high command intervened and sent
Jaswant Singh to meet Jayalalitha. Jaswant Singh had earlier come in
March to placate her when she delayed giving the letters of support
that would enable Vajpayee to form the government. BJP sources said
that this time Jaswant Singh made it clear that junior Ministers of
the AIADMK should not speak out of turn. If the AIADMK leadership had
something to say, Jayalalitha should be the one to say that, he said.
He also advised her against rushing to the media. The BJP high command
was annoyed that her letter to Vajpayee had been released to the
media.

Jaswant Singh was reportedly categorical about the BJP's decision not
to invoke Article 356 to dismiss the DMK Government. A senior BJP
source said: "We are tightening the screws. The idea is that this war
of words cannot go on... You will find a change from now on."

There was no word from Jayalalitha about the meeting. Sources in
Chennai indicated that there was no meeting ground between Jayalalitha
and Jaswant Singh. Jaswant Singh, however, claimed that the "mission
was a success". On the welter of charges and counter-allegations made
by Union Ministers, he said that the Prime Minister "will take such
action as he deems fit and proper."

The same day K.L. Sharma said in New Delhi that Subramanian Swamy
would not be included in the coordination committee because he had
failed to vote for the Government in the vote of confidence.

WHETHER by accident or design, a DMK executive meeting presided over
by Chief Minister M. Karunanidhi on April 25 condemned the demand for
the dismissal of the Government that emanated from an "enemy party"
and Union Ministers belonging to it as "blatant blackmail" and "devoid
of any merit at all". It added that the demand was made "to subserve
their vested interests, with palpable mala fides in order to avoid
accountability to the courts of law in the pending cases of
corruption."

The resolution also condemned the transfer of Union Special Secretary
for Home Ashok Kumar, one of two officials sent as part of the Central
team to study the law and order situation in Tamil Nadu, and said that
this was done because he told the "truth". The resolution said that
this approach amounted to "burying" federalism and marked a
"dictatorial trend in interfering in the State Government's affairs."

The resolution added: "In the event of any such proclamation (for
dismissal) being made in Delhi because of the blackmail of the vested
interests," it would be "resisted by constitutional, lawful and
peaceful methods in courts of law." The executive committee appealed
to all democratic forces "to support this resistance movement."

When a reporter asked Karunanidhi whether the resolution was driven by
the fear that his Government would be dismissed, he said: "This is
only a reply to the threats from some terrorists in Poes Garden."

The Chief Minister called the resolution "an advance notice to the
Centre that it should not give room to some people who have been
trying to paralyse the administration and disrupt law and order by
repeatedly claiming that the DMK Government will be dismissed."

AFTER the Jaswant Singh-Jayalalitha meeting, AIADMK leaders fell
silent. However, Subramanian Swamy stepped up the offensive once it
was known that he was not welcome to the coordination committee. He
alleged on April 26 that the BJP citing his not having voted for the
Government was an "excuse" to exclude him from the coordination
committee. According to him, the real reason for the crisis was the
"asymmetrical application of the criterion" on who should be a Union
Minister. He said that while Muthiah was asked to resign, "tainted"
Ministers such as Hegde and Advani were allowed to continue. Advani's
crime - he was charge-sheeted in the Babri Masjid demolition case -
was not a "political crime", he said, but "a crime against humanity
and the integrity of the nation..."

Swamy met Jayalalitha in Chennai on April 27 and said that he was
"free to explore the possibility of creating an alternative, secular,
patriotic front" at the Centre. He declared that henceforth "in
national politics, I am a free bird." He claimed that Jayalalitha had
told him that Jaswant Singh "never discussed the matter" of his
exclusion from the coordination committee. Although he would consider
breaking away from the BJP-led alliance, he asserted that he continued
to be part and parcel of the AIADMK-led front in Tamil Nadu.

Jayalalitha, BJP sources said, was faced with a difficult situation.
"If Swamy remains in the AIADMK front in Tamil Nadu, then there is
nothing wrong in the BJP getting close to somebody who is against her,
such as the DMK. She has to choose between the BJP and Swamy."

Meanwhile, Subramanian Swamy has been busy floating the idea of a
secular front to oust the BJP-led coalition Government at the Centre.
He met Congress president Sonia Gandhi, Samajwadi Party president
Mulayam Singh Yadav and Rashtriya Janata Dal leader Laloo Prasad
Yadav. Meanwhile, Congress(I) leader Madhavrao Scindia met Jayalalitha
in Chennai, apparently in a bid to build bridges between his party and
the AIADMK.

Political analysts believed that Jayalalitha was left with "no
choice". She could not part company with the BJP because the stakes
involved were high - there were corruption cases pending against her
and her former Ministers, and breaking away from the BJP would weaken
her.

The response of the other constituents of the AIADMK-led front to
Swamy's challenge will have a bearing on Jayalalitha's future course
of action. Of the three of them - Marumalarchi Dravida Munnetra
Kazhagam (MDMK), the Pattali Makal Katchi (PMK) and the Tamizhaga
Rajiv Congress (TRC) - the PMK and the TRC are participants in the
Central Government. The PMK had indicated its position when its leader
S. Ramadoss hinted that his party would not play along with
Subramanian Swamy.

http://www.hinduonnet.com/fline/fl1510/15100120.htm

Swamy seeks Manmohan’s sanction to prosecute Raja
Special Correspondent

CHENNAI: Janata Party president Subramanian Swamy has sought the Prime
Minister’s sanction to prosecute Union Communications Minister A. Raja
in the wake of CBI raids on Sanchar Bhavan offices to investigate
alleged irregularities in spectrum allotment.

In a statement, Dr. Swamy said he filed a petition for sanction as
early as on November 29, 2008 with Dr. Singh, as required under the
Prevention of Corruption Act, to launch a criminal investigation
against Mr. Raja under Sections 11 and 13 of the Act.

The CBI raids made the granting of permission by Dr. Singh a “mere
formality,” Dr. Swamy said.

An independent case filed by him in the designated sessions court for
trying cases under the Act would be the best recourse for a fair trial
of the spectrum deals and the CBI investigation could supplement the
legal process, he said.

Online edition of India's National Newspaper
Saturday, Oct 24, 2009
ePaper | Mobile/PDA Version

http://www.thehindu.com/2009/10/24/stories/2009102461211000.htm

Sanatana Dharma Foundation Honors Dr Subramanian Swamy and Dr S.
Kalyanaraman for their Courageous Effort in Protecting the Historic
Rama Sethu Sanatana Dharma Foundation, Dallas, Texas organized its
first Hindu Unity Day, at the DFW Hindu Temple, in Dallas on the 19th
and 20th of July, 2008. Symbolizing Hindu Unity, Representatives of
Dallas Chapters of several organizations like the Art of living
Foundation, Ammachi Satsang, Hare Krishna ISCKON group, Gayatri
Parivar, Brahmakumaris, Carribbean Mandir, Chinmaya Mission, Hanuman
Temple, Sathya Sai groups, Datta Yoga Peetam and other prominent Hindu
personalities from the local Dallas-Fort Worth community in Texas,
were present at this unique event. Dr Subramanian Swamy's latest book
"Rama Sethu Symbol of National Unity" was released and distributed at
the Event, to key members of these organizations and other prominent
members of the community.

Rama Sethu Symbol of National Unity

Hindu Dharma Rakshaka Kshatriya Award

This award, a first of its kind, has been instituted to honor and
celebrate the 'Kshatriya Spirit', specifically the courage shown by
Hindus in taking risks and standing up to fight for the protection and
preservation of Dharma. The word Kshatriya is a Sanskrit word that
refers to the royal and noble class of Hindus who historically
defended their nation, and the Dharma of the land.

Rama Sethu Symbol of National Unity

Dallas, Texas (PRWEB) July 26, 2008 -- Dr Subramanian Swamy, PhD,
visiting professor of Economics, Harvard University and former Union
Law Minister of India, and Dr S. Kalyanaraman, Director, Saraswati
River Research Center, and President of Sri Rameshwaram Rama Sethu
Raksha Manch, received awards in Dallas, Texas for their courageous
effort in protecting the historic Rama Sethu, from being destroyed by
the Government of India in the name of a development project.

NASA Photograph of Rama Sethu

Rama Sethu is the original Sanskrit name given to a bridge built by
the legendary King Rama, who crossed over to Sri Lanka from India to
fight the King of Lanka, Ravana, recover his wife Sita, and restore
Dharma (Order) in the land of India. While it is difficult to
establish the exact historical age of these events, the bridge is
thought to be at least 5000 years old, if not much older, making it
the oldest causeway built across an ocean channel. The Rama Sethu is
referred to in numerous ancient Sanskrit texts and scriptures, as a
man made structure, and in recent times, it has been vividly
photographed by both NASA and Indian Satellites.

When India fell under Colonial rule, the British renamed this
construction as "Adam's Bridge". The Government of India, in recent
years, has been trying to establish a Shipping Channel between India
and Sri Lanka, by breaking and destroying the continuity of this
ancient structure. Hindus in India and around the world have been
protesting and fighting this decision of the Government of India, and
have demanded that the Rama Sethu be declared a monument of historic
importance and a world heritage site. On May 8th, 2008, the Supreme
Court of India directed the Government of India to go back to the
drawing board to see if it can create an alternate shipping route, and
at the same time, study the Rama Sethu as a monument of historic
importance. It is yet to be seen if the Government of India will
comply with the Court's direction, and thereby uphold due
constitutional process, or continue on its path of destroying the Rama
Sethu, dis-regarding the Supreme court's direction.

Sanatana Dharma Foundation, (www.sdfglobal.org) a Dallas based Non-
Profit organization inspired by the Hindu Dharma Acharya Sabha,
(www.acharyasabha.org) the apex body of Hindus in India, presented the
"Hindu Dharma Rakshaka Kshatriya Award" to Dr Subramanian Swamy & Dr
S. Kalyanaraman on the occassion of the Hindu Unity Day organized at
the DFW Hindu Temple in Dallas, Texas on July 19, 2008. Speaking on
the occasion, the President of Sanatana Dharma Foundation, Kalyan
Viswanathan, said that "This award, a first of its kind, has been
instituted to honor and celebrate the 'Kshatriya Spirit', specifically
the courage shown by Hindus in taking risks and standing up to fight
for the protection and preservation of Dharma. The word Kshatriya is a
Sanskrit word that refers to the royal and noble class of Hindus who
historically defended their nation, and the Dharma of the land."

The Highlight of the Hindu Unity Day Event was the speech by Dr
Subramanian Swamy on his personal experiences during his defense of
Rama Sethu in the Supreme Court of India, which was greeted by a
spontaneous standing ovation. In presenting the "Hindu Dharma Rakshaka
Kshatriya" Award, his fearless defense in the Supreme Court of India,
getting a critical and timely stay order, the subsequent withdrawal of
the Government of India's petition, and the later Verdict of the
Supreme Court were all highlighted.

Dr S. Kalyanaraman made a scholarly presentation on the River
Saraswati, highlighting the recent research findings, the origins of
the Vedic civilization on the banks of River Saraswati and the fact
that it holds the central "Key" to the re-writing of the history of
India and re-establishing the real historicity of the Vedas. While
presenting the Award, his dedicated research in supporting the
struggle of the Rama Sethu, and his pioneering contributions in
researching and resurfacing the River Saraswati were lauded.

Symbolizing Hindu Unity, Representatives of Dallas Chapters of several
organizations like the Art of living Foundation, Ammachi Satsang, Hare
Krishna ISCKON group, Gayatri Parivar, Brahmakumaris, Carribbean
Mandir, Chinmaya Mission, Hanuman Temple, Sathya Sai groups and other
prominent Hindu personalities from the local Dallas-Fort Worth
community in Texas, were present at this unique event. Dr Subramanian
Swamy's latest book "Rama Sethu Symbol of National Unity" was released
and distributed at the Event, to key members of these organizations
and other prominent members of the community.

Smt. Ranna Jani, President, DFW Hindu Temple in Texas speaking on the
occassion on behalf of the Temple, thanked both Dr Subramaniam Swamy &
Dr S. Kalyanaraman for coming to Dallas and sharing their experiences
with the participants. On the second day, a workshop was organized,
where challenges facing Hinduism today, were discussed. Presentations
on the state of Hindu Temples in India, challenges posed by
Christianity and Islam were also discussed. The session was very
interactive, and educational, as per the feedback received.

http://www.prweb.com/releases/Sanatana/Dharma/prweb1146784.htm

CHENNAI, January 22, 2010 Swamy against Nalini’s release
Special Correspondent

Janata Party president Subramanian Swamy calling on Tamil Nadu
Governor Surjit Singh Barnala at the Raj Bhavan in Chennai on
Thursday. Photo: Special Arrangement
Janata Party president Subramanian Swamy on Thursday met Tamil Nadu
Governor Surjit Singh Barnala and urged him not to sign any
recommendation of the State government for freeing Nalini Sriharan, a
life convict in the Rajiv Gandhi assassination case.

Dr. Swamy told the Governor that the issue pertaining to premature
release of Nalini was still pending before the Madras High Court, and
any decision on the issue would amount to contempt of court.

He also made a mention before the First Bench to expedite the hearing
of his writ appeal in the matter.

Later speaking to journalists, Dr. Swamy said that he came to know
from a section of the media that the review board had reportedly
decided to release Nalini.

He said that he had mentioned before the bench comprising Chief
Justice H.L. Gokhale and K.K. Sasidharan that any decision of the
board would render infructuous his appeal against the single judge
order to the State government to reconstitute the board to decide the
case of Nalini.

The Chief Justice had asked him to file an application to the High
Court Registry for speeding up his appeal, he said.

He said the constitution of the board itself was illegal. He planned
to move for restoration of death penalty for Nalini. He said the State
government had earlier said that it would oppose the premature
release, now it cannot go back on its stand.

http://beta.thehindu.com/news/national/article87758.ece

Hindu's under SIEGE

aumprakash
January 14, 2007

it's fromt the talk given by Dr.subramanya swamy on the day of his
book relese "hindu's under siege- the way out" http://www.kksfusa.org/
it's fromt the talk given by Dr.subramanya swamy on the day of his
book relese "hindu's under siege- the way out"
http://www.kksfusa.org/

Hindu's under SIEGE
3:13
Added: 3 years ago
From: aumprakash
Views: 3,128

All Comments (30 total)

Loading...nazimquraishi (1

politicians since nehru and including him (the pundits alinged with
the raja of kashmir, who wanted kashmir to not be free like rest of
india)

found themselves out of power. so they figured out a formula to get
back in power in the democratic structure of india and it worked.

so wake the f up (my indians) my hindus. politicians are only about
themselves and their ideas. Not about you.

nazimquraishi (1 week ago) Hindu was a generic term used to refer to
anyone who lives south of hindukush mountains and south of Hindu River
(Indus per the brits).

Hindu = citizen of hindustan, indian = citizen of india & french =
citizen of france.

Prior to monotheism most countries were polytheists.Ancestors of
Indian Muslims were polytheists too.

The confusion between religion and nationality was caused and
encouraged by the british after they realized what a rebellion like in
1857 could do to them.

anirudhnandan (10 months ago) Comment removed by author

raghaa (3 weeks ago) thats what they learnt from birtish my friend.
What will a poor hindu will do if there is no basic fullfilment? he
will convert into christian. its happening right now ;)

winnerji (11 months ago) When his lips are pronouncing HINDUS...it's
all about only Brahmins....Will he do anything for Dalith
people....is he considering Dalith as Hindus.....?????? FRAUD....

NanakLove (1 year ago) stand up for dharma my brothers. the 9th Sikh
Guru even gave his life for kashmiri pundits.

ndshastri (1 year ago) Show S.Swamy orkut comm
search :::::: Sri Subramanian Swamy

Metaemipricus (1 year ago) Christian Evangelists, Islamic Jihadis and
leftist naxal terrorists - the three most violent sectarian cults have
come together to destroy India. Wake up Hindus.

Comment(s) marked as spam Show
Comment(s) marked as spam Hide

nmohan101 (1 year ago) this guy is a racist; Hinduism in not under
siege...

dd1857 (1 year ago) who say not.. Every where that is the case..
Christanity and Muslims...are book based.. attacking all

kafirpandit (1 year ago) Hindus are the bravest people on the earth.
All Muslims and Christian missionaries should be thrown out of
Bharatvarsh.

tonyshit80 (11 months ago) I saw Muruga last week, he motion less
pls help him my dear friends

TAPS711 (1 year ago) Leave the Hindus alone. They have a right to
believe what they want. They are peaceful people.

tonyshit80 (11 months ago) No, I will not allows the such things
happen....

Radian1991 (1 year ago) Hindu Society has been suffering a sustained
attack from Islam since the 7th century, from Christianity since the
15th century, and this century also from Marxism. The avowed objective
of each of these three world-conquering movements, with their massive
resources, is the replacement of Hinduism by their own ideology, or in
effect: the destruction of Hinduism.-Dr.Koenraad Elst

Comment(s) marked as spam Show
Comment(s) marked as spam Hide

arnotkaling (1 year ago) swamy bastard should be shot. He supports
sinhala terrosm in sri lanka. he fully supported indian terrost
invasion of sri lanka.

NanakLove (1 year ago) not just hindu's but sikhs too..we gotta stand
up together brothers

TAPS711 (1 year ago) You are right.

emperor0989 (1 year ago) sikhs are hindus only, and hindus are sikhs.
we are cousins, if not brothers.

haridham (1 year ago) Show Hide 0 Marked as spam Reply lol
haridham (1 year ago) Show Hide 0 Marked as spam Reply watch?
v=XcFA8iSXf2c

EXChristian0 (2 years ago) Excellent video clip! Thanks! DOWN WITH
ANTI-HINDU ELEMENTS (anti-hindu govt, pseudo-secular anti-hindu
media, Christlamist Communist thugs, deceitful and cunning missionary
pests). Come on Hindus, WAKE UP, UNITE AND FIGHT FOR DHARMA! Jai Hind!

EXChristian0 (2 years ago)

DOWN WITH ANTI-HINDU ELEMENTS (anti-hindu govt, pseudo-secular anti-
hindu media, Christlamist Communist thugs, deceitful and cunning
missionary pests, ISLAMIC jihadis etc). Come on Hindus, WAKE UP, UNITE
AND FIGHT FOR DHARMA! Jai Hind!

chocolayer (2 years ago)

Aumprakash a digital RSS propagandist. A muslim hater and non brahmin
hater. His lowly life is based on lies and he survived on lies.

humbleRaj (2 years ago)
Nice ideo Aumprakash Ji :)

badmashguy (2 years ago)
It might be true for Hinduism....but isn't it true for every other
religion too....
humbleRaj (2 years ago) Show Hide +3 Marked as spam Reply Nope,None
of American Politicians speak against christianity or None of The
leaders from Islamic Countries condemn Islam, but Indian politicians
abuse Hinduism in India.
Peenp (3 years ago)

I agree with you Aum.

http://www.youtube.com/comment_servlet?all_comments&v=IFU-iAP43M0&fromurl=/watch%3Fv%3DIFU-iAP43M0

Hinduism under siege, says Subramanian Swamy

Coventry, UK | December 07, 2005 8:11:13 PM IST

http://news.webindia123.com/news/showdetails.asp?id=184292&cat=India

Janata Party President and former Union Minister Dr. Subramanian Swamy
today told a large UK Hindu gathering at the Sri Krishna Temple here
that to combat the invisible and multi-dimensional siege against
Hinduism, all the Dharmacharyas of Hindu religion must come together
in a formal body with a permanent secretariat in New Delhi.

He said that Swami Dayananda Saraswati of Arsha Vidya Gurukulam, near
Coimbatore had already convened a Hindu Dharma Acharya Sabha in Mumbai
in mid-October last, and resolved to do so.

Dr. Swamy said that the siege has a religious dimension because of the
pernicious and subtle denigration of Hindu icons and Institutions such
as through filing bogus cases against the Kanchi Shankaracharya, a
psychological dimension by inculcating a confused mindset through a
one-sided secularism, a cultural dimension in propagating that Indians
are Caucasian invaders from beyond Afghanistan through the baseless
Aryan-Dravidian theory, and in the physical dimension by induced
conversions to Christianity and Islamic terrorism.

"Hindus are being driven out from their homelands in Kashmir,
Bangladesh and even Mau in UP, but the political leadership in India
lacks the virile mindset to challenge this denigration of Hindus in a
83 percent Hindu populated nation" he added.

Dr. Swamy further said that India is distinctive only because of it's
Hindu foundation and continuing civilisation. Hence India as Hindustan
means a nation of Hindus and those Muslims and Christians who accept
their ancestors are Hindus.

Parsis may have come from Persia but they accept Hindu culture as
their own. This is our Hindustani identity. Hence, those Christians
and Muslims who do not accept their ancestors as Hindus should go back
from where they came from or lose their voting rights.

Even Hindus who claim to be racially Aryans or Dravidians have no
place in Hindustan. In Rig Veda "Arya" only meant civilised, while
Dravida is a Sanskrit word coined by Adi Sankara to mean south India-
where three seas meet.

Dr. Swamy said that without demolishing the caste system a cogent
cohesive Hindu identity can not be forged. Hence the Acharya Sabha
should issue a nirdesh" (direction) that according to the Vedas and
Uttara Gita, varna and jati are not birth based but determined on
gunas (merits) and occupation.

"Varna is a choice not a compulsion," he added. (ANI)

http://www.nchtuk.org/content.php?id=288

December 21, 2008

Out of the box
By Subramanian Swamy

The India of today would not have been in existence had the attempts
to divide Hindus succeeded. In the 20th century, a sinister attempt to
divide the Hindu community on caste basis was made in 1932 when the
British imperialists offered the scheduled castes a separate
electorate.

What does the despicable terror and mayhem in Mumbai on November 26
signify for India? Shorn of the human tragedy, wanton destruction, and
obnoxious audacity of the terrorists, it signifies a challenge to the
identity of India from radical Islam. Cinema actor Shahrukh Khan may
wax eloquent about the ?true Islam? on TV, but it is clear that he and
other such Muslims have not read any authoritative translations of the
Koran, Sira and Hadith which three together constitute Islam as a
theology, and which is a complete menu of intolerance of peoples of
other faiths derisively labeled as kafirs. Hence, instead of talking
about the ?correct interpretation? of Islam they ought instead be
urging for a new Islamic theology consistent with democratic
principles.

In 2003, two years after the 9/11 murderous and perfidious Islamic
assault on USA, resulting in killing of more than 3000 persons within
two hours, and which was perpetrated by leveraging the democratic
freedoms in USA, the Saudi Arabian Embassy in the website of its
Islamic Affairs Department [www.iad.org] laid down what a ?good?
Muslim is expected to do. Dr. Steven Stalinsky of the Middle East
Media Research Institute[MEMRI] based in Washington DC accessed it and
published it in issue No.23, of the Institute newsletter, dated
November 26[what irony!] 2003. I have to thank a NRI in US, Dr.
Muthuswamy for this reference. In that site it is stated:

?The Muslims are required to raise the banner of Jihad in order to
make the Word of Allah supreme in this world, to remove all forms of
injustice and oppression, and to defend the Muslims. If Muslims do not
take up the sword, the evil tyrants of this earth will be able to
continue oppressing the weak and helpless?

Now who is more authoritative?Sharukh Khan or Saudi Arabia ? Obviously
the latter. The above quote is what in substance is being taught in
every madrassa in India, and can be traced back to the sayings of
Prophet Mohammed. I can quote a plethora of verses from a Saudi
Arabian translated Koran [e.g., verses 8:12, 8:60, and 33:26] which
verses justify brutal violence against non-believers. If I delved into
Sira and Hadith for more quotes, then I could risk generating much
hatred, so it will suffice to say that Islam is not only a theology,
but it spans a brutal political ideology which we have to combat
sooner or later in realm of ideas.

Some may quote back at me verses from Manusmriti about brutality to
women and scheduled castes. But as a Hindu I have the liberty to
disown these verses [since it is a Smriti] and even to seek to re-
write a new Smriti as many, for example, Yajnavalkya have done to
date. Reform and renaissance is thus inbuilt into Hinduism. But in
Islam, the word of the Prophet is final. Sharukh Khan and other gloss
artists cannot disown these verses, or say that they would re-write
the offensive verses of the Koran. If they do, then they would have to
run for their lives as Rushdie and Taslima have had to do. Leave alone
re-writing, if anyone draws a cartoon of Prophet Mohammed, there will
follow world-wide violent rioting. But if Hussein draws Durga in the
most pornographic posture, the Hindus will only groan but not
violently rampage.

We Hindus have a long recognised tradition of being religious liberals
by nature. We have already proved it enough by welcoming to our
country and nurturing Parsis, Jews, Syrian Christians, and Moplah
Muslim Arabs who were persecuted elsewhere, when we were 100 per cent
Hindu country.

Moreover, despite a 1000 years of most savage brutalisation of Hindus
by Islamic invaders and self-demeaning brain washing by the
Christians, even then, Hindus as a majority have adopted secularism as
a creed. We have not asked for an apology and compensation for these
atrocities. But the position of Hindus in this land of Bharatmata,
where Muslims and Christians locally are in majority, in pockets?such
as in Kashmir and Nagaland, or in small enclaves such as town
panchayats of Tamil Nadu, is terrible and despicable. Even in Kerala
where Hindus are 52 per cent of the population, they have only 25 per
cent of all the prime jobs in the state, and are silently suffering
their plight at the hands of 48 per cent who vote as a vote bank.

The 26/11 Mumbai slaughter therefore should teach us Hindus that the
time has come to wake up and stand up?it is now or never. If we do not
stand up now to Islamic terrorism, then India will end up like Beirut,
a permanent battlefield of international terrorists, buccaneers,
pirates and missionaries.

What does it mean in the 21st century for Hindus to stand up ? I mean
by that a mental clarity of the Hindus to defend themselves by
effective deterrent retaliation, and also an intelligent co-option of
other religious groups into the Hindu cultural continuum.

Mental clarity can only come if we are clear about the identity of the
nation. What is India? An ancient but continuing civilisation or is it
a geographical entity incorporated in 1947 by the Indian Independence
Act of the British Parliament ? What then does it mean to say ?I am an
Indian?? A mere passport holder of the Republic of India or a
descendent of the great seers and visionaries of more than 10,000
years ? Obviously our identity should be of a nation of an ancient and
continuing Hindu civilisation, legatees of great rishis and munis, and
a highly sophisticated sanatana philosophy.

If Hindu culture is our defining identity then how can we co-opt non-
Hindus, especially Muslims and Christians ? By persuading them by
saam, dhaam, bheda and dand that they acknowledge with pride the truth
that their ancestors are Hindus. If they do, it means that they accept
Hindu culture and enlightened mores. That is, change of religion does
not mean change of culture. Then we should treat such Muslims and
Christians as part of our Brihad Hindu family.

Noted author and editor M.J. Akbar calls this identity as of ?Blood
Brothers?. It is an undeniable fact that Muslims and Christians in
India are descendents of Hindus. In a recent article in the American
Journal of Physical Anthropology, an analysis of genetic samples [DNA]
show that Muslims in north India are overwhelmingly of the same DNA as
Hindus proving that Muslims here are descendents of Hindus who had
been converted to Islam, rather repositories of foreign DNA deposited
by waves of invaders.

Akbar thus asks rhetorically: ?When have the Muslims of India gone
wrong?? and answers: ?When they have forgotten their Indian roots?.
How apt ! Enlightened Muslims like Akbar therefore must rise to the
occasion and challenge the reactionary religious fundamentalists. That
is India is not Darul Harab to be trifled with. In a conciliatory
atmosphere the minorities would willingly accept this. It is also in
their interest to accept this reality. Hindus must persuade by the
time honoured methods Muslims and Christians to accept this and its
logical consequences.

This identity was not understood by us earlier because of the
distorted outlook of Jawaharlal Nehru who occupied the Prime Minister?
s chair for seventeen formative years after 1947 and for narrow
political ends, had fanned a separatist outlook in Muslims and
Christians.

The failure to date, to resolve this Nehru created crisis, has not
only confused the majority but confounded the minorities as well in
India. This confusion has deepened with winter migratory birds such as
Amartya Sen descending on the campus of the India International Centre
to preach inane taxonomies such as ?multiple identities?.

There has to be an over-riding identity called national identity, and
hence we should not be derailed by pedestrian concepts of multiple or
sub-identities.

?Without a resolution of the identity crisis today, which requires an
explicit clear answer to this question of who we are, the majority
will never understand how to relate to the legacy of the nation and in
turn to the minorities. Minorities would not understand how to adjust
with the majority if this identity crisis is not resolved. In other
words, the present dysfunctional perceptional mismatch in
understanding who we are as a people, is behind most of the communal
tension and inter-community distrust in the country.

?In India, the majority is the conglomerate or Brihad Hindu community
which represents about 81 per cent of the total Indian population,
while minorities are constituted by Muslims [13 per cent] and
Christians [3 per cent]. Sikhs, Jains, Parsis, and some other
microscopic religious groups, represent the remaining three per cent.
Though also considered minorities, but really are so close to the
majority community in culture that they are considered as a part of
Hindu society. Unlike Islam and Christianity, these minority religions
were founded as dissenting theologies of Hinduism. Even Zoroaster can
be traced to leader of Vahikas in Mahabharata who migrated to Persia.
Kaikeyi in Ramayana was from Persia when that country was hundred per
cent Hindu. Thus these religions share the core concepts with Hindus
such as re-incarnation, equality of all religions, and ability to meet
God in this life. That they feel increasingly alienated from Hindu
society nowadays is also the consequence of India?s identity crisis
caused by British historians and their Indian tutees in JNU.

The India of today would not have been in existence had the attempts
to divide Hindus succeeded. In the 20th century, a sinister attempt to
divide the Hindu community on caste basis was made in 1932 when the
British imperialists offered the scheduled castes a separate
electorate. But shrewdly understanding the conspiracy to divide India,
Mahatma Gandhi by his fast unto death and Dr. Ambedkar by his
visionary rejection of separate electorate, foiled the attempt by
signing the Poona Pact.

But the possibility that such attempts at dividing India socially may
be made again in the future, a possibility that cannot be ruled out.
Indian patriots will have to watch such attempts very carefully.
Segmentation, fragmentation, and finally balkanisation have been part
of the historical process in many countries to destroy national
identity and thereby cause the political division of the nation
itself. Yugoslavia is a recent example of this, which has now been
divided into four countries, largely due to Islamic separatism and
Serbian over-reaction.

Virat Hindutva can be achieved in the first stage by Hindu
consolidation, that is achieved by Hindus holding that they are Hindus
first and last, by disowning primacy to their caste and regional
loyalties. This would require a renaissance in thinking and outlook,
that can be fostered only by patient advocacy and intellectual
ferment.

For this we need a new History text, and a proper understanding of the
distinction between the four varnas [not birth based but by codes of
behavior for devolution of power in society] and jati [which is birth
based and mostly for marriages]. Just as Valmiki and Vyasa are
regarded as Maharshis despite being of different jati from Parasuram,
hence Dr. Ambedkar should be called a Maharishi for his sheer depth of
knowledge of Indian history. That he had become bitter because of
Nehru systematically sidelining him is no reason not to do so.

India thus needs a Hindu renaissance today that incorporates modern
principles, e.g., of the irrelevance of birth antecedents, fostering
gender equality, ensuring equality before law, and accountability for
all. It is also essential to integrate the entire Indian society on
those principles, irrespective of religion. Uniform Civil Code for
example, is something that the vast majority of Muslim women want, but
because this demand has been usurped by those who deny the equality of
nationality to the Muslims, hence comes the resistance to a eminently
reasonable value. The Muslims think that this is the first step in
several to subjugate them or wipe out their identity. But Muslims have
quietly accepted Uniform Criminal Code [the IPC] despite that it
contradicts the Sharia.

In other words, Hindutva has two components?one that Hindus can accept
[such as caste abolition, eradication of dowry etc.] without any other
religion?s interests to consider. The other is the embracing by
minorities of the core secular Indian values which have Hindu roots.
This would require, particularly Muslims and Christians, to
acknowledge that their ancestry is Hindu, and thus own the entire
Hindu past as their own legacy, and to thus tailor their outlook on
that basis. This would integrate Indian society and make the concept
of an inclusive[Brihad] Hindutva and rooted in India?s continuing
civilisation.

Thus, if India has to decide to have or not have good relations with
Israel, Pakistan, Iran or US, it cannot be on the basis how it will
impact on India?s Muslims and Christians, but on what India?s national
interests require. If India has to dispatch troops to Afghanistan,
Iraq, Sri Lanka or Nepal to combat terrorism, that policy too has to
be decided on what is good for India, and not what any religious or
linguistic group identifies as it?s interest.

Thus such an Hindutva is positive in outlook, while raw Hindu
xenophobia is negative and based on Hindu hegemony which will frighten
all. Such a Hindutva will resolve our current energy-sapping identity
crisis, which otherwise will completely emasculate India in the long
run. The choice for the patriotic Indian is thus clear: We need a
clear and positive view of our national identity based on our Hindu
past and a Hindu renaissance to unite the Hindus with constructive
mind-set as well as persuade the minorities to be co-opted culturally
with Hindu society.

Once being Indian means Virat Brihad Hindutva, we can tackle terrorism
by an effective strategy of defence. What are the components of that
strategy is the subject matter of my next column here.

(To be concluded)

http://www.organiser.org/dynamic/modules.php?name=Content&pa=showpage&pid=268&page=10

December 28, 2008

Out of the Box

Isolate and confront the rogue state, war no option
By Subramanian Swamy

Hindus and such Muslims and Christians together constitute the
Hindustan nation. All others are either permanent residents or
foreigners, but therefore should have no voting rights. NRIs abroad
who also acknowledge to be of Hindustani descent can be permitted to
be voters in India.

Since the UPA chairperson Sonia Gandhi has yet not condemned Pakistan
for allowing its territory to be used by ?non-state actors?, such a
Commission is all the more necessary. Pakistan cannot be allowed to
wash its hands off responsibility in this by silence of those who are
paid to speak in Parliament by the tax-payer on behalf of the Indian
nation.

Coming back to the question of retaliation for the Mumbai 26/11
attack, I advocate US-Israel-India coordinated aerial strikes at all
the prominent training bases of the LeT and JeM in PoK, which action,
since it is on a part of India, will not mean an act of war, whatever
Pakistan may think. This is the mirror-image of the argument that
Pakistan itself has used while invading India in 1999 in the Kargil
sector i.e., since they consider J&K not a part of India, hence
Pakistan can invade it!

Terrorist attacks such 26/11 Mumbai carnage can be deterred only by
effective retaliation which will serve as a deterrence against future
attacks. What is an effective retaliation for the 26/11 attacks ? In
my view, it is bombing of LeT camps in Pakistan and Pakistan-held
territories. That means war declared by Pakistan. War is however a
terrible event in human affairs. It is against the finer and civilised
instinct of the human being and a temporary triumph of the base
emotions. Wars are imposed either on evil intentions or by
miscalculations. Civilised societies to survive have to be prepared
for such wars. My quick answer thus to the question whether war with
Pakistan is then inevitable is: Yes!

My substantive answer is that the war will be imposed on us anyway
whether we retaliate or not, by the compulsions of Pakistan?s polity,
and we should prepare for a formal war with that country which could
come anytime within the next four years. The terror genie is now out
of the bottle in Pakistan, and an informal ad hoc proxy war is already
on between India and Pakistan through Pak-trained terrorists. It
cannot be ended without a decisive formal war. We cannot also go on
bleeding like we have during last 20 years, each occasion at the time
and place of choosing of the terrorists of Pakistan. To top it all, we
are being dished out Pakistan?s inane argument on the need providing ?
proof?, by a government which is a puppet of the trainers of these
terrorists.

Unlike the 1965, 1971, and 1999 wars with Pakistan, this time we
should first prepare instead react by reflecting on who are our real
allies in this coming war, and what the post-war situation of a
destructed and disarmed Pakistan should be. In 1971, USSR was claimed
to be our ally, but it would not let us smash the West Pakistan
military machine when the Pakistan army was on all fours on the
floor.

This time, because of nuclear weapons on both sides, the war has to be
decisive. Pakistan must be sanitized and/or further dismembered beyond
recognition. The new Pakistan or the former Pakistans must be led by
those who understand India?s retaliatory capacity.

One thousand years of the foreign invasions of this land have proved
that Hindus will not submit, no matter what the tribulation and
personal tragedy. Iran, Babylonia, Turkey, Egypt and others of the
Middle East had in contrast submitted and became majority Muslim
countries within a few decades. But Hindus as a whole, despite 1000
years of brutality and impoverishment, have stood defiantly. In Akhand
Hindustan, we are still 75 per cent of the total population despite
all the atrocities.

But now defiance is no more enough. Now we must decisively and finally
settle the issue and defeat our centuries? old tormentors and the
violent theology behind it.

In my last column I had stated that Islamic terrorism cannot be fought
unless we adopt a virat brihad Hindutva concept of identity for
Indians, which identity I defined as the mindset of Hindus, who are
proud of their Hinduness, and ready to co-opt Muslims and Christians
as blood brothers and sisters if they too proudly acknowledge the
truth that their ancestors are Hindus and that despite change of
religion their culture does not change [Culture is a secular concept
defined on the myriad of human relations and attitudes].

Hindus and such Muslims and Christians together constitute the
Hindustan nation. All others are either permanent residents or
foreigners, but therefore should have no voting rights. NRIs abroad
who also acknowledge to be of Hindustani descent can be permitted to
be voters in India.

This mindset in responding to terror must focus on retaliation as a
deterrent against terrorism, which is the real meaning of ?zero
tolerance? for terrorism. The retaliation cannot be confused with
vengeance but has to be defined as effective actions to nullify the
political objectives of the patrons of terrorists.

What is, for example, the retaliation for the 26/11 terrorist attack
on Mumbai? Or for that matter, the ?menu? of retaliation for all the
terrorist attacks since 1989 beginning with when 500,000 Hindus and
Sikhs were driven out by terrorists from the Kashmir valley?

The retaliation has to be tailored in each terrorist attack to nullify
the political objective of the patrons which objective motivates that
attack.

In the 26/11 attack, the political objective was to demonstrate to the
world that India is a wobbly, flabby, and corrupt country that cannot
defend itself, that anyone can bribe his way with Indians to achieve
his nefarious goal. Hence, they want to demonstrate that India is a
corroding civilisation, and unworthy being a reliable ally of any
country. That is why foreign tourists of friendly countries, such as
US and Israel, were chosen for murder.

The terror patrons of Pakistan have, in my opinion, achieved
substantially this objective by putting a question mark on our
integrity as a people. How could such an operation, foreigners now
ask, be put through without the intelligence having a clue? Is it
because India ignored timely US intelligence of September that made
the LeT postpone its dastardly project scheduled of September 27th to
26/11?

The truth is more bizarre: Intelligence Bureau and RAW did know, but
the information was not acted on by the Maharashtra government. Why?
It is rubbish to say that the information was not ?actionable?, i.e.,
not specific enough to take counter measures. I have had access to
some of the intelligence supplied to the Maharashtra government, some
of it are dated two years ago, which disproves this claim.

One such advisory actually states that LeT-trained terrorists
numbering about a dozen are likely to enter from the sea in the
Gateway area, and take control of high profile targets such as hotels!
Is this not actionable? Or was the Maharashtra Police prevented from
taking action by Ahmed Patel on behalf of Sonia Gandhi as alluded to
by former Chief Minister of the state, Mr. Narayan Rane?

I thought therefore the Opposition in Parliament would have demanded
at least a Commission of Inquiry headed by a sitting judge of the
Supreme Court to go into all the lapses. Instead they wallowed in
talking of national unity. This is not the time to talk of unity with
the government. We are not yet in a formal war to need to talk of
unity with the government. A horrible incident had taken place, and it
is over now. Hence, it is the duty of the Opposition to put the
government in the dock, and at least demand a Commission to go into
the lapses. When a formal war is launched we can at that stage unite
with the government in a show of unity.

But not now. Since the UPA chairperson Ms. Sonia Gandhi has yet not
condemned Pakistan for allowing its territory to be used by ?non-state
actors?, such a Commission is all the more necessary. Pakistan cannot
be allowed to wash its hands off responsibility in this by silence of
those who are paid to speak in Parliament by the tax-payer on behalf
of the Indian nation.

Considering that the first employer in London in 1965 of Ms. Sonia
Gandhi was a Pakistani called Salman Thassir, a dubious business
magnate with perhaps ISI connection, and that the guest of honour at
the select gathering of just 35 invitees to her daughter Priyanka?s
wedding, was Farida accompanied by her husband Munir Ataullah, both
known bag persons of prominent Pakistan politicians with ISI
connections, hence, it is a matter of concern that Ms. Sonia Gandhi
has not condemned Pakistan for the 26/11 attack, and in fact she has
not condemned even one terrorist attack starting Mumbai 1993.

Coming back to the question of retaliation for the Mumbai 26/11
attack, I advocate US-Israel-India coordinated aerial strikes at all
the prominent training bases of the LeT and JeM in PoK, which action,
since it is on a part of India, will not mean an act of war, whatever
Pakistan may think. This is the mirror-image of the argument that
Pakistan itself has used while invading India in 1999 in the Kargil
sector i.e., since they consider J&K not a part of India, hence
Pakistan can invade it!

The US and Israel will probably not agree at present to help in a
military strike since India has never come to the assistance of US or
Israel in their hour of grief. In fact when on the day Saddam Hussein
was toppled in 2003, a joint BJP-Congress resolution was passed by the
Lok Sabha condemning US ?imperialism? in Iraq! Nor have we ever
offered Israel help whenever a terrorist attack took place in that
country?

Hence, to get the US and Israel effectively on our side in this war on
terror, we too have to commit to help them in this war, not merely by
ministers paying a visit to Washington and waxing eloquent about
being ?natural allies?. For all their duplicity, Pakistan under
Musharraf in contrast had made a world of difference to the US in its
war on terror. Hence the soft corner for Pakistan in US and Europe.

For example, when New York Times reporter Daniel Pearl?s throat was
slit by LeT, the Pakistan government caught the mastermind Omar Sheikh
[whom we had released in the IC hijack matter at Kandahar] and sent
him to Guantanomo prison without making noises about ?proof?. More Al
Qaeda leaders have been captured or killed by the US with the
cooperation of Pakistan than by direct action of the US. Nor can the
US keep the Taliban out of Afghanistan without the active support of
Pakistan. Hence, it is understandable that the US is in a catch-22
situation on Pakistan and we in India, if we want US cooperation, have
to concretely provide a way out of that.

If we strike at the terrorists camps in PoK, the various governments
of Pakistan cannot sit quiet. There are four other governments of
Pakistan besides one headed by Zardari. In addition to his government,
there is the Army government operating through the seven corp
commanders, the ISI government working abroad through fake currency
and beautiful women, the Mullah government through Friday prayers in
mosques and by brainwashing in madrasas, and the de facto Taliban
government in the frontier areas. Anyone of these four governments can
declare a war against India on the war cry of jehad, and the other
four will have to follow. So war is the outcome of any retaliatory
action of India.

http://www.organiser.org/dynamic/modules.php?name=Content&pa=showpage&pid=269&page=6

Opinion - Leader Page Articles

Defamation litigation: a survivor's kit

By Subramanian Swamy

The Supreme Court judgment in the Nakkeeran case is the main tool in
the survival kit for honest media and other critics of politicians
against libel litigation.

ON SEPTEMBER 17, the Tamil Nadu Government filed an affidavit in the
Supreme Court stating that it had ordered the withdrawal of 125
defamation cases filed against The Hindu and various other
publications. This is a tribute especially to The Hindu `parivar' for
showing guts and challenging the constitutionality of the cases filed
against its representatives. The Jayalalithaa Government chose
discretion over valour by not risking the Supreme Court striking down
the libel statute itself as unconstitutional. Rather than lose
permanently the weapon of state harassment of critics that defamation
law represents, the Government chose to back down.

This is the second time that the AIADMK State Government has directed
a carte blanche withdrawal of defamation cases. The first time was on
January 1, 1994 when the Tamil Nadu Government withdrew numerous
defamation cases filed against me in several Sessions Courts in the
State. The reason then was the same: the Supreme Court Bench of Chief
Justice M.N. Venkatachalaiah and Justice B.P. Jeevan Reddy had heard
extensive arguments from me as petitioner in person and the Tamil Nadu
Government counsel on the defamation law, and then orally asked why
the law should not be struck down. The Government counsel then asked
for time, and came back a week later to say that all the cases against
me had been withdrawn. Hence, the cause of action for my petition
disappeared, and my petition became infructuous. I was personally
relieved but the law survived for use on another day.

But Justice Jeevan Reddy, who had listened to me with great care, went
on to write a landmark judgment in the Nakkeeran case [1994] that
incorporated the core of my arguments and citations from the United
States Supreme Court and the United Kingdom's House of Lords. That
judgment today c. The judgment however needs to be developed further
by more decided cases further clarified by continued challenge to
state-sponsored defamation litigation that has become far too frequent
in the country, so that freedom of speech and expression can become
more deep and extensive than at present.

Under the Indian Constitution, the fundamental right to free speech
(Article 19) is subject to "reasonable restrictions." What is
reasonable is subjective in a society; it can only be developed to
some objectivity by cases decided in courts [`case law'] and according
to the political culture of the times. At present, reasonableness is
codified in two laws — first, in exceptions to criminal culpability
incorporated in Sections 499 and 500 of the British colonial statute
known as the Indian Penal Code (1870), and second, the limits to civil
liability incorporated as tort law. In India, defamation proceedings
can be initiated under either or both, together or in sequence. Most
democratic countries have however done away with the criminal law,
which is archaic and draconian. But India has not yet done so.

What is one to do if one receives a court summons for alleged
defamation? For example, I once received a summons from a Delhi court
because I had called a BJP leader, V.K. Malhotra, "an ignoramus." The
remark was made by me during the Lok Sabha proceedings, but lifted by
a sub-editor and inserted in a column I wrote for the magazine.

Under the law, I had to prove that it was true — or face imprisonment.
Now, how does one prove that a person is an ignoramus in a court of
law? Add to that the harassment I would have to suffer of travelling
to court at least 10 times a year for at least five years to attend
the case or face a warrant for my production in court. Or I would have
to engage a lawyer who would charge me a hefty sum. All this for a
mild rebuke of a political leader? The editor of the magazine decided
he could not stomach it, so he apologised for printing the remark. I
was left holding the bag.

However, I fought the case and won. Mr. Malhotra was directed to pay
me Rs.8,000 as compensation for my petrol bills, which he paid with
some reluctance. Now how did I do it?

I pulled out of my survival kit the first tool of defence: in a
defamation case, the aggrieved person must prove "publication," which
means Mr. Malhotra would have to prove first that I had, in the
original text given to the magazine, written what was printed. The
onus was on him to produce the original. Now which magazine keeps the
original? He failed to produce it and I won.

In a 1997 press conference, I made some charges against Chief Minister
M. Karunanidhi. He used Section 199 of the Criminal Procedure Code to
get the Public Prosecutor to file a defamation case. This meant the
contest in court was between me and the state, and not between me and
the Chief Minister personally. Thus the Government would spend the
money out of the public exchequer and use Government counsel to
prosecute me, a totally unequal contest and wholly unfair (even if
legal).

If Section 199 had not been there, the Chief Minister would have
personally been the complainant and I would have had the right to
cross-examine him. Now which busy politician would like that? Hence, I
pulled out the second tool in my survival kit. I filed an application
before the judge making the point that the alleged defamation related
to the personal conduct of the Chief Minister and not to anything he
did in the course of public duty. I argued that Section 199 would not
apply. Thereafter, the State Public Prosecutor quickly lost interest
in the case. Had the judge rejected my prayer, I would have gone in
appeal to the Supreme Court and got Section 199 struck down. But alas,
I could not.

In 1988 another Chief Minister, Ramakrishna Hegde, filed a suit
against me under tort law for Rs.2 crore damages for my allegation
that he was tapping telephones and using his office to benefit a
relative in land deals. Although ultimately, the Kuldip Singh
Commission and a parliamentary committee studying the Telegraph Act
upheld my contentions, I would have had a problem had the court
decided the case before these inquiry reports came out.

So I pulled out the third tool in my survival kit, namely the U.S.
Supreme Court case laws, the most famous of which was The New York
Times case decided in 1964. Contrary to popular impression, U.S. case
laws on fundamental rights are applicable to India following a Supreme
Court judgment in an Indian Express case in 1959.

Furthermore, since 1994, these U.S. case laws have become
substantially a part of Indian law, thanks to Justice Jeevan Reddy's
judgment in the Nakkeeran case.

The principle in these case laws, restricted to public persons suing
for damages, is wonderfully protective of free speech: if a person in
public life, including one in government, feels aggrieved by a
defamatory statement, then that person must first prove in court that
the defamatory statement is not only false, but that the maker of the
statement knew it to be false. That is, it must be proved by the
defamed plaintiff to be a reckless disregard of the truth by the
defamer defendant. This principle thus reversed the traditional onus
on the defamer to prove his or her allegation, and placed the burden
of proof on the defamed.

This reversal of burden of proof is just, essentially because a public
person has the opportunity to go before the media and rebut the
defamation in a way aggrieved private persons cannot do. If criticism
and allegations against a public person have to be proved in a court
of law, what is likely to happen is that public spirited individuals
will be discouraged and thus dissuaded from making the criticism. This
is what the U.S. Supreme Court in the famous New York Times case
characterised as a "chilling effect" on public debate; it held this to
be bad for democracy.

Hence the need to balance the protection of reputation in law with the
democratic need for transparency and vibrant public debate. The U.S.
Supreme Court admirably set the balance for freedom and democracy.

Since Mr. Hegde was an intelligent man, he recognised what my survival
strategy meant. He would have come on the stand in court. He would
have been examined and cross-examined on why what I said was not true,
and how he knew that I had known all along that my charges were false
and yet I made them. He therefore sent me a message one day wanting to
know if I would call it quits. So his defamation case went from one
adjournment to another, until it lapsed upon his death. Before his
passing, Hegde and I met. Both of us agreed that it was unwise for
politicians who have so much access to the media to rebut charges to
file defamation cases and waste the time of already overburdened
courts. I got the impression that some sharp lawyer was behind his
temporary loss of judgment in filing the case.

Today, with developing case laws, defamation litigation has become a
toothless tiger for politicians to use against the media. There are
enough dental tools in my survival kit to ensure this. I am therefore
writing a full Manual on how to expose dishonest politicians and get
away without being harassed in court. I hope honest critics will no
more hesitate to speak their minds about what they know to be the
truth even if they cannot prove this in court beyond a reasonable
doubt.

I am happy therefore that The Hindu chose to fight it out rather than
capitulate. More should follow its lead for a better democracy and a
freer media.

(The author, an economist, is a former Union Law Minister. As a rule
he argues his own cases in court without the agency of lawyers.)

http://www.hindu.com/2004/09/21/stories/2004092103551000.htm

Swamy fined for charge against Jaya

New Delhi, January 3

The Delhi High Court today imposed a fine of Rs 5 lakh on Janata Party
President and former Union Minister Subramaniam Swamy for levelling
charges against Tamil Nadu Chief Minister J. Jayalalithaa that she
knew about the plan of the LTTE to assassinate former Prime Minister
Rajiv Gandhi at Sriperumbudur in May 1991.

Mr Justice Pradeep Nandrajog said Mr Swamy had failed to establish
that Jayalalithaa had received information and money from the banned
LTTE for the assassination of Gandhi.

“The defendant (Swamy) had exceeded the limits of qualified privilege
as his statement was quite unconnected with and irrelevant to the
situation and suffers from redundancy of the expression,’’ said the
order.

The M.C. Jain Commission of Inquiry was constituted on August 23, 1991
by the Centre to look into the circumstances leading to the
assassination of Gandhi.

Appearing before the commission, Mr Swamy had said Ms Jayalalithaa was
tipped by the Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam (LTTE) about the
assassination of Gandhi by its suicide bombers on April 17, 1991. —
UNI

http://www.tribuneindia.com/2006/20060104/nation.htm#16

December 03, 2006

Thinkpad

Basic Islam for Hindu Dhimmis
By Subramanian Swamy

Temples have been demolished in the Valley on a daily basis. The world
could not care less. An American had once told me: ?Why should we
care? Indian democracy is led by the majority who are Hindus and you
want us to talk about the human rights of the community of rulers??

We do not have much time, in fact about 45 years, as the X-graph of
statistical regressions estimated by J.S. Bajaj and colleagues shows. ?
X? represents the two trends?Hindu percentage declining and Muslim
percentage rising, and intersecting in the year 2061.

We Hindus must understand the true nature of Islam before we can
formulate a strategy to defeat those who threaten us.

Thanks to Shri Vedantamji of the VHP, I had visited Thondi and
Rasathipuram Municipalities of Ramanathapuram and Vellore districts
respectively, and was truly shocked by what I saw. Both these
municipalities are in Muslim-majority areas, and the local bodies
election had empowered the Muslims with their capture of the
municipalities.

The Muslim-ruled municipalities have thereafter converted these areas
into mini Dar-ul-Islams, in a Hindustan of 83 per cent Hindus! The
minority Hindu areas of the municipality were thus denied civic
amenities, funds for schools, garbage clearing etc., and sent notices
in Urdu. Hindus were bluntly told convert to Islam if they wanted
civic facilities.

I could not believe that in South India this was possible where Hindus
are actually above national average at 90 per cent of the population.
I know that in Kashmir Valley, Muslims who are in majority have
actively or passively connived in driving out half a million Hindus
out of their homes and made them refugees in their own country.
Temples have been demolished in the Valley on a daily basis. The world
could not care less. An American had once told me: ?Why should we
care? Indian democracy is led by the majority who are Hindus and you
want us to talk about the human rights of the community of rulers??

Such atrocities are happening not only in Kashmir, but in other parts
of India as well in pockets wherever Muslims are in majority, e.g.,
Mau and Meerut. In pocket boroughs of India, thus, Dar-ul-Islam has
today returned to India after two centuries. Considering that a
demographic re-structuring is slowly but surely taking place, with
Hindu majority shrinking everywhere, Dar-ul-Islam in pockets might
indeed, like amoeba, proliferate, coalesce, and jell into a
frightening national reality?unless we Hindus wake up and take
corrective action now, actions for which we shall of course not get a
Nobel Peace Prize.

Dar-ul-Islam is a Muslim religious concept of a land where Muslims
rule, and the non-believers in Islam are termed as Dhimmis. The term
Dhimmi was coined after the Jews were crushed in Medina [Khaybar to be
exact], and the defeated Jews accepted that if they did not convert to
Islam, then they would accept second-class status politically,
culturally, and religiously. This included zero civil rights including
the right to modesty of women, and the special tax jaziya.

There is thus no scope for Muslims and non-Muslims uniting as equals
in the political, cultural, or social system in a Dar-ul-Islam where
Muslims rule. Secular order in India thus is possible only when
Muslims are not in power. Thondi, Rasathipuram and other places prove
that the Muslim mind suffers from a dangerous duality?of seeking
secularism when out of power and imposing a brutal demeaning theocracy
for non-Muslims when in power.

It is this duality that patriotic Hindus must re-shape by modern
education and other means, as also retain its demographic overwhelming
majority in India. We do not have much time, in fact about 45 years,
as the X-graph of statistical regressions estimated by J.S. Bajaj and
colleagues shows. ?X? represents the two trends?Hindu percentage
declining and Muslim percentage rising, and intersecting in the year
2061.

The dhimmitude of Jews in Medina and later in Mecca represents the
beginning of religious apartheid inherent and basic to Islamic mores,
and practised long before what we saw in South Africa on the basis of
colour and race, and that which became prevalent during the Islamic
imperialist rule in parts of India. Hindus had been dhimmis for six
hundred years in those parts of India despite being a bigger majority
in the country than even today. Hence, a majority is not enough.
Hindus need also a Hindu mindset to be free.

In his presidential address to the Muslim League in Lahore in 1940,
Mohammed Ali Jinnah had articulated this concept of apartheid in his
own inimitable way:

?To visualise Hindus and Muslims in India uniting to create a common
nation is a mythical concept. It is only a fancy dream of some
unawakened Hindu leaders?. The truth is that Hindus and Muslims are
two different civilisations?. since their thought process grow on
different beliefs.?

Large sections of Muslims in India then had rejected Jinnah and his
concept of non-compatibility of Muslims with Hindus. But after
Independence and Partition, instead of building on this rejection by
many Muslims, the Nehru era saw increasing pandering precisely to the
religious element that believed in this apartheid. Indira Gandhi
vigorously continued this appeasement thereby nurturing the apartheid
mentality of Muslim orthodoxy.

But the final undermining of the enlightened Muslim came when the
government capitulated in the Shah Bano case. Thousands of Muslims had
demonstrated on the streets demanding that the government not bring
legislation that would nullify the Supreme Court?s judgment in the
Shah Bano case but in vain. Rajiv Gandhi, I learnt later, on counsel
from his Italian Catholic family, had surrendered to the hard line
clerics who protested that the Supreme Court had no right to interfere
and to de facto amend the Shariat, the Islamic law code. These
relatives on a directive from the Vatican thought that if secular law
would be applied to Muslims, it can be to the Christians too.

This was a nonsense argument of the Muslim clerics, since the Shariat
had already been amended, without protest, in the criminal law of
India. The Indian Penal Code represents the uniform criminal code that
equally applies to all religious communities. I therefore ask the
clerics: if a Muslim is caught stealing, can any court in India direct
that his hand at the wrist be cut off as the Shariat prescribes? If
Muslims can accept a uniform criminal code what is the logic in
rejecting the uniform civil code?

In India, Dhimmi status for Hindus during Islamic imperialist rule has
had other social implications. Defiant Brahmins and Kshatriyas, who
had refused to convert and chose to remain Hindus, were forced to
carry night-soil and suffer great indignities for their women folk. Or
it meant gross mental torture. Guru Tegh Bahadur, for example, had to
see his sons sawed in half, before the pious Guru?s own head was
severed and displayed in public.

The debasement of Hindu society then was such that those targeted
valiant Brahmins and Kshatriyas, who had refused to convert and thus
made to carry night-soil, were disowned by other Hindus and declared
to be asprashya or ?untouchable?. The ranks of the Scheduled Caste
community, which was not more than 1 per cent of the population before
the advent of Islam in India, swelled to 14 per cent by the time
Mughal rule collapsed.

Thus, today?s SC community, especially those who are still Hindus,
consists mostly of those valiant Brahmins and Kshatriyas who had
refused to become Muslims but preferred ostracization and ignominy in
order to remain Hindus. Hindu society today should offer koti koti
pranams to them for keeping the Bhagwa Dhwaj of Hindu religion flying
even at great personal cost and misery.

I have already written enough in these columns about Hindus being
under siege from Islamic fanatics and Christian proselytizers. I have
suggested that we can lift this siege only if we develop a Hindu
mindset, which is a four dimensional concept. But that mind must be
informed, and understand why others do what they do to Hindus before
we can defeat their nefarious designs. Here I suggest therefore that
we Hindus must understand the true nature of Islam before we can
formulate a strategy to defeat those who threaten us. In a later
column I will write about the true nature of Christianity and how to
combat the menace of religious conversions of Hindus.

At this juncture let me add even though I oppose conversion as
violence, as Swami Dayanand Sarasvati boldly wrote to the Vatican
Pope, nevertheless if an Indian Muslim or Christian changes his
religion to Hinduism today, I will not regard it as conversion because
it is a return to the Hindu fold of those whose ancestors had been
forcibly converted.

Unlike Hinduism, which says not a word against non-believers, in fact
says that other religions also lead to God, Islam is harsh on them,
and justifies violence against them as sacred. The choice to non-
believers in Islam is: convert or accept dhimmitude. Hence, the
explanation for Thondi, Rasathipuram, Mau etc., and the duality in
ethics practised by Muslims everywhere. A true Muslim is Dr. Jekyll
when in minority, and Mr. Hyde when in majority.

So what should we Hindus do? First, recognise that being a pious Hindu
is not enough. Hindus must unite and work to install a Hindu-minded
government. If 35 per cent of the 83 per cent Hindus unite to vote for
a party, absolute majority is attainable. If Hindu Dharma Acharya
Sabha, RSS, and VHP decide to mobilise the voter to support a party
that espouses an approved Hindu agenda, then the union government is
within reach through the ballot box. Second, search for those Muslims
who are ready to openly and with pride declare that their ancestors
were Hindus. My guess is that about 75 per cent of Muslims will be
ready to do so. These are the Muslims who can be co-opted by Hindus to
fight Islamic fundamentalism. If we do not do so, then the Muslim
clerics will have a free run of their fanaticism.

For this a required reading is Sri Sri Ravishankar?s Hinduism & Islam:
Dedicated to the People of Pakistan Who have Forgotten Their Own Roots
[www.artofliving.org]. In this Sri Sri Ravishankar has shown how ?
Muslims have completely forgotten that their forefathers were Hindus,
so they have every right to Vedic culture?. He in fact traces the pre-
Islam origins of the K?aaba. Third, invest heavily in primary
education to make it world class, ban the madrasas for any student
below 21 years, and make Sanskrit a compulsory language for all
students.

(The writer is a former Union Law Minister.)

http://www.organiser.org/dynamic/modules.php?name=Content&pa=showpage&pid=159&page=31

...and I am Sid Harth
chhotemianinshallah
2010-03-04 23:42:41 UTC
Permalink
The Mughal Empire (The New Cambridge History of India) (Paperback)
~ John F. Richards
John F. Richards (Author)

(Author) "The legacy of the Indo-Muslim frontier, the medieval Indian
economy, and new connections with Europe helped to create conditions
favorable to the rise of an..."

http://www.amazon.com/Mughal-Empire-Cambridge-History-India/dp/0521566037#reader_0521566037

Customer Reviews
The Mughal Empire (The New Cambridge History of India)

2 Reviews
5 star: (1)
4 star: (1)
3 star: (0)
2 star: (0)
1 star: (0)

(2 customer reviews)

11 of 14 people found the following review helpful:
concise information about the mughal empire, April 5, 2001
By A Customer

This book is an excellent source of information about the mughal
dynasty. It is written in a chronological manner and hence, easy to
read and follow even for the novice user to this subject. The author
has stuck to the main theme of the lives of the emperors themselves,
their artistic contribution to India and the people that influenced
them. The facts about the emperors especially Jahangir, Shahjahan ,
the Rajput kings, Shivaji's greatness and Shambhaji's misadventures
makes it an interesting read. I feel that this book brings forth the
facts that are not widely known or mentioned in school history books
that brings forth some suprises and hence makes it an interesting
read.

13 of 22 people found the following review helpful:
An excellent survey marred by too little attention to women, August
15, 1999
By A Customer

Dr. Richards' otherwise excellent book about the Mughal Empire is
marred by his failure to pay very much attention to its women.
Gulbadan is mentioned but once, Jodh Bai, Shah Jahan's mother, not at
all, Nur Jahan and Mumtaz Mahal only peripherally. Are the Mughal
chronicles themselves similarly silent about these women? Since
Gulbadan wrote her own, one must say no.

2 posts in this discussion

Initial post: Dec. 6, 2007 5:54 PM PST
Anna M. Singh-klar says:

if you read the book" the 20th wife". it contains all the information
about the mughal empire women and its a very interesting book to
read!!!!!

Your reply to Anna M. Singh-klar's post:
To insert a product link use the format: [[ASIN:ASIN product-
title]] (What's this?)

Posted on July 27, 2009 7:33 AM PDT
Tiltowait says:
Jodha bai is a fictional character. This book is non-fiction.

Your reply to Tiltowait's post:

To insert a product link use the format: [[ASIN:ASIN product-
title]] (What's this?)

Do you think this post adds to the discussion?

http://www.amazon.com/Mughal-Empire-Cambridge-History-India/product-reviews/0521566037/ref=dp_top_cm_cr_acr_txt?ie=UTF8&showViewpoints=1

The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi, 1857 (Vintage)
(Paperback)
~ William Dalrymple
William Dalrymple (Author)

http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/1400078334/ref=pd_lpo_k2_dp_sr_1?pf_rd_p=486539851&pf_rd_s=lpo-top-stripe-1&pf_rd_t=201&pf_rd_i=0521566037&pf_rd_m=ATVPDKIKX0DER&pf_rd_r=1HP9M9T8TTCR7HFH4XF6#reader_1400078334

Customer Reviews
The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi, 1857 (Vintage)

49 Reviews
5 star: (37)
4 star: (3)
3 star: (5)
2 star: (3)
1 star: (1)

Average Customer Review
(49 customer reviews)

45 of 45 people found the following review helpful:
"The light has gone out of India. The land is lampless."

A great strength of 'The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857' by William Dalrymple (White Mughals: Love and Betrayal in
Eighteenth-Century India) is its use not only of more familiar British
sources, but also many Indian (Urdu and Persian) sources on one of
pivotal events in the history of both India and the British Empire,
the Sepoy Mutiny of 1857 or the...

Published on August 12, 2007 by Douglas S. Wood

› See more 5 star, 4 star reviews

11 of 13 people found the following review helpful:
Britain's Least Finest Hour

It is a pleasure first to read detailed descriptions of the
activities, pastimes and intrigues of the Last Mughal's court and of
Delhi's contemporary Muslim, Hindu and British elite. The position of
Sufi poetry as the royal palace's supreme artistic passion is
particularly fascinating.

Published on October 28, 2007 by Roger John Maudsley

45 of 45 people found the following review helpful:
"The light has gone out of India. The land is lampless.", August 12,
2007
By Douglas S. Wood "Vicarious Life" (Monona, WI) -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
A great strength of 'The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857' by William Dalrymple (White Mughals: Love and Betrayal in
Eighteenth-Century India) is its use not only of more familiar British
sources, but also many Indian (Urdu and Persian) sources on one of
pivotal events in the history of both India and the British Empire,
the Sepoy Mutiny of 1857 or the First War of Indian Independence as it
is also sometimes called.

Dalrymple describes his excitement at discovering some 20,000 Persian
and Urdu documents in the Indian national Archives. A particularly
important source was the 'Dihli Urdu Akhbar' a principal Urdu
newspaper that continued to publish during the revolt. These sources
allow Dalrymple to give voice to the Indian as well the British point
of view.

In 1857 the sepoys of the British Raj's Bengal Army mutinied (the
reasons are explored in the book, but were at least partly due to a
clash of newly arrived Christian evangelicals and adherents of Islam
and Hindu). What began as mutiny became something larger at least in
part because the Mughal Emperor Bahadur Shah Zafar II endorsed it.

Dalrymple centers his telling of the tale on Zafar, the man destined
to become the last Mughal emperor. By 1857 the Mughal Emperor
possessed no real tangible power and was nothing more than the King of
Delhi as he was derisively called. An aesthete himself, Zafar was
singularly well-suited to his role as head of a court that elevated
culture, poetry in particular, but wholly unsuited by temperament and
age (he was 82 years old) to a role as leader of an armed revolt.

Delhi before 1857 was a remarkably tolerant mix of Hindu and Islam -
roughly a 50/50 split - in part because of Zafar's manner of ruling.
Zafar's acceptance of a titular leadership in the revolt meant that
both Muslims and Hindi rallied to the cause. That symbolic role,
however, was about all Zafar brought to the war.

The revolt began to flounder almost immediately due a lack of proper
direction and discipline. The Sepoy regiments each acted independently
and allowed a much smaller British force (ostensibly come to lay siege
to the city) to survive repeated but serial attacks. The early stages
of the revolt also saw horrific slaughter of noncombatant and unarmed
British residents.

Eventually the British took the city and the revenge they took is
described by Dalrymple in bloody detail. The killings were nothing
short of mass murder and heartily endorsed by nearly every Britisher
with any knowledge of it (William Howard Russell was one exception).
Men who had lost family in the initial outbreak were allowed to
massacre at will for months - Theo Metcalfe is the most notable
example. Those locals not killed were left homeless and starving.

The British executed nearly the entire Mughal royal family and would
have done so for Zafar, but for the promise that his life would be
spared if he surrendered. It was a promise that the British determined
they were bound to keep even though they didn't like it much.

One supposes this example represents Victorian attitudes about
rectitude that the British somehow held in their heads at the same
time that they authored unspeakable murdering sprees. In a somewhat
lighter example, Dalrymple quotes a British soldier's letter written
to his mum on the eve of battle in which the youth expresses his fear
that engaging in the fight may cause him to swear!

As stated at the outset the rich sources give 'The Last Mughal: The
Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi, 1857' its strength, but Dalrymple's over-
reliance on the raw materials makes the book drag to its conclusion.
For the last 100+ pages, Dalrymple sometimes gives over the narrative
to his primary sources as page after page consists substantially of
quotes from letters, reports, or memoirs. Dalrymple also spends only
the briefest time placing the events of 1857 in a larger historical
framework.

Nonetheless, the book is a triumph of research and offers that rarity
in historical writing, the truly fresh perspective. Dalrymple gives
voice to the Indian perspective of the fall of Delhi. As the great
court poet Ghalib so poignantly expressed it, "The light has gone out
of India. The land is lampless."

Highly recommended.

83 of 89 people found the following review helpful:
"The further backward you look...., March 19, 2007
By Prashant Rao "prashy69" (Chicago, IL USA) -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
....the further forward you can see." This is what Sir Winston
Churchill said when talking about the relevance of history to one's
current circumstance.

I cannot help but recall these words, after reading William
Dalrymple's brilliant
"The Last Mughal".

William Dalrymple's latest book uses Bahadur Shah Zafar, the last
emperor of the Mughal dynasty, to recreate the vibrant city of Delhi,
in the 1850's. A culturally diverse, almost cosmopolitan city, of
which Bahadur Shah Zafar, was the mere figurehead. A city which
epitomized,the India of the Mughals, where the Hindus and Muslims co-
existed peacefully. In fact a rich culture and social fabric existed
due to this pluralistic co-existence.

The mutiny of 1857 proved to be the fall of the Mughal Dynasty, and
the end of this vibrant way of life.

Dalrymple, researched this book for over 4 years and accessed sources,
which were until now, never used to narrate the history of those
seminal times. "The Mutiny Papers", which were found on the shelves of
National Archives of India, detailed through "great unwieldy mountains
of chits, pleas, orders, petitions, complaints, receipts, rolls of
attendance and lists of casualties...notes from spies of dubious
reliability and letters from eloping lovers...", a very uniquely
Indian point of view and perspective. An important voice, which until
now has been missing in the retelling of the "Sepoys Mutiny".

For me as an Indian, it is very important to understand this point of
view. To know about my true cultural heritage, about strands of my
identity which were sundered by the British, along their (in)famous
"Divide and Rule" policy.
Consider this, most of the history books, have been written by the
British in some form...so the opinions I have formed, and the
perspectives I have, have been developed by the "British" outlook and
essentially the Victorian take on history.
I think, India as a society is richer due to the Mughals and despite
the popular opinion and recorded history (who wrote it, you guessed it
right...the British !!), they went out of their way to ensure a
secular society and a safe environment, for Hindu religion, culture
and arts to flourish. In fact as mentioned in the book, the only thing
Zafar was decisive about in those trying times was his "refusal to
alienate his Hindu subjects by subscribing to the demands of the
jihadis."

Did you know for instance that most of the Indian intellectuals of the
late 19th century and the early 20th century, were schooled in
madrassas, including people like Raja Rammohan Roy...The madrassas,
were considered to provide well rounded education, not just math and
science, but also the humanities, eastern philosophy and the arts...it
was only due to the rising influence of Christianity in India, in the
late 19th century and the drive for conversions, which lead the
madrassas to reinforce the study of Islam in their curriculum, and for
them to increasingly move along the path of fundamentalism.

It is due to all this and also because of an extremely evocative
account of 1857 skirmishes, that this book is a must read.

You owe it yourself, as a citizen of the world, living in a these
troubled times terrorized by religious fundamentalism.

As Sir Churchill, prophesied, it will only help us look "further
forward."

24 of 24 people found the following review helpful:
Dalrymple tackles the complexities of the Mutiny with ease, July 21,
2007
By chefdevergue (Spokane, WA United States) -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
For those few carping reviewers among us, this is not a history of the
Mughal Empire, nor is it a history of the Sepoy Mutiny as a whole. Nor
is it (even though Zafar is the main figure through the entire
narrative) biography. What it is, is an examination of Delhi, the last
bastion of the Mughal dynasty & basically a self-contained entity unto
itself, suddenly & unexpectedly found itself at the center of one of
the most vicious conflicts in the history of the Subcontinent.

In his preface, Dalrymple observes that studies of the Mutiny assume
"two parallel streams of historiography," using different (but
predominantly English) sources. Dalrymple has attempted to bring
together all of these sources as well as the largely neglected non-
English sources. With these resources in hand, the Mutiny assumes a
new, far more complex appearance than before. Far from being a simple
conflict between natives & colonial overlords, it becomes apparent
that this actually was a six-sided (seven sides, if one includes the
bandits in the countryside) conflict. The assorted factions, even
those presumably on the same side, oftentimes had precious little
common ground, and for the rebelling side, this frequent lack of unity
ultimately spelled doom to the uprising.

Caught in the middle of the tumult of rebellion & upheaval are the
residents of Delhi & the decrepit Emperor, embroiled in a war they
neither desired nor invited. Dalrymple has precious little sympathy
for either the British or the rebels, both of whom committed
unforgiveable atrocities throughout, but he clearly feels the pain of
the Emperor & the Delhiwallahs, caught in a no-win situation.

Some of Dalrymple's critics accuse him (disingenously, I believe) of
taking a romanticized view of the Mughals & viewing their ultimate
downfall as a tragedy. Don't forget, they say, the Mughals were
ruthless conquerers also. To this I would say, remember that the
Mughal in question is Bahadur Shah II, not Babur. If you want of a
survey of the Mughals as ruthless conquerers, then perhaps a biography
of Babur or Humayun would be in order. I would also point out that it
is perhaps more fair to say that Dalrymple sees two tragedies
resulting from this affair: the destruction of Delhi & its culture,
and the religious radicalization following the final assertion of
power by Britain over the Subcontinent.

Dalrymple also points out that there are more than a few parallels
between then & now. It is worth noting that a belief system becoming
radicalized as the result of foreign incursion is nothing new. The
British exploited this radicalization as they pursued a "divide &
rule" strategy in India, but even the Raj lasted less than a century.
Despite their best efforts, the British ultimately had to withdraw.
Hmmm.

All in all, a superb effort. Despite the tremendous amount of detail,
the narrative flows with ease, and this proved to be a very lively
read. Nowhere does the narrative bog down. While accessible, it is
nonetheless serious history. Should he choose to do so, Dalrymple
could well be on his way to becoming one of the preminent historians
of this period.

19 of 19 people found the following review helpful:
A research of first order., May 9, 2007
By Rao Nasir Khan (San Francisco) -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
Exactly 150 years ago, today the first shot of the revolt of 1857 was
fired. Today India celebrates what I grew up learning as "The first
war of Indian independence".
Most of the history taught in Indian schools is written by the 20th
century socialist, nationalist historians and that became my frame of
reference. I always looked back at the "war" of 1857 with some sense
of pride, it was a time we were told - Hindus and Muslims came
together to fight off the British yoke, when oppressed poor rose up
against the zamindars and money lenders, when nationalism was a common
thread that tied the widespread war, where mendicants carried the
message of revolution in secret chappatis and women joined the men in
the struggle for independence. Overall a romantic nationalist picture
painted by secular historians.

This book by Dalrymple shatters the myth I was raised with. He, based
upon his meticulous research and conflation from disparate
documentation, both native and British, conclusively proves that the
outbreak of May 10, 1857 was a bloody communal riot.
At least it started like that, except that the wrath of both Hindus
and Muslims combine fell on the hapless British men, women and
children.

There is no pride whatsoever in what happened on the days of May 10
and May 11.
In fact it should be marked as a day of mourning when the sepoys
marched into Delhi and in just first 48 hours massacred all Christians
in the capital. Not just killed but chopped into pieces. No one was
spared, not even pregnant women. Just a few survived who either
escaped just in time or were sheltered by some Delhiwallahs.
In fact on this day started what would be one of the biggest
catastrophes to befall on the magnificent capital of Mughal India,
from which it has not emerged in many ways till today.

Dalrymple writes this book almost as a war correspondent embedded with
troops on either side. His narrative is full of real life events, hour
by hour, as they unfolded in those fateful times. It is a research in
history that parallels the deciphering of Brahmi by James Princep. It
opens the door to one of the darkest and bloodiest period of Indian
history which laid the foundation of an even bloodier event, the
partition of 1947.

He also clearly shows that the outbreak which was united at least from
Indian perspective was soon hijacked by a bunch of Jihadis, coloring
it with an extremist Islamic color, despite the whole hearted attempts
of the King and Princes to retain the united fervor.

This became one of the turning points in the history of this struggle
and became an excuse for a pogrom of worst kind perpetuated by British
against Muslims of Delhi.

If you survive reading the brutality of Indians in the first half of
the book you will find it hard to not get deeply disturbed at the
unimaginable savagery that the victorious British unleashed on the
Indians. More than a hundred thousand people, a large number of them
innocent were ruthlessly killed, war crimes of worst kind committed,
women raped (though it was conclusively proved that the mutineers
never committed any rape, albeit all the killing), mosques and graves
desecrated, property looted, buildings destroyed and all this happened
in the backdrop of shameless inducements of Padres quoting the Bible
out of context.

While British murderers and looters leached the city of all its people
and possessions, what is also insightful is that in their heinous
crimes they were aided, in fact surpassed by their "Indian"
mercenaries who were predominantly Sikh, Gurkha and Pathan in origin.

It would not be wrong to say that this war was predominantly
Hindustanee (confined mostly to Hindi speaking belt) in nature and the
"foreign" mercenaries (from other parts of India) had no qualms in
squashing it and taking home the booty.
What is also shameful is the fact that these British murderers and
pillagers not only remained scot-free above the law but were also
decorated by the British government. Prize agents who plundered the
Indian treasures and shamelessly broke and sold even the paneled walls
of many palaces or Red fort, were knighted.
Perhaps nothing is more poignant than the disgusting treatment meted
out to the King and Princes on whom the British had no jurisdiction.
The whole trial was not only a farce but was completely illegal, even
by British view point.

Overall this book is not for the weak hearted, but it is a must read
for anyone who wants to learn the true history of that period.
I hope the findings of this incredible work will find their way into
history text books in India and dispel the myths that the youth are
made to believe in.
Nothing is more dangerous than fiction wrapped in history text books
because "if we do not learn from history, we are destined to repeat
it".

17 of 18 people found the following review helpful:
The Power of Culture, June 2, 2007
By John T. McCabe (Sioux Falls, SD USA) -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)

The Last Mughal is an engrossing history of the events that occurred
in Deli, India in 1857, which centers about the Emperor - the Last
Great Mughal - caught in the middle between his Islamic and Hindu
subjects who formed a rebel army, and the Colonial British army of the
East India Company.

The trouble started when the British army replaced the rifle issued to
the sepoys - the Hindu and Islamic Indian privates who joined the
British army. The rifle replaced was a smooth bore; the new rifle -
the Enfield - was manufactured with a rifled bore. Rifling cased the
bullet to spin in the bore which resulted in increased range and
accuracy compared to the smooth bore. However, to overcome the added
friction, the ball ammunition needed to be greased. The shooter had to
bite off the top of the cartridge and pour the powder down the
barrel.

The author describes how the insensitivity of the British to Indian
culture allowed the cartridges to be coated with cow fat, which was
anathema to the majority of sepoys. This affront was interpreted as an
attack by British Christians against Hindu fundamental religious
customs. Thus began the conflict that killed thousands and destroyed
the last great Mughal.

The author did a fabulous job of retrieving, reading and patching
together thousands of documents and correspondence to form a detailed
history of the events that lead to the destruction of Delhi and the
dethroning of the Emperor.

The Last Mughal is a riveting book of historic events that is easily
worth a five star rating.

12 of 13 people found the following review helpful:
Authentic, and with feeling, April 15, 2007
By Ismat Riaz -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
Meticulously researched, Dalrymple's 'Last Mughal' is spellbinding in
its narration and detailing of the era that brought the great Mughal
Empire in India to its tragic end. Not only that, perhaps for the
first time have events and actions of the British rulers of India been
brought to life in an entirely human setting; their brutal retaliation
to the mutiny and the emotions and feelings governing their actions
are vividly told. Many myths and falsehoods are shattered such as long-
established accusations that British women were raped and murdered
mercilessly by Indians, and that Bahadur Shah Zafar was complicit in
the revolt.

Dalrymple's narrative makes you live through the day-to-day routine of
both parties not as an outsider looking in but as an eyewitness on the
inside. He exposes the weaknesses and habits of the characters with
depth; readers are compelled
to know and feel that that they are familiar and known to them. Few
historical accounts can boast of sketching the central character to be
as fragile as Zafar, descendant of once politically and militarily
powerful emperors, who presided over a court known only for its
intellectual brilliance.

The book's ground-breaking research lies in its exposition of Muslim
culture and beliefs reflected so well by Zafar's court. Ghalib, the
great Urdu and Persian poet opens the window to amazing flights of
poetry and prose that Muslim men of letters were steeped in during
that period. Zafar's refusal to take the life of British men, women
and children who were given sanctuary at his court under his Islamic
beliefs that the taking of a human life in cold blood would be like
the massacring all humanity, part of the Islamic creed that even in
war-like conditions the life and property of ordinary people was
sacrosanct - even crops and fields were not to be touched as these
were the lifeline of the people. Many Muslims gave shelter to British
families during the 1857 revolt even as British Punjabi Muslim
regiments fought against their Muslim brothers in the line of duty.
Zafar might have drawn inspiration from Muslim history where Saladin
re-taking Jerusalem from the Crusaders without the loss of an innocent
life immediately granted amnesty to its
inhabitants unlike the Crusaders who took the city with streets awash
in the blood of its populace put to the sword.

Dalryple's painstaking research also reflects on and is an exposition
of Muslim reformers of the time. Progressive reformers such as Shah
Waliullah deplored the degeneracy of the Mughal courtiers who had
forgotten the lessons of Islam and were involved in intrigues, lies,
backbiting and adultery. Shah Waliullah's translation of the Holy
Koran into Persian so that people could understand and then practise
its teachings upset the orthodoxy of the time. His son, Shah Abdul
Aziz translated it into Urdu which would then be accessible to
ordinary Muslims as well.

Dalrymple's research concludes on his view of the much talked about
'clash of civilisations' between Christianity and Islam by
highlighting the misguided zeal of the evangelical missionaries whose
insensitivities were a major cause of the Mutiny. The reaction to
their zeal, he asserts then as even now, is the mushrooming of the
hardline Muslim factions who then use tactics that are against the
teachings of Islam such as suicide bombings and terrorism.

Dalrymple's brilliance lies in his overt handling of raw human
emotions and combining it with the destruction of a civilisation that
had managed to synthesise two entirely different cultures and
religions into a harmonious whole for nearly two and a half centuries
- something that humanity at large must realise and learn from in the
troubling times of the present century.

8 of 8 people found the following review helpful:
The Last Mughal, May 13, 2007
By Judith Geduldig (Pennsylvania, USA) -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
Absolutely splendid! Fabulous read! I am a Dalrymple devotee and have
loved reading about his travel adventures in Asia and the Indian
subcontinent - but this book is the history of the Indian mutiny of
1857 against the rigid government of the British. The details of the
sad and horrifying behavior of the Indians and the British parallel,
intererestingly, the situation we currently face in Iraq.

I suspect that most Americans know little or nothing about the British
colonial rule in India, and this book provides background and details
in a lively, compelling manner. Dalrymple's previous history, White
Mughals, is also an excellent history.

7 of 7 people found the following review helpful:
EXCELLENT READING, June 28, 2007
By Krystyna Walter "kon02" (New York, Long Island) -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
Very good written book, I read this book with great pleasure, and I
will seek other books from the same author.

7 of 7 people found the following review helpful:
wheel of time has turned, and you are gone - no joys abide, April 12,
2007
By Z. Khan "I have always imagined that Paradise... (New York City)
-

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
"a shrouded corpse was escorted by a small group of British soldiers
to an anonymous grave at the back of a walled prison enclosure."

A terrific introduction to a book filled with newly unearthed facts
and yet again Mr. Dalrymple doesn't fail to deliver. I was introduced
to his work by randomly picking up White Mughals at The Strand in NYC
and quickly got involved in his writings.

His most recent offering is dear to my heart because he extensively
talks about the poets and the mushairas, and most of all Ghalib. He
does well in explaining Delhi court life during Zafar's rule.

Bahadur Shah Zafar II was a man of renaissance and not much of a
warrior, which is so very ironic since he was a descendant of Genghis
Khan. He was known to enjoy his evenings reciting verses or just
sitting under the moonlight.

I would recommend this book to anyone who is interested in learning
about the dying years of the Mughals, Delhi life, and would highly
recommend separate reading on Ghalib (Life and Letters by Ralph
Russell).

William Dalrymple's books are simple to read, full of vibrance and
colour. I'm a lover of literature and history and most history books
are a bit dry to read, but Dalrymple does a fantastic job in
presenting facts.

A must read ...

9 of 10 people found the following review helpful:
Indian Mutiny or British Atrocity?, July 29, 2007
By C. H. Tidwell (Collegedale, TN USA) -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
Having been a long-time resident in India (1952-1974)shortly after the
British rule in ended, I have read many books (fiction like John
Masters' and history) and articles about 1857, almost all of which
take the side of the author: Britsh or Indian. I have been surprised
by the side which a Brit (Scotish to be sure) takes in bringing out
the facts from the Indian side of the story. A couple of sentences
from the introduction graphically shows this: "As far as the Mughal
elite were concened, the fall of Delhi was followed by something
approaching genocide. Only the Victorian British, one feels, would
keep such a pefect bureaucatic record of what in many cases be
classified as grisley war cimes." One almost expects to find the more
modern term, "ethnic cleansing", used.

The author also makes the charge that the missionary movement had a
lot to do with British colonial attitude. Again another sentence from
the Introduction: "By the early 1850s many British officials were
nursing plans finally to abolish the Mughal court and to impose not
only British laws and technology in India, but also Christianity."

6 of 6 people found the following review helpful:
Simply Magnificent, September 7, 2007
By Sarwar A. kashmeri (Reading VT USA) -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
Live in the Delhi of 1857. Watch and feel the vibrancy of the
sophisticated and cultured life of Delhi. Read the most understandable
account of the whats and whys of the Indian Mutiny. Literally watch an
entire city of 150,000 people destroyed. Move along the roads and
alleys of Delhi as its citizens are slaughtered by the avenging
British Army greatly assisted by Indians themselves with a substantial
part of the genocide underwritten by Indian moneylenders. You will get
a first hand view of the end of the 300 year old Mughal rule on the
subcontinent, and understand why religious extremism (represented in
this book largely by evangalical christians) has done the world no
good for centuries. You will be reminded about how very thin is the
veneer of civilization and tolerance and that when it comes to
slaughtering their own species there is no parallel to us humans.

A book of great beauty based on immaculate research with great
relevance to today's world.

The standard by which all books on this subject will henceforth be
judged.

6 of 6 people found the following review helpful:
Great book on the Indian Mutiny of 1857, May 12, 2007
By Subhashish Deb (Portland, OR USA) -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
The timing of the book release couldn't have been better as this is
the 150th year of the first war of Indian Independence. William
Dalrymple has once again gone into great detail in describing the
event from an Indian as well as the British prespective. The author
has dug up a lot of data from the Indian/British archives and perhaps
for the first time has got the persian records translated to give us a
glimpse of what was going on in Bahadur Shah Zafars's camp.
Makes great reading for Indian history buffs.

-Subhashish

11 of 13 people found the following review helpful:
Britain's Least Finest Hour, October 28, 2007
By Roger John Maudsley (Rio de Janeiro, Brazil) -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
It is a pleasure first to read detailed descriptions of the
activities, pastimes and intrigues of the Last Mughal's court and of
Delhi's contemporary Muslim, Hindu and British elite. The position of
Sufi poetry as the royal palace's supreme artistic passion is
particularly fascinating.

Following this we have a convincing description of the causes of the
Mutiny: primarily British insensitivity to Islamic and Hindu religious
beliefs. It is even then possible to understand - although certainly
not excuse - the excesses of the rebels when freed from British
command and inflamed by religious fanaticism.
But all this fades into insignificance as the British, aided by Sikh
and Afghan soldiers, after weeks of delay, disorganization and
indecision retake Delhi and exact revenge.

If ever there was an event that should have tarnished the British
reputation for leadership, mercy, fairplay and justice it must be
this, as tens of thousands of Delhi's inhabitants, guilty and
innocent, friend and foe, are shot, stabbed and hung while homes are
systematically looted. Even old folk, women and children found
cowering below ground are driven out of the city to die of exposure,
disease and starvation. And there is no doubt about the facts as they
are painstakingly documented in the participants' own words. Is the
book worth reading? Only if you want to witness, in retrospect and
blow by bloody blow, one of Britain's least finest hours.

8 of 9 people found the following review helpful:
Masterful, Commanding, Brilliant History, August 8, 2008
By John Sollami (Stamford, CT) -

Having just returned from Delhi and a "tour" of the Red Fort, I found
myself on a rainy week-long vacation in New Hampshire. I had purchased
this book months ago and finally decided to read it. I wish I had done
so before my long journey to India, as "The Last Mughal" provides an
amazingly exhaustive and massively detailed wealth of information on
19th century Delhi, the Fort, and the incredible uprising of 1857,
which would have enriched my "tour" beyond measure. Our "guide" on my
"tour" through the Fort, in oppressive heat, was more intent on
informing us of the lurid details regarding the harems, the water,
milk, and perfume baths, and the golden throne that was stolen from
the Mughal's hands in 1739 by Persian invaders because the Mughal was
too busy diddling away his time rather than ruling his empire. This
comic guide also said, "I make you happy, you make me happy" and then
made off with way too many rupees and dollars from our too kind group
for his boffo tour. Such is the way of naive western tourists and
shrewd Delhi citizens.

Dalrymple, whose goal here is to reveal the contents of some 20,000
otherwise untouched Persian and Urdu documents from this period of
history, constructs this history in such convincing detail that one
feels the events unfolding in real time. Dalrymple speaks to the
causes of the sepoy (Indian infantry private) uprising and the
declaration of a jihad. He suggests the Victorian Evangelicals and
their missionary zeal contributed heavily in changing the cultural
atmosphere. Complete disregard for native beliefs and the treatment of
natives as less than human surely didn't help. Dalrymple also presents
the violent vengeance and genocide perpetrated by the British on every
living soul in Delhi after the sepoys, through their own poor tactics
and lack of an intelligence network, blew their very real chances at
total victory. Others here have criticized the author's so-called
slanted view of these events, his failure to dwell on the unjust rule
of the Mughals, and his overly heavy emphasis on missionaries as a
prime cause of the unrest.

I disagree with these criticisms. This book is a collection of facts,
as gathered together from historical documents. What is history but
what can be surmised from contemporary documentation? The historian's
burden is to put these facts in chronological order and in so
assembling them, attempt to recreate a sequence of events. As has been
said, history is written by the victors, but in this case, Dalrymple
has provided another point of view. Its accuracy is undeniable in
light of its sources. Where does "the truth" lie? That is for the
reader to decide. All I can say is this book is a major contribution
to what we know and for that we should be appreciative.

I also appreciate the inclusion of the Glossary, which I referred to
many times, and the maps, which were very useful.

8 of 9 people found the following review helpful:
The Great Mutiny in Delhi, July 10, 2007
By Frank J. Konopka (Shamokin, PA) -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
The sepoy revolt in 1857 in India was a tragic affair that cost the
lives of many innocent people on both sides, British and Indian. This
book concentrates solely on the Mutiny as it related to Delhi and the
inevitable end of the Moghul dynasty that had ruled Hindustan for
several centuries. We learn that, initially, the British officials and
soldiers in India were very friendly towards the native people, but
this began to change near the middle of the 19th century, when newer
and younger, more racist folks were sent to the subcontinent. Also,
the Evangelicals felt that the entire population, Hindu and Moslem,
were ripe for conversion and went ahead with their plans without
regard to the sensitivities of the natives. Of course, this was more
of a religious uprising than a political one, and the last Moghul
emperor was unwillingly caught up in the storm that arose. The book
really reveals the racial attitudes of the British, who took horrible
and excessive revenge when the Mutiny had been quelled. There is a lot
of sympathy for the emperor and his family, and also many of the
peoples who were really innocent of any participation in the unrest,
but were still harshly punished, and even summarily executed, by the
vengeful British victors. It's a sad story but it shows that an
occupying power has a responsibility in relation to the native
population, and should treat them fairly, and not as lower class
humans who were just waiting to be converted to the masters'
religion.

5 of 5 people found the following review helpful:
The story of Delhi, Mughals, and War, July 8, 2007
By Ravi Koroth -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
This book is an excellent piece of work by an historian and a story
writer. William Dalrymple presented a very detailed chain of events in
Delhi and Mughal history during 1857 time and presented in a way that
any book lovers will find it interesting, not just the historians.
This book makes our eyes open to the fact of life, how low people can
go when anger and revenge get into their mind (both Indian sepoys and
British army) and how easily the dignity of life can crumble from
highest royal level to the bottom street beggars. It is an amazing
real story of a great city and life during fighting.

7 of 8 people found the following review helpful:
The Twilight of an Empire, June 26, 2007
By Shaban Malik "book worm" (coral springs, fl USA) -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
One of the greatest books ever written about the fall of one empire
and the expansion of another.... this narrative relates the story of
how a group of traders came about to become the rulers of India
through never ending conspiracies and intrigue. This is the story of
how the Britishers behaved when they thought the sun would never set
on the British Empire. Alas it was almost a little less than ninety
years later that the British were forced to leave India... forced not
by a civil war, rather a crippled economy... They left India far less
prosperous than when they acquired it. In the ninety years of formal
British rule, the British Empire plundered and looted India's wealth
much like the US would do so almost 150 years later in Iraq.

Much can be learnt from the British experience in India by the
American Empire.

4 of 4 people found the following review helpful:
supurb, July 2, 2007
By Royal B. Kellogg -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
Dalrymple has written a superb history of the fall of
Delhi and the Mughal empire in the 1850s. He has found
new materials that enables him to personalize the story,
giving details about various British and Indian soldiers
and inhabitants of the city. It is very readable, and shows
the transition of the British involvement in the Indian
subcontinent from an time when many British understood
Indian ways and culture, to a later time when
the British tried to convert the Indians and felt superior
to them.

4 of 4 people found the following review helpful:
A lesson in history, May 6, 2007
By R. Goel (Sydney, NSW Australia) -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
It was a delight to receive the latest offering by William Dalrymple
in the form of The Last Mughal. This is not only an insight into the
impoverished court of Bahadur Shah but highlights the importance given
by the people to the King. People looked to the throne for guidance &
etiquette governing their behaviour. It is very satisfying to see the
favourite son of Delhi Ghalib remembered. Growing up in Delhi, the
history we studied was quite different to the one described in the
book. It was sad to read about the destruction of Delhi after the
mutiny and the lives lost. One wonders what the history of India would
be like if Mughals were still ruling in one form or another.

Overall an informative book to rekindle the interest in the underrated
city of Shajahanabad.

6 of 7 people found the following review helpful:
no dry history book, September 14, 2007
By George Hopcraft "Steve" (SYDNEY, NSW Australia) -

Amazon Verified Purchase(What's this?)
This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
A surprisingly readable history of a dark and troubled time in India's
history. Britain rode roughshod over thousands of years of
civilisation on the sub-Continent seeking to impose Christianity on an
unwilling populace. The invaders believed that their way of life was
simply superior to that of that of the subjugated masses. History
continues to repeat these terrble crimes into the 20th and 21st
centuries.

8 of 10 people found the following review helpful:
Incredibly pertinent to today's clash between the East and West, May
3, 2007
By Bobby D. (Cerritos, CA) -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
*This is an important book with information that is incredibly
pertinent to today's clash between the East and West. The title gives
the impression that this is a biography of Zafar II, the last Mughal
Emperor but in fact Dalrymple uses the discovery and translations of
the "Mutiny papers" (first hand accounts) to tell the story of the
Sepoys rebellion against the British East India Company in 1857. Of
139,000 sepoys in the Bengal Army all but 7,796 turned against their
British masters. The sepoys were joined by very large parts of the
population and the result was atrocities abounded on both sides. So
the book is more a detailed (sometimes overly detailed) look at the
uprising and fall of Delhi. I was not aware of the sectarian nature of
Muslim rule under the Islamic Mughal's and early British rule and the
resulting intolerance of British rule which prompted the mutiny and
then followed the revolt. All of this sounds so familiar to today's
situation with Fundamentalist Islam, globalization and the war on
terror. The overall point made in the book is that much of growth of
fundamentalist Islam and the Jihadis is a defensive reaction to, at
first Victorian Evangelicals and colonialism and second of all things
western. (Thank you British Empire.) But you must read it for yourself
to get the full impact of the events and how they played out in the
1850s to see how they have impacted the past 140 years. (We all know
how our own Civil War still has it's undercurrents in modern politics
and culture 130 years later, so it should be no surprise that these
events in the Mutiny still underline perceptions and attitudes and
cultures in the East today.) One interesting fact of this history is
that of the roll of the madrasas which we perceive today as private
Islamic Fundamentalist schools that preach hate and violence. Yet,
before 1845/50 the madrasas were key places of learning with major
focus on tolerance, science, culture and literature. They taught
secular tolerance. It was not till the mid 1800's when the British
fundamentalist evangelicals arrived and whose insensitivity, arrogance
and blindness did much to bring about a strong local reaction
resulting in the madrasas teaching more fundamentalist Islam in
defense of this outside challenge to their religion and culture.
Dalrymple sees a direct link from this defensive teaching in Deobandi
madrasas in Pakistan and Afghanistan to the emergence of the Taliban
who provided the crucible for al-Qaeda who Deobandi characterizes as
being behind the most "powerful fundamentalist Islamic counter-attack
the modern West has yet encountered". So a remarkable accomplishment
of the book is seeing the event and resulting history from both
side... this made possible by the use of the Mutiny Papers. So why do
I not give the book my highest rating? Well, I do have some criticism
as I found the book a very uneven read with an awkward narrative and
writing style. My sense as I read the book was that this is just not
well written. But, in fact, the part of the narrative written by
Dalymple is excellent. The problem is the books structure as on almost
every page Dalymple adds indented paragraphs of first person telling
of events. This happens so often, and each has a somewhat different
style, that the reading experience is made up with starts and jumps. I
wish he had limited this technique and worked more of this first
person information into his own narrative of events. And lastly, to
minor extent I thought the introduction took away from the book as it
is a brief telling of the story which follows, as is the excellent
"Dramatis Personae" which if read before reading the book also gives
away much of the events. I suggest coming back to this only when you
need to refresh your knowledge of who a given person is. Overall, very
interesting and highly recommended. (I would also recommend a favorite
book of mine which covers much of the British history in this part of
Asia, TOURNAMENT OF SHADOWS, BY Karl Meyer and Shareen Blair Brysac.)

3 of 3 people found the following review helpful:
Superb portrait of Mughal Delhi and its destruction in 1857, August
8, 2008
By William Podmore (London United Kingdom) -

This magnificent book is based on Persian and Urdu documents in
India's National Archives. It vividly portrays Mughal Delhi and its
destruction in 1857. The last Mughal Emperor, Bahadur Shah Zafar II
(1775-1862), was at the heart of a court of great brilliance, home of
`the greatest literary renaissance in modern Indian history'.
Architectural historian James Ferguson called his palace `the most
splendid palace in the world'.

Dalrymple shows that the Uprising resulted from the Raj's growing
racism and hatred, its `steady crescendo of insensitivity'. Its
arrogant schemes to impose Evangelical Christianity and Christian laws
on India `ushered in the most obnoxious phase of colonialism'.

The uprising was `along distinct class lines', with workers to the
fore. It was the most serious armed challenge to imperialism in the
19th century, posed to the world's greatest military power. Dalrymple
notes the rebels' military, strategic, administrative, logistical and
financial failings and their war crimes. But the accusations of rape
by the rebels were false: the official inquiry found not a single case
of rape; the only mass rapes were by British soldiers after the
reconquest of Delhi.

He reveals for the first time `the full scale of the viciousness and
brutality of the British response', as detailed in the records of the
revived British administration. "The orders were to shoot every
soul. ... It was literally murder ... Heaven knows I feel no pity ..."
wrote British officer Edward Vibart. Colonel A. R. D. Mackenzie
boasted that we "exterminated them as men kill snakes wherever they
meet them." After killing three unarmed captive princes, Captain
William Hodson wrote to his sister, "I am not cruel, but I confess I
did enjoy the opportunity of ridding the earth of these wretches."

Lieutenant Charles Griffiths wrote of John Clifford, the former
collector of Gurgaon, "He shook my hands, saying that he had put to
death all he had come across, not excepting women and children, and
from his excited manner and the appearance of his dress - which was
covered with blood stains - I quite believe he told the truth."
Governor-General Lord Canning told Queen Victoria that the British
forces displayed `a rabid and indiscriminate vindictiveness'.

Palmerston said that Delhi should be deleted from the map, `levelled
to the ground'. British forces sacked, looted and emptied Delhi and
massacred great swathes of its people. Much of the palace and its
surrounding areas were razed. Most of its leading inhabitants were
killed or transported to die in the Raj's new Andaman Islands camp for
10,000 prisoners. As far as the Mughal elite were concerned, the
British response was `approaching a genocide' and `would today be
classified as grisly war crimes'.

Dalrymple sums up, "That massacre of the inhabitants of Delhi,
commanded and justified in the eyes of Victorian Evangelicals by their
reading of the Christian scriptures. ... `In the city no one's life
was safe,' wrote Muin ud-Din Husain Khan. `All able-bodied men who
were seen were taken for rebels and shot.' Ghalib, who had disliked
the sepoys from the beginning, was now no less horrified by the
barbarity of the returning British. `The victors killed all whom they
found on the streets,' he wrote in Dastanbuy. `When the angry lions
entered the town, they killed the helpless and weak and they burned
their houses. Mass slaughter was rampant and streets were filled with
horror. It may be that such atrocities always occur after conquest.'"

3 of 3 people found the following review helpful:
The 1857 Indian Mutiny brought to life, April 4, 2008
By Armchair Interviews (Minneapolis, MN) -

Bahadur Shah II (a.k.a. Zafar) was the last of the Indian Mughal
emperors and is not given much attention in history texts. The Last
Mughal brings to life the richness and artistry along with political
intrigue and daily court life during Zafar's rein. As author Dalrymple
has used a variety of both British as well as Indian sources, his
accounts provide a rich and detailed narrative of events and daily
life in Delhi a century and half ago.

The theme around which Dalrymple weaves his narrative is a
contemporary one: intolerance for the "other." As Christian
evangelical activity increases in India, many of them believe that
Britain has been given this empire to convert Hindus and Muslims to
the "true faith." On the other side, religious attitudes are also
hardening as the Muslims turn towards a more radical form of Islam. In
May 1857, Indian sepoys (soldiers) serving in the British army
mutinied (primarily out of fear that the British were out to corrupt
Islam and Hinduism), and they coerce Zafar to be their leader. Zafar
reluctantly agrees. After a bitter siege, the British capture Delhi.
Civilians, guilty and innocent, friend and foe, are shot, stabbed and
hung while homes are systematically looted. The weak (elderly, women
and children) are driven out of the city to die of exposure, disease
and starvation. Zafar is exiled to Burma where he dies and is buried
in an unmarked grave (so his grave and remains can never be found).

However, in the mists of such horrifying atrocities, there are moments
of humanity. Throughout the siege, Zafar refuses to alienate the
Hindus by giving in to the demands of the extremist Muslims. He also
refuses to take the life of the British who were given sanctuary at
his court. Muslims gave shelter to British families as British Punjabi
Muslim regiments fought against fellow Muslims in the line of duty.

The reader experiences all of this through Zafar and his court. While
the events are historical, Dalrymple's writing style is fluid and easy
to read - making this work read more like a novel than a history
book.

Armchair Interview says: A fresh perspective on Zafar and the Indian
Mutiny of 1857.

3 of 3 people found the following review helpful:
A timely history lesson., March 18, 2008
By NAima -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
Just what you expect from an excellent history book: less opinion,
more research and good writing. This book destroys (and I mean
destroys) a lot of conjecture and partisan drivel that, at least in
India, is being taught as history of our first war against the
colonizers. "The Last Mughal" shows that for all its flaws - of which
there were many - the revolt was born out of a genuine sense of
revulsion and anger over British actions. It shows that what the
British did to Delhi in the aftermath of the war was nothing short of
genocide. And it shows that Zafar, as kind and gentle as he may have
been, wasn't the hero our text books tell us he was. In fact, we
(Indians) seem to have conveniently forgotten the ones we should truly
remember.

In my opinion, this book will not only be a good read for all those
who want to know more about this tumultuous period in Indian history
but also for anyone who still, appallingly, believes that the British
rule turned out "pretty good" for India. Above all, I consider this
book a must-read for someone who lives in Delhi, used to live in Delhi
or wants to live in Delhi. It's a timely reminder of the heights this
great city scaled and where it can, still, reach.

3 of 3 people found the following review helpful:
Dalrymple does it again, January 23, 2008
By Herve H. Blandin -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
If a little more arcane, but no less interesting, as a subject, than
the last book I read from this author (Age of Kali), this is another
one from him that will clip your sleeping hours by one or more, every
evening, if that is your time of reading.
Dalrymple is the type of author who makes it hard to put their books
down. Granted, you should have an interest in India, and its history,
but plainly, one for novel-like characters may suffice. I find he has
the knack to make obscure historical figures come to life, so that
within the wider scheme, we get curious to see what will happen of
them. A tremendous additon to reading about history.

He gets down to the nitty gritty of their lives, actions, reactions
and whys, all this within a paragraph, that one would be forgiven for
thinking we opened the pages of the last issue of "Vanity Fair", the
last Mughal becoming the next moghul, maybe.....

All this makes for fascinating reading, and furiously informative on
the place, its history, and the mix of its people.

Very simply D' s knowledge on the period he delves into is maddening
(he can be concised and to the point, read his article in TIMES
following B. Bhutto's assassination). Even imagining him spending
hours over archives in libraries, traveling fro and there, one asks
oneself time and time again: "how does he know so much" (Barely over
40 YO at that). Those who know that India is a complicated palimpsest
to decipher without forgetting the continuum of a specific history
shall appreciate.

Needless say, he joins all the dots, easily fills in the blanks to
make his view, and sense of history, coherent. Unlike what was written
by others, I do not think he imposes a POV, ethno-centrist or
decentrist (both cases could be made, albeit not by me). he is just a
damned good writer, and it is our joy that he is getting ever better
at that. 6 stars!

3 of 3 people found the following review helpful:
timely, August 28, 2007
By Dylan J. Craven -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
a fascinating commentary on british colonialism. dalrymple makes a
convincing case for the mutiny being a harbinger of the empire's
collapse. there are some clear parallels with the united states'
current embroglios in afghanistan and iraq.
this is a must read, and is made much more enjoyable by an abundance
of newly presented (and translated) historical documents that provide
insight to ongoings of zafar's court and east india company. such
documentation sheds light on the diverse religious/social dynamics of
both sides of the conflict. i was astounded to hear that 60 % of the
soldiers used by the british to control the sepoys were of indian
descent (mostly sikhs, if memory serves).

3 of 3 people found the following review helpful:
The Relevance of History, January 27, 2009
By Rita Sharma (Washington DC) -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
The celebrated writer and historian, William Dalrymple, ends his book
`The Last Mughal' with the famous words of Edmund Burke that "those
who don't know history are destined to repeat it." The purpose of "The
Last Mughal" is to show the relevance of past conflicts between East
and West to the religious strife seen today. Dalrymple writes of the
Indian Uprising on May 10th, 1857 against the British East India
Company in Delhi. This uprising is rooted in specific military
grievances that the British Sepoys (or Indian/Muslim soldiers) held
with their colonial masters. Hindu sepoys and Muslim jihadis united
under the last Mughal Emperor, Bahadur Shah Zafar II and launched a
bloody campaign to throw the British out of India. Dalrymple has drawn
facts from many mutiny papers, which he researched from unpublished
materials from the Indian National Archive.

The Mughal court and the British colonists' failure to deal with the
uprising marked the end of the Mughal Empire and the East India
Company. The book even marks a famous poem from Bahadur Shah Zafar
that goes as follows:

"Kitna budnaseeb hau Zafar dafan ke liye
Do guj Jameen Bhii naa milii kue-yaar mein"

Today, West and East find themselves in a similar situation and the
relevance of the Mughal time period compares tightly with the United
States' current involvement in Afghanistan and Iraq. Though the U.S.
is not engaging in blatant colonialism, many Iraqis and Afghans see
the U.S. involvement as rife with colonial intent. The author has
skillfully interwoven the rich poetic world of Mughal India and the
horror of the Great Mutiny of 1857.

5 of 6 people found the following review helpful:
Interesting but heavy going, June 29, 2007
By Norel Pride "Bubba" (Southern Illinois) -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
It is an interesting book that uses actual reports from both sides to
stitch together the background history, day to day life and results
both then and now of the indian mutiny. I enjoyed the book and the
information it provided. However, I believe that a better editor could
have taken at least a chapter's worth of material out of the book
without damage. I found many occasions where the author used the same
material and quoted verbatim to support the same event reported
earlier in the narrative.

9 of 12 people found the following review helpful:
Great Book, April 2, 2007
By A. khan -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
This is a very well balanced review of history.I have read all the
books of the author and consider this to be the best(other books are
great too).

2 of 2 people found the following review helpful:
Delhi - City of the Dead, March 22, 2009
By S. DHAWAN (USA) -

I just finished reading this book and I think that this is one of the
books which will stay with me for a long time. William Dalrymple had
done extensive research on the topic and beautifully written the
history of the last days of mughal empire. Having born and raised in
Delhi, some of the chapters in the book made me angry and sad. The
physical and cultural destruction of Delhi by the conquering British
Army described by the writer is unbelievable. The lynchings, killings,
rapes and looting of Delhi by the British is just too much to take.
The uncivilized British colonialism in league with fanatic evangelical
christianism destroyed a pluarlistic civilization of Delhi beyond
recovery.

It's a great read.

2 of 2 people found the following review helpful:
Mutiny, jihad, uprising, rebellion, civil war -- what's in a word?,
December 30, 2008
By H. Schneider "Hermit" (window seat) -

This is not, as the title might suggest, a biography of the last
Mughal emperor Zafar. It is the story of this Indian King Lear's
demise and of the end of Delhi as a great city. It is the story of the
end of a dynasty, the Timurids, who had their peak during the time of
the tautologically called Akbar the Great, with his tolerant
Renaissance style court, and their low point during the time of
terrorist Aurangzeb, who ruined the Hindu - Muslim relation for good
in India.

By the time that this book is about, the Mughals had no real power any
more and Delhi was already more a place of the past than a real center
of India. British colonial power was fast expanding through military
conquests and diplomacy. At the same time colonial power was more and
more accompanied by Evangelism. The 'mutiny' started over irritations
in the army; native soldiers, mostly Hindus, started a rebellion
against their officers. The movement grew to incorporate Muslim
jihadists. The movement chose the aging Zafar as their figure head, a
role which he filled only reluctantly.

It was an odd sort of religious war. A Muslim 'emperor' gets pressed
by Hindu soldiers into a rebellion against Christian oppressors.
Cohesiveness of the rebellion is broken by the joining of large crowds
of Muslim jihadists. The British forces lose large parts of their
Hindu manpower as deserters to the rebellion, and make up for it by
additional forces recruited among Sikhs and Muslims from the Punjab as
well as Pathans and Gurkhas. In the end, 33% of British officer
casualties would be classified as 'natives', and 82 % of 'other
ranks'!

There are no clear distinctive religious or regional front lines
between the two sides of the war, which was Britain's largest anti-
colonial challenge in the 19th century.

Why did the rebels lose the war despite their overwhelming superiority
in head count and despite the initial leadership trouble of the
British, wich took them to the brink of defeat?

Essentially, the rebels had no uniform leadership, no strategy, no
concept of logistics, no system of intelligence. Victory was within
reach and they did not know it.

The book is not the definitive history of the 'Great Mutiny'. I
believe Dalrymple is working at that and will need a few decades
more.

It is a well told story of a part of the larger picture, focused on
Delhi and on Zafar. It is based on vast archives from the time, using
newspapers, memoirs, diaries, letters, and official documents from
British as well as local sources.
There is no doubt that Dalrymple is not hiding his anti-colonial and
anti-evangelical attitude, as some reviewers here have complained.
Well, that is ok for me, I share WD's values if I understand him
right.

2 of 2 people found the following review helpful:
Commendable Research, July 17, 2008
By Syed A. Hassan "Abbas Hassan" (Toronto, Canada) -

I have read almost all of Dalrymple's books and have enjoyed his
impeccable style of narrative. His descriptions take you for why you
read his subjects: to walk into history with him following his zest
for showing you what other historian will not. His "City of Djinns" (a
portrait of Delhi) and "From the Holy Mountain" (his travels to what
was Eastern Byzantium, visiting the dying culture of monasteries, etc)
and are very well-written and absorbing, specially for me who has
never been to Delhi or the present day Turkey, reading both these
books was an experience of unimaginable insight.

The Last Mughal is Dalrymple's combination of style with heaps of
incredible research, his reference to the 20,000 or so Mutiny Papers
in the National Archives in India were something that no other
researcher laid his hands on. Dalrymple has smartly dealt with the
Delhi during mutiny in microcosm of what the ordinary citizen felt or
went through, so much so that he has cast his "net" on people such as
sweetmeat shop owners, courtesans, weavers, bird-catchers etc. His
research doesn't end here but goes further to Lahore, from where he
culled out papers, notes and letters from British General who
masterminded the siege of Delhi when it was surrounded by the
rebellious sepoys. It is with his indefatigable research and with his
years of experience on this subject, that he has produced the Last
Mughal and one wonders in awe of its sheer size and volume.

If you're really interested in knowing the socio-political climate of
Delhi during the Mutiny (in 1857) and after that read this book to get
a hold of the period and also enjoy Dalrymple's best work to date.

2 of 2 people found the following review helpful:
The Last Mughul: the author's style is refreshing in some aspects.,
July 15, 2008
By Odiseph "Odi" -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)

While I was not familiar with this author, the book's title seemed
interesting. Although I am a life commited student of history, more
than an overview, India's past was a mystery. After the first chapter,
I was searching for other titles by the author. Unfortunately, the
majority are paperback.

Written by a "boot on the ground," many passages are heart breaking.
To the spoils, the conquerer, I suppose; but such epic forms of art
from poetry to the palace of a thousand columns were not considered
worthy to preserve. The Last Mughal has renewed my respect for the
people of India and left me to want more.

A nicely hard bound book at a very reasonable price filled with
information by someone who lived much of it, I cannot recommend this
work enough. William Dalrymple is an author now added to those who's
labors I seek out and an admirable addition to my library.

2 of 2 people found the following review helpful:
Mutiny and Revenge , May 24, 2008
By Brian Lewis (Ridgefield, CT) -

What a remarkable book. A very thorough retelling of the 1857 mutiny
by Indian troops against the British at Delhi, how it so nearly
succeeded in driving the British out of northern India, and the
terrible revenge wrecked by the British army once they again had the
uppper hand.

The author has written extensively about India and Delhi in
particular. His familiarity with the site and its history contributes
greatly to the success of this book. He manages a huge cast of
characters, both British and Indian, identifies the issues of the day
and brings the reader right into the action. While not a military
history, it features some of the best writing about battle scenes I
have ever read.

2 of 2 people found the following review helpful:
Last Mughal,The, May 9, 2008
By Sharad D. Shah (Hawaii,USA) -

Dalrymple masterfully lays down the foundation by first giving an
account of how the British dominated India culturally,politically and
militarily in the early 19th century and how in the wake of 1857
mutiny the Raj totally subjugated India bringing her under British
rule.
Last years of Zafar; ruthless hanging, shooting and murders of Delhi
residents provide vivid images of the turmoil.
What is even more surprising is the length to which Dalrymple carried
out is research of archives in libraries in India as well as in
England. Help other customers find the most helpful reviews
Was this review helpful to you? Report this | Permalink
Comment



2 of 2 people found the following review helpful:
Superb Scholarship, April 10, 2008
By exurbanite (Inverness, CA) -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
The Last Mughal starts somewhat slowly but picks up steam as it moves
to the actual sepoy rebellion and its long lasting consequences.
Dalrymple has done a brilliant job of digging through the original
documentary material of the period. He quotes at length from letters,
diaries, journals, court records, etc., many of them written in
admirable Victorian prose. (One could only wish that contemporary
writing was as elegant or eloquent.) Perhaps most interesting of all
in this exciting but melancholy tale is how its impact can be traced
to the contemporary upheavals in the Muslim Middle East.

The work's minor flaws are not so much the fault of the author as of
the publisher. The abundant use of Indian words can cause confusion
and the glossary at the rear contains only some of them. Similarly,
references to sections of Delhi and its surroundings would have been
immeasurably helped had some maps or at least sketches of mid-19th
century Delhi been added. All in all, however, a superb and at the
same time very readable work of scholarship.

2 of 2 people found the following review helpful:
The Last Mughal (Hardcover) by William Dalrymple, March 24, 2008
By Rita Gupta -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)

Excellent buy, again another great book by William Dalrymple. A must
for people

2 of 2 people found the following review helpful:
Must read if you are from Delhi or have visited there!, January 16,
2008
By Socratic Quest (USA) -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
Gives you a great sense of life in eighteenth century Delhi, its
civilization and the tragic end of muslim glory in India. Easy to
read. Well researched and balanced. Highly recommended to Delhites
world over.

2 of 2 people found the following review helpful:
Flashman and the Mutiny, January 6, 2008
By Robert C. Ross (New Jersey) -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
It takes nothing away from this wonderful book, and the many excellent
reviews on Amazon and elsewhere, to mention that Flashman was there. I
re-read Flashman in the Great Game: A Novel (Flashman) by George
MacDonald Fraser after finishing The Last Mughal: The Fall of a
Dynasty.

Dalrymple and Fraser are great historians; the era comes alive on
their pages. Even Flashy was moved by the horrors visited on Delhi and
its people.

Robert C. Ross 2008

2 of 2 people found the following review helpful:
Time travel is possible!, May 2, 2007
By tasinmaine (usa) -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)

What an amazingly well researched and well written book! You feel like
actually being there ,in Delhi,in that tumultous time!! The main
characters of the time just come alive...they are not merely names
anymore!! Not biased,non-judgemental..TOTALLY ENGROSSING!!
I read this after reading"The Mughal Throne" by Abraham Eraly, another
great book, which gives you a context to this saga too...sort of a
"prequel" that is!
This was my first book by Mr. Dalrymple and have now ordered all his
previous work!I strongly recommend it to everone!

14 of 21 people found the following review helpful:
Well researched and artful, but somewhat biased, February 10, 2008
By Matt K. "happy reader" (Michigan, USA) -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)
In our day, "colonialism" has become more of a "rhetorical device than
a precise scientific instrument," to quote Indian studies expert
Robert Frykenberg. It denotes intrusion and exploitation by the
"strong" against the "weak." In modern historiography, colonialism as
a category has come to be "part of a technology for denigrating,
shaming and shunning...a convenient device for assigning collective
guilt." As such, "the term represents a point of view, a perspective,
which many academics and thinkers...hold dear" (see Frykenberg's
"Christians and Missionaries in India", p 6-10).

The historian who begins with this underlying, if unconscious, view of
colonialism cannot help but be influenced in his research by that
view. As such, he may well set aside (or fail to see) the nuances and
complexities of his subject, and instead paint a one-sided picture.
Such seems to be the case with William Dalrymple in his celebrated
"The Last Mughal."

This was profoundly disappointing to me, as I am, with Dalrymple, a
student of Indian history (particularly of Muslim history in S Asia),
and a frequent visitor to N India, who has greatly enjoyed Dalrymple's
other books ("City of Djinns", "Age of Kali").

Woven through his otherwise masterfully researched and artfully
written account of the last days of the Mughal empire, is a fair bit
of material that helps us to understand, not the period in question,
but Dalrymple's personal views (influenced by the vision of
"colonialism" delineated above). For example, those British
colonialists who "went native" (Dalrymple highlights those who made
themselves rulers of their own little fiefdoms) are good; those who
maintained a more distant and aloof demeanor, bad. Foreign
missionaries (for whom Dalrymple has a particular antipathy) who
engaged in outreach and polemic among Hindus and Muslims are bad;
Muslims who engaged in anti-Christian polemic are good. The refined,
cultured society of the Mughal court is good; the imperialistic
British, bad.

The common element here is that Dalrymple ignores striking
complexities which are needed to provide balance to a contentious
constelation of subjects. To see this more clearly, I'd like to take a
closer look at 2 of the examples listed in the paragraph above.

First, Dalrymple seems unaware that the Mughal empire itself was a
vast exercise in imperialistic "colonialism," that is, of the strong
oppressing and exploiting the weak. The Mughal empire was in its
origins no less "foreign" than was the British. To be sure, over time
many Mughals adapted themselves to India, and some became effective
rulers who did a measure of good for the country. But this should not
allow other realties to escape our notice; for example, the way in
which Hindus were often oppressed under Mughal rule, or the fact that
the majority of India's population languished in abject poverty, while
the Mughals went on enjoying the lavish lifestyle of the court.

The Mughals did indeed produce spectacular poetry, architecture, and
culture during their tenure in India. But this was often done at the
expense of the population of India and not for its benefit. (The Taj
Mahal is a striking example: it is a work of great beauty, but it was
built by enslaving and taxing the people of North India).

While fully acknowledging the evils perpetrated in India by the
British (illustrated in the creulty with which the 1857 "Mutiny" was
supressed), or the shocking ethno-centricity of many of the British in
India (Dalrymple points out many examples), we can still point out
that British rule of India was still demonstrated a considerable
amount of tolerance, and produced significant benefit to the people of
India. For all their pettiness, closed-mindedness, and exploitation of
India, the British made a good-faith effort to rule the country well,
providing roads, railroads, water and electric works, and countless
schools (many of which are still in use). Dalrymple's demonizing of
the British in India (with the exception of those rare "White
Mughals"), coupled with his veneration of old Mughal government and
culture simply does not stand the test of historical scrutiny. It is
simply a reflection of Dalrymple's own preferences and biases.

Second, Dalrymple's evident distaste for Christian missions betrays a
strikingly one-sided view. His account does nothing to mitigate the
oft-repeated, yet intellectually untenable charge that Christianity in
India is a foreign, colonial imposition wedded to imperial power and
foisted upon native peoples. Colonial missionaries were indeed people
of their times, and as such, there were certainly many unfortunate
cases where a "colonial mindset" prevailed. Yet Robert Frykenberg,
Stephen Neill, and a host of other scholars have shown that this was
not the dominant trend. Missions, like all other historical movements,
is a complex, richly textured reality, which defies simplistic
analysis and generalization.

In his haste to paint missionaries in a certain light, Dalrymple uses
a cut-and-paste method, quoting missionary correspondence out of
context, all the while failing to perceive what they were really
saying. Instead of reading the writings of Reginald Heber (one-time
Anglican Bishop of Calcutta), for instance, as they are: the writings
of a man very much of his time, a man convinced of the truthfulness of
Christianity and yet deeply in love with India, he insists on reading
them through a postmodern lens, as if Heber should have had the
benefit of knowing and abiding by today's postmodern dogmas of
multicultural political correctness.

Dalrymple's book, though the result of painstaking research, and
though artfully written, is unfortunately sullied by Dalrymple's not-
too-subtle biases. I still recommend this book, for the many original
contributions it makes. Yet if you want a more balanced understanding
of the period in question I would also recommend the books by John
Richards, Andre Wink, or Peter Hardy. On Christianity in India, I
would recommend Robert Frykenberg, Roger Hedlund, and Stephen Neill.

2 of 3 people found the following review helpful:
The Last Mughal, July 2, 2009
By Susan Leigh Connors (Boston, MA) -

In the introduction of The Last Mughal by William Dalrymple the author
states that the book seeks to explain one central question: "How and
why the relatively easy relationship of Indian and Briton, so evident
during the Fraser time, gave way to the hatred and racism of the high
nineteenth-century Raj. The Uprising, it is clear, was the result of
that change, not the cause. " Given this statement, the reader would
expect to encounter chapters addressing such hatred and racism, to be
lead through a series of events that would have culminated in the
Uprising.

In Chapter III, "Believers and Infidels," one cause is mentioned:
"Just as militant Christians were a growing force among the British in
the early 1850's, so among Delhi's Muslims there was a parallel rise
in rigid fundamentalism that displayed the same utter certainty and
disdain for the faiths of others, as well as a similar willingness to
use force against the infidel. [*A Hindu parallel would in time form
to match these tendencies in Islam and Christianity.] p. 73.

Also in Chapter III: "India in the 1840's and 1850's was slowly
filling with pious British Evangelicals who wanted not just to rule
and administer India, but also to redeem and improve it (p.61)."
Prominent Evangelicals are mentioned in this chapter along with the
locals' reaction to the, what was perceived as, indoctrination
processes on the part of the clergy.

Apart from this chapter, the book recounts (chapters 4-12) in detail
the Siege of Delhi, and not in effect what caused the rebels to mutiny
in the first place. Chapters four through twelve are a detailed
account of the Siege, and not a sociological analysis of attitudes
held by the British and the Mughals culminating in the Uprising.
Chapters four through twelve do align with the subtitle of the book:
The Fall of a Dynasty, Delhi, 1857. The central question of the book
is not explored in any detail.

A towering work of scholarship, February 26, 2010
By Mike Williams (South Wales, UK) -

This work is breathtaking. It is a large book and there is serious
scholarship within its pages - the inclusion of new material from the
Delhi archives, seemingly overlooked since it was first placed there,
is especially notable - but Dalrymple manages to do what he does best,
which is also to make it a thoroughly good read. The story begins -
and it really does read like a fast-paced novel - with the atmosphere
in Delhi before the uprising. Key characters are introduced in a
series of revealing vignettes; a technique Dalrymple uses throughout.
The beginning is perhaps the most difficult part of the book since
there is a lot of information to digest and many unfamiliar-sounding
names. However, when the mutiny finally breaks, the pace quickens to
be all nigh unstoppable. The individual vignettes continue, some of
famous individuals but many of the ordinary people of both sides. You
feel your sympathies turn with each new event and you can almost feel
the fear that stalked Delhi. The aftermath of the uprising forms the
final part of the book and the terrible vengeance reaped by the
British. The words of Ghandi have never been more apt: an eye for an
eye and the whole world goes blind. The figure of Zafar, the Last
Mughal of the title, remains a constant throughout the book and
Dalrymple paints a sympathetic but never romantic portrait. Dalrymple
carries no particular bias into the book, apart from his clear love
and regard for Delhi herself. His final reflections on the unchecked
attitude of colonial power and the backlash it can unleash, resonate
down to the present day. This is a book that deserves to be read - it
is absolutely superb.

3 of 5 people found the following review helpful:
The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi, 1857 ..., December 17,
2007
By Benjamin Teitelbaum (New York, USA) -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)

I found the Last Mughal a fascinating historical sort of biography and
journal about a part of Indian history that we are somewaht aware of
but often forget. I especially found the description of changes in
British Colonial Rule from participatory to dictetorial
fascinating...The strength and weaknesses of both the Indian and
British cultures are readily understood and form part of the problems
and solutions...However, I found the book lacked critical analysis and
was weak on historical methodology...It did not relate what happened
to the Delhi to the rest of India or World economics or political
changes...Benjamin

2 of 5 people found the following review helpful:
Excellent Writer: Biased Views, July 4, 2009
By Swanee -

Also having read "City of Djinns" I can say that Dalrymple is an
excellent writer. He draws the reader in with an enjoyable style and
the reader exits his works having not only been entertained but
educated and, yes, enlightened.

That having been said, I cannot say this book is an even-handed
history. It's clear that Dalrymple favors the Moghul Empire as opposed
to the British Empire. His treatment of Zafar (the last Moghul Emperor
of India) is sycophantic at times. In this extensive history, I have
trouble identifying any characteristic which would set this Sufi
mystic as much of a leader. He comes across as soft, indecisive,
regressive, self-indulgent, and undisciplined. Not to mention the fact
that he changed sides during the mutiny from favoring the English to
half-heartedly favoring the mutineers. What's to like? The fact that
Zafar liked sitting around writing poetry all day?

Dalrymple predictably ends the book by lecturing the West on its
current stance against Islam. He writes, "Jihadis again fight what
they regard as a defensive action against their Christian enemies, and
again innocent women, children and civilians are slaughtered. As
before, Western Evangelical politicians are apt to cast their
opponents and enemies in the role of "incarnate fiends" and conflate
armed resistancde to invastion and occupation with "Pure evil." Notice
how all the negative religious attitides reside with the West. No
mention of the death fatwahs issued against the West by "peace-loving"
Muslims? Hmmmm.

Despite Dalrymple's obvious prejudices and yearning for what comes
across as a despotic regime, I enjoyed the book and will likely read
more of his works. One just has to make an effort to read between the
lines of what is, at times, a very revisionist history.

21 of 43 people found the following review helpful:
A poisenous book, September 25, 2007
By Johan Temmerman (Belgium) -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)

Exquisitely researched and well written, describing past lives and
events that appear as real as if the reader had been a material
witness, this book's quality of writing reminds me of Dalrymple's
"White Mughals", dealing with British servants of the East India
Company who "went native" by adopting Muslim customs in the early
decades of the Raj. In "The Last Mughal", however, Dalrymple has gone
native himself, by trumpeting Muslim culture as superior to all things
Western at every turn. Especially irritating are the infrequent but
none-too-subtle parallels he draws with the present : it seems America
is the new Raj, whose "undisguised imperial arrogance" rose after the
fall of the Berlin Wall - a gratuitous opinion lacking any bearing on
this book's subject, the end of the Mughal Dynasty in India. Dalrymple
rants between the lines, describing the West - then and now - as
nothing but a bunch of rapacious pilferers and murderers, who uproot
delicately balanced, refined, pacifist, tolerant, and multicultural
Muslim societies, composed solely of courtiers, courtesans and poets.
This was, to use a British understatement, a trifle at variance with
reality, as both Hindu and Muslim ruling classes of the period
wallowed in disgusting wealth while their subjects lived miserable
lives in abject poverty. The imperialist, but now long gone Raj at
least curbed the worst excesses of the Indian princes and laid the
foundations of modern India, from the civil service to railroad
infrastructure, but not a word of this is whispered here. One virtue
of the book is that it shows the true character of the disciples of
the Prophet, who managed to turn a Hindu mutiny into a jihad in no
time. Also instructive is Dalrymple's enthousiastic, gushing
descriptions of sword-wielding jihadis "duly dispatching" helpless
British women and children during the "Uprising", in stark contrast
with the "brutal killings" by British "psychopaths". No doubt
atrocities were committed on both sides, but the double standard in
describing them rankles, while references to present "Western
arrogance and imperialism" reveals the bias of the author who, by the
way, prefers living in the arrogant West over residing in a delicately
balanced, refined, pacifist, tolerant, and multicultural Muslim
society. This is a poisonous book, unworthy of being termed objective
historical writing.

10 of 31 people found the following review helpful:
Interesting and problematic, March 31, 2007
By Seth J. Frantzman (Jerusalem, Israel) -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)

This is an important book because it uses new documents to reconstruct
daily life in Delhi during 1857, at the high point of the Indian
mutiny. It explores the life of the last Mughal and the last viteges
of the Mughal empire. That in itself is an important contribution.

However the great problem here is in its characterization of the
Mughals as 'tolerant' and 'pgrogressive' and the insinutation that it
was some great tragedy that the Mughals fell from Power. The Mughal
empire that coloinzed India between the 16th and 19th centuries was a
colonial power that enslaved people and spent much of its money on
itself, glorifying Mughal power and Islam. This is called colonialism,
but somehow because the colonial power of the Mughals, whose ancestors
invaded India from Afhganistan, confronted the Colonial power of the
English the Mughals are showered with praise. However the regime the
British installed were little different and low caste Indians, in fact
90% of Indians were not affected by the change from Islamic Mughal
colonialism to British colonialism. However the British regime brought
many reforms in terms of child marriage and the ending of slavery.
These aspects are lost in a book that is half romance and half polemic
and for that this book needs to be judged accordingly. It paints far
to bright a picture of what Mughal colonialism and religious
domination meant for the majority Hindus, who are ignored in this
text.

Seth J. Frantzman

3 of 16 people found the following review helpful:
Dalrymple' s biases to the fore, May 25, 2009
By Sandman "Sandman" (USA) -

William Dalrymple has done extensive research on the Indian Mutiny.
His biases come to the fore:(exhibited in all his works on India)

1> He loves the Mughals, who were a cruel foreign exploitative regime
in India
2> He is an apologist for Islam (interesting how that has changed off
late)

One exception :He generally is an apologist for the British occupation
& atrocities in India. In this book he is more truthful. However his
reviews of Amitav Ghosh's book "The Sea of Poppies" is more
illustrative of his true feelings.

He needs to stop exploiting his ability to live in India and write
about it. How about some books on Scotland instead..................?
Less exotic and fewer copies sold !!!

Move on Dalrymple.

17 of 57 people found the following review helpful:
Dalrymple's concern is Islam, not India, April 2, 2007
By W. Hawkins (Washington, DC) -

This review is from: The Last Mughal: The Fall of a Dynasty: Delhi,
1857 (Hardcover)

Dalrymple is writing less about India than about an Islamic regime
that, as a previous reviewer noted, was initially a colonial power
ruling over Hindus (often with a brutality that makes the Brits look
paternalistic in contrast). Dalrymple has become a commentator on
Middle East policy, with a pro-Islamist perspective that has led him
to criticize Israel and the United States as well as Great Britain.
This does not mean that his history is of no value. His use of
"Persian" documents to give the Mughal viewpoint is of interest. It is
just important to be aware of his leanings and sympathies. His work
cannot be considered an objective or disinterested chronicle of facts.
He has a partisan-Islamic axe to grind.

http://www.amazon.com/Last-Mughal-Dynasty-Delhi-Vintage/product-reviews/1400078334/ref=dp_top_cm_cr_acr_txt?ie=UTF8&showViewpoints=1

...and I am Sid Harth
bademiyansubhanallah
2010-03-05 07:10:45 UTC
Permalink
Complexity and Collapse
Empires on the Edge of Chaos Niall Ferguson
March/April 2010

PrintSend to friendDecrease font sizeTextIncrease font size
Summary: Imperial collapse may come much more suddenly than many
historians imagine. A combination of fiscal deficits and military
overstretch suggests that the United States may be the next empire on
the precipice.

NIALL FERGUSON is Laurence A. Tisch Professor of History at Harvard
University, a Fellow at Jesus College, Oxford, and a Senior Fellow at
the Hoover Institution at Stanford University. His most recent book is
The Ascent of Money: A Financial History of the World.

If the leadership of an empire refuses to embark on short-term pain to
prevent a long-term massive disaster, then that empire deserves to
collapse.

Servant C. comments on Complexity and Collapse

9 Comments Join There is no better illustration of the life cycle of a
great power than The Course of Empire, a series of five paintings by
Thomas Cole that hang in the New-York Historical Society. Cole was a
founder of the Hudson River School and one of the pioneers of
nineteenth-century American landscape painting; in The Course of
Empire, he beautifully captured a theory of imperial rise and fall to
which most people remain in thrall to this day.

Each of the five imagined scenes depicts the mouth of a great river
beneath a rocky outcrop. In the first, The Savage State, a lush
wilderness is populated by a handful of hunter-gatherers eking out a
primitive existence at the break of a stormy dawn. The second picture,
The Arcadian or Pastoral State, is of an agrarian idyll: the
inhabitants have cleared the trees, planted fields, and built an
elegant Greek temple. The third and largest of the paintings is The
Consummation of Empire. Now, the landscape is covered by a magnificent
marble entrepôt, and the contented farmer-philosophers of the previous
tableau have been replaced by a throng of opulently clad merchants,
proconsuls, and citizen-consumers. It is midday in the life cycle.
Then comes Destruction. The city is ablaze, its citizens fleeing an
invading horde that rapes and pillages beneath a brooding evening sky.
Finally, the moon rises over the fifth painting, Desolation. There is
not a living soul to be seen, only a few decaying columns and
colonnades overgrown by briars and ivy.

Collection of the New-York Historical Society
The Savage State, from Thomas Cole's The Course of Empire (1833-36)

Conceived in the mid-1830s, Cole's great pentaptych has a clear
message: all empires, no matter how magnificent, are condemned to
decline and fall. The implicit suggestion was that the young American
republic of Cole's age would be better served by sticking to its
bucolic first principles and resisting the imperial temptations of
commerce, conquest, and colonization.

http://www.foreignaffairs.com/articles/65987/niall-ferguson/complexity-and-collapse

What to Read on American Primacy
Peter Liberman
An annotated Foreign Affairs syllabus on American primacy.

During the second half of the 1980s, the United States went through
one of its periodic bouts of declinism. Paul Kennedy's 1987 bestseller
The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers concluded with a chapter on
Washington's "relative decline," arguing that the United States was a
victim of "imperial overstretch" because "the sum total of [its]
global interests and obligations is nowadays far larger than the
country's power to defend them all simultaneously." This sparked
heated responses and defenses from various quarters until the debate
ended with the collapse of not the American empire, but its Soviet
counterpart. In the two decades since, another intellectual cycle has
run its course, with portraits of U.S. primacy giving way to another
round of declinism. Different takes on this issue lead to different
policy recommendations, so the debate cannot be ignored. But whether
current entries will hold up longer than their predecessors remains an
open question.

http://www.foreignaffairs.com/features/readinglists/what-to-read-on-american-primacy

"The Unipolar Moment." By Charles Krauthammer. Foreign Affairs 70, no.
1 (1990/1991): pp. 23-33.

Summary: Thinking about post-Cold War US foreign policy has been led
astray by three conventionally-accepted but mistaken assumptions about
the character of the post-Cold War environment (1) that the world is
now multipolar, whereas it is in fact unipolar, with the USA the sole
superpower, at least for present policy purposes (2) that the US
domestic consensus favours internationalism rather than isolationism
(3) that in consequence of the Soviet collapse, the threat of war has
substantially diminished.

Charles Krauthammer is a syndicated columnist. This article is adapted
from the author's Henry M. Jackson Memorial Lecture delivered in
Washington, D.C., Sept. 18, 1990.

http://www.foreignaffairs.com/articles/46271/charles-krauthammer/the-unipolar-moment

"The Stability of a Unipolar World." By William C. Wohlforth.
International Security 24, no. 1 (1999): pp. 5-41.

"The Stability of a Unipolar World"
Journal Article, International Security, volume 24, issue 2, pages
5-41

Summer 1999

Author: William Wohlforth

Belfer Center Programs or Projects: International Security; Quarterly
Journal: International Security

ABSTRACT

A decade has passed since the collapse of the Soviet Union and the end
of U.S.-Soviet bipolarity. In the ensuing years, many commentators and
scholars have questioned whether the United States can remain the
world's sole superpower. Some have defined U.S. preponderance as "a
unipolar moment"; others have suggested that the current structure is
"uni-multipolar." Regardless of the characterization, the conventional
wisdom maintains that unipolarity is unstable and conflict prone, and
thus unlikely to prevail over the long term. In our lead article,
William Wohlforth of Georgetown University challenges this logic,
arguing that unipolarity is both durable and peaceful. The principal
threat to the current structure, according to Wohlforth, is the
failure of the United States to stay involved in the international
arena.

As the Cold War era came to a close, Charles Krauthammer announced the
arrival of its successor. The United States was the preeminent power
in the world, he wrote, but it needed to exercise global leadership to
maintain its position. The most compelling analysis of unipolarity was
ultimately offered by William Wohlforth, who argued that the United
States possessed a commanding lead in four critical elements of
material power: economic strength, military might, technology, and
geography. The combination meant that the United States was not only
dominant but so strong that other powers had no chance of catching up
anytime soon no matter what they did. As a result, Wohlforth claimed,
U.S. primacy would not fade quickly but last for decades to come.

wohlforthvol24no1.pdf (504K PDF)

For more information about this publication please contact the IS
Editorial Assistant at 617-495-1914.

For Academic Citation:

William C. Wohlforth. "The Stability of a Unipolar World."
International Security 24, no. 2 (Summer 1999): 5-41.

http://belfercenter.ksg.harvard.edu/publication/578/stability_of_a_unipolar_world.html

"The Unipolar Illusion: Why New Great Powers Will Rise." By
Christopher Layne. International Security 17, no. 4 (1993): pp. 5-51.


This is the first page of the item you requested.
.The Unipolar Illusion: Why New Great Powers Will RiseChristopher
LayneInternational Security, Vol. 17, No. 4 (Spring, 1993), pp. 5-51
(article consists of 47 pages) Published by: The MIT PressStable URL:
http://www.jstor.org/stable/2539020

The Unipolar Illusion: Why New Great Powers Will Rise, by Christopher
Layne © 1993 The MIT Press.

Abstract

International relations studies have been unable to determine whether
realist or liberal theories better fit state behavior in various
situations, possibly because these studies have attributed motive and
action to the states rather than to the decision-... .Want the full
article?

.JSTOR is part of ITHAKA, a not-for-profit organization helping the
academic community use digital technologies to preserve the scholarly
record and to advance research and teaching in sustainable ways.

©2000-2010 ITHAKA. All Rights Reserved. JSTOR®, the JSTOR logo, and
ITHAKA® are registered trademarks of ITHAKA.

http://www.jstor.org/pss/2539020

"The Unipolar Illusion Revisited: The Coming End of the United States'
Unipolar Moment." By Christopher Layne. International Security 31, no.
2 (2006): pp. 7-41.

Some academic realists, in contrast, expected unipolarity to fade
relatively quickly, as self-interest led other powers to balance
against the United States. Echoing Kennedy's 1987 book, Christopher
Layne's 1993 article focused on the decline of the two most dominant
powers prior to the United States -- France in the late seventeenth
century and the United Kingdom in the nineteenth. Their rivals took
advantage of tectonic economic shifts, adopted administrative and
military innovations to accelerate their ascent, and joined alliances
to check the hegemon. Something similar would happen soon, Layne
argued, predicting that unipolarity would "give way to multipolarity
between 2000-2010." Tackling the subject again near the end of that
time frame, Layne acknowledged that U.S. power still reigned supreme.
But he disputed claims that U.S. hegemony was somehow immune to
realist laws of gravity and concluded that Washington should adopt a
restrained "off-shore balancing" strategy rather than waste its power
on self-defeating efforts to dominate the globe.

"The Unipolar Illusion Revisited: The Coming End of the United States'
Unipolar Moment"
Journal Article, International Security, volume 31, issue 2, pages
7-41

Fall 2006

Author: Christopher Layne, Former Research Fellow, International
Security Program, 1995-1996


Belfer Center Programs or Projects: International Security; Quarterly
Journal: International Security



ABSTRACT
The conventional wisdom among U.S. grand strategists is that U.S.
hegemony is exceptional—that the United States need not worry about
other states engaging in counterhegemonic balancing against it. The
case for U.S. hegemonic exceptionalism, however, is weak. Contrary to
the predictions of Waltzian balance of power theorists, no new great
powers have emerged since the end of the Cold War to restore
equilibrium to the balance of power by engaging in hard balancing
against the United States—that is, at least, not yet. This has led
primacists to conclude that there has been no balancing against the
United States. Here, however, they conflate the absence of a new
distribution of power in the international political system with the
absence of balancing behavior by the major second-tier powers.
Moreover, the primacists’ focus on the failure of new great powers to
emerge, and the absence of traditional “hard” (i.e., military)
counterbalancing, distracts attention from other forms of counter
balancing—notably “leash-slipping” —by major second-tier states that
ultimately could lead to the same result: the end of unipolarity.
Because unipolarity is the foundation of U.S. hegemony, if it ends, so
too will U.S. primacy.

is3102_pp007-041_layne.pdf (155K PDF)

For more information about this publication please contact the IS
Editorial Assistant at 617-495-1914.

For Academic Citation:

Layne, Christopher. "The Unipolar Illusion Revisited: The Coming End
of the United States' Unipolar Moment." International Security 31, no.
2 (Fall 2006): 7-41.

http://belfercenter.ksg.harvard.edu/publication/791/unipolar_illusion_revisited.html

"Soft Balancing against the United States." By Robert A. Pape; "Soft
Balancing in the Age of U.S. Primacy." By T. V. Paul; "Hard Times for
Soft Balancing." By Stephen G. Brooks and William C. Wohlforth; and
"Waiting for Balancing: Why the World Is Not Pushing Back." By Kier A.
Lieber and Gerard Alexander. International Security 30, no. 1 (Summer
2005): pp. 7-139.

Old-school realists predicted that other states would move to counter
U.S. primacy by banding together and expanding their militaries. Such
"hard" balancing is barely noticeable, however. Some scholars,
reluctant to accept that U.S. hegemony is unchallenged, have therefore
come up with the new concept of "soft" balancing -- nonmilitary
efforts by other countries to frustrate American adventurism, such as
refusing active support, denying access to bases or airspace, and
opposing the United States in international institutions. The articles
in this symposium lay out the debate over whether such behavior is
designed to constrain U.S. power and foreshadows more hard balancing
to come or is simply routine politics in a unipolar world.

http://www.foreignaffairs.com/features/readinglists/what-to-read-on-american-primacy

The Post-American World. By Fareed Zakaria. W. W. Norton, 2008.
Purchase at B&N.com | Purchase at Amazon.com

The United States may indeed be losing ground relative to other
countries, argues Fareed Zakaria in this nuanced and highly readable
book, but that has less to do with its own absolute decline than with
"the rise of the rest." The real story of the age is economic growth
across the developing world, which Americans should welcome rather
than fear -- not least because of its promise for social and political
liberalization abroad. The real challenge for the United States,
Zakaria argues, will be getting its own economic and political house
in order -- dealing with its many domestic problems so that its
strengths in higher education and research and development, along with
its demographic vitality and diversity, can sustain U.S. leadership in
the global economy in the decades to come.

Reader Rating (49 ratings)Detailed Ratings

IT IS

Enlightening Provocative Touching Thrilling Absorbing

GOOD FOR
Book Clubs Gift Giving Inspiration Intellectual Stimulation Topical
Conversation

even better than his last book!
Reader Rating See Detailed Ratings

Posted 05/03/08:

A lot of books have been appearing recently about the rise of China
and India, the decline of the United States, and so forth. This is the
one to read, and the one that will last. Zakaria's last book was about
'The Future of Freedom,' a study of liberalism and democracy. This new
one--which is even better, I think--is about the shape of the emerging
international system. It's called 'The Post-American World,' but a
better title would have been the one he gives his first chapter, 'The
Rise of the Rest.' That's because Zakaria's central thesis is that the
world is changing, but the change is largely for the better and caused
by the benign development of other power centers, not some collapse or
decline of the United States. The biggest challenge for America, he
argues, is not terrorism or nuclear proliferation or a rising China,
but rather our own ability to adapt successfully to the new
environment. He favors confidence and openness rather than insecurity
and barriers, and makes a convincing case. The book has chapters on
each of the major international players, and they're really well done:
amazingly, he manages to paint a full portrait of, say, China or India
that is intelligent, succinct, subtle, and comprehensive all at once.
If you want to get a flavor of what the book has to offer, there's an
article based on it in the new issue of Foreign Affairs, and there
should be another one coming out in Newsweek too, apparently. The man
might be a superachieving bigshot, but he sure can write--each page is
lively and interesting. So forget the angry neocons, the wild-eyed
optimists, the gloom-and-doom pessimists, and the glib amateurs who
don't really know anything. Read this instead, and get insight into
what's actually going in the world and what should be done about it.
Plus, there's just a ton of fun little nuggets you'll be itching to
drop in every conversation you have about anything related.

4 out of 4 people found this review helpful.

Negative

Posted October 26, 2009, 11:55 PM EST:

An interesting read and an interesting concept on the readjustment of
world powers. I found it to be repetitive and wordy. Could have been
shorter and still have delivered the same message.

2 out of 2 people found this review helpful.

http://search.barnesandnoble.com/The-Post-American-World/Fareed-Zakaria/e/9780393062359/?itm=1#TABS

After Iran Gets the Bomb

Containment and Its Complications James M. Lindsay and Ray Takeyh
March/April 2010

Summary: Despite international pressure, Iran appears to be continuing
its march toward getting a nuclear bomb. But Washington can contain
and mitigate the consequences of Tehran's nuclear defiance, keeping an
abhorrent outcome from becoming a catastrophic one.

JAMES M. LINDSAY is Senior Vice President, Director of Studies, and
Maurice R. Greenberg Chair at the Council on Foreign Relations. RAY
TAKEYH is a Senior Fellow at the Council on Foreign Relations and the
author of Guardians of the Revolution: Iran and the World in the Age
of the Ayatollahs.

The Islamic Republic of Iran is determined to become the world's tenth
nuclear power. It is defying its international obligations and
resisting concerted diplomatic pressure to stop it from enriching
uranium. It has flouted several UN Security Council resolutions
directing it to suspend enrichment and has refused to fully explain
its nuclear activities to the International Atomic Energy Agency. Even
a successful military strike against Iran's nuclear facilities would
delay Iran's program by only a few years, and it would almost
certainly harden Tehran's determination to go nuclear. The ongoing
political unrest in Iran could topple the regime, leading to
fundamental changes in Tehran's foreign policy and ending its pursuit
of nuclear weapons. But that is an outcome that cannot be assumed. If
Iran's nuclear program continues to progress at its current rate,
Tehran could have the nuclear material needed to build a bomb before
U.S. President Barack Obama's current term in office expires.

The dangers of Iran's entry into the nuclear club are well known:
emboldened by this development, Tehran might multiply its attempts at
subverting its neighbors and encouraging terrorism against the United
States and Israel; the risk of both conventional and nuclear war in
the Middle East would escalate; more states in the region might also
want to become nuclear powers; the geopolitical balance in the Middle
East would be reordered; and broader efforts to stop the spread of
nuclear weapons would be undermined. The advent of a nuclear Iran --
even one that is satisfied with having only the materials and
infrastructure necessary to assemble a bomb on short notice rather
than a nuclear arsenal -- would be seen as a major diplomatic defeat
for the United States. Friends and

Foes would openly question the U.S. government's power and resolve to
shape events in the Middle East. Friends would respond by distancing
themselves from Washington; foes would challenge U.S. policies more
aggressively.


User CommentsToo Many Assumptions: The Case of Syria
Submitted by hahussain on March 3, 2010 - 2:15pm.
The authors argued: "Drawing Syria into a comprehensive Israeli-
Palestinian peace process could not only attenuate Tehran's links with
Damascus but also stem Iran's ability to supply weapons to Hezbollah.
"

In foreign policy, you must always have a Plan B. So what happens if
Syria does not break its alliance with Iran, and keep serving as an
arms supply route to Hezbollah?

So far, while America has been begging Damascus for restoration of
ties, Syria President Bashar Assad has made it a point to receive his
Iranian counterpart Mahmoud Ahmedinejad and Hezbollah leader Hassan
Nasrallah, and hosted a three-way summit. He also hosts Hamas leader
Khaled Meshaal. Assad defiantly said his country will not listen to
America and will never break with Iran.

This article seems to be based on a set of variables. If one policy
item fails, the whole containment sketch the authors suggest will
become useless.

For those interested in the US vs Iran-Syria, this might be a good
article arguing why the US should not bet on turning Syria away from
Iran:
http://nowlebanon.com/NewsArchiveDetails.aspx?ID=116235

Login
or
register
to post comments.A Nuclear Iran?
Submitted by Jonathan K. (Mar. 2, 2010) on March 2, 2010 - 5:23pm.
An attack on Iranian nuclear facilities would only set them back a few
years, and they would rebuild deep underground. Iran has a different
vulnerability: refined petroleum products. These are either imported
or domestically refined. Ports and refineries are vulnerable, and
cannot be hidden deep underground. Blockading the ports would be a
major disruption to their society; the military might keep its
supplies, but the civilian sector would be seriously disrupted. If, in
addition, the refineries were destroyed, the entire society would come
to a screeching halt.

In such circumstances, the population would be likely to rebel against
the present government and insist on peace. That is how democracy came
to Argentina and Greece after adventurism in the Falklands and Cyprus
failed.

Login
or
register
to post comments.Stop Overblowing Iran
Submitted by Daniel R D. (Apr. 23, 2009) on March 2, 2010 - 2:58pm.
Believe it or not, I actually wrote about this very issue a few months
ago, when the many options of how to deal with Iran were suddenly
colliding on the Sunday talk shows. And thankfully, I am happy to say
that my recommendation is exactly what most scholars are advocating
(not to pat myself on the back, because heck...what do you know in the
long-run).

The main objective of Iran's rulers is self-preservation. The Islamic
Revolutionary Guard Corps, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei and President
Mahmoud Ahmadinejad are willing to do anything to stay in power. We
saw this in a pretty brutal fashion this past summer, with Basij
militiamen beating protesters over the head with clubs. We continue to
see this today, with members of the opposition being summarily
executed in show-trials, hoping that the threat of death will deter
future anti-regime protests.

There appears to be nothing that the mullahs (and the IRGC generals)
would do hold onto their positions. Building a nuclear program and
eventually getting nuclear warheads fits right into this calculus.
With a nuclear deterrent, there is no way the United States would be
foolish enough to promote regime-change through the use of force. Self-
preservation is a main reason for the quest for an Iranian bomb.

But if it would be foolish for the U.S. to attack an Iran with a
nuclear capability, it would be downright suicidal for Iran to use
such weapons in the first place.

What could Tehran possibly achieve with a nuclear weapon? Spreading
their influence across the Persian Gulf? Well, this has already been
done. Iran has proxy influence in Lebanon, Iraq, Yemen, Afghanistan,
and in the Palestinian Territories. Having a nuclear weapon will not
change this fact.

What about the stupid neoconservative argument that Iran would
secretly give nuclear material to a terrorist organization? This too
is unlikely. It has taken Iranian scientists close to a decade to
develop the infrastructure and technology needed for uranium
enrichment. The idea that the Iranians would simply hand-over their
most prized possession (without question) to terrorists is laughable.

And don't even talk about "wiping Israel of the map." This argument is
the most ignorant on the list. Destroying Israel would only invite an
even bigger wrath by the United States, with Iranian cities
annihilated and millions of Iranian citizens killed. Nobody wins.

So let's take some rational advice and stop worrying about things that
are not going to happen. No one wants Iran to become a nuclear power,
but the world won't end if they do cross that threshold.

-Dan DePetris

http://www.depetris.wordpress.com

Login
or
register
to post comments.Iranian Nuclear Capability
Submitted by Doug M. (Mar. 2, 2010) on March 2, 2010 - 12:05pm.
An Iranian nuclear capability is not a threat to the United States. It
might be to Israel but the use by Iran of a nuclear weapon against
Israel would bring massive nuclear retailation from Israel - and
obviously the Iranians know this. So what's the problem?

For Israel, the problem is that it would no longer be the only nuclear
muscleman in the Middle East which allows it to maintain its Jewish
exclusivity and domination of Islamic holy sites and the Palestinian
people. But that is Israel's "problem", not ours. And maybe, in the
long run, that would be a good thing because simple demographics and
internal dissension dictate that Israel will eventually become a
Jewish/Palestinian state anyway. Israel's nuclear capability only
gives it a temporary stay as the only racialist state remaining in the
world.

Login
or
register
to post comments.Iran, Pakistan and The Bomb
Submitted by pauli183 on February 26, 2010 - 6:23am.
Iran, India Israel, Pakistan and The Bomb

I do not support proliferation of nuclear weapons, for Iran or other
countries. However, in the case of Iran, I believe the threat of Iran
ever employing nuclear weapons is overblown. One should look beyond
the Iranian government’s intemperate rhetoric. The government knows
full well that a nuclear attack on any country would bring swift and
catastrophic retaliation that would result in destruction of the
Iranian government and much of the country’s infrastructure.
Blustering rhetoric the Iranians are guilty of, but they are not fools

The hyperbole, threats and scare mongering by the US and Israel are
surely more about protecting Israel’s nuclear exclusivity in the
Middle East. However there is a far more serious issue about nuclear
weaponry at stake.

Instead of worrying about Iran, one should be debating what to do
should Pakistan go critical and fall into the hands of radical
fundamentalists. Such a regime would be far more likely to launch a
nuclear attack on either India or Israel than Iran would on Israel or
the US. Should such a regime change take place in Pakistan, what would
the response be? Bomb the nuclear facilities in Pakistan and initiate
yet another war? Encourage India to invade Pakistan and trigger a
wider regional conflict of frightening proportions?

This same question about nuclear proliferation could put be put with
regard to any other country not considered an ally of the US. North
Korea is far more unstable and less predictable than Iran, yet one
hears little in the way of threats by the US or Europe to bomb or
invade North Korea.

Login
or
register
to post comments.old question & older solutions
Submitted by Amarjyoti A. (Aug. 8, 2009) on February 26, 2010 -
1:50am.
The notion of Iran and the Iranian Revolution - and its aftermath are
not and can not be countered by having a Vaticanian-Revolution or a
Semitic-Revolution or a Hindu-Revolution. That is an old lesson
learnt. The assumption by many in third worlds like India/Pakistan,
etc. (rotten to the core and having criminal political leadership that
aspires to play a tout to global forces - which is different than the
Non-Aligned Movement) and the global uncivil society at play (one has
exotic terrorism with a large dash of religion (christian) thrown in
as the other threat apart from the aftermaths of the Iranian
Revolution - makes the geo-political equations somewhat different.
Their raison d'etre and rationale (brown skin non-christian
denomination unwelcome if not subservient to white christian
supremacists or their brown skin chritistian religious supremacists
and based upon an individual's private life without the above having
any locus standi) is what illnesses are made up of. It is for people
and states to decide where they fall - but illnesses do not counter
other illnesses. The issue of nuclear proliferation is simply a
dimension to the other crucial aspects that I have put in here. The
ideological fringes (exotic terrorism) are the new bubears to watch
out for. The problem with a criminal "tout political class" in third
worlds mean: they can provide the much needed nexus between the
illnesses and non-democratic states with devastating consequences for
global security in the strategic sense. Small scale dirty boms are
what come across from such a nexus. It is that that one should be
looking at more carefully. Without diluting in any sense - the serious
issue of nuclear non-proliferation. And not confusing the Iranaian
Revolution and its aftermaths with any possibilities of legitimized
"exotic" terrorism or "christian-semitic" crusades. Clearing the
cognitive maps of such historical filth (that is what they are) is
what is required from any one serious about the strategic security of
the global community. Delinquent states and its populaces merely
threaten to provide the dreaded logistic support base. But of course,
Franco-German initiatives may look at the EU placed in the moon or
elsewhere. That also comes across as less than interesting - via
specifically such fringe groups as their definitive presences in third
worlds - if South Asia is any example.

Login
or
register
to post comments.Why must a military option fail?
Submitted by andrew s. (Feb. 23, 2010) on February 24, 2010 - 6:54am.
I am not sure I believe all the comments that a military option would
only delay the inevitable. If we only strike the reactors, then yes
Iran will develop bombs eventually.

However the events of the last few years leave me thinking that it is
not just a few people controlling a corrupt system developing a
nuclear bomb that is the threat to America. The threat to America is
the possibility that the nation of Iran will build nukes. Therefore if
we destroy Iran's capability to build nuclear weapons we remove the
threat. But what does it mean to destroy Iran's capability to build
nukes?

It does not entail simply bombing hardened facilities. If we were to
view a society, including Iran, as a pyramid then the military and
nuclear and reactors are merely the tip of the pyramid - knock it off
and a new one can be built on the remaining base.

So nuclear reactors alone do not give Iran the ability to build
nuclear weapons - it is also the power plants that run the facility,
the Iranian oil fields and refineries that give Iran the money to pay
for the project, the bridges that allow for the movement of equipment,
etc.

Therefore, a military option could be effective if it was not on the
order of a tactical raid, but a sustained strategic bombing campaign
like those inflicted on Germany and Japan. First of all let me say
that I do not necessarily support this option, yet no one discusses
it, and I think it should be - if for no other reason than to provide
America with a wider range of options.

I freely admit that many, many civilians will die. However, the fact
remains that destroying the nation of Iran could potentially be the
best way to protect America - that has been the case in the past so it
is possible it could be in the present.

Secondly, I posit that the backlash from such a strategic campaign -
and it will be massive, sustained and violent - is potentially
preferable to letting Iran develop nuclear weapons. This is for a
simple reason -numbers- the sheer number of people that would be
killed, either directly or indirectly through a terrorist acquisition
of Iranian nukes - which would be extraordinarily unlikely - yet is
possible in Iran - would be far greater than the number killed in even
the most violent sustained terror campaign.

Finally the strategic bombing option, by which I mean the destruction
of at least 3/4's of Iran's modern infrastructure, would be a greater
guarantee that Iran would not build nukes since it literally could not
build nukes.

Login
or
register
to post comments.Must be a joke right?
Submitted by Jean-Francois H. (Feb. 27, 2010) on February 27, 2010 -
2:15pm.
If we follow this line of thinking...
The US would have to carpet bomb the whole middle east too and
eradicate most muslims populations to make sure they will not try to
retatiate to one such atrocious massacre right?

One might also follow your line of thinking and conclude that the one
that should be bombed is the United States, because it is the only
country that posesses nuclear weapons and actually ever used them. And
the only way to prevent their use, the US needs to wiped out of the
map?

The denial of industrialisation to another country, because it could
lead someday to means of making military weapons was tried after the
first world war. And it only lead to the second one.

One should look at what triggered the anger of the German people
towards the Versaille treaty (controling the industrial infrastructure
and preventing Germany from developping a strong economy). All it
accomplished is create resentment, that is presicely why one State
needs to use "soft power" instead of "hard power" when trying to get
another country to do something.

Think again Mr. Rumsfeld

Login
or
register
to post comments.Not a joke at all, and I
Submitted by andrew s. (Feb. 23, 2010) on February 27, 2010 -
11:24pm.
Not a joke at all, and I actually consider myself to be a liberal New
Dealer

and your comments about Versailles are true, yet they neglect the fact
that Germany was only able to rebound after the first war because the
allies did not achieve a total victory; i.e. we did not destroy the
economy entirely

second Carpet bombing the entire middle east would probably be cheaper
than extensive ground operations in Iran

third of all - we can hardly breed more resentment in that part of the
world

fourth I do not suggest we tell anyone what to do with their economy,
i'm not even advocating the strategic bombing campaign, merely
suggesting that it could work - think about it, can a nation without
any modern infrastructure develop nuclear bombs? the answer is no - in
Germany and Japan the campaigns ground the economies to a halt

I also believe the US should pay (in part) for Iran to develop
lightwater nuclear reactors that are more efficient at producing
nuclear and much harder to make bombs from

finally as for your comment about the United States having used nukes
and therefore my logic demands the US be bombed i distinguish between
the use of our nukes, which I believe to have been completely
justified, with Iran's threat to develop them, obviously I do this
from the point of view of an American, whether this is philosophically
sound is of little concern to me, what does matter is the destruction
of all threats to my country

Sincerely,
Franklin Delano Roosevelt

Login
or
register
to post comments.While I do understand what
Submitted by Jean-Francois H. (Feb. 27, 2010) on February 28, 2010 -
2:27pm.
While I do understand what you try to say there, you have to
understand denying modernity to another country that is "said" to be a
threat to the United States would not come without it's price to the
US.

The military option you suggest does not compare to the one in Japan
or Germany for the one reason that Iran has NOT invaded any other
country, nor has it ever done so since the Persian-Ottoman wars. Iran
has only preached rhetoric and tried to assure it's survival in a
world where it is being pressed against the wall mainly by the United
States. In the region, the United States is acting more like Germany
was to the rest of Europe during the 1938-43 period.

My comment about the "ones who should be bombed" being the US was
sarcastic. I am saying that the US saying Iran is a threat has no
connection to reality. It is purely an act of discursive rhetoric. You
cannot in all honestly arrive to the conclusion that Iran is a danger
to the US. It is quite the opposite for the US has military bases all
around Iran, is the only country to have a "projected military on the
ground, in the seas, and in the air" AND posesses nuclear weapons,
chemical weapons, and actually had serious talks about making use of
them in tactical way (the talk about bunker busters at the beginning
of the Irak war).

Now, don't get me wrong. I am just pointing out that going for an even
more agressive foreign policy, the US could step in it's own coffin.
The kind of military option you did say we should consider is like
saying Nazi's were the good guys in the Second World War for if they
had control of Europe, there would be no more conflicts between
european nations.

It simply doesn't make sense on a moral point of view.

Login
or
register
to post comments.Power
Submitted by David G. (Feb. 23, 2010) on February 23, 2010 - 1:15am.
As the author points out, the Mullahs want power. To hold onto power
in a repressive society, one needs an "evil other" to blame and rally
the citizens around. Iran uses Israel and the United States as such;
no differently than Israel and the United States have chosen a litany
of "evil others" to justify their own governments' consolidation of
power and the use of military force for political and economic gain.

For the Mullahs to hold power, at home they need inflammatory rhetoric
against the evil other and demonstrations of their military and
technological prowess to achieve security against this "threat". This
demonstration is sufficient in itself. Actually invading another
country is far too risky to the continuity of State... and their
history shows they do not invade neighbors or hold dreams of
expansion. Nuclear weapons for Iran are first and foremost a proud and
a tangible victory display in securing Iran from U.S. and Israeli
attacks on their soil. The Mullahs, and their supporters who are
actually inspired by the ideals of the Revolution, can then exercise
more ideological power without as great a compromise to political
expediency or reformist divisions.

Ultimately, U.S. power in the region will fail to match the self-
interest generated from the interlocked economies of Iran, China,
Russia and Turkey. Trade, interdependence and mutual protection in the
Caucus region will go up, countering whatever troops, policies and
money we can throw at perpetual war.

China has $2 Trillion in US dollars to spend on buying political
loyalty and industrial minerals "in the ground" to secure their
economy for the next 50 years. They will spend it before our current
monetary collapse erodes it away through devaluation or inflation.
They are on a time sensitive shopping spree that will not skip over
Iran at our request.

The status quo is changing in the region. The United Status must see
the situation with unsentimental eyes and a clear mind. If we can be
friends with Saudi Arabia while fighting the extremist derivatives it
has spawned around the region; perhaps stable diplomacy and economic
ties to Iran are not beyond our reach.

Login
or
register
to post comments.Excellent post.
Submitted by Joost H. (Feb. 16, 2010) on February 22, 2010 - 7:48pm.
Couldn't agree more on all fronts.

As a signatory of the NPT, and a country that has not used chemical
weapons even when fired upon WITH chemical weapons, Iran should know
it's place and bow down to the whims of countries that hesistate not
to: invade, occupy two countries with no declaration of war, use DU
munitions in densely populated area's and sell chemical weapons to
insane dictators.

I mean, the sheer gall of these Iranians. Can you believe it! Maybe we
(I mean seriously overstretched western militaries) should just invade
them and take their oil. That ought to teach them a thing or two about
not groveling.

So say I, king of reasonable discourse!

http://www.foreignaffairs.com/node/65941/talk

What to Read on Iranian Politics
Suzanne Maloney
An annotated Foreign Affairs syllabus on Iranian politics.

SUZANNE MALONEY is a Senior Fellow at the Saban Center for Middle East
Policy at the Brookings Institution.

The agony and ecstasy of Iran’s 1979 revolution, and the Islamic
Republic established in its wake, have inspired a profusion of
literature. In literally thousands of books and articles, academics,
pundits, historical figures, and even cartoonists have dissected Iran,
its convoluted politics, its rich culture, and its troubled
relationship with the rest of the world. This breadth of material
reflects not only the captivating drama of recent Iranian history but
also one of the Islamic Republic’s many paradoxes -- that for a
supposedly closed society, contemporary Iran is surprisingly open to
journalists, researchers, and occasional travelers. Despite this
abundance, understanding Iran presents a perpetual challenge for
external observers, thanks to the layers of complexity and
contradictions beneath Iran’s surface and the country’s proclivity for
unpredictability. The difficulty is magnified in the United States,
where long estrangement has deprived most Americans of direct exposure
to Iran and generated an appetite for sensationalism or sentimentality
in place of serious analysis.

The Mantle of the Prophet: Religion and Politics in Iran. By Roy
Mottahedeh. Simon & Schuster, 1985.

Purchase at B&N.com | Purchase at Amazon.com

The Reign of the Ayatollahs: Iran and the Islamic Revolution. By Shaul
Bakhash. Basic Books, 1984.

Purchase at B&N.com | Purchase at Amazon.com

Iran scholars are a fractious bunch, but one book commands nearly
universal respect. Roy Mottahedeh’s The Mantle of the Prophet, they
agree, offers an unparalleled perspective on the revolution and its
antecedents as seen through the eyes of an archetypical cleric.
Mottahedeh brilliantly weaves the themes of Iranian history and
culture through his narrative in a way that illuminates their central
influence in shaping the country’s political development. Its brief,
poignant epilogue reads as an elegy for the ideals of the revolution’s
protagonists. Shaul Bakhash, meanwhile, is both a journalist and
historian, and he applies these complementary skills to this classic
account of the revolution and the first decade of the Islamic
Republic. The Reign of the Ayatollahs is a gripping read that is rich
in detailed analysis of the political, ideological, and economic
transformations wrought by the revolution. The book is particularly
compelling on the formative role that the turbulence of the Islamic
Republic’s early years played in shaping a sense of profound
insecurity among its leadership.

Persepolis: The Story of a Childhood. By Marjane Satrapi. Pantheon,
2003.
Purchase at B&N.com | Purchase at Amazon.com

Persepolis 2: The Story of a Return. By Marjane Satrapi. Pantheon,
2004.
Purchase at B&N.com | Purchase at Amazon.com

Through austere black-and-white drawings and stark dialogue, these
graphic novels recount the revolution and its aftermath through a tale
of exile from and eventual return to Iran. The Persepolis stories,
which were eventually translated into a film, form a thinly veiled
version of Marjane Satrapi’s autobiography but speak powerfully to the
traumas experienced by a generation of Iranians born in or after the
revolution.

The Constitution of Iran: Politics and the State in the Islamic
Republic. By Asghar Schirazi. I. B. Tauris, 1997.

Purchase at Amazon.com

Although ultimate authority in Iran is wielded by an unelected
religious figure, the country’s post-revolutionary political order
incorporates a number of popularly elected institutions. Enshrining
this duality is a written constitution whose initial draft was modeled
on that of the French Fifth Republic. This meticulously researched
book analyzes the fundamental contradictions embedded within the
constitution and their resolution in practice, which has gone largely
in favor of nondemocratic institutions and precepts.

Factional Politics in Post-Khomeini Iran. By Mehdi Moslem. Syracuse
University Press, 2002.
Purchase at B&N.com | Purchase at Amazon.com

Conservative, reformist, radical, and everything in between: Iran
watchers are all too prone to cataloguing the ideological and
political factions within the Islamic Republic, often to the point of
analytical futility. Mehdi Moslem’s book rises above abstract
terminology to chronicle the evolution and institutionalization of
Iran’s fierce competition for power. The book is most valuable in its
exploration of the internecine internal skirmishing of the early 1990s
that helped lead to the emergence of the reform movement, including
considerable attention to Mir Husayn Musavi, who has recently returned
to political prominence

by contesting the June 2009 presidential election. Unlike many other
authors writing during the reformist heyday, Moslem presciently
anticipates the influence of Iran’s neo-fundamentalists, a faction
that would include current Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad.

“Youth Exclusion in Iran: The State of Education, Employment, and
Family Formation.” By Djavad Salehi-Isfahani and Daniel Egel. The
Wolfensohn Center for Development and the Dubai School of Government,
September 2007. Read

Nearly every analysis of contemporary Iran refers to its
disproportionately young population, at least two-thirds of which have
been born since the revolution itself. The policy debate often focuses
on the threat that such a significant youth element might pose for the
Islamic regime. In this thoughtful paper, Djavad Salehi-Isfahani and
Daniel Egel examine the mundane challenges facing young Iranians in
obtaining a practical education, achieving steady employment, and
getting married and starting a family. They recommend specific
policies to mitigate the problems and capitalize on what is really as
much a potential boon to Iran’s future as a destabilizing factor.

“The Struggle Against Sultanism.” By Akbar Ganji. The Journal of
Democracy. 16, no. 4: pp. 38–51. Read
“The Latter-Day Sultan.” By Akbar Ganji. Foreign Affairs, November/
December 2008, pp. 45-66.

The Road to Democracy in Iran. By Akbar Ganji. MIT Press, 2008.
Purchase at B&N.com | Purchase at Amazon.com

Akbar Ganji’s biography itself offers a trenchant commentary on the
ebb and flow of ideological orthodoxy in the Islamic Republic. Having
served during the regime’s early years in the Revolutionary Guards and
the fearsome Intelligence Ministry, Ganji progressively became
disenchanted. By the mid-1990s, he had transformed himself into an
influential political journalist, assailing Iran’s senior leadership
in newspaper columns on the regime’s excesses. Arrested in 2000, he
later spent nearly six years in prison, where his fate attracted
worldwide attention. Today, Ganji remains passionate about realizing a
genuine representative state in Iran, although he effectively lives in
exile. These writings present his erudite denunciation of Iran’s
current system and his effort to chart a path forward.

Ahmadinejad: The Secret History of Iran’s Radical Leader. By Kasra
Naji. University of California Press, 2008.
Purchase at B&N.com | Purchase at Amazon.com

The unexpected election in 2005 of a little-known radical populist to
Iran’s presidency, along with his emergence as a figure of worldwide
repute and revile, generated a spate of inquiries into Mahmoud
Ahmadinejad and the political conditions that spawned his ascendance.
This biography, by the Iranian journalist Kasra Naji, is the widest-
ranging and most descriptive, and draws on the author’s personal
experiences covering Ahmadinejad as a reporter. The portrait that
emerges -- of a provocative and politically savvy hard-liner -- is
fascinating, although the lack of independent corroboration leaves
doubts about some of the book’s more explosive claims.

Latest from CFR

How to Read Brazil's Stance on Iran
The Greek Austerity Message
NATO at 61: Bear Trouble, and More
The Weakening of Turkey's Military
Pre-Elections, Iraqis Crave Stability

Go to cfr.org.

http://www.foreignaffairs.com/features/readinglists/what-to-read-on-iranian-politics

What to Read on Nuclear Proliferation
Bradley A. Thayer
An annotated Foreign Affairs syllabus on nuclear proliferation.

BRADLEY A. THAYER is Professor of Political Science at Baylor
University.

Few topics in international relations consistently attract as much
academic and policy interest as nuclear proliferation. The literature
on the subject tends to focus on four central questions: Why do states
seek nuclear weapons? How do they acquire the components necessary to
build them? What are the consequences of proliferation? And how can
nuclear weapons be kept out of the hands of nonstate actors? These
issues will remain salient in the years to come, as the North Korean
and Iranian nuclear programs advance, the threat of nuclear terrorism
persists, and the full implications of the type of nuclear
entrepreneurship practiced by such intermediaries as A. Q. Khan are
revealed. One fact is clear: going nuclear has never been easier.

"A Primer on Fissile Materials and Nuclear Weapons Design." By Owen R.
Coté, Jr. In: Avoiding Nuclear Anarchy: Containing the Threat of Loose
Russian Nuclear Weapons and Fissile Material. By Graham T. Allison,
Owen R. Coté, Jr., Richard A. Falkenrath, and Steven E. Miller. MIT
Press, 1996.
Purchase at Amazon.com

Nuclear proliferation is part politics, part science and technology.
This appendix is the single best introduction to the science and
technology part: the principles of fission and fusion, the physical
properties of fissile material, the design for both fission and fusion
nuclear weapons, and the production of fissile materials. Owen Coté
clearly explains the physics behind fission and thermonuclear weapons
and the production of enriched uranium and plutonium. His bottom line
is that simple fission weapons are not a major design challenge for
most states and even some nonstate actors; the only truly significant
barrier to acquiring nuclear weapons is obtaining a sufficient amount
of fissile material, whether by developing the means of their
production or stealing or purchasing the materials themselves.

The Nuclear Express: A Political History of the Bomb and Its
Proliferation. By Thomas C. Reed and Danny B. Stillman. Zenith Press,
2009.
Purchase at B&N.com | Purchase at Amazon.com

Thomas Reed and Danny Stillman provide an outstanding history of the
nuclear age, from the discovery of fission in 1938 to the present
troubles that confront the nuclear nonproliferation regime. The
authors succinctly discuss the histories of nuclear states, including
Israel, India, Pakistan, North Korea, and South Africa, while offering
keen insights into their motivation for proliferation and the path
each state took to acquire the bomb. They also evaluate the scope of
the A. Q. Khan network and
Libya's role in helping to end it. Reed and Stillman are pessimistic
about the possibilities of derailing the "nuclear express" as it rolls
on in this century, citing the spread of nuclear technology, major
problems at the International Atomic Energy Agency, and the role
states such as China play in fostering proliferation.

The Spread of Nuclear Weapons: A Debate Renewed. By Scott D. Sagan and
Kenneth N. Waltz. W. W. Norton, 2002.
Purchase at B&N.com | Purchase at Amazon.com

This revised edition is the best source for a succinct analysis of the
causes of nuclear proliferation and its consequences. Kenneth Waltz
and Scott Sagan have sharply contrasting views on the ramifications of
nuclear proliferation. A proponent of rational deterrence theory,
Waltz is guardedly sanguine over the stabilizing impact of secure
second-strike capabilities. He argues that they make wars hard to
start and give leaders great incentive to de-escalate a crisis.
Drawing upon organization theory, Sagan is much more pessimistic about
the stabilizing role of nuclear weapons in all cases. He highlights
the dangers posed by military organizations -- their biases, routines,
and interests -- that are likely to lead to deterrence failures.
Moreover, he maintains that nuclear states may lack adequate civilian
control, which can exacerbate the problems associated with military
organizations.

The Nuclear Tipping Point: Why States Reconsider Their Nuclear
Choices. Edited by Kurt M. Campbell, Robert J. Einhorn, and Mitchell
B. Reiss. Brookings Institution Press, 2004.

Purchase at B&N.com | Purchase at Amazon.com
Kurt Campbell, Robert Einhorn, and Mitchell Reiss have assembled a
first-rate collection of authors to consider one crucial question:
When do states reverse their decision to acquire a nuclear weapons
capability? The writers consider the cases of Egypt, Syria, Saudi
Arabia, Turkey, Germany, Japan, South Korea, and Taiwan, all of which
eventually abandoned their nuclear weapons programs. The authors find
that the regional security environment is critical. Absent some form
of intervention by the United States, states will likely cross the
tipping point if a neighboring hostile state acquires nuclear weapons.
The implications of this study are particularly helpful in light of
Iran's nuclear pursuit and the ensuing concerns over the start of a
chain of proliferation in the Middle East.

Deadly Arsenals: Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical Threats. By Joseph
Cirincione, Jon B. Wolfsthal, and Miriam Rajkumar. Carnegie Endowment
for International Peace, 2005.
Purchase at B&N.com | Purchase at Amazon.com

This is an essential resource on nuclear proliferation,
comprehensively documenting the spread of nuclear, biological, and
chemical weapons as well as their aircraft and missile delivery
systems. In addition to providing detailed descriptions of the
capabilities of various states, it contains valuable analyses of the
technologies necessary to develop nuclear weapons and the strength of
the nonproliferation regime.

Nuclear Black Markets: Pakistan, A. Q. Khan, and the Rise of
Proliferation Networks -- A Net Assessment. International Institute
for Strategic Studies, 2007.

Shopping for Bombs: Nuclear Proliferation, Global Insecurity, and the
Rise and Fall of the A. Q. Khan Network. By Gordon Corera. Oxford
University Press, 2006.
Purchase at B&N.com | Purchase at Amazon.com

The International Institute for Strategic Studies (IISS) has provided
a great service with this analysis of the nuclear network masterminded
by A. Q. Khan, the man former CIA Director George Tenet described as
"at least as dangerous as Osama bin Laden." For almost two decades,
Khan's network -- based in Africa, Asia, and Europe -- sold nuclear
enrichment technology, nuclear weapon design information, and
expertise to Iran, Iraq, Libya, and North Korea, while effectively
bypassing the export control regime. Equally valuable is this report's
examination of the efforts to halt the illicit nuclear trade. What
remains worrisome is the degree to which global proliferation networks
and nuclear black markets continue to function as instruments of state
policy or as the new favored business model for nuclear entrepreneurs.
Gordon Corera's book complements the IISS study, offering a detailed
historical context of Pakistan's nuclear program and the central role
A. Q. Khan played in its development. Corera explores how Khan and his
confederates constructed and maintained the network, demonstrates the
immense difficulty the U.S. intelligence community had in detecting
and monitoring it over decades, and illuminates the great problems
involved in mustering the political will necessary to stop Khan's
network when Islamabad was a major ally in the war on terror.

Defusing Armageddon: Inside NEST, America's Secret Nuclear Bomb Squad.
By Jeffrey T. Richelson. W. W. Norton, 2009.
Purchase at B&N.com | Purchase at Amazon.com

In this excellent book, Jeffrey Richelson provides the first thorough
history of the Department of Energy's Nuclear Emergency Support
(formerly Search) Team (NEST), a core component of the United States'
defense against nuclear terrorism. He describes the evolution of NEST
from its origins to its current objective of defending the United
States against a nuclear or radiological attack conducted by
terrorists. The analyses of al Qaeda's efforts to acquire a nuclear
weapon (or device) and how it would be used in the United States are
particularly valuable, as is the discussion of NEST after 9/11.

http://www.foreignaffairs.com/features/readinglists/what-to-read-on-nuclear-proliferation-0

Expert Brief

The Weakening of Turkey's Military
Author: Steven A. Cook, Hasib J. Sabbagh Senior Fellow for Middle
Eastern Studies

March 1, 2010

The arrest of forty-nine currently serving and retired Turkish
military officers for an alleged 2003 plot to overthrow the government
is unprecedented and has raised fears about destabilization arising
from a showdown between the moderate Islamist Justice and Development
Party (AKP) and the military.

But none of this should come as a surprise. The current crisis
underscores the changes long underway in Turkish politics. Since 2003,
the ruling AKP has been whittling away at the military's vaunted
autonomy. Yet the oft-cited power of the Turkish General Staff may be
more apparent than real. That perception stems from the fact that the
military has carried out four coups d'état (1960, 1971, 1980, and
1997) and countless less-dramatic interventions in Turkish politics.
Rather than demonstrate the officers' power and influence, however,
these interventions reflect the underlying weakness of Turkey's
military establishment.

Asserting Civilian Control

Since the founding of the Turkish republic, the basic, if unwritten,
rule of politics has been: Politicians and their followers must not
elicit the ire of the General Staff lest they be pushed from office
and banned (at least temporarily) from politics. As a result,
successive Turkish governments have shied from challenging the
military on issues such as personnel, the military budget, and weapons
issues such as personnel, the military budget, and weapons
procurement, as well as areas beyond the officers' professional
competence, including education, broadcasting, and the national
economy. Indeed, the threat of military intervention has so
conditioned Turkish civilian politicians that they have often
campaigned in part on the implicit message that they could maintain
good relations with the General Staff.

[N]one of this should come as a surprise. The current crisis
underscores the changes long underway in Turkish politics.

In 2003, however, the AKP, riding a wave of unprecedented popular
support for European Union-inspired reforms, began bringing the
General Staff under civilian control. The AKP-dominated parliament
granted itself oversight and control over the military's extra-
budgetary funds, strengthened the civilian-controlled Ministry of
National Defense--which is separate from and has no control over the
General Staff--to identify priorities for defense expenditures, and
removed military representatives from the Higher Education and Audio-
Visual Boards. The officers on these boards were charged with ensuring
that threats to the republic, notably Islamism and Kurdish separatism,
did not creep into the educational system or national broadcasting.

The most important changes were made to the National Security Council
(known more commonly by its Turkish acronym, MGK), which had been the
primary channel through which the officers influenced Turkish
politics. First, the number of officers on the council was reduced
from five to one--the chief of staff. Second, the legislation required
that a civilian hold the office of MGK secretary-general, a position
previously reserved for a military officer who reported directly to
the chief of staff. The council was also stripped of its executive
authority and its budget placed under the prime minister's control.

Despite these dramatic changes, the military was forced to accept the
council's downgraded status. Given the enormous public support (as
high as 77 percent) for the EU reforms at the time, the officers could
not oppose the changes to the MGK without risking the military's
popularity among the Turkish public--something the officers hold dear.

Despite periodic reports of grumbling among the officer corps about
the Justice and Development Party's alleged "reactionaryism," there
were no confrontations between the military and the government until
April 2007, when the military tried to prevent then foreign minister
and deputy prime minister Abdullah Gul from becoming Turkey's
president. Although the post is largely ceremonial, the Turkish
president has the power to approve or veto legislation. The officers
feared that a Gul presidency would bring down the last firewall
against the establishment of an Islamic state.

Without naming Gul, the officers posted a message on the General
Staff's website implicitly threatening intervention should the AKP-
dominated parliament elect Gul to be Turkey's eleventh president.
After a tense month of popular protests in Turkey's major cities,
Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan called snap national
elections. The Justice and Development Party won a landslide victory,
capturing 47 percent of the vote, paving the way for Gul to be
elevated to the Cankaya Palace in August. Once again, despite the
military's clear threats, the officers proved that while they could
raise the level of tension in the political arena, they were impotent
to secure their desired outcome.

Although the arrest of the forty-nine officers is big news, the fact
remains that the popular perception of an all-powerful Turkish
military is largely incorrect.
The following March, the public prosecutor filed charges against the
Justice and Development Party for being "a center of anti-secular
activity." Although the military was not directly responsible for the
charges, the General Staff's deep mistrust of AKP created an
environment that made the charges possible. The Constitutional Court
ultimately found the party guilty, but decided against shuttering the
party and banning seventy of its members from politics. The decision,
despite the verdict, was widely regarded as a victory for Justice and
Development and a blow to the secular establishment, which the
military leads.
A string of embarrassing incidents have further eroded the military's
public standing and allowed the AKP to begin subordinating the
officers to civilian authority.

These include the so-called Ergenekon investigation, which implicated
several former senior officers and a number of serving junior officers
in an effort to destabilize the country and provoke a coup. In
addition, the Turkish daily Taraf published alleged documents
demonstrating that the military was aware of planned Kurdistan Worker
Party attacks on Turkish soldiers before they occurred, but chose to
do nothing to undermine support for the AKP. And officers from the
Special Forces command were recently accused of plotting the
assassination of Deputy Prime Minister Bulent Arinc. The latter
incident resulted in civilian prosecutors searching Special Forces
headquarters for evidence, an unprecedented development in Turkey.

The Inherent Weakness of Coups

Although the arrest of the forty-nine officers is big news, the fact
remains that the popular perception of an all-powerful Turkish
military is largely incorrect. The officers regard themselves as the
keepers of Mustafa Kemal Ataturk's principles of secularism and
republicanism. Yet, Kemalism--at least the officers' interpretation of
Ataturk's ideas--demands a drab political conformity that never
accommodated Kurds, pious Muslims, Armenians, the small Greek
community, and, as Turkish society has become more modern and complex,
those who want to live in a more democratic political system.

The fact that the officers have had to intervene four times in five
decades demonstrates their inability to force the military's political
will on society. To be sure, the coups of 1960, 1971, 1980, and the
"blank" or "post-modern" coup of 1997 reflect the awesome firepower at
the General Staff's disposal, but coercion is the least efficient
means of political control. Indeed, in the aftermath of each
intervention, the military sought to ensure that it would not have to
intervene again by writing, rewriting, and amending Turkey's
constitutions to safeguard the Kemalist political order, yet each time
the reengineering of Turkey's political institutions failed to prevent
challenges to the political system.
The U.S. Response

Although the Obama administration has identified Turkey as a strategic
partner in the Middle East, Central Asia, the Caucasus, and South
Asia, Washington must recognize that Turkey's internal political
turmoil could undermine Ankara's capacity to be a useful ally in these
critical areas. A military backlash in the form of a coup, or if the
AKP uses the arrests to engage in a political witch hunt, will
destabilize Turkish politics and markets for the foreseeable future.

Washington must continue to emphasize the importance of the rule of
law and the importance of Turkey's democratic transition to put both
sides--the military and the government--on notice that the stakes in
this situation for both Ankara and Washington are high.

Weigh in on this issue by emailing CFR.org.

Related Materials

Gaza and Strains in Israeli-Turkish Relations
Interview
January 20, 2010

Balancing a Bullish Turkey
By Steven A. Cook, Hasib J. Sabbagh Senior Fellow for Middle Eastern
Studies
Expert Brief
December 4, 2009

Turkey's War at Home
By Steven A. Cook, Hasib J. Sabbagh Senior Fellow for Middle Eastern
Studies
Article
October-November 2009

The Evolving Turkish Role in Mideast Peace Diplomacy
By Steven A. Cook, Hasib J. Sabbagh Senior Fellow for Middle Eastern
Studies
Expert Brief
Updated: April 7, 2009

Turkey's Problematic Middle East Role
By Steven A. Cook, Hasib J. Sabbagh Senior Fellow for Middle Eastern
Studies
Op-Ed
April 17, 2008

See Also
Turkey, International Peace and Security, Religion and Politics

New Books

In Paradise Beneath Her Feet,

Isobel Coleman shows how Muslim women and men are fighting back with
progressive interpretations of Islam to support women's rights in a
growing movement of Islamic feminism

How Enemies Become Friends

In this compelling book, Charles A. Kupchan explores how adversaries
can transform enmity into amity, and exposes prevalent myths about the
causes of peace.

Start-Up Nation

The Story of Israel's Economic Miracle

Authors: Daniel Senor, Adjunct Senior Fellow for Middle Eastern
Studies
Saul Singer, Columnist, Jerusalem Post
Publisher: A CFR Book. Twelve Books

Release Date: November 2009

320 pages
ISBN 978-0-446-54146-6
$26.99

Overview

Start-Up Nation addresses the trillion-dollar question: How is it that
Israel—a country of 7.1 million people, only sixty years old,
surrounded by enemies, in a constant state of war since its founding,
with no natural resources—produces more start-up companies than large,
peaceful, and stable nations like Japan, China, India, Korea, Canada,
and the United Kingdom? Drawing on examples from the country’s
foremost inventors and investors, geopolitical experts Dan Senor and
Saul Singer describe how Israel’s adversity-driven culture fosters a
unique combination of innovative and entrepreneurial intensity.

“Rich and insightful.”
—Publishers Weekly

As the authors argue, Israel is not just a country but a comprehensive
state of mind. Whereas Americans emphasize decorum and exhaustive
preparation, Israelis put chutzpah first. “When an Israeli
entrepreneur has a business idea, he will start it that week,” one
analyst put it. At the geopolitical level, Senor and Singer dig in
deeper to show why Israel’s policies on immigration, R&D, and military
service have been key factors in the country’s rise—providing insight
into why Israel has more companies on the NASDAQ than those from all
of Europe, Korea, Japan, Singapore, China, and India combined.

“Illuminating.”
—George Stephanopoulos

So much has been written about the Middle East, but surprisingly
little is understood about the story and strategy behind Israel’s
economic growth. As Start-Up Nation shows, there are lessons in
Israel’s example that apply not only to other nations, but also to
individuals seeking to build a thriving organization. As the U.S.
economy seeks to reboot its can-do spirit, there’s never been a better
time to look at this remarkable and resilient nation for some
impressive, surprising clues.

About This Publication

1.Book Events
2.Reviews & Endorsements
3.The Authors

Book Events

Watch Dan Senor on the 700 Club.

Watch Israeli prime minister Benjamin Netenyahu mention Start-Up
Nation in his speech at the Jewish Federations of North America annual
conference.

Watch Fareed Zakaria discuss the book on Fareed Zakaria GPS.

Watch Dan Senor on Squawk Box.

Watch Dan Senor on Morning Joe.

Watch Dan Senor on Meet the Press.

Watch Dan Senor on Take Two.

Reviews & Endorsements

Read the David Brooks piece in the New York Times.
Read the interview with Dan Senor in the New York Times’
“Freakonomics” blog.
Read the authors’ piece in Newsweek.
Read the Israel National News piece.
Read the “Power Line” piece.
Read the Economist piece.
Read the Bloomberg.com piece.
Read the Growthology.org piece.
Read the Scripps News piece.
Read the National Review piece and interview with Dan Senor.
Read the Atlantic piece.
Read the Larry King Live blog interview with Dan Senor.
Read the Jerusalem Post piece.
Read the Mediaite piece.
Read the Weekly Standard piece.
Read Dan Senor’s piece in the “Daily Beast.”
“Vividly illustrates how Israel has developed a culture where
authority not only can be challenged, but must be ... a compelling and
satisfying work, filled with eye-opening revelations and shot through
with rich examples, explanations, and analysis.”
—Barron's
“Bracing.”
—New Republic
A New York Times “Caucus” blog best seller.
A Washington Post best seller.
“This fine book ... shine[s] a spotlight on [Israel’s] success.”
—Wall Street Journal
“An eye-opening look at a side of Israel that most people never think
about.”
—The Week
“There is a great deal for America to learn from the very impressive
Israeli entrepreneurial model—beginning with a culture of leadership
and risk management. Start-Up Nation is a playbook for every CEO who
wants to develop the next generation of corporate leaders.”
—Tom Brokaw, special correspondent for NBC News, author of The
Greatest Generation
“Senor and Singer’s experience in government, in business, and in
journalism—and especially on the ground in the Middle East—come to
life in their illuminating, timely, and often surprising analysis.”
—George Stephanopoulos, host of This Week, ABC News
“In the midst of the chaos of the Middle East, there’s a remarkable
story of innovation. Start-Up Nation is filled with inspiring insights
into what’s behind Israel’s dynamic economy. It is a timely book and a
much-needed celebration of the entrepreneurial spirit.”
—Meg Whitman, former president and CEO of eBay
“Senor and Singer highlight some important lessons and sound
instruction for countries struggling to enter the 21st century. An
edifying, cogent report, as apolitical as reasonably possible, about
homemade nation building.”
—Kirkus Reviews
“The authors ground their analysis in case studies and interviews with
some of Israel's most brilliant innovators to make this a rich and
insightful read not just for business leaders and policymakers but for
anyone curious about contemporary Israeli culture.”
—Publishers Weekly

The Authors

Daniel Senor, adjunct senior fellow for Middle East studies at the
Council on Foreign Relations, has long been on the front lines of
policy, politics, and business in the Middle East. As a senior foreign
policy adviser to the U.S. government, he was one of the longest-
serving civilian officials in Iraq, for which he was awarded the
highest civilian honor by the Pentagon. He also served in Qatar, and
has studied in Israel, where today he invests in a number of Israeli
start-ups. In his business career, he has worked for global private
equity firms—the Carlyle Group and Rosemont Capital, which he
cofounded. Senor’s analytical pieces are frequently published by the
Wall Street Journal; he has also written for the New York Times, the
Washington Post, the Weekly Standard, and Time. In government and
business, he has traveled extensively throughout the Arab world. Mr.
Senor lives in New York City with his wife and two sons.

Saul Singer is a columnist and former editorial page editor at the
Jerusalem Post and the author of Confronting Jihad: Israel’s Struggle
and the World after 9/11. He has written for the Wall Street Journal,
Commentary, Moment, the New Leader, bitterlemons (an Israeli/
Palestinian e-zine), and the Washington Post’s international blog,
PostGlobal. Before moving to Israel, he served as an adviser to the
U.S. Congress. Mr. Singer lives in Jerusalem with his wife and three
daughters.

Visit www.startupnationbook.com for more.

http://www.cfr.org/publication/21548/weakening_of_turkeys_military.html?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+cfr_foreignaffairs+%28CFR.org+-+FA+multi-pub%29

Related Materials

Israeli Innovation a Model for United States, Say Senor and Singer in
New CFR Book
News Release
October 23, 2009

Crisis Guide: The Israeli-Palestinian Conflict
By Eben Kaplan
Interactive
April 16, 2008

Israel’s Political System
By Eben Kaplan and Caroline Friedman
Backgrounder
Updated: February 11, 2009

Uncertainty in Israeli Politics
Interview
March 24, 2009

Briefing by Special Envoy for Middle East Peace Mitchell on Obama's
Trilateral Meeting with Prime Minister Netanyahu of Israel and
President Abbas of the Palestinian Authority
Essential Documents
September 22, 2009

See Also
Israel, Business and Foreign Policy

Essay Reshaping the World Order
Stephen G. Brooks and William C. Wohlforth
The current architecture of international institutions must be
updated, but skeptics question whether the United States is up to the
task. They need not worry: the United States still possesses enough
power and legitimacy to spearhead reform.

Essay The Future of American Power
Fareed Zakaria
Despite some eerie parallels between the position of the United States
today and that of the British Empire a century ago, there are key
differences. Britain's decline was driven by bad economics. The United
States, in contrast, has the strength and dynamism to continue shaping
the world -- but only if it can overcome its political dysfunction and
reorient U.S. policy for a world defined by the rise of other powers.

Essay The Age of Nonpolarity
Richard N. Haass
In the twenty-first century, power will be diffuse rather than
concentrated, and the influence of nonstate actors will increase. But
the United States can still manage the transition and make the world a
safer place.

Essay Taming American Power
Stephen M. Walt
U.S. policymakers debate how to wield American power; foreigners
debate how to deal with it. Some make their peace with Washington and
try to manipulate it; others try to oppose and undercut U.S.
interests. The challenge for the United States is how to turn its
material dominance into legitimate authority.

Comment Is America Losing Its Edge?
Adam Segal
For 50 years, the United States has maintained its economic edge by
being better and faster than any other country at inventing and
exploiting new technologies. Today, however, its dominance is starting
to slip, as Asian countries pour resources into R&D and challenge
America's traditional role in the global economy.

Comment A Global Power Shift in the Making
James F. Hoge, Jr.
Global power shifts happen rarely and are even less often peaceful.
Washington must take heed: Asia is rising fast, with its growing
economic power translating into political and military strength. The
West must adapt -- or be left behind.

Essay History and the Hyperpower
Eliot A. Cohen
Whether or not the United States today should be called an empire is a
semantic game. The important point is that it resembles previous
empires enough to make the search for lessons of history worthwhile.
Overwhelming dominance has always invited hostility. U.S. leaders thus
must learn the arts of imperial management and diplomacy, exercising
power with a bland smile rather than boastful words.

Essay America's Imperial Dilemma
Dimitri K. Simes
The United States increasingly looks, walks, and talks like an empire.
It should therefore heed the lessons of its predecessors, exercising
strong and determined global leadership. At the same time, it must
avoid the temptation to meddle when American interests are not at
stake. This means, among other things, dropping the doctrine of
universal democracy promotion.

Essay U.S. Power and Strategy After Iraq
Joseph S. Nye Jr.
The Bush administration's new national security strategy gets much
right but may turn out to be myopic. The world has changed in ways
that make it impossible for the most dominant power since Rome to go
it alone. U.S. policymakers must realize that power today lies not
only in the might of one's sword but in the appeal of one's ideas.

Essay Reshaping the World Order
Stephen G. Brooks and William C. Wohlforth
The current architecture of international institutions must be
updated, but skeptics question whether the United States is up to the
task. They need not worry: the United States still possesses enough
power and legitimacy to spearhead reform.

Review Essay A Hegemon's Coming of Age
Walter Russell Mead
A new book presents the complex and lively history of the evolution of
U.S. power abroad.

Essay The Default Power
Josef Joffe
Since the United States first became a global superpower, it has been
fashionable to speak of its decline. But in today's world, the United
States' economic and military strength, along with the attractiveness
of its ideals, will ensure its power for a long time to come.

Essay Complexity and Collapse
Niall Ferguson
Imperial collapse may come much more suddenly than many historians
imagine. A combination of fiscal deficits and military overstretch
suggests that the United States may be the next empire on the
precipice.

http://www.foreignaffairs.com/features/readinglists/what-to-read-on-american-primacy

http://www.cfr.org/publication/20356/

...and I am Sid Harth
Sid Harth
2010-03-06 18:48:41 UTC
Permalink
What's New

Interviews for final Selection of awardees under the Scheme of
National Overseas Scholarship for SC etc. candidates for the Selection
Year 2008-09
http://socialjustice.nic.in/nosinter.php
Quotation for Creative Design of Half Page Color Advertisement on
Republic Day 2010
http://socialjustice.nic.in/republicday2010.php
Deendayal Disabled Rehabilitation Scheme to promote Voluntary Action
for Persons with Disabilities (Revised DDRS Scheme)
http://socialjustice.nic.in/ddrs.php
List of persons / organizations given National Awards for the
Empowerment of Persons with Disabilities-2009 (54 KB) (PDF file that
opens in a new window)
http://socialjustice.nic.in/pdf/awardeelist09.pdf
Advertisement for the receipt of nominations for National Award for
outstanding field work in eradicating untouchability and combating
offences of atrocities against Schedued Castes for the year 2009 (141
KB) (PDF file that opens in a new window)
http://socialjustice.nic.in/pdf/advnaward09.pdf
Proposed Amendments in the Persons with Disabilities Act, 1995-
Comments / Suggestions Invited (Notice for Proposed Amendments in the
Persons with Disabilities Act, 1995-Comments / Suggestions Invited (15
KB) (PDF file that opens in a new window) )
http://socialjustice.nic.in/draftpwdact.php

http://socialjustice.nic.in/pdf/noticepwd.pdf

http://socialjustice.nic.in/pdf/expnote.pdf

http://socialjustice.nic.in/pdf/dpwdact.pdf

NGO Partnership System (101 KB) (PDF file that opens in a new window)
http://socialjustice.nic.in/pdf/ngopartnership.pdf

Scheme for Incentives to employers providing Employment to the Persons
with Disabilities in the Private Sector (Hindi Version of Scheme for
Incentives to employers providing Employment to the Persons with
Disabilities in the Private Sector)
http://socialjustice.nic.in/incentdd.php
Advertisement for inviting applications under the Scheme of National
Overseas Scholarship for SCs etc. Candidates for the selection year
2009-10 (78 KB) (PDF file that opens in a new window)
http://socialjustice.nic.in/pdf/nos0910.pdf

http://socialjustice.nic.in/

Published on 14-04-2007 In National
Viewed 2935 times | Written by Cho Ramaswamy
Social injustice

Karnataka government's ignoring rulings of the courts' in the Cauvery
tangle is unjust. The Kerala regime's brazen contempt for judgements
in the Mullaperiyar issue is the worst example of chutzpah. But, the
Tamil Nadu has attempted to do something worse against the Supreme
Court by organising a general strike against its interim pronouncement
because it is supposed to be "social justice."

The Apex Court had spoken its mind in the matter of 27 percent
reservation for "Other Backward Castes" in higher education and
ordered an interim stay on the law in this respect. Though the TN
government opposed and decried the ruling as do most political parties
in the length and breadth of the nation, this is the only state that
dovetailed its allies' [and the entire opposition's] support for a
state sponsored "bandh."

Senior counsel Vijayan has pointed out a hitherto unnoticed aspect of
this issue.

"When the case came up for the first time, its plaintiffs – a certain
youths' association was in the process of organising a strike.

The Supreme Court's interim orders, at that point in time, were in
favour of the government which had opposed it. Forced to accept the
call of the courts, the body called off its mass action. Now, the
state government has acted in a manner so as to insult the voice of
the judiciary. Shouldn't the present regime exhibit the same sense of
responsibility shown earlier by a voluntary organisation," Vijayan
demands to know.

The Supreme Court expressed itself explicitly while ordering an
interim stay in the matter of reservation in education.

The court reiterated its earlier orders which had clearly stated that
the reservations cannot exceed 50 percent…This upper limit [aimed to
keep out] the creamy layer within the Backward Castes was an aspect of
the [collective] wisdom expressed in the articles enshrined in The
Constitution. If breached, this would defeat the very purpose of the
assurance of "equal opportunities" which are the bedrock of all our
laws, the court said. Ensuring that reservations do not go beyond the
prescribed 50 percent limit, that all those who have already been
benefited by the statute are kept beyond its purview and prevention of
their indefinite continuance are the duty of the government.
Backwardness cannot be a permanent feature and therefore ought not to
become endless, the court reflected in its interim order.

These above sentiments expressed by the courts have been stressed in
many articles published several times in Thuglak.

This time, the Supreme Court has pointed out that the census of 1931
cannot be the basis to determine OBCs. Further it said that such an
old yardstick cannot be accepted as the justification for 27 percent
reservation in [central] educational institutions.

Those who oppose these averments of the Apex Court naturally point to
the fact that it did not question reservations in government jobs. But
these sections have failed to comprehend a simple facet of the whole
issue. Different articles in the Constitution have dealt with
reservations in jobs and educational institutions separately and have
differentiated between the two.

While tackling the matter of reservations in jobs, the Constitution
clearly says they are applicable only "to those Backward Classes which
do not have adequate representation."

Shorn of legalese, this means that the founding fathers of our
Constitution had accepted the fact that certain sections of the
population weren't represented in government posts.

But the statute doesn't accept this premise while dealing with the
issue of reservations in educational institutions. The article that
deals with this matter clearly says that the special arrangement is
meant for the uplift of "socially and educationally backward sections"
of the population that encompasses "oppressed and scheduled castes
[and] tribes…"

Since this was based on the situation that prevailed in 1931 [when the
last census was conducted] questions are bound to be raised about its
present applicability.

If this distinction between jobs and education is understood, nobody
would say that the two are on an equal plane.

Between the creation of our Constitution and the present day,
different amendments were made to include several sections in the
populace purely to increase political parties' vote banks. This
resulted in those who depended on merit being totally outnumbered in
blatant violation of the tenets of equality stated clearly in the
Constitution.

Every time the courts opposed such moves, political parties assailed
the judiciary as a matter of habit. The present order of the Supreme
Court isn't a final denouement. Yet, several political outfits are
condemning it as such. The Tamil Nadu government simply went a step
further and organised a "bandh."

"On what basis can the ruling party in Tamil Nadu insist on our
obeying the Supreme Court in the Cauvery and Mullaperiyar issues," is
a poser bound to be raised by the ruling [coalitions] in Karnataka and
Kerala respectively.

Naturally the two "K" states can demand the right to be on an equal
footing with Tamil Nadu in ignoring the Supreme Court!

On several occasions, for different reasons, the powers that be in
many states as well as at the centre have accorded short shrifts to
judgements pronounced in courts. At times, they have rendered their
orders meaningless by amending the laws.

It may happen on this occasion as well.

The words of the judiciary have tasted bitter to governments
regardless of their being regional or national because the courts base
their orders on the Constitution while ruling political arrangements
treaded a different measure due to political conveniences.

The latest imbroglio is an attempt on the part of the political
parties to decimate the bulwarks of democracy enshrined in our laws –
equality and justice for all. If the political class succeeds in its
quest, it would be meaningless to call ourselves a democratic state.
The alibi for this – the cause of "social justice" – is its very
antithesis.

(Translated from Thuglak by TSV Hari)

http://indiainteracts.in/columnist/2007/04/14/Social-injustice-/

Social injustice

Social justice in India means many things to most people. It is a coin
that offers the solution on one side, and promises to retain its
premium value if the extent of social injustice is allowed to grow on
the other. The side that pays the most during election-time is not the
one that has the solution. To the authors of the Constitution ushering
in social justice was an honest commitment with an unrealistic time-
limit. It was this error in the original document that allowed the
political class to turn the policy of job reservation into an
opportunity for creating a captive vote-bank. The two-day national
convention of Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes, and other backward
communities in Mhow, Madhya Pradesh, organised by the Bharatiya Janata
Party is the latest example of the scale of confusion that politicians
are willing to create by making promises that fly in the face of law
and logic. Of course, since every political party is now playing the
Dalit card, why should the BJP not follow the policy? In the highly
competitive political game of appearing to be different from the other
in championing the Dalit cause, parties are constantly inventing new
agendas. The BJP convention in Mhow has promised to introduce job
reservation in the private sector.

Madhya Pradesh Chief Minister Digvijay Singh stole the Dalit thunder
last year by organising a conference of Dalit intellectuals that
adopted a charter of action called the Bhopal Declaration. With
assembly elections round the corner, the BJP has decided to offer
everything short of the moon to break the Congress’ grip over the
levers of power in Madhya Pradesh. Real issues becoming “victims” of
narrow and self-defeating politics have slowed down India’s march
towards economic progress. Population control is a real issue, that no
party wants to touch for the odium attached to it because of Sanjay
Gandhi. Social justice was a low-key issue until 1989. After Mr V. P.
Singh implemented the Mandal Commission report on job reservation, no
leader has shown the moral courage to question the rationale of a
policy that has increased the level of general tension without
offering social and economic emancipation to the country’s vast
underclass. Adopting a resolution is not going to make the private
sector offer jobs without applying the test of merit. Creation of
merit will help the Dalits join the expanding mainstream of
professional excellence without having to feel small in the eyes of
their colleagues. How about a policy that allows Dalits admission in
the best schools in the country? That is where the foundations of
academic excellence are laid. Thereafter, merit alone should be the
benchmark for admission to premium professional courses. Creating
social tension by expanding the size of job reservation will some day
cause an explosion that would make the post-Mandal riots in the
country look like a mild tantrum.

Satyameva jayate

The Union Cabinet’s nod to a proposal to make “truth a defence” in
contempt cases where aspersions have been cast against a judge is
laudable, in that it can remove a gross discrepancy. So far, the
contempt law has been an exception to the fundamental right to the
freedom of speech and expression guaranteed by the Constitution.
Actually, the Contempt of Court Act, 1971, is silent on whether truth
can be a defence. Perhaps the law was taciturn on this issue because
it was considered inconceivable that a judge could be fallible. But
this silence was interpreted in some cases to mean that even if an
aspersion was true, it still constituted a contempt of court because
it lowered the authority and dignity of the court. While attempting to
remove this grey area, the government has rather enhanced the
authority of the judiciary because the judges occupy such an exalted
place in society that fingers should not be pointed at them, not just
because the law says so, but because the people at large actually
consider them to be beyond reproach. If there is foolproof evidence
against any member of the fraternity that he erred, then the person
making the allegation should not be hauled over coals just because the
wrongdoer happened to be a judge. This immunity was liable to be
misused. One black sheep could have brought a bad name to the entire
community. Even if the unthinkable did not happen, there were chances
that people’s faith in the integrity of the judges would not be as
unflinching as it should be.

Many countries like Australia and New Zealand already have truth as
defence in contempt cases. The Cabinet’s decision that can make the
judiciary more accountable without compromising its autonomy is in
line with the proposals of the National Commission to Review the
Working of the Constitution (NCRWC). In fact, many legal luminaries
have been supporting the move strongly. Justice V.R. Krishna Iyer had
advocated in a signed article last year that “… truth and good faith
must be reinstated as sound defences, so that a judge who has
something to hide may be exposed to the … light of truth”. As he had
concluded in the Mulgaokar case dealing with “unsavoury” allegations
against a senior sitting judge, “a benign neglect, not judicial
intemperance, is the sensible therapy of contempt law”. If a political
consensus develops on the proposal, the contempt law can be changed
without amending the Constitution.

Welcome move on Kashmir
Why peace must be pursued
Praful Bidwai

Whatever one’s reservations about Mr Atal Behari Vajpayee’s political
style and his party’s ideology, one must heartily and unstintingly
welcome his decision to visit Kashmir and launch an initiative for
reconciliation and peace. His visit was undoubtedly a landmark: on
April 18, he became India’s first Prime Minister to address a public
meeting in the valley since the “azadi” militancy broke out in 1989.
This is itself commendable. It also speaks of a positive change in
ground reality. His visit, coming six months after the largely free
and fair Legislative Assembly elections, has kindled new hopes, If his
overture is followed up with wise and purposive moves, we could see
some real progress in resolving one of the most troubled, complex and
bloody disputes in the world.

In Srinagar, Mr Vajpayee attempted a “double whammy”. He held out the
“hand of friendship” to Pakistan, significantly, from Kashmiri soil.
And he offered a dialogue between the Centre and different currents of
opinion in Jammu and Kashmir. Both offers were soon hedged in with
conditions. And yet, they indicate a welcome softening of New Delhi’s
stance. The change of tone and tenor has outlasted the somewhat
dampering effect of the qualifying statements Mr Vajpayee himself made
the following day, reiterating that the talks leading to peace with
Pakistan would only take place once there is an end to cross-border
terrorism. Yet, the impact of the new tone and tenor is welcome.

Of the two initiatives, on Pakistan, and on domestic arrangements
pertaining to Jammu and Kashmir, the first is both more important and
likelier to succeed more quickly than the second — for three reasons.
First, Pakistan has responded remarkably positively to India’s offer
of a dialogue and said it is willing to hold it “any time, at any
place and any level.” It has added that it hopes to work out specific
dates for negotiations “within days”. Second, there is growing
recognition within both governments that they cannot indefinitely
sustain their mutual hostility. They are under increasing pressure
from the major powers to defuse rivalry and reach mutual
accommodation.

Only six months ago, India and Pakistan were all ready to go to war.
The reasons why they didn’t basically continue to hold today. The
global situation emerging after the Iraq war has discomfited both by
highlighting their own vulnerability on account of the Kashmir and
nuclear issues. Washington, in its most aggressively unilateralist and
expansionist phase today, has threatened to extend the Iraq conflict
and also turn its attention to South Asia. On March 31, Secretary of
State Colin Powell told The New York Times that “the whole of the
subcontinent’s problems” were part of the “broad agenda” that the US
plans to address soon. South Asian tensions have figured prominently
in the deliberations of Russia, France and Britain too, who have all
called for an India-Pakistan dialogue.

And third, a certain momentum favouring a short time-frame for an
India-Pakistan meeting has been generated, with the planned visit to
South Asia of US Deputy Secretary of State Richard Armitage in early
May. Despite the latest suicide attacks by militants, it is likely
that both India and Pakistan will make some positive gestures just
ahead of that visit. Minister of State for External Affairs Digvijay
Singh says there is already some clarity on certain “modalities” for a
possible India-Pakistan summit and its agenda. More important, Mr
Armitage will probably mediate informally between the two governments
and “facilitate” a future summit — just as he brokered peace between
them twice last year.

This doesn’t argue that a Vajpayee-Musharraf meeting will certainly
happen or succeed. After all, even one terrorist act in India, whether
or not sponsored by Pakistan, can scuttle it altogether. Its success
will depend on how far the two governments are prepared to move away
from their stated “first positions” and explore a new detente or
agenda of peaceful coexistence.

This, in the first place, means they must accept that war is simply
not an option. Neither side can win it. Their nuclear capability has
been a “great leveller”. Nuclear wars cannot be won; they must never
be fought.

To make the summit successful, Islamabad will have to drop its
traditional emphasis on a plebiscite on Kashmir and 50-year-old UN
Security Council resolutions. More important, it will have to
verifiably give up supporting militant violence in Kashmir as an
instrument to coerce India to the negotiating table. It has to
recognise that its support to terrorist militants who kill innocent
civilians at will done nothing to advance the cause of the Kashmiri
people. New Delhi too must do something so that the issue is opened
up. The Kashmiri people must be involved in settling it.

India must take the Shimla Agreement of 1972 seriously. Under it, all
bilateral issues are to be resolved through peaceful discussion. So
far, New Delhi has cited the Shimla accord mainly to oppose a
multilateral dialogue — but never once discussed Kashmir bilaterally
with Pakistan. Changing all this won’t be easy, but if a robust
beginning is made on the basis of some mutually accepted principles,
the process of reconciliation could get rolling. At times like these,
process is everything.

The biggest obstacles here will be the hawks in the two countries who
have a stake in perpetuating a state of mutual hostility. In Pakistan,
they are jehadi Islamists both inside and outside the army. In India,
they are the BJP’s right-wingers who oppose reconciliation with
Pakistan.

This time around, the BJP has supported Mr Vajpayee’s peace gesture,
but somewhat reluctantly. Its first response on April 18 was to oppose
it. Earlier, it enthusiastically welcomed External Affairs Minister
Yashwant Sinha’s diatribe against Pakistan as a “fitter case” than
Iraq for pre-emptive war. Ideological antipathy to Pakistan apart,
this is an important election year for the BJP. In four major Assembly
elections it is pitted against the Congress. Rather than embark on a
new, uncertain, Kashmir and Pakistan policy, it might be tempted to
fall back upon a hawkish line which appeals to its urban elite
constituency.

Piloting a peace process in such a situation will need statesmanship.
Even more difficult will be the domestic Kashmir reconciliation
agenda. Here, the Centre has no clarity whatsoever, although people
like Mr Vajpayee sense that J&K today offers a great opportunity
because of its relatively credible election, and the installation of a
state government which generates hope with its “healing touch”.

However, the Centre is fumbling at the level of strategy. It said it
would talk to all those who abjure violence. Yet, it refused to invite
the All-Parties Hurriyat Conference, representing 23 different groups,
to talks. But it should know that there is little political sense in
talking only to “elected representatives”, for most of whom J&K’s
integration with India is unproblematic. It is the others that it must
win over. They include the APHC. The Hurriyat’s influence may have
declined. But it still represents a significant current of opinion in
Kashmir. The Hurriyat would, of course, like the government to apply
the “Nagaland formula” to Kashmir: talks at a high political level;
exclusively with one group; and a ceasefire. In reality, there are too
many differences between Kashmir and Nagaland, and the APHC and the
NSCN. But talking to the Hurriyat on a non-exclusive basis is surely
necessary.

A breakthrough on Kashmir will probably have to wait upon serious
progress in India-Pakistan relations. But the process of
reconciliation must start, both internally and externally. Far too
much is at stake — not least, the lives of millions who could turn
into radioactive dust should war break out. There is simply no
alternative to peace.

MIDDLE

Pathbreaking research!
S. Raghunath

A reader writing to the “letters” column of a national newspaper has
said that the principal reason for the continued brain drain from the
country is that peons in India are paid more and enjoy a better status
than scientists.

The All-India Confederation of Peons (AICP) has taken strong exception
to the tone and tenor of the letter calling it in poor taste and
lacking perspective and smacking of an anti-peon bias.

Talking to mediapersons, a spokespeon said: “We peons have been at the
receiving end of malicious and motivated attacks for far too long and
it’s about time we took a stand. In actual fact, peons are
spearheading pathbreaking research in some of the most esoteric fields
and their work promises to push back the frontiers of knowledge and
pure science. Let me briefly elaborate.”

“Visitors to government offices might have seen surly and ill-tempered
peons sitting motionless for hours on end on rickety wooden stools.
Actually, this is part of an ongoing and well-funded research in three-
dimensional structural analysis and dynamics of lattice bodies whose
object is the development of a one-legged wooden stool for use by
peons in government offices. Just imagine the savings in scarce wood
that will result from the development of one-legged stools!”

Continuing, the spokespeon said: “We peons are heavily involved in
research in greenfield areas of behavioral sciences and reaction of
human psyche under deliberate stress. We let visitors who call at
government offices to transact legitimate business wait for hours on
end, all the while smirking and giving maddeningly vague and evasive
answers to the query, ‘Will I have to wait much longer to see the
sahib?’ and under controlled clinical conditions, we study the stress
caused by our overbearing attitude. I ask you, have Carl Jung or
Sigmund Freud done any work in these fields of human psychology? We
peons are doing it and what do we get in return? Only brickbats and
not bouquets.”

“You’ll be interested to know that peons are also actively pursuing
research in fibre chemistry and textiles. We wear the same khaki
uniform for up to 11 months without washing them even once and we’re
studying the metabolism of sweat glands on khaki cloth. We hope to
soon achieve a breakthru’ in the development of sweat resistant
artificial fibres and textiles.

“No aspect of science and research has escaped our attention and we’re
heavily into medical research, too. Peons of our New Delhi chapter and
working in South Block and Shastri Bhavan are engaged in studying the
effect of caffeine in coffee and tea in cardiac functions of well-
heeled babus and they have observed marked clinical symptoms like
lethargy in disposing of important files and tying the red tape, but
alacrity in demanding higher dearness allowance to neutralise the
rising wholesale price index. They have submitted learned papers to
the Lancet and the British Medical Journal and they are being held
over for publication.”

The spokespeon concluded: “So you can see for yourself that we peons
are working away from the glare of publicity and contributing our
humble mite to the advancement of scientific research and
progress.”

Sanskrit faces uncertain future in Punjab
Jangveer Singh

A part of the Punjab Institute of Oriental and Indian Languages in
Patiala which has been declared unsafe. — Photo Subhash

Imagine a college with three windowless rooms measuring 12 by 12 feet,
having half-broken small wooden benches-cum tables, half of which have
been placed in the lone verandah of the institution. It is housed in a
building, part of which is unsafe and out of bounds for the students.

This is the Punjab Institute of Oriental and Indian languages in
Patiala. In 1963 the institute was named the Government Institute of
Oriental and Modern Indian Languages, Patiala. Before that, it was
known as the Sanskrit Vidyala. It is the oldest Sanskrit institution
in the state having been set up as early as 1860.

This institution, which was once the pride of the state, has been
ignored for decades. It now houses another institution - the
Government Sanskrit Mahavidyala of Nabha - which was transferred to
Patiala in October, 2002. This effectively means there are three small
rooms, a verandah which, on many occasions, is used as a classroom,
and a library hall for the staff of the Sanskrit institution, which
now goes by the high-flying name of Institute of Oriental and Indian
Languages.

“The government has changed the name to give the impression that it
was creating a new institution in which it was merging the Nabha
college”, says one of the teachers of the institution. He adds the
government has not given even a single paisa for the new institution,
that shows how concerned it is even about maintaining the lone
Sanskrit teaching institution of its kind. The institution does not
have even a single room which can be rightly called a classroom. There
are some rooms on the first floor which are used by the Government
Primary and Middle School. An order to vacate the rooms was passed by
a former Deputy Commissioner, Mr Jasbir Singh Bir.

The teacher says part of the college has been renovated through a Rs 1
lakh grant given by former Chief Minister Parkash Singh Badal during a
Sangat Darshan programme. The amount was used to strengthen the roof
of the library hall and its adjacent verandah, besides renovating two
rooms, now occupied by the office staff. “This has ensured that at
least the roof will not fall on our heads”, remarks the teacher,
adding that part of the building seems to be beyond repairs and has
been sealed off to ensure that no student steps inside.

But the four teachers at the Sanskrit Mahavidyala, Nabha, didn’t have
a safe roof above. Their college was closed and they were told to
report for duty at the Patiala institute in October last year. Three
of the teachers joined duty at Patiala, while the fourth is fighting
it out in court.

The Nabha institution was run by Acharya Sadhu Ram before it was taken
over by Maharaja Hira Singh of Nabha. Subsequently, it was taken over
by the Pepsu government and, finally, by the Punjab Government on the
Pepsu state’s merger. A teacher, Basant Lal, now posted at the Patiala
institution, says the institution was upgraded to a college in 1972
and was earlier housed in the Nabha fort from where it was shifted to
a government building. However, when the building was declared unsafe,
it was shifted to a rented building in 1983. In March, 2002 the
college management was asked not to make new admissions on the plea
that the building was unsafe and the students’ strength had also
declined. The college was subsequently merged with the Patiala
institution to form a new institution.

The institutions may have had a tragic history, but sadder still is
the fate of the Sanskrit language in the state. The student strength
in the new institute has come down to an all-time low of 29 against
last year’s 45. Teachers blame this on lack of any reservation for
students going in for the Shastri graduate course, which is taught
only in Sanskrit. They say the students have to compete for jobs with
students with Sanskrit at the graduation level in which it is taught
in the Hindi medium. “If this is the respect given by the government
to an advanced Sanskrit course, there is little hope for Sanskrit, its
teachers or Sanskrit institutions in the state”, add the teachers.

Panjab University’s low priority to top centre
Ravinder Sud

A view of the V.V.B. institute of Sanskrit at Hoshiarpur

The Vishveshvaranand Vishav Bandhu Institute of Sanskrit and
Indological Studies located at Sadhu Ashram, Hoshiarpur, is fast
losing the very purpose for which it was set up about 100 years ago on
account of the indifferent attitude of the authorities of Panjab
University, Chandigarh.

This world-renowned research institute, situated on the outskirts of
Hoshiarpur city on the Una road and run by Panjab University, offers
five-year postgraduation courses in Shastri and Acharya. There are 75
students, including 30 girls and five research scholars. They are
generally from Punjab, Himachal Pradesh, Haryana and Jammu and
Kashmir. Stipends are given to the students of oriental studies.

Dr Damodar Jha, a former Chairman of this institution, tells The
Tribune that there are only 14 teachers as against the sanctioned
posts of 32. Four of them are above 60 and four others are going to
retire shortly. None of the posts, which had fallen vacant on the
retirement of any teacher in the past, was filled.

Besides, the university authorities have shifted six posts from here
to Chandigarh. This has not only adversely affected the studies of
students, but also research work in Sanskrit and indological studies,
including Vedic interpretation.

There is no hostel facility for girl students and the hostel for boys
is run in the rented building of Vishveshvaranand Vedic Research
Institute, adds Dr Jha.

This institute has a big library having 73,408 books, 2,676 hand-
written manuscripts, 123 research journals and 3,093 photocopies of
rare books which are out of print now. But this institution has not
been developed further, he complains.

Tracing its genesis, Prof Inder Kumar Uniyal, Director, VVRI, says
that in 1903 Swami Vishveshvaranand and Nityanand started an office in
Shimla for preparing word indices of the four principal Vedic Samhitas
and a dictionary of the texts. The word indices were issued in four
volumes in 1908-10 and considerable basic material was collected for
the dictionary.

In 1924 the office was shifted to Lahore where it was put under the
charge of Acharya Vishva Bandhu. Under him, the scope of the institute
was widened so as to include the study of different branches of
indology. The institute also set up a teaching wing with classes for
MA, Vidyavachaspati and Shastri in Sanskrit and Prabhakar in Hindi.
Panjab University, Lahore, gave a grant of Rs 1,000 in 1936-37 and an
equal amount in 1937-38.

The university accorded recognition to the work done by the institute
by publishing “A Vedic Word Concordance” and a complete etymological
dictionary.

After partition, the institute got uprooted from Lahore. After much
suffering and loss, it was restarted on its present premises at Sadhu
Ashram, Hoshiarpur.

In 1957, at the instance of the institute, Panjab University opened
its Department of Devanagari Transcription of South Indian
Manuscripts.

Earlier in 1950, Panjab University had extended affiliation to the
institute for starting various courses of study in Hindi and Sanskrit
and the University Grants Commission began to give liberal financial
aid to the institute. The same year the institute extended its
academic activity to Chandigarh by setting up a research centre
there.

In the beginning of 1965, Panjab University made a proposal that the
institute, while continuing to function from Hoshiarpur and
maintaining its entity, should integrate itself with the university.
This proposal was accepted. Accordingly, a part of the institute was
taken over by the university under the new name Vishveshvaranand
Institute of Sanskrit and Indological Studies (VISIS).

At present 12 research projects, including the compilation of a
dictionary of Vedic interpretation, are being pursued. There is a long
list of 49 research works in various fields of indology published by
this institute.

The Manuscript and Text Editing Section has a collection of more than
10,000 ancient manuscripts, of which 8,360 were catalogued
descriptively in the volume and were published in 1959. A
supplementary catalogue dealing with the remaining manuscripts came to
light in 1975. However, with the transfer of the Lal Chand collection
of rare books and manuscripts to DAV College, Chandigarh, the
institute now has about 2,300 ancient manuscripts.

The VVRI has published 16 volumes of Vedic Concordance of more than
1,1000 pages. The compilation of the dictionary of Vedic
interpretation, which was started by the late Acharya Vishav Bandhu in
1965, is yet to be completed.

http://www.tribuneindia.com/2003/20030429/edit.htm#5

Social Issues

What Are The Current Social Issues In India? We have already written
on the most common social issues in india and we keep adding more and
more articles regarding the contemporary social issues in india and
social problems faced by India. This is an effort to bring to the
social evils of India to the notice of as many people as possible. You
can contribute and share your views, ideas and articles on "Social
Issues" that ail India.

Currently Available Articles on "Social Issues": Leprosy in India 17th-
Feb-2010
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/leprosy-in-india.html
Plight of women in India- Witch branding 8th-Feb-2010
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/plight-of-women-in-india-witch-branding.html
Caesarean Births in India 14th-Jan-2010
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/caesarean-births-in-india.html
Abortion Worldwide: A Decade of Uneven Progress 21st-Oct-09
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/abortion-worldwide-a-decade-of-uneven-progress.html
Infant Mortality in India 21st-Oct-09
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/infant-mortality-in-india1.html
Khap Panchayat in India 15th-Sep-09
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/khap-panchayat-in-india.html
Smoking among women in India 31st-Aug-09
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/smoking-among-women-in-india.html
Poverty in India 21st-Aug-09
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/poverty-in-india.html
Public Health System in India 02nd-Apr-09
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/public-health-system-in-india.html
Gender Analysis 18th-Feb-09
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/gender-analysis.html
Problem of Child Abuse 17th-Feb-09
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/child-abuse.html
Adolescent Health Programme in India16th-Feb-09
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/adolescent-health-programme-in-india.html
Status of Education in Delhi27th-Jan-09
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/status-of-education-in-delhi.html
State of the World’s Children 2009- UNICEF Report21th-Jan-09
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/state_of_the_world.html
Honour Killings in India25th-Nov-08
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/honour_killings_in_india.html
Universalization of Education in India5th-Nov-08
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/universalization_of_education_in_india.html
Problems of working women 25th-Oct-08
Malnutrition Deaths in Madhya Pradesh24th-Sept-08
Educational Problems of Women in India27th-August-08
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/educational-problems-of-women-in-india.html
Female Foeticide in India05th-August-08
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/female_foeticide.html
World’s Sanitation Report21th-July-08
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/worlds-sanitation-report.html
Status of Sex Workers in Delhi21th-July-08
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/status-of-sex-workers-in-delhi.html
Alcoholism10th-July-08
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/alcoholism.html
Juvenile Delinquency10th-July-08
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/juveniledelinquency.html
Girls, Women and Poverty12th-June-08
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/girls-women-and-poverty.html
Untouchability in India12th-June-08
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/untouchability-in-india.html
Infant Mortality in India12th-May-08
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/infant-mortality-in-india.html
Water problem in India15th-Apr-08
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/water-problem-in-india.html
Child Malnutrition in India11th-Apr-08
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/child-malnutrition-in-india.html
The problem of old age in India11th-Apr-08
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/problem-of-old-age-in-india.html
Global Food Stocks Fall7th-Apr-08
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/global-food-stocks-fall.html
Millennium Goals India Position7th-Apr-08
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/millennium-goals-india-position.html
Population -The trends in India7th-Apr-08
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/population-the-trends-in-india.html
Tuberculosis in India7th-Apr-08
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/tuberculosis-in-india.html
Female Literacy in Kishanganj District18th-Mar-08
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/female-literacy-in-kishanganj-district.html
Polio in India -Latest Situation07th-Mar-08
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/polio-in-india-latest%20situation.html
Prostitution in India16th-Feb-08
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/prostitution-in-india.html
Beggary in India4th-Feb-08
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/flood-management-in-india.html
Flood Management in India18th-Jan-08
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/flood-management-in-india.html
Crime against women in India18th-Jan-08
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/crime-against-women-in-india.html
Decline in number of out of school children in India: A Pratham survey
report17th-Jan-08
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/decline-of-school-children.html
Polio in India8th-Jan-08
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/polio-in-india.html
Child Soldiers of India3rd-Dec-07
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/child-soldiers-of-india.html
Latest Figures on HIV/AIDS-20073rd-Dec-07
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/latest-figures-on-hiv-2007.html
HIV/AIDS situation in North-East India3rd-Dec-07
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/hiv-situation-in-north-east-india.html
Literacy Situation in India1st-Dec-07
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/literacy-situation-in-india.html
Hunger in India - Impact on Children27th-Nov-07
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/hunger-in-india.html
State of Rural Healthcare in India-NRHM Report23th-Nov-07
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/rural-healthcare-in-india.html
World HIV/AIDS Figures Low23th-Nov-07
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/world-hiv-aids-figures-low.html
Gender Gap in India15th-Nov-07
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/gender-gap-in-india.html
Birth Registration in India12th-Nov-07
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/birth-registration-in-india.html
Recent trends in employment in India10th-oct-07
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/recent-trends-in-employment-in-india.html
Elementary Education in India 2005-06 –A Report 10th-oct-07
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/elementary-education-in-india.html
Corruption in Education system in India – A UNESCO Report 10th-oct-07
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/education-system-in-india.html
Plight of HIV/AIDS affected children10th-oct-07
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/plight-of-HIV.html
Rural Sanitation in India10th-oct-07
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/rural-sanitation-in-india.html

Recent Trend of Divorce in India
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/divorce-in-india.html
Relevance of National Rural Health Mission
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/national-rural-health-mission.html
Reproductive Health Status of Women in India
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/reproductive-health-status-of-women-in-india.html
Female Infanticide in India
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/femaleinfanticideinindia.html
The Status Of Education And Vocational Training In India
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/thestatusofeducation.html
Plight of Indian Women: Victims of NRI marriages
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/plight-of-indian-women.html
Problem of Child Abuse
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/child-abuse.html
Sustainable Development
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/sustainable-development.html
Class Struggle
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/class-struggle.html
Women Employment in India
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/Women-Employment.html
Literacy Rate In India
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/literacy-in-india.html
Woman Empowerment In India
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/Women-Empowerment.html
Drug Abuse in India
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/Drug-Abuse-in-India.html
Dowry System in India
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/dowry-system-in-india.html
HIV/AIDS in India
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/aids-in-india.html
Poverty in India
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/poverty-in-india.html
Population of India
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/india-population.html
Child labour in India
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/child-labour-in-india.html
Rural Girls Education
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/girl-education.html
State of Maternal Health in India
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/Unemployment-in-India.html
Unemployment in India
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/Unemployment-in-India.html
The status of children in India - Findings of UNICEF 2005 report
HIV/AIDS and Women
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/children-of-India.html
Situation of HIV /AIDS in Bihar
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/AIDSinBihar.html
Girl and Women Trafficking in India
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/WomenTrafficking-in-India.html
Gender Inequality In India
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/GenderInequality.html
Domestic Violence Against Women
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/DomesticViolence.html
Development and Environment are not Contradictory Paradigms
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/Development-and-Environment.html
Urbanization Is A Blessing In Disguise
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/Urbanization-blessing-disguise.html
NACO covers less than 10% of HIV –infected in India
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/naco-covers.html
Deadly AIDS numbers rising across the world
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/deadly-aids.html
Status of children in India
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/status-of-children.html
Status of Dalits in India
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/status-of-dalits.html
Crime Against Children
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/crime-against-children.html
Migration In India
http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/migration-in-india.html

http://www.azadindia.org/social-issues/index.html

Key Texts on Social Justice in India
Published by Sage Publicatio...

Editors: Roohi, Sanam Samaddar, Ranabir
ISBN: 978 81 321 0064 5
Format: Hardback
Pages: 1116
List price(s): 150.00 GBP
Publication date: 30 May 2009

Short description

A compendium of key texts on social justice. It brings out the
relational nature of justice as well as the fragmented nature of its
existence. It explores how law fares in delivering justice, how
violence becomes an essential part of the popular notion of justice
and how the dynamics of justice is linked with the emergence of
marginal situations.

Full description

Volume I: Social Justice and Enlightenment: West Bengal is edited by
Pradip Kumar Bose, Professor of Sociology, Centre for Studies in
Social Sciences, Calcutta, Kolkata and Samir Kumar Das, Professor of
Political Science, Calcutta University, Kolkata. This first volume of
the series The State of Justice in India: Issues of Social Justice is
a collection of writings on the state of social justice in the present-
day West Bengal. It studies the strong disjunction between the notion
of enlightened politics, on which the constitutional Left in West
Bengal has thrived for several decades, and social justice. The
articles probe the question: is there a necessary connection between
the politics of communism and attainment of social justice? Social
Justice and Enlightenment: West Bengal is based on ethnographic
studies which suggest that while there is a general regime of justice
in West Bengal, the rule of law as the main mechanism of justice makes
little sense in the presence of specific local judicial practices. It
questions why the archaic rule of law still remains fundamental in the
state governance and concludes that the West Bengal experience
demonstrates that while democracy may widen through the mass entry of
workers, peasants and the rural and urban poor, and though this may
facilitate long-denied political justice for them, this does not
ensure social justice per se. Volume II: Justice and Law: The Limits
of the Deliverables of Law is edited by Ashok Agrwaal, Lawyer,
researcher and civil rights activist and Bharat Bhushan, Editor of the
Daily Mail Newspaper . This second volume of the series The State of
Justice in India: Issues of Social Justice brings together the tension
that brews between law and justice in India. It begins with how our
legislators had engaged in the discourse on justice at the time of the
making of the constitution. The articles highlight the way law has
created dichotomies in its attempt to be the guardian for justice. The
authors have coined the idea of 'justice gap', which unveils the gap
between the claims for justice and governmental regime of justice.
Justice and Law: The Limits of the Deliverables of Law also deals
extensively with the issue of reservation. It has one article
documenting the history of reservations in India, in the background of
political contentions, elections, and judicial activism. The other
article traces how the 'policy game' goes on in the language of courts
and law. Both the articles indicate how the issue of justice is
closely linked to the issue of expansion of democracy. Another article
measures the success of the legal system in providing justice to those
in the margins. This one-of-its-kind book will be an invaluable
resource for academics and researchers studying sociology, law, social
justice, political theory and Indian democracy. It will also be useful
for human rights activists, policy makers, policy analysts and NGOs.
Volume III: Marginalities and Justice is edited by Paula Banerjee,
Head of the Department of South and South East Asian Studies,
University of Calcutta, Kolkata and Mahanirban Calcutta Research
Group, Kolkata and Sanjay Chaturvedi, Professor of Political Science
at the Centre for the Study of Geopolitics and Honorary Director,
Centre for the Study of Mid-West and Central Asia, Panjab University,
Chandigarh. This third volume of the series The State of Justice in
India: Issues of Social Justice shows how marginalities in social
spaces marked by power raise the issue of justice. It deals with the
situation of people living in the margins of the society and their
relationship with communities that enjoy enough material well being to
secure their rights. It reveals how effective governance
unintentionally uses strategies of inclusion, exclusion, differential
exclusion, and, most importantly, techniques of turning spaces into
'marginal enclaves', giving rise to injustice, and thereby, the demand
for justice. Marginalities and Justice demonstrates that justice may
emanate from the dynamics of marginality. The same governmental
techniques that to some extent address issues of social justice, may
produce marginal positions too. Thus, this collection suggests the
existence of a remainder; it demonstrates what remains outside the
operations of governmentality and explores the arrangement of social
spaces. Volume IV: Key Texts on Social Justice in India is edited by
Sanam Roohi, Programme Associate, Mahanirban Calcutta Research Group,
Kolkata and Ranabir Samaddar, Director, Mahanirban Calcutta Research
Group, Kolkata. This fourth volume of the series The State of Justice
in India: Issues of Social Justice is a compendium of key texts on
social justice. It brings out the relational nature of justice as well
as the fragmented nature of its existence. Key Texts on Social Justice
in India explores how law fares in delivering justice, how violence
becomes an essential part of the popular notion of justice and how the
dynamics of justice is linked with the emergence of marginal
situations. Each article is, on one hand, an appeal for justice, and,
on the other, a manifesto that state actions fall short of ensuring
justice. This compilation is meant for the students and researchers
working in the fields of justice, sociology and law. It will serve as
supplementary text in law as well as a source book that gives a
comprehensive analysis of justice in the Indian scenario.

Table of contents

VOLUME I: SOCIAL JUSTICE AND ENLIGHTENMENT: WEST BENGAL - Pradip Kumar
Bose and Samir Kumar Das Series Acknowledgement - Ranabir Samaddar
Series Introduction - Ranabir Samaddar Introduction - Pradip Kumar
Bose and Samir Kumar Das Land Acquisition Act and Social Justice: A
Study on Development and Displacement - Ratan Khasnabis Two Leaves and
a Bud: Tea and Social Justice in Darjeeling - Roshan Rai and Subhas
Ranjan Chakrabarty Deprivation and Social Injustice in a Rural
Context: An Ethnographic Account - Kumar Rana with Amrit Paira and Ila
Paira On the Wrong Side of the Fence: Embankment, People and Social
Justice in the Sundarbans - Amites Mukhopadhyay Prescribed, Tolerated,
& Forbidden Forms of Claim Making - Ranabir Samaddar VOLUME II:
JUSTICE AND LAW: THE LIMITS OF THE DELIVERABLES OF LAW - Ashok Agrwaal
and Bharat Bhushan Series Acknowledgement - Ranabir Samaddar Series
Introduction - Ranabir Samaddar Introduction - Ashok Agrwaal and
Bharat Bhushan Justice in the Time of Transition: Select Indian
Experiences - Sabyasachi Basu and Ray Chaudhury The Founding Moment:
Social Justice in the Constitutional Mirror - Samir Kumar Das Indexing
Social Justice in India-A Story of Commissions, Reports and Popular
Responses - Bharat Bhushan Trivializing Justice: Reservation Under
Rule of Law - Ashok Agrawaal The Fallacy of Equality: 'Anti-Citizens',
Sexual Justice and the Law in India - Oishik Sircar VOLUME III:
MARGINALITIES AND JUSTICE - Paula Banerjee and Sanjay Chaturvedi
Series Acknowledgement - Ranabir Samaddar Series Introduction -
Ranabir Samaddar Introduction - Paula Banertjee and Sanjay Chaturvedi
Gulamiya Ab Hum Nahi Bajeibo: Peoples' Expressions for Justice in
Jehanabad - Manish K Jha Ethnography of Social Justice in Dalit Pattis
(Hamlets) of Rural UP - Badri Narayan Tiwari Rights and Social Justice
for Tribal Population in India - Amit Prakash AIDS, Marginality and
Women - Paula Banerjee Towards Environmental Justice Movement in
India? Spatiality, Hierarchies and Inequalities - Sanjay Chaturvedi
VOLUME IV: KEY TEXTS ON SOCIAL JUSTICE IN INDIA - Sanam Roohi and
Ranabir Samaddar Series Acknowledgement - Ranabir Samaddar Series
Introduction - Ranabir Samaddar PART I. DEVELOPMENT AND DISCONTENT:
THE QUESTION OF INJUSTICE Section Introduction Ethnic Politics and
Land Use: Genesis of Conflicts in India's North-East - Sanjay Barbora
Contexts and Constructions of Water Scarcity - Lyla Mehta Karnataka:
Kudremukh: Of Mining and Environment - Muzaffar Assadi Report of
Investigation into Nandigram Mass Killing - Sanhati Eroded Lives:
Riverbank Erosion and Displacement of Women in West Bengal - Krishna
Bandyopadhyay, Soma Ghosh and Nilanjan Dutta PART II. SOCIAL JUSTICE:
THE STATE AND ITS PERCEPTIONS Section introduction The Communal
Violence (Prevention, Control and Rehabilitation of Victims) - Bill
The National Trust for Welfare of Persons with Autism, Cerebral Palsy,
Mental Retardation and Multiple Disabilities Act, 1999 The Right to
Information Act, 2005 The National Rehabilitation and Resettlement
Policy, 2007 The Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act, 2005
PART III. JUSTICE: LAW AND BEYOND Section Introduction Illegality and
Exclusion: Law in the Lives of Slum Dwellers - Usha Ramanathan Illegal
Coal Mining in Eastern India: Rethinking Legitimacy and Limits of
Justice - Kuntala Lahiri Dutt Verdict on an HIV case, Supreme Court of
India Reproduced in Medhina - Laya, Dipika Jain and Colin Gonzalves An
Indian Charter for Minority Rights - Sabyasachi Basu and Ray Chaudhury
PART IV. WOMEN AND MARGINALITY: An Issue of Gender Justice Section
Introduction Gender: Women and HIV - Medhini, Laya, Dipika Jain and
Colin Gonzalves National Policy for the Empowerment of Women (2001)
Women, Trafficking and Statelessness in South Asia - Paula Banerjee
PART V. JUSTICE: Marginal Positions and Alternative Notions Section
Introduction Voices From Folk School of Dalit Bahujan & Marginalised
to Policy Makers - Peoples Vigilance Committee on Human Rights Social
Assessment of HIV/AIDS among Tribal People in India - NACP III
Planning Team Caste is Dead, Long Live Caste - G P Deshpande Tehelka
Debate: Beyond Caste - Puroshottam Agarwal Report from the Flaming
Fields of Bihar PART VI. FREEDOM AND EQUALITY, RIGHTS AND SOCIAL
SECURITY: BUILDING BLOCKS OF JUSTICE Section Introduction Jungle Book:
Tribal Forest Rights Recognised For First Time - Nandini Sundar
Informal Sector in India: Approaches for Social Security Arguments,
Protests, Strikes and Free Speech: The Career and Prospects of the
Right to Strike in India - Rajeev Dhavan Democracy and Right to Food -
Jean Dreze

http://www.newasiabooks.org/publication/key-texts-social-justice-india

Retro-modern India. Forging the Low-caste Self
Published by Routledge

Author: Ciotti, Manuela
ISBN: 978 0 415 56311 6
Format: Hardback
Pages: 312
List price(s): 55.00 GBP 95.00 USD
Publication date: 23 February 2010

Short description

Set in the socio-political milieu of the state of Uttar Pradesh in
north India, this book puts forward an original theoretical approach
to analyse subaltern configurations of modernity within the nation
state. It substantiates this approach by weaving the low-caste
Chamars’ core ethical concerns of humanism with ethnographic accounts
of resilient — as well as newly forged — socio-economic hierarchies,
internalised ideologies of betterment and reform, and the social race
for progress where contestants are very often same-nation citizens.

Full description

Firmly situated within the analytics of the political economy of a
north Indian province, this book explores self-fashioning in pursuit
of the modern amongst low-caste Chamars. Challenging existing accounts
of national modernity in the non-West, the book argues that subaltern
classes shape their own ideas about modernity by taking and rejecting
from models of other classes within the same national context. While
displacing the West — in its colonial and non-colonial manifestations
— as the immanent comparative focus, the book puts forward a unique
framework for the analysis of subaltern modernity. This builds on the
entanglements between two main trajectories, both of which are viewed
as the outcome of the generative impetus of modernisation in India:
the first consists of the Chamar appropriation of socio-cultural
distinctions forged by 19th-century Indian middle classes in their
encounter with colonial modernity; the second features the Chamar
subversion of high-caste ideals and practices as a result of low-caste
politics initiated during the 20th century. The author contends that
these conflicting trends give rise to a temporal antinomy within the
Chamar politics of self-making, caught up between compulsions of a
past modern and of a contemporary one. The eclectic outcome is termed
as ‘retro-modernity’. While the book signals a politics of becoming
whose dynamics had previously been overlooked by scholars, it
simultaneously opens up novel avenues for the understanding of non-
elite modern life-forms in postcolonial settings.

The book will interest scholars of anthropology, South Asian studies,
development studies, gender studies, political science and
postcolonial studies.

Table of contents

Orthography and Transliteration.
Glossary of Selected Terms. Foreword. Acknowledgements.

1. Chamar Modernity: Progressing into the Past

2. ‘Today We Can Touch Anything’: Reflections on the Crux of Identity
and Political Economy

3. Ethnohistories behind Local and Global Bazaars: Chronicle of a
Weaving Community and its Disappearance

4. ‘We Used to Live like Animals’: Education as a Self- and Community-
engineering Process

5. Nonrational Modernity? Religious Agency, Science and Spirits

6. Beyond the Vote: Politics as Sociality, Imagination and Identity

7. The Bourgeois Woman and the Half-naked One: Gendering Retro-
modernity

8. The Politics of Indian Modernity. Bibliography. About the Author.
Index.

Biography

Manuela Ciotti is a social anthropologist with a PhD from the London
School of Economics. She is currently Research Associate at the Centre
for South Asian Studies, University of Edinburgh. She has published
several articles in leading journals on topics ranging from education,
labour ethnohistory, gender and class transformation, and women’s
political activism.

Drawing on research she carried out during the tenure of a Nuffield
Foundation New Career Development Fellowship, Ciotti is completing her
second monograph entitled Political Agency and Gender in India
(forthcoming). An edited volume entitled Femininities and
Masculinities in Indian Politics (forthcoming) develops the different
aspects of the gender and politics nexus. Ciotti’s focus on South
Asian Studies is intertwined with her interests in anthropological
epistemologies and the politics of location and representation;
converging on these, a monograph provisionally entitled 'Producing
Knowledge in Late Modernity: Lessons from India' is under preparation.


Buy here: http://www.routledgepolitics.com/books/Retro-modern-India-isbn9780415563116

http://www.newasiabooks.org/publication/retro-modern-india-forging-low-caste-self

Jinnah and Tilak: Comrades in the Freedom Struggle
Published by Oxford Universi...

Author: Noorani
ISBN: 978 0 19 547829 7
Format: Hardback
Pages: 350
List price(s): 15.99 GBP
Publication date: 26 August 2010

Short description

The distinguished Indian lawyer and writer, A. G. Noorani, urges his
readers in this incisively argued book to look again at some of the
key events and personalities in the struggle against British colonial
rule in India.

Full description

The distinguished Indian lawyer and writer, A. G. Noorani, urges his
readers in this incisively argued book to look again at some of the
key events and personalities in the struggle against British colonial
rule in India. He begins with 'the forgotten comradeship' between
Quaid-i-Azam Mohammad Ali Jinnah and Lokmanya Bal Gangadhar Tilak.
Whatever their other differences, both felt passionately about the
cause of Indian freedom. Jinnah defended Tilak in his trial in 1916 on
sedition charges, and ultimately secured his acquittal. The full text
of the legal proceedings, including Jinnah's powerful speeches for the
defence, are included as an appendix. After Tilak's death in 1920,
Jinnah continued to work closely with political leaders of all
persuasions and was regarded by the British as one of their most
formidable opponents. Noorani argues that only in 1937, following the
conflict over the formation of the provincial ministry in the United
Provinces, did Jinnah abandon his hopes of working jointly with
Congress to achieve independence. Noorani is firmly of the view that
Jinnah wanted a loose confederation in which the rights of the Muslim
population were fully guaranteed rather than the separate state of
Pakistan as it eventually emerged in 1947. He discusses Jinnah's
tactics during the crucial months in 1946 when the Cabinet Mission
Plan was on the table, and argues that the Plan offered a viable
possibility of avoiding Partition. In his opinion, the blame for its
failure rests squarely with Congress and with Gandhi in particular,
although trust and imagination were in short supply on all sides. The
book includes three additional essays by the author, on respectively
why the Suhrawardy-Bose plan for a united Bengal failed, the failure
to provide effective safeguards for minorities in the partition
scheme, and the Haroon report of 1940, together with the text of some
key documents.

Table of contents

CONTENTS LIST;

PREFACE;

1. A Forgotten Comradeship;

2. After Tilak: Jinnah and Gandhi's Congress;

3. The Widening Divide;

4. Wrecking India's Unity;

5. The Gandhi-Cripps Pact;

6. Demise of the Cabinet Mission's Plan;

7. An Embittered Separation;

8. The United Bengal Episode;

9. Assessing Jinnah;

APPENDICES;

1. JINNAH'S DEFENCE OF TILAK: THE COURT PROCEEDINGS;

2. JINNAH'S BATTLES FOR PRESS FREEDOM;

3. THE LUCKNOW PACT, 1916;

4. JINNAH'S 14 POINTS, 1929;

5. JINNAH-RAJENDRA PRASAD PACT, 1934;

6. THE LAHORE RESOLUTION, 1940;

7. STAFFORD CRIPPS' OFFER 1942;

8. THE C.R. FORMULA 1944;

9. JINNAH'S OFFER OF 12 MAY 1946;

10. THE CONGRESS' OFFER OF 12 MAY 1946;

11. THE CABINET MISSION'S PLAN OF 16 MAY 1946;

12. THE MUSLIM LEAGUE WORKING COMMITTEE'S RESOLUTION ON 31 JANUARY
1947 AT KARACHI;

13. THE PARTITION PLAN OF 3 JUNE 1947;

14. JINNAH'S SPEECH TO PAKISTAN'S CONSTITUENT ASSEMBLY ON 11 AUGUST
1947;

15. SIR CHIMANLAL SETALVAD'S ARTICLE ENTITLED 'INDIA DIVIDED: WHO IS
TO BLAME FOR PARTITION?' THE TIMES OF INDIA; 15 JUNE 1947;

16. MAULANA HASRAT MOHANI'S POEM ON TILAK; AND (A) URDU ORIGINAL (B)
ENGLISH TRANSLATION;

17. JINNAH AND THE MUSLIMS OF INDIA; 18. THE HAROON REPORT

http://www.newasiabooks.org/publication/jinnah-and-tilak-comrades-freedom-struggle

Key Texts on Social Justice in India
Published by Sage Publicatio...
IndiaSocial issuesLaw & society

Editors: Roohi, Sanam Samaddar, Ranabir
ISBN: 978 81 321 0064 5
Format: Hardback
Pages: 1116
List price(s): 150.00 GBP
Publication date: 30 May 2009

Short description

A compendium of key texts on social justice. It brings out the
relational nature of justice as well as the fragmented nature of its
existence. It explores how law fares in delivering justice, how
violence becomes an essential part of the popular notion of justice
and how the dynamics of justice is linked with the emergence of
marginal situations.

Full description

Volume I: Social Justice and Enlightenment: West Bengal is edited by
Pradip Kumar Bose, Professor of Sociology, Centre for Studies in
Social Sciences, Calcutta, Kolkata and Samir Kumar Das, Professor of
Political Science, Calcutta University, Kolkata. This first volume of
the series The State of Justice in India: Issues of Social Justice is
a collection of writings on the state of social justice in the present-
day West Bengal. It studies the strong disjunction between the notion
of enlightened politics, on which the constitutional Left in West
Bengal has thrived for several decades, and social justice. The
articles probe the question: is there a necessary connection between
the politics of communism and attainment of social justice? Social
Justice and Enlightenment: West Bengal is based on ethnographic
studies which suggest that while there is a general regime of justice
in West Bengal, the rule of law as the main mechanism of justice makes
little sense in the presence of specific local judicial practices. It
questions why the archaic rule of law still remains fundamental in the
state governance and concludes that the West Bengal experience
demonstrates that while democracy may widen through the mass entry of
workers, peasants and the rural and urban poor, and though this may
facilitate long-denied political justice for them, this does not
ensure social justice per se. Volume II: Justice and Law: The Limits
of the Deliverables of Law is edited by Ashok Agrwaal, Lawyer,
researcher and civil rights activist and Bharat Bhushan, Editor of the
Daily Mail Newspaper . This second volume of the series The State of
Justice in India: Issues of Social Justice brings together the tension
that brews between law and justice in India. It begins with how our
legislators had engaged in the discourse on justice at the time of the
making of the constitution. The articles highlight the way law has
created dichotomies in its attempt to be the guardian for justice. The
authors have coined the idea of 'justice gap', which unveils the gap
between the claims for justice and governmental regime of justice.
Justice and Law: The Limits of the Deliverables of Law also deals
extensively with the issue of reservation. It has one article
documenting the history of reservations in India, in the background of
political contentions, elections, and judicial activism. The other
article traces how the 'policy game' goes on in the language of courts
and law. Both the articles indicate how the issue of justice is
closely linked to the issue of expansion of democracy. Another article
measures the success of the legal system in providing justice to those
in the margins. This one-of-its-kind book will be an invaluable
resource for academics and researchers studying sociology, law, social
justice, political theory and Indian democracy. It will also be useful
for human rights activists, policy makers, policy analysts and NGOs.
Volume III: Marginalities and Justice is edited by Paula Banerjee,
Head of the Department of South and South East Asian Studies,
University of Calcutta, Kolkata and Mahanirban Calcutta Research
Group, Kolkata and Sanjay Chaturvedi, Professor of Political Science
at the Centre for the Study of Geopolitics and Honorary Director,
Centre for the Study of Mid-West and Central Asia, Panjab University,
Chandigarh. This third volume of the series The State of Justice in
India: Issues of Social Justice shows how marginalities in social
spaces marked by power raise the issue of justice. It deals with the
situation of people living in the margins of the society and their
relationship with communities that enjoy enough material well being to
secure their rights. It reveals how effective governance
unintentionally uses strategies of inclusion, exclusion, differential
exclusion, and, most importantly, techniques of turning spaces into
'marginal enclaves', giving rise to injustice, and thereby, the demand
for justice. Marginalities and Justice demonstrates that justice may
emanate from the dynamics of marginality. The same governmental
techniques that to some extent address issues of social justice, may
produce marginal positions too. Thus, this collection suggests the
existence of a remainder; it demonstrates what remains outside the
operations of governmentality and explores the arrangement of social
spaces. Volume IV: Key Texts on Social Justice in India is edited by
Sanam Roohi, Programme Associate, Mahanirban Calcutta Research Group,
Kolkata and Ranabir Samaddar, Director, Mahanirban Calcutta Research
Group, Kolkata. This fourth volume of the series The State of Justice
in India: Issues of Social Justice is a compendium of key texts on
social justice. It brings out the relational nature of justice as well
as the fragmented nature of its existence. Key Texts on Social Justice
in India explores how law fares in delivering justice, how violence
becomes an essential part of the popular notion of justice and how the
dynamics of justice is linked with the emergence of marginal
situations. Each article is, on one hand, an appeal for justice, and,
on the other, a manifesto that state actions fall short of ensuring
justice. This compilation is meant for the students and researchers
working in the fields of justice, sociology and law. It will serve as
supplementary text in law as well as a source book that gives a
comprehensive analysis of justice in the Indian scenario.

Table of contents

VOLUME I: SOCIAL JUSTICE AND ENLIGHTENMENT:

WEST BENGAL - Pradip Kumar Bose and Samir Kumar Das

Series Acknowledgement -

Ranabir Samaddar Series Introduction -

Ranabir Samaddar Introduction -

Pradip Kumar Bose and Samir Kumar Das Land Acquisition Act and Social
Justice: A Study on Development and Displacement -

Ratan Khasnabis Two Leaves and a Bud: Tea and Social Justice in
Darjeeling -

Roshan Rai and Subhas Ranjan Chakrabarty Deprivation and Social
Injustice in a Rural Context: An Ethnographic Account -

Kumar Rana with Amrit Paira and Ila Paira On the Wrong Side of the
Fence: Embankment, People and Social Justice in the Sundarbans -

Amites Mukhopadhyay Prescribed, Tolerated, & Forbidden Forms of Claim
Making -

Ranabir Samaddar

VOLUME II: JUSTICE AND LAW: THE LIMITS OF THE DELIVERABLES OF LAW -

Ashok Agrwaal and Bharat Bhushan Series Acknowledgement -

Ranabir Samaddar Series Introduction -

Ranabir Samaddar Introduction -

Ashok Agrwaal and Bharat Bhushan Justice in the Time of Transition:
Select Indian Experiences -

Sabyasachi Basu and Ray Chaudhury The Founding Moment: Social Justice
in the Constitutional Mirror -

Samir Kumar Das Indexing Social Justice in India-A Story of
Commissions, Reports and Popular Responses -

Bharat Bhushan Trivializing Justice: Reservation Under Rule of Law -

Ashok Agrawaal The Fallacy of Equality: 'Anti-Citizens', Sexual
Justice and the Law in India -

Oishik Sircar

VOLUME III: MARGINALITIES AND JUSTICE -

Paula Banerjee and Sanjay Chaturvedi Series Acknowledgement -

Ranabir Samaddar Series Introduction -

Ranabir Samaddar Introduction -

Paula Banertjee and Sanjay Chaturvedi Gulamiya Ab Hum Nahi Bajeibo:
Peoples' Expressions for Justice in Jehanabad -

Manish K Jha Ethnography of Social Justice in Dalit Pattis (Hamlets)
of Rural UP -

Badri Narayan Tiwari Rights and Social Justice for Tribal Population
in India -

Amit Prakash AIDS, Marginality and Women -

Paula Banerjee Towards Environmental Justice Movement in India?
Spatiality, Hierarchies and Inequalities -

Sanjay Chaturvedi

VOLUME IV: KEY TEXTS ON SOCIAL JUSTICE IN INDIA -

Sanam Roohi and Ranabir Samaddar Series Acknowledgement -

Ranabir Samaddar Series Introduction -

Ranabir Samaddar

PART I. DEVELOPMENT AND DISCONTENT: THE QUESTION OF INJUSTICE

Section Introduction Ethnic Politics and Land Use: Genesis of
Conflicts in India's North-East -

Sanjay Barbora Contexts and Constructions of Water Scarcity -

Lyla Mehta Karnataka: Kudremukh: Of Mining and Environment -

Muzaffar Assadi Report of Investigation into Nandigram Mass Killing -

Sanhati Eroded Lives: Riverbank Erosion and Displacement of Women in
West Bengal -

Krishna Bandyopadhyay, Soma Ghosh and Nilanjan Dutta

PART II. SOCIAL JUSTICE: THE STATE AND ITS PERCEPTIONS Section
introduction The Communal Violence (Prevention, Control and
Rehabilitation of Victims) -

Bill

The National Trust for Welfare of Persons with Autism, Cerebral Palsy,
Mental Retardation and Multiple Disabilities Act, 1999

The Right to Information Act, 2005

The National Rehabilitation and Resettlement Policy, 2007

The Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act, 2005

PART III. JUSTICE: LAW AND BEYOND

Section Introduction

Illegality and Exclusion: Law in the Lives of Slum Dwellers -

Usha Ramanathan Illegal Coal Mining in Eastern India: Rethinking
Legitimacy and Limits of Justice -

Kuntala Lahiri Dutt Verdict on an HIV case, Supreme Court of India
Reproduced in Medhina -

Laya, Dipika Jain and Colin Gonzalves An Indian Charter for Minority
Rights -

Sabyasachi Basu and Ray Chaudhury

PART IV. WOMEN AND MARGINALITY: An Issue of Gender Justice Section
Introduction Gender: Women and HIV -

Medhini, Laya, Dipika Jain and Colin Gonzalves National Policy for the
Empowerment of Women (2001)

Women, Trafficking and Statelessness in South Asia - Paula Banerjee

PART V. JUSTICE: Marginal Positions and Alternative Notions Section
Introduction Voices From Folk School of Dalit Bahujan & Marginalised
to Policy Makers -

Peoples Vigilance Committee on Human Rights Social Assessment of HIV/
AIDS among Tribal People in India - NACP III Planning Team Caste is
Dead, Long Live Caste -

G P Deshpande Tehelka Debate: Beyond Caste -

Puroshottam Agarwal Report from the Flaming Fields of Bihar

PART VI. FREEDOM AND EQUALITY, RIGHTS AND SOCIAL SECURITY: BUILDING
BLOCKS OF JUSTICE

Section Introduction Jungle Book: Tribal Forest Rights Recognised For
First Time -

Nandini Sundar Informal Sector in India: Approaches for Social
Security Arguments, Protests, Strikes and Free Speech: The Career and
Prospects of the Right to Strike in India -

Rajeev Dhavan Democracy and Right to Food -

Jean Dreze

http://www.newasiabooks.org/publication/key-texts-social-justice-india

Social Justice: Sunset or Dawn
Published by Eastern Book Co...

Author: Iyer, V.R.Krishna
ISBN: 978 81 7012 144 2
Format: Hardback
Pages: 176
List price(s): 12.00 GBP
Publication date: 23 July 2008

Short description

Contains lectures that make an impassioned plea for social justice for
India's poor millions who the author says have been denied social
justice by the three great wings of the government the Executive, the
Judiciary and the Parliament.

Full description

Justice Krishna Iyer is a great proponent of social justice. In these
lectures he makes an impassioned plea for social justice for India's
poor millions who he says have been denied social justice by the three
great wings of the government the Executive, the Judiciary and the
Parliament. A prolific writer, Justice Krishna Iyer is known for his
hard hitting but eloquent lectures and writings. First published under
the title, Some Half Hidden Aspects of Indian Social Justice , the
book was sold out within a very short period of time. It has now been
enlarged and two new chapters have been added. The Bhopal Gas Tragedy
case has been given wide treatment, as also other current issues.

http://www.newasiabooks.org/publication/social-justice-sunset-or-dawn

Politics of Social Exclusion in India, The
Published by Routledge

Editors: Bhattacharyya, Harihar Sarkar, Partha Kar,
Angshuman
ISBN: 978 0 415 55357 5
Format: Hardback
Pages: 208
List price(s): 80.00 GBP 130.00 USD
Publication date: 7 December 2009

Short description

Social exclusion and inclusion are issues of fundamental importance to
democracy. Using an interdisciplinary approach, this book examines at
the multidimensional problems of social exclusion and inclusion, and
the long-term issues facing contemporary Indian democracy.

Table of contents

Introduction - Harihar Bhattacharyya, Partha Sarkar, and Angshuman
Kar

1. Some Theoretical Issues Concerning Social Exclusion and Inclusion
in India - Sobhanlal Datta Gupta

2. Social Exclusion and the Strategy of Empowerment - T. K. Oommen

3. Identity Politics and Social Exclusion in India's North-East: The
Case for Redistributive Justice - N. K. Das

4. Inclusion in Nationhood: Bhudev Mukhopadhyay's Concept of
Jatiyabhav - Harihar Bhattacharyya

5. Rabindra Nath Tagore's Concept of Social Exclusion and Inclusion in
India: A Nation without Nationalism - Jyotirmay Bhattacharyya

6. Identity and Social Exclusion-Inclusion: A Muslim Perspective -
Asghar Ali Engineer

7. Inclusive and Exclusive Development in India in the Post-Reform Era
- Provat Kuri

8. Social Exclusion in India: Evidences from the Wage Labour Market -
Rajarshi Majumdar

9. Polavaram Dam Project: A Case Study of Displacement of Marginalized
People - Sudipti Banerjea

10. Purity as Exclusion, Caste as Division: The Ongoing Battle for
Equality - Jasbir Jain

11. Narrating Gender and Power: Literary and Cultural Texts and
Contexts - Sanjukta Das Gupta

12. The Fire and the Rain: A Study in Myths of Power - Anima Biswas

13. Conclusion: Democracy at the Crossroads - Harihar Bhattacharyya,
Partha Sarkar, and Angshuman Kar List of Contributors

Biography

University of Burdwan, India

http://www.newasiabooks.org/publication/politics-social-exclusion-india

Social Movements I: Issues of Identity
Published by Oxford Universi...

Editor: Oommen
ISBN: 978 0 19 806327 8
Format: Hardback
Pages: 272
List price(s): 24.99 GBP
Publication date: 31 January 2010

Short description

This volume brings together a selection of readings on movements
related to religion and caste, as well as regionalism, and linguistic
and tribal movements in India, examining them with respect to the
construction and perception of identity.

Full description

In the ongoing process of social transformation, new identities are
often constructed, while existing identities may mutate or transform,
and some might even be rendered obsolete. Social Movements I: Issues
of Identity, part of the Oxford in India Readings in Sociology and
Social Anthropology (OIRSSA) series, examines the phenomenon of social
movements in India with respect to the construction and perception of
identity. It brings together a selection of readings on movements
related to religion and caste, as well as regionalism, and linguistic
and tribal movements in India. It specifically addresses (a) the
abbreviation and even abrogation of identities versus elaboration of
identities; (b) the tensions between group identity and individual
equality believed to be pulling in opposite directions; (c) identity
as the basis of inclusion and exclusion of citizens in the
participatory processes in the polity and economy; and (d) perceiving
identity of minorities as a source of threat for the nation and the
state by the dominant majority, as against invoking identity as the
route to justice by the weak/dominated minorities. These issues are
relevant in situating identitarian movements in the wider context.
This reader will be useful for students and scholars of sociology,
anthropology, social history, Indian politics, and those studying
Indian society and social movements in particular.

Table of contents

PREFACE, ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS;

GENERAL INTRODUCTION: ON THE ANALYSIS OF SOCIAL MOVEMENTS (T.K.
OOMMEN);

SECTION I - RELIGIOUS AND CASTE MOVEMENTS;

INTRODUCTION TO SECTION I;;

1. Socio-religious Movements of the Twentieth Century (Kenneth W.
Jones);;

2. Ethno-religious Mobilization and the Politics of Secularism
(Christophe Jaffrelot);;

3. Caste and Conversion Movements (Walter Fernandes);;

4. Different Shades of Dalit Mobilization (Vivek Kumar);;

5. The Tabhlighi Jama'at: The Making of a Transnational Religious
Movement (Shail Mayaram);;

SECTION II - REGIONAL, LINGUISTIC AND TRIBAL MOVEMENTS;

INTRODUCTION TO SECTION II;;

6. Foundations of the Dravidian Movement (Robert L. Hardgrave);;

7. The Shiv Sena Movement (Dipankar Gupta);;

8. The Assam Movement (Sanjib Baruah);;

9. Tribal Solidarity Movements in India (Surajit Sinha);;

10. Christian Conversion Movements in the North East (Frederick S.
Downs); Notes on Contributors

http://www.newasiabooks.org/publication/social-movements-i-issues-identity

Social Movements II: Concerns of Equity and Security
Published by Oxford Universi...

Editor: Oommen
ISBN: 978 0 19 806328 5
Format: Hardback
Pages: 376
List price(s): 26.99 GBP
Publication date: 31 January 2010

Short description

This reader brings together a selection of writings on peasant and
labour movements; women and students youth movements; and ecological
and environmental movements. It discusses contemporary social
movements in India from the perspective of equity and security.

Full description

Inequity manifests in different forms in different contexts - it could
based on income disparity, gender, and class, and impact different
aspects of society. Social Movements II: Concerns of Equity and
Security, part of the Oxford in India Readings in Sociology and Social
Anthropology (OIRSSA) series, examines the phenomenon of social
movements in India with respect to the concerns of equity and security
as two forces behind contemporary social movements. The issue of
equity is concerned not only with income and class but is also related
to ideas of development and distributive justice for peasantry and
labour. It is also the focus of groups such as women and the youth,
which occasion protests and mobilizations. Moreover, in the current
scenario, booming economies, soaring populations, and choices of
development strategies have a bearing on the rise of social movements
related to ecology and the environment. This reader brings together a
selection of essays that explore the various dimensions of equity, and
also covers issues of environmental and ecological security. These are
imperative in situating related social movements in the wider context.
This reader will be useful for students and scholars of sociology,
anthropology, social history, Indian politics, and those studying
Indian society and social movements in particular.

Table of contents

PREFACE; ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS; GENERAL INTRODUCTION: ON THE ANALYSIS OF
SOCIAL MOVEMENTS (T.K. OOMMEN);

SECTION I - PEASANT AND LABOUR MOVEMENTS;

INTRODUCTION TO SECTION I;;

1. Indian Peasant Uprisings (Kathleen Gough);;

2. Naxalbari Peasant Movement (Partha N. Mukherji);;

3. The Bhoodan Gramdaan Movement (T.K. Oommen);;

4. . The new Farmer's Movement in Maharashtra (D.N. Dhanagare);;

5, The Indian Labour Movement: Growth and Character (S.M. Pandey);;

6, Changing Industrial Relations: India, 1950-2000 (Debashish
Bhattacharjee);;

7. Labour Activism and Women in the Unorganised Sector (Supriya Roy
Chowdhury);;

SECTION II - WOMEN AND STUDENTS YOUTH MOVEMENTS;

INTRODUCTION TO SECTION II; ;

8. Changing Terms of Political Discourse: Women's Movement in India,
1970s-1990s (Indu Agnihotri and Vina Mazumdar);;

9. The Anti-dowry Movement in Delhi (Rajni Palriwala);;

10. The Self-Employed Women's Association (Martha A. Chen);;

11. The Transformation of the Indian Students' Movement (Philip G.
Altbach);;

12, Student Power: Mobilization and Protest (T.K. Oommen);

Section III - Ecological and Environmental Movements;

Introduction to Section III;;

13. Ecology Movements in India (Vandana Shiva);;

14. . Parks, People and Protest: The Mediating Role of Environmental
Action Groups (Ranjit Dwivedi);;

15. . Protest against Displacement by Development Projects (T.K.
Oommen);

Notes on Contributors;

Index

http://www.newasiabooks.org/publication/social-movements-ii-concerns-equity-and-security

Sovereignty and Social Reform in India: British Colonialism and the
Campaign Against Sati

Published by Routledge

Author: Major, Andrea
ISBN: 978 0 415 58050 2
Format: Hardback
Pages: 192
List price(s): 75.00 GBP 125.00 USD
Publication date: 30 June 2010

Short description

Offers an important reinterpretation of major themes of sovereignty,
authority and social reform in colonial South Asian history. Focusing
on the British prohibition of sati in 1829, this book shows how the
debates that preceded this legislation have been instrumental in
setting the terms of post-colonial debates about sati.

Full description

This book offers an important reinterpretation of major themes of
sovereignty, authority and social reform in colonial South Asian
history. Focusing on the British prohibition of sati in 1829, the
author shows how the debates that preceded this legislation have been
instrumental in setting the terms of post-colonial debates about sati,
as well as of defining the terms and parameters of British involvement
in Indian social and religious issues more generally.

Table of contents

1. Introduction 2. Princes, Politics and Pragmatism: British Policy on
Sati in the Indian States 1830-1860 3. Prohibition, Prevention and
Prosecution: The Practicalities of Suppressing Sati 4. Romance, Race
and Rule: Imagining Sati in Rajput Society 5. Victimhood and Volition:
British Encounters with the Satimata 6. Conclusion

Biography

Andrea Major is Lecturer in Wider World History at the University of
Leeds. Her research interests relate to the nature of the colonial
encounter between Britain and India, and in particular their
interaction on social and gender issues.

http://www.newasiabooks.org/publication/sovereignty-and-social-reform-india-british-colonialism-and-campaign-against-sati

...and I am Sid Harth
bademiyansubhanallah
2010-03-07 00:20:23 UTC
Permalink
Priest rebukes RSS chief's Hindutva view
By: John Malhotra
Friday, 5 March 2010, 17:30 (IST)

The spokesperson of the Catholic Church in Madhya Pradesh, Fr. Anand
Muttungal, has hit out at Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS) chief
Mohan Bhagwat for his statement that "Indians were Hindus and if one
was not a Hindu he could not be an Indian."

"His logic is faulty and it is a blatant negation of Indian
Constitution and disrespect to the secular fabric of India," responded
Muttungal, who chided the RSS for "trying hard eighty-four years to
indoctrinate the secular conscience of this country to buy its concept
of Hindu Rashtra."

At a gathering of Hindus in Bhopal, Bhagat reportedly said, “Jesus
Christ was a revered figure and so was Prophet Mohammad, but India
could not be united in their names."

Responding to the statement, Muttungal in an article titled "Warning
Bell to RSS", said it was "an indirect call to incite communal
passion."

"He tells people that Lord Jesus and Prophet Mohmmad are revered
figure but in their name, India cannot be united because they are not
Indians. Any person with common sense would understand that it is a
silly logic. How could one believe this for the simple reason that
this organization continues to praise a western infamous figure Hitler
even today," wrote Muttungal.

"He also went on to say that western life style we should not embrace.
It is very interesting to see him standing in shorts and Shirt, a
purely western dress. This organization needs to abandon its western
identity," he added.

Says Muttungal, "negative publicity is more publicity" and it is a
general principle that works in the media.

"If we analyse the statements made by this organization about
Christians regarding religious conversion, it must be honestly told
that it has given wide publicity to Christianity and it's work in the
country," he noted.

"People are made to think seriously, what is it that makes Christians
to work hard with all these abuses. There is an eagerness created
among a good number people to know more about Christians. It is a
warning bell to the RSS that it can no more go ahead with it's
poisonous ideology against this nation and its constitution."

Copyright © 2010 Christian Today

http://in.christiantoday.com/articles/priest-rebukes-rss-chiefs-hindutva-view/5210.htm

Ganesh Sovani's Blog
Just another WordPress.com weblogMF Husain saga depicts the duplicity
of pseudo secularists !

Defiance unabated
Ever since the celebrated painter Mr.


Husain's nude Bharatmata
Makbool Fida Husain declared his intention to settle down at Doha,
Qatar and accept her citizenship, the media in India has virtually
gone crazy.

Series of articles, debates, public views, edits are being scribbled
down and published day after day in news papers by many, mostly
blaming the Government of India over its failure to ‘protect the world
renowned painter’. !

Electronic media too is also not far behind. In fact, there seem to be
a stiff competition between Pranab Roy’s NDTV 24 X 7 and Rajdeep
Sardesai’s CNN IBN (both known for their perennial left leanings) in
outsmarting each other in airing the special reports, programmes,
debates, surveys, opinion polls, talks, etc. in which the entire
emphasis is on the bashing up Hindu organizations like RSS, VHP,
Bajrang Dal, etc. for being primarily responsible for hounding the
painter hailing from Lord Viththal’s holy place of Pandharpur in the
Solapur in the Western Maharashtra State of India.

On the TV shows, the likes of Anjali Ela Menons (has she taken
Husain’s vakalatnama?) have been blatantly attacking Hindu
organizations for being solely responsible for Husain’s exist from
India.

Times Now which has undoubtedly maintained its credibility by not
aligning with any one on any issue, ever since it was launched three
years ago, has consistently maintained through its ebullient anchor
Arnab Goswami that MF Husain has gone record by saying that it were
the commercial considerations that have influenced him more in
accepting Qatari citizenship, as he is involved in a multi million
project kicked up by first lady of Kingdom of Qatar.

On his part, the RSS Chief Mr. Mohan Bhagwat has categorically gone on
record by saying that his organization was never and is not averse to
MF Husain in staying back India, as he is the citizen by birth and
there was no danger to his life from anyone in India.

However, other Hindu outfits like VHP and Bajrang Dal have
consistently maintained that bare footed painter must apologize to the
whole nation as he has denigrated Goddess Saraswati and Bharatmata by
depicting them in nude in the past and exhibiting in the public
gallery. It’s not a first instance of these Hindu outfits seeking an
apology from the controversial painter! These have been demanding it
ever since Husain ventured into these mischievous acts few years ago!

After the news of Husain securing Qatari nationality broke out in the
last week, Shiv Sena Chief Mr. Bal Thackeray, true to his own style
and character lambasted the painter in his typical ‘Thakri’ language
through an edit of Samana in its edition dated 2nd February and have
gone to the extent of accusing MF Husain as treacherous for having
ditched his own motherland which have given him name and fame. In fact
Samana in the same issue carried a front page interview of Husain’s
maternal brother Kutubuddin Bohri, who too has flayed his brother
painter for ditching India and fleeing to a foreign land.

It’s not a coincidence that until Bal Thackeray wrote on him, Husain
had not opened up his mouth on the whole affair. But barely within
twenty four hours after Samana carried an editorial on him, Husain
gave his maiden interview to Gulf edition of Malayalam Manorama and
tried to clear off the air. But sadly, his defence is totally
unconvincing and he still seems to be defiant in his attitude and has
not expressed any remorse or regret for hurting the sentiments of the
majority of the Indians with his over zealous caricatures.

While the BJP reacted on the same lines, as its parent body RSS did,
Congress, as is its wont has been taking some what an ambivalent stand
on this episode. Though home minister Mr. P. Chimdambaram attempted to
assure Husain that his government would do all it can to protect the
nonagenarian painter, should he returns to India. Apart from PC,
Congress is not coming out firmly on this issue. Can it be seen that
the Congress is bit cautious now, as the UP assembly elections are not
far away, as any attempt to stoutly defend Husain from Congress
platform might cause any dent on its Hindu votes from UP ?

The moot question that arises in this matter, is why the pseudo
secularists are not condemning Husain’s act of depicting the Hindu
characters, Saraswati and Bharatmata and , etc. in a denigrating
manner? Their entire lobby, both in the media and also in the society
is turning a Nelson’s eye to it under the garb of ‘freedom of
expression’ of the painter? Till this date, one has yet to see even an
isolated condemnation of Mr. Husain from any so called ‘liberal’!

Even when Husain was confronted with on numerous TV shows in the past,
before he fled to Europe in 2007, whether he will dare to depict any
female character of other religions (apart from Hindu) on the canvas,
he was virtually dumb founded and skipped the poser.

The secularist and those who are clamoring for Husain’s ‘freedom of
expression’ are conveniently forgetting that when a Danish cartoonist
had drawn a caricature of Prophet Mohammad, none of them had spoken of
freedom of expression of Copenhagen cartoonist ! In fact, none could
afford to say so, as Islam does not permit the depiction of Prophet
Mohammad by any manner and by any means and any attempt to draw his
picture or caricature is treated as a ‘blasphemy’!

If Islam prohibits the depiction of any caricature of Prophet
Mohammad, then the sentiments of Muslims on that score needs to be
respected all over the world. There can’t be any dispute or any debate
on that. One has to accept this reality, whether you like it or not.

In nutshell, if the sentiments of Muslim community can be hurt by a
Danish painter’s misadventure, then why not the Hindus have the same
right to vent their feelings or an outrage over MF Husain’s grossly
erroneous act?

One must appreciate that even after Husain’s mischievous act came to
the fore, Hindus did not vandalize any gallery or personal property of
Husain or there was not even a slightest thought (leave alone attempt)
to touch Husain’s person ! Also no one issued any award to those, who
can harm the painter. Therefore the tolerance level of Hindus needs to
be appreciated and all that which they did was to take a legal
recourse and knock the court doors and bring him to the book!

Why the pseudo secularist are having double standards in measuring an
outcry over the Danish cartoon and Hindu’s reaction over Husain’s
mischievous acts and deeds? It’s all hypocrisy!

The saddest truth is that Husain’s perversity while depicting the
Hindu goddess Saraswati and Bharatmata has indirectly got a universal
acclamation, under the garb of ‘freedom of expression’ and which is
blown up out of proportion by the section of the media, with scant
regard to the sentiments of Hindu community. Can the sentiments be the
monopoly of any single community?

Mr. Husain has been facing hundreds of criminal cases all over the
county under section 295 – A of Indian Penal Code (which is
cognizable, non bailable and having punishment of three years and it
is warrant triable before the Magistrate). It is pertinent to note
that practically all the magisterial courts in the country have ‘taken
cognizance’ of Husain’s ‘deliberate and malicious act’ of hurting the
sentiments of Hindu community.

Wherever the criminal cases were filed against him, neither any of
such Magisterial court has discharged him u/s. 239 of Criminal
Procedure Code. (no the sufficient evidence exists to proceed with the
trial) and no High Court in the country or even an Apex Court has
‘quashed’ the FIR filed against him or stayed any such trial faced by
Mr. Husain. This is sufficient to construe that there is a sufficient
material and a definite case to prosecute him.

The moot question now, is what would be fate of the criminal cases
which have been filed and pending against him all over the country?
Well, if one were to talk in legal parlance, should he remain absent
(which is bound to being away from India), first a bailable warrant,
then a non – bailable warrant and then a proclamation. This would be
sequence of things to happen in case of Mr. Husain who is barely five
years away from completing a century of his life.

Husain is so wise, that to save himself from prosecution back home in
India, he has taken a citizenship of such a country which is rather a
Kingdom in first place and where the ‘word’ democracy does not exist?
Also, India and Qatar have no extradition treaty! This is sufficient
to conclude that all the criminal cases pending against him would turn
out redundant in the matter of time and incumbent government would not
make any effort to bring him back to face the trials, even if they are
compounded and placed for the hearing in any single court.

All in all, the Husain saga has depicted the duplicity of pseudo
secularist in the country, who has different standards in measuring
the religious sentiment of the different communities at different
times.

Can there not be a single non – Hindu citizen in this gigantic country
called India having a population of 1.25 Bn, who can come forward and
strongly condemn Husain’s’ mischievous acts of denigrating Hindu
Goddess Saraswati and Bharatmata?

The truth is there is none. That’s the tragedy of Bhratmata!

Published in: Uncategorized on March 6, 2010 at 12:11 am

http://ganeshsovani.wordpress.com/2010/03/

India Can Make Progress if Run on Hinduism: Bhagwat
Bhopal | Feb 28, 2010 PRINT SHARE COMMENTS









Asserting that India would make progress only if run on the lines of
Hinduism, RSS chief Mohan Bhagwat said here today that those who were
Indians were Hindus and if one was not a Hindu he could not be an
Indian.

"For us the word Hindu did not mean any religion but a way of life,"
he said at the annual function of the local RSS and the Hindu Samagam
here.

He said that the Union Finance Minister had in his budget speech
quoted from Chanakaya but this was totally out of context.

Bhagwat said that what Chanakaya had said was valid for his times and
not the present-day India.

The RSS Chief hit out equally at America and China for trying to
undermine India in a number of ways.

Bhagwat said that while America dumped rejected and cheap drugs in
India, China was making attempts to make sure that it alone was the
most powerful power in South Asia.

He said that as part of this efforts, China was playing an active role
in Nepal while at the same trying to cow down India.

Before Bhagwat's speech, a large number of Swayamsevaks gave a
demonstration of various physical exercises.

The RSS Chief said that the partition of the country in 1947 did not
lead to any good for anyone in the sub-continent.

Bhagwat said that till today Pakistan had not prospered as a nation
although it continued to be a headache for India at many times.

He said that Pakistan always used the Kashmir issue to create problems
with India and that the problem can be resolved only with the merger
of POK with India.

We were so meek that we went for talks with Pakistan although it used
the time taken by talks to prepare for more terrorist attacks, he
said.

The RSS Chief said the same thing applies to the manner in which the
Centre was getting ready to hold talks with Naxalites.

Filed At: Feb 28, 2010 22:25 IST , Edited At: Feb 28, 2010 22:25 IST
FILED IN: RSS , Mohan Bhagwat
© Copyright PTI. All rights reserved. Republication or redistribution
of any PTI content, including by framing or similar means, is
expressly prohibited without their prior written consent.

RELATED WIRES :

RSS Chief Praises Nanaji, The 'Rare Politician' Feb 28, 2010
http://news.outlookindia.com/item.aspx?675520
RSS Veteran Nanaji Deshmukh Dead Feb 27, 2010
http://news.outlookindia.com/item.aspx?675431
Senior RSS Leader Shatri Passes Away Feb 27, 2010
http://news.outlookindia.com/item.aspx?675422
Talks With Pak Not Going to be Fruitful: RSS Chief Feb 25, 2010
http://news.outlookindia.com/item.aspx?675240
Centre Weak on Acting Against Terrorism, Naxalism: RSS Feb 24, 2010
http://news.outlookindia.com/item.aspx?675205
RSS Slams PC on Return of Youth From PoK Feb 22, 2010
http://news.outlookindia.com/item.aspx?674997
RSS Says No to Bt Brinjal Feb 07, 2010
http://news.outlookindia.com/item.aspx?674244
It is BJP-RSS v/s Sena in Maharashtra Now Feb 01, 2010
http://news.outlookindia.com/item.aspx?673846
RSS Volunteers to Protect North Indians in Maha Jan 31, 2010
http://news.outlookindia.com/item.aspx?673789
No Talks Should be Held with ULFA on Sovereignty: RSS Jan 30, 2010
http://news.outlookindia.com/item.aspx?673768
Senior RSS Leader Natvarsinghji Vaghela Passes Away Jan 27, 2010
http://news.outlookindia.com/item.aspx?673581
MP Rewrites History: Golwalkar 'Freedom Fighter' in 1949 Jan 24, 2010
http://news.outlookindia.com/item.aspx?673439
Gadkari 'Rubber Stamp of RSS': Digvijay Jan 11, 2010
http://news.outlookindia.com/item.aspx?672556
RSS Mulling 5-Year Term for Gadkari Jan 06, 2010
http://news.outlookindia.com/item.aspx?672282
RSS Chief Criticises MNS for Attacking North Indians Dec 25, 2009
http://news.outlookindia.com/item.aspx?671753
Gadkari Makes Right Noises on BJP, RSS Dec 19, 2009
http://news.outlookindia.com/item.aspx?671427
Gadkari: From a Humble Student Leader to BJP Chief Dec 19, 2009
http://news.outlookindia.com/item.aspx?671401
RSS Stresses on 'Unity in Diversity' Dec 06, 2009
http://news.outlookindia.com/item.aspx?670626
RSS Does Not Run the BJP: Mohan Bhagwat Dec 05, 2009
http://news.outlookindia.com/item.aspx?670574
No Question of Regretting Babri Demolition: RSS Dec 05, 2009
http://news.outlookindia.com/item.aspx?670554
All Indian Minorities are Hindu descendants: RSS Chief Dec 04, 2009
http://news.outlookindia.com/item.aspx?670533

Comments

Mar 02, 2010 02:17 AM
5 "RSS chief Mohan Bhagwat said here today that those who were Indians
were Hindus and if one was not a Hindu he could not be an Indian."

This is a stupid definition.

"The RSS Chief said that the partition of the country in 1947 did not
lead to any good for anyone in the sub-continent"

If partition had not happened, there would be far fewer hindus in this
country. The dude has got everything wrong.

Like his predecessor, this guy is an idiot and shows it everytime he
opens his mouth.
Ganesan, Nj

Mar 02, 2010 02:10 AM
4 Swami Vivekanand defined Hinduism for the modern age. Now Mohan
Bhagwat and the RSS are trying to undefine it!
Anwaar, Dallas

Mar 01, 2010 12:44 PM
3 > "RSS chief Mohan Bhagwat said here today that those who were
Indians were Hindus and if one was not a Hindu he could not be an
Indian."

He also said that those who were Sanghis were delusuional and if one
was not delusional one could not be a Sanghi.
"For us the word Hindu did not mean any religion but a way of life."
Is it very hard to call our way of life "the Indian way of life", and
leave the word "Hindu" for matters of faith, worship, festivals, rites
etc. Why is the RSS so much against Hinduism?
Anwaar, Dallas

Mar 01, 2010 09:44 AM
2 --"Bhagwat said that while America dumped rejected and cheap drugs
in India"

And THIS is his only gripe with America ?!!
dev raya, Bangalore

Mar 01, 2010 09:39 AM
1 --"Mohan Bhagwat said here today that those who were Indians were
Hindus and if one was not a Hindu he could not be an Indian."

What a supremely presumptuous little prick. Does he need to be
reminded that Hinduism itself is not Indian ? If he is not comfortable
with the Constitution he should find another country to emigrate to.
dev raya, Bangalore

http://news.outlookindia.com/item.aspx?675519

Body in Nitin Gadkari's car: HC tells CID to investigate
Jaideep Hardikar / DNA
Saturday, March 6, 2010 0:37 IST

Mumbai: Dissatisfied with the police investigation into the death of
Yogita Thakare, the seven-year-old daughter of BJP president Nitin
Gadkari’s maid, the Nagpur bench of the Bombay high court on
Friday handed over the case to the state CID.

Vimal Thakare, the girl’s mother, had filed a petition more than three
months ago seeking a CBI investigation. A bench of justice AP Lavande
and justice Pradeep Varale, however, directed the state CID to
investigate the matter.

Yogita’s body was found in the boot of Gadkari’s car parked at his
Nagpur home in May 2009. Gadkari, who was the BJP’s state chief then,
was not in the city when the body was found. Jayant Patil, the then
home minister, gave a statement in the legislative assembly that
Gadkari had nothing to do with the death.

The girl’s family, however, suspected foul play. Her mother moved the
high court alleging loopholes in the police investigations. She wanted
a CBI inquiry into her daughter’s death.

A guard informed Vimal Thakare about the incident after a local
doctor, called by Gadkari’s office employees, pronounced her dead. The
vehicle was parked just four metres away from the main gate where a
guard was on duty the day the body was found. He is one of the crucial
witnesses in the case.

“The court rejected a CBI inquiry, but gave it to the CID,” Dr Anjan
De, complainant’s lawyer, said. “We are still to get a detailed copy
of the verdict.”

Prosecution lawyer Nitin Sambre said the court found discrepancies on
two counts — the car’s make and the different perceptions of the cause
of her death. While the post-mortem report said Yogita died because of
suffocation, Dr Saira Merchant, the head of Indira Gandhi

Medical College’s paediatric department, said in her report that
Yogita could not have died of suffocation.

The high court bench pulled up the Nagpur Police over
loopholes in the investigations — from the spot inquest to the
interrogations of Gadkari’s employees.

Yogita, it came up during one of the hearings, was undergoing
treatment for sickle cell anaemia and congenital heart disease. The
prosecution maintained during the hearing that the girl’s death was
natural and there was no foul play.

http://www.dnaindia.com/mumbai/report_body-in-nitin-gadkari-s-car-hc-tells-cid-to-investigate_1355804

Bal Thackeray targets Maharashtra governor over `Mumbai for all'
remark
PTI
Saturday, March 6, 2010 11:16 IST

Mumbai: After batting maestro Sachin Tendulkar and industrialist
Mukesh Ambani, Maharashtra governor K Sankaranarayanan is the latest
to face the Shiv Sena ire for saying that Mumbai belongs to all.

"Saying that migrants will continue to come to Mumbai is akin to
betrayal of Maharashtra," Sena chief Bal Thackeray said in an
editorial in party newspaper Samana here today.

The governor had said yesterday that "anybody can live in Mumbai. Only
Mumbai can compete with itself. The rich, middle class and the poor co-
exist here".

In an informal interaction with media persons, his first since taking
over the gubernatorial post, he said though civic and infrastructure
facilities needed to be upgraded in the megapolis, migration from
other parts of the country cannot be curbed.

Terming governors who reside in the sprawling Raj Bhawan by the
Arabian Sea here as "Congress pensioners", Thackeray said, "Raj Bhawan
has lost touch with people's sentiments, thats why you say such
things."

"Had Sankaranarayanan been the governor of Karnataka, would he have
dared to say let hordes of migrants come to Bengaluru," Thackeray, who
has earlier targeted Tendulkar and Ambani over their `Mumbai belongs
to all' remarks, said.

"Mumbai has been made into a dharamshala. The only way to stop the
influx of migrants is to start a permit system to impose curbs on
those coming here," Thackeray said.

http://www.dnaindia.com/mumbai/report_bal-thackeray-targets-maharashtra-governor-over-mumbai-for-all-remark_1355864

Why does Raj want Nitin Gadkari as CM?
Shubhangi Khapre / DNA
Thursday, May 7, 2009 2:39 IST

Mumbai: Less than a week after polling was held in the state for the
Lok Sabha elections, the process of churning in mainstream parties for
the state assembly polls in September has already begun.

Sensing that the Maharashtra Navnirman Sena (MNS) has managed to
strike a positive chord with Marathi voters, whispers within the
Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) to consider MNS chief Raj Thackeray as a
possible poll partner for the state elections are growing louder.

Raj has embarked on a mission to ensure that estranged cousin Uddhav
Thackeray does not become chief minister of Maharashtra. Raj has
declared state BJP president Nitin Gadkari as the most suitable
candidate for chief ministership of the state.

Whether by sheer coincidence or design, Sena chief Bal Thackeray has
already suggested that son Uddhav not throw his hat into the ring for
the CM's post. In his Saamna editorial, Thackeray wrote, "The
kingmaker should refrain from power and position." Uddhav, too, has
never made his ambition public. But his party has been projecting him
as the next CM if the Sena-BJP is voted to power this September.

A senior BJP general secretary said, "We will have to explore all
possible options, including the MNS, for the assembly polls. We cannot
depend on the Shiv Sena alone."

A Sena leader said, "We have to ascertain how serious the BJP-MNS
nexus is. Is the BJP using the Raj factor to put the Sena on the back
foot, and extract a hard bargain in the assembly?"

Everybody is waiting to see if Raj can get 6% votes of the total of
41% to get the Election Commission reckoning for the party symbol. A
possible NCP-Shiv Sena nexus for the assembly polls is also being
debated. The Congress has already complained against the NCP's attempt
to sabotage their 10 seats in the Lok Sabha polls, and pressure is
mounting within the Congress to sever ties with the NCP for the
assembly election.

Saffron poll managers admit that there is mistrust among the top Sena-
BJP leadership. The growing BJP-MNS bond will further complicate this
partnership.

http://www.dnaindia.com/mumbai/report_why-does-raj-want-nitin-gadkari-as-cm_1253615

Raj Thackeray favours Nitin Gadkari's formula on Babri Masjid
Kiran Tare / DNA
Tuesday, February 23, 2010 1:29 IST

Mumbai: While Shiv Sena leader Bal Thackeray disagreed with BJP
president Nitin Gadkari’s idea of rebuilding the Babri Masjid on an
open plot near the Ram temple in Ayodhya, his nephew and MNS president
Raj Thackeray has welcomed it cautiously.

Babri Masjid“Why was the BJP not this wise earlier?” Raj commented to
reporters at Chopda in Jalgaon district on Monday. “Had they taken the
same stand in the past, there would not have been riots all over the
country and innocent people would not have lost their lives. [But]
there is no point discussing the old matter and recalling old
memories.”

Raj was in Chopda in connection with a court case regarding violence
by MNS workers over the issue of migrants last year. He was granted
bail on a personal bond of Rs7,000.

Last week, Gadkari had mooted the idea of rebuilding the mosque,
demolished by a frenzied crowd of extremist Hindus on December 6,
1992, at the BJP’s national conclave in Indore.

“I appeal to the Muslims to cooperate in building a Ram temple at the
[disputed] site in Ayodhya,” Gadkari said. “I assure [them that] we
will help them build a mosque at a nearby open space.”

Thackeray had dubbed Gadkari’s idea an insult to the memory of the
karsevaks who were killed in Ayodhya during the Ram Janmabhoomi
movement. “Only a Ram temple will be built in Ayodhya,” he had said.
“There is no need to seek the permission of Muslims for that.”

The Vishwa Hindu Parishad and the Babri Masjid Action Committee have
also opposed Gadkari’s idea.

Gadkari shares a good rapport with Raj. “In my opinion, Nitin Gadkari
is the right person for the chief minister’s post in Maharashtra,” Raj
had said before the October 2009 assembly elections in the state.

http://www.dnaindia.com/mumbai/report_raj-thackeray-favours-nitin-gadkari-s-formula-on-babri-masjid_1351396

Bal Thackeray slams Nitin Gadkari over Ayodhya
Surendra Gangan / DNA
Saturday, February 20, 2010 11:24 IST
Last updated: Sunday, February 21, 2010 0:31 IST

Mumbai: Shiv Sena chief Bal Thackeray has slammed ally Bhartiya Janata
Party and its chief Nitin Gadkari for the latter's appeal to the
Muslim community to co-operate in constructing the Ram Mandir and
agreeing to build a Masjid on the adjacent land at Ayodhya.

Bal Thackeray

Thackeray, in the edit in Shiv Sena mouthpiece, Saamana, has termed
the BJP proposal as an insult to the Kar Sevaks who 'fought' and lost
their lives for the Ram Mandir on the disputed land.

The edit says, "If the Muslims were to be persuaded to co-operate to
build the mandir by Hindus, why was the movement in Ayodhya launched
by the Hindus? If we had to surrender to the imam of the Jama Masjid
by falling on his feet for a piece of land for the mandir (instead of
fighting for it), we would have easily got the land for the mandir
then. The option was more convenient, but the Hindus chose to fight
for their right and hundreds had to sacrifice their lives.

The edit raised the question about the right of Babar over Ayodhya.
"Babar was invited by the Muslim emperor to support him in India. Ram
came to Ayodhya hundreds of years before Babar came here in 1528.Babar
was an aggressor and there is no reason why Muslims should fight for
the Masjid named after him against Hindus in their own country," it
stated further.

Thackeray also slammed prime minister Manmohan Singh for his statement
in the favour of Muslims. "The PM said that Muslims have the first
right over the resources of the country. 80 per cent Hindus tolerate
this meekly. Muslims have everything and Hindus don't even have their
Ram mandir. And now the BJP wants Hindus to plead to Muslims for the
temple," he said.

Political observers feel this as one more sign of increasing
differences between the parties. Thackeray criticized the BJP on
various issues including statehood to Vidarbha and alleged atrocities
on Marathi speaking people in BJP-lead Karnataka.

http://www.dnaindia.com/mumbai/report_bal-thackeray-slams-nitin-gadkari-over-ayodhya_1350218

LK Advani heaps praise on Nitin Gadkari's forthrightness
PTI
Monday, February 22, 2010 20:19 IST

New Delhi: Nitin Gadkari's forthrightness has been able to melt away
the despondency set in by two successive setbacks in the Lok Sabha
elections and turned the BJP upbeat at the just concluded Indore
conclave, senior leader LK Advani said today.

In his latest blog posting, Advani said that before the three-day
Indore conclave, the question bothering BJP delegates was whether
Gadkari will be able to inspire confidence in the party cadre,
"seemingly disheartened and disappointed by two successive setbacks in
the Lok Sabha elections of 2004 and 2009?"

Advani said he could see the "initial scepticism rapidly melting away"
and when the delegates left the venue, their doubts were replaced by
optimism and confidence.

As compared to previous such programmes attended by him (Advani),
"seldom before have I seen delegates so upbeat, and enthusiastic
participants in every single programme at the session as I have seen
this time," Advani, who was elected working chairman of NDA, said.

The BJP leader said the delegates had a strong feeling that the
"attributes of transparent frankness and forthrightness that they had
been able to discern in the new president were exactly what the party
needed at this point of time."

At the National Executive and Council, attended by nearly four
thousand delegates, Gadkari was able to interact with senior state BJP
representatives and BJP chief ministers at a single combined conclave
for the first time.

http://www.dnaindia.com/india/report_lk-advani-heaps-praise-on-nitin-gadkari-s-forthrightness_1351271

Ex-devotee seeks to expose 'Krishna Leela'
D Ram Raj / DNA
Sunday, March 7, 2010 0:51 IST

Chennai: The Chennai police on Saturday booked a fresh case against
spiritual guru Swami Paramahamsa Nithyananda on a complaint filed by
his former devotee Nithya Dharmananda alias K Lenin of Athur in Salem
district. The Chennai police also decided to transfer the case to
Karnataka, where Nithyananda (who has his spiritual headquarters at
Bidadi, about 30km from Bengaluru) reportedly “betrayed” the trust of
his devotees. Lenin accused Nithyananda of “misbehaving” with
“beautiful” women and “forcing” them into compromising positions with
him. Lenin also handed over a CD containing “raunchy bed room” scenes
of Nithayanda to the police commissioner of Chennai.

Lenin in his complaint stated that he was spiritually attracted
towards Nithyananda in 2004. In 2006 he shifted to the ashram in
Bangalore as a staunch devotee, he said. There he found Nithyananda
misbehaving with “innocent women” stating that he was incarnation of
Lord Krishna and beautiful women devotees were his gopis. He would try
to hug and molest them. Some disturbed women devotees stopped visiting
the ashram, while one woman also tried to commit suicide, Lenin
alleged. Lenin also claimed that he often found “actress Ranjitha” and
Nithyananda in compromising positions. Lenin claimed that he was very
upset as well as spiritually let down by his guru and hence decided to
secretly tape Nithyananda’s romp with Ranjitha in December 2009,
Chennai police commissioner T Rajendran told reporters on Saturday.

Lenin also alleged that Nithyananda had threatened to “kill” him on
February 18 and February 19 this year when he visited Salem for the
inauguration of his new ashram. Nithyananda suspected Lenin of
secretly taping his “bedroom scenes”, invited him into his van and
threatened to kill him. Lenin, however, escaped from the clutches of
Nithyananda by stating that he wanted to answer nature’s call. Lenin
asked the police to save the innocent “masses” from the clutches of
“Nithyananda”, who had blatantly betrayed their trust, according to
the complaint. “As all the incidents reportedly occurred in Karnataka,
we have decided to transfer the case to that state,” Rajendran stated.

“Tamil Nadu DG [director general Latika Saran] has already spoken to
her counter part in Karnataka and necessary action will be taken. We
are willing to fully co-operate with the Karnataka police during
investigations in the case,” he said. A case was also registered
against Nithyananda in Coimbatore. According to Coimbatore police
sources, they were trying to find out the exact whereabouts of
Ranjitha as they wanted to question her on her alleged “sexacapades”
with Nithyananda. Meanwhile, unconfirmed reports stated that
Nithyananda could also have harboured links with the LTTE. “He may
have sheltered some LTTE leaders in his Bangalore ashram, but it needs
to be confirmed,” sources said.

http://www.dnaindia.com/india/report_ex-devotee-seeks-to-expose-krishna-leela_1356122

Communal ideologues forced MF Husain to leave India: Digvijay Singh
PTI
Saturday, March 6, 2010 15:54 IST

Indore: Terming as "very unfortunate" Qatar's conferring citizenship
on renowned Indian painter M F Husain, Congress leader Digvijay Singh
said here today that he (Husain) was forced to accept it due to
harassment from people having communal ideology.

MF Husain "Acceptance of Qatar's citizenship by famous artist like
Husain is very unfortunate. It is a big defeat of those people whose
ideology is liberal and who believe in communal harmony," Singh told
reporters here.

He said that due to constant attack from people with communal
ideology, Husain had to live a life of self-exile and finally he was
forced to accept Qatar's proposal to become its citizen.

However, the Congress general secretary refuted the charge that the
Indian government had failed to give adequate protection to Husain who
was facing attacks from saffron activists for making controversial
paintings of Hindu Gods and Goddesses.

"There was no problem to the government from Husain but when the heart
of an artist breaks up, it takes long time to heal it," Singh said.

Amidst opposition attacks on the hike of petrol and diesel prices, he
said that there had been many fold increase in fuel prices during the
NDA regime.

"After presenting a comparative study of it, we will put this fact
before the people," the Congress general secretary said.

http://www.dnaindia.com/india/report_communal-ideologues-forced-mf-husain-to-leave-india-digvijay-singh_1355974

I've not abandoned India: MF Husain
PTI
Thursday, March 4, 2010 20:34 IST

Thiruvananthapruam: Renowned painter MF Husain today said he has not
abandoned India and accepted Qatari citizenship because of "some
technical reasons and artistic conveniences".

Talking to Malayalam channel Manorama News from Dubai, he said "I have
not abandoned India. Though I consider myself a world citizen, I am
accepting Qatari citizenship because of some technical reasons and
artistic conveniences."

Husain, who could not come to Kerala to receive the state government's
Raja Ravi Varma Award conferred on him two years ago, said it was for
the state government to remove
legal obstacles in his way.

"If the Kerala government is serious about Raja Ravi Varma Award, it
should try to remove the legal obstacles," Husain said when asked
whether it was not time for him to come to Kerala to receive it.

Husain was chosen for Kerala's highest honour for artistic excellence,
instituted in memory of the renowned Indian painter Varma, in 2008.
But the government has not been able to present it to him since he has
been living abroad.

When the artist's comments on the award were brought to his notice,
Kerala culture minister MA Baby told PTI that the state government
would explore the possibility of presenting the award to him.

He, however, said efforts by the Kerala government alone was not
enough to remove the legal obstacles. The Centre should take steps to
clear legal hurdles before the artist to enable him come to India, he
said.

http://www.dnaindia.com/india/report_i-ve-not-abandoned-india-mf-husain_1355285

It's all over, confirms MF Husain
ND Prashant / DNA
Tuesday, March 2, 2010 1:24 IST

Doha: The enormity of the loss may take some time to sink in, but it’s
now clear that MF Husain will no more remain Indian. “It’s all over.
I’ve just completed the final formalities,” said the artist to an
anguished Indian fan at the immigration department in Qatar’s capital,
Doha.

As the barefooted Husain sat with his paintbrush-shaped walking stick
among the crowd looking at the ticking counter numbers, the sense of
resignation in the 95-year-old was hard to miss.
“Could an apology have helped sort out things?” he was asked.

“How long can I wait? It’s been 12 years, and even the Supreme Court
has given the judgment,’’ he answered. But he clarified that the India
connection was too strong to be over. “My artwork is still based on
India and it flows through me and I shall still continue to work on
it,” he said.

Husain was forced into exile in 2006 after some fundamentalist outfits
launched a virulent attack on him for his portrayal of Hindu deities
in the nude. His paintings were vandalised and, worse, nearly 900
cases were filed against him. With no sincere help coming from the
government to protect him, he left for Dubai.

As his number approached, Husain, dragging his weary legs, moved from
the second row to the first. He then pulled out a small book from his
pocket and started reading it. It was the Quran. He was probably
praying for last-minute divine intervention.
An aide then walked up to him with some documents and once the maestro
signed them, it was all over.

As he dragged himself out of he office to a waiting car, the fan could
not help mutter, “Sir, we love you.”

“I know son, there are a lot of people out there who love me, but…,”
Husain said and moved into the car.

The fan sighed. The next artwork the painter does will not be from the
‘Picasso of India’.

http://www.dnaindia.com/world/report_it-s-all-over-confirms-mf-husain_1354100

Will MF Husain's humiliation hurt our image internationally?
DNA
Wednesday, March 3, 2010 1:59 IST

Mumbai: Government should have stood by him

Till date the government has not taken a stand on this issue at all.
This shows that the government doesn’t bother about the great artist
or perhaps they are afraid of some reaction from fundamentalists. In
the future, if some organisation honours him, then we will be the
first to ‘reclaim’ him. The Indian government is surely responsible
for hounding away Husain.
Kunal Sejpal

Let him be at peace wherever he is

Many are of the opinion that we should make an exception and grant
Husain dual citizenship, but this will lead to more controversy. He
has taken a decision so we should let him stay peacefully wherever he
feels at ease. But this will encourage extremists to continue
targeting people and have their say. His paintings offended people and
he should have been more responsible.
Yesha B

Don’t let forces of intolerance prevail

It is sad that Husain, a prolific painter, chose to give up his Indian
nationality. Another writer Taslima Nasreen also couldn’t get Indian
citizenship following her struggle with a small group of hardliners.
Both are victims of fundamentalists. A celebrity of international fame
being denied Indian citizenship and another harassed at the time of
extending her visa, speaks volumes of the hollowness of the
government’s secularism.

Sayyad Naqvi

Not right to treat a great artist shabbily

What’s the point discussing it now, when MF Husain has already
accepted citizenship of Qatar and decided to move on? It’s a great
loss to India, but for how long can one expect a 95-year-old to wait
for decent treatment from his home country? I don’t think there is any
space for freedom of speech for artists or even filmmakers these
days.
Mitesh Bora

His choice of country is surprising

It’s sad that the Picasso of India has been meted such treatment.
However now that he has taken a decision his well wishers seem to have
been roused from their reverie. Such an incident will tarnish India’s
image and prove that we are intolerant. Also surprising is that Husain
has taken citizenship of a country like Qatar which doesn’t offer much
freedom of expression.
Amita Mehta

http://www.dnaindia.com/speakup/report_will-mf-husain-s-humiliation-hurt-our-image-internationally_1354541

Sangh ideologue slams MF Husain
PTI
Wednesday, March 3, 2010 19:31 IST

Thiruvananthapruam: Painter MF Husain, who has accepted Qatari
nationality, has come under attack from a leading Hindutva ideologue
who accused him of "maligning" India's image before the world by
creating an impression that it is a nation of fundamentalists.

"He is deliberately trying to create an impression that Islamic
countries have more freedom than India," said P Parameswaran, director
of Bharatheeya Vichara Kendram here.

On Husain's claim that he enjoyed more freedom in Qatar, he sought to
know if he would be "bold enough" to exercise his artistic freedom and
paint Islamic symbols.

"What kind of artistic freedom is he talking about? Is painting Hindu
gods and goddesses and even Bharat mata in bad light the ultimate test
of artistic freedom? Has freedom no restriction or limit,"
Parameswaran told PTI.

"If Danish newspapers can apologise for carrying cartoon of Prophet
Muhammad, why can't Husain apologise for hurting the sentiments of
people of the country? Husain had actually got what 'he deserved and
probably what he desired'," he said.

On how he saw erotic murals and sculptures in Hindu temples, he said
great Indians like Swami Vivekananda had openly condemned and
described such paintings as "degenerate and grotesque caricatures" and
not true Indian art.

"Nobody now admires them. No artists reproduce such paintings except
Husain. Great Indian artist Raja Ravi Varma produced hundreds of
portraits of Hindu gods and goddesses and won worldwide acclaim," he
said.

http://www.dnaindia.com/india/report_sangh-ideologue-slams-mf-husain_1354867

Security will be provided to MF Husain: Government
PTI
Thursday, February 25, 2010 19:55 IST

New Delhi: Describing self-exiled eminent artist MF Husain as the
"pride of India", the government today said it is willing to provide
security to him and that no case is pending against him in any of the
courts in the country.

Responding to questions from the media on Husain being conferred
honorary citizenship by Qatar, Union home secretary GK Pillai said,
"there is no case against MF Husain. Supreme Court has quashed all the
cases against him."

The home secretary went on to say that the Government was ready to
provide security to the 95-year-old artist, if he planned to return to
India.

"He (Husain) is the pride of India," foreign secretary Nirupama Rao
said adding, "I would like him to feel safe and secure in India".

Husain has been living abroad for nearly four years following a spate
of legal cases in the country over his controversial paintings of
Hindu goddesses and a hate campaign against him.

Several cases were filed against him by people protesting his
portrayal of Hindu goddesses in the nude. His house in India was
attacked and art works vandalised by fundamentalists.

The Union Government had approached the apex court for the expeditious
disposal of cases across the country over his controversial paintings
so that his early return could be ensured.

The Delhi high court in May 2009 had quashed criminal proceedings
against the painter, saying his paintings were an expression of
creativity.

http://www.dnaindia.com/india/report_security-will-be-provided-to-mf-husain-government_1352590

MF Husain misses India, despite Qatari nationality: Gurudas Shenoy
Monica Jha
Wednesday, March 3, 2010 10:57 IST

Artist Gurudas Shenoy has known MF Husain for a long time. The two
have in fact watched Hum Aapke Hain Kaun 44 times in the city. He
tells DNA that Husain’s decision to accept Qatari nationality was not
a betrayal of India, and that the painter immensely loves the country,
its culture and traditions.

How have you and the city of Bangalore been associated with Husain?
I know him and understand him well. I stay with him when I go to Dubai
or London. He usually stays with us when he comes to Bangalore. He was
a great friend of my father, artist GS Shenoy. He used to say that
Ramakrishna Hegde and my father were the two people responsible for
his association with Karnataka. He is sponsoring and also writing for
a coffee table book about my father.

We, at our studio, had many of his works, which have been shifted to
various places after the studio closed down two years back. He loved
dosa, sambar, rasam and karela chips at our house. He also loved to
eat dosa at Airlines Hotel and follow it up with a Rajkumar film. He
loved walking around the city. We have together watched Hum Aapke Hain
Kaun 44 times in Bangalore.

Is Husain’s adoption of Qatari nationality a loss to India?
An artist lives in his works. Husain is wherever his works are. He
cannot be limited to one country. But, it (his decision) is sad for
the country. I wish people had realised what his presence meant. But,
he is Husain. He is unpredictable. He cannot stay at a place for more
than six days.

Many say Husain showed a lack of faith in India and betrayed India.
People go to the US for jobs and take up American nationality. Do we
call it betrayal? An Indian scientist goes to another country, wins a
Nobel Prize. We still call him an Indian.

How can one term Husain’s decision to adopt Qatari nationality a
betrayal?
Whatever was said about the efforts being made to bring him back
seemed just superficial talk. Was there any concrete effort made? No.
But he has nothing against anybody. He says all Indians are his
countrymen and that he loves them.
His heart is here. He is missing India, Indian cinema theatres and all
the action here. He loves India, its culture and traditions. Husain
is, in fact, currently working on a series of paintings based on
India.

Will Qatar be more tolerant to Husain’s ideas and works than India?
You must see what is happening in Qatar now. They are spending
millions of dollars to set up art museums.

What is Husain doing right now?
He is 95 and is working tirelessly. Husain is working on a series of
100 paintings on Arab civilisation since the time of the Babylonians.

http://www.dnaindia.com/bangalore/interview_mf-husain-misses-india-despite-qatari-nationality-gurudas-shenoy_1354594

BJP: No objection to Qatar citizenship for MF Husain
PTI
Thursday, February 25, 2010 20:56 IST

New Delhi: The BJP today said it had no issues with controversial
painter MF Husain being offered citizenship by Qatar, adding everybody
had a right to reside anywhere in the world but when it came to
creative pursuits one should not hurt sentiments of others.

"On this earth, every person has the right to live anywhere. So, we
don't want to blame Husain if he accepts this offer of citizenship
made by Qatar," deputy leader of BJP in Rajya Sabha S S Ahluwalia
said.

Husain has been living in Dubai and London for the past few years
since he had to flee from India when he faced opposition from some
sections for his controversial paintings depicting Hindu Goddesses in
the nude.

Ahluwalia said the main issue was why Husain could not live in India.

"Every painter, writer, journalist and those involved in other
creative pursuits should keep in mind that while they are engaged in
painting or writing... they should not do anything which hurts or
harms the sentiments of others," he said.

http://www.dnaindia.com/india/report_bjp-no-objection-to-qatar-citizenship-for-mf-husain_1352618

CPI (M) MP pleads for bringing back MF Husain
PTI
Thursday, March 4, 2010 13:33 IST

New Delhi: A strong plea for bringing back renowned artist MF Husain,
who has become a citizen of Qatar after living in self-imposed exile,
was made by a CPI(M) member in the Lok Sabha today.

Raising the issue during Zero Hour, Ramachandra Dome said Husain has
been an artist of international repute and it was sad and "shameful
for the country" that at an old age, he had to stay abroad. He sought
to know the government's stand on the matter and whether it has taken
any decision to bring Husain back.

There was no response from the Government. Ninety-five-year-old Husain
has been living in self-imposed exile in Dubai for the last five years
following threats from some fundamentalists. Recently he was offered
citizenship of Qatar which he has accepted.

http://www.dnaindia.com/india/report_cpi-m-mp-pleads-for-bringing-back-mf-husain_1355102

India is my soul, but it has rejected me: MF Husain
PTI
Wednesday, March 3, 2010 14:38 IST

THIRUVANANTHAPURAM: Renowned painter M F Husain, who has accepted
Qatar nationality, feels that the attack against him by right wing
outfits in India that forced him into exile for 12 years was targeted
at art and
self-expression rather than his Muslim identity.

"I have not intended to denigrate or hurt the beliefs of anyone
through my art. I only give expression to the instincts from my soul,"
the 95 year-old painter said in an interview to Malayalam daily
'Madhyamam' from Qatar capital Doha.

Husain said it was with "deep pain" in his heart that he was giving up
Indian citizenship. "India is my soul. But the country has rejected
me," he said.

"India is my motherland and I can never hate the country. But the
political leadership, artists and intellectuals kept silent when Sangh
Parivar forces attacked me. How can I live there in such a situation?"
he asked.

Husain said he knew that 90% of Indians loved him and a small
minority, including a handful of politicians were the only people who
were opposed to him.

"I am happy that there are people in all parts of the world who love
me," he said.

He said successive governments in India had failed to ensure
protection to him during repeated threats from right wing extremists.

"For politicians, only votes are important. No government had called
me back to India till now. They are inviting me when another country
offered me citizenship. How can I trust the political leadership now,"
Husain said.

http://www.dnaindia.com/india/report_india-is-my-soul-i-still-love-the-country-mf-husain_1354695

SC gives relief to MF Husain
Rakesh Bhatnagar
Tuesday, July 25, 2006 23:24 IST

New Delhi: MF Hussain won't have to appear before a court in Bhopal
that has summoned him on July 27 to face criminal proceedings started
by a man whose religious sentiments were hurt by Hussain's painting
Bharat Mata.

The SC on Tuesday afternoon stayed the Bhopal court's order on a
complaint accusing the 90-year-old artist of having outraged religious
sentiments of the people with his controversial paintings. Judges also
restrained the trial court from conducting further proceedings.

The Bench also ordered that Hussain's petition for transfer of his
case from Bhopal to Delhi be clubbed with other such petitions filed
by him which were already pending before the apex court.

Meanwhile, a Meerut court on Tuesday directed the police to register a
case against the artist for allegedly making objectionable paintings
of Hindu Gods and Goddesses.

Additional Chief Judicial Magistrate Ashok Pathak passed the order on
a complainant's grievance, which held that Hussain's painting on the
website had "hurt" his religious feelings.

On May 12, the apex court had stayed the execution of a bailable
warrant issued by a Pandharpur court in Maharashtra against Hussain.

http://www.dnaindia.com/india/report_sc-gives-relief-to-mf-husain_1043779

Media Syndicate
Essential News for educative purposes - A program of 'Education
Informal'

Thursday, March 4, 2010
The convoluted logic of RSS exposed once again ....

In a recent press gathering, the chief of RSS, Mr. Mohan Bhagwat has
said:

1. “He who is an Indian is a Hindu and he who is not a Hindu is not an
Indian.”

2. RSS chief Mohan Bhagwat on Sunday said that those who were Indians
were Hindus and if one was not a Hindu he could not be an Indian.

3. "For us the word Hindu did not mean any religion but a way of
life,"

We need to look at it a little closely to find out what MB must have
meant by this. Some of my friends tell me that this has always been
the stance of the RSS.

There are some very interesting consequences arising out of this.
Firstly, since MB(RSS) has not defined what a Hindu is, and what an
Indian is, this statement is like "Something that we do not know" is
same as "Something that we do not know". Fair enough. MB and RSS have
enough space for maneuver.

Therefore we have some interesting questions for the RSS. What is the
way of life that is called by the name Hinduism? And who is an Indian?
Let us try and analyze what these terms can not mean.

Let us call the present geopolitical entity India as India-GP.
Similarly let us call the so called geographical Akhand-Bharat of the
RSS India-AB. The passport holders of India-GP as Indian(s)-GP. Let us
call those who live south-east of the Hindukush valley and in the
peninsular region as Hindu-GP. If we add the Tibetan region to this
Hindu-GP, we term it as Hindu-AB. Let us call the yet to be defined
"way of life" WOL, and those who are Hindus by this way of life Hindu-
WOL.

There are two interesting observations to be made here. India-GP,
India-AB, Hindu-GP, Hindu-AB are geographic regions. Hindu-WOL is not
a geographic definition.

MB's statement consists of two parts besides mentioning that by the
term Hindu, MB meant Hindu-WOL.

a. Every Indian is a Hindu,

and

b. A person who is not a Hindu can not be an Indian.

We have following questions:

0. How do we determine who is a Hindu-WOL?

1. Are there Hindu-WOL residing outside India-GP? If yes, then in what
sense does MB mean that they are Indians? Does RSS advocate issuing
Indian-GP passport to them?

2. Are there people who are not Hindu-WOL within India-GP? If yes,
what does RSS recommend towards non-Hindu-WOL living in India-GP? For
example, are they to be thrown out of the India-GP?

3. What is the attitude of the RSS towards the government representing
the India-GP state?

There is one easy path that RSS can take. They can define that a Hindu-
WOL respects all religions. This leads to a funny situation that a
Hindu-WOL need not respect Hinduism-WOL, and yet can be a Hindu-WOL .
The compulsion to respect Hinduism-WOL is absent because Hinduism-WOL
is not a religion!

Another question is: Does a Hindu-WOL have to respect those religions
who are bloodthirsty against them, for example those who have vowed to
destroy Hindu-WOL?

Mr. MB, now the time is here to stand up and be counted. Your
convoluted language will not work. The least you can do to allay these
misgivings is to make your notions of Hindu and Indian very very
clear, preferably giving examples. Hiding behind the veil of secrecy
and ambiguity will be counterproductive.

Posted by samAlochaka

2 comments:

P Kalyan said...
This is a great article. On the day RSS defines "Hindu" clearly, it
will be dead!

March 4, 2010 9:01 AM

samAlochaka said...
PK, why do you say so? Is it not possible that RSS will get some new
supporters?

March 4, 2010 11:15 AM

http://medsyn.blogspot.com/2010/03/convoluted-logic-of-rss-exposed-once.html

Media Syndicate
Essential News for educative purposes - A program of 'Education
Informal'

Friday, March 5, 2010
At the very least, Muslims need to be educated by Mr. Anees Jillani

Mr. Anees Jillani, a regular contributor to Indian Express has
recently written an article.

Let Shahmira Oad’s body rest in peace:

The universe has existed for more than four billion years, and it may
last several more billion years. And maybe even for infinity. The
scale is beyond our comprehension, and the least we all can realise is
the fact that all religions are recent occurrences when placed on this
mammoth time scale of four billion years.

Discrimination on the basis of religion thus makes no sense, but it
seems that some who have appropriated the role of mediators between
ourselves and a higher truth are determined to prove that some people,
on the basis of their religious affiliation, are more equal than
others, even to the point of not allowing the dead to rest in peace.

Sheeraz Qureshi, a maulvi claiming to hold a master’s degree in
Physics, is leading a crusade in a village in Sindh, in Pakistan, to
remove the body of a Hindu girl from a Muslim graveyard. Seventeen-
year old Shahmira Oad, the daughter of Bachayo Oad, a resident of
Hala, died on April 28, 2009, and was buried at the Khudabad
graveyard, three kilometres southwest of New Hala town.

Shahmira Oad’s relatives buried her there only after receiving
permission from the locals, including the caretaker of the graveyard.
But Sheeraz Qureshi and other religious elements are quoting fatwas
pronounced by some traditional religious leaders that only Muslims are
allowed to bury their loved ones in Muslim graveyards.

All religions are supposed to be in conformity with the basic human
values. It is doubtful if any religion calls for exhuming the body of
a poor 17-year-old Hindu girl from a Muslim graveyard because her body
is ‘defiling’ the graveyard. If anything, the removal of the body is
likely to desecrate it and such an act would defile everybody buried
there.

Shahmira’s family and the Hindu community in the area, which is not
surprisingly poor, has been getting threats about her body. The local
notables, instead of telling off the cleric not to rake up such a
mindless issue, are pressuring the poor family to remove the body.

Shahmira’s grave is not even located anywhere close to the other
graves in the graveyard, not that it would have made any difference.
It is about five metres away from other graves. Despite this, in order
to save her body from defilement and avoid a clash in the community,
her family has expressed willingness to build a boundary wall around
her grave.

The issue is fast threatening to turn into communal imbroglio and a
suit has been filed in the court of a civil judge for removal of the
grave. The judge is under immense local pressure. The opponents are
saying that they “will not keep silent until the bones of the strange
girl are thrown out of the graveyard”.

There are some sane voices in the community opposing the exhumation of
the body on the grounds that several graveyards in the Sindh province
are common burial grounds for both Hindus and Muslims. For instance,
the graveyards alongside the famous shrines of great Sufi saints, like
Shah Abdul Latif Bhitai, Sachchal Sarmast, Sufi Shah Inayat Shaheed,
and other spiritual leaders, are open for burial regardless of
religion.

It is said that Islam is the most tolerant religion. But if this is
how we behave then what would distinguish us from the upper caste
Hindus in Indian villages who refuse to permit people of lower castes
to use the same well to draw water? Ganga is a holy river for all the
Hindus; should the Hindus then forbid persons belonging to all other
denominations from using its water?

We all feel the pinch when something happens to a Muslim and an
Islamic symbol, like the mosque but we have no qualms about the
religious feelings of others. Almost every Muslim in the world was
saddened by the destruction of Babri Masjid in Ayodhya in 1992. But we
don’t even think for a second about the conversion of innumerable
Hindu and Sikh temples in the whole of Pakistan to schools, police
stations, offices and sometimes even for keeping cattle. We cannot
imagine such a thing happening to a mosque but have no objection to
treating the religious places of others with utter contempt.

We all resent the recent ban on minarets in Switzerland; many of the
Swiss and Europeans themselves are saddened by this development. But
have we ever thought about the complete ban on construction of
churches and temples in the whole of Saudi Arabia and in most of the
Gulf countries? Non-Muslims are not even permitted to enter the cities
of Mecca and Medina and we consider it our human right to even get
elected to the parliaments of the so-called Christian countries, and
acquire as much property as we can.

When will we in Pakistan learn to remember the basic truth that
whatever we give to others, good or bad, it comes back, many times?
Shouldn’t then we give more and more of what we want for ourselves to
others so that the same will come back to us in greater quantities? We
need to overcome our historical inability to follow the ethic of
reciprocity, and to understand that it applies to all humans, and not
merely to Muslims. Only when this is accomplished will religiously-
related oppression, and mass murder cease. We all can make a beginning
in this respect by letting Shahmira Oad rest in peace at her last
resting place forever with Muslims as her neighbours.

(The author is a prominent Pakistan Supreme Court lawyer. E-mail:
***@Jillani.org)

A relatively decent piece of writing, given that it is coming from
some muslim author in Pakistan. He has brought out certain very
disturbing facts to the fore and he must be commended for the same.
Some of these important facts about Pakistan, Islam and Muslims have
been laid bare:

Disdain for non-Islamic religions:

1. But we don’t even think for a second about the conversion of
innumerable Hindu and Sikh temples in the whole of Pakistan to
schools, police stations, offices and sometimes even for keeping
cattle. We cannot imagine such a thing happening to a mosque but have
no objection to treating the religious places of others with utter
contempt.

Further disdain for non-Muslims:

2. But have we ever thought about the complete ban on construction of
churches and temples in the whole of Saudi Arabia and in most of the
Gulf countries? Non-Muslims are not even permitted to enter the cities
of Mecca and Medina and we consider it our human right to even get
elected to the parliaments of the so-called Christian countries, and
acquire as much property as we can.

The game so far of Pakistan:

3. When will we in Pakistan learn to remember the basic truth that
whatever we give to others, good or bad, it comes back, many times?

Historical inabilities of Islam and Muslims:

4. We need to overcome our historical inability to follow the ethic of
reciprocity, and to understand that it applies to all humans, and not
merely to Muslims.

Of course there are certain truths which have been indicated
obliquely, here we state them forthrightly.

Mr Jillani wrote:

1. All religions are supposed to be in conformity with the basic human
values.

Yes, all or most religions, except Islam, which is erroneously thought
of as a religion. Towards a non-muslim or an apostate, Islam is in
conformity with the utmost inhuman values.

2. It is said that Islam is the most tolerant religion.

It is erroneously said so. It is the most intolerant of all
ideologies.

3. But if this is how we behave then what would distinguish us from
the upper caste Hindus in Indian villages who refuse to permit people
of lower castes to use the same well to draw water?

Upper caste Hindus refused only during some period. It is to be
remembered that the lower caste people, even then, had their own
wells. This is unlike Islam and Muslims, where non-Muslims can not
have their shrines.

It is important for those who are saner amongst the muslims to realize
many of the facts which have been pointed out here.

However, more importantly, we, as non-muslims, should not be lulled in
to benign optimism or complacence. We must always remember that Islam
can not be reformed.

Once those who are sane amongst the muslims, see these two facts in
conjunction, that Islam is evil, and that Islam can not be reformed,
they will realize that the only course left for the saner amongst
muslims is to leave Islam.

Posted by samAlochaka

http://medsyn.blogspot.com/2010/03/at-very-least-muslims-need-to-be.html

Media Syndicate
Essential News for educative purposes - A program of 'Education
Informal'

Thursday, March 4, 2010
The question of who an artist is .. revisited

Before her retirement from Stella Maris College, Dr.Hilda Raja used to
write columns regularly in The Hindu. It is conjectured that even
after retirement, she used to write once in a while. Though she has
sent the following letter to Ram in personal capacity, she sent copies
to some of her friends.

For those who may not know, Mr. N Ram is the chief editor of the
famous news paper The Hindu.

The following is the text of her letter.

Dear Ram,

I have taken time to write this to you Ram-for the simple reason that
we have known you for so many years- you and The Hindu bring back
happy memories Please take what I am putting down as those that come
from an agonized soul. You know that I do not mince words and what I
have to say I will-I call a spade a spade-now it is too late for me to
learn the tricks of being called a ‘secularist’ if that means a bias
for, one, and a bias against, another.

Hussain is now a citizen of Qatar-this has generated enough of heat
and less of light. Qatar you know better than me is not a country
which respects democracy or freedom of expression. Hussain says he has
complete freedom-I challenge him to paint a picture of Mohammed fully
clad.

There is no second opinion that artists have the Right of Freedom of
expression. Is such a right restricted only to Hussain? Will that
right not flow to Dan Brown-why was his film-Da Vinci Code not
screened? Why was Satanic Verses banned-does Salman Rushdie not have
that freedom of expression? Similarly why is Taslima hunted and
hounded and why fatwas have been issued on both these writers? Why has
Qatar not offered citizenship to Taslima? In the present rioting in
Shimoga in Karnataka against the article Taslima wrote against the
tradition of burqua which appeared in the Out Look in Jan 2007. No
body protested then either in Delhi or in any other part of the
country; now when it reappears in a Karnataka paper there is rioting.
Is there a political agenda to create a problem in Karnataka by the
intolerant goons? Why has the media not condemned this insensitivity
and intolerance of the Muslims against Taslima’s views? When it comes
to the Sangh Parivar it is quick to call them goons and intolerant
etc. Now who are the goons and where is this tolerance and
sensitivity?

Regarding Hussain’s artistic freedom it seems to run unfettered in an
expression of sexual perversion only when he envisages the Hindu Gods
and Goddesses. There is no quarrel had he painted a nude woman sitting
on the tail of a monkey. The point is he captioned it as Sita. Nobody
would have protested against the sexual perversion and his
orientatation to sexual signs and symbols. But would he dare to
caption it as ‘Fatima enjoying in Jannat with animals’?

Next example-is the painting of Saraswati copulating with a lion. Here
again his perversion is evident and so is his intent. Even that lets
concede cannot be faulted-each one’s sexual orientation is each one’s
business I suppose. But he captioned it as Saraswati. This is the
problem. It is Hussain’s business to enjoy in painting his sexual
perversion. But why use Saraswati and Sita for his perverted
expressions? Use Fatima and watch the consequence. Let the media
people come to his rescue then. Now that he is in a country that gives
him complete freedom let him go ahead and paint Fatima copulating with
a lion or any other animal of his choice. And then turn around and
prove to India-the Freedom of expression he enjoys in Qatar.

Talking about Freedom of Expression-this is the Hussain who supported
Emergency-painted Indira Gandhi as Durga slaying Jayaprakas Narayan.
He supported the jailing of artists and writers. Where did this
Freedom of Expression go? And you call him secularist? Would you
support the jailing of artists and writers Ram –would you support the
abeyance of the Constitution and all that we held sacred in democracy
and the excessiveness of Indira Gandhi to gag the media- writers-
political opponents? Tell me honesty why does Hussain expect this
Freedom when he himself did not support others with the same freedom
he wants? And the media has rushed to his rescue. Had it been a Ram
who painted such obnoxious, .degrading painting-the reactions of the
media and the elite ‘secularists’ would have been different; because
there is a different perception/and index of secularism when it comes
to Ram-and a different perception/and index of secularism when it
comes to Rahim/Hussain.

It brings back to my mind an episode that happened to The Hindu some
years ago.[1991]. You had a separate weekly page for children with
cartoons, quizzes, and with poems and articles of school children. In
one such weekly page The Hindu printed a venerable bearded man-fully
robed with head dress, mouthing some passages of the Koran-trying to
teach children .It was done not only in good faith but as a part of
inculcating values to children from the Koran. All hell broke loose.
Your office witnessed goons who rushed in-demanded an apology-held out
threats. In Ambur,Vaniambadi and Vellore the papers stands were burned-
the copies of The Hindu were consigned to the fire. A threat to raise
the issue in Parliament through a Private Members Bill was held out-
Hectic activities went on-I am not sure of the nature and the
machinations behind the scene. But The Hindu next day brought out a
public apology in its front page. Where were you Ram? How secular and
tolerant were the Muslims?

Well this is of the past-today it is worse because the communal
temperature in this country is at a all high-even a small friction can
ignite and demolition the country’s peace and harmony. It is against
this background that one should view Hussain who is bent on abusing
and insulting the Hindu Gods and Goddesses. Respect for religious
sentiments, need to maintain peace and harmony should also be part of
the agenda of an artist-if he is great. If it is absent then he cannot
say that he respects India and express his longing for India.

Let’s face it-he is a fugitive of law. Age and religion are
immaterial. What does the media want-that he be absolved by the
courts? Even for that he has to appear in the courts-he cannot run
away-After all this is the country where he lived and gave expression
to his pervert sadist, erotic artistic mind under Freedom of
Expression. I simply cannot jump into the bandwagon of the elite
‘secularist’ and uphold what he had done. With his brush he had
committed jihad-bloodletting.

The issue is just not nudity-Yes the temples-the frescos in Konarak
and Kajhuraho have nude figures-But does it say that they are Sita,
Sarswati or any goddesses? We have the Yoni and the Phallus as sacred
signs of Life-of Siva and Shakthi-take these icons to the streets,
paint them -give it a caption it become vulgar. Times have changed.
Even granted that our ancients sculptured and painted naked forms and
figures, with a pervert mind to demean religion is no license to
repeat that in today’s changed political and social scenario and is
not a sign of secularism and tolerance. I repeat there is no quarrel
with nudity-painters have time and again found in it the perfection of
God’s hand craft.

Let me wish Hussain peace in Qatar-the totalitarian regime with zero
tolerance May be he will convince the regime there to permit freedom
of expression in word, writing and painting. For this he could start
experimenting painting forms and figure of Mohamed the Prophet-and his
family And may I fervently wish that the media-especially The Hindu
does not discriminate goons-let it not substitute tolerance for
intolerance when it comes to Rahim and Antony and another index for
Ram.

I hope you will read this in the same spirit that I have written. All
the best to you Ram.

Dr Mrs Hilda Raja,
Vadodara

Let us congratulate Mrs. Raja for making a point so well. It is a lady
once again who has to come to the fore. It was Ms. Shobha De who had
exhibited great courage (I guess Ms. Simi Grewal too), though both of
them later chickened out, as they were being hounded out. It is a pity
that there was no man who supported them.

Coming back to this letter, it reads nice. However, being a very
cultured and a sensitive lady, Mrs. Raja has still minced words. She
has, in a very friendly note, merely pleaded with Mr. Ram to exhibit
reasonable fairness.

In my opinion, Mr. N. Ram, the chief editor of The Hindu is not just a
DF, he is a coward, national-cultural suicide inciting DF. Hypocrisy
is his art.

I also disagree with Mrs. Raja on her recommended constraint of
artistic freedom. I would rather request to articulate a principled
stand on the freedom of expression, which does not thwart truth.
Having been a contributor to the MSM (Main Stream Media), she must
surely be capable to doing this.

I also do not wish Hussain any peace in Qatar. May he be cut to
pieces! May not even these pieces not rest in peace!!

Posted by samAlochaka

1 comments:

Anonymous said...
It would be far better if people like Mrs. Raja would educate new and
budding writers about the prevailing hypocrisy in the media.

The Hindu has been secular for a far longer period, and it is strange
that Mrs. Raja is noticing it so late.

This is so typical of a hindu mindset. Being an activist upholding
idealism, making unlimited compromises, and then finally having seen
the dim light, exhibiting shock, amazement, and anger.

Every time there is a terror-attack, the political leaders shed
crocodile tears using the same technique.

What is far more important to decide what the future course of action
should be

It would be very kind of Mrs. Raja to express her forthright views on
this aspect.

March 5, 2010 4:17 AM

http://medsyn.blogspot.com/2010/03/question-of-who-artist-is-revisited.html

Media Syndicate
Essential News for educative purposes - A program of 'Education
Informal'

Friday, March 5, 2010
Bhyrappa echoes Mrs. Raja's thoughts in his comments on Hussein
Episode

Noted Kannada writer Mr. SL Bhyrappa has said that:

A section of the media had been commenting that the “banishment” of
the renowned artist M.F. Husain was a “national shame”. But how many
of Mr. Husain's paintings had reflected his views on the religion he
belonged to had remained to be clarified, he said.

Now this man is talking sense. Please recall that Mrs. Hilda Raja
expressed similar emotions when she wrote:

Nobody would have protested against the sexual perversion and his
orientatation to sexual signs and symbols. But would he dare to
caption it as ‘Fatima enjoying in Jannat with animals’?

and

Now that he is in a country that gives him complete freedom let him go
ahead and paint Fatima copulating with a lion or any other animal of
his choice. And then turn around and prove to India-the Freedom of
expression he enjoys in Qatar.

Now here is man who has echoed what a lady has said with due rational
consideration. Of course both of them arrived at their conclusions
independently.

Let us wish there are more and more of them saying more and more of
the same and sane things.

Posted by samAlochaka

http://medsyn.blogspot.com/2010/03/bhyrappa-echoes-mrs-rajas-thoughts-in.html

Media Syndicate
Essential News for educative purposes - A program of 'Education
Informal'

Monday, March 1, 2010
Who among these two are artists? MF Hussein or Tasleema Nasreen, or
both?

Ms. Taslima Nasreen is known to be an ardent critic of certain
practices in Islam. A Kannada translation of her article has sparked
violence leaving two persons dead and many injured. The news is here.

Now the question is, if MFH can paint whatever he wants to paint, why
can't Taslima write whatever she wants to write? And where is the Main
Stream Media, Ms. Sharmila Pataudi, The Artists of India, The
Government of India? Why aren't they expressing outrage and anger? All
of these are conspicuously absent, though their silence is eloquent.
Of course it was only yesterday that this happened. But I bet that the
whole of this bunch will remain silent.

I am anxiously waiting for the reaction of the BJP, and the RSS on
this. I surmise that the BJP and the RSS will advocate restraint in
artistic freedom lest it should hurt the sentiments of any section of
society. The MSM, The Government, The artists will term the publisher
of the translation and the translator as mischief monger and
antisocial elements. However, before they have opined, we can still
give them a small benefit of the doubt against all odds. However,
don't be disappointed if you are disappointed!

But don't forget to ask the question: Who among these two are artists?
MF Hussein or Tasleema Nasreen, or both?

Posted by samAlochaka

http://medsyn.blogspot.com/2010/03/who-among-these-two-are-artists-mf.html

The age of reason
Thursday , March 04, 2010 at 11 : 43

The Only Major Religion To Emerge in 20th Century. Watch Online
VideoAds by Google
What if freedom of speech is untouched and untainted by religion? Why
does freedom of speech and expression get challenged just at the
threshold where religion seems to rear its head? Why is Hindu or
Muslim way of life as distinct and separate from the bedrock that
constitutes way of life for the entire humanity?

Are we to assume Socrates did deserve a death he ordained for himself
for having spoken his mind. A mind that laid bare the arrogance and
sham of the powers-that-be. Was Plato wrong in disseminating his
guru's Republic? Was not Buddhism pushed out of this country for
having challenged the dominant religious thought process of the times
and having laid bare the chinks in its armour?

Should we leave Thackerays and Bhagwats of this world to interpret one
of the oldest religions for any one of us. If Husain is accused of
painting Hindu pantheon goddesses in nude, what degree and intensity
of religio-sexual freedom are we espousing lending ourselves to
worshipping the symbolic phallus grounded in a symbolic vagina in the
most detailed manner? Should not the practice be discontinued because
it rebels against our sense and sensibility? Faithfuls all over have
obviously devised better ways to appease their gods. But this one
takes the cake.

What harm would be brought upon a Muslim woman divorcee if the law of
the land grants her alumni as against a shariati adalat which imposes
primitive justice? Why should economically weaker sections of the
society, across religions, be denied benefits of reservation? Or are
they condemned to live a life coloured by caste and religious bias and
tainted by that ultimate bias - poverty? Did not those who claim to be
Aryans encroach on the rights of the native aboriginals when they
settled in India and claimed it to be their own land?

Did Shah Rukh deserve such an acrimony for what he said? Prove that he
is NOT a better Indian than you and me. Prove that Husain is not as
much an Indian as you and me. Prove that Indian Muslims deserve to
come under the right-wingers' swords because somebody planned and put
aflame innocent passengers on board a train or per chance a train
bogey caught fire. And because somebody's god of small things differs
in imagery than yours.

The onus to prove anything is on Raj Thackeray, Bal Thackeray, Modi,
bigoted religious preachers and on a government that takes pride in
tom-toming secularism but every so often is found weak-kneed in
tackling the slightest ho-hum by religious fundamentalists. The onus
to come out clean on our inconsiderate ways of interpreting 'us'
versus 'them,' on our own parochial ways of juxtaposing relationships
in the backdrop of our sustained ignorance lies very much on us as a
collective band that constitutes a society rather than on one Shah
Rukh Khan or a MF Husain. Because at the end of it all what we help
build is an impenetrable layer of fanaticism around us that does not
allow space for freedom of speech and expression.

For these are the same forces who will pin you down to a number game
because that is one domain they claim confidence of having an edge
over reason. If surveys could have delivered the country of all its
ills and controversies a grand Ram temple mounted with a gold-polished
Hindu-ite symbol jutting out of its structure would have been adorning
the Ayodhya sky right above the disputed site as the potent symbol of
militant Hinduism.

But for past two decades and more, society has precisely been hijacked
by the thought process of a political class defined by the RSS and its
'Hindutva' affiliates. For the Sangh Parivar, symbols of the Ramayana
as envisaged in Valmiki and Tulsi Ramayana are the unquestionable
symbols of faith which every 'Hindu worth his salt' must adhere and
propagate.

For the record though there are as many versions of Ramayana followed
across south and South-East Asian countries which put Ram and Ravana
in a different light than the characters described in Valmiki's
Ramayana. A Buddhist jataka (tale) of Ramayana projects Ram and Sita
as siblings. In a Thai version of the Ramayana, Hanuman is not a
celibate but far from it, he's quite a ladies man who loves to do a
peeping-Tom when in Lanka. Ravana, along with Ram is worshipped as a
great sage in Buddhist and Jain versions of the Ramayana. There are
certain versions of the Ramayana written from Sita's perspective who
claims victory over Ram. Jyotiba Phule, Periyar and Babasaheb Ambedkar
had a different take on Valmiki's Ramayana from a purely caste-based
angle. In their version Ram is more or less a symbol of upper caste
out to subjugate the original inhabitants of this great land.

The point in question is also not whether Husain could or should have
retained Indian citizenship. The issue is not about citizenship at all
and those harping on it, whether inadvertently or not, are playing in
the hands of those who espouse rabid sentiments. What if those brush
strokes were brought to fall on the canvas by a Hari Krishna than a
Husain. Would he still been forced into exile by our samaj and become
the object of abject hate. Or the same samaj would have treated him
differently because he belongs to majority faith. But again we already
have answered this double-speak years ago because we did not reserve
such sentiments for Husain's contemporary from the field of Hindustani
music going by the name of Pandit Ravi Shankar. No ho-hum was raised
when Ravi Shankar quietly settled in the US accusing the Indian
government of not recognising his achievements enough. But Panditji
was conferred the Bharat Ratna soon enough. He has been living in the
US past over two decades, and now only visits India along with his
daughter Anoushka, purportedly to establish her in a land that gave
him international fame and considered him as one of its 'Ratnas'. But
when Husain takes up Qatari citizenship his faith is questioned and
being brought in direct clash with civilisational pundits.

What kind of democratic liberalism and inclusiveness are we professing
that feeds on suspicion and gets threatened by a mere brush stroke.
Inclusive development is all about taking the path of reason. It is
about all-round sahishundta ( tolerance ) - a trait eroding,
unfortunately, at a speed faster than opening a software fired by
Windows 7. We will but only have ourselves to blame for its
extinction, much as the falling count of tigers in India.

Clarification from Anoushka Shankar pertaining to the above post:

1. My father has never taken citizenship anywhere outside of India
though he has been offered it his whole life!

2. He "visits" India every year despite the health risks posed to him
here to "establish" the music centre he has sweated blood to build on
his own private funding and which he chose to build in India and not
abroad. So while I'm totally against the fuss about Husainji and think
it's ridiculous, I don't think my father should be inaccurately
dragged into this.

Posted by Prabhat Shunglu

Total Comments: 1

Posted 2010-03-04 14:53:44 : By ibrahimrasool

Hello Prabhat,

Its true that some fanatics are going overboard in reacting to
critique or offbeat views on their religion. Its saddening that two
civilians have been killed in some orchestrated protests in Karnataka
in response to the publication of an article purportedly written by
Tasleema Nasreen. The fundamentalists behind these protests should be
vehemently condemned.

But at the same time, we should not fail to identify malafide attacks
on religious beliefs. We can not give a free chit to anyone who, in
the guise of creative thinking, spews slur on religion.

Anyone who wants to critictize religion should go the extra mile and
explain to the public the honest intentions behind their criticisms.
Today in this digital era, there is a variety of media for one to
express his views and substantially justify the same. They should not
dare to think that they can attack any faith indiscriminately and then
take refuge in the clout of progressive thinkers.
If they do so, then they can't expect any sympathy from public if they
are outsmarted by their fanatic counterparts.
Whatever be the intentions of MF Hussain, Rushdie or Tasleema Nasreen,
they failed to explain their good intentions to the public at large.
And we faithfuls hate to see someone abusing our religion.

Head-On

Prabhat Shunglu

Prabhat has been a journalist for the last 19 years. Began his career
as a cub reporter with The Statesman before moving on to The Pioneer
and The Times of India. Was a member of the core team of reporters
that helped launch 24-hour news channel Aaj Tak. Extensively reported
from war zones of Kargil, Afghanistan and Iraq. Covered national and
Assembly elections in J&K, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Orissa, Punjab and
Madhya Pradesh. And disasters like Gujarat earthquake. Headed the
North India bureau of Star News. Currently, Editor-Special Assignments
with IBN7.

Previous Posts

+ The Sangh Parivar and the 'Ajit' factor
http://ibnlive.in.com/blogs/prabhatshunglu/2416/53573/the-sangh-parivar-and-the-ajit-factor.html
+ Kaun Banega Pradhanmantri: Cracking the political Sudoku
+ Reel nahi, apun ko real Gandhigiri maangta!
+ Advani out, Varun is the new star on BJP horizon
http://ibnlive.in.com/blogs/prabhatshunglu/2416/53285/advani-out-varun-is-the-new-star-on-bjp-horizon.html

http://ibnlive.in.com/blogs/prabhatshunglu/2416/61604/the-age-of-reason.html

Editorial
Political maturity
Thursday, March 4, 2010 23:23 IST

There is an ongoing case at the Bombay High Court which should serve
as an exemplar for political protests across the nation. In January
2009, a group apparently led by Shiv Sena MLA Sitaram Dalvi caused
some damage to a hotel in Mumbai after a labour dispute went wrong.
Dalvi was fined about Rs8 lakh. The police identified Dalvi because he
wrote a letter to the police asking permission to use a loudspeaker.
Dalvi is now contesting the fine, claiming that the courts should
approach his party leader Bal Thackeray to pay the fine as he has paid
Rs2 lakh and cannot pay any more.

The question of damage to property by political workers has now
started to bother the judiciary in India. For a long time, it was seen
as a legitimate form of protest and most parties just expected either
the government of the day or the private citizen to put up with the
damage. In some way, this was a legacy of our colonial past where
freedom fighters were ranged against a foreign alien power.

However, that argument has not been viable for the past 60 odd years.
The government belongs to all of us — so in some sense, political
vandals expect us to pay for their irresponsible behaviour. And
private citizens also have rights in a free and independent India.
Both these facts have dawned on us only in recent times and the courts
and the local administration have both refused to turn a blind eye to
damage caused by political protestors.

The Mumbai case once again underlines the need for political maturity
in India. We need to find ways to have disagreements which do not
descend into violence. The recent disturbances in Karnataka where some
members of the Muslim community objected to an alleged article by
exiled Bangladeshi writer Taslima Nasreen — which she has denied
writing — sadly led to deaths and to damage. The violent reaction
after allegations of sexual misconduct by godman Nithyananda Swami in
Tamil Nadu is another example of quickly things can get out of hand.

This court case against the Shiv Sena leader in Mumbai serves as a
salutary lesson to political parties accustomed to using destruction
and turmoil as bullying tactics. The people, the judiciary and the
administration have seen through their bluff. By hitting back where it
hurts people the most — in their pocket — the courts may well have
found the way to instil some discipline into the formally
irrepressible.

http://www.dnaindia.com/opinion/editorial_political-maturity_1355367

Bhosle on Mumbai: Uddhav lashes out at Raj

Padmanabha Venugopal
First Published : 04 Mar 2010 03:21:00 AM IST
Last Updated : 04 Mar 2010 02:15:38 PM IST

MUMBAI: The browbeating between the two estranged cousins espousing
the Marthi manoos cause continued to hit the headlines in Maharashtra
with their bitter succession battle being fought in the people’s
court.

On Wednesday, Shiv Sena executive president Uddhav Thackeray
criticised MNS chief Raj Thackeray and said that those present at the
Pune function should have reacted to singer Asha Bhosale’s remark that
Mumbai belonged to all Indians.

The MNS chief was among the guests at the cultural evening organised
by a Marathi television channel.

Raj, who spoke after Asha at the function, did not react to the views
expressed by the singer.

However, they were seen exchanging views after the function and it was
not clear what transpired between the two.

Shiv Sena and its head Bal Thackeray had met with widespread protests
for criticising cricketer Sachin Tendulkar and Reliance chairman
Mukesh Ambani similar comments.

Comments Ppl who comments on Raj Thackarey should first learn, write &
speak marathi ant then should give rest of explanations.............

By sudesh
3/5/2010 10:49:00 PM

Throw out all religion people from maharahtra who can't speak in
marathi.........................
By bhakti
3/5/2010 10:41:00 PM

Raj Thackarey will be the Emperor of Maharashtra in coming future
By rajesh
3/5/2010 10:37:00 PM

Raj Thackarey will be the Emperor of Maharashtra in coming future
By rajesh
3/5/2010 10:37:00 PM

Mumbai belongs only to maharahtra & MARATHI MANOOS
By swapnil
3/5/2010 10:31:00 PM

Personal views should always be welcomed, there no need to react so
violently to what one says, there's a right of expression for all the
people across India. If one side says something then the other side
cant be stopped to speak up on the same topic differently. It's called
code of conduct in humanity. All the time criticizing and raising up
voice against who so ever doesnt favour you is wrong.
By Sayoni
3/4/2010 9:52:00 AM

Dear Thakerays, Shun regional feelings. Let us make India great in the
eyes of world. You people should become national leaders and not mere
regional leaders. Do not restrict yourselves to only Mumbai. There is
huge world outside Mumbai. B. Raghunath Rao
By B. Raghunath Rao
3/4/2010 8:37:00 AM

http://www.expressbuzz.com/edition/story.aspx?Title=Bhosle+on+Mumbai:+Uddhav+lashes+out+at+Raj&artid=jpjrgICqtKk=&SectionID=b7ziAYMenjw=&MainSectionID=b7ziAYMenjw=&SectionName=pWehHe7IsSU=&SEO=

...and I am Sid Harth
bademiyansubhanallah
2010-03-07 10:32:08 UTC
Permalink
Post by bademiyansubhanallah
Priest rebukes RSS chief's Hindutva view
By: John Malhotra
Friday, 5 March 2010, 17:30 (IST)
The spokesperson of the Catholic Church in Madhya Pradesh, Fr. Anand
Muttungal, has hit out at Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS) chief
Mohan Bhagwat for his statement that "Indians were Hindus and if one
was not a Hindu he could not be an Indian."
"His logic is faulty and it is a blatant negation of Indian
Constitution and disrespect to the secular fabric of India," responded
Muttungal, who chided the RSS for "trying hard eighty-four years to
indoctrinate the secular conscience of this country to buy its concept
of Hindu Rashtra."
At a gathering of Hindus in Bhopal, Bhagat reportedly said, “Jesus
Christ was a revered figure and so was Prophet Mohammad, but India
could not be united in their names."
Responding to the statement, Muttungal in an article titled "Warning
Bell to RSS", said it was "an indirect call to incite communal
passion."
"He tells people that Lord Jesus and Prophet Mohmmad are revered
figure but in their name, India cannot be united because they are not
Indians. Any person with common sense would understand that it is a
silly logic. How could one believe this for the simple reason that
this organization continues to praise a western infamous figure Hitler
even today," wrote Muttungal.
"He also went on to say that western life style we should not embrace.
It is very interesting to see him standing in shorts and Shirt, a
purely western dress. This organization needs to abandon its western
identity," he added.
Says Muttungal, "negative publicity is more publicity" and it is a
general principle that works in the media.
"If we analyse the statements made by this organization about
Christians regarding religious conversion, it must be honestly told
that it has given wide publicity to Christianity and it's work in the
country," he noted.
"People are made to think seriously, what is it that makes Christians
to work hard with all these abuses. There is an eagerness created
among a good number people to know more about Christians. It is a
warning bell to the RSS that it can no more go ahead with it's
poisonous ideology against this nation and its constitution."
Copyright © 2010 Christian Today
http://in.christiantoday.com/articles/priest-rebukes-rss-chiefs-hindu...
Ganesh Sovani's Blog
Just another WordPress.com weblogMF Husain saga depicts the duplicity
of pseudo secularists !
Defiance unabated
Ever since the celebrated painter Mr.
Husain's nude Bharatmata
Makbool Fida Husain declared his intention to settle down at Doha,
Qatar and accept her citizenship, the media in India has virtually
gone crazy.
Series of articles, debates, public views, edits are being scribbled
down and published day after day in news papers by many, mostly
blaming the Government of India over its failure to ‘protect the world
renowned painter’. !
Electronic media too is also not far behind. In fact, there seem to be
a stiff competition between Pranab Roy’s NDTV 24 X 7 and Rajdeep
Sardesai’s CNN IBN (both known for their perennial left leanings) in
outsmarting each other in airing the special reports, programmes,
debates, surveys, opinion polls, talks, etc. in which the entire
emphasis is on the bashing up Hindu organizations like RSS, VHP,
Bajrang Dal, etc. for being primarily responsible for hounding the
painter hailing from Lord Viththal’s holy place of Pandharpur in the
Solapur in the Western Maharashtra State of India.
On the TV shows, the likes of Anjali Ela Menons (has she taken
Husain’s vakalatnama?) have been blatantly attacking Hindu
organizations for being solely responsible for Husain’s exist from
India.
Times Now which has undoubtedly maintained its credibility by not
aligning with any one on any issue, ever since it was launched three
years ago, has consistently maintained through its ebullient anchor
Arnab Goswami that MF Husain has gone record by saying that it were
the commercial considerations that have influenced him more in
accepting Qatari citizenship, as he is involved in a multi million
project kicked up by first lady of Kingdom of Qatar.
On his part, the RSS Chief Mr. Mohan Bhagwat has categorically gone on
record by saying that his organization was never and is not averse to
MF Husain in staying back India, as he is the citizen by birth and
there was no danger to his life from anyone in India.
However, other Hindu outfits like VHP and Bajrang Dal have
consistently maintained that bare footed painter must apologize to the
whole nation as he has denigrated Goddess Saraswati and Bharatmata by
depicting them in nude in the past and exhibiting in the public
gallery. It’s not a first instance of these Hindu outfits seeking an
apology from the controversial painter! These have been demanding it
ever since Husain ventured into these mischievous acts few years ago!
After the news of Husain securing Qatari nationality broke out in the
last week, Shiv Sena Chief Mr. Bal Thackeray, true to his own style
and character lambasted the painter in his typical ‘Thakri’ language
through an edit of Samana in its edition dated 2nd February and have
gone to the extent of accusing MF Husain as treacherous for having
ditched his own motherland which have given him name and fame. In fact
Samana in the same issue carried a front page interview of Husain’s
maternal brother Kutubuddin Bohri, who too has flayed his brother
painter for ditching India and fleeing to a foreign land.
 It’s not a coincidence that until Bal Thackeray wrote on him, Husain
had not opened up his mouth on the whole affair. But barely within
twenty four hours after Samana carried an editorial on him, Husain
gave his maiden interview to Gulf edition of Malayalam Manorama and
tried to clear off the air. But sadly, his defence is totally
unconvincing and he still seems to be defiant in his attitude and has
not expressed any remorse or regret for hurting the sentiments of the
majority of the Indians with his over zealous caricatures.
While the BJP reacted on the same lines, as its parent body RSS did,
Congress, as is its wont has been taking some what an ambivalent stand
on this episode. Though home minister Mr. P. Chimdambaram attempted to
assure Husain that his government would do all it can to protect the
nonagenarian painter, should he returns to India. Apart from PC,
Congress is not coming out firmly on this issue. Can it be seen that
the Congress is bit cautious now, as the UP assembly elections are not
far away, as any attempt to stoutly defend Husain from Congress
platform might cause any dent on its Hindu votes from UP ?
The moot question that arises in this matter, is why the pseudo
secularists are not condemning Husain’s act of depicting the Hindu
characters, Saraswati and Bharatmata and , etc. in a denigrating
manner? Their entire lobby, both in the media and also in the society
is turning a Nelson’s eye to it under the garb of ‘freedom of
expression’ of the painter? Till this date, one has yet to see even an
isolated condemnation of Mr. Husain from any so called ‘liberal’!
Even when Husain was confronted with on numerous TV shows in the past,
before he fled to Europe in 2007, whether he will dare to depict any
female character of other religions (apart from Hindu) on the canvas,
he was virtually dumb founded and skipped the poser.
The secularist and those who are clamoring for Husain’s ‘freedom of
expression’ are conveniently forgetting that when a Danish cartoonist
had drawn a caricature of Prophet Mohammad, none of them had spoken of
freedom of expression of Copenhagen cartoonist ! In fact, none could
afford to say so, as Islam does not permit the depiction of Prophet
Mohammad by any manner and by any means and any attempt to draw his
picture or caricature is treated as a ‘blasphemy’!
 If Islam prohibits the depiction of any caricature of Prophet
Mohammad, then the sentiments of Muslims on that score needs to be
respected all over the world. There can’t be any dispute or any debate
on that. One has to accept this reality, whether you like it or not.
In nutshell, if the sentiments of Muslim community can be hurt by a
Danish painter’s misadventure, then why not the Hindus have the same
right to vent their feelings or an outrage over MF Husain’s grossly
erroneous act?
One must appreciate that even after Husain’s mischievous act came to
the fore, Hindus did not vandalize any gallery or personal property of
Husain or there was not even a slightest thought (leave alone attempt)
to touch Husain’s person ! Also no one issued any award to those, who
can harm the painter. Therefore the tolerance level of Hindus needs to
be appreciated and all that which they did was to take a legal
recourse and knock the court doors and bring him to the book!
Why the pseudo secularist are having double standards in measuring an
outcry over the Danish cartoon and Hindu’s reaction over Husain’s
mischievous acts and deeds? It’s all hypocrisy!
The saddest truth is that Husain’s perversity while depicting the
Hindu goddess Saraswati and Bharatmata has indirectly got a universal
acclamation, under the garb of ‘freedom of expression’ and which is
blown up out of proportion by the section of the media, with scant
regard to the sentiments of Hindu community. Can the sentiments be the
monopoly of any single community?
Mr. Husain has been facing hundreds of criminal cases all over the
county under section 295 – A of Indian Penal Code (which is
cognizable, non bailable and having punishment of three years and it
is warrant triable before the Magistrate). It is pertinent to note
that practically all the magisterial courts in the country have ‘taken
cognizance’ of Husain’s ‘deliberate and malicious act’ of hurting the
sentiments of Hindu community.
 Wherever the criminal cases were filed against him, neither any of
such Magisterial court has discharged him u/s. 239 of
read more »...
http://groups.google.com/group/soc.culture.indian.marathi/browse_thread/thread/f9b738e079fef9fb#

...and I am Sid Harth
chhotemianinshallah
2010-03-07 15:45:07 UTC
Permalink
Hindu Rulers, Muslim Subjects:
Islam, Rights, and the History of Kashmir
Mridu Rai

Paper | 2004 | $28.95
320 pp. | 5 x 8

Paper $20.00

Full Text of this book, thanks to the Google.
http://books.google.com/books/princeton?hl=en&q=Hindu+Rulers%2C+Muslim+Subjects%3A&vid=ISBN9780691116884&btnG.x=15&btnG.y=10#v=snippet&q=Hindu%20Rulers%2C%20Muslim%20Subjects%3A&f=false


Disputed between India and Pakistan, Kashmir contains a large majority
of Muslims subject to the laws of a predominantly Hindu and
increasingly "Hinduized" India. How did religion and politics become
so enmeshed in defining the protest of Kashmir's Muslims against Hindu
rule? This book reaches beyond standard accounts that look to the 1947
partition of India for an explanation. Examining the 100-year period
before that landmark event, during which Kashmir was ruled by Hindu
Dogra kings under the aegis of the British, Mridu Rai highlights the
collusion that shaped a decisively Hindu sovereignty over a subject
Muslim populace. Focusing on authority, sovereignty, legitimacy, and
community rights, she explains how Kashmir's modern Muslim identity
emerged.

Rai shows how the princely state of Jammu and Kashmir was formed as
the East India Company marched into India beginning in the late
eighteenth century. After the 1857 rebellion, outright annexation was
abandoned as the British Crown took over and princes were incorporated
into the imperial framework as junior partners. But, Rai argues,
scholarship on other regions of India has led to misconceptions about
colonialism, not least that a "hollowing of the crown" occurred
throughout as Brahman came to dominate over King. In Kashmir the Dogra
kings maintained firm control. They rode roughshod over the interests
of the vast majority of their Kashmiri Muslim subjects, planting the
seeds of a political movement that remains in thrall to a religiosity
thrust upon it for the past 150 years.

Review:

"Rai's contribution lies in the extremely thorough and painstaking
documentation that she provides when tracing the marginalization of
the native inhabitants of Kahmir, the chicanery of the British, and
the fecklessness of the Dogra rulers. Her account of the growth of
Muslim religio-political consciousness in the early part of the
twentieth century . . . unearths a wealth of detail. . . . Rai's book
is a useful one. Those interested in understanding the background of
the continuing tragedy in Kahmir will find much to consider in her
substantial account of the historical backdrop."--Sumit Ganguly,
Journal of Asian Studies

Endorsements:

"Hindu Rulers, Muslim Subjects is a brilliant work of historical
scholarship that will become indispensable reading for all those
interested in the modern history and politics of the subcontinent. It
a pioneering historical study of rights, religion, and regional
identity in Kashmir that could also inspire future studies on other
regions of the subcontinent."--Sugata Bose, Harvard University

"This is a major contribution to Kashmir studies and should set the
standard for the next generation of publications on Kashmir.
Challenging the existing literature, this work is heady and fresh--and
deserves attention."--Alexander Evans, King's College London and the
Royal Institute of International Affairs

"Mridu Rai's book reminds us powerfully of the crucial importance of
colonial history to the present. She is able to de-essentialize
religion and secularism in the Kashmir conflict, which is very useful
in light of India's secularist claims and the ways in which some
sociologists have theorized those claims. Carefully researched and
lucidly conceptualized and written, this book forwards an important
thesis on an important topic."--Peter van der Veer, University of
Amsterdam

Table of Contents:

Acknowledgements x
Abbreviations xii
Introduction 1

CHAPTER 1: Territorializing Sovereignity: The Dilemmas of Control and
Collaboration 18

CHAPTER 2: The Consolidation of Dogra Legitimacy in Kashmir: Hindu
Rulers and a Hindu State 80

CHAPTER 3: The Obligations of Rulers and the Rights of Subjects 128

CHAPTER 4: Contested Sites: Religious Shrines and the Archaeological
Mapping of Kashmiri Muslim Protest 183

CHAPTER 5: Political Mobilization in Kashmir: Religious and Regional
Identities 224
Conclusion 288

Glossary 298
Bibliography 305
Index 319

Book Review

Mridu Rai. Hindu Rulers, Muslim Subjects: Islam, Rights, and the
History of Kashmir. Princeton: Princeton University Press. 2004. Pp.
xi, 335. Cloth $65.00, paper $22.50.

Chitralekha Zutshi. Languages of Belonging: Islam, Regional Identity,
and the Making of Kashmir. New York: Oxford University Press. 2004.
Pp. xvi, 359. $35.00.

Ever since the India-Pakistan near war of 2001–2002, we have been
subject to an incessant flow of words on the Kashmir conflict. Sadly,
this deluge has done little to enhance our knowledge of the subject.
Bar changing the odd adjectives, adding a little detail, or inserting
the views of the proverbial man on the street, little has been added
to Sumit Ganguly's Crisis in Kashmir: Portents of War, Prospects of
Peace (1997) or Victoria Schofield's Kashmir in Conflict: India,
Pakistan, and the Unending War (2000). Two new histories have been
widely applauded for constituting a happy break with this dismal
tradition. Little attention has been paid, however, to the
considerable theoretical and empirical problems presented by Mridu
Rai's and Chitralekha Zutshi's books. 1
Both Rai and Zutshi deal with a critical period in the history
of Jammu and Kashmir: the century of Dogra monarchical rule that
preceded the independence of India and Pakistan, and the division of
the state between the two powers in the course of the war of 1947. It
was in this period that the welter of territories that constitute
modern Kashmir were welded together under a single power, a
consequence of Britain's handing over of the region to Maharaja Gulab
Singh, a prince who sided with the empire's war of conquest against
the Sikh kingdom of Lahore. Like the other semi-independent states of
princely India, Kashmir witnessed a constant struggle for influence
between the monarchy and the imperial government. It was to become the
site of a number of other contestations: of monarch against democrat;
of empire against nationalist; of Hindu against Muslim; of peasant
against landlord. 2
Rai sees this century as one in which a "Hindu State" was
formed, the consequence of the Dogra monarchy's search for legitimacy.
Lacking any real basis for its sovereignty over the peoples whose
destinies it now controlled, it responded by inventing a history in
which the Dogra dynasty represented both the Hindu faith and Rajput
martial tradition. Rai maps this process by carefully documenting the
Dogra monarchy's growing control of Hindu religious practice in
Kashmir, notably through state-controlled trusts. Since the state was
Hindu in character, Rai concludes, "religion and politics became
inextricably intertwined in defining and expressing the protest of
Kashmiri Muslims against their rulers" (pp. 16–17). 3
Zutshi arrives at similar conclusions, but with considerably
more attention to nuance and detail. Her study of the workings of
Dogra rule suggests the need for a careful examination of what, if
any, meaning the notion of a "Hindu state" may have actually had to
contemporaries. There was, Zutshi's narrative suggests, no unilinear
project of Hinduization under the Dogras; rather, there were complex
and fluid processes of collaboration and conflict among various
categories of elites, both Hindu and Muslim. Kashmir's small Brahmin
community, the Pandits, whom Rai sees as key collaborators of the
Dogra project, emerge at least one point in Zutshi's book as its most
bitter opponents. Notions of a homogeneous Kashmiri Muslim identity,
Zutshi's analysis suggests, need to be tempered by an understanding of
the working of caste, class, and ideology.

http://www.historycooperative.org/cgi-bin/justtop.cgi?act=justtop&url=http://www.historycooperative.org/journals/ahr/110.3/br_31.html

Customer Review

The Challenging Natures of Kashmir, May 25, 2007
By T. Dodge

Amazon Verified Purchase(What's this?)

"Hindu Rulers, Muslim Subjects" covers the macro historical, social,
religious, and political highlights in Kashmir from about 1840 to
1950. It is a fascinating view into a world far distant but fearfully
close as two modern nuclear armed adversaries seek domination over the
mystical lands of Kashmir. This is a book of essential preliminary
understandings to the current situation in the region and of the
volumes I have encountered is the best. I hope the author contemplates
another book dealing with the post 1947 era. For those seeking recent
political happenings, I suggest "Kashmir" by Sumantra Bose.

http://www.amazon.com/review/R1TLIUMBUTBR1D

Hindu Rulers, Muslim Subjects: Islam, Rights, and the History of
Kashmir
by Mridu Rai

maryum's review

excellent book!!! really worthwhile reading and very meticulous
research on the impact of colonialism on kashmir. one of the few books
that looks at the kashmiri conflict from the perspective of the
kashmiris and not as a pawn in an india-pakistan chess match.

http://www.goodreads.com/review/show/370620

Paper $20.00
31% off regular price

Paper: $28.95 ISBN13: 978-0-691-11688-4

File created: 10/18/2009

Questions and comments to: ***@press.princeton.edu
Princeton University Press

Mainstream Weekly

Mainstream, Vol XLV, No 38

Book Review: ’The Hindu-Muslim Divide : A Fresh Look by Amrik Singh’
Sunday 9 September 2007

[(BOOK REVIEW)]

The Hindu-Muslim Divide : A Fresh Look by Amrik Singh; Vitasta
Publishing Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi; 2007; pp. XIV+238; Rs 345.

It is ironic that around the time we are celebrating 60 years of
India’s independence, the subject under discussion here is the Hindu-
Muslim divide, instead of it being harmony between members of
different communities in our free country. But one has to face the
facts and hence this discourse.

The author of the book under review, Dr Amrik Singh, starts it with a
painful note: “As generally recognised, the Hindu-Muslim divide has
existed in India for about thousand years. The partition of India into
India and Pakistan in 1947 was the latest instalment in this
longstanding dispute.” (p. 3) But soon he sounds a note of optimism:
“But one thing is clear that, despite signals to the contrary, the two
warring communities are nearer an understanding with each other than
ever before.” No convincing reason is provided for the optimistic
note, and the author goes further and adds that the situation is
likely to change in about half a century or more (what a satisfying
thought!), even though it is stated: “In these matters, no one can be
precise.”

It is not very easy to agree with the author’s assertion about the
thousand year old Hindu-Muslim divide. For, India is known for its
composite culture, and quite a good part of the last thousand years
have been known to be marked by considerable harmony with some
aberrations. But aberrations are at times unavoidable and even the
intra-community conflicts and divisive trends have been there in the
concerned groups. When the Pakistani leader, Zulfikar Ali Bhutto,
during the more fanatic phase of his political life (something the
author makes a reference to) had talked about a thousand year war, his
bravado had the future in mind.

One would, in fact, like to go back to much older times, than the last
thousand years. It may be pointed out that composite culture had been
the feature of India even before the beginning of the first century
AD. The contributing influences all these years had been the teachings
of Gautam Buddha, the Vedic and Vedantic ideals of tolerance and
spiritual values, the disarming qualities of the Sufi value and the
noble sentiments of the Bhakti movement, and, more recently, the
thoughts of personalities like Swami Vivekananda, Maulana Azad, Altaf
Husain Hali and those believing in secular ideals among other factors.

While the commingling of Sufi and Bhakti ideals is an extremely
cherished heritage of the past, the state of confrontation, in recent
times, one has to admit, between the campaign of Tableegh and Shuddhi
(mentioned by the author while stating the effort of Hinduism for
‘semitisation’) (p. 132) is a tragic episode in our saga of composite
culture : like a bad dream one would perhaps like to forget.

EVEN without agreeing fully with the basic statement of the author
with regard to a thousand year old divide one would like to praise him
for covering the subject of Hindu-Muslim divide in a very
comprehensive manner particularly in the recent past. Dr Amrik Singh
has covered the entire ground by recounting how the spirit of mutual
understanding and conciliation gave way to conflict between the
Muslims and Hindus. Much discussion is available about the factors
responsible for this conflict leading to the partition of the country
along with its independence, the roles of leaders of the two
communities during those traumatic years and, indeed, the shape this
conflict has taken in today’s India.

The book is in the form of notes on different subjects relevant to its
theme, probably written at different points of time. But it contains a
wealth of information on the nature and cause of the divide—the
machinations of the British rulers, the folly of partition, the
practice of separate electorates, and even the complexities of adult
franchise and a joint electorate, the polarisation between the two
communities, the present concept of Hindutva and many other factors
that the author has painstakingly gone into. The author has laid great
emphasis on the need for pluralism and for a policy “in the direction
of reducing the Hindu-Muslim divide and work towards what has been
described as pluralism,” as he puts it.

Dr Amrik Singh has given some very perceptive opinions of acknowledged
experts on Hinduism and Islam, some approvingly while others with his
note of critique. Consider the quote from the eminent historian, Prof.
M. Habib (whom he describes as the “tallest historian of medieval
India”):

A Hindu feels it is his duty to dislike those whom he has been taught
to consider the enemies of his religion and his ancestors; the Muslim,
lured into the false belief that he was once a member of a ruling
race, feels insufferably wronged by being relegated to the status of a
minority community. Fools both! Even if the Muslims eight centuries
ago were as bad as they were painted, would there be any sense in
holding the present generation responsible for their deeds? It is but
an imaginative tie that joins the modern Hindu with Harshvardhana or
Asoka, or the modern Muslim with Shahabuddin or Mahmud.

“That these words were written several years after the partition makes
them even more relevant than they would have been otherwise,” says Dr
Amrik Singh and every rightly. (p. 200) Members of both the
communities can gain from introspecting in the light of the late
historians’ observation.

At another place, the author quotes Girilal Jain who, according to
him, “apart from being a leading journalist, was a keen student of
Hinduism”: Unlike the Muslims, the Hindus do not possess a vision of
the future, which is rooted in the past for a variety of reasons, one
of them being that, unlike the Muslims, they have not been able to
invent a golden age which can be located in any kind of history and
that they cannot invent one. While, they would, if challenged, vaguely
own up all Indian history up to the beginning of the Muslim invasions
of north India in the 11th century, they do not identify themselves
with any particular period. Indeed, they have little sense of history.
So how can they have a golden age and how can a people without such a
sense engage in revivalism? What can they seek to revive? Hinduism is
an arbitrary imposition on a highly variegated civilisation, which is
truly oceanic in its range. Such a civilisation cannot be enclosed in
a narrow doctrine. It cannot have a central doctrine because in its
majestic sweep it takes up all that comes its way and adapts it to its
over-widening purpose, rejecting finally what is wholly alien and
cannot be accommodated at all. Attempts have been made to build
embankments around this ocean-like reality to give it a shape and
definition. But these have not succeeded. The spirit of India has
refused to be contained. To put it differently, Hinduism has refused
to be organised. By the same token, it has refused to be communalised.
(p. 135)

Amrik Singh reacts to Jain’s stipulations: “While it is true that
Hinduism has refused to be organised and it has refused to be
communalised, how is it that today we witness what Nehru once
described as ‘non-Muslim aggression among Muslims’?” The author says
that this phrase of Nehru occurs in one of his letters addressed to
the Chief Ministers after the police action in Hyderabad.

IN the context of the Hindutva philosophy, it would be relevant to
consider the following quote from the late K.R. Malkani who became
known as the Editor of the RSS mouthpiece, Organiser, and an ideologue
of the Bharatiya Janata Party:

The Muslim Indian should realise that Hinduism is not a religion, but
a culture. That he is Muslim by religion but Hindu by culture. Let
Indonesia with its Muslim religion and native Hindu culture be the
model for the Muslim in India, Pakistan, and Bangladesh. (p. 138)

Malkani’s prescription is not possible, says Amrik Singh, either in
terms of physical or political considerations or in terms of their
historical evolution. “While Hinduism has a hoary tradition behind it,
the pre-Islamic traditions in Indonesia are not even clearly defined.”

Incidentally, at the time of writing this review a mammoth gathering
of Muslim men and women with hijab (about 100,000) including scholars
and religious leaders from different parts of the world, is
deliberating in Indonesia’s capital, Jakarta, in search of ways to
establish a single Muslim government in the Islamic world (on the
ideals of Khilafat-e-Islamia) largely at the initiative of a group of
Indonesian Muslims. But that is another story that needs to be
considered in its own context.

The author feels that the effort to remove the present divide has
largely to be on the part of the Congress party. The removal of the
divide is linked with economic and political development of the
country. He says, “The Congress—currently in power—owes it to the
Muslims to bring them at par with others and thereafter involve them
in the process of development, both economic and political. The
Congress also has the further obligation to help the Muslims to draw
abreast of others socially.” (p. 191)

The author says that in seeking to separate from India, they (the
Muslims) followed a path which culminated in the partition of India in
1947. In the ultimate analysis that was a mistake, which Jinnah and
those who followed him had made. “Since the kind of Islamic future
that the Muslims of the subcontinent had aspired for themselves is
running into problem, sooner or later the thinking of the Muslim world
will make them learn from experience and come to terms with the
changed reality. But when? It is difficult to answer this question,”
the author says.

The author is of the view that the solution to the Hindu-Muslim divide
is linked, to a great extent, with the normalisation of relations
between India and Pakistan. The problem in India cannot be isolated
from the problem in Pakistan. The triumph of fundamentalism will be
bad for Indian Muslims as well. An end to confrontation would help
remove the divide in India, he says.

What, according to the author, is the prospect of the Hindu-Muslim
divide disappearing?—one may ask. He talks very enthusiastically of an
Indian version of globalisation. This globalisation is the result of a
“new mix of policies”, that are going to help all Indians including
Muslims.

He states: What has made it easier for India to adjust to the changing
world relatively more easily is partly because Hinduism is more
adjustable to the logic of the contemporary idea of development. If
India succeeds in this experiment, as seems to be happening, the
Indian Muslims too can before long, become a part of this experiment.
Currently, they are somewhat estranged from the mainstream. (p. 225)

Dr Amrik Singh would want the Indian Government to push ahead
vigorously with the spread of education and the Indian Muslims to give
evidence of some “political initiative” and “political maturity”.

According to the author, the confrontation with the United States now
“...is partly coming in the way of the Islamic world breaking with her
past”. If the US were not so confrontationist, he says, things in the
Islamic world would to some extent start changing, “sooner than is
happening at the moment”. According to him, India’s role in this
context is “positive, if not also praiseworthy”. And, India’s version
of globalisation can prompt others, even those in the Islamic world,
to move in that direction.

Dr Amrik Singh feels that if what is stated above happens, the “Hindu-
Muslim divide in India will gradually weaken”. More than that, he
says, this would give rise to “a new era in world history in more than
one sense”. What happens in India, according to him, would be of
considerable historical significance. “Indeed, it can also prove to be
a development of a wider economic and cultural significance.” Amen!

The reviewer, a veteran journalist who worked for several years in
Mainstream, currently edits the periodical Alpjan.

http://www.mainstreamweekly.net/article302.html

Mainstream Weekly

Mainstream, Vol XLVI No 28

Day One in Calcutta
Monday 30 June 2008, by From NC’s Writings

Ten years ago, in the afternoon of June 27, 1998, Nikhil Chakravartty
breathed his last. Remembering him after 10 years, we are reproducing
some of his finest reports, editorials and articles that appeared in
this journal and elsewhere over the last sixty years. We are also
reproducing the speech that our former President, K.R. Narayanan,
delivered while unveiling N.C.’s portrait at the Press Council of
India (New Delhi, February 28, 1999), and publishing several
reminiscences by those who knew him intimately.


The following report by Nikhil Chakravartty, the Calcutta
correspondent of People’s Age (published from Bombay), appeared in the
weekly’s August 24, 1947 issue (it was wired from Calcutta on August
17, 1947) under the following headlines : ‘End of a Nightmare and
Birth of New Dawn!’; ‘Calcutta Transformed by Spirit Of Independence’;
‘Hindus, Muslims Hug Each Other In Wild Joy—Tears Roll Down Where
Blood Once Soaked The Streets’.

Frenzy has overtaken Calcutta. It is a frenzy which no city in India
has ever felt through the long years of thraldom under the British.

When the clock struck midnight and Union Jacks were hauled down on
August 15, 1947, the city shook to her very foundations for a mad
frenzy overtook her 40 lakh citizens. Nothing like this has ever
happened before.

I have racked my brains for hours; I have looked up all despatches in
the Press; but still I find no adequate words to communicate the
unforgettable experience that has overwhelmed me in the last three
days. It is like a sudden bursting of a mighty dam: you hear a
deafening roar of water sweeping away everything in the flood. It
comes with a crushing suddenness and strikes with the strength of a
thousand giants.

That is how all of us in Calcutta have felt in the last few days—all
of us, old or young, man or woman, Hindu or Muslim, rich or poor. In
this mighty sweep of the flood none was spared. And the floods carried
off a lot of dirt and stigma of our slavery.

Calcutta is Reborn

ONE hundred and ninety years ago, it was from Calcutta that Clive set
out of conquer this land of ours and it was this city which was the
seat of all his vile intrigues that divided our ranks and brought
about our defeat. But today in the sweeping torrent of freedom all
that has been wiped away, and once again this beloved city of ours
stands out clean and full of radiance with the glow of lasting
brotherhood.

Everybody felt nervous about August 15. Weeks ahead authorities were
on tenterhooks; more police and military were being posted to ensure
peace. Ministers would not permit meetings in the open to celebrate
the transfer of power, afraid that the goondas might create trouble.
East Bengal Hindus were nervous that one little spark in Calcutta
might throw the entire province into the flames of a civil war;
Muslims were panicky that they might be finished off in Calcutta and
many had left the city.

Gandhiji had already moved his camp to one of the most affected areas—
Belliaghata—and cancelling his East Bengal trip, had decided to spend
a few days here with Suhrawardy. But even he was disturbed by rowdy
goondas, backed by communal groups, accusing him of being an enemy of
Hindus. News from the Punjab was bad. On the whole an uncanny fear
gripped everybody and the day of independence seemed like a deadline
for disturbances.

But how wrong were our calculations! With all our pretensions of
knowing our people, with all the prophecies and warnings, bans and
precautions, no one really knew how the people—common men and women
among both Hindus and Muslims—would come forward to celebrate August
15. It was this unknown factor, which in every turn of history is the
determining factor, that has made all the difference in our
calculations and the actual happenings on that day.

People’s preparations for the celebrations of the day went on briskly,
though imperceptibly. The demand for Tri-colours knew no bounds;
whatever be the material, whatever the make, every flag was literally
sold out. Even the poorest of the poor, coolie, scavenger or rickshaw-
puller, bought the Jhanda. In paras and mohallas boys and girls were
getting ready practising drills or formations, organising Prabhat
Pheris. Party differences, personal bickerings, etc. were forgotten.

Discordant voices there were, but they did not matter. Mahasabha first
raised the slogan of black flags, but then piped down and declared non-
participation. But all the prestige of Shyamaprosad could not make any
impression on the very people whom he had swayed during the Partition
campaign.

Forward Bloc and Tagorites also opposed the celebration on the ground
that real freedom was yet to be won. But despite the fact that
thousands of Bengali homes paid homage to Netaji that day hardly a
handful abstained from participation. Every school, factory, office,
every home—be it a mansion or a bustee—awaited the great day with
hearts full of jubilation.

As the zero hour approached, the city put on a changed appearance. On
the streets, people were busy putting up flags and decorating
frontage. Gates were set up at important crossings, bearing names of
our past titans like Ashoka or our martyrs in the freedom movement.
The atmosphere was tense; should there be a new round of stabbings or
shootings among brothers, or should there be return to peace and
normalcy?

All Barriers Broken

THE first spontaneous initiative for fraternisation came from Muslim
bustees and was immediately responded to by Hindu bustees. It was
Calcutta’s poor toilers, especially Muslims, who opened the floodgate,
and none could have dreamt of what actually took place.

Muslim boys clambered up at Chowringhee and shouted, “Hindu-Muslim ek
ho” and exhorted the driver to take them to Bhowanipore. But the
driver would not risk that and so they came up to the border only.

But then all of a sudden in the very storm-centres of most gruesome
rioting of the past year—Raja Bazar, Sealdah, Kalabagan, Colootolah,
Burra Bazar—Muslims and Hindus ran across the frontiers and hugged
each other in wild joy. Tears rolled down where once blood had soaked
the pavements. “Jai Hind”, “Vande Mataram”, “Allah-ho-Akbar” and above
all renting the sky “Hindu-Muslim ek ho”.

Curfews were ignored; men rushed out on the streets, danced, clasped
and lifted each other up. It was all like a sudden end of a nightmare,
the birth of a glorious dawn.

As midnight approached, crowds clustered round every radio set and
Jawaharlal’s ringing words sent a thrill round every audience,
“Appointed day has come —the day appointed by destiny..”

With the stroke of midnight, conch-shells blew in thousands, conch-
shells blown by our mothers and sisters from the innermost corners of
our homes—for the call of freedom has reached every nook and corner.
And with the conch-shells were heard the crack of rifles and bursting
of bombs and crackers. The very arms that were stored so long to kill
off brothers were being used to herald the coming of freedom.

A torchlight procession started in North Calcutta. Tram workers, in
all spontaneity, brought out a couple of trams crowded with Hindus to
the Nakhoda mosque and were feted by Muslims with food and drink. In
Burra Bazar, Muslims were treated the same way and all embraced one
another. Hardly anybody slept that night—the night choked with
passionate emotions welling up in so many ways.

As the morning came the city was already full of excitment and
pavements were thronged with people. Prabhat Pheris came out singing
songs of the national struggle. Boys and girls marched through the
streets with bands and bugles—bright and smart, free citizens of
tomorrow.

Flag salutations in every park, in every school and office. Buses
plied free, giving joy rides to thousands. Trams announced that all
their returns would be sent for relief. And they ran till late at
night along all mixed routes which were closed for the past year.

At the Government House, our own Government was to unfurl the
Tricolour, but invitees were confined to Burra Sahibs and officials,
the rich and elite, Ministers and Legislators. They came in big cars,
many with their wives dressed in all their fashionable clothes.

Government House—People’s Property

COMMON people, those that have made freedom possible, they too came in
thousands, but they were kept outside, beyond the huge iron gates. Why
must this be so? Why must this occasion be celebrated in the way the
White Sahibs have done so long?

I watched that crowd growing restless every minute and found among
them the very faces that you come across in the streets every day or
at the market or in your own home: babu, coolie, student, Professor,
young girl and shy wife—all jostling with each other, impatient at
being kept out. Sikh, Muslim, Bhayya and Bhadralok clamoured for the
gates to be opened and when that was not done, they themselves burst
into the spacious grounds and ran up towards the Governor’s stately
mansion.

The burst into the rooms much to the annoyance of the officials and
perhaps also of the marble busts of many of the White rulers that have
never been disturbed in their majesty.

For hours they thronged there, thousands over thousands of them,
shoving out many of the ICS bosses. But it would be a slander to say
that they were unruly. How little did they touch or damage? Had they
been unruly, as somebody had reported to Gandhiji, the whole place
would have been a wreck in no time.

They went there for they felt that it was one of their own leaders who
had been installed as their Governor. And when the annoyed officials
ran up to Rajaji to complain to him about the crowd swarming into the
rooms, C.R., it is reported, replied: “But what can I do? It is their
own property. How can I prevent them from seizing it?”

The sense of triumph, of pride that we have come to our own could be
seen in the faces that entered the portals of the Government House. It
is symptomatic of August 15 no doubt. For though there were
restrictions and curtailments to real freedom in the elaborate plans
the Dominion Status, the people—the common humanity that teems our land
—have taken this day to mean that that have won and no amount of
restrictions will bar the way, just as no policeman could stop the
surging crowd that broke into the Government House.

Outside, all over the city, houses seemed to have emptied out into the
streets, lorries came in hundreds, each packed precariously beyond
capacity; lorries packed with Hindus and Muslims, men and women.
Streets were blocked and the people themselves volunteered to control
traffic.

Rakhi Bandhan Again

LORRY-LOADS of Muslim National Guards crammed with Gandhi-capped young
Hindu boys shouted themselves hoarse “Jai Hind”, “Hindu-Muslim ek ho”.

Somebody in Bhowanipore waved a League flag under a Tri-colour. What a
sight and what a suspense. But the days of hate were over and all
shouted together, “Hindu-Muslim ek ho!”

A batch of Hindu ladies went to Park Circus to participate in the flag
hoisting. They tied rakhi (strings of brotherly solidarity made famous
during Swadeshi days) round the wrists of Muslim National Guards. And
the Muslim boys said, “May we be worthy brothers!”

Hindu families, quiet and timid Bhadralok families, came in hundreds
to visit Park Circus with their wives and children in tikka gharries
piled by Muslims. Muslims, well-to-do and poor, visited Burra Bazar,
and Ballygunge in endless streams. And this was going on all these
three days.

They are all going to paras or mohallas they had to leave or where
they had lost their near and dear ones. Today there is no area more
attractive and more crowded than the very spots where the worst
butcheries had taken place. As if to expiate for the sins of the last
one year, Hindus and Muslims of Calcutta vied with each other to
consecrate their city with a new creed of mighty brotherhood.

On the evening of August 16, one year back, I sent you a despatch
which could describe but inadequately the mad lust for fratricidal
blood that had overtaken Calcutta that day. To mark the anniversary of
that day I visited the crowded parts of Hindu Burra Bazar and the
Muslim Colootola where in this one year hardly anyone passed alive
when spotted by the opposite community. But this evening Muslims were
the guests of honour at Burra Bazar and Hindus, as they visited
Colootola, were drenched with rose-water and attar and greeted with
lusty cheers of “Jai Hind”.

On the very evening, at Park Circus, was held a huge meeting of Hindus
and Muslims. Suhrawardy, J.C. Gupta, MLA, and Bhowani Sen spoke. It
was here that Suhrawardy asked the Muslims to go and implore the
evicted Hindus to come back to Park Circus.

At Belliaghata, Gandhiji’s presence itself has brought back hundreds
of Muslim families who had to leave in terror of their lives only a
few weeks back. And Gandhiji’s prayer meetings are attended by an ever
increasing concourse of Hindus and Muslims—themselves living symbols
of Hindu-Muslim unity.

Reports from Bengal districts also prove that this remarkable upsurge
of solidarity was not confined to Calcutta alone. In Dacca, despite
panic, Hindus and Muslims jointly participated in the celebration of
Pakistan, and Muslim leaders themselves intervened in one case where
the Congress flag was lowered, and the flag was raised again.

Everywhere Hindus showed response by honouring the Pakistan flag.
Joint Hindu-Muslim demonstrations were the marked features of the
occasion.

Reports from Comilla, Kusthia, Dinajpore, Krishnanagore, Munshinganj,
Malda and Jessore, all show that August 15 had passed off in peace and
amity. Only local fracas were reported from Kanchrapara, but the great
and good tidings from Calcutta eased the situation there.

In this mighty flood of freedom and brotherhood there is yet the sense
of suspense, for it came with such an incredible suddenness and
magnitude that many think it is too good to last long. It is like
holding a precious glass dome in your hands while you are in suspense
that it might fall and break at any moment.

Spontaneous assertion of people’s will for freedom and brotherly
solidarity needs to be harnessed in lasting forms and that is where
our leaders will be tested in the coming weeks.

Whatever happens, August 15 will be cherished for Calcutta’s grand
celebration on the eve of the end of the dark night of slavery and the
dawn of freedom. Calcutta yesterday was the symbol of our servitude
and fratricidal hate. Calcutta today is the beacon-light for free
India, asserting that freedom once resurrected can never be curbed or
destroyed, for all our millions of Hindus and Muslims together are
ready to stand together as its proud sentinels.

(People’s Age, August 24, 1947)

http://www.mainstreamweekly.net/article801.html

Mainstream Weekly

VOL XLV No 21

1857 In Our History
Monday 14 May 2007, by P C Joshi *

[(The one hundred and fiftieth anniversary of the Great Indian Revolt
of 1857 is being observed this month. Though the spark for the Revolt
was lit by Mangal Pandey at Barrackpore earlier the same year, the
Revolt actually began in May at Meerut: on May 6, 85 sepoys of the 3rd
Bengal Cavalry at Meerut refused to use the cartridge, the cause of
the rebellion—all of them were placed under arrest; on May 9 these
sepoys were brought to a general punishment parade at the Meerut
Parade Ground, sentenced to 10 years’ imprisonment and stripped of
their uniforms. When the 11th and 12th Native Cavalry of the Bengal
Army assembled at the Parade Ground on May 10, they broke rank and
turned on the Commanding Officer Colonel Finnis who was shot dead—this
was the first incident of Revolt at Meerut; thereafter the sepoys
liberated the imprisoned sepoys, attacked the European Cantonment and
killed all the Europeans who could be found there. Then in conjunction
with the Roorkee sepoys, called to Meerut following the uprising, they
marched to Delhi where the first major incident took place on May 11
with the killing of Colonel Ripley.

We are carrying here excerpts from a seminal article “1857 In Our
History” by the former General Secretary of the Communist Party of
India, P.C. Joshi, whose birth centenary is being observed this year,
to mark the occasion. This article was presented at a symposium held
to observe the centenary of the 1857 Revolt in 1957; later it was
published alongwith other articles presented at the symposium in book
form (also edited by P.C. Joshi) by the People’s Publishing House, New
Delhi. —Editor)]

The few contemporary Indians who wrote on 1857 did so for the British.
The dominant British attitude is revealed in entitled, “The Bengali
Press, How to Deal with It”, published on August 9, 1896, in Pioneer,
a very influential British organ of the times:

We know how Englishmen within the memory of living men treated their
own newspaper writers… If a gentle and graceful writer forgot himself
so far as to call the Prince Regent ‘an Adonis of forty’ he got two
years’ ‘hard’. If a clergyman praised the French Revolution and
advocated Parliamentary reform and fair representation, he was
condemned to work in iron manacles, to wade in sludge among the vilest
criminals.

The writer advocated the infliction of the same punishment on an
Indian who dared to write on the Indian Mutiny of 1857.1

Indians thus had no say in this controversy but our rebel ancestors
with their heroic deeds and by shedding their warm blood had made
their contribution more eloquent than words....

It is inspiring to recall here what Marx thought of the 1857 national
uprising. As early as July 31, 1857, on the basis of Indian mail
carrying Delhi news up to June 17, he concluded his unsigned
newsletter to the New York Daily Tribune with these words:

By and by there will ooze out other facts able to convince even John
Bull himself that what he considers military mutiny is in truth a
national revolt.2

India’s historians may go on arguing and differing about the character
of the 1857 revolt but the mass of the Indian people have already
accepted it as the source-spring of our national movement. The hold of
the 1857 heritage on national thought is so great that even Dr R. C.
Majumdar concludes his study with the following words:

The outbreak of 1857 would surely go down in history as the first
great and direct challenge to the British rule in India, on an
extensive scale. As such it inspired the genuine national movement for
the freedom of India from British yoke which started half a century
later. The memory of 1857-58 sustained the later movement, infused
courage into the hearts of its fighters, furnished a historical basis
for the grim struggle, and gave it a moral stimulus, the value of
which it is impossible to exaggerate. The memory of the revolt of
1857, distorted but hallowed with sanctity, perhaps did more damage to
the cause of the British rule in India than the Revolt itself.3

The controversy whether the 1857-58 struggle was a sepoy revolt or a
national uprising can be resolved only by squarely posing and
truthfully analysing the character of the contestants on either side
and the nature of the issues—political, economic and ideological—
involved in this struggle. In short, a sound historical evaluation
demands that who was fighting whom and for what be correctly
stated....


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THE British conquest of India implied not only the imposition of alien
rule but, something worse still, a pitiless destruction of the
traditional Indian social order itself and disruption of its own
normal development towards a new order. Marx was the only thinker of
the period who studied this tragic phenomenon scientifically and
formulated the role of British imperialism in India in such a correct
manner that his conclusions were borne out by the subsequent
researches of Indian scholarship and they helped Indian patriots to
understand Indian reality better and give a progressive orientation to
Indian national thought.

As early as 1853 when the Indian situation was being debated in the
British Parliament on the occasion of the renewal of the East India
Company’s Charter, Marx stated in an article entitled “British Rule in
India”: All the civil wars, invasions, revolutions, conquests,
famines, strangely complex, rapid and destructive as the successive
action in Hindustan may appear, did not go deeper than its surface.
England has broken down the entire framework of Indian society,
without any symptoms of reconstitution yet appearing. This loss of his
old world, with no gain of a new one, imparts a particular kind of
melancholy to the present misery of the Hindu, and separates Hindustan
ruled by Britain, from all its ancient traditions, and from the whole
of its past history… It was the British intruder who broke up the
Indian handloom and destroyed the spinning wheel…British steam and
science uprooted over the whole surface of Hindustan, the union
between agriculture and manufacturing industry.4 ...

After the conquest of Bengal and eventually throughout India, the
method of enforced and unequal trade was used to loot India and this
led to its economic ruination. R. P. Dutt states how the situation
underwent a qualitative change after the British became the ruling
class in India, how methods of power could be increasingly used to
weight the balance of exchange and secure the maximum goods for the
minimum payment.5

By the end of 18th century and much more clearly by 1813-33, a shift
had come over British policy towards India. After a period of
primitive plunder and the systematic ruination of Indian trades and
crafts, the British bourgeoisie, with the completion of their
Industrial Revolution, began to use India as a dumping ground for its
industrial manufactures and, above all, textiles. Marx noted this
sharp shift, and, in one of his articles during 1853, wrote:

The whole character of trade was changed. Till 1813 India had been
chiefly an exporting country while it now became an importing one; and
in such quick progression, that already, in 1823, the rate of
exchange, which had generally been two-sixth per rupee sunk down to
two per rupee. India, the great workshop of cotton manufacture for the
world, since immemorial times, became now inundated with English
twists and cotton stuffs. After its own produce had been excluded from
England, or only accepted on the most cruel terms, British
manufactures were poured into it at a small or merely nominal duty, to
the ruin of native cotton fabric once so celebrated.6

The policy of the East India Company also annihilated the independent
merchant bourgeoisie as well as the artisans and craftsmen. Prof
Ramkrishna Mukherjee describes the process in the following words:

Along with thus turning the Indian artisans ‘out of this ‘temporal’
world’, as Marx remarked caustically, proceeded the liquidation of the
Indian merchant bourgeoisie. Monopolising Indian products for the
English meant that the Indian merchants could no longer survive. Only
those could maintain their profession who acquiesced in becoming
underlings of the Company or of its servants engaged in private inland
trade in India or of the private English merchants residing in India
for the same purpose. Otherwise, they had to find a new source of
livelihood. Not only were the Indian merchants prohibited from buying
commodities directly from the producers which were monopolised by the
English, but the agents of the Company and its servants forced such
goods on the Indian merchants at a price higher than the prevailing
one.7

By annihilating the independent merchant bourgeoisie, which to some
extent also fulfilled the role of the manufacturing bourgeoisie, the
monopolist East India Company destroyed that very important class in
Indian economy which could be their rival.

Another aspect of this phenomenon is noted and analysed by K. M.
Panikkar in the following words:

With the establishment of European trade centres in the main coastal
areas of India, there had developed a powerful Indian capitalist
class, closely associated with the foreign merchants, and deriving
great profits from trade with them… The Marwari millionaires of Bengal
have become the equivalent of the compradore classes of Shanghai of a
later period …The emergence of this powerful class, whose economic
interests were bound up with those of the foreign merchants and who
had an inherited hatred of Muslim rule, was a factor of fundamental
importance to the history of India and of Asia.8

These Indian agents of the Company and of the British merchants were
called gomasthas and bannias and played the role of sub-agents of
foreign capital and a pro-British role in the 1857 uprising.

How did intelligent Indians react to the above economic situation and
policies?

It is useful to quote Allamah Fazle Haq of Khayrabad, an eminent
Muslim scholar of the traditional school who took a leading part in
the 1857 revolt and was transported for life:

Having seized power they (the British) decided to bring under their
hold the various sections of the people by controlling eatables, by
taking possession of the ears of corn and grain and giving the
peasants and cultivators cash in lieu of their rights of farming.
Their object was not to allow the poor men and villagers a free hand
in buying and selling grains. By giving preference to their own
people, they wanted to control the cheapening or raising of the rates
so that the people of God might submit to their (Christian) policy of
monopoly, and their dependence on them (Christians) for their
requirements might force them to meet the purpose of the Christians
and their supporters, and their desire and ambitions which they had in
their hearts and the mischiefs and evils which they had concealed in
their minds.9

In the above background, the appeal of the manifesto issued by Bahadur
Shah on behalf of the insurgent centre at Delhi had its own
significance. The manifesto appealed in the following words to the
merchants: It is plain that the infidel and treacherous British
Government have monopolised the trade of all the fine and valuable
merchandise such as indigo, cloth and other articles of shipping,
leaving only the trade of trifles to the people and even in this they
are not allowed their shares of the profits, which they secure by
means of customs and stamp fees, etc., in money suits, so that the
people have merely a trade in name. Besides this, the profit of the
traders are taxed with postages, tolls, and subscriptions for schools,
etc. Notwithstanding all these concessions, the merchants are liable
to imprisonment and disgrace at the instance of complaint of a
worthless man. When the Badshahi Government is established all these
aforesaid fraudulent practices shall be dispensed with and the trade
of every article, without exception, both by land and water shall be
opened to the native merchants of India who will have the benefit of
the Government steam-vessels and steam carriages for the conveyance of
their merchandise gratis; and merchants having no capital of their own
shall be assisted from the public treasury. It is, therefore, the duty
of every merchant to take part in the war, and aid the Badshahi
Government with its men and money, either secretly or openly, as may
be consistent with its position or interest and forswear its
allegiance to the British Government.10...

The economic and political operation of the East India Company in
India led to a systematic squeezing of our national wealth which has
been described by India’s economic historians as the economic drain.
Let us examine this as it existed on the eve of the 1857 revolt.

There was the so-called Indian Debt, which was incurred by the Company
in order to consolidate its position in India and to spread its
influence further through expeditions and wars, and at the same time,
paying high dividends to share-holders in England, tributes to the
British Government since 1769 and bribes to the influential persons in
England.11

R. C. Dutt makes the following comments as regards the genesis and
mechanism of this Indian Debt:

A very popular error prevails in this country (England in 1903) that
the whole Indian Debt represents British capital sunk in the
development of India. It is shown in the body of this volume that this
is not the genesis of the Public Debt of India. When the East India
Company cessed to be the rulers of India in 1858, they had piled up an
Indian Debt of 70 millions. They had in the meantime drawn a tribute
from India, financially an unjust tribute, exceeding 150 million, not
calculating interest. They had also charged India with the cost of
Afghan wars, Chinese wars and other wars outside India. Equitably,
therefore, India owed nothing at the close of the Company’s rule; her
Public Debt was a myth; there was a considerable balance of over 108
millions in her favour out of the money that had been drawn from her.
12

Montgomery Martin, an Englishman with sympathy for the Indian people,
wrote as early as 1838:

This annual drain of £ 3,000,000 on British India amounted in 30 years
at 12 per cent (the usual Indian rate) compound interest to the
enormous sum of £ 723,997,917 sterling; or, at a low rate, as $
2,000,000 for 50 years, to £ 8,400,000,000 sterling! So constant and
accumulating a drain even on England would have soon impoverished her;
how severe then must be its effect on India, where the wages of a
labourer is from 2d. to 3d. a day?13....

Prof Ramkrishna Mukherjee goes even further and states:

A total picture of this tribute from India is seen to be even greater
than the figure mentioned by Martin in 1838. During the 24 years of
the last phase of the Company’s rule, from 1834-35 to 1857-58, even
though the years 1855, ’56 and ’57 showed a total import-surplus of £
6,436,345—(not because the foreign rulers had changed their policy,
but because some British capital flowed into India to build railway in
order to prepare her for exploitation by British industrial capital),—
the total tribute which was drained from India in the form of ‘home
charges’ and ‘excess of Indian exports’ amounted to the colossal
figure of £ 151,830,989. This works out at a yearly average of £
6,325,875, or roughly half the annual land revenue collections in this
period!14

The above was the grim reality, grimmer than any ever witnessed in the
whole course of India’s age-old historic development. As Marx stated,
there cannot, however, remain any doubt but the misery inflicted by
the British on Hindustan is of essentially different and infinitely
more intensive kind than Hindustan had to suffer before.15

The British, under the East India Company’s rule disrupted the whole
economic order of India, they turned the traditional land system topsy
turvy, they smashed the trades and manufactures of the land and
disrupted the relationship between these two sectors of the Indian
economy, systematically drained the wealth of our country to their
own, and destroyed the very springs of production of our economy.
Every class of Indian society suffered at this new spoliator’s hands.
The landlords were dispossessed and the peasants rendered paupers, the
merchant bourgeoisie of India liquidated as an independent class and
the artisans and craftsmen deprived of their productive professions.
Such unprecedented destruction of a whole economic order and of every
class within it could not but produce a great social upheaval and that
was the national uprising of 1857. The all-destructive British policy
produced a broad popular rebellion against its rule.

Within Indian society, however, those productive forces and classes
had not yet grown (in fact early British policy had itself destroyed
their first off-shoots) that could lead this revolution to victory.
The revolt of 1857 as also its failure were both historical
inevitabilities. But it also was a historical necessity, for after it
followed those modern developments..., from which emerged the modern
national liberation movement of the Indian people and those new social
forces which led it to victory.


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THE religious factor played a big part in the revolt in 1857. The
British statesmen and chroniclers exaggerated and deliberately
misinterpreted the role played by this factor to prove their thesis
that the 1857 uprising was reactionary, revivalist and directed
against the progressive reforms that they were introducing in Indian
society. The early generation of English-educated Indian intellectuals
swallowed this imperialist thesis uncritically because they themselves
had suffered under the old reactionary religious influences. A true
historical outlook demands that we do not forget the historical stage
which Indian society had reached on the eve of 1857, the ideological
values which would be normal to this society and the ideological forms
in which the Indian people could formulate their aspirations....

It is abundantly clear... that the British rulers purely for their
imperialist motives were out for some decades preceding 1857 to
culturally denationalise India by the method of mass conversion to
Christianity. This was seen as a menacing danger by the mass of
Indians, irrespective of their viewpoint whether it was Sir Syed Ahmad
Khan or Bahadur Shah, whether it was the enlightened Bengali
intellectual in Calcutta or the Nana Saheb at Bithoor, by the mass of
sepoys both Hindu and Muslim. Thus when the religious factor played a
big role as it did in the struggle of 1857, it was as a part of the
national factor. The mass of Indians took up arms to defend their own
religions and they were fighting not only in defence of their religion
but to defend their way of life and their nationhood. Of course, there
were several reactionary features within Indian society but then the
only healthy way to change them was through the struggle of the Indian
people themselves.

This is not all. Our rebel ancestors used religion to advance the
revolutionary struggle. They did not let religion stupefy them. But
they used religion to get the strength to fight the Firinghis.

A proclamation was issued at Delhi with royal permission urging upon
the Hindus and Muslims to unite in the struggle in the name of their
respective religions.

To all Hindus and Mussalmans, citizens and servants of Hindustan,
officers of the army now at Delhi and at Meerut send greetings:—it is
well known that in these days all the English have entertained these
evil designs—first, to destroy the religion of the whole Hindustani
army and then to make the people by compulsion Christians. Therefore,
we, solely on account of our religion, have combined with the people
and have not spared alive one infidel, and have re-established the
Delhi dynasty on these terms. Hundreds of guns and a large amount of
treasure have fallen into our hands; therefore, it is fitting that
whoever of the soldiers and people dislike turning Christians should
unite with one heart, and, acting courageously, not leave the seed of
these infidels remaining.16

When the struggle in Oudh after the fall of Lucknow was on the
downgrade, and insurgents were heroically fighting defensive and
mostly losing battles, the captured sepoys used to be asked by the
British why they had joined the revolt. Their answer used to be:

The slaughter of the English is required by our religion. The end will
be the destruction of the English and all the sepoys—and then, God
knows!17

The Rajah of the Gond tribes was living as a pensioner of the British
at Nagpur. He had turned a traditional Sanskrit sthotra recited in
worshipping the devi into an anti-British hymn. The London Times of
October 31, 1857 gives the translation of the prayer: Shut the mouth
of the slanderers and Eat up backbiters, trample down the sinners,
You, “Satrusamgharika” (name of Devi, ‘destroyer of enemy’) Kill the
British, exterminate them, Matchundee. Let not the enemy escape, not
the wives and children Of such oh! Samgharika Show favour to Shanker;
support your slaves; Listen to the cry of religion. “Mathalka” eat up
the unclean, Make no delay, Now devour them, And that quickly, Ghor-
Mathalka.

During the siege of Delhi, British agents repeatedly tried to
transform the joint Hindu- Muslim struggle into a fratricidal Hindu-
Muslim civil war. Even as early as May 1857, British agents began
inciting the Muslims against the Hindus in the name of jihad and the
matter was brought before Bahadur Shah.

The king answered that such a jihad was quite impossible, and that
such an idea an act of extreme folly, for the majority of the Purbeah
soldiers were Hindus. Moreover, such an act could create internecine
war, and the result would be deplorable. It was fitting that sympathy
should exist among all classes… A deputation of Hindu officers arrived
to complain of the war against Hindus being preached. The king
replied: ‘The holy war is against the English; I have forbidden it
against the Hindus.’18

Thus did our rebel ancestors use religion to organise and conduct a
united revolutionary struggle against foreign domination. In the
historic conditon of 1857, the ideological form of the struggle could
not but assume religious forms. To expect anything else would be
unrealistic and unscientific.


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THE British text books on Indian history contained only the story of
the “atrocities of the mutineers,”—dishonouring of women, killing of
children and so on. The reality, however, was the opposite. Again, the
early generation of educated Indians like Savarkar and others began
exposing from British sources themselves the story of unprecedented
British atrocities against the Indian people. During the non-
cooperation movement of the twenties, the British terror during 1857
was related to Jallianwallabagh to rouse the people to struggle more
valiantly and unitedly than our ancestors had done during 1857.
Thereafter came Edward Thompson’s The Other Side of the Medal which
tried to put across the thesis that there were atrocities on both
sides which are best forgotten.

The question of questions is: can the two sides be put on the same
plane? Can the crimes committed by the enslavers of the people be
equated with some mistakes and excesses committed by the fighters for
freedom? The two cases are different....

If tales of Indian “terror” are largely mythical, British brutality
got even Lord Canning worried. On December 24, 1857, the following
Minute appears in the proceedings of the Governor-General-in-Council:

…the indiscriminate hanging, not only of persons of all shades of
guilt, but of those whose guilt was at the least very doubtful, and
the general burning and plunder of villages, whereby the innocent as
well as the guilty, without regard to age or sex, were
indiscriminately punished, and in some cases, sacrificed, had deeply
exasperated large communities not otherwise hostile to the government;
that the cessation of agriculture and consequent famine were
impending; …And lastly, that the proceedings of the officers of the
Government had given colour to the rumour…that the Government
meditated a general bloody persecution of Mohammedans and Hindus.19...

In the History of the Siege of Delhi, written by an officer who served
on active service, it is graphically described what the British
officers did on the way from Ambala to Delhi.

Hundreds of Indians were condemned to be hanged before a court-martial
in a short time, and they were most brutally and inhumanly tortured,
while scaffolds were being erected for them. The hair on their heads
were pulled by bunches, their bodies were pierced by bayonets and then
they were made to do that to avoid which they would think nothing of
death or torture—cows’ flesh was forced by spears and bayonets into
the mouth of the poor and harmless Hindu villagers.20

How the sepoy and the civilian, the guilty and the innocent alike were
butchered by the British victors after the capture of Lucknow is
described below by one of them:

at the time of the capture of Lucknow—a season of indiscriminate
massacre—such distinction was not made and the unfortunate who fell
into the hands of our troops was made short work of—sepoy or Qudh
villager it mattered not—no questions were asked; his skin was black,
and did not that suffice? A piece of rope and the branch of a tree or
a rifle bullet through his brain soon terminated the poor devil’s
existence.21

What happened in the countryside, between Banaras, Allahabad and
Kanpur during General Neill’s march through the area is described by
Kaye and Malleson in the following words:

Volunteer hanging parties went out into the districts and amateur
executioners were not wanting to the occasion. One gentleman boasted
of the numbers he had finished off quite ‘in an artistic manner’, with
mango trees for gibbets and elephants as drops, the victims of this
wild justice being strung up, as though for past-time in ‘the form of
a figure of 8’.22...

Pandit Nehru has rightly stated the problem of race mania as it faced
our insurgent ancestors and faced us subsequently in the whole course
of our struggle for freedom.

We in India have known racialism in all its forms ever since the
commencement of British rule. The whole ideology of this rule was that
of the Herrenvolk and the master race, and the structure of Government
was based upon it; indeed the idea of a master race is inherent in
imperialism. There was no subterfuge about it; it was proclaimed in
unambiguous language by those in authority. More powerful than words
was the practice that accompanied them, and generation after
generation and year after year, India as a nation and Indians as
individuals were subjected to insult, humiliation, and contemptuous
treatment.23...

Our forefathers suffered and bled during 1857. Subsequent generations
kept up the struggle and went on making the needed sacrifice. If after
independence we forget our past experience and began to consider
British imperialism as our new friend instead of our traditional foe,
we will not be able to safeguard Indian independence nor discharge
India’s duty towards the struggling colonial peoples in Asia and
Africa...


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IN the broad historical perspective of India’s struggle against
British domination what needs being stressed is not the limitation and
narrowness of the 1857 uprising but its sweep, breadth and depth. The
1857 uprising stands sharply demarcated from all the earlier anti-
British wars of resistance fought on Indian soil.

The first is the sheer vastness of the area covered by the 1857
uprising and the still wider sympathy and solidarity it commanded. It
is admitted by all historians and chronicles, British and Indian
alike, that the 1857 national insurrection was the biggest ever anti-
British combine that had so far been massed in armed struggle against
British authority in India.

The second is the qualitative difference between this and all other
anti-British wars. In the earlier wars people of a single kingdom,
which very often coincided with a specific nationality, fought single-
handed. For example, the Bengalis alone fought at Plassey. The same in
the Karnatak and the Mysore and the Maratha, the Sikh and the Sind
wars. Earlier attempts at broader combinations had failed. But during
1857 people of various castes, tribes, nationalities, religions, who
had lived under different kingdoms rose together to end the British
rule. It was an unprecedented unity of the Indian people. Marx, the
most far-sighted thinker of the age, duly noted this new phenomenon.

Before this there had been mutinies in the Indian army but the present
revolt is distinguished by characteristic and fatal features. It is
the first time that the sepoy regiments have murdered their European
officers; that Musalmans and Hindus, renouncing their mutual
antipathies, have combined against the common masters; that
‘disturbances, beginning with the Hindus, have actually ended in
placing on the throne of Delhi a Mohammedan Emperor’; that the mutiny
has not been confined to a few localities.24

As it is important to stress the above positive aspect of the 1857
national uprising, it is equally important to state its negative
aspect and state which decisive areas and sections of the Indian
people did not join the national uprising and how some were even led
to supporting the British side. There were several factors involved
but let us examine the main, the national factor. The Gurkhas and the
Sikhs played a decisive role on the side of the British. The Nepal war
had been fought by the British with the help of the Hindustani Army.
Rana Jung Bahadur, who was centralising Nepal under Ranashahi, was
promised by the British a permanent subsidy and large tracts in Terai
and he brought his Gurkha soldiers down, in the name of revenge, for
subduing Oudh.

The Sikhs had their own historic memories against the Moghuls and
after initial hesitation the British were able to recruit the
unemployed soldiers of the Khalsa Army and the retainers of the Sikh
princes and sardars.

From the Marathas the heir of the Peshwas had risen in revolt but the
Maratha princes had their own rivalries and historic feuds both with
the Nizam in the South and the Moghuls in the North.

The Rajputana princes had their own historic memories of earlier
Moghul and later Maratha domination, besides their being under British
grip now.

These historic memories from the past of our feudal disunity kept the
people of large parts of the country paralysed and moved by their
feudal self-interest the Indian princes helped the British usurpers.
Nehru has put the whole position in very succinct words:

The revolt strained British rule to the utmost and it was ultimately
suppressed with Indian help.25

As it is true that the 1857 revolution was the biggest national
uprising against British rule, so it is equally true that the British
were able to suppress it by using Indians against indians. Divide and
rule was the traditional British policy and they used it with
devastating effect during 1857....

The peasant was anti-British but his outlook was confined within his
village, his political knowledge did not go beyond the affairs of the
kingdom in which he lived under his traditional Raja.

The political-ideological leadership of the country was yet in the
hands of the feudal ruling classes. They shared the general anti-
British sentiment but they feared their feudal rivals more. They were
a decaying class and their historic memories were only of the feudal
past of disunity and civil wars and the vision of a united independent
India could not dawn upon them.

Love of the country in those days meant love of one’s own homeland
ruled by one’s traditional ruler. The conception of India as our
common country had not yet emerged. Not only did the feudal historic
memories come in the way but the material foundations for it, the
railways, telegraph, a uniform system of modern education, etc., had
not yet been laid but had only begun.

The conception of India as common motherland grew later and the great
experience of 1857 rising helped it to grow. The London Times duly
noted the rise of this new phenomenon.

One of the great results that have flowed from the rebellion of
1857-58 has been to make inhabitants of every part of India acquainted
with each other. We have seen the tide of war rolling from Nepal to
the borders of Gujarat, from the deserts of Rajputana to the frontiers
of the Nizam’s territories, the same men over-running the whole land
of India and giving to their resistance, as it were, a national
character. The paltry interests of isolated States, the ignorance
which men of one petty principality have laboured under in considering
the habits and customs of the other principality—all this has
disappeared to make way for a more uniform appreciation of public
events throughout India. We may assume that in the rebellion of 1857,
no national spirit was roused, but we cannot deny that our efforts to
put it down have sown the seeds of a new plant and thus laid the
foundation for more energetic attempts on the part of the people in
the course of future years.26


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

WHAT was the aim of the insurgents, what sort of a political and
social order did they seek to establish in India? A sound
characterisation of the 1857 struggle depends upon the correct answer
to the above problem. For it will help to decide whether it was
reactionary or progressive.

It is amazing that there is virtual agreement on this question between
not only British and some eminent Indian historians but also some
foremost Indian political leaders.

Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru has stated his opinion thus: Essentially it
was a feudal outburst, headed by feudal chiefs and their followers and
aided by the widespread anti-British sentiment… Not by fighting for a
lost cause, the feudal order, would freedom come.27

Dr Majumdar’s conclusion is: The miseries and bloodshed of 1857-58
were not the birthpangs of a freedom movement in India, but the dying
groans of an obsolete aristocracy and centrifugal feudalism of the
medieval age.28

Dr Sen, the official historian, improves upon and carries forward the
Prime Minister’s characterisation:

The English Government had imperceptibly effected a social revolution.
They had removed some of the disabilities of women, they had tried to
establish the equality of men in the eye of the law, they had
attempted to improve the lot of the peasant and the serf. The Mutiny
leaders would have set the clock back, they would have done away with
the new reforms, with the new order, and gone back to the good old
days when a commoner could not expect equal justice with the noble,
when the tenants were at the mercy of the talukdars, and when theft
was punished with mutilation. In short they wanted a counter-
revolution.29...

One can understand British statesmen and historians advancing the
thesis of the Old Man vs. the New, of their own role being progressive
and the insurgent cause reactionary, in sheer self-defence. But when
Indian leaders and historians repeat the same old British thesis the
least one can say is that they are mistaking the form for the
substance. It is true that the 1857 uprising was led by Indian feudals
(but not them alone!) and they were not the makers of events, nor sole
masters of India’s destiny. There were other social forces of the
common people in action during this struggle and they had brought new
factors and ideas into play. It is a pity Drs Majumdar and Sen and
Pandit Nehru have given no thought nor weight to them. If we study
them carefully and seriously, the conclusion is inescapable that
during the 1857 national uprising, the popular forces were active
enough, healthy in their aspirations and clear-headed enough in their
ideas to prevent a reactionary feudal restoration in India.

One of the great positive achievements of the 1857 uprising acclaimed
with justified pride by the Indian national movement has been the
noble attempt to forge, and sustained efforts to maintain, against
British machinations, Hindu-Muslim unity for the successful conduct of
the struggle.

Playing upon Hindu-Muslim differences had become so much a part of the
flesh and blood of the British representatives in India that Lord
Canning spontaneously began thinking, when the first signs of the
storm burst during May 1857, whether the Hindus or Muslims were behind
it? Kaye states the problem and the significance of the new situation
facing the British rulers: But, before the end of the month of April,
it must have been apparent to Lord Canning, that nothing was to be
hoped from that antagonism of Asiatic races which had even been
regarded as the main element of our strength and safety. Mohammedans
and Hindus were plainly united against us.30

The British officials, however, did not give up but persisted in the
policy of stirring Hindu- Muslim dissensions. “I shall watch for the
differences of feelings between the two communities,” wrote Sir Henry
Lawrence from Lucknow to Lord Canning in May 1857. The communal
antipathy, however, failed to develop; Aitchison ruefully admits:

In this instance, we could not play off the Mohammedaa against the
Hindu.31

The insurgent leaders were fully aware of this disruptive British
tactic. Allamah Fazle Haq, himself a Muslim revivalist, wrote: They
(the British) tried their utmost to break the revolutionary forces by
their tricks and deceptive devices, make ineffective the power of the
Mujahids and uproot them, and scatter and disrupt them…. No stone was
left unturned by them in this respect.32

The insurgent leaders consciously laid great stress on Hindu-Muslim
unity for the success of the struggle. Bahadur Shah, the sepoy
leaders, the learned Ulema and Shastris issued proclamations and
fatwas stressing that Hindu-Muslim unity was the call of the hour and
the duty of all. In all areas liberated from British rule the first
thing the insurgent leaders did was to ban cow-slaughter and enforce
it. In the highest political and military organ of insurgent
leadership Hindus and Muslims were represented in equal numbers.33
When Bahadur Shah found that he could not manage the affairs of state,
he wrote to the Hindu Rajas of Jaipur, Jodhpur, Bikaner, Alwar that if
they would combine for the purpose (of annihilating the British) he
would willingly resign the Imperial power into their hands.34

An insurgent Sikh regiment in Delhi served under a Muslim commander.35
Such instances can be multiplied....

There is another very important aspect of this problem. Hindu-Muslim
unity was one of the important keys in deciding the fate of the issue.
The British side knew it and tried their hardest and best to disrupt
it. The Indian side also knew it and did their utmost to realise and
maintain it. But this by itself would be a static statement of the
problem. The better Hindu-Muslim unity was forged in the insurgent
camp, the longer the struggle could last; the longer the struggle
lasted, the more chances the popular forces got to come to the fore
and the more the ideological-political influence of feudal forces
became weakened; the more the feudal forces weakened the less chances
were left of a feudal restoration. Such is the dialectics of all
popular and national struggles. During the last phase of the struggle
in 1857-58, the feudal forces stood thoroughly exposed and weakened.
The popular forces were not yet powerful, conscious and organised
enough to overwhelm them and carry on the struggle to victory. What
actually took place was British victory and not feudal restoration.
When the modern national movement began in the next generation, the
glorious heritage of Hindu-Muslim unity was taken over from the 1857
struggle and the next two generations gave a more and more democratic
programme to the conception of Hindu-Muslim united front against
British domination.

The British side also learnt its lesson from this historic phenomenon.
Forrest in his Introduction to State Papers, 1857-58, states:

Among the many lessons the Indian Mutiny conveys to the historian,
none is of greater importance than the warning that it is possible to
have a revolution in which Brahmins and Sudras, Hindus and Mohammedans
could be united against us, and that it is not safe to suppose that
the peace and stability of our dominions, in any great measure,
depends on the continent being inhabited by different religious
systems…. The mutiny reminds us that our dominions rest on a thin
crust ever likely to be rent by titanic forces of social changes and
religious revolutions.36...

Inside the disintegrating feudal order that was India of those days,
new currents of democratic thought and practice were arising; they
were not yet powerful enough to break the old feudal ideological bonds
and overwhelm British authority; they were menacing enough to make the
real Indian feudals seek a new lease of life as a gift from the
British after beseeching due forgiveness for having joined the
insurgent cause.

The destruction of the ancient land system in India and the law on the
alienation of land stirred the whole countryside into action against
the government whose policies had made the old rural classes, from the
zamindars to the peasants, lose their lands to the new section of
merchants, moneylenders and the Company’s own officials, and which had
played havoc with the their life. The large-scale peasant
participation in the 1857 uprising gave it a solid mass basis and the
character of a popular revolt. The Indian peasants fulfilled their
patriotic duty during 1857.

Peasants joined as volunteers with the insurgent forces and, though
without military training, fought so heroically and well as to draw
tributes from the British themselves... At the battle of Miaganj,
between Lucknow and Kanpur, the British had to face an Indian
insurgent forces of 8000, of whom not more than a thousand were sepoys.
37 At Sultanpur, another battle was fought by the insurgents with
25,000 soldiers, 1,100 cavalry and 25 guns and of these only five
thousand were rebel sepoys!38 After the fall of Delhi, the British
concentrated upon Lucknow. As the British massed all their strength
against Lucknow so from the villagers of Oudh came armed, peasant
volunteers for the last ditch defence of their capital city. In the
words of Charles Ball, The whole country was swarming with armed
vagabonds hastening to Lucknow to meet their common doom and die in
the last grand struggle with the Firangis.39

After the fall of Bareilly and Lucknow, the insurgents fought on and
adopted guerilla tactics. Its pattern is contained in Khan Bahadur
Khan‘s General Order:

Do not attempt to meet the regular columns of the infidels because
they are superior to you in discipline, bandobast and have big guns
but watch their movements, guard all the ghats on the rivers,
intercept their communications, stop their supplies, cut their dak and
posts and keep constantly hanging about their camps, give them (the
Firinghis) no rest!40

Commenting on the above, Russell wrote in his Diary:

This general order bears marks of sagacity and points out the most
formidable war we would encounter.41

The heavy responsibility for carrying into practice the above line of
action and aiding the scattered insurgent forces to prolong the anti-
British war of resistance fell on the mass of the peasantry. All
contemporary British chronicles of the story of this war in
Rohilkhand, Bundelkhand, Oudh and Bihar contain numerous stories of
how the Indian peasantry loyally and devotedly carried out the behests
of the insurgent high command. Let us take only one example:

Even when the cause of the mutincers seemed to be failing, they
testified no good will, but withheld the information we wanted and
often misled us.42

In a national uprising that has failed, the role and contribution of
any class can best be estimated by the amount of sacrifice it makes.
Measured in these terms, the peasantry is at the top of the roll of
honour of the 1857 uprising. Holmes states:

The number of armed men, who succumbed in Oudh, was about 150,000, of
whom at least 35,000 were sepoys.43 ...

The rural population as a whole rose against the new land system
imposed over their heads by the British rulers. Secondly, that the
pattern of struggle was to eliminate the new landlords created under
the British regime, destroy their records, hound them out of villages
and seize their lands and attack all the symbols of British authority
especially the kutchery (law-court), the tehsil (revenue office) and
the thana (the police outpost). Thirdly, the base of the struggle was
the mass of the peasantry and the rural poor while the leadership was
in the hands of the landlords dispossessed under the British laws.
Fourthly, this pattern of struggle fitted into the general pattern of
the 1857 national uprising, the class struggle in the countryside was
directed not against the landlords as a whole but only against a
section of them, those who had been newly created by the British under
their laws and acted as their loyal political supporters, that is, it
was subordinated to the broad need of national unity against the
foreign usurper.

Talmiz Khaldun’s thesis that during this uprising “The Indian
peasantry was fighting desperately to free itself of foreign as well
as feudal bondage” and that “the mutiny ended as a peasant war against
indigenous landlordism and foreign imperialism” is thus an
exaggeration. There is no evidence whatsoever that the Indian
peasantry during this struggle decisively burst through the feudal
bonds either politically or economically to transform a broad-based
national uprising into a peasant war. On the other hand all the
evidence that is known is to the contrary....

The Indian peasants made a compromise with the traditional landlords
in the interests of the common struggle but the landlords became
terrified by this alliance when they saw it in the living form of a
revolutionary popular struggle. Gubbins, who had wide personal
experience of Oudh and other Eastern districts, states:

Much allowance should, no doubt, be made in considering the conduct of
the Indian gentry at this crisis, on account of their want of power to
resist the armed and organised enemy which had suddenly risen against
us. The enemy always treated with the utmost severity those among
their countrymen who were esteemed to be friends of the British cause.
Neither their lives nor their property were safe. Fear, therefore, no
doubt entered largely into the natives which induced many to desert us.
44

Narrow class interest and fear of the “armed and organised” masses,
whom the British rightly called “the enemy,” ultimately led the Indian
feudal gentry to desert the revolutionary struggle and seek terms with
the foreign rulers. The situation led to feudal treachery and
suppressoin of the national uprising, and not to the strengthening of
feudalism in the minds and the later movement of the Indian peasantry
and the people.

Dr R.C. Majumdar himself quotes the Supreme Government “Narrative of
Events” issued on September 12, 1857:

In consequence of the general nature of the rebellion and the
impossibility of identifying the majority of the rebels, the
Magistrate recommended the wholesale burning and destruction of all
villages proved to have sent men to take active part in the rebellion.
45

This is how the British understood the peasant contribution to the
1857 uprising. Could there be a restoration for the feudal order in
India on the shoulders of such a peasantry?


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The 1857 uprising is a historic landmark. It marks the end of a whole
historic phase and the beginning of a new one. On the British side it
finished the Company’s rule and led to direct government under the
British Crown. The period of rule of the merchant monopolists of the
East India Company ended and the dominance of the industrial
bourgeoisie of Britain in the affairs of India began. On the Indian
side, the revolt failed but the Indian people got that experience
which enabled them to build the modern Indian national movement on new
foundations and with new ideas, and the lessons of 1857 proved
inestimable. Both sides drew and applied their lessons from the 1857
experience in the subsequent period. The British were the victors,
they went into action soon; we were the vanquished, we took longer.

From their experience of the 1857 uprising the British rulers sharply
changed their policy towards the Indian feudal elements, and
discarding the old policy of attacking their interests, they adopted a
new policy of reconciling them as the main social base of their rule
in India. The Indian people from their experience of the Indian
feudals drew the lesson for the next phase of their movement that
their anti-British struggle to be successful must also be an anti-
feudal struggle. Those who were so far regarded by the Indian people
as their traditional leaders were now rightly considered as betrayers
of the 1857 uprising and the Indian puppets of the British power.

As regards the Indian princess, the policy of annexations was given
up. Queen Victoria in her Proclamation promised them:

We shall respect the rights, dignity and honour of native pricess as
our own. Very candidly Lord Canning in his Minute of April 30 noted:
The safety of our rule is increased and not diminished by the
maintenance of native chiefs well affected to us.

How the Indian national movement understood the post-1857 British
policy towards the princes is best reflected in Nehru’s Discovery of
India where he states that the retention of the native states was
designed to disrupt the unity of India,46 Indian princes playing the
role of Britain’s fifth column in India.47....

The Army was reorganised after the sepoy mutiny, which had set the
country aflame. The proportion of British troops was increased and
they were primarily used as an “army of occupation” to maintain
internal security while the Indian troops were organised and trained
for service abroad to subjugate Asian and African territories for
British imperialism. The artillery was taken away from the Indian
hands. All higher appointments were reserved for the British, an
Indian could not even get the King’s Commission nor get employment in
the Army headquarters except as a clerk in non-military work. The
Indian regiments were reorganised on the principle of divide and rule
and recruitment confined to the so-called martial races.

But in the long run nothing availed the British. The memory of the
sepoys’ role during 1857 never died not only in the memory of the
Indian people but also of the Indian armed forces. As the modern
national movement grew, it could not leave the Indian Army, however
“reorganised”, untouched. During the 1930 national struggle, the
Garhwali soldiers refused to fire at the Indian demonstrators at
Peshawar. During the post-war national upsurge after a series of
“mutinies” in the Indian Army and Air Force, the Royal Indian Navy
revolted on February 18, 1946 and the next day the British Prime
Minister announced the dispatch of the Cabinet Mission to India and
negotiations for the independence of India began.

The Indian administrative machine was reorganised as a colossal
bureaucratic machine with Indians employed only in subordinate
positions, all real power and responsibility resting in British hands.
The Queen’s Proclamation had promised that there would be no racial
discrimination against the Indians in employment in government
services. The reality, however, was different...

After 1857, politically, even Sir Syed Ahmad Khan had suggested that
Indians should be included in the Legislative Council to keep the
government in touch, with the people. In 1861 the Indian Councils Act
provided for the inclusion for legislative purposes of non-official
members. In 1862, three Indians were so nominated. These legislatures,
in which real power remained with the exclusive British Executive,
were used by patriotic Indian statesmen as tribunes of the Indian
people and to unmask British policies and thus aid the growth of the
national movement. The British tactic of divide and rule, however,
succeeded in another way. The institution of separate electorates for
the Muslims was the first expression of the poisonous two-nation
theory which ultimately resulted in the partition of the country at
the very time of gaining independence.

The British Government, which claimed credit for early social reform
measures like banning of sati, widow remarriage, etc., after the
experience of 1857 and its subsequent alliance with the Indian feudal
reaction became the opponent of all progressive social measures.

Hindu law was largely custom and as customs change, the law also was
applied in a different way. Indeed there was no provision of Hindu Law
which could not be changed by customs. The British replaced this
elastic customary law by judicial decisions based on the old texts and
these decisions became precedents which had to be rigidly followed…
Change could only come by positive legislation but the British
Government, which was the legislating authority, had no wish to
antagonise the conservative elements on whose support it counted. When
later some legislative powers were given to the partially elected
assemblies, every attempt to promote social reform legislation was
frowned upon by the authorities and sternly discouraged.48

The British Government thus became the defender of social reaction in
India, after 1857!

The British overlords had created an English educated Indian middle-
class to get cheap and efficient and denationalised Indian cadres for
the lower essential rungs of their administration.

Educated natives took no part in the sepoy mutiny: despite the charges
to the contrary, they heartily disapproved of the revolt and showed
themselves faithful and loyal to the British authorities throughout
the course of that crisis.49

The above is not wholly true. Dr Sen states: Even this small minority
(of modern educated Indians) were not unanimous in the support of the
Government. An educated Hindu of Bengal complained of ‘a hundred years
of unmitigated active tyranny unrelieved by any trait of generosity’.

“A century and more of intercourse between each other,” he adds, “has
not made the Hindus and the Englishman friends or even peaceful fellow
subjects.”50

Calcutta was the biggest centre of these modern educated Indians. They
were at the time themselves concentrating upon the struggle against
Hindu orthodoxy and the religious terms in which the cause of the
insurgents was clothed repelled them. Because of their historic origin
and the limitations of their political experience they wrongly
identified progress with British rule. They were not, however,
“faithful and loyal” in the sense Earl Granville imagined them to be,
servile to the British rulers. This was proved in the very next year
after the 1857-58 uprising was suppressed when the Bengali
intelligentsia stirred the whole of Bengal in solidarity with the
Indigo Revolt, with the peasants of Bengal and Bihar who were victims
of unimaginable oppression and exploitation of the British planters.
Again it was Surendranath Banerji who took the initiative to run an
all-India campaign against lowering the age for the ICS, which
patently went against the Indian candidates. Then came the campaigns
regarding the IIbert Bill and racial discrimination in courts and the
Vernacular Press Act and so on. As the new intelligentsia saw more and
more of India under the British Crown all their illusions about Queen
Victoria’s 1858 Proclamation being the Magna Carta of Indian liberties
gradually evaporated and they began to agitate for political reforms.
In 1882 the Grand Old Man of Indian nationalism, Dababhai Naoroji,
wrote: Hindus, Mohammedans and Parsees alike are asking whether the
British rule is to be a blessing or a curse...This is no longer a
secret, or a state of things not quite open to those of our rulers who
would see.51...

Even before 1857, From India a policy of imperial expansion was
planned and the British Government of India was set on the perilous
road of conquest and annexation in the East for the benefit of
Britain, but of course at the cost of the Indian tax-payer.52

Thus Malacca and Singapore were occupied, Burma conquered, Nepal and
Afghan wars conducted and the Persian war managed.

The age of the Empire, based on India, began after 1857. India now
became in fact no less than in name a British possession. The Indian
Empire was at this time a continental order, a political structure
based on India, and extending its authority from Aden to Hongkong.53

In this period, Afghanistan and Persia were made virtual British
protectorates, expeditions and missions were sent to Sinkiang and
Tibet in the North and the British position in South-East Asia and
China consolidated.

“The continental involved a subordinate participation of India”54 as
policemen, traders and usurers, and coolies in the plantations of
Britain’s growing colonies. Indian resources and manpower were thus
used not only to conquer but maintain and run Britain’s colonial
Empire.

This, however, was only one side of the picture. As part of winning
foreign support for the Indian uprising Azimullah Khan, Nana’s
representative, is reported to have built contacts with Russia and
Turkey. Rango Bapuji, the Satara representative, is also reported to
have worked with Azimullah. Bahadur Shah’s court claimed Persian
support. All this was in the old principle that Britain’s enemies are
our friends. But Britain was the colossus of that period, and the
feudal ruling circles of these countries could never be in any hurry
to come to the aid of the Indian revolt. They could at best exploit it
and await its outcome.

This was, however, not the attitude of democratic circles in these and
other countries... there was in all democratic circles of the
civilised world great sympathy for the Indian uprising. Great and
historic is the significance of the Chartist leaders’ solidarity with
the Indian national uprising. Modern British labour movement dates its
birth from the Chartists. Modern Indian national movement dates its
birth from the 1857 uprising. What a new fraternal vision emerges from
the memory that the British proletariat and the Indian people have
stood together ever since the beginning of their respective movements.
The Chinese date the birth of their modern anti-imperialist national
movement from the Taiping uprising as we date ours from the 1857
uprising. The Chinese paper (presented at the symposium on the
centenary of the 1857 Revolt) documents the hitherto unknown story
that the Chinese people responded sympathetically to the 1857 uprising
and the Indian sepoys deserted to the Taipings and fought shoulder to
shoulder with them against the common enemy. Marx noted the new
phenomenon that the revolt in the Anglo-Indian army has coincided with
a general disaffection exhibited against supremacy by the Great
Asiatic nations, the revolt of the Bengal Army being, beyond doubt,
intimately connected with the Persian and Chinese wars.55

Thus the great national uprising of 1857 laid the foundation for the
worldwide democratic solidarity with the Indian struggle in its next
phase and our new national movement built itself on healthy
internationalist traditions. For example, in the twenties, the Indian
national movement vigorously opposed the imperialist policies in the
Middle East and expressed solidarity with the Egyptian struggle under
Zaglul Pasha, in the thirties it expressed practical solidarity with
the Chinese people’s struggle against the Japanese invaders and the
worldwide anti-fascist movement and so on. It was thus no accident
that after the achievement of independence India emerged as a great
world power championing the cause of world peace and the liberation of
all subject nations....n

[*NOTES

1. Major B.D. Basn, Rise of The Christian Power in India, (1931), p.
953.

2. Marx, unsigned article, “The Indian Question”, New York Daily
Tribune, August 14, 1857.

3. Quoted by R.C. Majumdar, The Sepoy Mutiny and Revolt of 1857, p.
278.

4. Marx, “The British Rule in India”, New York Daily Tribune, June 25,
1853.

5. R.P. Dutt, India Today, p. 98.

6. Marx, “The East India Company—Its History and Results”, New York
Daily Tribune, July 11, 1853.

7. Ramkrishna Mukherjee, The Rise and Fall of the East India Company,
p. 174.

8. K.M. Panikkar, Asia and Western Dominance, p. 99.

9. Allamah Fazle Haq of Khayrabad, “The Story of the War of
Independence 1857-58”, Journal of the Pakistan Historical Society,
vol. V, pt. 1, January 1957, p. 29.

10. National Herald, May 10, 1957.

11. Mukherjee, op. cit., p. 223.

12. R.C. Dutt, The Economic History of India in the Victorian Age, p.
xv.

13. Montgomeny Martin, Eastern India, Introduction to vol. I.

14. Mukherjee, op. cit., pp. 224-25.

15. Marx, “The British Rule in India”, New York Daily Tribune, June
25, 1853.

16. Majumdar, op. cit., p. 229.

17. Charles Ball, Indian Mutiny, vol. II. p. 242.

18. Sir T. Metcalfe, Two Narratives of the Mutiny at Delhi, pp. 98-99.

19. Quoted by Edward Thompson, The Other Side of the Medal, pp. 73-74.
20. Quoted by Savarkar, Indian War of Independence, p. 134.

21. Majendie, Up Among the Pandies, pp. 195-96.

22. Kaye & Malleson, History of the Indian Mutiny, vol. II, p. 281.

23. Nehru, Discovery of India, p. 281.

24. Marx, unsigned article, New York Daily Tribune, July 15, 1857. 25.
Nehru, op. cit., p. 279.

26. Quoted by Savarkar, op. cit., pp. 534-35.

27. Nehru, op. cit., p. 279.

28. Majumdar, op. cit., p. 241.

29. S.N. Sen, Eighteen Fifty Seven, pp. 412-13.

30. John Williams Kaye, A History of the Sepoy War, vol. I, p. 565.

31. Quoted by Asoka Mehta, The Great Rebellion, p. 42.

32. Fazle Haq, op. cit., p. 33.

33. Vide Talmiz Khaldun’s paper “The Great Rebellion” presented at the
symposium held on the occasion of the centenary of the 1857 Revolt.

34. Metcalfe, op. cit., p. 220.

35. Ibid., Jeewanlal’s Diary, under date 26 August.

36. G.W. Forrest, op. cit., vol. II, p. 150.

37. On October 5, 1858. See Col. G.B. Malleson, Indian Mutiny of 1857,
Vol. III, p. 287.

38. On February 3, 1858. See Ibid., vol. II, p. 334.

39. Ball, op. cit., vol. II, p. 241.

40. Quoted by Asoka Mehta, op. cit., pp. 51-52. Also Savarkar, op.
cit., p. 444.

41. W.H. Russell, My Diary in India in the Year 1858-59, p. 276.

42. M.R. Gubbins, An Account of the Mutinies in Oudh, p. 53.

43. T.R. Holmes, History of the Seopy War, p. 506.

44. Gubbins, op. cit., p. 58.

45. Majumdar, op. cit., p. 217. 46. Nehru, op. cit., p. 284. 47.
Ibid., p. 268. 48. Nehru, op. cit., p. 285. 49. Earl Granville,
February 19, 1858, in the House of Lords in reply to the charges of
the President of the Board of Control, Lord Ellenborough.
Parliamentary Debates, 3rd series, CXL VIII, 1858, pp. 1728-29.

50. Quoted by Sen, op. cit., p. 29.

51. Dadabhai Naoroji, “The Condition of India”. Correspondence with
the Secretary of State for India, Journal of the East India Affairs,
XIV, 1882, pp. 171-172.

52. K. N. Panikkar, Asia and Western Dominance, p. 105.

53. Ibid., pp. 162-163.

54. Ibid., pp. 164-165.

55. Marx, unsigned article, New York Herald Tribune, July 15, 1857. *]

http://www.mainstreamweekly.net/article107.html

Mainstream Weekly

Mainstream, Vol XLVI No 41

Dissecting Anew Hindu-Muslim Ties And Partition
Wednesday 1 October 2008, by Amarendra Nath Banerjee

[(BOOK REVIEW)]

HINDU-MUSLIM RELATIONS IN A NEW PERSPECTIVE BY PANCHANAN SAHA
(FOREWORD BY DR ASGHAR ALI ENGINEER); BISWABIKSHA, KOLKATA; PP.
FORWORD +392; RS 300.

Hindu-Muslim relations are very much complicated—the knottiest problem
in Indian history. Since the advent of Islam in the Indian
subcontinent more than millennium years ago, India faced a powerful
challenge from a militant and vigorous religion with an egalitarian
appeal. India failed to stem the tide of the rapid spread of Islam due
to internal squabbles and degeneration of society. In the caste-ridden
Brahminical society the lower castes were denied proper human rights.
They were not only socially degraded but also economically exploited.
It is no wonder, therefore, that millions of them welcomed Islam as a
religion of deliverance and to gain human dignity. The theory of
social liberation seems to be right for substantial reasons in
Islamisation in India. Swami Vivekananda had rightly said:

The Mohammedan conquest of India came as a salvation to the
downtrodden, to the poor. That is why one-fifth of our people have
become Mohammedan. It was not the sword that did it all. It would be
the height of madness to think that it was all the work of sword and
fire.

But it does not mean force was not at all applied in Islamisation.
However, the major role was played by the Sufi saints and Pirs in it.
Nevertheless, wholesale Islamisation did not take place in India like
Afghanistan, Persia and other countries perhaps due to the inherent
strength of the Hindu philosophy in spite of its many drawbacks.

The advent of Islam produced tremendous reactions in India. Hinduism
wanted to protect itself by going into its inner shells with stricter
caste rules and regulations. But this hardly helped in preventing the
egalitarian influence of Islam on Hindu society. The Bhakti movement
was its product.

But living hundreds of years side by side, eating the same grain from
the common fields, drinking the same water and inhaling the same air,
the Hindu and Muslim societies and religions underwent profound
changes. Islam of India today is not the same as what it was when it
arrived. Hinduism also could not remain the same. Both the religions
had influenced each other. There was some kind of assimilation between
the two in spite of frequent clashes and mutual hostility. But
unfortunately a composite Indian nation has failed to emerge
assimilating the two major religions in India due to various factors
which led ultimately to the partition of the country.

Dr Panchanan Saha’s new book, Hindu-Muslim Relations in a New
Perspective, is projected on a large canvas from the advent of Islam—
gradual Islamisation and its causes, conflict and assimilation,
sprouting of the seeds of separation by the conscious British policy
of divide-and-rule, Hindu-Muslim revivalism and the short-sighted
policy of the Indian political leaders which ultimately led to the
communal carnage and partition of India.

In the chapter, “Conflict and Assimilation”, Saha emphasises the role
played by the Sufi saints, Bhakti movement as well as attempts of the
Mughal Emperor, Akbar, and his great grandson, Dara Shiko, to help the
process of reconciliation between the Hindus and Muslims. But
unfortunately this process was not properly taken forward due to
various factors, particularly the emergence of Wahhabism and Hindu-
Muslim revivalism.



IN his analysis Saha has been seldom swayed by emotion; rather he has
remained mostly faithful to rationalism. He holds that the causes of
spread of separatism among the Muslims of India are to be found in the
refusal of the already matured Hindu bourgeoisie in sharing power with
the newly emerging Muslim bourgeoisie. Muslim bourgeoisie developed
later due to their empathy to British rule and Western education.

Saha has sympathetically discussed the Fourteen Points of M.A. Jinnah
in this direction and the rejection of the Congress to share power
with the Muslim League in Uttar Pradesh after the elections of 1936
and to collaborate with Fazlul Haque in Bengal for forming a secular
Ministry. It seems class interest played a more decisivie role in
making this choice than the greater interest of the country.

There is a simplistic explanation of Hindu-Muslim cleavage by putting
the sole responsibility on the British policy of divide-and-rule. But
Saha appears to be correct when he cites Tagore—“The Satan cannot
enter unless there is a hole to get in.” Tagore believed that division
among Hindus and Muslims existed and the cunning British rulers
utilised it to prolong their rule.

In his last chapter, entitled “Was Partition Inescapable?”, Saha has
not traversed the beaten tracks of numerous scholars of partition. He
has used substantial Pakistani literature on partition to prove his
point.

There is an enigma why Gandhiji, in spite of opposing partition on the
basis of religion tooth and nail, ultimately accepted it as a fait
accompli. The Frontier Gandhi, Khan Abdul Ghaffar Khan, lamented that
they were thrown to the wolves. What went on behind-the-scenes is a
mystery to this day.

It seems that the Hindu big bourgeoisie wanted an unchallenged market
even in partitioned India. They seemed to think that a truncated
Pakistan would not be viable. Whatever the reasons, it is evident that
had the Indian leaders shown true sagacity and leadership free of
class or emotional bias, there might have been a Confederation of
India based on the Cabinet Mission’s Plan which the Congress initially
accepted but subsequently refused to do so for reasons that are
unknown. Hence it is not inappropriate to quote The Times of India:

It is legitimate to enquire who is responsible for this debacle. ….
the parties concerned, the Congress, the British Government and the
Muslim League, are all more or less responsible, although on the facts
set forth, the Congress should get the first prize.

One could have expected that such a serious book should have remained
free from printing and editorial errors.

http://www.mainstreamweekly.net/article957.html

Mainstream Weekly

Mainstream, Vol XLVI, No 50

Hindu Terrorism: The Shock of Recognition
Wednesday 3 December 2008, by Badri Raina

Epigraph

“Underlying these religions were a common set of beliefs about how you
treat other people and how you aspire to act, not just for yourself
but also for the greater good.”

(Obama in his interview about Religion given to Cathleen Falsani,
March 27, 2004; cf. to his mother’s teaching about the validity of
diverse faiths and the value of tolerance.)

I

So, now, India is home to “Hindu” terrorism. Departing from the more
usual banner-appelation, “Saffron Terror”, I wish the fact to be
registered that saffron is drawn from the stamin of a delicate and
indescribably pretty mauve flower grown exclusively in my home valley
of Kashmir, and exclusively by Muslims. My inherited memories of it
are thereby sweet and secular to the core. Also, saffron when used to
grace milk products, Biryani, or to brew the heavenly kehwa is a thing
of the gods truly.

It is only when it is coerced against the use of nature to colour
politics that it rages against the sin. Then, don’t we know, what
gruesome consequences begin?

I think it proper, therefore, to stick with the more direct and honest
description, “Hindu” terrorism, since, much against their grain, even
India’s premier TV channels are now bringing us news of “Hindu”
terrorism, so compelling the materials gathered by the investigating
agencies thus far. This despite the fact that in my view the term
“Hindu” trerrorism is as erroneous as the term “Muslim” terrorism.
Even though not a religious man myself, I am able to see that being
Hindu or Muslim by accident of birth has no necessary connect with how
one’s politics turns out to be in adult life. A plethora of specific
contexts and shaping histories are here provenly more to the point.

II

It was way back in 1923 that Savarkar, never a practising Hindu
(indeed a self-confessed atheist) had first understood that from this
benign term, “Hindu”, could be drawn the toxic racial concept
Hindutva, and made to serve a forthrightly fascist purpose. That
Brahminism had always been a socially toxic form of Hinduism was of
course an enabling prehistory to the new project.

He it was who established Abhinav Bharat in Pune (1904), that
theoretical hotbed of twice-born Brahminical casteism against which
low-caste social reformers such as Phule, Periyar, and Ambedkar were
to struggle their whole lives long.

Such casteism was made the instrument of communalist politics to serve
two major objectives: one, to overwhelm and negate the specific
cultural and material oppressions of the low-caste within the Hindu
Varna system , and two, to elevate the low-caste as a warrior of a
common “Hindutva” army against the chief common “enemy”, the Muslim.
Such an army has been seen to be needed to salvage the “real” nation
from this so-called common enemy who continues to be represented to
this day by the RSS and its hydra-headed “educational” front
organisations as an “invader” still bent on seeking to convert India
into an Islamic theocratic state.

Aided in these mythical fears and constructions by the British during
the crucial decades leading upto Independence, India’s majoritarian
fascists continue thus to keep at bay all consideration of secular
oppressions based entirely in the brutal social order of Capitalist
expropriation.

Savarkar thus counselled how a resurgent nation could result only if
“Hinduism was militarised, and the military Hinduised”.

Clearly enough, the serving Army Colonel, S.P. Purohit, and the other
retired Major, one Upadhyay, who the Mumbai ATS (Anti-Terrorist Squad)
tells us, are at the centre of the Malegaon terrorist blasts of
September 29, 2008, alongwith Sadhvi Pragya and the rogue-sadhu,
Amreetanand—and very possibly complicit in half-a dozen other blasts
as well—seem to have heeded Savarkar’s advice to the hilt.

Indeed, in his narco-test confessions, Colonel Purohit, sources have
told some TV channels (Times Now), admits to his guilt and justifies
his actions as retribution for what he thinks SIMI (Student’s Islamic
Movement of India) have been doing. He is understood to have further
indicated that the rogue sadhu, Amreetanand, nee Dayanand etc., has
been the kingpin and chief coordinator and devisor of several other
blasts carried out by this cell, including the blasts at the revered
Ajmer Dargah (Mausoleum of the 12th century Sufi saint, Chisti, which
to this day draws devotees across faiths the world-over), and at
Kanpur.

The ATS are now busy exploring the routes through which huge sums of
money have been brought into the country for such terrorist activity
as hawala transactions, and whether the RDX, suspected to be used in
the Malegaon blast, was procured by Colonel Purohit through Army
connections. It is to be noted that Purohit has been in Military
Intelligence, and serving in Jammu and Kashmir, where it is thought he
made contact with the rogue sadhu, Amreetanand.

(Indeed, as I write, news comes of the ATS claiming that Purohit
actually stole some 60 kilos of RDX which was in his custody while
doing duty at Deolali, and that in his narco-test confession he admits
to passing it on to one “Bhagwan” for use in the blast on the
Samjhauta Express train in February, 2007.)

Needless to say, that alongwith the courts, we will also require that
the ATS is actually able to obtain convictions rather than merely pile
on evidence which may not be admissible in law.

To return to the argument:

As I suggested in my last column, “Notions of the Nation” (Znet,
November 4), Hindutva militarism since the establishment of the Hindu
Mahasabha and the RSS has been inspired by the desire to emulate and
then better Muslim “aggressiveness” seen as a racial characteristic
that defined “Muslim” rule in India, and rendered Hindus “limp” and
“cowardly”.

Thus, if Savarkar established Abhinav Bharat, Dr Moonje, an avowed
Mussolini admirer who in turn inspired Dr Hedgewar to establish the
RSS on Vijay Dashmi of 1924 (victory day, denoting the liquidation of
the Dravidian Ravana by the Aryan Kshatriya warrior, Ram), established
the Bhondsala Military Academy at Indore (1937). It now transpires
that this academy has been playing host to the Bajrang Dal for
militarist training routines etc., and its Director, one Raikar, has
put in his papers. Unsurprisingly enough, both these institutions are
now under the scanner.

III

Over the last decade, terrorist blasts have occurred in India across a
wide variety of sites and in major cities and towns.

Many of these blasts have taken place outside mosques and known
Muslim- majority locations, as well outside cinema halls that were
thought to be showing movies inimical to Hindu glory.

Briefly, these sites are: cinemas in Thane and Vashi in Maharashtra,
Jalna, Purna, Parbhani, and Malegaon towns, again all in Maharashtra—
and all areas of high Muslim density, in Hyderabad outside a famous
old mosque, and in Ahmedabad and Surat in Gujarat.

Curiously, in the Surat episode, some sixteen odd bombs were found
placed along the main thoroughfare in tree branches, on house-tops, on
electric poles and so forth. Not one of them however exploded. This
was thought to be the result of defective switches. Curious
circumstance that; besides the wonder that Ahmedabad’s Muslims could
find such sprawling access to such strategic locations without Modi
knowing a thing.

Yet, regardless of where the blasts have taken place, almost without
exception the Pavlovian response of state agencies as well as, sad to
say, media channels has been invariably to point fingers of suspicion
and culpability towards one or the other “Islamic” outfit.

Often, young Muslims men have been rounded up in the scores and held
for days of brutal questioning without the least prima facie evidence.
Nearly in all such cases, however reluctantly, they have had to be let
off.

The most recent case is that of some fifteen young Muslims picked up
after the Hyderabad blasts. Tortured with electric shocks, they have
nevertheless been found to be innocent and let go.

Indeed, after the gruesome blasts in the Samjhauta Express—a train
service of reconciliation and confidence-building between India and
Pakistan—in which some 68 people were burnt to cinders, 45 of them
Pakistani citizens, fingers were immediately pointed towards the SIMI.

Yet, the ATS of Mumbai now suspects that this may also be the doing of
the “Hindu” terrorists in custody. These speculations have been raised
by the circumstance that the suitcases that held the bombs had Indore
labels on them.

Just as the ATS now suspects that more than half a dozen blasts (the
two at Malegaon, in 2006 and 2008, at the cinemas in Thane and Vashi,
at Jalna, at Purna, at Parbhani, provenly at Nanded and Kanpur) have
all been the handiwork of “Hindu” terror groups.

IV

For some years, reputed civil and human rights organisations, and
individual members of civil society that have included journalists,
judges, lawyers, writers, artists, teachers, students, and labour
organisations, besides organised Muslim fora and Left parties, have
been cautioning both state agencies and media conglomerates to:

• desist from the Pavlovian haste with which some one or other Muslim
group is immediately named and labelled literally within an hour of
the occurrence of a blast, thus contributing to the maligning of the
entire Muslim community;

• to consider the possibility that groups other than those involving
Muslims could be involved;

• to refrain from covering up prima facie evidence which points to
such possibilities; indeed, where such evidence seems conclusive, as
the complicity of the Bajrang Dal at Nanded and Kanpur;

• to ponder the question as to why Muslims should effect blasts within
their own localities or outside their mosques;

• to weigh the consequences for the Muslim psyche of the failure of
the state to prevent repeated pogroms against them, and to find or
punish the guilty; not to speak of active state connivance in those
pogroms (Moradabad, 198o; Nellie, 1983; Hashimpura, 1987; Bhagalpur,
1989; Mumbai, 1992-93; Gujarat, 2002, to cite just the more recent
ones);

• to permit transparency in the matter of police investigations with
due regard for the Constitutional rights of those held in custody—such
as visitation, access to legal defence, norms of the recording of
confession and other evidence etc.;

• to respect the obligatory presumption of innocence until anyone is
juridically found guilty;

Time and again these cautions and rightful prerogatives have been
trampled under foot.

Aided by the loud biases of the corporate media which have tended to
reflect the predilections both of free-market imperialism and
comprador urban middle class sentiments in India’s metropolitan towns,
India’s state agencies and that “all-knowing” species, the
Intellegence expert, who seems ever present to reinforce anti-Muslim
prejudice, have tended to feed massively into the politics of the
Hindu Right-wing.

For years on end, India’s chief malady has been sought to be seen to
reside in “Islamic” terrorism, and in the complicit refusal of the
secularists to allow draconian preventive laws to be brought back on
the books. Not in poverty, malnutrition, disease, absence of health
care or clean drinking water, or lack of steady work among the urban
poor, or the ousted tribals, disenfranchised farmers, chronic failure
of primary schooling and so forth among some 75 per cent of Indians.
And most of them belonging to the Muslim, Dalit, and Tribal
communities.

And to repeat for the nth time, this three-fourths of Indians able to
spend just or under Rupees Twenty a day, all according to the
governments’ own Arjun Sengupta Committee Report.

Not to speak of the venomous communalisation of the polity, the
alienation and ghettoisation of the minorities, and the state’s
failure or unwillingness to carry through schemes that could redress
these maladies.

As to new terror laws, the government of the day may protest that it
has all the laws it wants, and more; as well as the fact that the
worst terrorist attacks took place when laws like the dreaded POTA
(Prevention of Terrorism Act) was on the books during the tenure of
the NDA regime led by the ultra-”nationalist” BJP. Small dent is made
by any regime of empirically-founded facts, or fair-minded arguments
on the right-wing fascists and their fattened constituency.

V

Now, of course, a radically transformed milieu is unravelling.

Photos and videos are doing the rounds that show the “Hindu”
terrorists currently under investigation in close and intimate
proximity to top leaders of the RSS, the VHP, and the BJP as well.

Had POTA indeed been on the books today, such evidence would have
authorised the police to put them all behind bars on the charge of
associating with those under investigation for “terrorism”. And all
that without any recourse to bail either.

Predictably, nonetheless, after some days of dumbfounded
crestfallenness (remember that the main electoral plank of the BJP in
the elections now under way in several states and in the soon-to-be-
held parliamentary polls is the failure of the Congress to eradicate
“terrorism” because of its “minority appeasement” policies), the Right-
wing fascists are back to brazen form.

Even as the projected Prime Ministerial candidate, Advani (the high-
point of whose career remains the successful demolition of the Babri
mosque) seeks to strike a stance of caution, party hard-liners have
taken to peddling outrageous theories.

As a complement to the well-known Pavlovian hunch that “all terrorists
are Muslims”, we are now told by the likes of Rajnath Singh, the party
President, that “no Hindu can be a terrorist”, that is to say even
when he or she is found to be one.

This for the reason that what the ordinary man calls “terrorism” is in
fact “nationalism” where any Hindu be involved. Live and learn.

Other than that, it is both interesting and laughable that spokesmen
and women of the BJP are today reduced to gurgitating every single
argument that Muslims and civil rights organisations have to this day
voiced:

• presume innocence until found guilty;

• desist from the “political conspiracy” to malign a whole community;

• do not let enemies of the Hindu-right propagate fake evidence
against them, since all evidence against them must be fake in
principle;

• and most outlandishly, do not communalise terrorism; that from
India’s rank communalists who have done nothing but communalise
terrorism ever since we remember!

VI

Even as these new developments point to a potentially mortal combat
among “Hindu” and “Muslim” terror groups, I venture to think that the
situation also offers opportunities of far-reaching redressal for all
three axes that matter: the state and its agencies, the party-
political system, and the polity generally.

First off, if, as has been the case, the Congress’ secular credentials
have consistently been vitiated by, willy nilly, playing second-fiddle
to Hindu-communalist appeasement, the denuding of the Hindu-Right
offers it the opportunity of a lifetime to assert the supremacy of the
constitutional scheme of things, without fear or favour.

It is indeed a circumstance that can now help the Congress and other
secular parties to come down like a ton on communalism of all shades
that underpin the fatal subversion of the secular republic without the
need for apology.

In this endeavour, its greatest inspiration must come from two factors
on the Muslim side of the issue:

one, that over the last year every single major and influential Muslim
cultural and religious organisation has publicly, and repeatedly,
denounced through speech, act, and fatwa “terrorism” as un-Islamic and
a rightful candidate for punishment under law;

and, two, that without exception they have pleaded only and ever for
fair and just treatment at the hands of the authorised instruments of
state, both when victimised by pogroms and suspected as culprits; and
for credible pursuit of those that persecute them.

Not once has any Muslim organisation worth the name suggested that
Muslims have any claims that override the cosntitutional regime of
laws and procedures pertaining to all citizens of the Republic.

All that in stark contrast to the refusal, however camouflaged or
strategised, of the RSS and its affiliates to accept either the
secular Constitution or the notion of secular citizenship.

It is to be recalled that the RSS tactically acquiesced to
acknowledging the primacy of the national flag over its own saffron
one in 1949 as a quid pro quo to its release from the ban imposed on
it after Gandhi’s murder.

To this day it seeks to overthrow the Republic as constituted by law
and to replace it by a theocratic Hindu Rashtra wherein the
prerogatives of citizenship will be determined not by secular,
democratic equality but racial difference among Indians (all that
brutally codified in Golwalker’s two books, We, and Our Ntionhood
Defined; and, the later Bunch of Thoughts which explicitly designates
Muslims as the nations’s “Enemy Number One” in an exclusive chapter).

However Hindu cultural politics may have come to infect sections of
the fattened urbanites, the Congress must show the conviction that
none of these in this day and age would be willing to back what is
explicitly “terrorist” activity, indistinguishable from any other,
once the matter is proven.

This then is a fine moment to release a new energetic politics that
recharges the conviction and inspiration of the non-discriminatory
humanism that informed the leaders of the freedom movement, and thus
to disengage whatever popular base the Hindu-Right has built over the
years since the demolition of the Babri mosque from its fascist
leaderships and cadres.

Just as, in fact, many BJP supporters are busy thinking whether they
are indeed willing to carry their love of Muslim-haters quite to the
point where those other dreams of Indian super-powerdom are seriously
jeopardised by a war of competing terrorisms.

It is also a golden opportunity for the Congress-led UPA, should it
come back to power, to take a hard look at the communalist virus that
has infected law-enforcement agencies over the decades, and to make
bold to effect reforms of a far-reaching character, such as include
the recruitment of Muslims and other “minorities” in due proportion to
the forces, and not just among the lower ranks.

Speaking of the Army, some three per cent Muslims are today among its
ranks—some sixty years after Independence. And I won’t make a guess as
to how abysmal might in fact be its share among the officer core,
colonel and above. And wouldn’t I dearly like to take a peek into what
sort of Indian History is taught India’s future officers at Khada-
kvasla and Dehradun? Truly; and who does the teaching as well.

VII

As to the BJP: it has another opportunity as well, namely, to
reconstitute itself as a secular party on the Right, bearing full
allegiance to the Constitution in letter and spirit (remember now that
among other things on the street-level, the NDA regime led by the BJP
did constitute a Constitution Review Committee—an ominous enough move
that, thankfully, was duly aborted in course), and shunning once and
for all its enslavement to the RSS and its fascist vision of India,
its history, culture and state.

Failing to do so, the BJP may succeed in causing further mayhem; but
it is highly unlikely now to attain the sort of ascendance it seeks
through fair means and foul.

Most of all, the BJP must understand that the Muslims of India, and
Christians as well, have the inalienable right to live and work in the
country on the terms set by the Constitution, not by the RSS or the
Sangh Parivar.

And, conversely, that the BJP itself is as subject to those
constitutional stipulations as any another collective of Indians who
practice their beliefs and politics.

Let the BJP notice the epigraph chosen for this column; it comes from
the new President-elect of the one country that the BJP adores. Or
will it now, with a Black man at the helm?

A different voice floats from there.

Time for the BJP to change its langoti, and say “yes we can” also be
peaceable and law-abiding citizens of the Republic of India. And to
prize and protect its magnificent plurality like all sensible and
humane Indians.

http://www.mainstreamweekly.net/article1067.html

Mainstream Weekly

Mainstream, Vol. XLVII, No 34, August 8, 2009

Will RSS see the Ground Reality and join to Salve India‘s Core Values?
Sunday 16 August 2009, by Sailendra Nath Ghosh

Of late, the RSS has been accusing the BJP of inconsistency and also
of failure to convey the real meaning of Hindutva. The BJP has
certainly been inconsistent. It has been in two minds because like the
Congress, it, too, is preoccupied, not with any principle or any
concern for correct ideation, but with the slogan that can help it
capture power. But on the question of the real meaning of Hindutva, is
the RSS itself clear and consistent? It has a very large and committed
cadre. Why does it depend on the BJP to “convey the real meaning”? To
what extent has the RSS itself succeeded in conveying the supposedly
real meaning?

The RSS has been saying that anybody who regards India as his/her
motherland and a holy land is a Hindu and that the Indian Muslims are
Mohammadi Hindus and the Indian Christians are Isahi Hindus and so on.
Now, there is a large body of people who plainly call themselves
Hindus. They are not the followers of any one Prophet or of any one
Book. They have a large body of sacred books – the Vedas, the
Upanishads, the Geeta and Puranas. They venerate many Rishis and adore
some maryada-purushes like Lord Rama and Lord Krishna. How should they
be described? They cannot be called Ramiah Hindus or Krishnaiah
Hindus. They would not like to be called Sakti-ite Hindus, or Shivaite
or Vaishnavaite Hindus. Saktism, shaivism, and vaishnavism have got so
merged in their thinking that they are partly sakta, partly shaiva and
partly vaishnava. They worship all these principles as different
manifestations of the one Supreme Reality in differing circumstances.

If they are to be called “Sanatan dharmis” or in brief, “Sanatanis”,
why did the RSS not launch a movement insisting that the members of
the community, now plainly called Hindus, add a prefix “Sanatani” to
bring consistency? Not to do that would mean they would continue to
describe themselves as Hindus by religion, and again, as Hindus by
nationality. This becomes ridiculous.

Hinduism is no particular religion. It is a philosophy of religions.
The great nationalist leader, late Bipin Chandra Pal, described
Hinduism as a “confederal principle of co-existence of all religions”.
In deference to this spirit, the RSS had composed a verse in which the
names of pious Muslims, Christians, Buddhists and Jains were included
as persons to be remembered and revered early every morning, before
beginning the day’s work.

Socio-Cultural Heritage got Degraded

IF this is Hinduism, how does Hindutva differ from it? The RSS’s
cryptic answer is, Hindutva is the concept of “geocultural
nationalism”. Implicitly, it says that long before India’s political
unification, India had achieved cultural unification from Jammu and
Kashmir to Kanyakumari, and from Arunachal and Meghalaya to Saurashtra
through the medium of two great epics, the Ramayana and the
Mahabharata, and the Geeta (which is truly a part of the Mahabharata).
These great works of the ancient Indians, then universally called
Hindus, had imparted values of parental love, filial duties, brotherly
love, unshakeable fidelity to the spouse, the monarch’s obedience to
the people’s wishes, the triumph of dharma over the mightiest wrong-
doer—that is, values to be cherished in perpetuity. Hence Hindutva is
value-orientation, the RSS claims. But can the RSS deny that during
the so-called Hindu period, caste hatred had taken firm roots as a
value? In ancient India, desertion of the wife for no fault of hers
also had become a tradition, as in the case of Sita. Murder of a
shudra for reading the Vedas was sanctioned by the social ethos.

Merit of Religio-Confederal Concept

THE RSS needs to accept that the ancient Hindus had, at a certain
stage, come to indulge in regressive social discrimination. The
obverse side of “geocultral nationalism” was socio-cultural dominance
of the higher castes and of the males among them. In the sphere of
philosophical concepts, however, the ancient Hindus were the most
liberal and the highest in cosmopolitanism (Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam).
Hence if the RSS does not want to nurture caste inequality and gender
inequality, it should give up its “geo-cultural nationalism” (read the
socio-cultural concept) of Hindutva. If it seeks to promote the
philosophy of co-existence of all faiths, which is the ideal of
Hinduism, it should opt for the religio-confederal concept of
Hindustaniyat. The Muslims of this country have no problem with this,
because they have been traditionally describing themselves as
Hindustanis. The word Hindustan itself came from the verbiage of the
Iranians.

Four Cardinal Considerations

THE RSS needs to recognise four things. First, the usage of a word in
a restricted sense over centuries changes the original acceptation of
the word. Secondly, the Koran not only teaches the oneness of the
Creator. Its esoteric message is the unity of all of creation. The
bigots fail to see this. Hence, for ages, the raging controversy
within Islam, in the words of the eminent historian, the late Prof
Mohammad Habib, has been “between Wahdat-ul-wujud (God is everything)
and Wahdat-ush-shuhud (everything comes from God)”. Those who believe
in the former become attuned to tolerance, amicable relations between
all religious and racial communities and (Emperor) Akbar’s doctrine of
sulh-I-kul (Universal Religious Peace). The doctrine of Wahdat-ush-
shuhud led to the worship of external shariat (shariat-i-zahiri) and
communal hatred. (Vide Prof Habib’s Foreword to Dr S.A.A.Rizvi’s book
“Muslim Revivalist Movements in Northern India in the Sixteenth and
Seventeenth Centuries”)

From the above, it follows that the pious people in other faiths
should help in resolving the worldwide intra-Islamic controversy in
favour of the former. Declaration of the principle of confederal
principle in religion in India would largely help resolve Islam’s
global problem and be a powerful blow against bigotry, for world
peace.

Thirdly, India’s religio-philosophy’s contribution to Sufism in Islam,
and Islam’s contribution to spurring religious reform movements in
India constitute a glorious chapter in the world’s history. Historians
agree that the growth of Sufism in early Islam was inspired as much by
its internal urges as by the influences of Buddhism, the Vedanta and
the Hellenistic religions. Islam’s strident call to equality was
wedded to the Arabian nomadic tribes’ aggressive traits. It needed an
Indian response. This provided the spark for the religious reform
movements led by Ramananda, Kabir, Namdev, Tukaram, Guru Nanak and Sri
Chaitanya. To talk of inequitous socio-cultural Hindutva as the motto
is to belittle the fruitful intermingling of the religio-philosophical
thoughts of early Islam and its contemporary Hinduism.

Sharing is a positive value within Islam. Sharing the means of
sustenance is also an ideal of Hinduism so much so that Swami
Vivekananda had proclaimed that the “Hindu ideal is socialistic”.
Hence there is considerable convergence between the pristine Islamic
and Hindu spirituality.

Fourthly, all the ideals of love and selfless service which the
Ramayana and the Mahabharata had taught are getting eclipsed under the
influence of the now globally dominant commercialism, selfism, and cut-
throat competitivism in the name of efficiency. To restore ancient
India’s sublime values, we need a joint fight of all people against
the West’s consumerist and acquisitive philosophy of life and its
accompanying paradigm of development. The Biblical value of universal
love, the Koranic value of Raham and the Upanishadic teaching “love
others as you do yourself” can join together to beat back the narrow
self-centric modes of thought. For this also, the fascination for the
word “Hindutva” needs to be given up to salve the basic values.

Hinduism’s ideal is synthesis, ever higher synthesis. It requires
reconciliation by dissolving the sources of conflict in every
unfolding situation. Its ideal is integration of the heart and the
head (that is, emotion and intellect) of every individual; integration
of individuals with the society; integration of the communities by
elevation to newer peaks of harmonious existence. Its form of address
must, therefore, be such as has a psychological appeal to all people.
The language of negativism, or a language that has the flavour of bias
against any group is alien to the spirit of Hinduism. We need
inclusivism in letter and spirit.

Inclusivism is not an apologia for overlooking anybody’s hateful,
divisive or separatist trends. But to successfully fight separatism,
we must have a robust faith in the ultimate victory of the cause for
universal good and the preparedness to make sacrifices for it. Success
is assured if the approach is positive. Mere criticism/condemnation of
any trend without a pointer to the workable alternative serves only to
widen the gulf. It defeats the national purpose.

True, the virulent anti-Hindu, anti-Shia mujaddid movement in the 16th
century, the bigoted ulama’s secretive conspiracies against Emperor
Akbar’s policy of religious tolerance in the 16th century, the wave of
Wahabi Jihadism from Arabia in the 18th century, the ani-Hindu tirade
of the later-day incarnate of Sir Syed Ahmad Khan in the late 19th
century and the mayhem for a separate homeland for the Muslims led by
the later-day incarnate of Mohammad Ali Jinnah were all abominations
and deserved condemnation. But the turning of the usually unruly
Pathans into the volunteers of non-violence led by the Frontier Gandhi
( Khan Abdul Ghaffar Khan) was an index of the wonder that communal
harmony and national unity could achieve.

Indian Muslims had no Pathological Separatism

IT must not be imagined that the Indian Muslims had always been under
separatist influence. It is well known that in undivided Punjab,
undivided Bengal and in Sind and the NWFP, and Balochistan, that is,
in the Muslim-majority States which were to constitute Pakistan later,
the Muslim League’s influence was meagre. In the elections to the
provincial legislatures and the Central Assembly in 1937, just a
decade before the Partition, the Muslim League had cut a sorry figure.
In Punjab, it contested only seven out of 84 Muslim reserved seats and
won only two. In Bengal, out of 117 Muslim reserved seats, it had won
only 38. In Sind out of 133 Muslim reserved seats, it had secured only
38. In the NWFP, the League was trounced. The League did not get even
a single seat in the Central Assembly. This showed the Muslims could
be mobilised for national purposes if the national leadership could
act wisely and avoid falling into traps.

True, a decade later the results were reversed. The Muslim League won
all the 30 reserved seats for Muslims in the Central Assembly and 428
seats out of 492 reserved seats for Muslims in provincial
legislatures. That happened because the elections were held in an
atmosphere in which no civilised country would ever allow an election
to take place. The ambience was vitiated by the British rulers’
intrigues, the Imams’ fatwas and false propaganda blitz that in the
event of Muslim League’s defeat, the Muslims would not be allowed to
congregate to offer prayers or to bury their dead and that the
madrasas would all be closed. The Indian National Congress, which had
the necessary moral resources and international prestige, could have
asked for postponement of the elections unless there was a stoppage of
the false propaganda and a calming down of the tempers. Moreover, it
should never have agreed to the elections— a virtual referendum —
being held on the basis of restricted franchise in which only 10 per
cent of the population had the right to vote!

Deadly Poison Mix of Ruling Party’s Pseudo-Secularism and RSS’
Hindutva

IN post-independence India, the ruling Congress party, in the name of
secularism, has been following a policy of appeasing the bigoted
Muslim clerics. Thereby it encouraged “minority aggressivism” and
further fuelled the communal fire. But Hindutvavad was no answer to
this. Instead of mitigating the communal fire, it only served to
corroborate Sir Syed Ahmad Khan’s and later Jinnah’s thesis that the
Muslims and the Hindus were two separate nations. What was needed
instead was the pointer that concessions to the clerics were only a
cloak for neglect of the Muslim masses’ material, intellectual and
spiritual interests. Only Mahatma Gandhi’s kind of response could have
been effective. During his Noakhali tour, with his ever-present
declaration of Universal Love, he had challenged the communalist
leaders to show him where the Koran had enjoined the killing of people
of other faiths. Could the RSS challenge the communalists the way the
Mahatma did?

One only wishes that the Mahatma had shown the same grit by standing
steadfastly with Maulana Azad and Khan Abdul Ghaffar Khan in resisting
Partition.

Hinduism’s unique teaching is: “Hate the sin, not the sinner.”
Hinduism also teaches: “Love others as you do yourself.” “Love has the
power to heal.” The Biblical teaching, too, is Universal Love. The
Koran teaches Khuda’s Raham pervades the universe. Criticism by the
way of pointer to the error is essential. But criticism without
concern for the welfare of the wrong-doer is of no avail.

Half-hearted Compromise is no Solution

IN its latest meet, the BJP’s National Executive has tried to make a
compromise between the RSS’ clamour for Hindutva and many of the BJP
leaders’ belated realisation that the Hindutva slogan alienates not
only the Muslims, Christians and large sections of the Dalits, but
also the secular “caste-Hindus”. L.K. Advani’s middle-path declaration
that the party would not accept “any narrow, bigoted, anti-Muslim
interpretation of Hindutva” indicates it is unable to shed its
fascination for the word it has so long been pledged to. In fact, the
BJP would not be able to shed it until the the RSS realises how, by
sticking to this word, it is hampering national unity and also
defeating its own cherished values. This tightrope walking by the BJP
will not have the healing touch. This will not unify the people.

Clearly discarding Hindutva and accepting Hindustaniyat will not mean
any loss of face. This will rather show the courage to steer a change
propelled by the depth of patriotic fervour.

If the RSS and/or the BJP could drop Hindutva as its motto, it would
be able to challenge the Muslimist bigots more effectively. Like Dr
Rafiq Zakaria and in one voice with all truly secular people, it will
be able to tell the bigoted clerics:

During the British rule, you accepted the replacements of the Koranic
punishments by those which the then rulers had imposed in their civil
and criminal courts. At that time, you acquiesced in the banning of
the stoning of the adulterous to death, though this ban violated the
Koranic injunction. You paid interest on the loans taken from the
banks though it was prohibited by the Koran. Now, you raise a hue and
cry about carrying out some essential reforms in Muslim Personal Law
even though some Muslim countries have already enacted them. In
protest against the Supreme Court’s righteous verdict in the Shah Bano
case, you got enacted a law of maintenance which has thrown many
Muslim women divorcees to the streets. ‘Triple talaq at one go’ is
barbaric and against the spirit of the Koran; still you cling to it.

After it drops the outmoded Hindutva slogan, it would be able to mock
the shariat enthusiasts in the manner of Akbar Allahabadi: “The Shaikh
advised his followers, why do you travel by train when you could
travel on camel’s back?”

Writing on the Wall

MAYBE, all these pleas will fall flat in the RSS leadership’s ears. In
that case, the RSS should read the writing on the wall: the RSS will
break up or become moribund. Despite its claim of being a monolith
with no divergence of views among its members, the RSS will face a
grave existential crisis if it does not change its tune in keeping
with the times. There are already sufficient indications. In the1980s—
I forget the exact year—I was invited by Deendayal Research Institute,
headed by Nanaji Deshmukh, to give a series of lectures on my ideas of
environment and development. Lala Hansraj Gupta was in the chair. When
I came to say “Hinduism is no religion. It is a way of life”, I heard
an exclamation in endorsement: “Exactly. Those who talk of ‘Hindus,
Hindus’ but have no interest in the lives of Muslims are not genuine
Hindus.” The voice was Nanaji’s. I was pleasantly surprised because
Nanaji was a prominent RSS member and I did not expect this from an
RSS leader of his stature. Later I had many discussions with him, in
course of which I asked him: “Why don’t you tell your opinions to
Balasaheb Deoras?” He told me that he was writing down his viewpoints
but these would be published after his death. Presumably, he did not
want to annoy the RSS leadership for fear of their non-cooperation in
his other constructive activities at Gonda or Chitrakut.

I know some senior BJP leaders who would be happy if Hindutva is
dropped as the guiding principle. How long can the RSS keep such
people together under the banner of Hindutva? The slogan of Hindutva
does conjure up fear of “Hindu cultural domination” in the minds of
today’s non-Hindus, even if Hindu Rashtra is ruled out. Rationalising
has its limits.

If the RSS changes its archaic ideas and accepts Hindustaniyat as the
religio-confederal principle, it can play a much larger role on the
national horizon. During invasions by China and by Pakistan, its
volunteers played a very useful role in mobilising the people against
the invaders, and working as service providers to our military and
internal security forces. It also played a significant role in
regulating traffic and maintaining law and order even-handedly. In
recognition of this, the then Prime Minister, Lal Bahadur Shastri,
invited the RSS leadership to be a member of the National Security
Council. In times of violent attacks on the Sikhs following Indira
Gandhi’s assassination, it did laudable work in giving shelter and
succour to the Sikhs. Dr Hedgewar had links with Bengal’s legendary
revolutionary leader, Trailokya Nath Chakrabarty also known as
‘Maharaj’; and therefore, this nation’s hero, Subhas Chandra Bose, had
even thought of utilising the RSS’ organisational skill in raising a
nationalist volunteer force. During Jayaprakash Narayan’s anti-
corruption and anti-Emergency movements and Bihar flood relief, the
RSS had earned fulsome praise from JP.

Will the RSS let all this goodwill to be besmirched or lost by its
dogmatism and obsolete ideas? It needs to realise that its Hindutvavad
does stir up, among its unthinking followers—which is by far the
larger part—fanaticism, blind prejudices and hatred against all those
who now refuse to see themselves as “Hindus”. If the RSS did not
suffer from the Nelson’s eye syndrome, it would have seen that a large
section of the Dalits and even the Sikhs, who were once the vanguard
of saving the Hindus from forced conversion, do not now like to be
counted as Hindus.

The author is one of the country’s earliest environ-mentalists and a
social philosopher.

http://www.mainstreamweekly.net/article1571.html

Mainstream Weekly

VOL XLV No 01

Sachar Committee Report : A Review
Tuesday 24 April 2007, by Anees Chishti

The report of the High-Level Committee appointed by the Prime Minister
under the chairmanship of Justice Rajindar Sachar, retired Chief
Justice of the Delhi High Court, to study the ‘Social, Economic and
Educational Status of the Muslim Community of India’, has been a
subject of wide discussion in the press, among parliamentarians and
other politicians as well as in other informed sections of the
society.

The seven-member Committee had as its members eminent personalities
like Sayid Hamid, former Vice-Chancellor of the Aligarh Muslim
University and currently Chancellor, Jamia Hamdard, New Delhi, Prof
T.K. Oommen, former Professor at the Jawaharlal Nehru University and a
sociologist of world renown, among others. Dr. Abusaleh Shariff, Chief
Economist, National Council of Applied Economic Research, who is noted
for his perceptive research on various issues of national concern, was
the Member-Secretary. There was no woman member: surprising, as the
condition of women is very important for any survey of the social
scenario among the Muslims. And, the Committee has tried to look at
the predicament of the Muslim women in as good a manner as it could.

The Committee had several consultants from different disciplines and
had commissioned specialists on various aspects of the subject under
coverage to write papers for its use in its study of the complex
issues.

The Committee collected data from the various Censuses, the National
Sample Survey Organisation (NSSO), banks and, of course, from the
Central and State Governments.

The members of the Committee visited different parts of the country to
assess the grassroots situation and grasp the realities by experience
rather than merely with the help of statistics brought to their desks
by investigators. The Committee tried to sift the perception of
members of the Muslim community (as well as of non-Muslims) and
understand the nature and magnitude of the community’s grievances, to
be able to judge the veracity or otherwise of the expressions of
negligence and deprivation.

Most of the grievances of the community are common knowledge and those
who have access to the Urdu press in different parts of the country
are fully aware of the endless stories of ‘woes’ and ‘miseries’ of the
community. But a systematic study of these grievances had to be made
and the Sachar Committee ventured to do that. We shall deal with the
grievances briefly later but, first, a review of the findings of the
Sachar Committee in different areas of its concern.

II

It would be appropriate to begin a survey of the Sachar Committee’s
findings with the fundamental issue of education. The literacy rate
for Muslims in 2001 was, according to the Committee’s findings, far
below the national average. The difference between the two rates was
greater in urban areas than in rural areas. For women, too, the gap
was greater in the urban areas.

When compared to the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes the growth
in literacy for Muslims was lower than for the former. The female
urban enrolment in literacy ratio for the SCs/STs was 40 per cent in
1965 that rose to 83 per cent in 2001. The equivalent rate for Muslims—
that was considerably higher in 1965 (52 per cent)—recorded a figure
of 80 per cent, lower than the figure for the SCs / STs.

According to the Sachar Committee’s findings, 25 per cent of Muslim
children in the 6-14 age-group either never went to school or else
dropped out at some stage.

The disparity in Graduate Attainment Rates between Muslims and other
categories has been widening since the 1970s in urban and rural areas.
According to the Sachar Committee, only one out of 25 undergraduate
students and one out of 50 post-graduate students in ‘premier
colleges’ are Muslims. The percentage of graduates in poor households
pursuing post-graduate studies is significantly lower for Muslims:
Hindus General (29 per cent); SCs/STs (28 per cent); OBCs (23 per
cent); Muslims (16 per cent). The unemployment rate among Muslim
graduates is the highest among all Socio-Religious Categories (SRCs),
poor as well as non-poor.

In the midst of the widespread discussion about the role of madrasas
in the life of Muslims, it is interesting to note that only three per
cent of Muslim children go to madrasas.

Some figures of the Committee are very revealing, when the situation
of OBCs is considered. In education upto matriculation, graduation and
employment in the formal sector all OBCs lag behind in terms of the
all-India average. Muslim OBCs (that have been defined here a little
later) fall below the Hindu OBCs in all categories. And, General
Muslims fare the worst being behind both Hindu and Muslim OBCs.

An important cause for the low level of attainment of Muslims in
education is the dearth of facilities for teaching Urdu and other
subjects through the medium of Urdu (mother tongue) in lower classes,
the Committee points out. It cites the better examples of Karnataka
and Maharashtra in this context. These two States are much better
equipped with Urdu medium schools at the elementary level. Karnataka
has the additional feature of concurrent facilities for English medium
as well in a good number of schools, the Committee points out.

In an indirect reference to the utility of reservation, the Committee
says that the SCs/STs have reaped advantages of targeted government
and private efforts thereby pinpointing the importance of ‘affirmative
action’.

Employment

According to the findings of the Sachar Committee, Muslims have a
considerably lower representation in jobs in the government including
those in the Public Sector Undertakings compared to other SRCs.
According to these findings, in no State of the country the level of
Muslim employment is proportionate to their percentage in the
population.

It is pointed out that the situation of government jobs is the best in
Andhra Pradesh where a “fairly close” representation (in proportion to
the population) has been achieved. Other States with a better picture
of representation are: Karnataka (8.5 per cent job share in a
population proportion of 12.2 per cent); Gujarat (5.4 per cent against
9.1 per cent); Tamil Nadu (3.2 per cent against 5.6 per cent).

According to an analysis, in all other States, the percentage of
Muslims in government employment is half of their population
proportion. The highest percentage figure of government employment for
Muslims is in Assam (11.2 per cent) even though it is far less than
the State’s Muslim population (30.9 per cent).

The most glaring cases of Muslims’ deprivation in government jobs are
found in the States of West Bengal and Kerala where, according to
common perception, egalitarianism has been the cherished norm in all
walks of life. In West Bengal where almost 25 per cent population
practises the Muslim faith, their share in government jobs is a paltry
4.2 per cent. In Kerala the Muslim representation in government jobs
is 10.4 per cent, a figure that is short of half of their population
percentage. In Bihar and UP the percentages of Muslims in government
jobs are found to be less than a third of their population
percentages. Those governing these States need to monitor their
actions to bring the situation in conformity with their professed
objectives and claims.

There are some factors that need to be considered in view of the low
employment figures for Muslims on an all-India basis. The Sachar
Committee observes that the low aggregate work participation ratios
for Muslims are ‘essentially’ due to the much lower participation in
economic activity by the women of the community. Also, a large number
of Muslim women who are engaged in work do so from their homes rather
than in offices or factories. Their figure in this regard is 70 per
cent compared to the general figure of 51 per cent

There is a high share of Muslim workers in self-employment activity,
especially in urban areas and in the case of women, the Committee
points out. Whether this trend is due to compulsion or their non-
expectation for jobs in the government or non-government formal
sector, or due to their inclination for certain types of work that are
done best under a self-employment scheme, would be an important
subject for study. The fact has to be considered that Muslims in
regular jobs in urban areas are much lower in numbers compared to even
the SCs/STs. And, surprisingly, the Muslim regular workers get lower
daily earnings (salary) in public and private jobs compared to other
socio-religious categories, as the Committee points out.

The point that needs special notice is that, according to the
Committee’s findings, Muslim participation in professional and
management cadres is quite low. Their participation in security-
related activities (for example, in the Police services) is
considerably lower than their population share (four per cent
overall).

In the context of employment of Muslims at the level of the Central
Government, the Committee’s findings are very revealing. In the Civil
Services, Muslims are only three per cent in IAS, 1.8 per cent in IFS
and four per cent in IPS. (While the figures are shockingly low
compared to the population percentage, the fact also needs to be
considered that there were only 4.7 per cent Muslims among the
candidates at the Civil Services examinations in 2003-04. The figure
would be almost identical for other years.)

In the Railways, 4.5 per cent are Muslims and, significantly, ‘almost
all’ (98.7 per cent) are in low level positions. Are you listening,
Laloo Prasad Yadav?

Figures for other Departments are: Education 6.5 per cent, Home 7.3
per cent, Police Constables (for which no special educational
qualifications are required) six per cent.

Also to be considered is the finding that in the recent recruitments
by State Public Service Commissions, the employment of Muslims has
been as low as 2.1 per cent.

Minorities other than Muslims are not placed as delicately as the
Muslims. According to the Committee’s findings, 11 per cent of Group A
jobs are with minorities other than Muslims. Deprivation of Muslims in
the State judical set-up seems to be among the most worrying aspects
of their overall backwardness.

The data collected by the Committee in this sector are about all
levels of the officers and employees: Advocate Generals, District and
Sessions Judges, Additional District and Sessions Judges, Chief
Judicial Magistrates, Principal Judges, Munsifs, Public Prosecutors,
and Group A, B, C and D employees. The overall Muslim presence of 7.8
per cent in the area of judiciary in 12 States with high concentration
of Muslim population is considered very low by experts.

To come back to an old theme, in West Bengal with a Muslim population
of over 25 per cent, the figure of Muslims in ‘key positions’ in the
judiciary is only five per cent. In Assam with a Muslim population of
30.9 per cent, this figure is 9.4 per cent. Surprisingly, in Jammu and
Kashmir (where the Muslim population is 66.97 per cent), the
community’s share in the State judiciary is only 48.3 per cent. Andhra
Pradesh once again scores over other States in terms of equitable and
even more than equitable sharing of jobs: Muslims have a share of 12.4
per cent in the State judiciary against a population share of 9.2 per
cent.

Experts feel that for an inclusive democracy, an equitable share for
all sections of the society in the judiciary is essential: it creates
greater public confidence in the judicial process. It would be useful
to survey the situation in this regard in some other developing and
developed countries to be able to arrive at some remedial measures for
this crucial sector of decision-making.

Health and Population

Along with education and employment, health and population welfare are
the other areas that have to be assessed for estimating attainments of
any society. The Sachar Committee has done this exercise in a
comprehensive manner.

First, the overall population picture: According to the 2001 Census,
the Muslim population of India was 138 million (13.4 per cent of the
total population). This figure is estimated to have crossed the 150
million mark in 2006. According to the estimate cited by the
Committee, the share of the Muslim population would rise ‘somewhat’
and stabilise at just below 19 per cent in the next four decades (320
million Muslims in a total population of 1.7 billion). There are many
areas where the Muslim population is 50 per cent or more; and in nine
out of 593 districts (Lakshadweep and eight districts of Jammu and
Kashmir) the Muslim population is over 75 per cent.

On the positive side, the period 1991-2001 showed a decline in the
growth rate of Muslims in most States. According to the Committee’s
findings, the Muslim population shows an increasingly better sex ratio
compared to other Socio-Religious Categories. Infant mortality among
Muslims is slightly lower than the average. (It is beyond the
Committee’s understanding how Muslims should have a child survival
advantage despite lower levels of female schooling and economic
status.) Life expectancy in the community is slightly higher (by one
year) than the average, and this should again surprise many.

The Committee’s finding is important that the Muslim child has a
significantly greater risk of being underweight or stunted than is the
case with other Socio-Religious Categories: the risk of malnutrition
is also ‘slightly higher’ for Muslim children than for ‘Other Hindu’
children. This again seems to be a contradiction vis-à-vis the
reported child survival rate.

Economy

Related to the existing economic condition of Muslims is the issue of
providing legitimate support by state and private agencies for the
members of the community to improve their position. One would like to
examine the situation with regard to trends in the support system of
existing instruments. Banks have been seen as an important source of
credit to support citizens’ economic and commercial ventures. The
picture regarding bank loans to members of the minority is not bright,
according to the findings of the Sachar Committee. It says that the
share of Muslims in ‘amounts outstanding’ is only 4.7 per cent. This
figure is 6.5 per cent in the case of other minorities. Further, on an
average the amount outstanding per account for Muslims is about half
that of the other minorities and one-third of ‘others’.

The pity is that, according to the report, many areas of Muslim
concentration have been marked by many banks as ‘negative’ or ‘red’
zones where giving loans is not advisable. Something would, indeed,
have to be done to put an end to such blanket bans, particularly in
view of the Committee’s finding that very large numbers of Muslims are
engaged in self-employment ventures.

The Reserve Bank of India’s efforts at banking and credit facilities
under the Prime Minister’s 15-Point Programme for the welfare of
minorities have, according to the Committee’s findings, mainly
benefited minorities other than Muslims, thus “marginalising Muslims”.

Apart from the formal banking sector there are two other institutions
that are meant to extend loans to the disadvantaged for economic
ventures: the National Minorities Development and Finance Corporation
(NMDFC) and National Backward Classes Finance and Development
Corporation (NBCFDC). For loans from the NMDFC, one has to obtain a
guarantee from the concerned State Government. According to the
Committee, this is the biggest hurdle in the processing of loan
applications. And members of minority communities are very adversely
affected due to this factor.

Poverty Factor

The Committee has found that substantially large proportion of Muslim
households in urban areas are in the less than Rs 500 expenditure
bracket. According to calculations mentioned in the Committee’s
report, using the Head Count Ratio (HCR), overall 22.7 per cent of
India’s population was poor in 2004-05. In absolute numbers, this
amounts to over 251 million people spread across India. The SCs/STs
together are the most poor with an HCR of 35 per cent followed by
Muslims who record the second highest incidence of poverty with 31 per
cent people below the poverty line. The H(indu)-General is the least
poor category with an HCR of only 8.7 per cent and the OBCs hold the
intermediary level HCR of 21 per cent, which is also close to the all-
India average.

The Committee has observed that the inequality is higher in urban
areas compared to rural areas in most States. It says that poverty
among Muslims is the highest in urban areas with an HCR of 38.4 per
cent. Significantly, the fall in poverty for Muslims, according to the
data provided to the Committee, has been “only modest during the
decade 1993-94 to 2004-05 in urban areas, whereas the decline in rural
areas has been substantial”. Poverty leads to neglect, or the other
way round: the Committee found a “significant inverse association”
between the proportion of Muslim population and educational and other
infrastructure in small villages. Areas of Muslim concentration are,
somehow, not well served with pucca approach roads and local bus
stops.

An analysis by the Committee showed a fall in the availability of
medical facilities with the rise in the proportion of Muslims,
especially in larger villages. A similar but sharper pattern can be
seen with respect to post/telegraph offices.

Affirmative Action

Under the existing constitutional provisions, affirmative action in
the form of reservation cannot be possible for the entire Muslim
community even though, according to the findings of the Sachar
Committee, the entire community has been left behind in terms of
education, employment and economic status. A way can be found to lift
a significant segment of the community’s population if social
stratification is defined and officially accepted within the Muslim
community. It could be done in case of Hindus, and subsequently for
Mazhabi Sikhs and neo-Buddhists in terms of caste demarcation. But it
would not be easy to have official acceptance of the caste principle.
The resistance against acceptance of social stratification on caste
lines among Muslims would come largely from the clerics and other
orthodox sections of the Muslim community itself which would be
adamant in its insistence that caste does not exist within the
community. This, even though the fact is that, whether one likes it or
not, the Muslim community is divided with caste demarcations almost on
the lines of the Hindus. A via media has to be found for a clearly
defined backward class like the OBCs among the majority community.

The Sachar Committee has talked of the issue of social stratification
among Muslims. It points out that the 1901 Census had listed 133
social groups, “wholly or partially Muslim”, in India. This
classification thus recognised the fact of social stratification in
the community. The Committee has identified different groups of
Muslims based on studies by sociologists. The community, according to
these studies, as mentioned by the Committee, is placed into

two broad categories , namely, ashraf and ajlaf. The former, meaning
‘noble’ (emphasis added), includes all Muslims of foreign blood and
converts from higher castes. While ajlaf, meaning ‘degraded’ (emphasis
added) or ‘unholy’, embraces the ‘ritually clean’ occupational groups
and low ranking converts. In Bihar, UP, Bengal, Sayyads, Sheikhs,
Moghuls and Pathans constitute the ashrafs, The ajlafs are carpenters,
artisans, painters, graziers, tanners, milkmen, etc. According to the
Census of 1901, the ajlaf category includes “the various classes of
converts who are known as Nao Muslim in Bihar and Nasya in Bengal. It
also includes various functional groups such as that of Jolaha or
weaver, Dhunia or cotton carder, Kulu or oil presser, Kunjra or
vegetable seller, Hajjam or barber, Darzi or tailor, and the like.”
The 1901 Census also recorded the presence of a third category called
Arzal: “It consists of the very lowest castes, such as Halalkhor,
Lalbegi, Abdal and Bedia.” The Committee has taken note of the fact
that the Presidential Order (1950), officially known as Constitutional
(Scheduled Caste) Order, 1950, restricts the Scheduled Caste status
only to Hindu groups having “unclean” occupations. Their non-Hindu
equivalents have been bracketed with the “middle caste converts” and
declared OBCs.

The Committee has noted that at least 82 different social groups among
Muslims were declared OBCs by the Mandal Commission (1980). Owing to
this declaration many Muslim social groups got reservation in
different parts of the country under the Backward Classes category.
Only two States, Kerala and Karnataka, have provided reservation to
the State’s entire Muslim population (minus the creamy layer). The
roots of this policy have to be traced to the colonial days.

In Karnataka (the erstwhile princely state of Mysore), affirmative
action started in 1874 (with 80 per cent posts in the Police
Department having been reserved for non-Brahmins, Muslims and Indian
Christians). In Karnataka today, all Muslims with income of less than
Rs 2 lakhs per annum enjoy four per cent reservation in jobs and
admission to institutions in the category of ‘More Backwards’. In
Kerala Muslims enjoy 12 per cent reservation, with some other
communities and social groups too being provided reservation.

Tamil Nadu, which had a tradition of reservation to Muslims since
1872, withdrew such reservation following independence. Currently even
though there is no reservation in the State on the basis of religion,
nearly 95 per cent Muslims have been provided reservation as Backward
Classes, according to the data provided by the State Government to the
Sachar Committee. Significantly enough, reservations in Tamil Nadu
stand at 69 per cent, much above the limit of 50 per cent fixed by the
Supreme Court. Looking at the state of public employment for OBCs the
Committee found that unemployment rates were the highest among Muslim
OBCs when compared to Hindu OBCs and Muslims General. In the formal
sector (government/PSUs), the share of Muslim OBCs was much lower than
those of Hindu OBCs and Muslims General.

At the workers’ level, the Committee estimated that out of every
hundred workers about eleven were Hindu OBCs, three were Muslims
General and only one was a Muslim OBC.

The Committee had divided public employment into six ‘agencies’ of the
Central Government including PSUs and universities. It found that the
Hindu OBCs were under-represented. But their under-representation was
less than that of Muslim OBCs in five out of the six agencies, less
than that of Muslims General in three out of the six agencies. In the
State services the Committee found that Muslim OBCs had a better share
at the Group A level, but their presence was insignificant at other
levels.

In the context of Muslim OBCs, the Committee concluded that the
abysmally low representation of Muslim OBCs suggests that the benefits
of entitlements meant for the Backward Classes are yet to reach them.
The Committee also concluded that “the conditions of Muslims General
are also lower than the Hindu-OBCs who have the benefits of
reservations”.

III

While the Sachar Committee has done a laudable job of assembling a
huge body of data and presenting it in an easily digestible manner, it
has not been as meticulous in formulating its recommendations. Perhaps
it was due to the fatigue after an enormous amount of legwork on a
national scale and the subsequent analysis of the compiled information
that its members had to do in about 15 months of actual work, coupled
with the desire of submitting its report rather urgently and the fact
that much of the information about its findings had already been
accessed by a section of the press. In view of the mind-boggling
findings and the very sensitive nature of the ground it was traversing
a very comprehensive matrix of recommendations should have been
presented by an able and competent panel blending experience and fresh
thinking. Unfortunately this could not be achieved by the Committee.
The most important recommendations of the Committee can be summarised
as under:

• Creation of a National Data Bank (NDB) where relevant data about
different socio-religious communities could be stored to facilitate
any study and subsequent action.

• Setting up of an autonomous Assessment and Monitoring Authority
(AMA) for a regular audit of the benefits of different programmes of
the government reaching the concerned communities or groups.

• Establishing an Equal Opportunities Commission (EOC) to examine and
analyse the grievances of deprived groups, the inspiration
understandably for it coming from the Race Relations Act, 1976 of the
United Kingdom that finds mention in the Committee’s recommendation.

• Exploring the idea of introducing some incentives to a ‘Diversity
Index’ in the realms of education, government, and private employment
and housing programmes. Special mention has been made of a possible
programme of incentives to colleges and institutions under the
University Grants Commission linked to diversity in the student
population.

• Evolving some sort of a ‘nomination’ procedure for enhancing the
levels of inclusiveness in governance.

• Certain measures like removal of anomalies in Reserved
Constituencies for General Elections against complaints of declaring
Muslim concentration areas as SC/ST reserved seats.

• Institutionalising evaluation procedures for textbooks, alternate
admission criteria in regular universities and autonomous colleges;
cost friendly reasonable hostel facilities for minority students as a
priority; making teacher training oriented to ideals of pluralism;
state-run Urdu medium schools for primary education in mother tongue;
ensuring appointment of experts from minority community on interview
panels and boards; linking madrasas with higher secondary schools
facilitating shift of students who might opt for a mainstream
education system after a few years; recognition of degrees from
madrasas for competitive examinations (a recommendation hard to find
acceptance in any section of concerned quarters); on the economic
front, provision of financial and other support to initiatives built
around occupations where Muslims are concentrated and that have growth
potential.

The above suggestions have given considerable food for thought with
regard to the panacea for deprivation of the Muslim community in
various spheres. But a more comprehensive and concrete programme
should have been suggested by the Committee.

This task could have been performed best by the able members of this
panel who had travelled far and wide and acquainted themselves with
the grassroots realities rather than leaving it for another possible
committee for a start from a scratch. This was essential to get action
initiated on the basis of its findings instead of letting this venture
too meet the fate of the earlier Gopal Singh Committee over two
decades ago that had similar findings (although it had a narrower
coverage than the Sachar Committee). Now it is for the Prime Minister
and his government to decide the future course of action to remedy the
situation regarding the travails of the Muslim community.

IV

Much of the Sachar Committee’s endeavour was in pursuance of the
perception among Muslims of utter neglect and apathy, and even
suspicion, towards the Muslim community on the part of governmental
agencies—right or wrong! An oft-repeated remark by many members of the
community was that Muslims carried a double burden of being labelled
as ‘anti-national’ and as being ‘appeased’ at the same time. Or,
whenever any act of violence or terror occurs Muslim boys are picked
up by the police. “Every bearded man is considered an ISI agent,” the
Committee has quoted someone as saying. It was also pointed out that
“social boycott of Muslims in certain parts of the country have forced
them to migrate from places where they lived for centuries.”

The Committee has also observed that identification of Urdu as a
Muslim language and its politicisation has complicated matters. A
worrying observation is that Muslims do not see education as
necessarily translating into formal employment. And, many a time
madrasas are the only educational option for Muslims.

On the economic front, the Committee observes that liberalisation of
the economy has resulted in displacement of Muslims from their
traditional occupations, thus depriving them of their livelihood.

The Committee has reported that there were many complaints of Muslims’
names missing from electoral rolls. It could not look into the
veracity or otherwise of this complaint. But what the Committee found
in case of complaints that a number of Muslim concentration Assembly
constituencies are declared as ‘reserved’ seats for the SCs
(deliberately?) should certainly worry those involved with the work of
delimitation of constituencies. Its analysis of reserved
constituencies for SCs in Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and West Bengal proved
that there was truth in the allegation of the members of the minority
community in this regard.

With the perception of Muslims not being quite favourable to official
agencies, the revelation of the findings of the Sachar Committee with
regard to over-representation of the community in the country’s
prisons, reported (before the submission of its report to the Prime
Minister) by The Indian Express, in its series of reports entitled
‘The Missing Muslim’, created a sensation. The Urdu press was on fire
and questions were asked why prisons were the only place where Muslims
were over-represented compared to all other communities and in some
cases their representation being much higher than their population
proportion.

In Maharashtra, the percentage of Muslim jail inmates in all
categories was found to be way above their share in the population
(share in population: 10.6 per cent; share in prison inmates: 17.5 per
cent). In Gujarat the position was: share in population: 9.06 per
cent; share in jail inmates: over 25 per cent). The situation was on
similar lines in other States too although the jail inmate share might
not be as bad in other States as in the States mentioned above.

Following the submission of the report to the Prime Minister, The
Indian Express reported that the data with regard to prisons were
edited out of the Sachar report, following the concern expressed on
these figures in different quarters. Some observers felt that the
prison figures should not have been omitted, as they would have given
a clear picture of some of the Muslim grievances with regard to the
more sensitive issues.

The remedy for the travails of the Muslim community can be found
largely by the community’s bolder initiatives in the field of
education that would empower them as nothing else would.

The government, on its part, seems to be ready for whatever remedial
measures can be adopted by its different agencies. The recent
initiative taken by the Deputy Chairman of the Rajya Sabha, K. Rehman
Khan, to arrive at a consensus for action on an all-party basis,
through a conclave of Muslim MPs (including some from the Bharatiya
Janata Party, which has been very critical of the very appointment of
the Sachar Committee), seems to be a significant one. One only hopes
that such an initiative would have the support of the government and
some concrete steps would be taken without much delay.

http://www.mainstreamweekly.net/article95.html

...and I am Sid Harth
Sid Harth
2010-03-07 22:49:38 UTC
Permalink
India

James Heitzman and Robert L. Worden, editors. India: A Country Study.
Washington: GPO for the Library of Congress, 1995.

Acknowledgments

The authors wish to thank individuals in various agencies of the
Indian and United States governments and private institutions who gave
their time, research materials, and special knowledge to provide
information and perspective. These individuals include Hardeep Puri,
Joint Secretary (America) of the Ministry of External Affairs;
Madhukar Gupta, Joint Secretary (Kashmir) of the Ministry of Home
Affairs; Bimla Bhalla, Director General of Advertising and Visual
Publications, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting; Amulya Ratna
Nanda, Registrar General of India; Ashok Jain, director of the
National Institute of Science, Technology and Development Studies; T.
Vishwanthan, director of the Indian National Scientific Documentation
Centre; G.P. Phondke, director of the Publications and Information
Directorate of the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research; Air
Commander Jasjit Singh, director of the Institute for Defence Studies
and Analyses; G. Madhavan, deputy executive secretary of the Indian
Academy of Sciences; Sivaraj Ramaseshan, distinguished emeritus
professor, Raman Research Institute; H.S. Nagaraja, public relations
officer of the Indian Institute of Science; Virendra Singh, director
of the Tata Institute of Fundamental Research; Bhabani Sen Gupta of
the Centre for Policy Research; Pradeep Mehendiratta, Vice President
and Executive Director, Indian Institute of American Studies; and
Richard J. Crites, Chat Blakeman, Peter L.M. Heydemann, and Marcia
S.B. Bernicat of the United States Embassy in New Delhi. Special
thanks go to Lygia M. Ballantyne, director, and Alice Kniskern, deputy
director, and the staff of the Library of Congress New Delhi Field
Office, particularly Atish Chatterjee, for supplying bounteous amounts
of valuable research materials on India and arranging interviews of
Indian government officials.

Appreciation is also extended to Ralph K. Benesch, who formerly
oversaw the Country Studies/Area Handbook Program for the Department
of the Army, and to the desk officers in the Department of State and
the Department of the Army who reviewed the chapters. Thanks also are
offered to William A. Blanpied, Mavis Bowen, Ainslie T. Embree, Jerome
Jacobson, Suzanne Hanchett, Barbara Leitch LePoer, Owen M. Lynch, and
Sunalini Nayudu, who either assisted with substantive information or
read parts of the manuscript or did both.

The authors also wish to thank those who contributed directly to the
preparation of the manuscript. They include Sandra W. Meditz, who
reviewed all textual and graphic materials, served as liaison with the
Department of the Army, and provided numerous substantive and
technical contributions; Sheila Ross, who edited the chapters; Andrea
T. Merrill, who edited the tables and figures; Marilyn Majeska, who
supervised editing and managed production; Alberta Jones King, who
assisted with research, making wordprocessing corrections to various
versions of the manuscript, and proofreading; Barbara Edgerton and
Izella Watson, who performed the final wordprocessing; Marla D.
Woodson, who assisted with proofreading; and Janie L. Gilchrist, David
P. Cabitto, Barbara Edgerton, and Izella Watson, who prepared the
camera-ready copy. Catherine Schwartzstein performed the final
prepublication editorial review, and Joan C. Cook compiled the index.

Graphics support was provided by David P. Cabitto, who oversaw the
production of maps and graphics and, with the assistance of Wayne
Horne, designed the cover and the illustrations on the chapter title
pages; and Harriet Blood and Maryland Mapping and Graphics, who
assisted in the preparation of the maps and charts. Thanks also go to
Gary L. Fitzpatrick and Christine M. Anderson, of the Library of
Congress Geography and Map Division, for assistance in preparing early
map drafts. A very special thank you goes to Janice L. Hyde, who did
the research on and selection of cover and title-page illustrations
and photographs, translated some of the photograph captions and
textual references, and helped the editors on numerous matters of
substance and analysis. Shantha S. Murthy of the Library of Congress
Serial Record Division provided Indian language assistance. Clarence
Maloney helped identify the subjects of some of the photographs.

Finally the authors acknowledge the generosity of individ-uals and
public and private organizations who allowed their photographs to be
used in this study. They have been acknowledged in the illustration
captions.

http://countrystudies.us/india/1.htm

Preface

This edition supersedes the fourth edition of India: A Country Study ,
published in 1985 under the editorship of Richard F. Nyrop. The new
edition provides updated information on the world's second most
populous and fastest-growing nation. Although much of India's
traditional behavior and organizational dynamics reported in 1985 have
remained the same, internal and regional events have continued to
shape Indian domestic and international policies.

To the extent possible, place-names used in the text conform to the
United States Board on Geographic Names, but equal weight has been
given to spellings provided by the official Survey of India.
Measurements are given in the metric system.

The body of the text reflects information available as of September 1,
1995. Certain other portions of the text, however, have been updated.
The Bibliography lists published sources thought to be particularly
helpful to the reader.

http://countrystudies.us/india/2.htm

History

THOSE "WHO WEAR COTTON CLOTHES, use the decimal system, enjoy the
taste of [curried] chicken, play chess, or roll dice, and seek peace
of mind or tranquility through meditation," writes historian Stanley
Wolpert, "are indebted to India." India's deep-rooted civilization may
appear exotic or even inscrutable to casual foreign observers, but a
perceptive individual can see its evolution, shaped by a wide range of
factors: extreme climatic conditions, a bewildering diversity of
people, a host of competing political overlords (both local and
outsiders), enduring religious and philosophical beliefs, and complex
linguistic and literary developments that led to the flowering of
regional and pan-Indian culture during the last three millennia. The
interplay among a variety of political and socioeconomic forces has
created a complex amalgam of cultures that continue amidst conflict,
compromise, and adaptation. "Wherever we turn," says Wolpert, "we
find . . . palaces, temples, mosques, Victorian railroad stations,
Buddhist stupas, Mauryan pillars; each century has its unique
testaments, often standing incongruously close to ruins of another
era, sometimes juxtaposed one atop another, much like the ruins of
Rome, or Bath."

India's "great cycle of history," as Professor Hugh Tinker put it,
entails repeating themes that continue to add complexity and diversity
to the cultural matrix. Throughout its history, India has undergone
innumerable episodes involving military conquests and integration,
cultural infusion and assimilation, political unification and
fragmentation, religious toleration and conflict, and communal harmony
and violence. A few other regions in the world also can claim such a
vast and differentiated historical experience, but Indian civilization
seems to have endured the trials of time the longest. India has proven
its remarkable resilience and its innate ability to reconcile opposing
elements from many indigenous and foreign cultures. Unlike the West,
where modern political developments and industrialization have created
a more secular worldview with redefined roles and values for
individuals and families, India remains largely a traditional society,
in which change seems only superficial. Although India is the world's
largest democracy and the seventh-most industrialized country in the
world, the underpinnings of India's civilization stem primarily from
its own social structure, religious beliefs, philosophical outlook,
and cultural values. The continuity of those time-honed traditional
ways of life has provided unique and fascinating patterns in the
tapestry of contemporary Indian civilization.

http://countrystudies.us/india/3.htm

Harappan Culture
http://countrystudies.us/india/4.htm
Vedic Aryans
http://countrystudies.us/india/5.htm
Kingdoms and Empires
http://countrystudies.us/india/6.htm
The Mauryan Empire
http://countrystudies.us/india/7.htm
The Deccan and the South
http://countrystudies.us/india/8.htm
Gupta and Harsha
http://countrystudies.us/india/9.htm
The Coming of Islam
http://countrystudies.us/india/10.htm
Southern Dynasties
http://countrystudies.us/india/11.htm
The Mughals
http://countrystudies.us/india/12.htm
The Marathas
http://countrystudies.us/india/13.htm
The Sikhs
http://countrystudies.us/india/14.htm
The Coming of the Europeans
http://countrystudies.us/india/15.htm
The British Empire in India
http://countrystudies.us/india/16.htm
Company Rule, 1757-1857
http://countrystudies.us/india/16.htm
The British Raj, 1858-1947
http://countrystudies.us/india/17.htm
Sepoy Rebellion, 1857-59
http://countrystudies.us/india/17.htm
After the Sepoy Rebellion
http://countrystudies.us/india/18.htm
The Independence Movement
http://countrystudies.us/india/19.htm
Mahatma Gandhi
http://countrystudies.us/india/20.htm
Political Impasse and Independence
http://countrystudies.us/india/21.htm
Independent India
http://countrystudies.us/india/24.htm
National Integration
http://countrystudies.us/india/22.htm
Jawaharlal Nehru
http://countrystudies.us/india/23.htm
Indira Gandhi
http://countrystudies.us/india/24.htm
Rajiv Gandhi
http://countrystudies.us/india/25.htm

Geography and Demographics

Geography

Coasts and Borders
Rivers
Climate
Earthquakes
Population
Population Projections
Population and Family Planning Policy
Health Conditions
http://countrystudies.us/india/35.htm
Health Care
Education
http://countrystudies.us/india/37.htm

Religion

The Vedas and Polytheism
http://countrystudies.us/india/39.htm
Karma and Liberation
Jainism
http://countrystudies.us/india/41.htm
Buddhism
http://countrystudies.us/india/42.htm
The Worship of Personal Gods
http://countrystudies.us/india/43.htm
Vishnu
Shiva
Brahma and the Hindu Trinity
The Goddess
http://countrystudies.us/india/47.htm
Local Deities
http://countrystudies.us/india/48.htm
The Ceremonies of Hinduism
Domestic Worship
Life-Cycle Rituals
Temples
Pilgrimage
Festivals
Islam
http://countrystudies.us/india/55.htm
Sikhism
http://countrystudies.us/india/56.htm
Tribal Religions
http://countrystudies.us/india/57.htm
Christianity
http://countrystudies.us/india/58.htm
Zoroastrianism
http://countrystudies.us/india/59.htm
Judaism
http://countrystudies.us/india/60.htm
Modern Changes in Religion
http://countrystudies.us/india/61.htm

Language, Ethnicity, and Regionalism

Linguistic Relations
Diversity, Use, and Policy
Languages of India
Hindi and English
Hindi
English
Linguistic States
The Social Context of Language
http://countrystudies.us/india/69.htm
Tribes
http://countrystudies.us/india/70.htm
Jews and Parsis
http://countrystudies.us/india/71.htm
Portuguese
http://countrystudies.us/india/72.htm
Anglo-Indians
http://countrystudies.us/india/73.htm
Africans
http://countrystudies.us/india/74.htm
Regionalism
http://countrystudies.us/india/75.htm
Telangana Movement

Jharkhand Movement
http://countrystudies.us/india/76.htm
Uttarakhand
http://countrystudies.us/india/77.htm
Gorkhaland
http://countrystudies.us/india/78.htm
Ladakh
http://countrystudies.us/india/79.htm
The Northeast
http://countrystudies.us/india/80.htm

Society

Themes in Indian Society
Family
Veiling and the Seclusion of Women
Life Passages
Children and Childhood
Marriage
Adulthood
Death and Beyond
Caste and Class
The Village Community
Urban Life

The Economy

Structure of the Economy
The Role of Government
Labor
Industry
Government Policies
Manufacturing
Energy
Mining and Quarrying
Tourism
Science and Technology
Agriculture
Crops
The Green Revolution
Livestock and Poultry
Forestry
Fishing

Government and Politics

The Constitution
Politics
The Congress
Opposition Parties
Bharatiya Janata Party and the Rise of Hindu Nationalism
http://countrystudies.us/india/113.htm
Communist Parties
Regional Parties
Caste-Based Parties
http://countrystudies.us/india/116.htm
Punjab and Jammu and Kashmir
http://countrystudies.us/india/117.htm
Hindu-Muslim Tensions
http://countrystudies.us/india/118.htm
Corruption
http://countrystudies.us/india/119.htm
The Media
The Rise of Civil Society

Foreign Relations

Pakistan
http://countrystudies.us/india/123.htm
Bangladesh
http://countrystudies.us/india/124.htm
Sri Lanka
http://countrystudies.us/india/125.htm
Nepal
http://countrystudies.us/india/126.htm
Bhutan
http://countrystudies.us/india/127.htm
Maldives
China
http://countrystudies.us/india/129.htm
Southeast Asia
Middle East
http://countrystudies.us/india/131.htm
Central Asia
Russia
http://countrystudies.us/india/133.htm
United States
http://countrystudies.us/india/134.htm
Britain, Australia, Canada, Western Europe, and Japan
United Nations

Bibliography

Adas, Michael. Machines as the Measure of Men: Science, Technology,
and Ideologies of Western Dominance. Ithaca: Cornell University Press,
1989.

Adas, Michael. "Twentieth Century Approaches to the Indian Mutiny of
1857-58," Journal of Asian History [Wiesbaden], 5, No. 1, 1971, 1-19.

Ahmad, Imtiaz. State and Foreign Policy: India's Role in South Asia.
New Delhi: Vikas, 1993.

Ali, M. Athar. "The Mughal Policy--A Critique of Revisionist
Approaches," Modern Asian Studies [London], 27, Pt. 4, October 1993,
699-710.

Ali, Tariq. An Indian Dynasty: The Story of the Nehru-Gandhi Family.
New York: Putnam, 1985.

Altekar, A.S. Rastrakutas and Their Times. 2d ed., rev. Pune: Oriental
Book Agency, 1967.

Asher, Catherine Ella Blanshard. The New Cambridge History of India, I.
4: Architecture in Mughal India. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, 1992.

Ashton, S.R. British Policy Towards the Indian States, 1905-1939.
London Studies on South Asia, No. 2. London: Curzon, 1982.

Austin, Granville. The Indian Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation.
Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1966.

Baird, Robert. Religion in Modern India. New Delhi: Manohar, 1981.

Baker, Christopher J. An Indian Rural Economy: The Tamiland
Countryside. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1984.

Baker, Christopher J. The Politics of South India, 1920-1937.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976.

Baker, David. "Colonial Beginnings and the Indian Response: The Revolt
of 1857-58 in Madhya Pradesh," Modern Asian Studies [London], 25, Pt.
3, July 1991, 511-43.

Bakshi, S.R. Morarji Desai. New Delhi: Amol, 1991.

Banerjee, Hiranmay. The House of the Tagores. 3d ed. Calcutta:
Rabiondra Bharati University, 1968.

Barker, A.J. Bastard War: The Mesopotamian Campaign of 1914-1918. New
York: Dial, 1967.

Barraclough, Geoffrey, and Geoffrey Parker, eds. The Times Atlas of
World History. 4th ed. Maplewood, New Jersey: Hammond, 1993.

Barrier, N. Gerald. India and America: American Publishing on India,
1930-1985. New Delhi: American Institute of Indian Studies, 1986.

Basham, A.L. The Origin and Development of Classical Hinduism. Ed. and
completed by Kenneth G. Zysk. New York: Oxford University Press, 1989.

Basham, A.L. The Wonder That Was India, 1: A Survey of the History and
Culture of the Indian Sub-Continent Before the Coming of the Muslims.
3d ed., rev. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1967.

Basham, A.L., ed. A Cultural History of India. Oxford: Clarendon
Press, 1975.

Bayly, C.A. The New Cambridge History of India, II.1: Indian Society
and the Making of the British Empire. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, 1987.

Bayly, C.A. Rulers, Townsmen, and Bazaars: North Indian Society in the
Age of British Expansion, 1770-1870. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, 1983.

Beach, Milo Cleveland. The New Cambridge History of India, I.3: Mughal
and Rajput Painting. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1992.

Beaumont, Roger. Sword of the Raj: The British Army in India,
1747-1947. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill, 1977.

Begley, Vimala, and Richard Daniel DePuma, eds. Rome and India: The
Ancient Sea Trade. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1992.

Bhattacharjee, Arun. Rajiv Gandhi: Life and Message. New Delhi:
Ashish, 1992.

Blake, Stephen P. Shahjahanabad: The Sovereign City in Mughal India.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1991.

Bondurant, Joan V. The Conquest of Violence: The Gandhian Philosophy
of Conflict. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1958.

Bose, Subhas Chandra. Netaji Subhas Chandra Bose: Correspondence and
Selected Documents, 1930-1942. Ed., Ravindra Kumar. New Delhi: Inter-
India, 1992.

Bose, Sugata. The New Cambridge History of India, III.2: Peasant
Labour and Colonial Capital: Rural Bengal since 1770. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press, 1993.

Brass, Paul R. The New Cambridge History of India, IV.1: The Politics
of India since Independence. 2d ed. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, 1994.

Brecher, Michael. Nehru: A Political Biography. London: Oxford
University Press, 1959.

Brecher, Michael. The Politics of Succession in India. Westport,
Connecticut: Greenwood, 1976.

Brown, Judith M. Gandhi and Civil Disobedience. London: Cambridge
University Press, 1977.

Brown, Judith M. Modern India: The Origins of an Asian Democracy. New
Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1985.

Buchanan, R.A. "The Diaspora of British Engineering," Technology and
Culture, 27, No. 3. July 1986, 501-24.

Carras, Mary C. Indira Gandhi in the Crucible of Leadership. Boston:
Beacon Press, 1979.

Carson, Penelope. "An Imperial Dilemma: The Propagation of
Christianity in Early Colonial India," Journal of Imperial and
Commonwealth History [London], 18, No. 2, 1990, 169-90.

Chanchreek, K.L., and Saroj Prasad, eds. Crisis in India. Delhi: H.K.
Publishers, 1993.

Chandra, Bipan. Essays on Contemporary India. New Delhi: Har-Anand,
1993.

Chandra, Bipan. Modern India. New Delhi: National Council of
Educational Research and Training, 1971.

Chandra, Satish. Medieval India: A Textbook for Classes XI-XII. 2
vols. New Delhi: National Council of Educational Research and
Training, 1978.

Chattopadhyaya, B.D. "Origins of the Rajputs: The Political, Economic,
and Social Progress in Early Medieval Rajasthan," Indian Historical
Review [Delhi], 3, No. 1, March 1976, 59-82.

Chaudhury, K.N. The Trading World of Asia and the English East India
Company, 1660-1760. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1978.

Chellaney, Brahma. Nuclear Proliferation: The U.S.-Indian Conflict.
New Delhi: Orient Longman, 1993.

Chopra, Pran, ed. Contemporary Pakistan: New Aims and Images. New
Delhi: Vikas, 1983.

Collins, Larry, and Dominique Lapierre. Freedom at Midnight. New York:
Simon and Schuster, 1975.

Crawford, S. Cromwell. Ram Mohan Roy. New York: Paragon, 1987.

Cunningham, Joseph Davey. History of the Sikhs, From the Origins of
the Nation to the Battles of the Sutlej. Delhi: Sultan Chand, 1955.

Damodaran, A.K., and Bajpai, U.S., eds. Indian Foreign Policy: The
Indira Gandhi Years. New Delhi: Radiant, 1990.

Das, Arvind. India Invented. New Delhi: Manohar, 1992.

Das, Kamal Kishore. Economic History of Moghul India: An Annotated
Bibliography, 1526-1875. Calcutta: Santiniketan, 1991.

Das, M.N. India under Morley and Minto: Politics Behind Revolution,
Repression, and Reforms. London: Allen and Unwin, 1964.

Das, Veena. Mirrors of Violence: Communities, Riots, and Survivors in
South Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1992.

Dasgupta, A. "Indian Merchants and the Trade in the Indian Ocean."
Pages 407-33 in Tapan Raychaudhuri and Irfan Habib, eds., The
Cambridge Economic History of India, 1: c.1200-c.1750. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press, 1982.

Datta, V.N. Sati: Widow Burning in India. New Delhi: Manohar, 1990.

Davies, C. Collin. An Historical Atlas of the Indian Peninsula.
London: Oxford University Press, 1959.

Derrett, J. Duncan. Religion, Law, and the State in India. London:
Faber, 1968.

Desai, Morarji. The Story of My Life. 3 vols. New Delhi: Pergamon,
1979.

Dhanagare, D.N. Peasant Movements in India, 1920-1950. New Delhi:
Oxford University Press, 1983.

Digby, Simon. "The Maritime Trade of India." Pages 125-62 in Tapan
Raychaudhuri and Irfan Habib, eds., The Cambridge Economic History of
India, 1: c.1200-c.1750. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1982.

Dikshit, D.P. Political History of the Chalukyas of Badami. New Delhi:
Abhinav, 1980.

Dixit, Prabla. Communalism: A Struggle for Power. New Delhi: Orient
Longman, 1981.

Doniger, Wendy, trans. Laws of Manu. New York: Penguin, 1992.

Doshi, Saryu, ed. India and Greece. New Delhi: Marg, 1985.

Dunn, Rose E. The Adventures of Ibn Battuta. London: Croom Helm, 1986.

Dutt, Ashok K., and Allen G. Noble. "The Culture of India in a Spatial
Perspective: An Introduction." Pages 1-28 in Allen G. Noble and Ashok
K. Dutt, eds., India: Cultural Patterns and Processes. Boulder,
Colorado: Westview Press, 1982.

Eaton, Richard M. The Rise of Islam and the Bengal Frontier,
1204-1760. Comparative Studies on Muslim Societies, No. 17. Berkeley:
University of California Press, 1993.

Eaton, Richard M. Sufis of Bijapur, 1300-1700: Social Roles of Sufis
in Medieval India. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1978.

Eldridge, P.J. The Politics of Foreign Aid in India. New York:
Schocken, 1970.

Ellinwood, DeWitt C., and S.P. Pradhan. India and World War I. New
Delhi: Manohar, 1978.

Embree, Ainslie T. 1857 in India: Mutiny or War of Independence.
Lexington, Massachusetts: Heath, 1963.

Embree, Ainslie T., ed. Alberuni's India. New York: Norton, 1971.

Embree, Ainslie T., ed. Encyclopedia of Asian History. 4 vols. The
Asia Society. New York: Scribner's, 1988.

Embree, Ainslie T., ed. Sources of Indian Tradition, 1: From the
Beginning to 1800. 2d ed. Introduction to Oriental Civilization
Series. New York: Columbia University Press, 1988.

Erickson, Erik H. Gandhi's Truth: On the Origins of Militant
Nonviolence. New York: Norton, 1970.

Fairservis, Walter A. The Roots of Ancient India: The Archaeology of
Early Indian Civilization. New York: Macmillan, 1971.

Farmer, Edward L., Gavin R.G. Hambly, David Kopf, Byron K. Marshall,
and Romeyn Taylor. Comparative History of Civilizations in Asia. 2
vols. Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley, 1977.

Featherstone, Donald F. Victorian Colonial Warfare, India: From the
Conquest of Sind to the Indian Mutiny. London: Cassell, 1992.

Fischer, Louis. The Life of Mahatma Gandhi. New York: Harper, 1950.

Fisher, Michael. A Clash of Cultures: Awadh, the British, and the
Mughals. New Delhi: Manohar, 1987.

Fisher, Michael. Indirect Rule in India: Residents and the Residency
System, 1764-1857. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1991.

Frykenberg, Robert E. Guntur District 1788-1848: A History of Local
Influence and Central Authority in South India. Oxford: Oxford
University Press, 1965.

Frykenberg, Robert E. "The Impact of Conversion and Social Reform upon
Society in South India During the Late Company Period: Questions
Concerning Hindu-Christian Encounters, with Special Reference to
Tinnevelly." Pages 187-243 in C.H. Philips and Mary Doreen Wainwright,
eds., Indian Society and the Beginnings of Modernization, c.
1830-1850. London: School of Oriental and Arican Studies, 1976.

Gandhi, Mahatma. An Autobiography: The Story of My Experiments with
Truth. Trans., Mahadev Desai. Boston: Beacon Press, 1957. Reprint.
Boston: Beacon Press, 1993.

Gandhi, Mahatma. Essential Writings of Mahatma Gandhi. Ed., Raghavan
Iyer. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1991.

Gandhi, Mahatma. The Gandhi Reader: A Sourcebook of His Life and
Writings. Ed., Homer A. Jack. Grove Press Eastern Philosophy and
Literature Studies. New York: Grove Press, 1961.

Gandhi, Mahatma. Non-Violent Resistance. Comp. and ed., Bharatan
Kumanappa. New York: Schocken, 1951.

Ganguly, D.K. Ancient India: History and Archaeology. New Delhi:
Abhinav, 1994.

Gascoigne, Bamber. The Great Moghuls. London: Cape, 1971.

Ghose, S.K. Politics of Violence: Dawn of a Dangerous Era.
Springfield, Virginia: Nataraj, 1992.

Glazer, Sulochana Raghavan, and Nathan Glazer, eds. Conflicting
Images: India and the United States. Glenn Dale, Maryland: Riverdale,
1990.

Goalen, Paul. India: From Mughal Empire to British Raj. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press, 1993.

Gokkhale, B.C. "Buddhism in the Gupta Age." Pages 129-56 in Bardwell
L. Smith, ed., Essays on Gupta Culture. New Delhi: Motilal
Banarsidass, 1983.

Gopal, Sarvepalli. Jawaharlal Nehru: An Anthology. New Delhi: Oxford
University Press, 1980.

Gopal, Sarvepalli. Jawaharlal Nehru: A Biography. 3 vols. London:
Cape, 1975-84.

Gopal, Sarvepalli. Jawaharlal Nehru: A Biography. Abridged ed. New
Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1993.

Gopal, Sarvepalli, ed. Anatomy of a Confrontation: The Babri Masjid-
Ramjanmabhumi Issue. New Delhi: Viking, 1991.

Goradia, Nayana. Lord Curzon: The Last of the British Moghuls. New
Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1993.

Gordon, Stewart. The New Cambridge History of India, II.4: The
Marathas, 1600-1818. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1993.

Gorman, Mel. "Sir William O'Shaughnessy, Lord Dalhousie, and the
Establishment of the Telegraph System in India," Technology and
Culture, 12, No. 4, October 1971, 581-601.

Goyal, Shankar. Aspects of Ancient Indian History and Historiography.
New Delhi: Harnam, 1993.

Guha, Ranajit, and Gayatri Chakravorty, eds. Subaltern Studies:
Writings on South Asian History and Society. 5 vols. New York: Oxford
University Press, 1982-87.

Gupte, Pranay. Mother India: A Political Biography of Indira Gandhi.
New York: Scribner's, 1992.

Gupte, Pranay. Vengeance: India after the Assassination of Indira
Gandhi. New York: Norton, 1985.

Habib, Irfan. The Agrarian System of Mughal India, 1556-1707. New
York: Asia, 1963.

Habib, Irfan. An Atlas of the Mughal Empire. Delhi: Oxford University
Press, 1982.

Habib, Irfan. "Mughal India." Pages 214-25 in Tapan Raychaudhuri and
Irfan Habib, eds., The Cambridge Economic History of India, 2: c.1200-
c.1750. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1982.

Habib, Irfan, ed. Medieval India, 1: Researchers in the History of
India, 1200-1750. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1992.

Hadi Hussain, Muhammed. Syed Ahmed Khan: Pioneer of Muslim Resurgence.
Lahore: Institute of Islamic Culture, 1970.

Halbfass, Wilhelm. India and Europe: An Essay in Understanding.
Albany: State University of New York Press, 1988.

Hamilton, J.R. Alexander the Great. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965.

Hardgrave, Robert L., Jr., and Stanley A. Kochanek. India: Government
and Politics in a Developing Nation. 5th ed. Fort Worth, Texas:
Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1993.

Harrison, Mark. "Tropical Medicine in Nineteenth-Century India,"
British Journal for the History of Science [Cambridge], 25, Pt. 3, No.
86, September 1992, 299-318.

Hart, Henry C., ed. Indira Gandhi's India: A Political System
Reappraised. Boulder, Colorado: Westview Press, 1976.

Haynes, Douglas E. Rhetoric and Ritual in Colonial India: The Shaping
of a Public Culture in Surat City, 1852-1928. Berkeley: University of
California Press, 1991.

Heinsath, Charles. Indian Nationalism and Hindu Social Reform.
Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1964.

Hill, John L., ed. The Congress and Indian Nationalism: Historical
Perspectives. Westwood, Massachusetts: Riverdale, 1991.

Hindustan Year Book and Who's Who, 1992. 60th ed. Ed., S. Sarkar.
Calcutta: M.C. Sarkar, 1992.

Hindustan Year Book and Who's Who, 1994. 62d ed. Ed., S. Sarkar.
Calcutta: M.C. Sarkar, 1994.

Hiro, Dilip. Inside India Today. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul,
1976.

Hirschman, Edwin. White Mutiny: The Ilbert Bill Crisis in India and
the Genesis of the Indian National Congress. New Delhi: Heritage,
1980.

Hossain, Hameeda. The Company Weavers of Bengal: The East India
Company and the Organization of Textile Production in Bengal,
1750-1813. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1988.

Humbers, Philippe. The Rajiv Gandhi Years: Sunshine and Shadows. New
Delhi: Vimot, 1992.

Hutchins, Francis. The Illusion of Permanence: British Imperialism in
India. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1967.

Hutchins, Francis. Spontaneous Revolution: The Quit India Movement.
New Delhi: Manohar, 1971.

Ilankovatikal. The Cilappatikaram of Ilano Atikal: An Epic of South
India. Trans., R. Parthasarathy. Translations from the Asian Classics.
New York: Columbia University Press, 1993.

Inden, Ronald. Imagining India. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1990.

Inder Singh, Anita. "Decolonization in India: The Statement of
February 20, 1947," International History Review [Toronto], 6, No. 2,
May 1984, 191-209.

Inder Singh, Anita. "Imperial Defence and the Transfer of Power in
India, 1946-1947," International History Review [Toronto], 4, No. 4,
November 1982, 568-88.

India Handbook, 1996. 5th ed. Ed., Robert W. Bradnock. Bath, United
Kingdom: Trade and Travel, 1995.

Irschich, Eugene F. Politics and Social Conflict in South India: The
Non-Brahman Movement and Tamil Separatism. Berkeley: University of
California Press, 1969.

Irschich, Eugene F. Tamil Revivalism in the 1930s. New Delhi: Manohar,
1986.

Jain, C.K., ed. Rajiv Gandhi and Parliament. New Delhi: CBS, 1992.

Jain, M.P. Outlines of Indian Legal History. 2d ed. Bombay: Tripathi,
1966.

Jalal, Ayesha. The Sole Spokesman: Jinnah, the Muslim League, and the
Demand for Pakistan. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1985.

Jayakar, Pupul. Indira Gandhi: A Biography. New Delhi: Penguin, 1992.

Jeffery, Roger. "Recognizing India's Doctors: The Institutionalization
of Medical Dependency, 1918-39," Modern Asian Studies [London], 13,
Pt. 2, April 1979, 302-26.

Jeffrey, Robin, ed. People, Princes, and Paramount Power: Society and
Politics in Indian Princely States. New Delhi: Oxford University
Press, 1978.

Jones, Kenneth W. Arya Dharm: Hindu Consciousness in 19th Century
Punjab. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976.

Jones, Kenneth W. The New Cambridge History of India, III.1: Socio-
Religious Reform Movements in British India. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press, 1989.

Kandaswamy, S.N. Buddhism as Expounded in Manimekalai (The Jewelled
Belt). Annamalainagar: Annamalai University, 1978.

Kapur, Rajiv. Sikh Separatism: The Politics of Faith. New Delhi:
Vikas, 1987.

Karashima, Noboru. Towards a New Formation: South Indian Society under
Vijayanagar Rule. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1992.

Kashvap, Subhash. The Politics of Defection. Delhi: National, 1969.

Keay, John. Democracy and Discontent: India's Growing Crisis of
Governability. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1992.

Keay, John. The Honourable Company: A History of the English East
India Company. London: Harper Collins, 1991.

Kopf, David. The Brahmo Samaj and the Shaping of the Modern Indian
Mind. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1979.

Kopf, David. British Orientalism and the Bengal Renaissance: The
Dynamics of Indian Modernization, 1773-1835. Berkeley: University of
California Press, 1969.

Kosambi, D.D. Myth and Reality: Studies in the Formation of Indian
Culture. Bombay: Popular Prakashan, 1962.

Kothari, Rajni. Politics in India. Boston: Little, Brown, 1970.

Kreisberg, Paul H. "Gandhi at Midterm," Foreign Affairs, 65, No. 5,
Summer 1987, 1055-76.

Krishna Murari. The Calukyas of Kalyani, from circa 973 A.D. to 1200
A.D. Delhi: Concept, 1977.

Kulke, Hermann, ed. The State in India, 1000-1700. Oxford in India
Readings, Themes in Indian History. Delhi: Oxford University Press,
1995.

Kulke, Hermann, and Dietmar Rothermund. A History of India. Rev.,
updated ed. London: Routledge, 1990.

Kumar, Deepak, ed. Science and Empire: Essays in Indian Context,
1700-1947. Delhi: Anamika Prakashan, 1991.

Kumar, Dharma, and Meghnad Desai, eds. The Cambridge Economic History
of India, 2: c.1757-c.1970. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press,
1983.

Kumar, Ravinder. The Social History of Modern India. New Delhi: Oxford
University Press, 1983.

Lelyveld, David. Aligarh's First Generation. Princeton: Princeton
University Press, 1977.

Lewis, Martin D. The British in India: Imperialism or Trusteeship.
Lexington, Massachusetts: Heath, 1962.

Lingat, R. The Classical Law of India. Trans., J.D.M. Derrett.
Berkeley: University of California Press, 1973.

Ludden, David. Peasant History in South India. Princeton: Princeton
University Press, 1985.

McLane, John R. Indian Nationalism and the Early Congress. Princeton:
Princeton University Press, 1977.

MacLeod, Roy M. "Scientific Advice for British India: Imperial
Perceptions and Administrative Goals, 1898-1923," Modern Asian Studies
[London], 9, Pt. 3, July 1975, 343-84.

Mahajan, Jagmohan. The Raj Landscape: British Views of Indian Cities.
New Delhi: Spantech, 1988.

Mahalingam, T.V. Administration and Social Life under Vijayanagar. 2
vols. Madras: University of Madras, 1969-75.

Mahalingam, T.V. Readings in South Indian History. Delhi: B.R.
Publishing, 1977.

Mahalingam, T.V. South Indian Polity. 2d ed., rev. Madras: University
of Madras, 1967.

Malik, Hafeez. Sir Sayyid Ahamd Khan and Muslim Modernization in India
and Pakistan. New York: Columbia University Press, 1980.

Mansingh, Surjit. Historical Dictionary of India. Asian Historical
Dictionaries, No. 20. Lanham, Maryland: Scarecrow, 1996.

Marshall, John Hubert. Taxila: An Illustrated Account of the
Archaeological Excavations Carried Out at Taxila under the Orders of
the Government of India Between the Years, 1913 and 1934. 3 vols.
Varanasi: Bhartiya, 1975.

Marshall, P.J. The New Cambridge History of India, II.2: Bengal: The
British Bridgehead: Eastern India, 1740-1828. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press, 1987.

Marshall, P.J. Problems of Empire: Britain and India, 1757-1813. New
York: Barnes and Noble, 1968.

Masani, Zaheer. Indira Gandhi: A Biography. Farmington, New York:
Brown, 1976.

Mayer, Adrian C. "Rulership and Divinity: The Case of the Modern Hindu
Princes and Beyond," Modern Asian Studies [London], 25, Pt. 4, October
1991, 765-90.

Mehra, Parshotam. A Dictionary of Modern Indian History, 1707-1947.
New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1985.

Mehta, Ved. Portrait of India. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1993.

Menezes, S.L. Fidelity and Honour: The Indian Army from the
Seventeenth to the Twenty-first Century. New Delhi: Penguin, 1993.

Menon, Vapal Pangunni. The Story of the Integration of the Indian
States. Madras: Orient Longman, 1956. Reprint. Madras: Orient Longman,
1985.

Menon, Vapal Pangunni. The Transfer of Power in India. Princeton:
Princeton University Press, 1957.

Metcalf, Thomas R. The Aftermath of the Revolt: India, 1857-1870.
Princeton: Princeton University, 1964.

Metcalf, Thomas R. An Imperial Vision: Indian Architecture and
Britain's Raj. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1989.

Metcalf, Thomas R. Modern India: An Interpretive Anthology. London:
Macmillan, 1971.

Metcalf, Thomas R. The New Cambridge History of India, IV.3:
Ideologies of the Raj. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1994.

Michell, George. The New Cambridge History of India, VI.1:
Architecture and Art of Southern India: Vijayanagara and the Successor
States, 1350-1750. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

Miller, Barbara Stoler. "Presidential Address: Contending Narratives--
The Political Life of the Indian Epics," Journal of Asian Studies, 50,
No. 4, November 1991, 783-92.

Minakshi, C. Administration and Social Life under the Pallavas.
Madras: University of Madras, 1977.

Minault, Gail. The Khilafat Movement: Religious Symbolism and
Political Mobilization in India. Studies in Oriental Culture, No. 16.
New York: Columbia University Press, 1982.

Mishra, Jayashri. Social and Economic Conditions under the Imperial
Rashtrakutas. New Delhi: Commonwealth, 1992.

Misra, Satya Swarup. The Aryan Problem: A Linguistic Approach. New
Delhi: Munshiram Manoharlal, 1992.

Moon, Penderel. The British Conquest and Dominion of India. London:
Duckworth, 1989.

Moon, Penderel. Divide and Quit. London: Chatto and Windus, 1961.

Moore, R.J. Crisis of Indian Unity, 1917-1940. London: Oxford
University Press, 1974.

Moraes, Dom. Indira Gandhi. Boston: Little, Brown, 1980.

Moreland, W.H. India at the Death of Akbar, 1: An Economic Study.
N.p.: 1920. Reprint. Delhi: Atma Ram, 1962.

Morris-Jones, W.H. The Government and Politics of India. London:
Hutchinson, 1971.

Mukhia, Harbans. Perspectives on Medieval History. New Delhi: Vikas,
1993.

Nanda, B.R. The Indo-Greeks. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1957.

Nanda, B.R. "The Kushana State: A Preliminary Study." Pages 251-74 in
Henri J. Claessen and Peter Skalnik, eds., The Study of the State. The
Hague: Mouton, 1981.

Nanda, B.R. Mahatma Gandhi. Boston: Beacon Press, 1958.

Nanda, B.R. "Religious Policy and Toleration in Ancient India." Pages
17-52 in Bardwell L. Smith, ed., Essays on Gupta Culture. Delhi:
Motilal Banarsidass, 1983.

Narain, Harsh. The Ayodhya Temple Mosque Dispute. New Delhi: Penman,
1993.

Narashimhan, C.R. Rajagopalachar: A Biography. New Delhi: Radiant,
1993.

Nayar, Kuldip, and Kushwant Singh. Tragedy of Punjab: Operation
Bluestar and After. New Delhi: Vision Books, 1984.

Nehru, Jawaharlal. Jawaharlal Nehru's Speeches. 5 vols. New Delhi:
Publications Division, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting,
1958-68.

Nehru, Jawaharlal. Selected Works of Jawaharlal Nehru. 2d Series. 16
vols. New Delhi: Jawaharlal Memorial Fund, 1988-92.

Nehru, Jawaharlal. Towards Freedom: An Autobiography. New York: Day,
1941.

Nelson, David N. Bibliography of South Asia. Scarecrow Area
Bibliographies, No. 4. Metuchen, New Jersey: Scarecrow, 1994.

Nilakanta Sastri, Killidaikurchi Aiyah Aiyar. The Colas. 2d ed., rev.
University of Madras Historical Series, No. 9. Madras: University of
Madras, 1975.

Nilakanta Sastri, Kallidaikurchi Aiyah Aiyar. History of South India
from Prehistoric Times to the Fall of Vijayanagar. 4th ed. Madras:
Oxford University Press, 1976.

Noble, Allen G., and Ashok K. Dutt, eds. India: Cultural Patterns and
Processes. Boulder, Colorado: Westview Press, 1982.

Nugent, Nicholas. Rajiv Gandhi: Son of a Dynasty. New Delhi: UBS,
1991.

Page, David. Prelude to Partition: The Indian Muslims and the Imperial
System of Control, 1920-1932. Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1982.

Pandey, B.N. The Break Up of British India. London: Macmillan, 1969.

Panikkar, K.M. Asia and Western Dominance. 2d ed. New York: Collier,
1969.

Park, Richard L., and Bruce Bueno de Mesquita. India's Political
System. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1979.

Patnaik, Naveen. A Second Paradise: Indian Courtly Life, 1590-1947.
Garden City, New Jersey: Doubleday, 1985.

Patterson, Maureen L.P., in collaboration with William J. Alspaugh.
South Asian Civilizations: A Bibliographic Synthesis. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press, 1981.

Paul, John J. The Legal Profession in Colonial South India. Bombay:
Oxford University Press, 1991.

Paul, John J. "Religion and Medicine in South India: The Scudder
Medical Missionaries and the Christian Medical College and Hospital,
Vellore," Fides et Historia, 22, No. 3, Fall 1990, 16-29.

Pearson, M.N. Before Colonialism: Theories of Asian-European
Relations, 1500-1750. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1988.

Pearson, M.N. The New Cambridge History of India, I.1: The Portuguese
in India. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1987.

Piggott, Stuart. Prehistoric India to 1000 B.C. London: Penguin, 1952.

Possehl, Gregory L., ed. The Harappan Civilization. London: Aris and
Phillips, 1982.

Possehl, Gregory L., ed. South Asian Archaeology Studies. New Delhi:
Oxford University Press, 1992.

Powell, Avril Ann. Muslims and Missionaries in Pre-Mutiny India.
London: Curzon, 1993.

Prasad, Rajeshwar. Days with Lal Bahadur Shastri. New Delhi: Allied,
1991.

Qureshi, I.H. The Muslim Community of the Indo-Pakistan Subcontinent,
1610-1947. The Hague: Mouton, 1962.

Ramusack, Barbara N. The Princes of India in the Twilight of Empire:
Dissolution of a Patron-Client System, 1914-1939. Columbus: Ohio State
University Press, 1978.

Rangarajan, L.N., trans. and ed. Kautilya: The Arthasastra. New York:
Penguin, 1992.

Raychaudhuri, Tapan, and Irfan Habib, eds. The Cambridge Economic
History of India, 1: c.1200-c.1750. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, 1982.

Richards, J.F. "The Islamic Frontier in the East: Expansion into South
Asia," South Asia [Nedlands, Australia], No. 4, October 1974, 91-109.

Richards, John F. The New Cambridge History of India, II.5: The Mughal
Empire. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1993.

Rizvi, S.A.A. The Wonder That Was India, 2: A Survey of the History
and Culture of the Indian Sub-Continent from the Coming of the Muslims
to the British Conquest, 1200-1700. London: Sidgwick and Jackson,
1987.

Robb, Peter G. The Evolution of British Policy Towards Indian
Politics, 1880-1920. Westwood, Massachusetts: Riverdale, 1992.

Robinson, Francis. Separatism among Indian Muslims: The Politics of
the United Provinces' Muslims, 1860-1932. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press, 1974.

Robinson, Francis, ed. The Cambridge Encyclopedia of India, Pakistan,
Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Nepal, Bhutan, and the Maldives. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press, 1989.

Roy, Asim. "The Politics of India's Partition: The Revisionist
Perspective," Modern Asian Studies [London], 24, Pt. 2, April 1990,
385-415.

Rudner, David W. Caste and Colonialism in Colonial India: The
Nattukkottai Chettiars. Berkeley: University of California Press,
1994.

Rustomji, Nari. Imperilled Frontiers: India's North-Eastern
Borderlands. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1983.

Sahasrabuddhe, P.G., and Manik Chandra Vajpayee. The People Versus
Emergency: A Saga of Struggle. Trans., Sudhakar Raje. New Delhi:
Suruchi Prakashan, 1991.

Saksena, N.S. India: Towards Anarchy, 1967-1992. New Delhi: Abhinav,
1993.

Sangwan, Satpal. "Science Education in India under Colonial
Constraints, 1792-1857," Oxford Review of Education [Oxford], 16, No.
1, 1990, 81-95.

Sangwan, Satpal. Science, Technology, and Colonisation: An Indian
Experience, 1757-1857. New Delhi: Anmika Prakashan, 1991.

Sankaia, H.D. Aspects of Indian History and Archeology. Delhi: B.R.
Publishing, 1977.

SarDesai, D.R., and Anand Mohan, eds. The Legacy of Nehru: A
Centennial Assessment. New Delhi: Promilla, 1992.

Sarkar, Jadhunath. Fall of the Mughal Empire. 4 vols. Bombay: Orient
Longman, 1964-72.

Sarkar, Sumit. Modern India, 1885-1947. Delhi: Macmillan, 1983.

Schuhmacher, Stephan, and Gert Woerner, eds. The Encyclopedia of
Eastern Philosophy and Religion. Boston: Shambhala, 1989.

Schwartzberg, Joseph E., ed. A Historical Atlas of South Asia. 2d
impression. Reference Series of Association for Asian Studies, No. 2.
New York: Oxford University Press, 1992.

Seal, Anil. The Emergence of Indian Nationalism: Competition and
Collaboration in the Late Nineteenth Century. London: Cambridge
University Press, 1968.

Sen Gupta, Bhabani. Communism in Indian Politics. New York: Columbia
University Press, 1972.

Sen, S.P., ed. Dictionary of National Biography. 4 vols. Calcutta:
Institute of Historical Studies, 1975.

Sen, S.P., ed. Sources of the History of India. Calcutta: Institute of
Historical Studies, 1978.

Seshan, N.K. With Three Prime Ministers: Nehru, Indira, and Rajiv. New
Delhi: Wiley-Eastern, 1993.

Sewell, Robert. A Forgotten Empire: Vijayanagar. London: Sonnenschein,
1900.

Sharma, Kususm. Ambedkar and Indian Constitution. New Delhi: Ashish,
1992.

Sharma, Ram Sharman. Ancient India. New Delhi: National Council of
Educational Research and Training, 1977.

Sharma, Ram Sharman. Aspects of Political Ideas and Institutions in
Ancient India. 2d ed. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1968.

Sharma, Ram Sharman. Indian Feudalism: c. 300-1200. Calcutta:
University of Calcutta Press, 1965.

Sharma, Ram Sharman. Light on Early Indian Society and Economy.
Bombay: Manaktalas, 1966.

Sharma, Ram Sharman, ed. Land Revenue in Ancient India: Historical
Studies. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1971.

Sharma, Ramesh Chandra, Atul Kumar Singh, Sugam Anand, Gyaneshwar
Chaturvedi, and Jayati Chaturvedi. Historiography and Historians in
India since Independence. Agra: M.G. Publishers, 1991.

Shourie, Arun. Indian Controversies: Essays on Religion in Politics.
New Delhi: Manohar, 1993.

Shourie, Arun. Symptoms of Fascism. New Delhi: Vikas, 1978.

Singh, Birendra Kumar. Early Chalukyas of Vatapi, circa A.D. 500 to
757. Delhi: Eastern Book Linkers, 1991.

Singh, Gopal. A History of the Sikh People, 1469-1978. New Delhi:
World Sikh University Press, 1979.

Singh, Harbans. The Heritage of the Sikhs. Columbia, Missouri: South
Asia Books, 1983.

Singh, Mahendra Prasad, ed. Lok Sabha Elections 1989: Indian Politics
in 1990's. New Delhi: Kalinga, 1992.

Singh, Patwant, and Harji Malik, eds. Punjab: The Fatal
Miscalculation. New Delhi: Patwant Singh, 1985.

Singh, Surinder Nihal. Rocky Road of Indian Democracy: Nehru to
Narasimha Rao. New Delhi: Sterling, 1993.

Sisson, Richard, and Stanley Wolpert, eds. Congress and Indian
Nationalism: The Pre-Independence Phase. Berkeley: University of
California Press, 1988.

Sitaramayya, B. Pattabhi. History of the Indian National Congress. 2
vols. Bombay: Padma, 1947.

Smith, Bardwell L., ed. Essays on Gupta Culture. Delhi: Motilal
Banarsidass, 1983.

Smith, Donald E. India as a Secular State. Princeton: Princeton
University Press, 1963.

Smith, Vincent, ed. The Oxford History of India. 4th ed. New Delhi:
Oxford University Press, 1981.

South Asian Handbook: India and the Indian Sub-Continent, 1993. 2d ed.
Ed., Robert W. Bradnock. Bath, United Kingdom: Trade and Travel, 1992.

Spate, O.H.K., A.T.A. Learmonth, A.M. Learmonth, and B.H. Farmer.
India and Pakistan: A General and Regional Geography with a Chapter on
Ceylon. 3d ed., rev. London: Methuen, 1967.

Spear, Thomas George Percival. A History of India, 2. Baltimore:
Penguin, 1965.

Spear, Thomas George Percival, ed. The Oxford History of Modern India,
1740-1975. 2d ed. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1978.

Spencer, George W. "The Politics of Plunder: The Cholas in Eleventh
Century Ceylon," Journal of Asian Studies, 35, No. 3, August 1976,
405-19.

Srivastava, Ramesh Chandra. Judicial System in India. Lucknow: Print
House (India), 1992.

Stein, Burton. The New Cambridge History of India, I. 2: Vijayanagara.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989.

Stein, Burton, ed. Essays on South India. Honolulu: University Press
of Hawaii, 1975.

Stein, Burton, ed. Peasant, State, and Society in Medieval South
India. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1980.

Stein, Burton, ed. Thomas Munro: The Origins of the Colonial State and
His Vision of Empire. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1989.

Stern, Robert W. Changing India: Bourgeois Revolution on the
Subcontinent. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1993.

Subrahmanyam, Sanjay. The Political Economy of Commerce: Southern
India, 1500-1650. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1990.

Subramaniam, Chitra. Bofors: The Story Behind the News. New Delhi:
Viking, 1993.

Tahseen, Rana. Education and Modernisation of Muslims in India. New
Delhi: Deep and Deep, 1993.

Talwar, S.N. Under the Banyan Tree: The Communist Movement in India,
1920-1964. New Delhi: Allied, 1985.

Tambiah, Stanley J. "Presidential Address: Reflections on Communal
Violence in South Asia," Journal of Asian Studies, 49, No. 4, November
1990, 741-60.

Tandon, Prakash. Punjabi Century, 1857-1947. Berkeley: University of
California Press, 1968.

Tarn, W.W. The Greeks in Bactria and India. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press, 1951.

Taylor, Jay. The Dragon and the Wild Goose: China and India, with New
Epilogue. New York: Praeger, 1991.

Taylor, P.J.O. Chronicles of the Mutiny and Other Historical Sketches.
New Delhi: Indus, 1992.

Thapar, Romesh. These Troubled Times. Bombay: Popular Prakashan, 1986.

Thapar, Romila. Ashoka and the Decline of the Mauryas. London: Oxford
University Press, 1961.

Thapar, Romila. From Lineage to State: Social Formations in the Mid-
First Millennium B.C. in the Ganga Valley. New Delhi: Oxford
University Press, 1984.

Thapar, Romila. A History of India, 1. Baltimore: Penguin, 1965.

Thapar, Romila. Indian Tales. New Delhi: Puffin Books, 1991.

Thapar, Romila. Interpreting Early India. New Delhi: Oxford University
Press, 1992.

Thapar, Romila. "The State as Empire." Pages 409-28 in Henry J.
Claessen and Peter Skalnik, eds., The Study of the State. The Hague:
Mouton, 1981.

Thompson, Edward. The Making of the Indian Princes. London: Oxford
University Press, 1943. Reprint. Columbia, Missouri: South Asia Books,
1980.

Thurston, Edgar. Caste and Tribes of Southern India. 7 vols. Madras:
Government Press, 1909.

Tolkappiyar. Tolkappiam. Trans., E.S. Varadaraja Iyer. 2d ed.
Annamalainagar: Annamalai University, 1987.

Tomlinson, B.R. The New Cambridge History of India, III.3: The Economy
of Modern India, 1860-1970. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press,
1993.

Trautmann, Thomas R. Dravidian Kinship. Cambridge Studies in Social
Anthropology. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1981.

Trautmann, Thomas R. Kautilya and the Arthasastra: A Statistical
Study. Leiden: Brill, 1971.

Trevelyan, Raleigh. The Golden Oriole: A 200-year History of an
English Family in India. A Touchstone Book. New York: Simon and
Schuster, 1988.

Tully, Mark. India: Forty Years of Independence. New York: Braziller,
1988.

Tully, Mark, and Satish Jacob. Amritsar: Mrs. Gandhi's Last Battle.
London: Cape, 1985.

United Nations. Legal Department. Statement of Treaties and
International Agreements Registered or Filed and Recorded with the
Secretariat, 548. New York: 1965.

United Nations. Legal Department. Statement of Treaties and
International Agreements Registered or Filed and Recorded with the
Secretariat, 560. New York: 1966.

Venkataramanayya, N. The Eastern Calukyas of Vengi. Madras: Vedam
Venkataray Sastry, 1950.

Vincent, Rose, ed. The French in India: From Diamond Traders to
Sanskrit Scholars. Trans., Latika Padgaonkar. Bombay: Popular
Prakashan, 1990.

Washbrook, David A. The Emergence of Provincial Politics: The Madras
Presidency, 1870-1920. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976.

Washbrook, David A. "South Asia, The World System, and World
Capitalism," Journal of Asian Studies, 49, No. 3, August 1990,
479-508.

Wheeler, Robert Eric Mortimer. Civilization of the Indus Valley and
Beyond. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1966.

Wheeler, Robert Eric Mortimer. Early India and Pakistan: To Ashoka.
Rev. ed. Ancient Peoples and Places, No. 12. New York: Praeger, 1968.

Who Are the Guilty? Report of a Joint Inquiry into the Causes and
Impact of the Riots in Delhi from 31 October to 10 November, 1984. 2d
ed. New Delhi: People's Union for Democratic Rights and People's Union
for Civil Liberties, 1984.

Wink, André. Al-Hind, the Making of the Indo-Islamic World, 1: Early
Medieval India and the Expansion of Islam, 7th-11th Centuries. 2d.
ed., rev. Leiden: Brill, 1991.

Wolpert, Stanley. India. Berkeley: University of California Press,
1991.

Wolpert, Stanley. Jinnah of Pakistan. New York: Oxford University
Press, 1984.

Wolpert, Stanley. Nehru: A Tryst with Destiny. New York: Oxford
University Press, 1996.

Wolpert, Stanley. A New History of India. 4th ed. New York: Oxford
University Press, 1992.

Wolpert, Stanley. Tilak and Gokhale: Revolution and Reform in the
Making of Modern India. Cambridge: Cambridge University, 1962.
Reprint. Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1989.

Woodruff, Philip (pseud.). The Men Who Ruled India, 2: The Founders.
London: Cape, 1963.

Zimmer, Heinrich. The Art of Indian Asia. New York: Pantheon, 1955.

Enter your search terms Submit search form
Web countrystudies.us

http://countrystudies.us/india/137.htm

FOCUS GROUP ASIAN SUBCONTINENT:

Muslim-Hindu Relations in India

Beside being one of the most populous nations in the world, India is
also one of the most religiously and ethnically diverse. Islam and
Hinduism are the main religions in India, however, and the two have
had a very long and sometimes violent coexistence. After the British
left India in 1947, in particular, the continent split into the
nations of the Muslim Pakistan and a majority-Hindu India in a violent
partition which cost the lives of approximately one million people and
dislocation of no fewer than eleven million.

Since 1947 India and Pakistan have fought three wars with each other
since then; and violence between Hindus and Sikhs and Muslims in India
itself have also been bitter and violent. The secular regime in
democratic India that Mahatmas Gandhi help establish in 1947 professes
to be one country for all Indians, no matter their religion; but
enmity between religions continues to plague India. The tide of Hindu
communalism continues to roll across the Indian subcontinent, and with
a literacy rate of just 30% and horrific poverty India's democracy
faces strong challenges in the future. Combine that with the
conflicts in Kashmir with Pakistan and the proliferation of nuclear
weapons in the area, and the situation is particularly dangerous.

Questions to keep in mind: What historical events in history
contribute to present day bad feelings between Muslims and Hindus on
the Asian subcontinent? What are the wars, conflicts, rivalries that
Muslims and Hindus have suffered between them? What was the influence
of the life and death of Mohandas Gandhi? How many Muslims are there
compared to Hindus and Sikhs in present day India? What conflicts
have arisen on sites considered "holy" by both Muslims and Hindus?

RESOURCES:

At Yahoo! check out the following categories: Indian history in
general, India by time period, and Mohandas Gandhi. Also check out
this excellent CNN perspective on India and Pakistan: 50 Years of
Independence. This is also an excellent article about Indian and the
recent elections there.

Check out these links also: Redif India Online, Discover India, India
Express, Hello India!, India Review, Inet India, and India on
Internet.

Check out these official Indian government pages: Indian Parliament
Home Page, and The President of India.

This is a cool link about Hindu vs. Muslim values in India. This is
also good. Read this article about tensions between Indian Muslims
and Hindu nationalists.

Check out the below NPR radio broadcasts to get an in-depth analysis
of events:

India-Pakistan: Tit for Tat
Tensions rise anew with the shooting down of a Pakistani military
plane and a reported retaliatory missile firing (8/23/99)

CNN broadcasts: Pakistan/India Partition, India/Pakistan at 50, India
Acquires Nuclear Weapons, Pakistan Nuclear Weapons, India Hindu-Muslm
Tensions, India Diverse Country (good link!)

http://dir.yahoo.com/Regional/Countries/India/Arts_and_Humanities/Humanities/History/
http://dir.yahoo.com/Regional/Countries/India/Arts_and_Humanities/Humanities/History/By_Time_Period/

INDIA ELECTION '98

March 4 1998
The NewsHour with Jim Lehrer Transcript

Leaders of a Hindu nationalist party are demanding the right to form
India's next government after nearly complete election returns show
the party winning the most seats in the parliament. But conflicting
claims have led to bitterness and confusion. Fred de Sam Lazaro has
this report on the party's rise to power.

A RealAudio version of this segment is available.

http://www.rjgeib.com/biography/milken/crescent-moon/asian-subcontient/hindu-islam-history/hindu-islam.html

FRED DE SAM LAZARO: Ramesh Chand Thomar has served in India's
parliament since 1991, representing a semi-rural district in the
Northern, Uttar Pradesh province. He began this campaign day with a
stop at a Hindu temple, part of a routine that emphasizes the central
theme of his BJP or India People's Party. Called Hindutva, the slogan
has few specifics but declares India "a nation of Hindu values." He
insists this does not violate the secular democratic tradition of
Mahatma Gandhi, on which the nation was founded. Thomar says it simply
calls on Indians to be patriotic.

RAMESH CHAND THOMAR: Indian must think first of India, the development
of India, the prosperity of India, we like that. The people are living
here and they are thinking about other countries.

FRED DE SAM LAZARO: What other countries specifically?

RAMESH CHAND THOMAR: Neighboring countries, whatever they have in
their mind, I cannot say.

BJP strategy: anti-muslim rhetoric?

FRED DE SAM LAZARO: The BJP's critics say that's code language aimed
at India's Muslim minority. They are often accused of being loyal to
Pakistan, India's Islamic neighbor and adversary in three wars,
according to Syed Shahabuddin, a former member of parliament and
publisher of a journal called Muslim India.

SYED SHAHABUDDIN, Publisher, Muslim India: This is precisely their
method of trying to undo, or rather to do a minority out of its due
share. Point one, look, he's the enemy, he is the other, he is the
enemy, he is the adversary, he's with them; he's the fifth columnist.
He's at the beck and call of Pakistan. And Pakistan, of course, you
know, is always leaving difficult responsibilities against us. And
this is how you create a miasma of fear, and that is how you create
distrust. That is how you inject poison into the body politic of this
country, and that is how you create an atmosphere in which any amount
of violence can take place.

Religious tensions become political issues.

FRED DE SAM LAZARO: Critics blame the BJP for trying to reignite
religious tensions that date back centuries. In the early 1990's, the
party led a campaign to remove a 16th century mosque, called Babri
Masjid, and replace it with a Hindu temple. They claimed India's
Muslim conquerors built it in a sacred spot; the birthplace of the
Hindu God Rama. Murali Manohar Joshi, a BJP leader, explained the
campaign to foreign reporters.

MURALI MANOHAR JOSHI: If Hitler would have been victorious in the
second world war and there would have been a statue of Hitler in
Trafalgar Square, and in 1990 the Britishers would have been liberated
from Hitler's yoke, what would they have done to that statue of
Hitler?

The ruling party faces voter resentment.

FRED DE SAM LAZARO: In 1992, rioters stormed the mosque called Babri
Masjid and razed it. The incident sparked violent clashes that claimed
dozens of Hindu and Muslim lives, and for a while, it seemed to
alienate many voters from the BJP, but political observers say it also
hurt the ruling Congress Party government, which was criticized for
not cracking down on the rioters. At the same time, the Congress
government, which had ruled India almost uninterrupted for four
decades, began to face increasing voter resentment for policies that
failed to deliver even basic amenities. It's frustration that's still
very much in evidence.

MAN: (speaking through interpreter) Take a look at the condition of
our village. Do you see any water taps? We have to go two kilometers
to get water, and we still get water from an open well.

TEACHER: (speaking through interpreter) The minister came here, he
promised to expand this school. We're still waiting. We only go to the
fifth grade. I'd love to see kids go to the eighth.

SECOND MAN: (speaking through interpreter) When it comes time for our
votes, they say they'll do this, they'll do that, in the end they
don't do anything.

THIRD MAN: (speaking through interpreter) The Congress Party has been
in power for a long time. They haven't done anything for the poor, the
lower castes.

The Congress Party faces allegations of corruption.

FRED DE SAM LAZARO: Perhaps the biggest reason for the Congress
Party's fall from grace were allegations of widespread corruption.
It's an issue the BJP has seized. A BJP promise to clean up politics
has struck a responsive chord, even among some Congress Party members,
like Colonel Ram Singh.

COLONEL RAM SINGH: I really got so disgusted. Every minister, barring
four or five of us, there is about 65, every minister was looting the
country literally with both hands, and it was shameful.

FRED DE SAM LAZARO: Singh, who ran for parliament this time as a BJP
candidate, believes his adopted party is divorcing itself from its
extremist past.

COLONEL RAM SINGH: I think that is gradually being removed. I mean, my
total outlook has always been, and will always be that every religion
should have equal place, equal rights, and they should be no
persecution of anybody on religious grounds.

FRED DE SAM LAZARO: Singh describes himself as a moderating force in
the BJP and the party has gone out of its way to tone down its
Hindutva rhetoric, according to H. K. Dua, editor of the Times of
India.

H. K. DUA, Editor, The Times of India: They are trying to project more
a centrist party, keen to do the business of the state, taking the
others along, than the kind of image they had tried to project
earlier. Possibly they are seeing it's politically necessary. They
won't be able to come to power if they are taking an extreme position.
So there is a definite attempt to demarcate themselves from the old--
the old Hindu image. But they're doing it softly, lest they may lose
their old constituency.

RAMESH THOMAR: India is a secular country, and it will remain always
secular.

FRED DE SAM LAZARO: Hard-line BJP candidates, like Ramesh Thomar,
insist they're committed to freedom for all religions, but at the same
time, Thomar says a temple must be built at the site of the demolished
Babri mosque.

RAMESH THOMAR: Construction of the temple is the permanent solution,
and most of the Muslim people also wants that the temple of Rama in
Ayodhya that should be constructed.

FRED DE SAM LAZARO: So you would like to see a temple constructed
in--

RAMESH THOMAR: Must, must, must.

Which party will control the future of India?

FRED DE SAM LAZARO: Election results show the BJP won the most seats
in parliament but not the majority needed to form a government. Its
position on the temple and other issues will be the subject of intense
and difficult negotiations as it seeks coalition partners. Kuldi
Nayyar is a columnist and former diplomat.

KULDIP NAYYAR, Columnist: The roots of tolerance, the roots of secular
polity, the roots of sense of accommodation are very deep, because
even last time, they tried their best to get others to join them.
Fourteen, fifteen parties came together to keep them away because
these people represent a philosophy or an ideology which is alien to
this country.

FRED DE SAM LAZARO: Opposing the BJP in the race to form a coalition
government is the once dominant Congress Party, whose campaign was led
by a woman with India's best-known political name, Sonia Gandhi. It
finished a distant second and will try to team with a group of smaller
parties called the United Front to stop the Hindu Nationalists.

http://www.pbs.org/newshour/bb/asia/jan-june98/india_3-4.html

http://www.rjgeib.com/biography/milken/crescent-moon/asian-subcontient/hindu-islam-history/hindu-islam.html

...and I am Sid Harth
chhotemianinshallah
2010-03-08 16:51:34 UTC
Permalink
COLUMN

Between despair and hope
PRAFUL BIDWAI

The Rae Bareli court's discharge of L.K. Advani in the Ayodhya
demolition case is a mockery of justice, but the Supreme Court's
intervention in the Best Bakery matter revives hopes that the Indian
legal system might prevail in bringing the perpetrators of communal
hate crimes to book.

THE waywardness of India's police and justice delivery systems has few
parallels when it comes to punishing communal offences and hate
crimes. What began as a devious process of manipulation of the first
information reports in the Babri mosque demolition case, and the
totally illegitimate dropping of conspiracy charges against the
principal accused, turned into a grotesque parody of justice on
September 19 when the Special Court of Magistrate Vinay Kumar Singh in
Rae Bareli framed charges against seven persons, including Murli
Manohar Joshi, Uma Bharati, Vinay Katiyar and other Vishwa Hindu
Parishad leaders, but discharged Deputy Prime Minister L.K. Advani.
Advani is the man who spearheaded, planned and ideologically inspired
the raucous agitation that led to the razing of the mosque on December
6, 1992.

Precisely what charges are framed against the remaining seven will be
only known on October 10. The list of offences filed by the CBI under
the Indian Penal Code (IPC) is not long: Section 147 (rioting), 149
(committing a crime), 153A and 153B (spreading communal hatred) and
505 (creating ill will). But it is clear that the indictment will not
include the all-important charge of criminal conspiracy, nor offences
under Sections 295 and 295A of the IPC (defiling places of worship and
indulging in acts intended to outrage the religious feelings of any
class).

Thus, the perpetrators of one of the worst hate crimes in India's
history - who pulled down a monument which had become a symbol of
pluralism - will not even stand trial for destroying a mosque and
exploiting communal hatred, which they so clearly did.

This is bad enough. What is downright outrageous is that Advani, who
was the most important leader of the anti-Babri movement which the BJP
took over in the late 1980s, and who conducted the infamous Somnath-to-
Ayodhya rath yatra and played a direct, preponderant role in the
events leading to December 6, has been let off the hook. The
ostensible reason made public for this is the curious argument that
the CBI cited two conflicting testimonies, one of which claimed that
Advani tried to calm down the restive crowd (while the other said he
did nothing to restrain leaders like Uma Bharati and Sadhvi
Ritambhara, with whom he shared the dais who made extremely
inflammatory speeches).

Basing himself on this claimed contradiction, the Magistrate gave
Advani the "benefit of the doubt". Strangely, he cited the Supreme
Court's ruling in the Praful Kumar Samal case, that if the scales of
evidence presented against the accused during a trial are "even" then
that is a fit ground for acquittal. This conforms to the canonical
rule that a person must be considered innocent until proved guilty.

Logically, this rationale can come into effect only at the conclusion
of a trial, not before it, at the stage of framing charges. It does
not stand to reason that a person against whom there is weighty prima
facie evidence should be simply let off. The Supreme Court had said:
"If an element of grave suspicion is there and the accused has
explained the doubts then he can be discharged." Advani manifestly did
not explain away any "doubts".

The Magistrate has erred in exonerating Advani. Independent
investigations have turned up overwhelming evidence of Advani's
pivotal role in the processes and events that led to the demolition,
including the happenings of December 6. The Citizens' Tribunal on
Ayodhya, comprising Justices O. Chinappa Reddy, D.A. Desai and D.S.
Tewatia documented Advani's role at length in its Report of the
Inquiry Commission (July 1993) and in the Judgement and
Recommendations (December 1993), both published by the Tribunal (K-14
Green Park Extension, New Delhi 110016).

These show that Advani was central to the build-up to the events of
December 1992 - from numerous kar sevas, the 1990 rath yatra, and
manipulation of the State government (then under the BJP's Kalyan
Singh), to misleading the courts, and organising crucial coordination
meetings of the Sangh combine. The intention to raze the mosque was
repeatedly and unambiguously stressed during these events. The very
purpose of the rath yatra was to kindle "Hindu pride" and "get even"
with history - of "conquest and humiliation" of the Hindus by
"foreigners". The main slogans of the yatra were provocative: "there
are only two places for Muslims - Pakistan or kabristan
(graveyard))".

The Inquiry Commission recorded detailed testimony of eyewitnesses to
show that plans for December 6 were launched by the BJP-VHP-Bajrang
Dal with a lalkar saptah starting November 29. By December 2, 90,000
kar sevaks had gathered at Ayodhya. By December 3, they numbered
150,000. On December 5, Advani addressed a public meeting in Lucknow
and was to go to Varanasi, reaching Ayodhya/Faizabad on December 5.
He, however, altered his plans so as to reach Faizabad to join an all-
important closed-door meeting at Vinay Katiyar's house, where the
ultimate, detailed, nuts-and-bolts plans for December 6 were
finalised.

Among those present were the RSS' H.V. Seshadri and K.S. Sudershan,
the VHP's Ashok Singhal, Vinay Katiyar and Acharya Dharmendra, the
Shiv Sena's Moreshwar Save, and the BJP's Pramod Mahajan. Meanwhile, a
rehearsal of the demolition operation took place the same day near the
Babri mosque.

According to the Commission, on December 6, Advani arrived at the site
at the same time as Joshi (10-30 a.m.). He, among others, addressed
the kar sevaks. His speech was intemperate. Meanwhile, some kar sevaks
had breached the security cordon and were in a highly excited state.
At 11-30 a.m., Uma Bharati made a highly inflammatory speech,
including slogans "tel lagao Dabar ka, naam mitao Babar ka", "Katue
kate jayenge, Ram-Ram chillayenge", and so on.

At 11-45, Advani reportedly announced, "We don't need bulldozers to
pull down the mosque; [we can do it manually by removing chunks of its
wall]". The assault on the mosque began. Advani then ensured that the
demolition would continue and be completed without the intervention of
Central paramilitary forces stationed nearby. At 3-15 p.m., he urged
kar sevaks "to block all entry points to Ayodhya to prevent Central
forces from entering, and warned the armed forces not to touch the kar
sevaks." The eight accused were present at the site for a full seven
hours and made no gesture to distance themselves from the destructive
and illegal actions of the day.

The December 6 events were videographed and photographed by numerous
journalists, by Indian and foreign TV channels and, above all, by the
Intelligence Bureau, which reportedly has nine hours of tapes.
(Curiously, the CBI did not present all of these to the special
court).

Yet, the Sangh Parivar has launched a disinformation campaign which
claims that Advani did his best to restrain the kar sevaks and shed
tears at the demolition! It is relevant to ask if these were tears of
sorrow or of joy: Advani has consistently described the anti-Babri
agitation as a "national" movement for Hindu self-assertion, which
finally removed what he called the "ocular" insult in the form of the
mosque.

The disinformation and evasion of responsibility speaks of monumental
cowardice on the part of Advani & Co. They revelled in the
destruction, and hugged one another in exultation and mutual
congratulation.

The BJP rode to political power at the Centre on the anti-Babri Masjid
movement. In all honesty, its leaders must face trial and declare
either that they stand by their role or that they regret and repent it
and apologise. They cannot both take credit for the act and attribute
its planning and execution to mysterious, unknown and unknowable
forces - as Sangh ideologue K.R. Malkani once did, by blaming the
CIA.

There was a clearly identifiable human agency behind December 6: the
BJP-VHP-RSS-Bajrang Dal-Shiv Sena's top leadership, including Advani
and Joshi. But cowardice is a Sangh characteristic. Following Gandhi's
assassination, the RSS was banned. Thousands of its members quickly
stopped participating in its activities and claimed they were never
its members.

The Rae Bareli order is odious. But Uttar Pradesh Chief Minister
Mulayam Singh Yadav has decided not to appeal against it - on the
grounds that "I am a firm believer in the judiciary and of the view
that the court verdict on Ayodhya should be acceptable to all ... I
welcome the court's decision and have nothing more to say ... " Amar
Singh has gone even further to say that the government cannot appeal
against it. This strengthens the suspicions of a secret collusive deal
between the BJP and the Samajwadi Party. Mulayam Singh Yadav has
decided to accept the BJP's Kesarinath Tripathi as Speaker and not to
poach on the party's MLAs. This makes the whole matter all the more
sordid. It sets back hopes of a just trial and further shakes the
public's confidence in India's justice delivery system.

IN contrast to this comes the Supreme Court's intervention in the Best
Bakery case. Through two hearings on September 12 and 19, the court
effectively began piloting and guiding the Gujarat government in its
handling of the consequences of a "fast-track" special court's
judgment exonerating all the accused for the burning of 14 Muslims.
While questioning Gujarat's Chief Secretary and Director-General of
Police directly, Chief Justice V.N. Khare obtained an assurance that
Gujarat's Advocate-General would now take full charge of the matter.
He would redraft the appeal against the "fast-track" court verdict.

The Supreme Court tried to establish three things: the Best Bakery
investigation was faulty because 37 of the 43 witnesses turned
hostile; there was miscarriage of justice; and there is a case for re-
trial of the accused outside Gujarat. The Gujarat government did admit
that there was miscarriage of justice and there is a case for re-trial
(although that should not be outside Gujarat). It also claimed the
investigation was not faulty. However, the Supreme Court asked it to
file an affidavit on October 9 to say on what lines its appeal would
be drafted. This suggests close supervision or stewardship of the
process of litigation.

Welcome as this intervention is, the Court needs to go beyond the Best
Bakery case and look at the horrendous crimes committed during the
Gujarat pogrom in their totality. Crimes Against Humanity, the report
of the Concerned Citizens' Tribunal, comprising eminent jurists and
scholars, concluded, after examining 2,094 statements and 1,500
witnesses, that the pogrom that lasted several weeks amounted to
genocide in the strict sense of the term. The pattern of violence
shows: selective targeting of Muslims, inhuman forms of brutality,
military precision and planning, and use of Hindu religious symbols.
This was planned, sustained and prolonged through hate speech,
intimidation and terror by the RSS, the BJP and the VHP-Bajrang Dal,
with the complicity and participation of policemen and bureaucrats,
encouraged by Narendra Modi.

It is clear that Muslims were targeted not because they did this or
that act, but simply because they were Muslims. The killer mobs'
declared intention, as revealed by their own slogans, was to
liquidate, mentally harm, humiliate and subjugate Muslims and "destroy
them", "wipe them out from Gujarat", and cleanse the state of Islam.
The physical violence directed against Muslims, the calculated
destruction of the economic basis of their survival, and sexual
assaults against Muslim women as an instrument of terror, all point to
genocide.

Article II of the International Convention on Genocide, 1948 defines
genocide as "any of the following acts committed with intent to
destroy, in whole or in part, a national, ethnical, racial or
religious group" like: "(a) killing [its] members; (b) causing [them]
serious bodily or mental harm; (c) deliberately inflicting on the
group conditions ... calculated to bring about its physical
destruction... ; (d) imposing measures intended to prevent births
within the group; (e) forcibly transferring [its] children ... to
another group."

The Gujarat pogrom unambiguously fits the definition. As a signatory
to the Convention, India is obliged to punish the perpetrators of
genocide through a competent court. This demands a special independent
National Tribunal for hate crimes and genocide. This alone can meet
the ends of justice.

For this to happen, we must see the numerous cases of violence not as
discrete acts, but in their totality as genocide. This sui generis
process of litigation will need special agencies for investigation and
prosecution as well as victim protection. It would be a historic
tragedy if the Indian state once again fails to bring the perpetrators
of hate crimes to book.

Volume 20 - Issue 20, September 27 - October 10, 2003
India's National Magazine
from the publishers of THE HINDU

http://www.flonnet.com/fl2020/stories/20031010005312500.htm

India's National Magazine
From the publishers of THE HINDU
Vol. 16 :: No. 04 :: Feb. 13 - 26, 1999

COVER STORY
A bitter aftermath

The pattern set in the aftermath of the Staines killing shows that
there are enough voices in positions of authority willing to justify
heinous crimes committed in the name of religion.

SUKUMAR MURALIDHARAN

SENSITIVITY to public opinion was at a premium in the aftermath of the
grisly murder of Australian missionary Graham Stewart Staines and his
two young boys by a lynch mob in Orissa on January 23. Union Home
Minister L.K. Advani put on record his strong condemnation of the
event, as did Minister for External Affairs Jaswant Singh, the latter
describing it as a "crime against humanity". But for each such
concession to the demands of rectitude, there was a gesture that
tended to work to the contrary purpose. One such act was Advani's
preemptive exculpation of the Bajrang Dal - his claim that he had
authoritative information that the organisation was not involved in
the crime. Another was BJP president Kushabhau Thakre's assertion that
Christian missionaries were inviting trouble through their activities.
He said: "I appeal to the missionaries that they are sitting on a
stack of hay. They better be careful."

Thakre's remarks conformed to a pattern of morally dubious conduct by
the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS) and its affiliate organisations
after the Staines murder. In what could only be construed as a gross
act of dishonouring the dead, Vishwa Hindu Parishad vice-president
Giriraj Kishore asserted that the work of Graham Staines amidst
leprosy sufferers was a facade, since there were no such people within
a wide radius of where he lived and worked. As an intervention in an
emotionally fraught situation, this was only slightly less coarse than
that of Hindu Jagran Manch's Orissa unit president Subhash Chouhan. He
said that Graham Staines was killed because he was engaged in
proselytisation. The pattern set in the aftermath of the killing was
very clear. Adherents to the RSS worldview who happen to be in the
Government felt obliged to issue deprecatory noises. But those outside
the Government felt few such restraints.

EASTERN PRESS AGENCY
Australian Christian missionary Graham Stewart Staines with wife
Glade and children Philip, Esther and Timothy, in a picture from the
family album.

A three-member team of Cabinet Ministers visited the site of the
murder as part of the Government's crisis management strategy. Prior
to his departure to the spot, Union Minister for Steel and Mines
Naveen Patnaik made it clear that he looked at the event through the
miasma of his antagonism to the Orissa unit of the Congress(I).
Defence Minister George Fernandes and Human Resource Development
Minister Murli Manohar Joshi chose a strategy of prudence in advance
of their visit - the former because he is a key member of the BJP-led
Government's crisis management effort and the latter because of his
well-advertised proximity to hardline elements in the RSS.

The ministerial trio spent one hour at the scene of the crime. On its
return to Delhi, the team issued a statement which ascribed
responsibility for the crime to an "international conspiracy" by
"forces which would like this Government to go". If this effectively
ruled out the culpability of the Sangh Parivar and its affiliates, the
team also urged that a judicial commission of inquiry be constituted
to look into the murder in order to uncover the conspiracy.

Shortly afterwards the Government announced, on the advice of the
Chief Justice of India, that a sitting Judge of the Supreme Court,
Justice D.P. Wadhwa, had been appointed as a one-man commission of
inquiry into the Staines killing. Union Minister for Information and
Broadcasting and Cabinet spokesman Pramod Mahajan said that the
inquiry report would be completed by April, so that it could be placed
in Parliament in its next session.

The Director-General for Investigations in the National Human Rights
Commission, D.R. Karthikeyan, visited the scene of the crime. His
report is expected to be submitted by the middle of February, though
with the appointment of the judicial commission it could become an
input for the broader inquiry. Certain suggestions that he made in the
context of the local police investigation, such as entrusting it to
the Criminal Investigation Department (CID) of the State police and
putting an officer of the rank of Superintendent in charge of it, have
been accepted.

A two-member team from the National Commission on Minorities
comprising James Massey and N. Neminath also went to the site. Its
report is also expected to be an important input into the inquiries of
the judicial commission.

AP
During their visit to Manoharpur village in Orissa a few days after
the murder of Graham Stewart Staines and his sons, members of the
Cabinet team, Defence Minister George Fernandes, Human Resource
Development Minister Murli Manohar Joshi and Minister for Steel and
Mines Naveen Patnaik, make inquiries.

IN the midst of these exertions, the ambivalence of official
utterances continues to cause disquiet. It is well known that the
Bajrang Dal - as in the case of most organisations in the RSS
constellation - does not maintain membership rolls. Established in
1984, just when the Ram Janmabhoomi movement was beginning to take
shape in the strategies of the RSS, the Bajrang Dal honed its
agitational and inflammatory skills in the lethal campaign to bring
down the mosque in Ayodhya. The slogans it crafted as part of this
campaign still ring with menace and were often chanted by the riotous
mobs which took a heavy toll of human life during the six years
leading up to the demolition.

Many modern legal systems have a category of offence known as "hate
speech". Slogans and declamations that tend to engender a sense of
antipathy towards any group of people are an offence in themselves.
And if they are issued in close temporal or spatial connection with
actual incidents of violence against these groups, a direct
association is drawn. The onus is then on those who raise the
inflammatory slogans to prove that there is no connection with the
actual act of violence.

By this reasonable benchmark, the BJP spokesmen who have, at every
juncture since the cycle of anti-Christian violence began, exerted
themselves in the cause of strife rather than harmony bear a share of
the blame for the Staines killing. And their conspicuous lack of
remorse after the event has certainly contributed to the sustenance of
an atmosphere of violence. This has been most recently exemplified in
the alleged gang-rape of a Catholic nun on February 3 in Mayurbhanj
district in Orissa. Heinous crimes have been justified by the supposed
sense of rage at the incursions of alien religions into what is deemed
to be Hindu territory. For the BJP leaders who today represent
governmental authority, this has concurrently become an alibi for a
complete abdication of responsibility.

http://www.flonnet.com/fl1604/16040220.htm

Volume 24 - Issue 08 :: Apr. 21-May. 04, 2007
INDIA'S NATIONAL MAGAZINE
from the publishers of THE HINDU

COLUMN

Politics of intimidation
PRAFUL BIDWAI

The Bharatiya Janata Party is trying to browbeat the Election
Commission and its critics on the anti-Muslim CD issue.

SUBIR ROY

BJP State president Kesri Nath Tripathi with senior leader Lalji
Tandon in Lucknow on March 30.

NO Indian political formation can even remotely match the Bharatiya
Janata Party (BJP) when it comes to violating norms of political
decency, defying the law, and pursuing an outrageously divisive and
sectarian agenda. The latest instance is its release on April 3 of a
viciously anti-Muslim compact disc (CD) entitled Bharat ki Pukar (the
call of India) as part of its campaign material for the Uttar Pradesh
Assembly elections.

The BJP has disowned the CD and feigned ignorance of how it got to be
commissioned, written, approved and released — without sincerely
apologising for it. Worse, it has tried to turn the tables on a
constitutional authority, the Election Commission, as well as its
political opponents. It has also used threats and intimidation to
resist reasonable pressure to play by the ground rules of electoral
politics.

Even more disgracefully for the Indian political system, the BJP has
for all practical purposes got away with its offensive conduct. As
this is being written, during the third round of polling in the seven-
phase U.P. elections, it seems highly unlikely that the BJP will be
made to pay politically for its defiance of the prohibition against
using hate speech to win votes, itself a crime against democracy.

The Election Commission issued the BJP a notice asking the party to
explain why it should not be punished under the Representation of the
People Act, 1951 and its Model Code of Conduct, which was in force
when the CD was released. But the BJP, true to type, launched a
counter-offensive and tried to divert attention from this central
issue by demanding that Naveen Chawla, one of the Election
Commissioners, recuse himself from hearing its case. It took this
secondary issue to the Supreme Court on April 13, which has deferred
its hearing to May 8.

Regrettably, the BJP has thus succeeded in getting any resolution of
the issues raised by the CD postponed until it ceases to matter for
the all-important election campaign in U.P.

Now, it can hardly be disputed that the CD is flagrantly anti-Muslim.
It perversely portrays all Muslims as anti-Hindu and anti-national.
They are depicted as duplicitous devils: they trick Hindus into
selling them cows by pretending they will look after them, only to
butcher them in a gory way. They oppress their own women and turn them
into mere reproductive machines - so as to change India's demographic
balance.

The CD shows Muslim men abducting innocent Hindu girls and eloping
with them - only to convert them forcibly. (The effect of this was
reinforced in real life by the systematic hounding of mixed couples
from Bhopal and elsewhere, and by orchestrated "protests" against
their marriage, including a typical Hindutva-style attack on a Star
News studio in Mumbai.)

The CD was clearly calculated to incite hatred against a religious
community, divide citizens, and provoke a militant reaction - probably
with a view to triggering a Hindu-communal backlash. There is nothing
vague or unambiguous of its purpose: it is to win votes in U.P., where
the BJP faces a double-or-nothing prospect.

It simply will not do for the BJP to pretend that the CD was
unauthorised and produced by a junior-level "worker" without prior
approval by the party's top leaders, including Lalji Tandon and State
unit president Kesri Nath Tripathi. According to Virendra Singh,
director of the Bulandshehr-based Fakira Films, which produced the CD,
the State BJP leadership was consulted "at every stage of the writing
of the CD" and whenever the script was "modified... and fine-tuned...
" This stands to reason. Withdrawing the CD cannot mitigate the
original offence because the disc is in circulation and has been
viewed by large numbers of people - in excerpts aired on television,
as well as original copies.

V.V. KRISHNAN

The controversial CD.

Prima facie, there is an irrefutable case against the BJP for
violating the election law in a depraved manner and for offending
Sections of the Indian Penal Code that pertain to spreading hatred
against a particular group or using appeals to religious identity and
which prohibit and punish the use of inflammatory communal material.

The Election Commission was not only right to issue a notice to the
BJP, it was duty-bound to act against it. Logically, such action can
take many forms: publicly reprimanding the BJP, imposing a hefty fine,
and derecognising it at least so far as the use of the lotus symbol is
concerned. The E.C. is not merely meant to disqualify a candidate in
retrospect for communal propaganda. Article 324 of the Constitution
gives it a broad mandate, which includes preventing, precluding and
punishing the use of such propaganda during elections.

The "retrospective" argument just does not stand up to scrutiny. The
E.C.'s core job is to do all it can to prohibit effectively the use of
unfair electoral practices. That is why it is empowered to requisition
police and paramilitary forces, transfer and appoint civil servants,
and set rules for the conduct of the electoral process in its minutest
details.

Implicit in, and central to, the E.C.'s function as a statutory
authority is preventive and pre-emptive action so as to guard the
sanctity of elections. To use an analogy, its principal task is not to
punish arsonists but to prevent fires, which vitiate the selection of
the people's representatives - a process vital and indispensable to
democracy. The E.C. would be perfectly within its powers to demand an
explicit, binding commitment from any political party that it will not
use communal means of canvassing electoral support, a breach of which
would automatically entail disqualification and derecognition.

The case for doing so is especially strong because only last December,
the BJP officially released a CD similar to the April avatar. This was
done during its National Council meeting in Lucknow, where the CD
featured as part of the press kit. The BJP fully owns and stands by
this CD. It cannot claim innocence about its cousin/derivative.

It has since produced equally obnoxious advertisements questioning the
patriotic intentions of Muslims through the caption: Kya inka irada
Pak hai? (Are their intentions pure). Several of its top leaders,
including its chief ministerial candidate Kalyan Singh, have publicly
defended their content as "truthful".

The plain truth is that the BJP has tried to browbeat its opponents -
by raising a diversionary issue and by resorting to the melodramatic
(but mercifully aborted) tactic of courting arrest and launching a
self-righteous protest agitation against the E.C.'s notice. (It is
another matter that it also put up a dummy candidate in Tandon's
constituency - his own son - in case the U.P. BJP's topmost leader
faces punitive action.)

This is not the first time that the BJP has resorted to bluff and
bluster, by threatening a "mass agitation", by pretending that any
E.C. action against it would amount to an "electoral emergency", and
by creating a climate of fear. This is a familiar tactic. It takes
recourse to majoritarianism and arouses concern that should a Hindutva
force be even brought to book, the consequences in the form of
disruption of order would be unacceptable.

The BJP did exactly this after the Babri Masjid was demolished in
December 1992, when it prevailed upon the Centre to allow the patently
illegal makeshift Ram-Lala temple built on its rubble to remain.
Indeed, even before that ghastly episode, our courts were reluctant to
take pre-emptive action except of a tokenist variety against it. So
was the government, which retreated each time the BJP adopted an
aggressive posture.

Here too, the fear of a "majoritarian backlash" trumped all
considerations of constitutional propriety, defence of secularism and
plain legality. Since December 1992, no government has dared to assert
the law of the land. Nor have the demolition's planners and
perpetrators been brought to book.

A similar fear gripped the Establishment after the Gujarat pogrom. The
Centre failed to dismiss the BJP-ruled State government although it
had caused, and continued to preside over, a total breakdown of all
constitutional order: even High Court judges and senior police
officers had to flee their homes in fear. The Opposition too failed to
mount enough pressure on the Centre to impose President's Rule, for
which there has never been, and could not have been, a fitter case.

Worse, elections were allowed to be held while a whole community had
been terrorised, democratic governance had collapsed, and free and
fair canvassing, polling and exercise of rational choices had become
impossible — given the continuing harassment and intimidation of
Muslims, inflamed Hindu-communal sentiments, the BJP-VHP's (Vishwa
Hindu Parishad) goonda raj, and the prevalence of a generalised
climate of fear.

All that the E.C.'s initial and salutary intervention in Gujarat
resulted in was postponement of the elections by a few months - when
the obvious remedy was President's Rule, followed by full return to
normalcy and systematic prosecution of the pogrom's perpetrators. The
Supreme Court's off-the-cuff pronouncements indicating its opposition
to deferring elections did not help.

S. SUBRAMANIUM

Chief Election Commissioner N. Gopalaswami flanked by Election
Commissioners S.Y. Quraishi and Naveen Chawla, in New Delhi.

The Establishment, in effect, has repeatedly permitted the BJP to hold
and exercise a veto over vital political processes, exercise of police
and prosecution powers, and the running of the administration in
crisis situations such that it would be suborned by the forces of
Hindu communalism.

This does not argue that the Indian government/Establishment has
turned actively communal over the years, only that it has made
deplorable compromises with Hindu communalists or passively accepted
that they deserve to be treated differently from other communalists,
as well as secularists. It is both noteworthy and shameful that the
worst abuses of freedom and the most ferocious attacks on democracy,
secularism and the rule of law in India's recent history have occurred
in situations where Hindu communalism was ascendant or rampant.

Similarly, the Establishment has allowed the BJP and its associates
virtual veto power on a number of policies, especially those
pertaining to religion and politics, to Kashmir, to relations with
Pakistan and other neighbours, and to defence and national security.
BJP leaders have arrogantly begun to assert such "primacy". Three
years ago, L.K. Advani claimed: "The BJP alone can find solutions to
our problems with Pakistan because Hindus will never think whatever we
have done is a sell-out."

The underlying assumption seems to be that by virtue of being
majoritarian or Hindu-communal, the BJP or the Sangh Parivar is a more
authentic representative of Indian opinion than other political
currents or parties. Nothing could be more false. Looked at
historically, the BJP has been a minority current in Indian politics
until the 1990s. Even at its peak, it has never commanded more than a
quarter of the national vote.

Even more important, the assumption is dangerously misguided and
unbecoming of a society and state that aspires to be secular by
drawing a line of basic demarcation between religion and politics. It
simply cannot accord primacy to a particular religious group by virtue
of its large numbers.

This situation must be remedied. That can only happen when progressive
political opinion and civil society pressure is mounted on the
Establishment so that it stands up to the bullying tactics of the
majoritarian communalists. One must hope that the E.C. will set a
positive example in the CD case.

http://www.flonnet.com/fl2408/stories/20070504002810800.htm

Volume 17 - Issue 13, June 24 - July 07, 2000
India's National Magazine
from the publishers of THE HINDU

COMMUNALISM

An assault on Christians

Emboldened by the weak response of governments to attacks against
Christian places of worship, the affiliates of the Sangh Parivar
unleash a new wave of terror against the community.

PARVATHI MENON
in Bangalore

EVER since the Bharatiya Janata Party-led National Democratic Alliance
government assumed power at the Centre, there has been a low-intensity
war against Christians in India, especially nuns and priests, by
groups and organisations loyal to the Sangh Par ivar. A wave of
attacks against Christian evangelists and places of worship through
1998 culminated in the murder of the Australian missionary Graham
Staines and his two sons on January 23, 1999. Dara Singh, a Hindutva
fanatic with links to the Sangh Par ivar, has been arrested in that
connection. A second wave of terror against Christian missionaries,
that extends now to the States of Uttar Pradesh, Haryana, Punjab and
Andhra Pradesh, has culminated this June in a series of bomb blasts in
churches in Ka rnataka, Goa and Andhra Pradesh.

SHERWIN CRASTO/AP
During a peace march in Mumbai on June 17, Christian priests carry a
portrait of Brother George Kuzhikandam, who was bludgeoned to death in
Mathura.

The bombs that went off in churches in the towns of Vasco in Goa, Wadi
in Karnataka, and Ongole and Tadepalligudem in Andhra Pradesh, point
to a qualitatively new phase in the campaign of organised violence
against Christians in the country. Although the identity of the forces
behind the blasts is yet to be established, the nature of the attacks,
their target and timing, point the finger of suspicion at the Sangh
Parivar. In fact, the month of May alone saw two bomb attacks in
Andhra Pradesh; the first in Machlipatnam where 30 persons were
injured in a bomb blast at a prayer meeting on May 21, and another in
Vikarabad where an explosive device planted in a church was
fortunately defused in time. The simultaneous bomb blasts in the four
towns suggest th at the perpetrators have been emboldened by what has
been seen as a weak and non-serious state response to the terror
campaign so far.

At 6 a.m. on June 8, a bomb exploded on the precincts of the St. Ann
Catholic Church in the industrial town of Wadi in Gulbarga, shattering
glass panes. A second blast occurred at 9 a.m. after the police had
reached the spot, surveyed the area and recove red residual material
of the earlier blast. When a car parked in the church precincts was
moved, a tin box was found protruding from the ground. But it exploded
before the bomb disposal squad could defuse it. One person was injured
in the blast. Wadi has a Christian population of about 80 families.

Around the same time a blast at the St. Andrews Church in Vasco in
south Goa shattered windowpanes and twisted grills out of shape. At
8-15 a.m. that day, the Gewett Memorial Baptist Church in Ongole was
the scene of a bomb blast which because it took pl ace after the
morning service, only injured three persons. A bomb went off at the
Mother Vannini Catholic Church at Tadepalligudem in West Godavari
district, around the same time.

The police have already established certain significant facts with
regard to the blasts. "We are now certain that the same group of
conspirators were behind all the three blasts," C. Dinakaran, Director-
General of Police, Karnataka, told Frontline . In all the cases, he
said, the timing device and the detonators used were of the same type.
While in Andhra Pradesh the explosive had a plastic casing, in Goa and
Karnataka the explosives were encased in tin. The bombs were placed,
in all the cases, ne ar the gates or windows of the church. Gelatine,
an explosive commonly used for blasting in the stone quarries and
cement factories of Gulbarga in Karnataka, and Andhra Pradesh was the
raw material used. "The other significant fact is that all the towns
have railway stations and we suspect that this may have determined the
choice of place. The conspirators possibly took trains from one place
to another," said Dinakaran.

K. RAMESH BABU
Inside the Mother Vannini Catholic Church at Tadepalligudem in West
Godavari district of Andhra Pradesh which was damaged in a bomb blast
on June 8.

THE serial blast mark a new phase in the continuing two-year-long
violence against the Christian community in the country. The fact of a
conspiracy is now clearly established. This points not only to careful
and coordinated planning, but also to new leve ls and strategies of
planned violence suggestive of a deadly seriousness of purpose. No
longer need mobs be mobilised in the destruction of places of
Christian worship as in the past. The terrorism of the bomb gives the
criminal a degree of invisibility, and widens the range of attack. The
serial bombs were in the nature of a message of intimidation, not just
to those who work for Christian organisations but to Church
congregations, from prayer meetings to Sunday school gatherings. With
the perpetrators of the crime distanced from the scene of the crime,
it is much easier for a compliant state machinery to give them
protection. The fear of indiscriminate strikes anywhere and at any
time has already created a sense of panic amongst Christians. After
all , ifa bomb can be planted in a town as innocuous as Wadi, it could
happen anywhere in the country.

"I read in all this a pattern of violence. These were similar
explosive devices that were used, " Fr. Dr.H.R. Donald De Souza,
deputy secretary-general of the Catholic Bishops Conference of India
told Frontline. "We suspect an organised movement b y fundamentalist
groups who have been emboldened by the inaction of the government," he
added.

The serial blasts give the lie to the theory of 'secular violence'
that the BJP and the government it heads have put out regarding the
recent attacks on minorities in different parts of the country.
Despite evidence to the contrary, the government held t hat the
innumerable acts of violence against members of the Christian
community, in Uttar Pradesh, Haryana and elsewhere, was not communally
motivated but were incidents of "dacoity and loot" by "criminal
gangs".

According to the United Christian Forum for Human Rights (UCFHR),
there have been 35 recorded anti-Christian crimes between January and
June this year. The most recent of these was the murder of Brother
George Kuzhikandam, who was bludgeoned to death in the Paulus Memorial
School in Navada, Mathura, in U.P. on June 7. Within days of this
incident, a group of nuns were attacked in Mathura by a couple of
scooter-borne assailants. In the case of George Kuzhikandam, U.P.
Chief Minister Ram Prakash Gupta ins isted that money was the motive
behind the murder. "The BJP and the State government reach conclusions
even before the police start investigation," John Dayal, national
convener of the UCFHR said. "Why would a gang of thugs choose to kill
a poor priest i n his school during the holidays ? Or attack nuns who
run a convent school that charges the lowest fees in the area?" Dayal
said that the U.P. Police had promised to post police units at
Christian institutions but these were soon withdrawn. "A police out
post was stationed at the nuns' ashram in Agra. They proved more of a
nuisance as they insisted on being fed and looked after, and were in
any case taken off duty a few days later!" The U.P. government's stand
on the attacks received support from an unexpected quarter. The
National Minorities Commission (NMC) sent an investigative team to the
Agra-Mathura region and its report upheld the official view that the
cases of physical viol ence and murder were committed by anti-social
elements. "The NMC report was prepared by nominees of the present
government. So it is not surprising that they arrived at the
conclusion they did,"said Fr. Donald De Souza. "A group of Christian
parliamentar ians led by P.C. Thomas conducted another enquiry and on
the basis of the same evidence wholly disagreed with the NMC report,"
he added.

THE BJP responded to the serial blasts even before the government did.
While the Home Ministry "waited for reports from the States," the BJP
announced that the blasts were the handiwork of Pakistan's Inter-
Services Intelligence (ISI), which, it said, is bent on fomenting
hatred between Hindus and Christians in the country. Prime Minister
Atal Behari Vajpayee had no information to give as to what action the
State governments had taken when a delegation from the UCFHR called on
him three days after the bl ast. By then police investigations could
not establish any ISI involvement.

K. RAMESH BABU
The facade of the church.

Preliminary investigations into the blasts appear to discount the
theory of ISI involvement. "We cannot rule out anything," said DGP
Dinakaran. "But if an organisation as well-funded as the ISI is
involved, we expect they would use more sophisticated bom bs. Why must
they depend on gelatine and not the more expensive and deadly RDX
(research department explosive)?"

Christian leaders attach importance to the proliferation of hate-
literature that has provided the fuel for the attacks, and which also
provides evidence, for a law enforcing agency that wishes to use such
evidence, of who is behind the violence. Hate-lit erature is freely
printed and distributed in States where the Sangh Parivar is active,
and in States where the BJP is in government or is an ally of the
government, as in Gujarat and Andhra Pradesh. Most hate-pamphlets do
not carry the name of an organis ation that has an address. For
example, there are pamphlets signed by the 'Hindu Jagaran Manch,
Kashi', or by 'Supporters of Dara Singh, the God Who Descended from
Heaven'. While some of the books are directly incendiary, others come
in the garb of work s of historical 'research', and yet others are
books/pamphlets on how to harass Christian missionaries in order to
prevent them from proselytising. For example, a booklet published in
Gujarat suggests that one way to prevent missionaries from working is
to foist false cases on them so that they are always tied up in the
courts.

These are faceless, addressless, front organisations of the Sangh
Parivar. If the law enforcing mechanism is slow in apprehending the
culprits in an attack of communally motivated violence, it is even
slower in tracing and taking action against the print ers and peddlers
of hate-literature. The environment in all the three States where the
serial blasts occurred has been vitiated by the activities of the
Sangh Parivar. "We are alarmed at the statements of important people
in the RSS (Rashtriya Swayamseva k Sangh) and the BJP, such as B.K.
Modi and Ashok Singhal, who have been talking of the need to build a
pan Buddhist-Hindu alliance against Christianity and Islam in South
Asia," said Dayal. "The RSS chief speaks of an "Epochal War". What
does all this m ean?" he asked. The NDA government has already swept
the uncomfortable issue of the serial blasts, which they were briefly
confronted with, under the carpet. A passing worry presented itself
when Andhra Pradesh Chief Minister N.Chandrababu Naidu was reported to
have tol d a delegation of Christian leaders that he would even
consider withdrawing support to the BJP-led government if the rights
of the minorities were not protected. But that concern too was
dispelled when the Telugu Desam Party leader denied that he had sai d
anything of the sort.

To the Christians in the country, the targets of a sustained two-year-
long cycle of violence, there is little room for comfort. And for
assurances there are few positive measures that have been taken for
their protection.

http://www.flonnet.com/fl1713/17130210.htm

India's National Magazine
From the publishers of THE HINDU
Vol. 15 :: No. 26 :: Dec. 19, 1998 - Jan. 01, 1999

COLUMN
RSS and Christians

The Sangh Parivar's violent hatred against Christianity is deep-rooted
and decades old, as is the case with its animosity against several
other communities.

A. G. NOORANI

ON December 4, 1998, nearly 23 million Christians across the country
observed a protest day demanding that the governments at the Centre
and in the States check the growing violence against members of the
community. A letter of protest, drawn up by the United Christians'
Forum for Human Rights (UCFHR), said: "Since January 1998 there has
been more violence against the Christian community than in all the 50
years of the country's Independence. Nuns have been raped, priests
executed, Bibles burnt, churches demolished, educational institutions
destroyed and religious people harassed." This is persecution in the
strict dictionary meaning of the word "pursue with enmity and ill-
treatment". Mabel Rebello of the Congress(I) told the Rajya Sabha that
day that "50 per cent of these (incidents) have occurred in Gujarat
where the BJP is in power".

On October 8, Gujarat's Director-General of Police, C.P. Singh,
confirmed in an interview to Teesta Setalvad, co-editor of Communalism
Combat (October 1998): "One thing was clear in the pattern of
incidents. It was the activists of the Vishwa Hindu Parishad and
Bajrang Dal who were taking the law into their own hands, which posed
a serious danger to peace in Gujarat. Many of the attacks on the
minorities were after these organisations had whipped up local
passions of conversions (by Christian missionaries) and allegedly
forced inter-religious marriages... our investigations revealed that
in most cases these were entirely baseless allegations."

Two disturbing features of the campaign stand out in bold relief. One
is that the attacks mounted steeply after the Bharatiya Janata Party-
led Government assumed office in March 1998. The Archbishop of Delhi,
Alan de Lastic, said: "What I have noticed is that ever since this
Government came to power at the Centre, the attacks on Christians and
Christian missionaries have increased" (Sunday, November 22). The
other is the Government's wilful refusal to condemn them. Prime
Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee's remarks on December 5 were virtually
forced out of him. Union Home Minister L.K. Advani has been false to
his oath of office ("do right to all manner of people in accordance
with the Constitution and the law without fear or favour, affection or
ill-will"). He said in Baroda on August 2 (The Hindu, August 3):
"There is no law and order problem in Gujarat." Three days later the
DGP said, according to The Hindustan Times (August 6), that "the VHP
and the Bajrang Dal were taking the law into their own hands." He also
said that incidents of communal violence had increased manifold over
the last few months; recently the crime rate in the State had
increased by as much as 9.6 per cent. On an average, 39 crimes of
serious nature like murder, rape and dacoity were reported in the
State every day." A member of the investigation team sent by the
Minorities Commission revealed: "After initial reluctance, the
officials named VHP and Bajrang Dal allegedly involved in the mob
attacks on Christians and Muslims" (The Indian Express, August 12).
Advani's certificate of good conduct speaks for itself.

Christians did not rush to register their protest, as they did on
December 4, but for long kept pleading for succour. On October 1, the
national secretary of the All India Catholic Union (AICU), John Dayal,
pointedly remarked: "The AICU is surprised that Union Government and
members of the ruling coalition, including the BJP, have not come out
categorically in denouncing the violence against Christians."

The Bajrang Dal has threatened Christian-run educational institutions
in Karnataka with dire consequences if they did not "Hinduise" them.
Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh leader Rajendra Singh declared at an RSS
camp in Meerut on November 22: "Muslims and Christians will have to
accept Hindu culture as their own if Hindus are to treat them as
Indians" (an Agence France Presse: report in The Asian Age; November
23). The UCFHR bitterly complained in an open letter published on
November 19: "The state has failed to do its duty in protecting the
life, dignity and property of the victims. At many places, it seems as
if the Centre and the State governments have tacitly supported the
communal groups. How is it otherwise that the State governments have
not taken any action against the virulent and anti-national statements
of the VHP, RSS, Jagran Manch and Bajrang Dal?" (emphasis added,
throughout).

While the Sangh Parivar's animosity towards Muslims is well-known, its
attitude towards Christians has taken many people by surprise. But,
Vishwa Hindu Parishad general secretary Giriraj Kishore said in
Chandigarh on November 25: "Today the Christians constitute a greater
threat than the collective threat from separatist Muslim elements."
Describing G. S. Tohra, president of the Shiromani Gurdwara Prabandhak
Committee, as a "separatist", he said, "all minorities including
Muslims and Christians must accept that their ancestors were Hindus."
Ergo, they must all return to the Hindu fold.

Violence in speech inevitably inspires violent acts. As the Jaganmohan
Reddy Commission that went into the Ahmedabad riots (1969) noted, once
communal tension is created in a city, all that is needed is "only a
match to set on fire and a fan to fan the city ablaze." Riots erupt
over trifling incidents only because the atmosphere has been fouled
up. Hence, the need for "a proper appreciation of the communal
atmosphere in a State, in a town or in any particular area," the
Commission stressed. Those who spread hate are the real perpetrators
of violence. The ones who wield the weapon are their mindless agents.

We have tended to ignore a fact that brooks no neglect - the real
cause of the communal riots is the rise of the Sangh Parivar. There
was communal peace even in the early years after Partition. A Home
Ministry review presented to the National Integration Council in 1968
noted: "From 1954 to 1960, there was a clear and consistent downward
trend, 1960 being a remarkably good year with only 26 communal
incidents in the whole country. This trend was sharply reversed in
1961. "That was when riots erupted in Jabalpur - thanks to the Jan
Sangh, the BJP's ancestor. Communal violence has not "looked back"
since.

Justice P. Venugopal, a former Judge of the Madras High Court, who
inquired into Hindu-Christian clashes in Kanyakumari district in March
1982, noted: "The RSS adopts a militant and aggressive attitude and
sets itself as the champion of what it considers to be the rights of
Hindus against minorities. It has taken upon itself the task to teach
the minority their place and if they are not willing to learn their
place, teach them a lesson. The RSS has given respectability to
communalism and communal riots and demoralise administration (sic).
The RSS methodology for provoking communal violence is: (a) rousing
communal feelings in the majority community by the propaganda that
Christians are not loyal citizens of this country..." Report after
report has indicted the RSS specifically or its affiliates (Ahmedabad
1969; Bhiwandi 1970; Tellicherry 1971; Jamshedpur 1981; and Mumbai
1993).

VIOLENCE is an integral part of the RSS credo. "It should be used as a
surgeon's knife... to cure the society... Sometimes to protect non-
violence itself violence becomes necessary," RSS leader M.S. Golwalkar
said in 1952. (Spotlights: Guruji Answers, pages 110 and 188). In his
fine work India as a Secular State, Donald Eugene Smith recalled the
desecration of a church in Bihar in 1955 and the almost total
destruction in 1957 of the Gass Memorial Centre at Raipur.

V.D. Savarkar wrote repeatedly in his book Hindutva (1923): "Hindutva
is different from Hinduism." For once, he was right. Hinduism is a
great religion, it is ancient. Hindutva is an ideology of hate. It is
recent. He grouped Muslims and Christians together as ones who do not
share "the tie of the common homage we pay to our great civilisation -
our Hindu culture." He added: "Christian and Mohammedan communities
who were but very recently Hindus... cannot be recognised as Hindus as
since their adoption of the new cult they had ceased to own Hindu
civilisation (Sanskriti) as a whole... For though Hindusthan to them
is Fatherland, as to any other Hindu, yet it is not to them a Holyland
too. Their holyland is far off in Arabia or Palestine."

They are not the only offenders: "Look at the Jews; neither centuries
of prosperity nor sense of gratitude for the shelter they found can
make them more attached or even equally attached to the several
countries they inhabit."

Golwalkar revealed on May 15, 1963 that his first book We or Our
Nationhood Defined was based on Savarkar's brother Babarao's book in
Marathi on the same theme, Rashtra Mimamsa. Golwalkar's second book,
Bunch of Thoughts, praised the book Hindutva and amplified its
ideology. The BJP has used it as a political weapon with dangerous
consequences. Chapter XII of Bunch of Thoughts is devoted to three
"Internal Threats" - Muslims, Christians and the Communists. Of the
first two he wrote: "Together with the change in their faith, gone are
the spirit of love and devotion for the nation. Nor does it end there.
They have also developed a feeling of identification with the enemies
of this land. They look to some foreign lands as their holy places."
They are asked to return to the Hindu fold.

Not that that will be of much help. "For a Hindu, he gets the first
sanskar when he is still in his mother's womb... We are, therefore,
born as Hindus. About the others, they are born to this world as
simple unnamed human beings and later on, either circumcised or
baptised, they become Muslims or Christians." The hatred is
unconcealed. They have no right to proselytise. Hindus alone have it,
for, "returning to one's ancestral faith is not conversion at all, it
is merely home-coming."

Bunch of Thoughts first appeared in 1966 but the good work has been
stepped up since. To the three "internal threats", a fourth is added -
"Nehruism" - and among the perils we face is "Macaulayism". In Delhi
functions an outfit, Voice of India, which proclaims: "We are not
general booksellers and handle only books listed in this catalogue.
Please do not ask for other books." It is an outfit with a mission.
For the catalogue has an "appeal" which reads thus: "Hindu society and
culture are faced with a crisis. There is a united front of entrenched
alien forces - Islam, Christianity, Communism, Nehruism - to disrupt
and discredit the perennial values of the Indian ethos. All who care
for India need to know what is happening, and what is to be done if a
major tragedy is to be averted. Voice of India aims at providing an
ideological defence of Hindu society and culture, through a series of
publications."

SOME people were surprised by Advani's assertion at a seminar on
November 6 at Sarnath that "the Buddha did not announce any new
religion. He was only restating with a new emphasis the ancient ideals
of the Indo-Aryan civilisation." The Buddha, he added, derived his
teaching from the Bhagvad Gita and was an avatar of Vishnu. Rebuttals
from Buddhists were swift and sharp (see "Hindutva's fallacies and
fantasies", Frontline, December 4, 1998).

However, no one familiar with the stuff churned out by this factory,
for over four decades, would have been surprised. Its literature is
intolerant of any cultural and religious diversity. It fosters a siege
mentality among Hindus and speaks disparagingly of all others - not
excluding Sikhs and Jews. That is not all. A Hindu who does not share
its bigotry is attacked as being "anti-Hindu". Its literature
represents the spirit, outlook and ethos of the Sangh Parivar. The
writings cited below reveal a revolting virulence. Its moving spirit
is one Sita Ram Goel.

The Parivar's organ Organiser only recently (October 18, 1998)
published a paper he had written in 1983. He wrote: "The English-
educated Hindu elite which controls the commanding heights in
government, educational institutions and mass media has failed the
test either because it has become indifferent to Hindu society, as a
result of having imbibed the current cosmopolitan culture, or because
it has been trained to look at Hindu society through eyes which are
not of its own ancestral culture and, as a result, has become
sceptical about, if not actually hostile to, the merits of Hindu
society. This desperate situation has been made more difficult by a
degenerate politics through which vote-hungry, sloganised, short-
sighted and nominally Hindu politicians weaken Hindu society by
dividing it on the basis of caste, sect, language and region, disarm
Hindu society by sanctimonious and one-sided appeals in the name of
traditional Hindu tolerance, strengthen alienated and aggressive
communities by supporting their separatist demands in the name of
secularism." His intolerance brings all within the sway of his
indictment, bar the Parivar itself.

TO return to Advani's notions on Buddhism, a pamphlet entitled
"Buddhism vis-a-vis Hinduism" published 40 years ago by Ram Swarup for
the outfit asserts: "Buddha, his spiritual experiences and teachings,
formed part of a Hindu tradition... A good Buddhist has perforce to be
a good Hindu too." He went on to attack "foreign" religions. "The
indigenous religions of the countries of the two Americas have been
completely overwhelmed. In the African sub-continent (sic) the local
religions are under a systematic attack from Islamic and Christian
ideologies." The Parivar takes a dim view of the United States.

Golwalkar was asked in July 1967: "What is your opinion about present-
day America?" There was lot to comment about - racial conflict,
Vietnam policy, and so on. All he could say was: "Do you not yourself
see that the American youth is fast dissipating himself in all kinds
of sensual indulgence?" Simplistic, sweeping, defamatory judgment
comes easily to the tribe.

Ram Swarup's tract Hinduism vis-a-vis Christianity and Islam continued
his refrain about "native" faiths. "What is happening in India is also
happening elsewhere. In America even the vestiges of once (sic), a
rich spiritual culture of the Indians, is no more." He developed the
theme in its sequel Hindu View of Christianity and Islam (1992). "The
two ideologies have been active and systematic persecutors of pagan
nations, cultures and religions... We have spoken here with sympathy
and respect not only of pagan Americas and Africa but also of the
pagan past of Egypt, Greece, Rome, Iran, Syria and Arabia." V.S.
Naipaul is in good company with the Sangh Parivar. Unlike him, it
indicts Christianity as well as Islam on this score.

"Hinduism can help all peoples seeking religious self-renewal, for it
preserves in some way their old Gods and religions, it preserves in
its various layers religious traditions and intuitions they have lost.
Many countries now under Christianity and Islam had once great
religions; they also had great Gods who adequately fulfilled their
spiritual and ethical needs... during the long period of neglect, they
lost the knowledge which could revive those Gods, Hinduism can help
them with this knowledge. In its simplest aspect, Europeans can best
study their old pre-Christian religion by studying Hinduism."

Ram Swarup goes on to quote approvingly: "Gore Vidal says that from a
'barbaric Bronze Age text known as Old Testament, three anti-human
religions have evolved - Judaism, Christianity and Islam'; he also
calls them 'sky-god religions'."

Ram Swarup damns all three religions as "great persecutors". The Hindu
response of old was wrong. He writes:

"First, they tried to 'reform' themselves and be like their rulers...
One God, a revealed Book and prophets.... The Brahmo Samaj, the Arya
Samaj, and the Akalis also claimed monotheism and iconoclasm ... in
the case of the Akalis, the new look has also become the basis of a
new separatist-militant politics....

"The second way the Hindus adopted was that of 'synthesis'. The
synthesizers claimed that all religions preach the same thing. They
found in the Bible and the Quran all the truths of the Upanishads and
vice versa. They culled passages from various scriptures to prove
their point... It is by such methods that they proved that the Bible
and the Quran were no different from the Upanishads...."

The wrath wells up as he proceeds and delivers a message which
explains why the country has had to undergo what it has all these
years, especially since 1990: "India became politically free in 1947,
but it is ruled by anti-Hindu Hindus. The old mental slavery continues
and it has yet to win its cultural and intellectual independence.
India is entering into the second phase of its freedom struggle; the
struggle for regaining its Hindu identity. The new struggle is as
difficult as the old one. Hindus are disorganised, self-alienated,
morally and ideologically disarmed. They lack leadership; the Hindu
elites have become illiterate about their spiritual heritage and
history and indifferent and even hostile towards their religion...
India's higher education, its academia and media are in the hands of a
Hindu-hating elite."

Note what Ram Swarup has to say of the caste system:

"Once when Hinduism was strong, castes represented a natural and
healthy diversity, but now in its present state of weakness these are
used for its dismemberment. Old vested interests joined by new ones
have come together to make use of the caste factor in a big way in
order to keep Hindus down.

"Hindus have been kept down too long. Everyone including the victims
think that it is the natural order of things. Therefore, now when the
Hindu society is showing some signs of stir, there is a great
consternation. Already a cry has gone out of Hindu fundamentalism, we
must expect more of it in future." The readers have been warned. But
India will not be the only country to be saved. "America is awaiting
to be rediscovered in a characteristically Hindu way, not the
Christian way".

THIS represents a worse-than-narrow world-view. It is redolent of the
bigotry of medieval times. This book was published in 1992. His
earlier pamphlet, "Cultural Self-Alienation and Some Problems Hinduism
Faces", also characterised "castes and denominations" as expressing a
"natural and healthy diversity". The ignorance is astounding. "To
Marx, the British conquest of India was a blessing." Hinduism faces
attacks "both from inside and outside. While the forces of self-
alienation are increasing within society, external enemies have
intensified their attack.... Communism, Islam, Christianity have
powerful international links... their World-Centres. Commu-nists have
their Comintern working overtly or covertly." By 1987, Ram Swarup
ought to have known that the Comintern was dissolved on May 22, 1943
and that the "Islamic International, a kind of Muslim Vatican, Rabitah
al'-alam al-Iscaniya" (Muslim World League) is a Saudi-sponsored non-
governmental organisation (1962) which counts for little in India.
Hindus, by comparison, are at a disadvantage, he moans. "They do not
even have a government of their own." Socially, they are falling prey
to "vulgarity"; that is, "gambling, drinking, vulgar film music...
Cinemas (sic) are becoming great moral and social pollutants."


ANU PUSHKARNA
The Christian missionary centre at Nawapara in Jhabua district,
Madhya Pradesh, where four nuns were gangraped on September 23.

So, combat these and go over to the offensive and "look at Islam,
Christianity and Communism... from the Hindu angle." Sikhs are not
spared. Ram Swarup adopts a dual approach in Hindu-Sikh Relationship
(1985). He woos them as "the members of Hindu society" and denounces
them for thinking that "they were different". Base motives are freely
attributed: "Thanks to the Green Revolution and various other factors,
the Sikhs have become relatively more rich and prosperous. No wonder,
they have begun to find that the Hindu bond is not good enough for
them and they seek a new identity readily available to them in their
names and outer symbols. This is an understandable human frailty."

He defends the storming of the Golden Temple. It "became an arsenal, a
fort, a sanctuary for criminals. This grave situation called for
necessary action which caused some unavoidable damage to the
building." There followed "protest meetings, resolutions", which he
deprecates. "The whole thing created wide-spread resentment all over
India which burst into a most unwholesome violence when Mrs. Indira
Gandhi was assassinated. The befoggers have again got busy and they
explain the whole tragedy in terms of collusion between the
politicians and the police. But this conspiracy theory cannot explain
the range and the virulence of the tragedy. A growing resentment at
the arrogant Akali politics is the main cause of this fearful
happening."

This is of a piece with the Organiser's defence of Mahatma Gandhi's
assassination in its editorial (January 11, 1970) - "turned the
people's wrath on himself." Its editor then, K.R. Malkani, is now vice-
president of the BJP.

SITA RAM GOEL does not lag behind. His pamphlet "Hindu Society under
Siege" (1981) paints a frightening future: "The death of Hindu society
is no longer an eventuality which cannot be envisaged. This great
society is now besieged by the same dark and deadly forces which have
overwhelmed and obliterated many ancient societies. Suffering from a
loss of its elan, it has become a house divided within itself... Hindu
society is in mortal danger as never before."

One is reminded of the loonies of California, the minutemen who lived
in dread of a Soviet conquest of the U.S. The familiar ghosts of old
are revived - "Islamism", "Christianism" and a new one to keep them
company, "Macaulay-ism" (the educated Hindu who rejects the Parivar's
voodoo credo and the mumbo-jumbo of its shrill rhetoric).

"Ideologically, Communism in India is, in several respects, a sort of
extension of Macaulayism, a residue of British rule. That is why
Communism is strongest today in those areas where Macaulayism had
spread its widest spell." In no other parts of the country, though,
are Indian languages and culture more highly respected than in West
Bengal and Kerala. "Macaulayism is wedded to Secularism and Democracy.
It has to find out for itself as to who are the enemies of Secularism
and Democracy and who their best friends. This can be done only by
looking beyond the United Front of Islamism, Communism and
Christianism."

In the U.S., the minutemen belonged to the lunatic fringe. In India,
the Parivar's ideology is espoused by the party in power, even if it
be through dubious alliances. Scruples are not the Parivar's
strongpoint. On April 4, 1980, L.K. Advani and A.B. Vajpayee endorsed
a formulation in the National Executive of the Janata Party which
pledged its members to accept "unconditionally and strive to preserve
the composite culture and secular state established in our country."
After splitting the Janata Party both rejected the concept of India's
"composite culture." On April 8, 1998, at the BJP's Agra session, its
then president, Advani, denounced the concept of composite culture -
just as the Jan Sangh had done in December 1969.

HARSH NARAIN was a Visiting Professor at Aligarh Muslim University and
Reader at the North-Eastern Hill University. His Myths of Composite
Cultural and Equality of Religions (1990) reveals the unspoken
thoughts of the Parivar; the sub-text beneath the avowed text.

"Mere permanent settlement in a country does not entitle a plunderer
to be looked upon as indigenous. It must first be seen whose interests
he is out to serve. What is his attitude towards Indians? Take an
example. European settlers entered America and ruined the original
inhabitants, whom they named 'Red Indians'. To expect the remaining
Red Indians to regard their European-born rulers as equally indigenous
would be a cruel joke beyond their understanding.

"Islam was out to deal a death blow to the equilibrium, exuberance,
and cosmopolitan character of Indian humanity, later designated as
Hindu culture in juxtaposition to Indian culture."

To him, the Taj and the Qutub Minar are specimens exclusively of
Muslim, not Indian, sculpture. For, he holds: "The Muslims have been
religiously indifferent to, if not contemptuous of, Indian sculpture.
Thanks to the taste of the Sufis, the Muslims took some fancy to
Indian music. The main gamut of Indian literature has also been
untinged with Muslim literature and historic-cultural allusions...
Urdu language and literature, the much-vaunted symbols or vehicles of
composite culture, are not the result of intermingling of Hinduism and
Islam but reflected the Muslim image in Indian garb... nor have the
Hindu heroes and servants been fortunate enough to be honoured by the
Muslim community."

This can only be deliberate falsehood, since he flaunts familiarity
with Urdu. The much-maligned Iqbal wrote whole poems in praise of the
Buddha, Ram, Guru Nanak, and Swami Ram Tirtha. He was an admirer of
the Sanskrit poet, Bhartruhari, and had drunk deep at the fount of the
Gita and the Upanishads. Another great poet, Maulana Hasrat Mohani, a
confirmed leftist, wrote nostalgically of the soil of Mathura and in
praise of Krishna. He was also an ardent admirer of Bal Gangadhar
Tilak. But this is understandable of one who stoops to libel one of
the greatest mystics and martyrs of all time, Mansur al-Hallaj. He was
beheaded and his life forms the subject of the feat of scholarship,
Louis Massignon's four-volume The Passion of al-Hallaj. He is accused
of converting to Islam "the Dudwalas and Pinjaris of Gujarat." No
authority is cited in support of the charge.

Harsh Narain holds that while "a sizable section of the Sufis had been
comparatively free from the proverbial emphasis on coercion ... the
role of Sufi tradition in bridging the gulf between Islam and Hinduism
or laying the foundations of a composite culture has been greatly
exaggerated."

All this and more only in order to expose "the mad propaganda of
composite culture" and to prove that "Muslim culture cannot be said to
be an integral part of Indian culture and must be regarded as an
anticulture or counter culture in our body politic." This is no
different from the RSS chief's demand (November 22, 1998) that the
minorities Hinduise themselves.

The author turns his attention to Jainism ("failed to develop any
cultural identity of its own") and Buddhism ("basically a life-
negating religion, having little interest in social order, strictly
speaking"). Conclusion? "Our national culture, Indian culture, is a
unity describable as Aryan culture, Hindu culture... Indian culture is
Hindu culture... Muslim and Christian cultures are counter-cultures."
And Parsi culture is "something like" a sub-culture.

So "Hindu culture alone deserves the credit of recognition as the
national culture (abhimanin) of this country, as the culture owning
and possessing this great nation, along with other Indian-born
cultures like Buddhist and Jain cultures as its sub-cultures; Muslim
and Christian cultures being in the nature of tenant-cultures. The
distinction of master-possessor-owner culture and tenant-parasitic
culture has its own significance." One can guess what he is hinting
at.

Sita Ram Goel writes in the same vein. His ardour is reflected in his
three books Catholic Ashrams, Papacy and History of Hindu-Christian
Encounters (304-1996). His preface to the second edition (1996) of the
book on Hindu-Christian encounters explains a lot: "The Sangh Parivar,
which had turned cold towards Hindu causes over the years, was
startled by the rout of the Bharatiya Janata Party in the 1984
elections, and decided to renew its Hindu character. The
Ramajanmabhumi Movement was the result. The Movement was aimed at
arresting Islamic aggression. Christianity or its missions were hardly
mentioned. Nevertheless, it was Christianity which showed the greatest
concern at this new Hindu stir, and started crying 'wolf'. Its media
power in the West raised a storm, saying that Hindus were out to
destroy the minorities in India and impose a Nazi regime. The storm is
still raging and no one knows when it will subside, if at all." Thus
"the storm" was unleashed for reasons of power through election
victories.

Goel's writings alone prove that the Parivar's ire against Christians
is decades old. In an article published in March 1983 he had asserted
that the ancient Hindu precept sarva dharma samabhava (all religions
are equal) should not be applied to Christians or Muslims.

IT is with some hesitation that one turns to Goel's book Jesus Christ:
An Artifice for Aggression (1994); so wantonly offensive it is. The
focus now is not on the missionaries, or politics, or history. The
target is the faith itself; Christianity as a religion. Why? Because
hitherto "we Hindus have remained occupied with the behaviour patterns
of Muslims and Christians and not with the belief systems which create
those behaviour patterns. We object to Christian missions, but refuse
to discuss Christianity and its God, Jesus. We object to Islamic
terrorisms, but refuse to have a look at Islamic and its prophet,
Muhammad. I see no sense or logic in this Hindu habit."

Is there any other country in the world where such theses are written
for such a purpose? One wonders. "Now, I could see why the history of
Christianity had been what it had been. The source of the poison was
in the Jesus of the gospels."

The Immaculate Conception of Virgin Mary is attacked wantonly. There
are chapters on Jesus of history, of fiction and of faith. The thesis?
He did not exist in history. "The quantum of crimes committed by
Muhammad's Islam was only slightly smaller than that of the crimes
committed by the Christianity of the Jesus Christ... The parallel
between Jesus and Hitler was seen as still more striking. The Nazi
creed, as laid down by Hitler, did not sound much different from the
Christian creed as preached by Jesus in the gospels."

Goel is dismayed to find that Jesus Christ "should continue to retain
his hallow" (sic) in India. "Christianity is accepted as a religion
not only by the westernised Hindu elite but also by Hindu saints,
scholars, and political platforms."

Jesus Christ has been "praised to the skies, particularly by Mahatma
Gandhi." But, "it is high time for Hindus to learn that Jesus Christ
symbolises no spiritual power, or moral uprightness. He is no more
than an artifice for legitimising wanton imperialist aggression. The
aggressors have found him to be highly profitable so far. By the same
token, Hindus should know that Jesus means nothing but mischief for
their country and culture. The West where he flourished for long, has
discarded him as junk. There is no reason why Hindus should buy him.
He is the type of junk that cannot be re-cycled. He can only poison
the environment."

THE virulence of the language reveals the depths of the hatred. This
is what Indians are up against - a powerful hate group, enjoying the
patronage of many politicians in power and in the administration,
which is out to wipe out all traces not only of secularism and
democracy but of religious tolerance, religious and cultural diversity
and, indeed, of decency itself from India.

It shall not come to pass. The answer lies not in forging a united
front of the minorities; it lies in a renewal of the secular ideal in
our politics and in the nation at large.

http://www.flonnet.com/fl1526/15261230.htm

Volume 19 - Issue 09, Apr. 27 - May 12, 2002
India's National Magazine
from the publishers of THE HINDU

Plumbing new depths

No Indian Prime Minister has justified a communal pogrom the way
Vajpayee has. The BJP's Goa conclave marks the lowest point in
Hindutva's hardline evolution, underlining the need to punish the BJP
politically.

ATAL BEHARI VAJPAYEE'S public address at the April 12 BJP National
Executive meeting in Goa has rudely convulsed the secular conscience
of India's citizens. Many were jolted out of the complacent
assumption, promoted by sections of the media, that Vajpayee is some
kind of "moderate" or "liberal" - "the right man in the wrong party" -
a leader "secular" at heart, whose political "compulsions" regrettably
drive him from time to time to compromise with Hindutva. Yet others
attributed the tone and tenor of his speech to his interaction with
the party's young "hardliners" immediately before the Goa meeting,
such as Pramod Mahajan, Arun Shourie and M. Venkaiah Naidu, or to the
temporary "influence" of L.K. Advani, which made him reverse the
stance he adopted during his April 4 Gujarat visit.

The significance of Vajpayee's address goes much beyond his personal
"unmasking". His adoption of a virulent communal posture - which looks
at Indian society in terms of a division between Hindus and Others,
and accords social and political primacy to the majority community -
is shocking, but not really surprising. Vajpayee has never claimed to
be secular in the sense of separating religion from politics, or even
to have cut his umbilical cord to the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh.

Several public statements can be readily cited, which indicate
Vajpayee's ideological-political inclinations: for instance, "the
Sangh is my soul" (1995), "I will always remain a
swayamsevak" (September 2000), the Ram temple agitation is a "national
movement", not a sectarian-parochial one (December 2000), and his
Uttar Pradesh election speech in February 2002, in which he chided
Muslims for not voting for the BJP, but also warned them it could come
to power without their support. These are not aberrations. Nor is his
annual obeisance to the Sangh in the form of guru dakshina. Vajpayee
is as dedicated to Hindutva or "cultural nationalism" as any RSS
pracharak.

The true significance of Vajpayee's disquisition in Goa lies in its
relationship to the BJP's recent rightward evolution, and secondly, in
the new low political depths it plumbs. Never before has a Prime
Minister of India, of whatever persuasion, descended to making a hate-
speech against Muslims or Christians, castigating them as "outsiders".
Never before were our religious minorities humiliated by a Prime
Minister who would want them to feel grateful for being "allowed to
pray" - that is, for exercising their fundamental constitutional
right.

Never before has an Indian Prime Minister used such aggressive body
language to justify the Gujarat pogrom by citing the "who-cast-the-
first-stone" argument. Vajpayee blamed the victims of India's worst
communal pogrom for their own suffering. No other Prime Minister has
so blatantly undermined public confidence in the rule of law and in
the possibility of minimal justice for all in this society.

We now know, from numerous independent media accounts, and from
several highly credible and sensitive reports*, that the Godhra
killing of 59 Hindus was not, causally, "the first stone". The post-
February 27 carnage in Gujarat, which has claimed upwards of 850
lives, would probably have occurred even if the Godhra incident had
not. The conditions were ripe for the massacre of Muslims in that
"Hindutva laboratory" State. Elaborate preparations had been under way
for weeks before the massacre, in particular after kar sevaks were
dispatched daily to Ayodhya following the stepping up of the temple
campaign.

For instance, according to sources in Vadodara, lakhs of anti-Muslim
leaflets were illegally printed on slow treadle machines - which must
have taken months. Bombs and trishuls were stockpiled over a period of
weeks. The gap, exceeding 24 hours, between the "trigger event" and
the anti-Muslim violence - in contrast to, say, the immediate reaction
in Delhi to Indira Gandhi's assassinatio - only confirms the
organised, unspontaneous, planned nature of the pogrom.

Reconstruction of the Godhra incident, for example in the Citizens'
Forum report, suggests that it was a spontaneous, rather than an
elaborately planned, over-reaction to the daily harassment of local
Ghanchi Muslims (oil-pressers by occupation) by communally charged kar
sevaks returning from Ayodhya. Had there been serious preparation for
the attack on the Sabarmati Express, scheduled to reach Godhra at 2-55
a.m., there would have been a large crowd on the railway platform at
dawn. There was not.

When the train rolled in five hours late, there were only a handful of
vendors, porters and passengers on the platform. An altercation broke
out between the kar sevaks and Muslim tea vendors. It was only when a
rumour spread that young Sophia Khan had been dragged into coach S-6
that a crowd gathered near Signal Fadia, a basti known for communal
tension and criminal activities.

Seven weeks on, the government has failed to provide credible evidence
linking the Godhra episode to a "conspiracy" involving Pakistan's
Inter-Services Intelligence or even an organised group in Gujarat or
elsewhere. Nor can it explain why towns such as Ratlam, which are
physically far closer to Godhra, and which have a similar composition
of Hindus, Muslims and Adivasis, did not register any "retaliatory"
violence, while distant Ahmedabad did.

The reasons are self-evidently Gujarat-specific and political. They
have to do with the Narendra Modi government's conscious decision to
support the Vishwa Hindu Parishad's February 28 bandh call and the
authorities' decision to transport the bodies of the Godhra victims by
train to Ahmedabad in a ceremonial manner calculated to inflame
passions. It is impossible to separate the post-February 27 violence
either from the Modi government or Gujarat's communalised context.

The fact that Vajpayee stooped to endorse Modi's "action-reaction"
logic to justify violent retribution upon a falsely constructed
collective culprit (Muslims) speaks of an utterly debased mind. The
logic of such revenge is ultimately the logic of "getting even" with
history, of Nazism, of barbarism. That is now unfolding before our
eyes.

Clearly, the BJP has decided to embrace a virulent form of Hindutva,
one that bases itself on a contemporary version of the "Two-Nation"
theory. Its disgraceful defence of Modi, its coercive tactics in the
NDA, its prolonged refusal to discuss Gujarat under Rule 184 in the
Lok Sabha, and its wholly unapologetic, brazen, attitude towards the
continuing climate of fear, intimidation and terror in Gujarat all
confirm this. The very fact that the BJP seriously threatened to hold
mid-term Assembly elections in Gujarat in a vitiated atmosphere, and
used it as a bargaining chip in negotiating with its allies, testifies
to its cynicism.

The consequences of this stance are already apparent. Thus, BJP
spokesman V.K. Malhotra made a revoltingly aggressive statement
likening the Congress to the pre-Partition Muslim League - merely
because the Congress expressed concern at the butchery of Muslims
(although not to the exclusion of concern for Hindus too). And one
cannot fail to note Modi's deviousness in transferring honest police
officers who tried to maintain a semblance of impartiality, or his
gross insensitivity to traumatised Muslim children in thrusting
examinations on them at centres located in areas where Muslims were
butchered.

Gujarat is a fit case for compelling the State government to abide by
the Constitution under Article 355 and for imposing President's Rule
under Article 356. True, Article 356 has been repeatedly misused to
dismiss Opposition governments. The demand for its use is being voiced
by forces with an extremely dubious record. But there could be no
fitter case than Gujarat to which the following description from the
Constitution applies: "a situation has arisen in which the government
of the State cannot be carried on in accordance with the provisions of
the Constitution."

The constitutional machinery patently broke down in Gujarat on
February 28 when scores of citizens were massacred with the full
complicity of the state, and when it could not even protect a guardian
of the constitutional order, a High Court Judge, who happened to be a
Muslim.

It is precisely for such contingencies that President's Rule was
envisaged. The Gujarat situation cannot get normalised with Modi's
replacement alone. If hardcore sanghis like Goverdhan Zadaphia or
Ashok Bhatt were to take over, it could worsen. It is essential, but
not enough, that Modi be sacked. The whole government must be
dismissed and Gujarat placed under President's Rule with advisers of
impeccable integrity and experience, recommended by Parliament as a
whole.

It will take months for Gujarat to recuperate and achieve normalcy in
any real sense. Such normalcy must include reconciliation between
estranged neighbours and communities, full physical, psychological and
economic rehabilitation, and restoration of public confidence in the
impartiality of the government as regards different religious groups.

The danger of half-hearted reconciliation should be obvious. If the
one lakh Muslims who are in relief camps - and three or four times as
many, whose livelihoods have been affected - are forced to fend for
themselves without state and community assistance, they will probably
leave Gujarat altogether, or create "safe" ghettos for themselves. The
greater the ghettoisation, the greater the mutual estrangement of
religious groups, the lesser their social interaction - and the
greater the scope for conflict.

That is the last thing Gujarat needs. Indeed, it would be a recipe for
another communal pogrom. That is precisely what Hindutva craves most.
If the BJP succeeds in its game plan in Gujarat, by whipping up anti-
Muslim hysteria, it will replicate the same trick nationally - if
necessary, by staging another Godhra. If the Nazis could stage the
Reichstag fire, the BJP can create a Godhra-II, through agents
provocateurs.

These comparisons are not far-fetched. In foundational premises of its
ideology and politics, the BJP shares a great deal with the Italian
fascists, the German Nazis and the Taliban. They all reject the
emancipatory heritage of the Enlightenment. They privilege tradition
(itself ill-defined and distorted) over modernity. They are profoundly
intolerant of difference. They hate democracy and equality. And they
do not believe in just and fair means to achieve just ends. They are
prone to despotic methods and barbaric violence.

It will take a lot of effort to fight a force like the BJP-RSS-VHP. It
has already captured a number of institutions and key positions in
government and civil society. It has a dedicated, if fanatical, cadre.
Even in the short run, it will not be possible to isolate the Hindutva
forces unless the perpetrators of the Gujarat violence are severely
punished for their grave crimes, along the lines described in the
previous Frontline column (issue of April 26), and unless the BJP is
politically punished, that is, made to pay a heavy price through
systematic boycott and isolation.

One wishes this would happen both nationally, in the National
Democratic Alliance, and in Uttar Pradesh, where the BJP is about to
form a government with the Bahujan Samaj Party. Regrettably, the BSP
leadership seems to be bent on using its Dalit base as virtual common-
fodder for Hindutva - for dubious, at best petty, short-term gains.

Fighting Hindutva will be a long haul. But the struggle would not even
have been joined unless the Opposition mounts relentless pressure on
the NDA, both inside and outside Parliament, through dharnas, rallies,
public meetings and mass mobilisation. The People's Front should
consider launching a relay dharna in Gujarat's major cities.

The Opposition will do well to join hands with citizens' groups such
as SAHMAT, Aman Ekta Manch, People for Secularism and the Citizens'
Initiative (Ahmedabad), which have done a great deal to highlight the
Gujarat issue and collect donations for the victims' relief. For
instance, SAHMAT mobilised artists to donate their paintings and
raised Rs.5.5 lakhs through their sale.

One thing is clear: it will be a crying shame if the BJP is allowed to
go unpunished for its grievous assault on India's secular-democratic-
constitutional order, and on the foundations of this plural, diverse,
multi-cultural society.

*Citizens' Forum: Gujarat Carnage 2002, by an independent fact-finding
mission composed of S.P. Shukla, K.S. Subramanian, Achin Vanaik, and
Kamal Mitra Chenoy; State-Sponsored Carnage in Gujarat, Report of a
CPI(M)-AIDWA delegation; The Survivors Speak, by a Women's Panel
sponsored by Citizen's Initiative, Ahmedabad; Ethnic Cleansing in
Ahmedabad, by SAHMAT; and A Report on the Gujarat Carnage, prepared by
the People's Union for Civil Liberties.

http://www.flonnet.com/fl1909/19091280.htm

Undermining India

Sitting here in our village home, keeping in touch with the world
through the Internet, the newspapers and magazines like yours, we ask
ourselves, how many fires can we fight? And yet it appears that there
is really no option except to keep fighting them and to stand up for
what we see as the values and beliefs which are intrinsic to the
foundations on which this civilisation (if indeed we can use that term
any longer) is based.

We have been reading the comprehensive coverage in your magazine of
the ghastly and inhuman murder of members of the Staines family in
Manoharpur and the hard-hitting articles on the politics of hate
("Undermining India", February 12). We have also read (on the
Internet) the highly slanted report of the murders (from Rashtradeep -
Orissa) with its not so oblique insinuations that Staines and his
family deserved what they got. What a coincidence that the Santhals
and the Kolhas apparently lost their patience 34 years after Graham
Staines came to work and live in Keonjhar and decided to attack him
when there is a BJP Government at the Centre, and the Sangh Parivar
has targeted Christians as the new enemies! It is hard to believe that
the so- called educated people hold these views and, more sinister,
use their power and technology to propagate these views in the most
dangerous fashion on the Internet from their comfortable spaces in
American universities. It is also interesting that the fact that
millions of dollars are sent by non-resident Indians to support
fascist activities in the name of Hindutva is not questioned or
attacked.

If only we can learn from history, we would see that we are moving
inexorably towards fascism - and the silence of the majority can only
hasten this process.

We too are Hindus, comfortable in the freedom of thought that it
provides, and because of this we can also look at our own tradition
critically and see and understand all the warts and distortions that
it accommodates. But what is propagated in the name of Hinduism is a
far cry from the philosphy to which we subscribe. Had we been born
Dalits or tribal people, or experienced oppression and discrimination
in the name of religion, we too might have opted for Christianity,
Islam, Buddhism or any faith which promised us a better deal and the
hope of social justice and dignity. Certainly, India's Constitution
guarantees each of us that freedom.

In all the polemics and passion that we see around us, one hears
little, if any, questioning or critiquing of the built-in inequities
of Hinduism - only the shrill and fearful howls of the advocates of
Hindutva with its distorted and dangerous ideology of linking religion
with nationalism and patriotism. If we believe that it is the spirit
of inquiry and search for truth that is the hallmark of both science
and religion, then let us stop blaming others and begin looking
inwards in the real quest for self-knowledge and encourage our people
to bring about the changes within, rather than demonising other
faiths, other denominations. But the politics of hate is so much
easier to practise than the quest for truth. It has always been
convenient to mobilise mobs - be it against masjids or mandirs,
Dalits, tribal people, Sikhs, Muslims, Christians, 'Madrasis',
'Bangladeshis', 'Pakistanis'. We continue to rely on fanning the
flames of hatred for 'the other', to exercise power instead of coming
to grips with the real issues of this country - poverty, education,
employment and all-pervasive inequality. The issue is not one of
conversions or Christianity, but of how to exploit people who have no
identity or no hope of getting a space under the sun, as the foot
soldiers in the service of the armies of destruction and mayhem who
can terrorise, garner votes when needed, and ensure political power at
all costs. Ultimately, it is through economic policy decisions and the
right kind of education in our classrooms that we can hope to build
the kind of India that our Constitution has promised. For now, we can
only ask and hope that the right-thinking majority of people in this
land, regardless of their religious affiliations, will speak up before
it is too late.

Admiral Ramu Ramdas
(former Chief of the Naval Staff)
Lalita Ramdas
Bhaimala, Maharashtra

* * *

Your crusade against the diabolical designs of the Sangh Parivar is
commendable.

The riots in Suratkal, the persecution of Christians in Gujarat, and
the outrage against a missionary in Orissa expose the Parivar's game
plan. When the Babri Masjid was demolished, people in authority
remained passive spectators. They remain so when the minorities are
attacked. As long as the minorities have insufficient representation
in the police force and secular values are not instilled in the
guardians of law, there is no hope.

The biggest irony is that L.K. Advani, one of the accused in the Babri
Masjid demolition case, has become the Home Minister of this country.
A.B. Vajpayee has proved to be the weakest Prime Minister of India.
During his visit to Gujarat, instead of assuaging the hurt feelings of
Christians, he suggested a national debate on conversions. With this
he dropped his mask of moderation.

Ubedulla
Mysore

* * *

It was with a sense of dismay and shame that one watched the Home
Minister making a humiliating trip to Mumbai to pacify the Shiv Sena's
"paper tiger". It is a pity that the BJP Government with all the power
at its command could not counter the threat to a visiting cricket
team. The Shiv Sena's attack on the BCCI's office or threats to
release poisonous snakes into the playground only proved its
cowardice. If India is to progress, the culture of violence and
terrorism should give way to goodwill, harmony and peace.

Dr. A.K. Tharien
Oddanchatram, Tamil Nadu

* * *

January 23, the day Graham Stewart Staines and his two young sons were
burnt alive, was the blackest day in the history of our country. One
is at a loss to understand why such a harrowing punishment was meted
out to the missionary who had served leprosy patients in India since
1965.

Why does the Prime Minister hesitate to take stringent action against
Bal Thackeray, at whose instigation the cricket pitch at the
Ferozeshah Kotla stadium was damaged and the BCCI office in Mumbai was
ransacked? Is the Sena chief so indispensable?

Mani Natarajan
Chennai

* * *

It was a unique and informative Cover Story. The need of the hour is
unity, integrity and peaceful coexistence of various communities. We
should uphold our secular values and fulfil the hopes and aspirations
of every citizen.

Shaik Rafeeq Ahamed
Rayachoty, Andhra Pradesh

* * *

The expectation that the experience of heading a government in a
modern democracy will soften Hindu fundamentalists, has been belied.
With the assumption of power by the Bharatiya Janata Party, the
process of undermining India started. The aim is to throw the country
back into an era when power, wealth and education were concentrated in
the hands of people who belonged to the upper strata of society. But
we have come a long way. A government which owes allegiance to the
Constitution has to go by the principles enshrined in the
Constitution.

A. Jacob Sahayam
Vellore, Tamil Nadu

Arundhati Roy

Indian culture is rich and vibrant and Dalits' contribution to it is
no less than that of any other section of our society. Unless this
aspect is researched and brought out, Dalits will not get the kind of
respect they deserve. In this context, Arundhati Roy's proposal to the
Dalit Sahitya Akademi on the publication of the Malayalam translation
of her novel was really pathbreaking ("In solidarity", February 12).

Dhiraj Kumar
Delhi

Role of bureaucrats

I read with great interest A.G. Noorani's article on Admiral Bhagwat's
case in your February 12 issue. As usual Noorani's article is very
scholarly and unbiased and would serve as reference material. I would,
however, like to point out two references made to me in the article.

First, Noorani should have mentioned that I had also said in my letter
to The Times of India that "he will therefore have to look for another
Cabinet Secretary". This would have clarified that my intention was
that I would rather vacate the post of Cabinet Secretary than sign the
notification.

Secondly, the reference to the 1989 general elections. I do not know
the basis on which it is mentioned that "and that the announcements in
that behalf should be made by the Commission forthwith and before 2.00
p.m. on that date, in any case". This was not my belief at all. In an
article I wrote on T.N. Seshan, published in November 1994, I have
said that "I can only write about late Peri Shastri because I knew him
well. It required a lot of courage to stand up to a strong Prime
Minister like Rajiv Gandhi who decided to appoint two Election
Commissioners obviously to control Peri Shastri. Seshan may say that
he was not consulted here but he went out of his way to force the Law
Ministry to issue the notification urgently. When Rajiv Gandhi decided
to announce the general elections, an urgent Cabinet meeting was held
when the Cabinet approved the proposal. Seshan as Cabinet Secretary
should have been sent to Peri Shastri to convey the decision, but
Rajiv Gandhi said, 'let us not send the bull into the China shop. Let
Deshmukh go and settle it in his own quiet way.' I accordingly went
across after sending a message to Peri Shastri. When I entered his
room, I found him agitated, saying that he would not be dictated to by
the Government in fixing the dates for the elections. There was a
sharp exchange between us and tempers rose. I then decided to keep
quiet and let Peri Shastri blow off steam. When he quietened down I
convinced him that the Government was right in suggesting the dates as
it had to make various administrative arrangements. Ultimately, the
notification was issued accordingly."

This should make it clear that I was not the "civil servant who was
sent as an errand boy". My brief was to persuade Peri Shastri to agree
to the Government's suggestion. It should also be added that at that
time I was not a serving civil servant but was re-employed to hold the
post in the Prime Minister's Office.

B.G. Deshmukh
Mumbai

A.G. Noorani writes:

I was not called upon to mention, as B.G. Deshmukh insists, that he
had asked the President "to look for another Cabinet Secretary". His
intimation to President Zail Singh that he would not notify any order
dismissing Rajiv Gandhi in 1987 as Prime Minister, was wrong enough.
It was not his place to do so; least of all ask the President "to look
for" a substitute especially since the office is in the bounty of the
Prime Minister.

As for the 1989 Lok Sabha elections, the words in quotes are taken
from Justice P.B. Sawant's judgment in the case brought by one of the
two Election Commissioners whom Rajiv Gandhi appointed to overrule
Peri Shastri, the CEC (S.S. Dhanoa vs Union of India & Ors. (1991) 3
Supreme Court Cases 567 at pages 581-582, para 22).

Deshmukh confirms my comment. It was based on Justice Sawant's
reference to his mission as Principal Secretary to the Prime Minister.
It is pointless to shift the blame to T.N. Seshan, then Cabinet
Secretary, when he himself carried out an order he knew to be illegal
and politically immoral. On his own showing, there was "a sharp
exchange" between him and the CEC Peri Shastri and "tempers rose".

This would not have happened unless a zealous Deshmukh had tried to
force the upright Peri Shastri to accept the election dates
peremptorily urged by Rajiv Gandhi. He relented because the two
Election Commissioners had been appointed to overrule him. "The bull
in the China shop" could hardly have performed worse than Deshmukh
himself did at the meeting. Significantly, Deshmukh has not a word of
criticism of the man who sent him, Rajiv Gandhi. His Cabinet's
decision was palpably illegal and politically immoral.

Judging by his own account, Deshmukh was far worse than the "civil
servant who was sent as an errand boy". Both Seshan and Deshmukh
carried out an illegal order with competitive enthusiasm. Servitors
while in service, lecturers on retirement. The Constitution makes the
CEC an umpire between the ruling party and the others. It is his
prerogative to fix the dates. Two of the foremost civil servants of
the day tried to suborn him.

Ban all Senas

The twin massacres by the Ranvir Sena in Jehanabad district are a
testament to V.D. Savarkar's call to "'militarise Hinduism". As the
blood of 12 Dalits (from Khoja Narayanpur, February 10) and of 23
Dalits (Shankarbigha, January 25) flows in central Bihar, the Sangh
(more like, Jang) Parivar offers its regret from one side of its
mouth, while it is gleeful on the other.

The Progressive Forum of India (PFI) condemns the Ranvir Sena for its
violence as well as the Jang Parivar (notably the BJP) and the
erstwhile Bihar Government for their studied negligence.

The Ranvir Sena, like the Shiv Sena in Maharashtra three decades
earlier, was set up in 1994 to counter the growth of Left
organisations in central Bihar. From the first, the organisation was
prone to violence. Before its formation, landlords (many of whom are
Bhumihars) formed private militias that massacred, for instance, seven
Dalits in Sawanbigha village in Jehanabad in 1991. In December 1997,
the Ranvir Sena killed over 60 people in Lakshmanpur-Bathe, again in
Jehanabad. Further, on January 9, 1999, a Ranvir Sena leader announced
that his fascist band planned to conduct a massacre larger than that
in Lakshmanpur in the near future. Neither the State Government nor
the Jang Parivar did anything against him. Progressive forces in Bihar
and elsewhere underscored the danger, but nothing was done. In fact,
The Times of India reported that Vinod Sharma (Ranvir Sena) travelled
with a police officer to Arwal at the time of the massacre. The PFI
condemns this nexus between the landlord militia, the Jang Parivar and
the institutions of the state.

The Ranvir Sena has been set up to undermine popular movements. It
resorts to violence and to authoritarian acts against the oppressed.
The PFI offers its support to those who feel the strong arm of such
organisations and we call upon all progressive people to condemn and
challenge such fascist bands.

Vijay Prashad
(for the Progressive Forum for India)
received on e-mail

http://www.flonnet.com/fl1605/16051120.htm

Volume 21 - Issue 02, January 17 - 30, 2004
India's National Magazine
from the publishers of THE HINDU

ANALYSIS

HOW ADVANI WENT SCOT-FREE

A.G. NOORANI

The Rae Bareli court judgment in the Ayodhya case discharging Deputy
Prime Minister L.K. Advani is against the weight of the entire
evidence and violates the law as declared by the Supreme Court.

VINO JOHN

Deputy Prime Minister L.K. Advani.

THE Deputy Prime Minister and Union Home Minister, Lal Krishna
Advani's discharge in the Ayodhya case on September 19, 2003, was no
"honourable acquittal" after a full trial on the merits. It was a
gross miscarriage of justice, which precludes a proper trial. A
perusal of the English translation of the 130-page judgment in Hindi
by Vinod Kumar Singh, Special Judicial Magistrate, Rae Bareli, reveals
that the grounds for his discharge could well apply also to other
accused such as Union Minister Murli Manohar Joshi and Madhya Pradesh
Chief Minister Uma Bharati. Conversely, the grounds on which charges
will be framed against them apply also to Advani. The judgment is
utterly unconvincing in the distinction it draws between him and the
other accused, including Ashok Singhal, V.H. Dalmiya, Giriraj Kishore,
Vinay Katiyar and Sadhvi Ritambara.

The judgment is against the weight of the entire evidence and violates
the law as declared by the Supreme Court. The reasoning is laboured to
a degree. It must be emphasised that what the Magistrate pronounced
was an order of discharge at the stage of framing the charge not an
acquittal on merits after a trial. A discharge does not bar another
prosecution, an acquittal does.

In the face of such a judgment the behaviour of the Central Bureau of
Investigation, the prosecuting agency, was true to form. It did not
move the High Court for quashing the order. The prescribed period of
limitation is three months. The CBI bestirred itself ostentatiously
thereafter in view of public censure. Rajnish Sharma reported in The
Hindustan Times (December 31, 2003) that "CBI sources claim that the
agency's top-brass still differ on whether to move the High Court or
not. Initially, it was decided that the CBI should not go in for an
appeal against Advani. However, faced with mounting criticism for
having failed to appeal against the lower court order, the opinion
seems to have changed.

RAMESH SHARMA

Murli Manohar Joshi.

"While announcing its decision, even the Rae Bareli court had strongly
criticised the agency's role as it felt the CBI had deliberately
weakened the case against Advani. Agency sources now claim that once
the courts reopen, they will file a petition explaining the reasons
for the delay."

IT is necessary to recall the background in order to appreciate the
judgment. The CBI had filed a charge-sheet in court against Advani and
other accused, on October 5, 1993, charging them with conspiring to
demolish the mosque. Two courts found that a prima facie case on this
charge did exist - Special Judicial Magistrate Mahipal Sirohi on
August 27, 1994, while committing the accused to the Sessions Court,
and the Additional Sessions Judge, Lucknow, Jugdish Prasad Srivastava,
on September 9, 1997, while framing the charges.

The Sessions Judge concluded that "in the present case a criminal
conspiracy to demolish the disputed structure of Ramjanmabhoomi/Babri
Masjid was hatched by the accused persons in the beginning of 1990 and
was completed on 6.12.1992". Advani and others hatched criminal
conspiracies "to demolish the disputed premises on different times at
different places". A prima facie case was found to charge Bal
Thackeray, Advani and others, including Murli Manohar Joshi and Uma
Bharati, under various provisions of the Indian Penal Code.

Advani and his colleagues, Joshi and Uma Bharati, faced two charges in
two courts - delivering inflammatory speeches on December 6, 1992,
prior to the demolition, and hatching a conspiracy to demolish the
mosque from 1990. Immediately after the mosque was demolished, two
first information reports were filed in the same police station. One
was filed at 5-15 p.m. against "lakhs of unknown kar sevaks" for
offences committed at 12-15 p.m.; mainly the demolition. Spread of
communal hate was one of them. Very properly, conspiracy was not
alleged since the facts were not known then and no particular person
was cited either. This was Crime No. 197 (demolition).

S. SUBRAMANIUM

Uma Bharati.

The next FIR, filed only 10 minutes later, was Crime No. 198
(speeches) against eight named persons - Advani, Joshi, Uma Bharati,
Ashok Singhal, Giriraj Kishore, V.H. Dalmiya, Vinay Katiyar and
Ritambara. It alleged that they had delivered communally inflammatory
speeches at 10 a.m. prior to the demolition (Section 153A IPC). This
charge was common to both FIRs. FIR 198 (speeches) said also that
"during the speeches of these leaders, repeated indications (sic:
"incitement") were given to demolish the mosque. As a result, lakhs of
kar sevaks attacked and pulled down the disputed structure". The
leaders were named because their identities were known. Conspiracy was
properly not alleged in either FIR because it requires a long probe.
There were 47 other FIRs for offences against the media.

After the imposition of President's rule in Uttar Pradesh, the
demolition case (197) was assigned to the CBI while the State police
dealt with the speeches case (198). Both were parts of the same
transaction and were linked inseparably. Eventually, the CBI was
assigned the speeches case as well. It, therefore, submitted a
composite, damning charge-sheet in court on October 5, 1993. But there
was a technical flaw in the assignment of the cases to courts, which
was pointed out by Justice Jagdish Bhalla of the Allahabad High Court
on February 12, 2001. He struck down as invalid the reference of Case
198 (speeches) to the Lucknow court from the Rae Bareli court. His
judgment of February 12, 2001, upheld everything else, including the
joint charge-sheet. He thrice said that the defect was "curable" by
another notification after consulting the High Court. Obviously,
justice required that the two cases, 197 (demolition) and 198
(speeches), be tried together in one court.

Neither the Rajnath Singh government nor the succeeding Mayawati
regime had any intention of "curing the defect". Nor has Mulayam Singh
Yadav's government now. The High Court issued a notification on
September 28, 2002, assigning Case No.198 (speeches) to the Rae Bareli
court. On November 29, the Supreme Court upheld it, holding that no
one had a right to insist on a particular venue. It overlooked the
background, the mala fides and the obvious miscarriage of justice. A
review petition has been filed against this order. (vide the writer's
article, `Reprimand for delay', Frontline, March 30, 2001).

To be precise, Justice Bhalla upheld: 1) the Sessions Judge's order of
September 9, 1997, framing the charges in Case No. 197 (demolition);
2) the validity of Vijai Verma's appointment as Special Judge and his
cognisance of all cases (save No.198); 3) the notification of the
Special Court in Lucknow; 4) the CBI's investigation; and 5) the
consolidated charge-sheet of October 5, 1993. Even if the one
concerning the speeches of December 6, 1992, is dropped, the
conspiracy case survives.

C.V. SUBRAHMANYAM

Ashok Singhal.

But let alone a notification to cure the defect and ensure trial of
both the connected cases in one court, in the interests of sheer
justice, the course which the two cases took subsequently in different
courts was, to say the least, surprising. The High Court's ruling was
set at naught by the Sessions Judge at Lucknow, Srikant Shukla, on May
4, 2001, which he had no right to do. Justice Bhalla had merely struck
down the transfer of the speeches case (198) from Rae Bareli to
Lucknow. Shukla went beyond it and dropped even the conspiracy charge
in Case No.197(demolition) before him. The reasoning was tortuous. He
confined FIR 197 (demolition) to kar sevaks alone; ignored the
conspiracy charges and exonerated the leaders. They were held
accountable only in FIR 198 (speeches) - which he could not try. He
wrote: "Two distinct cases were registered which are different. In the
first FIR were kar sevaks who pulled down the structure... and in the
other FIR are conspirators/abettors who instigated the kar sevaks.
This way, the State has considered both the cases different and
separate and has treated them so."

This was in flat contradiction to Justice Bhalla's judgment. What
Shukla did was to transpose the conspiracy charge, which properly
belonged to the demolition case (197) which he was trying, to the
speeches case (198), which he could not try. Having done so, he
dropped proceedings on the conspiracy charge against the eight accused
leaders who also figured in the speeches case and 13 others besides
who did not. Thrown back at the Rae Bareli court like a shuttle cock,
the conspiracy charge was buried there by the CBI two years later in
its charge-sheet of May 30, 2003. On September 1, the apex court
issued notices to Advani and other accused on a petition challenging
this omission. The CBI had curiously moved the High Court on June 19,
2001, against Shukla's order. On August 6, 2003, Justice N.K. Mehrotra
ordered stay of proceedings in the Lucknow court till September 24.

But the conspiracy charge cannot vanish so easily. It covers events
since 1990. Abetment by incitement occurred on December 6, 1992.
Shukla's reference to "conspirators/abettors who instigated" truncates
the conspiracy charge - and drops it. The CBI's joint charge-sheet of
October 5, 1993, explicitly said: "Investigations revealed that on
5.12.1992, a secret meeting was held at the residence of Shri Vinay
Katiyar which was attended by S/Shri L.K. Advani, Pawan Pandey, etc.
Wherein a final decision to demolish the disputed structure was
taken." Sessions Judge J.P. Srivastava's order of September 9, 1997
also mentioned this very date. He traced the beginning of the
conspiracy to 1990, how it picked up speed in 1991 and the stages
leading to its culmination with the demolition of the mosque. In each
stage Advani's role was narrated in detail. "Conspiracy is planned
secretly," he remarked. It cannot be limited to the public speeches on
December 6, as Shukla did. The High Court upheld the validity of the
conspiracy charge.

TWO recent disclosures support the charge. It has been revealed that
on October 1, 1993, the Home Ministry itself sanctioned the CBI's
charge. It mentioned an interesting detail: "In pursuance of the
criminal conspiracy", Pramod Mahajan and Ashok Singhal met Bal
Thackeray on November 21, 1992, and secured the Sena's participation
in the "kar seva". On June 7, 2003, five of the accused alleged
instigation by the leaders. R.N. Das, one of the priests at the site
where the idols were placed inside the mosque before its demolition,
told the media: "I was a witness in a meeting held by Advani and
others... on December 5 night" - and spilled the beans. Justice Bhalla
remarked: "According to the prosecution, the accused persons are
either rich, influential or politically strong." He recalled the
Supreme Court's remarks in the case of the former Chief Minister of
Karnataka, S. Bangarappa: "The slow motion becomes much slower motion
when politically powerful or rich and influential persons figures as
accused."

The demolition case (197) was thus put out of the way. All that the
leaders faced was the speeches case (198) alone. On May 30, 2003, the
CBI filed a supplementary charge-sheet in the Rae Bareli court trying
the speeches case. On July 5, the CBI's advocate, S.S. Gandhi, opened
the case and cited statements by witnesses testifying to inflammatory
speeches and to instigation of the kar sevaks to demolish the mosque.
He said he would produce audio and videocassettes as evidence. On July
30, astonishingly, the CBI said that "the video cassettes did not show
them giving any speech". Special Judicial Magistrate Vinod Kumar Singh
delivered judgment on September 19, 2003, in this case.

He begins by reproducing the FIR in case No. 198 which is revealing:
"I, Sub Inspector Ganga Prasad Tewari, in-charge of the police post
Ramjanmabhoomi, police station Ramjanmabhoomi, Faizabad, was engaged
today, on 06.12.92, in maintenance of peace and order during the kar
seva organised by the Vishwa Hindu Parishad. Checking duty near the
disputed Ram Chabutara and Sheshavatar Mandir, I reached the meeting
place in Ram Katha Kunj at about 10 a.m. where the Vishwa Hindu
Parishad General Secretary Shri Ashok Singhal, Joint Secretary Shri
Giriraj Kishore, Shri Lal Krishna Advani, Shri Murli Manohar Joshi,
Shri Vishnu Hari Dalmiya and BJP M.P. from Faizabad and Bajrang Dal
convenor Shri Vinay Katiyar, Uma Bharati, Sadhvi Ritambara, etc. all
the speakers were seated on the dais. The above mentioned speakers
were inciting the kar sevaks by their incendiary speeches; their
slogan was `Ek dhakkar aur do, Babri Masjid tod do,' and destroy this
khandahar (rubble) that is symbolic of the Mughal age slavery. Incited
by their incendiary speeches, the kar sevaks were now and then raising
slogans - "Jab katue kaate jaayenge, tab Ram Ram chillayenge; and
Ramlala, hum aayenge, Mandir yahin banayenge." The intention to
destroy the mosque was again and again indicated (in) these leaders'
speeches. As a consequence, lakhs of kar sevaks broke through the
barricades and destroyed the disputed structure, which has hurt the
national unity seriously. The said event was seen, apart from the
police and administration officials and employees, by the audience and
journalists. Therefore, the report must be entertained and necessary
action taken."

The secret meeting of December 5 was followed by the speeches on
December 6 which incited the demolition. The rest followed as planned.
The judgment recites statements by eyewitnesses on the leaders'
speeches, before the Babri mosque was demolished, as recorded by the
police under Section 161 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, four video
cassettes, three audio cassettes, photographs and news reports. It is
well settled that at the stage of framing the charges all that the
court has to consider is whether a prima facie case is made out. It is
not to enter into a trial on the merits. Section 227 of CrPC says that
if the Judge considers "that there is not sufficient ground for
proceeding against the accused, he shall discharge the accused", as
distinct from an acquittal which can follow only after a trial on the
merits of the charges.

The Supreme Court ruled in 1979 that "even a very strong suspicion
founded upon material before the Magistrate, which leads him to form a
presumptive opinion as to the existence of the factual ingredients
constituting the offence alleged, may justify the framing of charge".
Nor is the court bound to consider evidence produced by the accused.
It has to consider whether the prosecution case, if unrebutted,
establishes a case in law. That is what a prima facie case means in
law.

KAMAL NARANG

Sadhvi Ritambara.

The sole issue before the Magistrate, therefore, was whether the
police statements produced before him by the prosecution established
such a case. Thirty-odd such statements are reproduced in the
judgment; some contradict others. The contradiction is to be resolved
only in the trial proper; not while framing the charges unless, of
course, the ones against the accused are manifestly untrue or absurd.
In this case, they were not.

Consider the very first two statements which the judgment quotes:
"Shri Ram Kripal Das, disciple of Mahant late Bharat Das, PS
Ramjanmabhoomi, Faizabad, has made, in the main, the following
statement under Section 161 CrPC: "On 6.12.1992 I remained near my
temple the whole day. Through my door and the windows inside, sounds
coming from the Ram Katha Kunj and words (like) Sheshavatar Mandir,
vivadit dhancha (disputed structure) vivadit chabutara (disputed
platform) can be heard. That day, a crowd of kar sevaks had started to
gather since morning. The kar sevaks were raising slogans and loudly
saying: today we would not stop even if some leader tries to stop us.
We will demolish it today... On the Ram Katha Kunj side, leaders were
making speeches one by one that a temple has to be built. There was a
lot of noise. Lal Krishna Advani, Ashok Singhal, Vinay Katiyar, Murli
Manohar Joshi, etc. spoke. All the leaders were making enthusiastic
speeches. I had seen with my own eyes the above leaders going towards
the temple. When there was a hullabaloo and they were demolishing the
disputed structure, none of the leaders was preventing them. If these
leaders had told the kar sevaks not to break any dome, they would have
obeyed it, because they had called the kar sevaks to come here. Vinay
Katiyar was much active from the very beginning and was prepared to do
everything right or wrong for temple construction" (emphasis added,
throughout).

Dhanpat Ram Yadav made the following statement under Section 161 CrPC:
"On 6.12.92, I was on the roof of the Sita Rasoi (Sita's kitchen) from
early morning. That day I saw Vinay Katiyar, Lal Krishna Advani, Uma
Bharati, etc. coming in a crowd of kar sevaks. They were making
speeches that were provoking the kar sevaks, saying Mandir bana kar
jaayenge, Hindu Rashtra banayenge (we will leave after building a
temple and we will build a Hindu Rashtra). When the kar sevaks had
climbed the domes in large numbers and were demolishing them, none of
the leaders prevented anyone or told to stop. All stood silent... "
Another 10 statements were in the same vein followed by that of
Chandra Kishore Mishra who said "inflamed by the very speeches of
these leaders, the kar sevaks brought down the structure". Advani was
specifically mentioned by him as one of them.

The Additional Superintendent of Police, Faizabad, Anju Gupta was
detailed to provide security to Advani. She saw people running towards
the mosque with tools in their hands. If she could see that so, one
would think, could "the leaders". She said "Then Shri Lal Krishna
Advani asked me what was happening inside the temple. I asked the
control room and came to know that kar sevaks had entered it and were
busy demolishing the structure; then I told him the same. I also told
him that many people had got injured and were being brought near the
Ram Katha Kunj for treatment. Then Advani told me: I want to go and
tell them to come down. I conferred with S.P. Intelligence and
Commandant of the 15th Battalion who were with Shri Murli Manohar
Joshi. He said it was not proper to go into the crowd as these people
were inflamed. Shri Advani talked to his comrades and told me that he
won't go but somebody would have to be taken there. Then I sent Uma
Bharati and two others there. The crowd surrounded my jeep near Dorahi
Kuwan and did not allow us to go ahead. Then Uma Bharati and we
proceeded on foot. I saw after sometime that people had come down from
the domes. They were talking of doing the kar seva from below, not
from above. Advani told me he wanted to talk to the DM. He also told
about talking to the Chief Minister, but I pleaded helplessness. One
person, who had come with Uma Bharati, was making fun of the Supreme
Court. After some time, Advani and Joshi went to the office of Ram
Katha Kunj, and told me they were talking to the Chief Minister. I saw
fire and smoke rising at all sides in Ayodhya. Advani told me... [page
92 bottom: seems some lines are missing here]... began to distribute
sweets... . Advani came back at about six and a half. With him there
were Murli Manohar Joshi, Vishnu Hari Dalmiya, Ashok Singhal and Vinay
Katiyar etc. About the speeches from the stage, I have already told. I
remember the atmosphere became surcharged with Advani's arrival.
People were raising slogans, but I could not hear any other slogan
because of being busy with other works. Joshi had spoken earlier, he
had said whatever Narasimha Rao could say, the temple would be
constructed here. I did not see these leaders making any attempt to
prevent the kar sevaks from demolishing the disputed structure. Advani
was sad that people were falling from the domes and dying... on the
fall of the first, second and third domes, Uma Bharati and Ritambara
had embraced each other; sweets were also distributed. The two had
also embraced the males. Embracing Advani, Joshi and S.C. Dixit, Uma
Bharati and Ritambara were expressing their happiness. On the fall of
the domes, all the said eight accused and Acharya Dharmendra etc were
congratulating one another. All were expressing happiness."

Vinay Katiyar.

Renu Mittal confirmed reports in The Hindu and The Indian Express
(December 7, 1992): "L.K. Advani began to address the kar sevaks over
the mike from the protection of the Ram Katha Kunj platform. In the
rush of shouts and the milling confusion he could be overheard telling
the kar sevaks to block all entry points to Ayodhya to stop anyone
entering the town. He also announced that the kar seva that begun
today would only end once the mandir nirman was completed... . At 3-30
p.m. the left dome of the Babri Masjid was demolished. Many of the kar
sevaks were injured and some of them were buried under the falling of
the debris of the dome."

Triyugi Narayan Tewari told the police: "The RSS workers also climbed
the domes and demolished the disputed structure. Sh. Ashok Singhal,
L.K. Advani, Uma Bharati, Vinay Katiyar, Murli Manohar Joshi, Acharya
Dharmendra, Sadhvi Ritambara were also present there and were inciting
the kar sevaks."

A few statements, about 5 or 6, averred that Advani urged the kar
sevaks to climb down; evidently for their own protection. For, some
were buried in the debris.

Vishnu Hari Dalmiya.

The Magistrate's observations on the course the case took are
significant. "This is an indisputable fact that the High Court had
before itself a combined charge-sheet in cases 197/92 (demolition) and
198/92 (speeches) and, compared to this court, the High Court was
presented with much more evidence/statements of witnesses. Apart from
it, the High Court had before it the charge under Section 120 IPC
(conspiracy), which was not included in the charge-sheet filed in this
court. After the said judgment, an order was passed by the Special
Judge (Ayodhya Prakaran), Lucknow, in which 21 accused were recognised
as accused in case 198/92 (speeches) and proceedings against them were
ordered to be stopped. These included the eight accused named in the
charge-sheet filed in this court. Thereafter, the CBI requested the
State government to rectify the said shortcoming in the notification
dated 8/10/93, but the said shortcoming was not rectified by the State
government. After that, special writ petitions were filed by Bhure Lal
and three others against the said judgment of the High Court, on which
the Supreme Court issued its judgment/order on 29/11/2002. Under the
said order of the Supreme Court, a petition has been filed by the CBI
in this court constituted under the former notification, on which the
CBI was directed to get the papers in case 198/92 (speeches) and
present in this court. The record of case 198/92 (speeches) was
received and then the CBI filed a supplementary charge-sheet. At
present the case is being heard in this court under the Supreme Court
order dated 29/11/2002. Thus this court has considered the material
presented to it about this charge. Statements of some more witnesses
were considered after the CBI filed a charge-sheet and some evidence
along with it and, later, after its advance investigation."

THUS the CBI itself dropped the conspiracy charge (Section 120 IPC).
The Magistrate lists some 19 considerations for framing the charges.
Two of them read thus: (2) "If the case falls in the area of doubt, it
cannot take the place of proof at the conclusion of the hearing. But
if there is serious doubt in the initial stage and it leads the court
to think that there is ground to believe that the accused has
committed the offence, then the court is not allowed to say that
enough ground is not there for proceeding against the accused... (8)
If material has been presented before the court and that creates
serious doubt against the accused and has not been adequately
explained, it is justified for the court to frame charges and start
hearing." He violated both.

He recorded: "In the videocassettes presented to the court, no leader
is seen making a speech during the demolition of the said structure on
6/12/92. From a perusal of all the statements under Section 161 CrPC
and the available material, it appears prima facie that there were two
groups during the event - one was demolishing the disputed structure
while the other was, along with the security forces, attempting to
prevent the demolition of the disputed structure. The prosecution
witness Shri Ram Kripal Das has said in his statement, among other
things, that the kar sevaks were greatly excited and loudly telling
that (they) would not stop even if some leader tried to stop them.

AJIT KUMAR/AP

Acharya Giriraj Kishore.

"In her statement, Anju Gupta has specifically said that on 6/12/92
she was deployed for Lal Krishna Advani's security. She has also said
that the S.P. Intelligence and the Commandant of the 15th Battalion
were with Murli Manohar Joshi Ms. Anju Gupta is an IPS officer and, as
is evident from her statement, she was deployed for Lal Krishna
Advani's security. Therefore, Anju Gutpa's statement is extremely
important regarding L.K. Advani. She has said the following in her
statement: "I had seen some boys advancing towards the disputed
structure from the Kuber Tola side, with tools in their hands. Then
Shri Lal Krishna Advani asked me what was happening inside the
temple... ."

"From this statement, the prima facie conclusion emerges that at that
time L.K. Advani did not know that demolition of the disputed
structure had started. Besides, Advani's contention in Anju Gupta's
statement that `I want to go and tell them to come down' generates
another view contrary to the prima facie charge against him. In her
statement, Anju Gupta has not indicated any such contention by any
other leader. She has also said Advani had asked her what was
happening at other places and she had said she did not know. The fact
of Advani inquiring about what was happening at other places prima
facie reveals his ignorance." How does his ignorance of what was
happening at "other places" in the city prove his ignorance of what
was happening before his and everyone else's eyes - demolition of the
mosque. His reasoning is palpably wrong. First, there were no "two
groups" of leaders, implying that Advani belonged to one that tried to
pacify the mob while the rest instigated it. Who were Advani's allies
in the pacificatory effort or was he alone in this? There were in fact
two sets of statements before the court. It is not the number but the
quality that matters. Even so, the overwhelming majority explicitly
implicated Advani along with the rest as an instigator. The minority
is not only small but pathetically laboured in its apologia.

Secondly, from a mere query by Advani to Anju Gupta, Vinod Kumar Singh
jumps to the astonishing conclusion that "L.K. Advani did not know
that demolition of the disputed mosque had started." The demolition
was surely there for all to see. The query was "what was happening
inside the temple" (sic.). His concern was not to stop the demolition,
else he would not have urged barricading of the roads to prevent
Central forces from arriving. The reason for his disquiet was
different as she clearly mentioned: "Advani was sad that people were
falling from the domes and dying."

DOUGLAS E CURRAN/AFP

Kar sevaks stop the Babri Masjid five hours before the structure was
demolished on December 6, 1992.

Thirdly, the Magistrate holds that "Anju Gupta has not indicated any
such contention (sic.) by any other leader." On the strength of this
solitary statement, Advani alone is exonerated. Her statement itself
is palpably misconstrued. Lastly, the Magistrate embarked on the
evaluation of the evidence. He singles out her statement, misconstrues
it, and ignores the enormous bulk, which clubbed Advani with the rest.
This is in clear breach of the law as laid down by the Supreme Court.

The Magistrate holds: "On the basis of the material presented to the
court, and having considered the extensive possibilities and the total
impact of the evidence in the light of both sides' arguments, I am of
the opinion that two views appear probable only about the prima facie
charge brought against the accused Lal Krishna Advani. One view is
that, prima facie, the crime was caused by Lal Krishna Advani to be
committed and the other view is that, prima facie, the crime was not
caused to be committed by him. After having considered the available
material and the two sides' arguments, in my opinion, suspicion but no
serious suspicion, seems to exist about the accused Lal Krishna Advani
having caused the crime to be committed under Sections 147/149/153A/
153B/505 IPC. On the contrary, having considered the available
material on record in the light of the two sides' arguments, I am of
the opinion that serious suspicion exists about the crime having been
caused under Section 147/149/153A/153B/505 IPC by the other accused
Dr. Murli Manohar Joshi, Ashok Singhal, Vishnu Hari Dalmiya, Acharya
Giriraj Kishore, Sadhvi Uma Bharati, Vinay Katiyar and Sadhvi
Ritambara, which the said accused have been unable to explain... . As
per the above discussion, as two views are possible regarding the
accused Lal Krishna Advani's offence and there exists only suspicion
(keval sandeh) that he caused the said crime to be committed,
therefore under the said ruling the accused Lal Krishna Advani
deserves to be acquitted from the charge in the case in question.

"As per the above discussion, serious suspicion (ghor sandeh) exists
that the crime was caused to be committed by the accused Dr. Murli
Manohar Joshi, Ashok Singhal, Vishnu Hari Dalmiya, Acharya Giriraj
Kishore, Sadhvi Uma Bharati, Vinay Katiyar and Sadhvi Ritambara, which
the said accused have been unable to explain, therefore in the light
of the said ruling, a prima facie case is made against the accused Dr.
Murli Manohar Joshi, and the rest."

The Magistrate, in effect, tried Advani on the merits instead of
framing charges against him since a prima facie case was disclosed
warranting a full trial. Only at the end is the accused entitled to
benefit of the doubt. The reasoning is tortuous in the extreme. The
conclusion is manifestly demonstrably wrong. Magistrate Vinod Kumar
Singh's judgment prevents Advani's trial on grounds that are
manifestly wrong. Criminal proceedings in the Ayodhya case have taken
a bizarre course. In the Sessions Court at Lucknow, the Judge Srikant
Shukla drops the conspiracy charge on May 4, 2001, in breach of the
High Court's ruling on February 12, 2001. In the Rae Bareli court the
CBI drops that charge in its "supplementary" charge-sheet on May 30,
2003. What are we coming to? The civil proceedings are as disquieting;
especially after the order for excavation by the Special Bench of the
High Court last March. As for the CBI's role the less said the
better.

http://www.flonnet.com/fl2102/stories/20040130002204700.htm

Resolved Question
Hindu Hate Crimes?

Why doesn't anyone ever point out the Hindu hate crimes against
Muslims in India and Pakistan while they are talking about Religious
Extremism?
3 years ago

Additional Details
Thomas, please see answer below, thanks
3 years ago

by Thomas B Member since:
June 12, 2007
Total points:
5188 (Level 5)


Best Answer - Chosen by Voters
Dear Please list some.

Most Hindu attacks in India are retaliation to what the stupid Muslims
start.

Please show us a proof of Muslim oppression with facts to support your
claim.

Whatever Kalebow has stated comes from an extremist platform christian
news network. I am a Christian and still don't buy this BS spread by
the Evangelical Christian Media. Just the same I don't buy that
Muslims in Pakistan want peace.

All what Kalebow has said has supposedly happened in Burma and Sri
Lanka, he does not answer your question about India, please provide
proof of Hindu crimes against Muslims in Pakistan? are you joking.

When India and Pakistan were separated in 1947 Hindu population in
Pakistan was more than 14% today entire Pakistan is has less than 2%
minorities Pakistan is 98% Muslim State.

Where as India at Sepration had a 7% Muslim population which today is
more than 12% and 12% Muslims in India equal to the entire population
of Pakistan.

Please check your facts about ethnic cleansing then talk.
3 years ago
60% 3 Votes

Other Answers (4)

by MikeInRI Member since:
July 06, 2006
Total points:
87738 (Level 7)

Because for most people in the west they never hear about them and
lets face it Hindus are not mass killing Christians and Jews like
Muslims have been trying to do - it just does get the interest of most
in the west. Most actions taken by Hindus - although are bad - are
usually retalitory in nature which makes thems to a certain extent
seem justified to some.

Good Luck!!!
3 years ago
0% 0 Votes
3 Rating: Good Answer 1 Rating: Bad Answer Report Abuse by Cathy
Member since:
May 09, 2007
Total points:
10890 (Level 6)

Because there comes a point in discussing Religious Extremism where
you just have to start leaving religions and incidents out--EVERY
religion has zealots that commit such crimes.
3 years ago

2 Rating: Good Answer 1 Rating: Bad Answer Report Abuse by wwhy
Member since:
May 03, 2007
Total points:
1734 (Level 3)

The Buddhist state of Burma openly plans to Abolish Christianity and
nobody calls them terrorists ?

The Burma Government May Move to Abolish Christianity With Buddhist
Support ?

Government officials have shut down churches in this capital city and
have disallowed the construction of new church buildings. The number
of bibles allowed for import is limited and in-country printing of
bibles and Christian literature is restricted.

"Some Buddhist monks came and started shouting, 'don't worship God
here – he has nothing to do with us,'” David said. “They said we were
trying to establish Christianity in the village and they did not want
it. The monks and others threw stones at us. They hit us like a hard
rain. Some of us were hit in the cheek, the neck and the forehead."

http://www.cbn.com/cbnnews/cwn/012607Bur…

Report: Burma Plans to Wipe Out Christianity

A leaked secret document claims to reveal plans by the Burmese
military regime to wipe out Christianity in the southeast Asian
country.

Inside the memo were detailed instructions on how to force Christians
out of the country, according to Telegraph.

Instructions included imprisoning any person caught evangelizing,
capitalizing on the fact that Christianity is a non-violent religion.

“The Christian religion is very gentle,” read the letter, according to
Telegraph, “Identify and utilize its weakness.”

Burma, also known as Myanmar, has a Christian population of about four
percent, according to the CIA World Factbook. Persecution against
Christians have come in the form of church burnings, forced conversion
to the state religion of Buddhism, and banning children of Christians
from school.

http://www.christianpost.com/article/200…

Christian children forced to become Buddhist monks.

CHILDREN from Christian families in Burma, between the ages of five
and ten, have been lured from their homes and placed in Buddhist
monasteries. Once taken in, their heads have been shaved and they have
been trained as novice monks, never to see their parents again.

http://www.canadianchristianity.com/cgi-…

http://www.ekklesia.co.uk/content/news_s…

http://www.christiantoday.com/article/ch…

Buddhist Extremists Attack Christian-Run Children’s Home in Sri Lanka

A 200-man mob, accompanied by extremist Buddhist monks, has attacked a
children’s home, which was being run by the Dutch Reformed Church in
central Sri Lanka at the beginning of August.

Christian Solidarity Worldwide (CSW), a human rights organisation
which specialises in religious freedom, has reported that the mob
fiercely attacked the home, following which, they climbed to the roof
and planted a Buddhist flag on the roof.

Tina Lambert, Advocacy Director of Christian Solidarity Worldwide
(CSW), said: "We are extremely concerned about the continuing violence
against Christians in Sri Lanka. This latest incident, in which child
care workers have been threatened, is unacceptable and we urge the Sri
Lankan authorities to bring the perpetrators of such violence to
justice."

http://www.christiantoday.com/article/bu…

Hindu and Buddhists united to opose Christian evangelism

Hindu and Buddhist priests from across Asia are uniting to oppose
Christian proselytism. The 1,000 delegates to a three-day conference
in Lumbini, Nepal, discussed Pope John Paul II's recent call to
evangelize Asia. Evangelism constitutes "a war against Hindus and
Buddhists" and is a "spiritual crime," they said.

Hindus attacking Christian churches and
Reports of Christian persecution in Nepal continue

http://www.wtcf.org/www.viamission.org/n…

Buddhist Cambodia Limits Christian Activities :

Cambodia's government issued a directive preventing Christians from
promoting their religion in public places, or using money or other
means to persuade people to convert, officials said Tuesday.

Cambodian Buddhists generally tolerate other religions, but last year
about 300 Buddhist villagers DESTROYED a partially built Christian
church near Phnom Penh.

Also last year, a group of Christian worshippers was caught
distributing sweets to young people in the countryside while trying to
convert them, Sun Kim Hun said. Such activities are illegal.

http://abcnews.go.com/International/wire…

INDIA (Newsroom) – Six Christian missionaries participating in a
gospel campaign called "Love Ahmedabad" were beaten so savagely in the
state of Gujarat last week that one of the men may lose his arms and
legs.

Members of the Hyderabad-based Operation Mobilization (OM) were
distributing Bibles and religious tracts in Ahmedabad, about five
miles from Gandhinagar, the capital of Gujarat, the afternoon of May 5
when they were attacked by members of the Hindu extremist groups
Bajrang Dal and Vishwa Hindu Parishad (VHP). Operation Mobilization
ships tons of Christian literature around the country. The assailants
also burned copies of the Bible and tracts.

http://www.worthynews.com/news-features/…

Christian missionaries beaten in public for 'converting' Hindus

Television channels showed Hindu activists kicking and punching the
two young priests while dragging them through Maharashtra's Kolhapur
town.

News footage showed an activist knee one priest in the groin, making
him double up in pain. Another kicked the missionary in the head. The
crowd accused the priests of forcibly converting poor Hindus, and
handed them over to police.

http://archive.gulfnews.com/articles/07/…

The violence of Buddhist extremists it’s being compared to the killing
fields of Cambodia. In Sri Lanka religion has become mixed with
politics and nationalism - creating a toxic brew of hatred and fear.
They are…… forcibly trying to convert people to Buddhism and forcing
people to kneel down to declare Buddha is our god! Read about it

http://www.tamilnet.com/art.html?catid=7…

3 years ago

2 Rating: Good Answer 2 Rating: Bad Answer Report Abuse by
anser_qu... Member since:
January 22, 2007
Total points:
1489 (Level 3)

great answer Thomas...
Unfortunately these bigots that make these false calims only see
though their lens and are not mature enough to realise the facts..
3 years ago

Any my Hindu brother will accept nithyananda swamiji is their guru,
after his crime...? if s why..?.?
http://answers.yahoo.com/question/index;_ylt=As4N.azjWH.QVon7PCP20wjd7BR.;_ylv=3?qid=20100308072451AAYK8du
Any one accept nithyananda swamiji is their guru, after his crime...?
http://answers.yahoo.com/question/index;_ylt=AotF_sqWOe_Lk7tfFDNher7d7BR.;_ylv=3?qid=20100308072237AAd8GeG

Christians, can you give several examples of scriptures (to add to
this) that show us how precious...?
http://answers.yahoo.com/question/index;_ylt=AnF9GzIAaTjwzchT.UEaegHd7BR.;_ylv=3?qid=20100308072220AAxqgd2

Why do religious people think that suicide is a sin?
http://answers.yahoo.com/question/index;_ylt=ApdmH190JzBD8onJU9H2_W3d7BR.;_ylv=3?qid=20100308072151AAI7dpX

http://answers.yahoo.com/question/index?qid=20070724133507AAtHOJI

THE OTHER HALF
From the land of hate
KALPANA SHARMA

`We have found a lot of happiness here,' said one girl. Happiness?
After spending just three days in an overcrowded, hot, dirty city?....
The story of 19 young Muslim women from Gujarat.

ON the surface they looked like any group of college girls. A little
conservative, perhaps, compared to their counterparts in Mumbai. But
these were not just college girls. You could tell if you looked more
closely, if you looked into their eyes, if you noticed the anxiety.

Nineteen young Muslim women from Gujarat with 19 stories to tell. All
of them unexceptionally disturbing and tragic. They were invited to
visit Mumbai by Aawaz-e-Niswan, a remarkable organisation that works
with Muslim women in Mumbai and is now extending its work to women in
other cities. The very ordinary, mostly lower middle class Muslim
women from this organisation, many of whom have been personally seared
by communal riots such as those that tore Mumbai apart in 1992-93,
decided to reach out to their sisters in Gujarat after the communal
carnage of 2002. They visited some of the worst affected areas; they
heard the stories from women who did not know how they would pick up
the threads of their lives again. And they decided that they would do
something for the younger women, many of whom expressed a
determination to continue with their education, to seek professional
qualifications and to work and be independent.

For some of the girls from Dahod, Fatehpura, Jalod and Vadodara, even
travelling in a train was a novel experience. The five from Fatehpura,
a small town bordering Rajasthan, had never seen a film in a cinema
theatre. The women from Jalod said there was a theatre in their town,
but women never went there. So one of the highpoints of their visit to
Mumbai was seeing a film in a theatre. They could not get over the
fact that as women they could do this.

Also for the first time, these women travelled around the city by
night. Mumbai by night, or any city by night, was something they could
not have imagined doing in their wildest dreams. Yet they went around
and no one looked at them strangely. They were just some among
thousands of men and women who inhabit Mumbai's public spaces till all
hours of the night.

"We have found a lot of happiness here," said one girl. Happiness?
After spending just three days in an overcrowded, hot, dirty city?
"The love we see on the faces here we don't see there," said another.
"We never get izzat (respect) anywhere in Gujarat," said another. It
was interesting to see how the very anonymity of a big city can mean
so much to people who live surrounded by hate.

That hate lurks around every turn, they said. Everyday they see on the
streets the perpetrators of the crimes that led to the death and
destruction of their community. "Even now if we pass by, they shout at
us, use bad language," said a primary school teacher from Godhra. "We
can see our things, our furniture, even our clothes, being used by
other people," said a student from Fatehpura. She broke down as she
spoke of how her house was burnt and looted, forcing her family to run
across the border to Rajasthan.

If there is one good thing that has come out of this evil, say many of
the girls, it is the increasing emphasis on women's education. "We
girls thought that if we had been educated, we could have taken a good
job and supported our families," said one. Families with no earning
member left did not get anything more than a meagre compensation.
This, she said, forced many parents to realise the value of education
and professional training.

So what did they want to do once they graduated? Most said they wanted
to become teachers. But at least two said they wanted to join the
police.

But the down side is that many girls never had a chance to make that
choice. With parents worried about the future of their daughters in
the immediate aftermath of the violence, many girls were married off
to men they had never met at the relief camps. It is unlikely that
these young women will have the freedom to travel to Mumbai at the
invitation of a women's group, to go to the theatre, to wander around
the city at night, to travel in trains and buses.

Life for the Muslim women of Gujarat, as was evident from the way
these 19 spoke, consists of "earlier" and "now". "Earlier", they had
Hindu friends, went to each other's homes, even celebrated each
other's festivals. "Now" this is not possible, they are even afraid to
go through Hindu areas and the question of enjoying each other's
festivals does not arise. "Even today we are told, Pakistan is yours,
go to Pakistan. The Hindus have come back to the city, the Muslims
have moved out. India has already been divided but now even our city
of Vadodara is divided into India and mini-Pakistan," said Nilofer.

Just a day before we met these women, the Supreme Court had ordered
the reopening of over 2,000 cases filed during the communal trouble of
2002 that the local police had closed. A 10-member committee has been
set up.

The process is forcing all of us to revisit the horror of those days.
The arrest of Police Sub-Inspector R.J. Patil, for instance, who
admitted that he had burnt 13 bodies of the victims of what is known
as the Ambika Society massacre, without sending specimens for forensic
analysis, is only the beginning of more gruesome details that will
emerge.

Yet, even this tentative beginning represents hope for many Muslims in
Gujarat. Said Nilofer from Vadodara, "Even if these cases are
reopened, and regardless of whether there is justice or not, at least
in front of society these people will be named." She felt that the
arrest of men like Patil was an important gesture for her traumatised
community.

E-mail the writer ***@thehindu.co.in

http://www.hindu.com/mag/2004/09/05/stories/2004090500290300.htm

No time for coffee in Copenhagen

TABISH KHAIR is not writing about the numerous lives lost in a
senseless and criminal act of violence on September 11. Instead, he
writes about the voices he has heard thereafter; a sound that has a
certain tone to it and which has set him wondering about abstract
hatred and prejudice.

THERE are moments that cleave Time into two. Everything that happens
afterwards happens in a different world. World War II was one such
moment for Europe. The suicide-hijack-crashing of four passenger
planes and the destruction of the World Trade Center is such a moment
for the world.

I will not write about the 5,000 lives lost in a senseless and
criminal act of violence. Such human loss escapes the limits of
language and representation. One can only stand silent in front of the
monuments of sorrow that tens of thousands - relatives, friends,
colleagues - will carry in their hearts for the rest of their lives.
It is a sorrow the rest of us can only share in silence.

I cannot write about silence. And I should not for, in Copenhagen, I
have been deluged with sound: the opinions of ordinary people, the
film-like coverage of the tragedy by Cable News Network (CNN), the
voices of commentators and politicians. Much of this sound had a
certain tone to it and that tone set me wondering. Is there much of a
difference between the terrorists who struck back at a group of
politicians by targeting tens of thousands of innocent people and
those voices that seem to be using the cruel act of a handful of
presumed Islamic terrorists to tarnish and blame entire populations of
Muslims and Arabs? Do not both the acts demonstrate the same type of
abstract hatred and prejudice?

But the questions never end. On the margins of time, in the split
space between worlds, one is always deluged with questions.

For example, the first Danish person who brought me news of the
tragedy said that he was against violence of any kind and added that
he would understand it if Americans decided to hit back. Why is it
that we always justify our own violence, while the violence of the
enemy is sheer sacrilege? Isn't that why there were shocking pictures
of some Palestinians celebrating: people who have become so used to
the idea of missiles being launched at their own buildings by Israeli
forces and the notion of reciprocal violence that they could not feel
the inhumanity of their celebration?

But, then, is this what we can write about: this spiral of violence
and inhumanity? Is this immense tragedy going to remain at such a
general level of discourse?

The answer seems to be "yes" if various media discussions in the West
are to be believed. But it has to be "no" if we are to salvage some
sense from the wanton destruction.

It is easy for us to sit here in our cosy sitting rooms in Copenhagen,
holding a cup of coffee, munching a biscuit, watching the tragedy
unfold almost as fluently as a film on the idiot box, and speak in
general terms. What we are doing is celebrating our own humanity, and
all human beings - even terrorists - are convinced of their own
superior humanity. Many of the most inhuman acts known to humanity
have been the consequence of such a conviction. We need to go beyond
it. We owe it to the victims of the tragedy to go beyond it.

The second person who called me with news of the tragedy was my
father: a devout Muslim doctor who has lived most of his life in a
small town in Bihar. He was shocked by the news. How could anyone do
this, he said again and again. The word he used was "anyone". I went
back to the TV and, in spite of the fact that no one knew anything
about the identities of the terrorists, I did not hear too many people
say "anyone". I heard "Muslim", "Islamic", "Middle Eastern", "Arab".

These were people who had already decided to exclude entire
populations from the circumference of their definitions of humanity.
My father's "anyone" had been reduced by many of these contributors to
"Arab" or "Muslim", even to the very type of an Arab or Muslim. I
could feel the irreligious "Muslim" in me cringe every time I heard
such discussions. I could feel my father being put in the dock.

It is so comfortable, this celebration of our own humanity. It can be
so inhuman, this celebration of our own humanity.

But what about violence?

Thomas Burnet, the late 17th century English divine, wrote that the
Roman Catholic Church persecuted prophets of Apocalyptic violence
(even though Apocalypse and the millennium were prophesied in the
Bible and, as such, should have been welcome to the church), because
it was in those days a church of privilege. Apocalyptic violence,
Burnet argued, was always the last resort of the persecuted and would
be disliked by those who "have lived always in pomp and prosperity".

Violence, in other words, is seldom a free choice. It is predicated
upon most individuals by circumstances. These individuals are usually
those who labour under an overpowering feeling of injustice and
deprivation. However senseless it might be, behind all violence lies
the rubble of shattered hopes, of real and imagined injustices, of
human desperation and, consequently, inhuman hatred. Let us not take
refuge in the easy excuse that we are against violence. For all of us,
given certain circumstances, are capable of violence or sympathy with
violence. While a thousand candles have been lit in Copenhagen for
those who died in the United States, let us also light a candle or two
for those who die - and thousands do every day, with or without
"Western" complicity - in Afghanistan, Iraq, Somalia, Rwanda .... Let
us not traffic in the worth of human lives.

No, large descriptions like "violence" do not help if we stay confined
to that general level. Neither does the kind of cry for vengeance that
one heard in the voice of many Americans and Europeans. It is true
that we have to take a stand against violence. Not just violence of
one kind, we have to take a stand against all kinds of violence - the
violence of terrorists as well as the violence of State agencies,
physical violence that leads to the death of bystanders as well as
economic violence that leads to the starvation of millions in a world
that has enough to go around. More than enough.

It is time we in the West think a bit before we bite into the cake of
our affluence and drink the coffee of our civilised condemnation.

If general sentiments will not do, what, then, about the specific
lessons that we can draw from this tragedy?

One of the things that this outrage has demonstrated is the
ineffectiveness of any kind of military shield. The only shield that
can be effective is the shield of a more just world. And for the world
to be made just and equal, it not only needs some of the resources of
the affluent, it also has to be made democratic.

Unfortunately, the U.S. has made itself into the target of extremist
groups largely because it has tried to go solo or exert undue
influence in certain international quarters. The internal democracy of
the U.S. seldom gets translated into international democracy. Had
certain decisions been taken through the channels of the United
Nations (not a military alliance of the privileged, like the North
Atlantic Treaty Organisation (NATO)), the U.S. would have been only
one nation among many. The burden, the "blame" and the risks would
have been shared. There are advantages to democracy at the
international level, but it has to be true democracy. And the final
lesson is that of the dangers of abstract hatred and prejudice. The
act of one leader or a group cannot be blamed in a generalised way on
an entire people or country, as the terrorists seem to have done. But
this is a lesson that we should also remember every time someone uses
the dastardly act of a handful of presumed Islamic terrorists to
implicitly or explicitly blame entire populations of Muslims and
Arabs.

The crashes that reduced the World Trade Center to rubble and the two
terror-inducing plane crashes elsewhere have cleft our age into two.
On the other side of this smoking chasm of blood and bitterness, lies
another world. It can be a world in which all the mistakes of the past
- global inequality, socio-economic exploitation, lack of
international democracy, lack of national democracy and literacy in
some nations, prejudice, hatred - all these mistakes are consolidated
into a world of greater violence and suffering. Or we may, finally,
learn to work towards a world, a very different world, where we will
tackle not the consequences of senseless tragedies but the reasons for
them. A world in which we will condemn not only a certain kind of
violence, but all violence; a world in which we will love not only our
humanity, but all humanity.

In order to make this choice we have to look deep into our own hearts
before we tidy away the tea things and swap the channel in places like
Copenhagen.

People who commit hate crimes against Americans with Middle Eastern
backgrounds in the wake of the terrorist attacks will be prosecuted
"to the fullest extent of the law", according to a top Justice
Department official.

According to new federal hate crime statistics released recently:

* Hate crimes accounted for nearly 3,000 of the roughly 5.4 million
victim-related crimes examined in a study which looked at cases
reported to the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) by local police
in more than a dozen states from 1997 to 1999.

* Among the racially motivated incidents, 60 per cent targeted Blacks,
30 per cent targeted Whites and the rest targeted Asians and American
Indians. Forty-one per cent of the incidents involving religious bias
targeted Jewish people.

* Violent crime was the most serious offence in 60 per cent of the
hate crimes, typically involving intimidation or simple assault.

* More than half of the violent hate crime victims were 24 years old
or younger. Among the offenders, 31 per cent of violent offenders and
46 per cent of property offenders were under age 18.

Source: Internet

(The writer is Assistant Professor, Department of English, Copenhagen
University, Denmark.)

http://www.hinduonnet.com/2001/10/07/stories/13070612.htm

...and I am Sid Harth
Sid Harth
2010-03-08 20:12:50 UTC
Permalink
Hinduization of Sikh Faith & History

Based on “Tabai Roas Jagio” by Dr. Sukhpreet Singh Udokay

Last week’s announcement by the VHP of putting portraits of Guru
Gobind Singh and Sree Guru Granth Sahib in Hindu Mandirs has shocked
Sikhs worldwide. The fact is that attacks on the Sikh faith and
history have been ongoing for years in order to show Sikhs to be a
part of Hinduism.

How Did This Begin?

Brahminism has always feared the Sikh faith. The Sikh Gurus proclaimed
the equality of all humanity and rejected practices like caste, holy
threads and worship of the cow. The exploitation of simple people by
the Brahmin was eliminated. Although Hindu fundamentalists have taken
a keen interest in destroying Sikhism for centuries, this latest cycle
of Hindu attacks on Sikhism can be traced to 1993. The Sikh Liberation
Movement had been brutally crushed in Punjab and was on its final
breaths. Sikh villagers were afraid of being identified as being
practicing Sikhs and roves of young Sikh men were cutting their hair
so that they would not be harassed or killed by the police.

It was at this point that a new “Sikh” organization, the Rashtri Sikh
Sangat began to enter Sikh villages. This organization began to
distribute literature about the Sikh faith and hold meetings. Many
villagers thought that it was an attempt to revive Sikh pride, but in
fact, the literature was written to show Sikhs to be a part of
Hinduism.

Akali Dal/BJP/RSS Alliance

Badal & RSS Leaders

The “Akali” party of Punjab, while claiming to represent Sikhs, is
lead by the same old men who allowed the 1978 Amritsar massacre and
the martyrdom of Bhai Fauja Singh and 12 other fellow Singhs. They are
the same ones who let Gurbachana Narakdhari go unpunished.

The Akali party, in an alliance with the Hindu BJP began to rule
Punjab. The RSS activity in Punjab also increased. Sangh programs were
held in places like Guru Nanak Dev Stadium (Ludhiana) with the
presence of Parkash Badal and other Akali/BJP leaders. On November 16,
1997, Badal while introducing the new RSS chief sad, “I can say with
confidence that the Sangh, under the leadership of Raju Bhaiya is
working towards removing all its shortcomings. Whenever this country
has faced either internal or external danger, the Sangh and it’s
workers have been on the front lines.

Today, I am feeling very lucky to be a part of this gathering.”

Raju Bhaiya in his speech that day, in the presence of Badal,
declared, “All Hindus are Sikhs and Sikhs Hindus. We are all one. Some
grow hair and some don’t. I say that All Hindus are Sikhs and all Sikh
are Hindus. Our principles are the same. With the help of unity, we
become very powerful…People are right when they say that Hindus have
the power to make Hindustan a leader in the world!”

An RSS Poster for Punjab

Under the watchful guidance of this unholy alliance, the RSS increased
its parchar amongst the Sikhs. It was a perfect time to move in for
the kill. The Sikhs had been beaten very badly by the Indian
government and their confidence had been shaken. The RSS would give
the Sikhs sweet poison. They shouted loudly that the RSS and all
Hindus LOVED Sikhs. They would preach that Sikhs were after all no
different than Hindus. The Sikh Gurus were true Hindus and Brahma,
Shiva and Vishnu blessed the Sikh faith. The Sikhs, they claimed,
should feel proud as the sword-arm of Hinduism.

In this way, the RSS has tried to make the Sikh masses try to take
pride in establishing a link between Sikhism and Hinduism. Once this
link becomes solid, the RSS has already devised a plan to decay the
foundations of the Sikh faith and history.

India's "Heros": Guru Nanak an equal of Indira Gandhi?

Who is the Rashtriya Sikh Sangat?

The Rashtriya Sikh Sangat (RSS) was officially formed on November 23,
1986 in Amritsar. The founder was one “Shamsher Sinh”

The express goals of the RSS are

1) To strengthen the bonds between Sikhs and Hindus to promote
National unity, awareness and patriotism.
2) To make Guru Nanak’s “Hindustan Smaalsee Bola” a reality and
maintain national patriotism and unity.
3) To promote Sri Guru Bani fro Sri Guru Granth Sahib
4) To perform seva with “Sarbat Da Bhala” in mind.

The Rashtriya Sikh Sangat has 500 branches across India and publishes
the magazine “Sangat Sandesh”.

Other goals of this organization are the creation of a Mandar at
Ayodhya’s “Ram Janam Bhoomi” and also a Gurdwara to commemorate visits
by Guru Nanak, Guru Tegh Bahadur and Guru Gobind Singh.

Every month, the Rashtriya Sikh Sangat has a function in which
occasionally Sri Guru Granth Sahib is parkash and sometimes not.
Usually the function takes place with paintings of Guru Nanak, Guru
Tegh Bahadur and Guru Gobind Singh at the front. These paintings are
accompanied by paintings of Ram and Krishna. The paintings are
garlanded with flowers.

The meeting begins with 5 readings of the Mool Mantar and then 20
minutes of keertan. After this, Sukhmani Sahib or Ram Avtar or Krishan
Avtar are read. This is followed by a singing of “Vanday Matram”.

The meeting concludes with a 20 minute lecture on the history the
original RSS founder Golvarkar and discussion of the role of Sanskrit
in Sri Guru Granth Sahib or some other similar topic.

Some Quotes…

* “Instead of sacrificing humans, Guru ji sacrificed goats and started
the tradition of Punj Pyaaray. All five Pyaaras were followers of the
Hindu faith” {Dr. Himmat Sinh in Rashtra Dharam)

* “The Sikh Gurus showed faith in the Hindu faith and visited Hindu
pilgrimage sites to show this” (Rashtra Dharam, p. 31)

* “When Guru Arjan was doing the Kar Seva of Harimandeir, Vishnu
reflected and said, “Lakshmi, the Guru is my own form. There is no
difference between us. He is making my temple. Let us go and see the
building of our new temple…” (Rashtra Dharam, 90)

* “The difference between Hindus and Sikhs was the creation of the
English mind.” (Rashtra Dharam, 98)

* “If today someone were to make a portrait of Guru Nanak without a
beard and turban, his life would be in danger but in fact, the
practice of keeping long hair and beards began only in the 20th
Century. (Madhu Kishvara, Hindustan Times Aug 21, 1999)

* “Guru Arjan Dev and Guru Tegh Bahadur used to pay obeisance to the
feet of the Devi” (Surindar Kumar, Jag Bani)

* “Guru Gobind Singh with the blessings of the Avtars (Brahma, Vishnu,
Shiva) created the Khalsa Panth.” (Sangat Sandesh, Sept 1998)

* “Maharana Partap, the Rani of Jhansi and Guru Gobind Singh were all
great patriots” (Rashtra Dharam)

* “The Sangh [RSS] is the Khalsa” (Ravani, Dec 1997)

“Guru Mati Das Sharma”???

Bhai Mati Das jee is a famous Shahid of the Sikhs who happily faced
death by being sawn alive but did not forsake his faith. Bhatt Vehis
record the history of this Shahid and it is known that Bhai Mati Das’s
grandfather, Bhai Paraga jee was a Sikh of Guru Hargobind and also
became a Shaheed in the battle of Ruhila.

Bhai Mati Das jee was of course then born into a Sikh family. The
family had been Sikh since the time of Guru Ram Das. Bhai Sati Das was
Bhai Sahib’s brother. Bhai Mati Das accompanied Guru Tegh Bahadur in
his travels to Assam, Bengal and Bihar. When Guru Sahib was arrested
and brought to Delhi, Bhai Mati Das was also brought with him. When
offered the choice to forsake the Sikh faith and become a Muslim or to
face death, Bhai Mati Das happily accepted the latter and only asked
that he die while facing the Guru. Even when Bhai Sahib’s body had
been cut in two, Japji Sahib could be heard from both halves.

Bhai Sati Das was also offered the choice to forsake Sikhi or death,
and accepted death. He was wrapped in cotton and burnt alive.

Hindu fundamentalist organizations, in an effort to demean Guru Tegh
Bahadur’s Shaheedee, have appropriated Bhai Mati Das and Bhai Sati Das
as Hindu heros. Yearly events are held to commemorate their martyrdoms
but they are presented as Hindus who died for their faith.

Bhai Hakeekat Singh jee was a young Sikh who is recorded in Bhatt
Vehis as “Hakeekat Singh” but later was appropriated by Hindus as
their own. Just like Bhai Hakeekat Singh is now referred to as
Hakeekat Rai even by Sikhs, these groups hope Sikhs will also give up
these two Sikh Shaheeds.

Sikhs and Raam

Another fallacy being promoted by the RSS is that the Sikh Gurus were
from the family of Raam. That throughout history, Vishnu has supported
the Sikhs. No Hindu text gives the family tree of Raam, and so there
is no foundation for this claim. Giani Puran Singh gave this lie
credence by repeating it publicly when he was Jathedar of the Akal
Takhat. The only support this lie has is in a work by Kesar Singh
Chhiber that has been corrupted. It claims the link between Raam and
the Gurus but it also claims that Guru Gobind Singh worshipped Durga
and took permission to keep his kesh from her. It also claims that the
Sikh Gurus accepted Sanatan Hindu rites.

Baba Banda Singh Bahadur or Veer Banda Bairagi?

"Veer Bandai Bairagi"

One of the RSS’s early targets has been Baba Banda Singh Bahadur. Baba
Banda Singh is a Sikh hero who first created a Sikh Rule in Punjab and
struck a Sikh coin. Baba Banda Singh is also a great Sikh martyr who
sacrificed his life but did not compromise his faith.

The RSS has attempted to turn this great Sikh hero, into a Hindu
Patriot. In the book “Veer Banda Bairagi” by Bhai Parmanand, Guru
Gobind Singh was a defeated man who went to Nander in sadness. There
he met the Hindu, Banda Bairagi who agreed to help Guru Sahib take
revenge for the death of his sons. Banda Baigragi had with him Rajput
warriors and a he gathered a Hindu army to punish the evil Wazir
Khan.

Guru Gobind Singh giving "Veer Bairagi" arms

The new Hindu history claims that Banda Bairagi never became a Sikh
and was an example of a pious Hindu helping his Sikh friend.

This story is of course utterly false. There was never any character
named “Banda Bairagi”. Baba Banda Singh was known as Madho Das. He
became a Sikh of Guru Gobind Singh by receiving Khanday Kee Pahul.
This fact is confirmed by the oldest sources including Tavarikh-Iradat
Khan (1714) and Panj Sau Sakhi (1734). The Bhatt Vehis mention how
Guru Gobind Singh himself gave Baba Banda Singh the five kakaars and
tied a keski on his head.

Baba Banda Singh’s own hukumnamas all make clear that he was a Sikh of
the Guru and call upon “srbqR Akwl purK jIE dw Kwlsw”[.

The question arises, if “Banda Bairagi” had an army of Hindu warriors,
why wouldn’t he have taken revenge for the Mughal excesses at Kanshi
and Mathura? Why are none of the famous Hindus in his army recorded in
history? Why were the Faujdars of conquered areas always Sikhs? Why do
even his own family accounts (Bansavalinama) refer to him and his sons
with the name “Singh”?

It is a blatant lie by the RSS to appropriate a Sikh hero and make him
into a Hindu.

A 25-Point of Attack

The RSS has 25 points with which it hopes to attack the Sikh faith and
lead to its eventual assimilation. All 25 points are very easily
refuted but lack of education and knowledge coupled with the RSS’s
organized attack make this a serious danger.

These points are already being incorporated into school text books and
taught as real history. This skewed history is already taught in many
areas.

1) Sikhs are an inseparable part of Hindu society.

2) If Hinduism is a tree, Sikhism is a fruit on that tree.

3) Gurbani is like the Ganga, it emerges from the Gangotri of the
Vedas

4) The Khalsa was crated to protect Hinduism and Hindustan

5) Japji Sahib is a summary of the Gita

6) The Failure of the 1857 “War of Independence” [in reality an
unorganized uprising by Poorbiya soldiers who 8 years earlier helped
the British conquer Punjab] was defeated only by the Sikhs

7) Banda Singh Bahadur was really Veer Banda Bairagi

8) The Sikh Gurus worshipped the cow

9) Condemning Bhai Kanh Singh Nabha and Bhai Veer Singh

10) Use examples from Trumpp and other anti-Sikh western scholars

11) The Sikh Gurus used Vedic ceremonies

12) Guru Gobind Singh worshipped the Goddess Durga

13) Guru Sahib was from the family or Ram and his devotee

14) Sikhs are from Lav-Kush

15) Baba Ram Singh was the legitimate Guru of the Sikhs

16) Create posters which challenge Sikh principles but appear to be
pro-Sikh

17) Insist on using the Bikrami calendar and share Hindu festivals

18) Call Bhai Hakeekat Singh, Hakeekat Rai and illustrate him as a
clean-
shaven Hindu

19) Claim [with no historical basis] that Guru Gobind Singh sent his
army to liberate Ram Janam Bhumi in Ayodhya from the Mughals

20) To create the Khalsa, Guru Gobind Singh seeked blessing from the
gods and goddesses and used Hindu mantras. The Kakaars were also
blessings from the gods.

21) Equate ÅÆ with “OM”

22) Call Bhai Mati Das “Guru Mati Das Sharma”

23) To do parkash of Sree Guru Granth Sahib in Mandirs and put
pictures of
Hindu Gods in Sikh Gurdwaras

24) Project Guru Gobind Singh as having taken a different ideology
from Guru Nanak and to make him into a Patriotic Hero of India

Guru Gobind Singh with Rana Partap and other Hindu "Heros"

25) Make all of Sikh history take a Hindu tint.

Small Steps to Oblivion

The RSS recognizes that Hinduism is many hundreds of years old and it
can slowly assimilate the Sikhs with time. By establishing links
between Vishnu/Raam and the Gurus, they hope that Sikhs will see these
Hindu gods as their own. With time, perhaps pictures of Raam and
Vishnu will find their way into Gurdwaras. The RSS has commissioned
paintings and posters that mix Hinduism and Sikhism and present Sikh
figures receiving blessings from Hindu gods.

Idol worship, which is taboo in Sikhism is also being slowly
introduced. Idols of Guru Gobind Singh and Guru Nanak can now be
purchased from many stores. Some Nanaksar Thaats have also installed
these idols. If idols of Sikh Gurus are acceptable, then perhaps with
time Hindu idols can be accepted. Gurdwara Manikaran is a good example
of what the RSS would like to see more common.

By putting Guru Granth Sahib in Hindu mandirs, simple Sikh villagers
will begin to go to pay obeisance regularly. With Sikhs attending
Hindu Mandirs, they will also offer worship to the Hindu gods and
goddesses there. Sikh marriages may also begin to take place in
Mandirs. Eventually, Hinduism in Punjab will be a mish/mash of Sikhism
and Hinduism and the Sikhs will lose their distinct identity. Given a
few generations, Guru Nanak will be an Avtar of Vishnu just like the
Buddha has become and the Sikhs will be eliminated.

Today, Hindu Mandirs and idols again surround Sree Darbaar Sahib in
Amritsar. In total, nine mandirs surround the Darbar Sahib complex,
with some even in the galleria. When will these small mandirs be
turned into massive buildings? When they are, what will the Sikhs have
to say?

The Sikhs today are facing dark days. The Sikh Liberation Movement has
been destroyed along with Sikh self-confidence. Hindu Fundamentalist
organizations are making deep inroads into the community and still
there is no reaction. We will be remembered as the first generation of
Sikhs to have accepted defeat and subjugation from an adversary.

Will we wake up when it is too late?

http://www.sikhlionz.com/hinduizationofsikhi.htm

INTRODUCTION TO THE POLITICAL FACTIONS IN INDIA

Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS)- National Volunteers Association
The RSS was founded in 1925 by Keshav Baliram Hegdewar is the
ideological fountainhead of the modern Hindutva movement. Organized
around the concept of Shakas, a local cell formation where young men
would gather for physical and ideological training, under the tutelage
of a brother or dada, the RSS ideology as espousing the national cause
was articulated over the next decade or more. Madhav Sadashiv
Golwalkar, who was anointed head of the RSS shortly before his death
by Hegdewar, clarified the idea of the nation in his treatise "We, or
Our Nationhood Defined":

We belive that our notions today about the Nation are erroneous... It
is but proper therefore, at this stage, to understand what the Western
Scholars state as the Universal Nation idea and correct ourselves (p.
21).

Based on a racial idea of Nation Golwalkar in praise of Hitler says:

To keep up the purity of the Race and its culture, Germany shocked the
world by her purging the country of the semitic Races - the Jews...
Germany has also shown how well nigh impossible it is for Races and
cultures, having differences going to the root, to be assimilated into
one united whole, a good lesson for us in Hindusthan to learn and
profit by (p. 35).

The above two quotes are only samples of what is a very clearly
articulated twin pronged ideology of exclusion (of other races/
religions) and supremacy (of Hindus). The RSS, cell like Shaka
formation and the discipline inculcated within are central to its
success as a fascist force. The RSS cultural and ideological work has
not stayed within the boundaries of India. In the 1980's the RSS
itself broached out. The Hindu Swayamsevak Sangh (HSS), an
organization modeled along RSS lines emerged in the US in the 1980's,
openly claiming allegiance to the founding principles of the RSS.

The RSS was founded in 1925 by the Maratha Brahmin Keshav Baliram
Hegdewar [ Biju ] on the Aryan Vaishnava Holy day of Vijaya Dashami
(the 10th day of the moon) when the Aryan invader Rama destroyed the
Dravidian Empire of Lanka [ Sangh ]. This was done to symbolise its
inherent anti-Sudra nature. Its organisation is highly skewed, with
the Sar Sangh Chalak (supreme dictator) at the top [ Roots ]. This
person can only be a Brahmin. It is the successor of Vivekananda and
Arya Samaj in the Neo-Brahmanist fundamentalist movement. The militia
is organised around local cells or `shakas' where weapons are
distributed to its hardcore members, who are drilled in a vigorous
program of harsh discipline. Vishnu temples serve as repositories of
weapons as well as centers of dissemination of its racist ideology of
Aryan supremacy. Its only leaders have been blue-eyed Sarasvat
Brahmins, a condition enshrined in its constitution. The Brahmin
Golwalkar, the second leader of the RSS, was trained as one of the
hardcore followers of Vivekananda.

Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP)- Indian People's Party

This is Hindutva's parliamentary front which constantly makes efforts
to breach the secular formation through parliamentary actions -
elections, pushing for legislations of various kinds, making visible
the ideology in limited and constitutional ways within mainstream
political discourse. The BJP came into existence after the collapse of
the Janata Party which came to power after Mrs. Gandhi's Emergency in
1979. The erstwhile Hindu parliamentary party - the Jan Sangh - had
merged itself into the Janata Party in the wake of Emergency. However
to call it a parliamentary party is to ignore its actual working. The
party top leadership with few exceptions are all RSS cadre. The party
participates in joint meetings with RSS leadership often. The election
campaigns of the party are often significantly shaped and helped by
RSS cadres of the local region campaigning for the party's candidate.
In short, in more than one ways the relation between BJP and other
Hindutva organizations is quite clearly visible.Its top leaders are
all hardcore Brahminist RSS cadres. All its leaders have been Brahmins
too. Generally, RSS cadre graduate to the BJP.

VHP (Vishwa Hindu Parishad)- World Hindu Council

The VHP was founded on August 29, 1964 in Bombay with the clear aim of
being the activist wing, that would undertake aggressive actions in
civil society as a whole. The first general secretary of the VHP made
its goals clear as follows:
It is therefore necessary in this age of competition and conflict to
think of. and organise, the Hindu world to save itself from the evil
eyes of all three {all three being Christianity, Islam and Communism).

(From the Organiser, Diwali Special, 1964.)

The VHP has gone on to do just that - spread out as a extra-
parliamentary force throughout not just India, but the world. Its
primary functions in India are to mobilize forces for agitational and
violent purposes. It took part in the Cow Protection Movement though
out the 60's and the 70's. The entire Babri Masjid movement was
orchestrated by the VHP - steadfastly refusing to enter into any
negotiation, rejecting the right of the judicial system in
adjudicating on the issue and mobilizing often violent events with the
clear intent of polarizing society and creating a political movement
within public discourse of Hindutva - the Rath Yatras of the 1980's
and the final demolition of the Babri Masjid in 1992 were orchestrated
by the VHP in association with its "youth wing" the Bajrang Dal. Again
the strategy of the Hindutva combine as a whole is palpably apparent
here. BJP leaders for instance would participate in VHP sponsored
events, but when the results of such events came out - such as
violence and killings - the BJP would conveniently distance itself
temporarily from the VHP.

On the international front, the VHP's success lies in mobilizing
migrant Hindus, especially the middle class and lower middle class.
The VHP of America and its student wing the Hindu Student Council
(which is present on many US and Canadian campuses) is the most
obvious example of its international mobilization. The VHP of America
and HSC's for instance conducted the the World Vision 2000 conference
in Washington D.C in 1993, which became a rallying point for overseas
Hindus and a ground for further recruitment in the wake of what many
commentators called a "celebration" over the destruction of the mosque
in India. The VHP of America and UK primary success can be seen if not
in any other way in terms of financial clout - as it is the primary
mode of channeling dollars and pounds into Hindutva politics back in
India.

The council was established on August 29, 1964 in Bombay, Maharastra
[ Biju ] with a political objective of establishing the supremacy of
Hinduism all over the world. It obtains funds and recruits from Aryan
Hindus all across the globe, especially from the US, UK and Canada and
has grown to become the main fund-raising agency of Brahmanist
Fundamentalism. The council was instrumental in the demolition of the
holiest Islamic shrine in Oudh, the Babri Masjid at Ayodhya and has
organised several massacres of Muslims and Christians. It is in the
forefront in the call for a Hindu Rashtra, a Hindu State ethnically
cleansed of its non-Aryan populations.

Bajrang Dal- Party of Hanuman

The militant wing of the VHP, it was formed "to counter `Sikh
militancy' " during the Sikh Genocide of 1983-84 [ Bajrang ]. Created
with the objective of the eradication of Sikhs which it has termed
"Muslims in disguise", its cadres fought alongside Congress-backed
Hindutva militias during the massacre of 200,000 Sikhs under Indira
Gandhi and Rajiv Gandhi. Recruits carry a " knife-like trident to be
slung across the shoulder - an answer to the Sikh kirpan
" [ Bajrang ]. It has subsequently expanded its targets to include
Muslims and Christians as well.

Ranvir Sena- Army of Ranvir

The militia was founded in 1994 by `the merger of several upper-caste
private armies such as the Savarna Liberation front and the Sunlight
Sena' [ Rama ] in order to combat Maoist Dalit organisations. It is
essentially the Brahmin private army of Bihar. Enjoying clandestine
Government support, the organisation is devoted to anti-Dalit
terrorism and the preservation of the Vedic apartheid system. Its
militiamen are known to be heavily armed with the most modern weaponry
which is financed by the VHP, and the Sena has openly claimed
responsibility for numerous massacres of landless Dalit Blacks and
mass rapes of Dalit women. Human Rights Watch estimates the private
army has been responsible for more than 400 deaths [ HRW ].

Shiv Sena- Shiva's Army

The Shiva Sena arose as a movement amongst Congress members. It
intitially unleashed a `physical annihilation' of Communists (who were
mainly Black) and against Dalits, and organised the mass murder of
Bombay's once-influential Black South Indian communities
(`lungiwallahs') and Gujaratis [ Roots ]. Subsequently, it engaged in
the mass murder of 3000 Muslims [ Sri ]

ABVP- Indian Universities Council

This front comprises students of Hindu religious schools (vidyalayas).
It has expanded its base by infiltration into `secular' universities.
Its higher-ranking cadres are well-equipped with weaponry; they often
organise communal campus disturbances against Christians, Muslims,
Sikhs, Buddhists and Jains. Most of its members graduate to become
hardcore RSS and VHP militants.

Bharatiya Jan Sangh- Indic Race Party

Founded in October 1951 with the Bengal Brahmin Shyama Prasad
Mookerjee as its president, who had resigned from the allied `soft'
Brahminist Congress in Apil 1950 [ Chandra ] was president until he
died in 1953. Its cadres were carefully chosen indoctrinated
activists. The second president, the Brahmin Mauli Chandra Sharma
resigned in 1954 to protest against RSS domination of the party. It
strove for an `Akhand Bharat' [ Chandra ] ethnically cleansed of its
Muslim, Christian and Black Sudroid Populations.

Hindu Mahasabha- Great Congress of Hindus

The Sabha began as `an extremist wing of the Congress Party' [ Perry ]
and was founded by the Maratha Brahmin Vinayak Damodar Sarvarkar.
Influenced by `German racism' [ Letter ] Sarvarkar sought to establish
a racially pure Hindu state ethnically cleansed of its non-Hindu
populations. Sarvarkar's followers were involved in the brutal
assasinations of of Sir Wyllie [ Sarvar ].

HSC (Hindu Students Council)- World Hindu Council

The `student wing' of the VHP [ Biju ]. It conducted the the World
Vision 2000 conference in Washington D.C in 1993 which was a
celebration over the destruction of Babri Masjid and the attendant
genocide of 5,000 Muslims [ Biju ]. It is involved in setting up
hardcore Hindutva websites across the internet, spewing hatred against
Christians, Muslims, Buddhists and Sikhs.

Hindu Swayamsevak Sangh (HSS)- Hindu Volunteers Association

The HSS was formed in the US in the 1980s, ` openly claiming
allegiance to the founding principles of the RSS' [ Biju ], in order
to organise Hindu terrorists in America.

Arya Samaj- Society of Aryans

Founded by Dayanand Sarasvat (born 12 Feb 1824) [ Rao ] Swami Dayanand
established the Arya Samaj in 1875. The Dayanand Anglo Vaidic schools
(DAVs) are its propaganda wing, designed to raise a generation of
brainwashed militants. Most of its students go on to become hardcore
RSS and ABVP members. The Arya Samaj is the fountain of the Hindutva
movement : `The rise of Hindu nationalism can be traced to the Arya
Samaj in the late nineteenth century' [ Perry ]. Dayananad Sarasvati
was a bigoted anti-Islamist. This is what he had to say regarding
Islam :

" Such teachings deserve to be utterly discarded. Such a book
[ Quran ], such a prophet [ Mohammed ] and such a religion [ Islam ]
do nothing but harm. The world would be better off without them. Wise
men would do well to discard a religion so absurd and accept the Vedic
faith which is absolutely free from error." [Polemics], [ Sarasvati, p.
633 ]

The raison-d'etre of the Arya Samaj was anti-Islamism and anti-
Sikhism :

" Both of the early leaders of the militant Aryas, Pandit Lekh Ram and
Lala Munshi Ram [in 1917 he became Swami Shraddhananda], died at the
hands of Muslim assassins as a direct result of their involvement in
communal activities -- polemics and conversions. Lekh Ram was killed
in 1897 due to hostile exchanges with the Ahmadiya sect of Qadian.
Shraddhanand was murdered in 1926 due to his shuddhi activities in
Delhi and the United Provinces." [ Polemics ]

Ram Rajya Parishad

Council of the Kingdom of Ram

Formed with the explicit purpose of re-establishing Ram-Rajya (the
Empire of Ram), its goal was the elimination of Sudroid Blacks
(Dalits, Dravidians, Adivasis, Kolarians) and to establish a racially
pure Aryan nation on the lines of Ram-Rajya. Jan Sangh, the Hindu
Mahasabha and the Ram Rajya Parishad was 10 seats with 6.4 per cent of
the votes. [ Chandra ] By 1967 it had disappeared.

Hindu hardliners have grown more vocal

Its founders felt the need to present Hinduism in a rigorous though
simplified form which would be comparable to most other world
religions. The superiority of other faiths was believed to stem from
their being far less diffuse and more uniform than Hinduism.

VHP is a hardline Hindu outfit with unmistakably close ties to its
parent organisation, the extremist RSS, whose objective to 'Hinduise'
the Indian nation it shares.

Central to the RSS ideology has been the belief that real national
unity and progress will come only when India is 'purged' of non-
Hindus, or, when members of other communities subordinate themselves
'willingly' to 'Hindu superiority.'

Linked groups

The VHP has tended to tone down the rhetoric of Hindu supremacy and
even make an occasional distinction between fellow (Muslim) citizens
of the present and (Muslim) 'marauders' of the past.

But the ambition of establishing a resurgent Hinduism by inculcating
what some historians call a carefully constructed common 'Hindu
spirit' is very much central to the VHP.

VHP extreme leaders Rallying for Nationalism in North India

The temple project enjoys a lot of support

This is also something it shares with the Bharatiya Janata Party
(BJP), which currently leads the Indian Government at the centre.

Earlier known as the Bharatiya Jana Sangh (BJS), the BJP was
established in 1951 as a political wing of the RSS to counter rising
public revulsion after the revered independence figure Mahatma Gandhi
was assassinated by a former RSS member.

Some commentators say the party came close to obliteration in the
1960s with the Congress led by the charismatic and secular Jawaharlal
Nehru, leaving little room for hardline communal politics.

But a political emergency announced by Nehru's daughter, Indira
Gandhi, in 1975 enabled the BJS leaders, Atal Behari Vajpayee and LK
Advani among them, to gain near stardom after serving brief prison
sentences.

Many women have joined the hardliners' campaign,

But it didn't really emerge as a political presence until the early
1980s. A series of events in that decade including the mass conversion
of lower-caste Hindus to Islam pushed the BJP's close affiliate, the
VHP, to the forefront.

Historians say the VHP-led Hindu right considered the mass conversion
of "dalits" or lower-caste Hindus to Islam to be an unforgivable
insult.

The dalits, for centuries beholden to the upper castes, outraged Hindu
hardliners by daring to convert at all, and moreover, convert to
Islam.

The VHP saw this as a serious threat to its notion of Hinduism.

Despite murders of Dalit-Muslim converts, the leader of the VHP still
claims the VHP are 'peaceful'

It proceeded to whip up Hindu support for a re-defined communal force,
organising a series of religious meetings, cross-country marches and
processions through the 1980s.

This phase coincided with the launch of an electoral strategy by the
BJP to corner and hold on to the "Hindu" vote.

Temple controversy

Following the success of their campaign, senior VHP leaders announced
at a religious meeting in 1984 their programme to "liberate" a site in
Ayodhya from an ancient mosque to make way for a temple to the Hindu
god Ram.

Some 'moderate' Hindu leaders support the VHP

Analysts say this announcement heralded a turning point in the history
of the Hindu nationalist movement.

The VHP has since then claimed that the site belongs rightfully to
Hindu worshippers who believe that the mosque stood on the birthplace
of the god, Lord Ram.

Although the claim does not stand up to substantial archaeological or
historical scrutiny, the VHP and BJP are seen to have made possible
the creation of a shared Hindu symbol that cuts through most divisions
in Hindu society.

Sue Tao

http://www.sikhlionz.com/vhprssbjp.htm

Hindutva: The Web of Fascism in India

'Militant Hinduism' is a term that existed prior to the assassination
of Mahatma Gandhi by a former Rastriya Swayemsevak Sangh (RSS) member
but only became widely known after this incident. While the Indian
masses were battling their colonial rulers, the British, certain
groups amongst them were focusing on a perceived internal conflict.
Claiming to be the custodians of Hindu Nationalism, members of the RSS
(National Volunteer Corps) were organizing an ideological movement to
cleanse their society of foreign entities, specifically the Muslims
and any minorities that did not pledge allegiance to Hinduism. After
the assassination of Mahatma Gandhi the ruling Congress political
party banned the RSS. During this time period a report documenting the
ideology and structure of the RSS was circulated within the Congress
membership. This report labeled the RSS as a "purely Maharashtrian
Brahmin organization." [a]

It noted that the RSS was involved in "secret and violent methods
which promote Fascism," while disregarding the constitution and the
law. In order to understand this ideology we must understand its
roots, specifically Brahminism.

Brahmins are the apex of the hierarchical caste system predominant in
Indian Hindu society. This system classifies people into four groups
with the Brahmins at the throne and the untouchables, or Dalits, at
the bottom. Women are not given any recognition in this system, while
equating them to mere animals and property of man. This system is in
place to secure power for the few in order to socially, religiously
and politically oppress the masses of Hindu society. What we are
witnessing is Brahminism attempting to spread its wings and control
non-Hindu minority groups as well.

The objective of the RSS, a communal militant organization, is to
Hinduize India and rid it of any foreign elements. However, according
to Madhavrao Sadasivrao Golwalkar (a past leader of the RSS), foreign
elements may coexist within the Hindu Nation provided they, "adopt the
Hindu culture and language, learn to respect and hold in reverence the
Hindu religion, entertain no idea but the glorification of the Hindu
race and culture … they must not only give up their attitude of
intolerance and ungratefulness towards this land and its age-old
traditions, but must also cultivate the positive attitude of love and
devotion instead; in one word, they must cease to be foreigners or may
stay in the country wholly subordinated to the Hindu nation claiming
nothing, deserving no privileges, far less any preferential treatment,
not even citizen's rights." An analysis of this ideology reveals three
major ingredients which are required for its success: a homogenized
Hindu community based on Brahmanical scriptural prescriptions;
subordination, if not elimination, of the members of other
denominations; and the creation of an aggressive Hindu community.

While Adolf Hitlers' fascist regime committed genocide supported by
the ideology of race purity, the RSS and its affiliates have adopted a
similar philosophy with the exception that they are pursuing religious
purity. As noted by Aijaz Ahmad, unlike Hitler, "for whom the crossing
over from one race to another was simply impossible, Savarkar (past
Hindu Mahasabha leader and much-respected personality in RSS circles)
does offer to non-Hindu "races" an alternative, namely that they can
re-join this mainstream if they convert to Hinduism and bring up their
children as Hindus." [b]

Founded in 1925, the RSS adopted the German and Italian fascist
government model to further its agenda. The agenda was implemented by
an intricate structure of subsidiary groups, which infiltrated all
parts of the social fabric, including education, politics, labor
unions and economics. Amongst their affiliates, the most important and
influential were the Vishwa Hindu Parishad (VHP), Shiv Sena, and their
political party the Bhartiya Janta Party (BJP), which was formed when
the original Jan Sangh party was disbanded to merge with a larger
political formation in 1977. Today these groups are collectively
referred to as the 'Sang Parivar.' The foundation of the Sang Parivar
remains the predominantly upper-caste (Brahmins) trade-professionals
while the henchmen are the lower middle-class youth. Italian scholar,
Marzia Casolari who draws parallels between Hindutva and the fascist
ideology of Italy, exposes the Sang Parivar's doctrine of separatism
and supremacy.
Marzia researched numerous publications issued during the early years
of the RSS and found that there existed evidence of direct contact
between leaders of the RSS and the Italian fascist government and also
the German representatives in India at the time. She notes that B. S.
Moonje's (founder of the parent of the RSS) trip to Italy in 1931
during which he met Mussolini, was more than just a politically
motivated visit.

The highlight of the visit was the meeting with Mussolini. An
interesting account of the trip and the meeting is given in Moonje's
diary, and takes thirteen pages. The Indian leader was in Rome from 15
to 24 March 1931. On 19 March, in Rome, he visited, among others, the
Military College, the Central Military School of Physical Education,
the Fascist Academy of Physical Education, and, most important, the
Balilla and Avanguardisti organizations. These two organizations,
which he describes in more than two pages of his diary, were the
keystone of the fascist system of indoctrination - rather than
education - of the youths. Their structure is strikingly similar to
that of the RSS. They recruited boys from the age of six, up to
eighteen: the youths had to attend weekly meetings, where they
practiced physical exercises, received paramilitary training and
performed drills and parades.

The RSS publications at the time, primarily the 'Kesari,' regularly
published editorials and articles about Italy, fascism and Mussolini.
Vinayak D. Savarkar (a.k.a. Veer Savarkar), president of the Hindu
Mahasabha, a subsidiary of the Sang Parivar, pronounced in front of
about 20,000 people in Poona on 1 August 1938 that, "India's foreign
policy must not depend on "isms". Germany has every right to resort to
Nazism and Italy to Fascism and events have justified that those isms
and forms of Governments were imperative and beneficial to them under
the conditions that obtained there." It was normal procedure for the
Sang Parivar to compare the Jewish problem in Germany to the Muslim
problem in India thus embedding the idea of the 'internal enemy' into
the Hindu masses who were willing to listen. The Sang Parivar's top
priority was to infiltrate all sections of the social and political
structure of the Indian Government because they understood that the
rise of fascism in Germany and Italy occurred through a combination of
street violence (carefully orchestrated by the upper echelons and
implemented with great mass support), deep infiltration into the
police, bureaucracy and army, and the connivance of political
leaders." Sumit Sarkar wrote, after the 1992 communal riots in Mumbai,
that "the triumph of Hindutva, 'hard' or 'soft', implies for Muslims
and other minority groups…a second-class citizenship at best, constant
fear of riots amounting to genocide, a consequent strengthening of the
most conservative and fundamentalist groups within such
communities." [c]

Partha Banerjee, who has had first hand experience with the Sang
Parivar for fifteen years of her life, notes that "the Hindu
fundamentalist RSS-BJP-VHP and the Shiv Sena are no different from
radical Muslim groups such as the Jamat-e-Islami or the Taliban." In
their attacks towards the Christian missionaries, the Sang Parivar
influenced the minds of their followers by using violent propaganda.
[d]

"Jesus is junk. It is high time for Hindus to learn that Jesus Christ
symbolizes no spiritual power, or moral uprightness. He is no more
than an artifice for legitimizing wanton imperialist aggression. The
aggressors have found him to be highly profitable so far. By the same
token, Hindus should know that Jesus means nothing but mischief for
their country and culture." [Sita Ram Goel. 1994. Jesus Christ-An
Artifice of Aggression. Voice of India, New Delhi. Prominent leader
and theorist of RSS]

Ms. Banerjee, who is writing a book about her experience, has
witnessed Sang Parivar activists climb the political ladder within the
BJP to become high-level politicians, influencing homeland and foreign
policies. Atal Bihari Vajpayee, the current Prime Minister, is a life-
long RSS member. BJP's political ally Shiv Sena (SS) and its
dictatorial leader Bal Thackeray have been openly supportive of social
aspects of society that are racist and oppressive. Mr. Thackeray has
gone so far as to say that democracy is not for India and what Indians
need is a "benign dictatorship."

Mr.Golwalkar's book "We or Our Nationhood Defined" published in 1938
was a testament to the ideology the Sang Privar upholds. His
comparison of the Hindutva ideology with the fascist agenda of Germany
is alarming. An excerpt is provided below.

German race pride has now become the topic of the day. To keep up the
purity of the race and its culture, Germany shocked the world by her
purging the country of the Semitic races-the Jews. Race pride at its
highest has been manifested here. Germany has also shown how well-nigh
impossible it is for races and cultures, having differences going to
the root, to be assimilated into one united whole-a good lesson for us
in Hindusthan (i.e., the land of Hindus) to learn and profit by.
In order to implement its agenda, the Sang Parivar requires massive
financial support and this it receives from various covert charity
groups, which are dispersed throughout India and the diaspora.
According to Ms. Banerjee, financial support for the Sang Parivar's
activities comes from various charitable groups some of whom collect
under the banner of eradicating poverty and social upliftment.
However, these funds are funneled to support the activities of the
Sang Parivar.
Money is also reportedly pumped in and out by other organizations such
as the Overseas Friends of BJP (OFBJP), VHP of America, and the Hindu
Student Council or HSC of America. Traditionally conservative, but
apolitical Hindu temples in USA and Europe are now targeted by the
Sangh in order to mobilize second-generation Indian-American youth
through organization of VHP-sponsored Hindu summer camps and various
religious conventions of HSC. Under the guise of cultural education, a
whole generation is being indoctrinated to be blind, separatists, and
bigots. Many Indian immigrants, ignorant of the relationship of the
VHP and HSC with BJP and RSS, are being used to further the fascist-
like sociopolitical agenda of the Sangh Parivar.
In the 1990s the Sang Parivar invented the 'Ram Janam Bhoomi' platform
to build a Hindu temple at the site of the Babri Masjid in Ayodhya.
This caused severe communal rioting during 1992 in Mumbai killing
thousands of innocent Muslims and Hindus. Their contention was that
the mosque, known as Babri Masjid (after the Islamic ruler Babar) was
built upon the ruins of a Hindu temple that was supposedly demolished
by "Muslim" invaders. This temple, the Sangh says, was built to mark
the holy birthplace of Rama, the God king. The Sangh contends that a
temple with pillars had indeed been there since the eleventh century.
However, even a devoted pro-BJP Belgian columnist, Koenraad Elst, in
his book argues:

"When that building (the temple) was destroyed, we do not know
precisely, there are no descriptions of the event extant anywhere.
Mohammed Ghori's armies arrived there in 1194, and they may have
destroyed it. It may have been rebuilt afterwards, or it may only have
been destroyed by later Muslim lieutenants. So it is possible that
when Mir Baqi, Babar's lieutenant, arrived there in 1528, he found a
heap of rubble, or an already aging mosque, rather than a magnificent
Hindu temple."
Other archeologists plainly assert that there has not been a single
piece of evidence for the existence of a temple of brick, stone or
both. This entire episode was clearly politically motivated being that
Uttar Pradesh (U.P.), where the incident occurred, has the largest
number of parliamentary seats and is important enough to sway the
outcome of the elections for one party or another. The result was
favorable for the BJP. They managed to form a short-lived coalition
government in U.P. in 1995, paving the way for a big win in the 1996
elections.

The anti-Pakistan sentiment, which reigns high on the BJP agenda, is
nothing new. Its predecessor the Jan Sangh was also anti-Pakistan.
According to Bipan Chandra, former Professor of History at Jawaharlal
Nehru University in New Delhi, the "Jan Sangh was strongly anti-
Pakistan." According to one of its resolutions passed at the end of
1960s, Pakistan's ``aim is to sustain the faith of Indian Muslims with
the ultimate objective of establishing Muslim domination over the rest
of India as well." Now with the BJP having significant influence in
the Indian polity with a member of RSS as Prime Minister, the anti-
Pakistan card is being played repeatedly with everything from everyday
crime to communal rioting being blamed on Pakistan along with the
militant excursions into Indian Kashmir. The massacre of innocent Sikh
Kashmiris during former US President Bill Clinton's visit to India,
which was initially blamed on Islamic militants supported by Pakistan,
has been exposed as an Indian Government plot by Amnesty International
and various other independent human rights groups. The related DNA
scandal, which exposed the governments plot to frame certain
individuals related to the massacre was spoiled when it was discovered
that the men had been dead prior to the incident.

While attempting to understand the psyche of the Sang Parivar, one
must not disregard its external influence, the bond with fascism made
by its founders, with the objective to convert the average citizen
into a soldier. Savarkar introduced the roadmap for the Sang Parivar
during a speech he made on August 1, 1938. While referring to the
situation in Germany and Italy he said:

Germany has every right to resort to Nazism and Italy to Fascism and
events have justified that those isms and forms of Governments were
imperative and beneficial to them under the conditions that obtained
there. Bolshevism might have suited Russia and Democracy as it is
obtained in Briton (sic) to the British people.
Marzia Casolari noted that the "continuous reference to German racial
policy and the comparison of the Jewish problem in Germany with the
Muslim question in India reveals the evolution of the concept of
'internal enemy' along explicitly fascist lines." This concept is now
coming to fruition with the state sponsored communal violence, which
is being unleashed sporadically with precision. The henchmen of the
RSS and VHP are provided lists of Muslim homes and shops from
government offices that are controlled by BJP politicians. Human
rights organizations, including Human Rights Watch (HRW) and Amnesty
International (AI), have documented this fact during their
investigations of various violent communal outbreaks. One interesting
fact about these outbreaks is that they are unquestionably labeled as
'riots,' which would imply violent public disorder or unrest. However,
fatality figures show that a specific minority community is targeted
and suffers a disproportionately larger number of losses. Victims who
are protecting themselves and their families and property generally
cause fatalities on the other side and this is to be expected. Some
examples of pogroms, carried out by government sponsored hoodlums
armed with knives, kerosene, axes and lists of homes and business of
the targeted community, are the killings of innocent Sikhs after the
death of Prime Minister Indira Gandhi in November of 1984, and the
murders of innocent Muslims in Gujarat in March of 2002 after the
Godra incident. Some trends of violence that have emerged from these
incidents are indicative of the zeal of the Sang Parivar and its
followers to humiliate and coerce a group into submission or eradicate
them.

The Indian society holds a woman's honor at a high stature, not so
much for the well being of the woman but more for the public standing
of the family she represents. Thus in order to demean a group the
tactic of sexual violence (including gang rape) against the women folk
is employed. The HRW report notes that, "tragically consistent with
the longstanding pattern of attacks on minorities and Dalits (or so-
called untouchables) in India, and with previous episodes of large-
scale communal violence in India, scores of Muslim girls and women
were brutally raped in Gujarat before being mutilated and burnt to
death." The report further states, that "testimonies collected by the
Citizens' Initiative, a coalition of over twenty-five NGOs, and
submitted to the National Human Rights Commission are replete with
incidents of gang rapes of Muslim girls and women." Another trend
which was noted during the anti-Sikh pogroms and also recently during
the communal violence in Gujarat is the burning of evidence. Victims
of rape and other atrocities are burned beyond recognition. The
assailants carry cans of kerosene with them for this purpose and also
to destroy property.

The report on the Gujarat incident issued by Human Rights Watch (HRW
April 2002 Vol. 14, No. 3(C)) cites evidence supporting the conclusion
that "groups most directly responsible for violence against Muslims in
Gujarat include the Vishwa Hindu Parishad, the Bajrang Dal, the ruling
BJP, and the umbrella organization Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh
(National Volunteer Corps, RSS), all of whom collectively form the
sangh parivar (or "family" of Hindu nationalist groups)." The report
talks about the formation of the RSS, and states that its agenda is to
"propagate a militant form of Hindu nationalism which it promotes as
the sole basis for national identity in India." It also notes that the
Chief Minister of Gujarat during these events, Narendra Modi, is a
former RSS volunteer.

The United States Immigration and Nationality Act defines terrorist
activity to mean: any such activity which is unlawful under the laws
of the place where it is committed (reference Section 212 (a)(3)(B) of
the US Immigration and Nationality Act), clearly, the actions and
ideology of the RSS and its affiliates befit the definition of
terrorist activity as defined above. They commit unlawful acts of
violence against civilian communities. Such acts are considered
unlawful in India and would also be considered unlawful in the United
States. However, rarely are the assailants brought to justice in India
because the ruling polity is either a political branch of the rogue
organizations or seeks to benefit from such communal violence with
respect to politics. This was evident in the recent, post-Gujarat
communal violence, elections in which the culpable Chief Minister,
Narendra Modi, won another term based on a platform of communal
violence and Hindutva. HRW notes that violence against Christians
increased after the BJP came to power in 1998 and then a significant
escalation was noted in "the months preceding national parliamentary
elections in September and October 1999." (Politics by other means,
1999).

The Sang Parivar and its henchmen use conventional weapons (in some
instances use of chemical weapons has also been reported) and sexual
violence to spread fear and further their objectives. Destruction of
personal and business property and religious institutions is also
conducted to displace minority communities and prevent their return.
These terrorist activities are funded by donations collected by
organizations, which pose as social reform groups working for the
betterment of Indian Society. These groups convince Indians in the
diaspora, most of whom are unsuspecting, that they should provide
financial assistance for the upliftment of their poor brethren back in
India. One of the most respectable US based charitable groups linked
to the Sang Parivar is the India Development and Relief Fund (IDRF).
While on the surface the IDRF claims to be a non-sectarian, non-
political charity that funds development and relief work in India, the
reality is quite the contrary. A report (Foreign Exchange of Hate) by
South Asia Citizens Web (SACW), based in France, documents the links
between the IDRF, a Maryland, US based charity, and certain violent
and sectarian Hindu supremacist organizations in India. The report
cites evidence that the IDRFs tax exempt certificate, form 1023, lists
nine organizations, which it supports in India, and all nine are
clearly identified by Sangh Parivar literature and websites as member
organizations.

[a] - National Archives of India (NAI), New Delhi, Sardar Patel
Correspondence, microfilm, reel n.3, undated document entitled "A Note
on the RSS".
[b] - The politics of hate by Aijaz Ahmad.
[c] - The Fascism of the Sangh Parivar by Sumit Sarkar.
[d] - In the Belly of the Beast - The Hindu Supremacist RSS and BJP of
India - An Insider's Story by Partha Banerjee.
References:

1. India - Politics By Other Means: Attacks Against Christians in
India. October 1999 Vol. 11, No. 6 (C).
2. The Foreign Exchange of Hate - IDRF and the American Funding of
Hindutva. © 2002, Sabrang Communications & Publishing Pvt. Ltd,
Mumbai, India, and The South Asia Citizens Web, France.
3. Hindutva's foreign tie-up in the 1930s: Archival evidence by Marzia
Casolari.
4. Towards a Hindu nation by KN Panikkar.
5. Jan Sangh: The BJP's Predecessor by Bipan Chandra.
6. RSS forays into Punjab by Praveen Swami.
7. US congressional record: Hon. Dan Burton of Indiana in the House of
Representatives, Tuesday, May 14, 2002.
8. India: Hate speeches on the violence in Gujarat must be stopped -
AI Index: ASA 20/019/2002 (Public) News Service No: 183, 16 October
2002.
9. India - Religious violence reaches unacceptable levels - AI Index:
ASA 20/03/99 25 JANUARY 1999.

Fifty Five years of Indian independence.
FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE August 15, 2002

On August 15, India celebrates 54 years of independence from British
rule. India's independence is also popularly known as the partition
period. But what was truly partitioned? The partition, which created
Hindustan and Pakistan, parted Punjab, the homeland of the Sikhs. The
events preceding this period were critical for the Sikhs as they were
in a position to secure autonomy for their homeland. This, however,
did not materialize due to reasons stemming from the socio-political
atmosphere of the time. The dominant political party, Congress,
assured the Sikhs that the constitution would not be ratified until it
satisfied their concerns regarding the autonomy of Punjab, the
sovereignty of the Sikh religion, and the security of the Sikh
Identity.

Prevalent leaders of the era, such as Mohan Dass Karam Chand Gandhi
and Jawahar Lal Nehru conceded various resolutions to assure the Sikhs
that their rights would be safeguarded in the new land. After
receiving such seemingly concrete and solemn promises from the
Congress leaders, the Sikhs decided to proceed alongside India and did
not pursue a separate nation. Today an individual with even a mediocre
knowledge of the events, which have transpired amongst the Sikhs and
their so-called keepers, between 1947 and today, will declare that the
Sikhs were betrayed.
More than 52,000 Sikh political prisoners are rotting in Indian jails
without charge or trial. Many have been in illegal custody since 1984.
Over 50,000 Sikhs have been arrested, tortured, and murdered by the
Indian police and security forces, then declared "unidentified" and
secretly cremated. General Narinder Singh has said, "Punjab is a
police state." U.S. Congressman Dana Rohrabacher has said that for
Sikhs, Kashmiri Muslims, and other minorities "India might as well be
Nazi Germany." . Indian security forces have murdered over 250,000
Sikhs since 1984, according to figures reported in The Politics of
Genocide by Inderjit Singh Jaijee. The U.S. State Department reported
in 1994 that the Indian government paid out over 41,000 cash bounties
to police officers for killing Sikhs. Since Christmas 1998, a wave of
violence against Christians has seen priests murdered, nuns being
raped, churches being burned, Christian schools and prayer halls
destroyed, and no one has been punished for these acts.

Militant Hindu fundamentalists allied with the pro-Fascist RSS, the
parent organization of the ruling BJP, burned missionary Graham
Staines and
his two young sons to death. Recent news reports of DNA sample
tampering have confirmed that in March 2000 the Indian government
massacred 35 innocent Sikhs in Chithisinghpora to further their
haphazard campaign against the struggle for autonomy in the Kashmir
region (The Times of India, March 06, 2002 - J&K fudges DNA samples to
cover up killings). Amnesty International has also stated that the
evidence in the Chithisinghpora massacre points to the Indian State
(Amnesty International - Summary of Report - ASA 20/24/00 June 2000 ).
The Indian Government continues to use violent methods to quell
peaceful political activism, a right of an individual living in a
democratic state (18 hurt in Malout firing, Chander Parkash ,Tribune
News Service).

When independent Human Rights organizations have attempted to
investigate human rights violation in India they have been denied
access in order to veil the terror campaigns wielded by India on its
minorities. This was the case post 1984 anti-Sikh pogrom and recently
after the 2002 anti-Muslim pogrom in Gujrat (BBC South Asia News,
Tuesday, 23 July, 2002). U.S. Congressman Joe Pitts has condemned the
atrocities committed by Hindu extremists in Gujarat, India, against
Muslims and other minority groups (House of Representatives - June 18,
2002). Human Rights Watch has indicted Indian officials for the Gujrat
genocide. The Indian polity is aligned with fascist terrorist
organizations such as the Vishwa Hindu Parishad (VHP) and the
Rashtriya Swayemsevak Sang (RSS) responsible for the oppression of non-
Hindus who refuse to assimilate into the ideology of Hindutva. These
groups have clearly stated that until minorities in India learn to
earn the goodwill of the Hindu majority by accepting Hinduism as the
umbrella religion they will continue to be persecuted (Hindustan
Times, March 28, 2002). Christians have also been victims of VHP and
RSS aggression in Gujrat (No season of goodwill for India's Christians
- BBC News, December 28, 1998).

On August 15, 2002, India celebrates 55 years of independence while
its minority citizens; the Sikhs, the Christians, the Muslims and the
Dalits observe 55 years of repression and state-sponsored carnage.

Latest book release

Lawyers for human rights international release new book
Genesis of State Terrorism in Punjab

http://www.sikhlionz.com/hindutva.htm

Shivsena

The Nation of Our Dreams
Balasaheb Thackeray's vision

(Mr. Bal Thackeray, writing in a sponsored feature in the Indian
Express, Mumbai on
October 11, 1998)

This is a Hindu nation. Here it is. Just as it was. And just as it
will be. Always, and forever....

After 300 long years, the saffron flies again over Maharashtra. The
saffron. The symbol of sacrifice. Prepare to welcome the saffron.
The march has begun, never to stop. Shiv Sainiks will carry the flag
to the East, to the West, to the North and to the South. Everywhere.
We will cross the Sahyadris. And we will breach the Himalayas. We will
paint the ramparts of the Red Fort in saffron. We must fulfil
Chhatrapati Maharaj's dram. We must build the Hindustan of our dreams.
It is a historic task we have set out to accomplish. So help us God.
Everywhere in the country people are turning to the Shiv Sena.
Anywhere you find a sense of insecurity among the Hindus, you will
also
find the Shiv Sena. For the endangered and the insecure, for the
deprived and the depraved (sic), the Shiv Sena is the only hope. The
Shiv Sena can never betray the trust reposed by the hopeless millions.
The Shiv Sena is not just a political party. It is a tree growing
huge,striking its roots into the soil of this land, spreading its vast
branches to protect and preserve Hindustan....

It is our Hindustan we have to build. We have to create a Hindustan
for Hindus. We have to create a country where Hindus are respected.
The country where Hindutva will shine in all its glory. A country
where
the anti-Hindu shall bow before the will of the Hindu. That is the
country we have to build.....

Look at our country. Our laws. Our rules. A whole long list of
don'ts meant only for Hindus. And who are the ones who are empowered?
The Mussalmans.

How long are we to tolerate this? How long are we to stand by and
watch these antics in the name of religion? How long will those in
power fool us? How long can we pretend not to see what goes on in the
name of concession to the so-called minorities?...

Let us have a little laugh over our peculiar brand of secularism. The
microphones blare at us spreading the word of Allah a good five times
a
day. But no Hindu can dare to play cymbals or beat the prayer drums
while he passes the house of Allah.

Secularism in our context is but an opportunistic impartiality, which
was never intended to be, and therefore never will. It's just another
coinage and convenience, a piece of useful jargon. But the intent is
deadly.

Look under the cover of this impartiality, and you will find an unholy
incest between purpose and intent.

Opportunism is the prophylactic (sic), but the demon will surely be
born.

Someday, someday very soon, when the purpose and the intent stand at
cross-purposes, the membrane will be torn. And the bastard will be
conceived. The monster will be born. And our land will be cursed.
Look at the population. The growth in Hindu population is gradually
slowing down. But the Mussalman is on a rampage. From 30 million to
130 million! As if he was born only to breed. Somehow, oh, somehow,
can we somehow convince them that they are citizens of this country;
tell them that their identity is not in danger; their existence is not
in danger.

I do not call the Mussalman a traitor. But unfortunately for them,
their leadership is treacherous. The undoing of the Mussalmans in this
subcontinent is the lack of proper leadership. They have not had a
single good leader. Neither before, nor after the partition. Leaders
of the stature of Maulana Azad and Hamid Dalwai failed to pass on
their
doctrines.

And what we are left with are the likes of Shahbuddin, Bukhari and
Banatwala. Tragicomic?.....

As I see it, there are only two sects of peoples in our country. One
has sworn allegiance to the country. The other is clearly against the
country.

And as far as I can see it, there has never been any other
sect.....For
being an Indian, it is not only important to abide by our laws, but it
is also important to live as we do, to accept our culture and to
respect
our traditions. And not only that, one must accept that Hinduism has
by
far the largest following in this country. This must be remembered.
Always.

Those who refuse to accept this have no right to live in this country.
Those who have all their lives spoken ill of Hindutva are not going to
be spared. Embrace this country in its entirety, as Hindustan. Else
leave.

Triumphant Tiger
Deccan Herald - Jan 23 1999

Though Sena Chief Bal Thackeray suspended the agitation launched
against the Indo-Pak cricket series, he has succeeded in establishing
himself as a parallel power centre.

The head office of the Board of Cricket Control in India is on the
first floor of Stadium House (Brabourne Stadium) situated oa busy road
in the central business district. The broad pavements are also crowded
with pedestrians and hawkers. There are shops below the office, busy
with customers. A narrow staircase where there is just enough room for
one person to climb, leads from the pavement to the upper offices. At
2.30 in the afternoon on Monday, about 40 to 50 persons armed with
hockey sticks, rods and cricket stumps entered and attacked the place
without anybody noticing it. They must have queued up outside on the
pavement to make their way in. They entered the office, damaged the
property and broke trophies which our cricketers had won with great
effort.

They also attacked Sharad Diwadkar, a former cricketer and officer in-
charge of the organisation whose vice-president is Manohar Joshi, the
chief minister of the state and Sena leader. Though the attackers were
Sena men, Joshi did not resign from the post he holds in the BCCI. Nor
did he assure of any action against the vandals. Nevertheless, Sena
leader Udhhav Thackeray declared that his party would take out a
morcha to the Police Commissioner`s office to protest the arrest of
''innocents.``

Now let us turn to Sena Chief Bal Thackeray. In 1991 the pitch of
Wankhede Stadium in Mumbai was damaged by his men to oppose the Indo-
Pak cricket match. This time he reiterated his resolve to disrupt the
present series on November 20 last year. He also declared that he
would dump the BJP on this issue and came down heavily on his long-
time friend and Defence Minister George Fernandes for criticising that
''Thackeray says something in the morning and forgets it by evening.``
But finally he proved Fernandes right as he suspended his agitation
after Union Home Minister L K Advani persuaded him on January 21. But
the Sena chief did achieve what he was eyeing for. He established
himself as a parallel power centre since the Union Government had to
secure clearance from him for the Indo-Pak cricket series.

Volte face

Union Home Minister L K Advani, who is being projected as an ''iron
man`` by the BJP, came down to Mumbai with a request to the extra-
constitutional authority that the Indo-Pak cricket series be allowed
to take place. Till the BJP came to power, Thackeray`s extra-
constitutional authority was confined to Maharashtra only, thanks to
the successive Congress governments. Now it has extended to New Delhi,
Chennai and other places outside the state.

The people of Maharashtra are well aware of Thackeray`s history of
making a volte face on various issues. During the Emergency he was on
his knees before the then prime minister Indira Gandhi. He also
backtracked from holding a meeting to force the state government for
scrapping its decision of renaming of the Marathwada University after
Dr B R Ambedkar. He did not even visit Aurangabad, as the police told
him flatly that he would be arrested if he entered the city. The Tiger
is very much
scared of being ensnared in a jail. But the successive Congress
governments did not dare touch him, for various reasons, injecting
life into the paper tiger.

The key of the large following that Thackeray is enjoying lies in the
fact that no government, police or court has touched him so far.

But after the four-year saffron rule, the Thackeray empire is
crumbling under its own weight. The trend was visible in the 1998 Lok
Sabha elections also as the saffron combine faced a near rout. It also
continued in subsequent Assembly by-polls and Zilla Parishad elections
in four districts.

Criticism

Two leading Marathi dailies - Maharashtra Times and Loksatta - hardly
spared a word to criticise Thackeray`s stand this time. Kumar Ketkar,
editor of Maharashtra Times even lambasted cricketers, Bollywood stars
and other eminent personalities including Lata Mangeshkar, Amitabh
Bachhan and Sunil Gawaskar for crawling before Thackeray. Arun
Tikekar, editor of Loksatta dissected the ''psuedo- nationalism`` of
Thackeray. In the opinion poll conducted by Lokprabha, a Marathi
weekly
of the Express Group which has over a lakh circulation, majority of
people have voted against Thackeray`s stand. Senior leaders at the BJP
office claim that Advani threatened Thackeray that his party would
snap ties with the Sena which would bring down the state government
headed by the Sena leader.

The Union home minister reportedly cautioned the Sena chief of ISI
design to disrupt the Indo- Pak cricket series under the garb of the
Sena men, taking advantage of Thackeray`s resolve and statements.

This theory hardly holds any water as invariably the BJP leaders are
the first to issue statements about continuance of the alliance even
as the Sena men act notoriously as directed by their chief.

The only plausible explanation is that the BJP came under severe
attack from its allies - J Jayalalitha, Mamata Banerjee, Chandrababu
Naidu and Samata Party - and the only option left for the BJP is to
sacrifice the Maharashtra government and face the elections, according
to Kumar Ketkar.

''And therefore the Sena chief did not have any option but to stage a
complete volte face,`` he said.

Nikhil Wagle, editor of Apla Mahanagar, a popular Marathi eveninger,
while talking to Deccan Herald said after the 1998 Lok Sabha
elections, the Sena chief is whipping up the Hindutva fever to divert
people`s attention from the failure of his government on all fronts.

''He did not touch issues like price rise but asked his sainiks to
disrupt Gulam Ali`s concert, imposed a ban on the censor cleared film
Fire and so on,`` he pointed out adding that the Sena chief did not
want the BJP to be the only saffron party to placate the Hindutva
agency.

Sunil Tambe in Mumbai


KING OF MUMBAI

Source: Economist, 2/3/96, Vol. 338 Issue 7951, p28, 7/9p, 1bw

Abstract: Reports on the power and leadership of Bal Thackeray, who
leads India's Shiv Sena party which dominates the state government of
Maharashtra. Thackeray's announcement of changing the name Bombay to
Mumbai; India's central government accepting this change; Thackeray's
background and personality; His reputation as a Hindu chauvinist; Talk
of India becoming `Hindustan' if Thackeray has anything to say about
it.

MUMBAI

SOME people laughed when the state government of Maharashtra, India's
most prosperous state, announced that it was changing the name of the
city of Bombay to Mumbai. But India's central government has accepted
the change and last month the venerable Times of India also made the
shift. Reluctantly, putting courtesy before convention, The Economist
will too.

The man responsible for the change is Bal Thackeray, who leads the
Shiv Sena party, which dominates the Maharashtra government. Mr
Thackeray seems to have other name changes in mind. He likes to talk
about "Hindustan" rather than India--a habit which illustrates exactly
why many Indians fear him. As India's leading Hindu chauvinist and a
scourge of Muslims, he threatens the country's tradition of tolerance
and secularism.

Mr Thackeray's latest campaign is aimed at the one religion all
Indians have in common--cricket--and specifically at the cricket World
Cup, which will be staged jointly by India, Pakistan and Sri Lanka
later this month. If Pakistan's team reaches the semi-finals, it will
have to play in India. Mr Thackeray has sworn it will not: "I will not
allow them to step on my motherland," he says. "We will damage the
pitch . . . The coach carrying them will not drive on the road from
the airport . . . They will not step into the stadium."

Mr Thackeray may not be able to make good his threats. The Pakistanis
will not be playing in Mumbai and have obtained official assurances
from India that their players will be safe. But his posturing will add
to his spiky reputation. He has even achieved international notoriety,
courtesy of Salman Rushdie, who has managed to enrage Hindu
chauvinists with a thinly disguised and unflattering portrait of Mr
Thackeray in "The Moor's Last Sigh", his most recent novel. Fear of
violence has led to the book being withdrawn in Mumbai.

A former newspaper cartoonist, Mr Thack eray is a Jekyll-and-Hyde
character. Visitors find a mild man, proud of his age--69 last month.
He says he used to enjoy drawing the "strong nose" of Indira Gandhi, a
former prime minister, and would like now to get to grips with the
sombre jowls of Narasimha Rao, the present prime minister. He holds no
official post, but controls the coalition from a closely guarded house
in a middle-class Mum bai suburb where he is building a dynasty,
grooming a son and a nephew as Shiv Sena leaders. Manohar Joshi, the
party's deputy leader, is Maharashtra's chief minister, but he has
little real power and openly admits the authority of "Mr Remote
Control".

Mr Remote Control (currently resting with a bad heart) has been more
restrained than many had feared. When his party came unexpectedly to
power in March, as part of a coalition with the Bharatiya Janata
Party, he talked about chasing non-Maharashtrans out of the state.
That was not a credible policy, so he has broadened his attentions to
Hindu fundamentalism. He insists that he does not want Muslims
expelled from India, and that his real ire is aimed at Pakistan and at
those Indian Muslims he sees as loyal to Pakistan. Businessmen credit
the coalition with running a relatively effective government that is
less corrupt (so far) than its predecessor, run by the Congress
party.

But Mr Thackerary is showing signs of reverting to rabble-rousing type
over the cricket tournament and other matters. Last week Maharashtra's
state government caused a storm by closing a three-year-old official
inquiry into communal riots that the Shiv Sena helped to incite. It
has also replaced the state's top civil servant who opposed some of Mr
Thackeray's plans.

The state government has extricated itself from the shambles it caused
by scrapping--then renegotiating--a power project with En ron, an
American company. But it remains equivocal about foreign investment.
Mr Thackeray says he welcomes foreigners, but wants to protect Indian
industries. "Don't come to kill our products, but if you have anything
new, then we welcome it," he says. That leaves plenty of room for a
xenophobic campaign in April's general election, in which, he hopes,
Shiv Sena will expand across the country.

In more violent moods Mr Thackeray prods and provokes with a
cartoonist's sense of the outrageous. He has even praised Hitler. He
condemns the Holocaust, but says he admires Hitler for having "the
charisma to cause a big earthquake for the whole world". He would like
India "to imbibe that militant spirit". Cricketers and Muslims take
note.

http://www.sikhlionz.com/shivsena.htm

BJP: IN INDIRA GANDHI'S FOOTSTEPS
Hindustan Times News Service

After years of marriage, goes the joke, husbands and wives end up
looking like each other. To that hoary old saw, let me add another
one: after years of opposing each other, Indian political parties
begin to sound like each other.

Take the BJP. For as long as I can remember — and even when it was
called the Jana Sangh — its leaders always told us that there was no
greater evil than the Congress. After the Emergency, they added a new
twist: there was no greater dictator than Indira Gandhi, and no
nastier dynasty than the Gandhis.

This is interesting. Because, over the last three months I have been
rubbing my eyes in disbelief each time I see BJP leaders on TV. The
reason is simple: they sound exactly like the Gandhis.

Let’s take the points of similarity, one by one.

The Foreign Hand: Whenever anything went wrong, Indira Gandhi had a
simple explanation — it was the foreign hand. Her government was doing
its best but what could it do? India was under threat from foreign
powers who were meddling in our affairs.

Mrs Gandhi never actually identified the foreign hand, but most of the
time, she meant America. So Congressmen (even under Rajiv) took to
blaming the CIA for every campaign against them (Bofors? Oh, that was
a CIA plot to destabilise India, etc etc) and for nearly every failure
to control law and order.

The BJP has adopted the same strategy. Except that everything is now
blamed on Pakistan. And rather than the CIA, it is the ISI that is
responsible for each of the government’s failures.

All law and order problems are attributed to terrorism and all
terrorism to the ISI. Any critics of the parivar are dismissed as
either unwilling dupes of the ISI or proper ISI agents.

Why did we need to rally around Indira Gandhi? Because the CIA was
destabilising India. Why do we need to rally around this government?
Because the ISI wants to destabilise India.

Given what we now know of the CIA’s covert activities, it seems
entirely probable that it was active in India during Mrs. Gandhi’s
reign. And similarly, there’s no doubt that the ISI has targeted
India.

But to blame everything on foreign agents? To go on and on about the
foreign hand to explain away your own failures?

That’s what this crowd has in common with Mrs. Gandhi.

Identifying ‘Terrorist Communities’: In 1984, the Congress released an
ad campaign that sought to play subliminally on Hindu fears of Sikh
terrorism. In the years of Bluestar and Mrs Gandhi’s assassination —
not to mention the Delhi riots — the ads had a huge impact. Such
headlines as “Will the Country’s Border Be Moved To Your Doorstep” and
copy that asked, “Should you be afraid to ride in a taxi driven by a
member of a particular community?” directly addressed (or aroused,
depending on your perspective) Hindu insecurities and fears about
Sikhs and the threat of terrorism.

The strategy worked: the Congress won by a landslide.

These days, the BJP is doing much the same sort of thing. It is
attempting to play on Hindu fears of Pakistani/jehadi terrorism. The
constant references to Mian Musharraf, the suggestion that we should
hold Indian Muslims responsible for Pakistan’s actions, and even the
view that enough Muslims did not condemn Godhra all recall the
atmosphere of 1984. Then too we heard how enough Sikhs did not speak
out against Bhindranwale, about how there was no Sikh condemnation of
Indira Gandhi’s assassins (“the only reason Sikhs were massacred” went
the apology, “was because they did not grieve for Mrs Gandhi”) and
about how every Sikh was a potential hijacker or terrorist.

Then it was Sikhs. Today its Muslims. But, Congress or BJP, the
strategy is exactly the same.

Action-Reaction: Referring to the Sikh riots of 1984, Rajiv Gandhi
told a public meeting, “When a big tree falls, the ground is bound to
shake.” God knows who was writing his speeches those days, but the
line would come back to haunt Rajiv so much the Congress would spend
hours explaining it away.

Referring to the Ahmedabad riots this year a variety of BJP leaders,
both national and regional, said that they were an inevitable
consequence of the Godhra incident. The Times of India quoted Narendra
Modi as suggesting that every action had an equal and opposite
reaction. That remark has haunted Modi so much that he has gone blue
in the face denying it or claiming that it was taken out of context.

The two statements — and the subsequent spin — echo each other
uncannily.

The Media and Elections: In the aftermath of Gujarat, the BJP is
claiming that the media actually distorted or suppressed news about
how well the party was doing because of journalistic bias.

This is a familiar allegation because the Congress has used it at
least thrice. In 1971, when Mrs Gandhi won a landslide in the mid-term
Lok Sabha election, she blamed the press (“which is against us”) for
failing to spot the wave. In 1979-80, when she came back to office,
she said the same thing (and yes, the press did truly hate her after
what it went through during the Emergency). And in 1984, Congressmen
were openly leery of the press’s failure to spot the wave.

The truth, I suspect, has little to do with journalistic biases.
Journos are simply not very good at predicting election results, even
when a wave is staring them in the face. Predictions are for
pollsters, not correspondents.

But the Congress blamed it on bias. And so, in exactly the same way,
does the BJP these days.

The Media in General: Mrs Gandhi famously described India Today (at a
press conference) as being anti-national only because it did not share
her perception of the national interest. When newspapers carried
reports of massacres during the visits of foreign dignitaries, they
were also called ‘anti-national’ or ‘determined to show India in a bad
light’.

When newspapers ran campaigns against the government, punitive action
had to be taken. Rajiv introduced a Defamation Bill to tame the press.
And his government made it a mission to destroy The Indian Express.

This government is following the same strategy. Ask any awkward
questions — about the Ansal Plaza shoot-out, for instance — and you
are anti-national. Focus on Narendra Modi’s role during the Gujarat
riots and you are embarrassing India in the eyes of the world. Speak
up for the minorities and you are either anti-national (ISI agents is
how the VHP’s Praveen Togadia, the ‘spiritual victor’ of Gujarat,
describes critical editors) or anti-Hindu, which, to this crowd, is
much the same thing.

And if you launch a campaign against them, they will make Rajiv’s
persecution of The Indian Express seem tame in comparison. Just look
at the manner in which Tehelka has been destroyed, its offices raided,
its journalists arrested, and its staff harassed. And, sure enough,
Tehelka has also been accused of being anti-national and ISI-
influenced.

And finally…: Do you begin to see the parallels? For all of the last
fortnight, I’ve imagined that Indira Gandhi is a ghostly presence at
BJP press conferences, there to bless the men she once jailed.

All of the rhetoric is strikingly similar. If the 1971 election was
the “voters’ reply to the vested interests,” then Gujarat is the
“voter’s” reply to secularists”. The allegations of governmental
complicity in the Gujarat riots are said to be bogus; “No NGO has
produced any evidence that will stand up in court.” Exactly what the
Congress said after the Delhi riots: ask Sajjan Kumar, he’s got the
acquittals to prove it.

Why, after the liberalisation and liberalism of the 1990s, have we
gone back to the clichés of the 1970s and 1980s? To the foreign hand;
to foreign intelligence agencies; to attempts to destabilise India; to
the need to call everybody we disagree with ‘anti-national’; to
turning Indian against Indian on the basis of religion; to destroying
critical media organisations; and most of all, to the opinionated self-
righteousness of Indira Gandhi, a woman who treated an attack on her
government as an attack on India?

And, at a more serious level, what does this say about our politics?
Does it suggest that all politicians are basically the same,
regardless of party? Is the BJP turning into everything it once said
it would oppose about the Congress? Is this Indira Gandhi’s ultimate
revenge — ensuring that her opponents become her political
descendants?

I don’t know the answers.

But don’t you think the questions are worth asking?

Vir Sanghvi

http://www.hindustantimes.com/news

SpiritualTemporalRaj MultimediaAbout UsIntroductionGurusGuru Granth
Sahib JiBhagatsPractising SikhismInspirational ArticlesSikh
WomenGursikhi JeevanSikh StoriesSikh HolocaustCurrent AffairsSikh
HistoryAnti-Sikh
bodiesMartyrsGurbaniAudioImagesVideoNewsEmailLiteratureGamesDownloadsContact
UsAimsLinksOur Blog

http://www.sikhlionz.com/bjpinindiragandhisfootsteps.htm

BAJRANG DAL
Indian fascism: Bajrang Dal

The wrath yatra
Vrinda Gopinath & Sharad Gupta

The Bajrang Dal, or vanar sena (army of apes), as it is
infamously called because of the wanton vandalism indulged by
its members, was born in 1984, just as the
Ramjanmabhoomi movement was beginning to roll off the
ground. The Vishwa Hindu Parishad (VHP), which was
spearheading the movement with the tacit blessing of the
Sangh Parivar, had planned the Sri Ram Janki Yatra, from
Ayodhya to Lucknow, which immediately ran into trouble with
the Uttar Pradesh state authorities. Stung by the state's
determination to stop the procession, the yatris made a clarion
call to Hindu youths in surrounding villages for protection. By
the time the yatra reached the state capital, a name was
already found for the band of Hindu `soldiers' -- the Bajrang
Dal.

What began as a temporary security arrangement, soon
swelled to a menacing army of misguided youths who were
preyed upon and infused with a fatal potion: a sense of
``colossal historical wrongdoing'' and ``wounded Hindu pride''.
Heady with a new sense of purpose anddirection, the Bajrang
Dal's Hindu Yuva Shakti (youth power) was successfully
employed to carry out a campaign of terror and destruction in
the Parivar's eternal quest to cleanse and purify Hindu society.
The Bajrang Dalis became the foot soldiers of the Parivar's
army, ready and alert for the call of battle. Training camps
were set up on the outskirts of Ayodhya, called Karsevapuram,
on the banks of the Gomti river, where youths lived in
dormitories and learnt the art of war. The combat wear was
equally fierce -- blazing saffron bandanas and shirts, glistening,
giant trishuls and swords in their hands, and provocative
slogans in the air. Hindutva had truly arrived.

As the militant, rabble-rousers muscled their way around and
successfully set up centres all over the cow belt, to the
satisfaction of the Parivar's patriarchs, the Bajrang Dal gave
the kickstart to the Ramjanmabhoomi movement. They
participated in the shilanyas after the doors of the Babri Masjid
were unlocked by a court order, organised bandhsand
demonstrations in the name of Ram, which most often ended
violently, but their first foray outside UP, however, was in
1989, when the organisation announced it would chant the
Hanuman chalisa in Jama Masjid, New Delhi. In a few
months, Dal activists joined the big league when they led L.K.
Advani's 1991 rath yatra, roaring alongside Advani's Toyota
chariot on motorbikes in full combat gear, leaving behind a trail
of violence and destruction.

It was in this atmosphere of hatred and fear, that the plan to
demolish the Babri Masjid quietly unfolded, and on December
6, 1992, the job was ruthlessly accomplished. But if there were
any hopes the Bajrang Dal would disband and go back to their
previous lives now that the ``historical slur had been wiped
clean'', soon evaporated after it announced it was now the
official youth wing of the VHP. Worse, the ban on the Bajrang
Dal with the RSS and VHP, after the demolition of the
mosque, gave it a separate identity. What was first dismissed
as a great nuisance value,the lunatic fringe of the Hindutva
movement, soon gave way to a group that was spread out,
organised, well-funded, and with immense muscle power.
Though the Dal has steadfastly maintained it has no political
ambitions but exists purely to ``liberate and unshackle Hindu
samaj'' and is not associated with any political party including
the BJP, its members (also from its parent organisation, the
VHP) however, soon filled Parliament and the UP Legislative
Assembly after the 1991 elections.

Arun Katiyar, the Dal's first convenor, was elected an MP,
and he was part of the clutch of sadhus and sants that
thundered into Parliament as elected members, brandishing
trishuls and kamandals. For a year-and-a-half, until the militant
organisations were banned (December 10, 1992), the BJP
looked on benignly as the sadhus and Dal MPs and MLAs
vociferously agitated for their demands raging from changing
the Constitution radically to the familiar one of a ban on cow
slaughter. But the Parivar's paternal indulgence on the``boys
and sants'' soon diminished as it sought to hide its aggressive
Hindutva image behind a more ``tolerant'' one. The sudden
decision came after the humiliating defeat of the BJP in the
Assembly elections in the Hindi belt, and the uncomfortable
truth sunk in that Hindutva alone will not bring in the votes.

To add to the BJP's discomfort, the sants kept up the pressure
to build the Ram temple in Ayodhya, many of them fell out
squabbling among themselves on who should lead the
temple-building, Katiyar stood completely discredited when he
was accused of raping of a young girl, Kusum Misra, whose
tale of continuous abuse and torture created an uproar, and
very soon the BJP and the Parivar began to distance itself
publicly from the militant outfits. In the 1996 general election,
unlike in the election before (in 1991), when Dal workers were
visible everywhere campaigning for the BJP, this time the
saffron wave was pushed back as BJP workers conducted
their own campaign. But the irrepressible Bajrang Dalsoon
surfaced to continue their ``service to Hindu samaj''.

In 1996, 26 Dal activists were jailed in Mumbai for smashing
the house of eminent artist Maqbool Fida Husain, for his
``nude'' paintings of a Hindu goddess. The next year, 17 beauty
contests were suspended in different parts of the country due
to Bajrang Dal's ``protests.'' It also forced 16 cigarette and pan
masala companies to stop using portraits of Hindu gods and
goddesses on their products. But it was in 1998, that the
Bajrang Dal was resurrected to give expression to the
Parivar's ``anger'' against Christian missionaries and get them
to suspend their ``chagai meetings'' (spiritual healing) in places
as far-flung as Haryana, Gujarat, UP, Punjab and Himachal
Pradesh. The violence and terror that has followed and last
week's ghastly murder of an Australian missionary and his two
sons, has once again brought back old nightmares. By calling
the violence against Christian missionaries a ``natural reaction''
of the local people to ``forcedconversions'', the Dal once again
thrust itself in the forefront, willing as always to start another
debate on the threat to Hinduism from minority communities.

"Enemies of Hindus must fear us"

Outlook Magazine on the Bajrang Dal
THE TRIDENT SPEAKS

Ideology thrown to the winds, Bajrang Dal says it will go the whole
hog
against missionaries

By Rajesh Joshi

Dr Surendra Jain, Bajrang Dal's all-India convenor, told Outlook it
was
not possible for the Bajrang Dal to stop its "work" unless Christians
apologised and broke their links with terrorist organisations.
Excerpts.
The Sangh parivar is in combat mode. Far from being cornered, the most
visible strong arm of the Sangh, the Bajrang Dal, has decided to go
the
whole hog against Christian missionaries. At a two-day conclave in
Delhi
last week, the organisation decided to reach out to "each and every
gram
pradhan and each and every household", to expose the "designs of the
missionaries to plant churches in every Indian village by 2001".
The Sangh clearly wants to kill two birds with one stone: take on
Christians, and target Sonia as well. A task made easier, they claim,
after Sonia Gandhi "insulted the Hindu dharma" by not signing the
register at Tirupati to declare her non-Hindu origins.

The RSS, in fact, started pushing its hardline Hindutva agenda right
after the state assembly election debacle. And pressed the Bajrang Dal
into service. For the self-styled "saviours of Hindus" in the Bajrang
Dal, the integral humanism propounded by Deen Dayal Upadhyay does not
appear to mean anything; nor do they believe in the ‘sober’ talks of
rashtra jeevan often put out by RSS pracharaks. This bratpack is on
the
offensive.

"We are ready to take up AK-47s if the need arises. Muslims want to
turn
this country into an Islamic state but we shall not let it happen,"
declares Ashok Kapoor, north Delhi convenor of the Bajrang Dal and son
of a refugee from Jhang, Pakistan. "I don’t believe in demonstrations;
I
believe that without a ‘danda’ nobody listens to you," he explains.
Prakash Sharma, co-convenor of the Bajrang Dal, is equally
belligerent:
"We have decided to write letters to all the gram pradhans about this
danger and will tell the people that they (the Christians) are doing
politics over the dead bodies of their children."

For a while, top vhp and Bajrang Dal leaders were hard put to distance
themselves from the Staines murder. Not any longer. By their own
admission, the Bajrang Dal has become "synonymous with terror for the
opponents of Hindus". The knife-shaped trident-wielding young men,
indoctrinated by an overdose of anti-minorityism, wearing saffron
bandannas, throng either a park or an abandoned field in their
mohallas
every morning and evening to practice martial arts.

These are the Balopasana kendras or the centres of Worship of Power.
Over 2,000 such kendras have sprung up across the country in the last
one year where the young men are told how Hindus are being persecuted
in
their own land and how Muslims and Christians are pushing an
"anti-national" agenda. And that the onus of saving the nation is on
them.

It is not all empty rhetoric. The organisation has shown time and
again
that when it comes to brasstacks it is always in the forefront. The
organisation takes pride in incidents where they have forced their way
or subjugated opponents. According to a publication of the vhp, the
Bajrang Dal "forcefully resisted the riots" on February 14, 1986, when
Muslims protested against the opening of the locked Ram temple at
Ayodhya. Similarly, says the publication, on October 14, 1988, the
Delhi
unit of the Bajrang Dal announced that it would recite the Hanuman
Chalisa at the Jama Masjid in Delhi. Following which all state units
announced the programme of organising kirtans and Hanuman Chalisa
recitations in masjids in their respective areas.

After every such action, a pat or two from the RSS top brass is more
than enough to keep a Bajrang Dal activist going. Although the Dal is
part of the Sangh, the RSS says it cannot be held responsible for
actions of other Sangh members. This time-tested tactic was chalked
out
initially when the RSS was banned for the first time in 1948, after
the
assassination of Mahatma Gandhi.

"The RSS functions through its several organisations so that it could
not be squarely blamed for anything," says an RSS-watcher. It is not
necessary for the cadre to take permission from the top leadership.
Activists, especially in remote tribal areas, launch militant
anti-minority actions on their own—like loose cannons. And if the
situation goes out of control, it is easier for the RSS to distance
itself. This holds true not only for the Bajrang Dal but other Sangh
affiliates like the Vanvasi Kalyan Ashram.

In August 1998, an activist of the Vanvasi Kalyan Ashram in Ranchi
told
Outlook about a plan to demolish a church in a remote area of South
Bihar. He had noted down the name of the church, area and the date on
which the action was to be carried out. He said: "Our leaders have no
knowledge of my plans; we will tell them once we accomplish the task."
The particular church was razed to the ground on the day they had
decided on, August 31, 1998. Says Kapoor: "There is a famous saying in
the RSS that the RSS does not do anything and there is nothing which
the
RSS cadre does not do." That just about sums up the modus operandi of
Sangh affiliates.

The first thing the vhp and Bajrang Dal did after the Orissa incident
was disown the accused Dara Singh, while condemning the incident. They
also questioned the conduct of the missionary and dismissed the
incident
as a "local reaction". Asked whether the RSS would appeal to the
Hindus
to observe restraint as Mahatma Gandhi did after Chauri Chaura, a top
RSS leader retorted: "No way. Why should we appeal to Hindus to
observe
restraint? Gandhi did what he thought was right, we are doing what we
think is right."

The formation of the Bajrang Dal coincides with the anti-Sikh wave
that
swept the country in 1983-84 after Operation Bluestar. Then prime
minister Indira Gandhi had emerged as a strong Hindu leader and to
neutralise the Hindu support for her the RSS planned to launch an
all-out attack on the government on the issue of Ram Janmabhoomi.
Riding
the anti-Sikh sentiments, the Bajrang Dal organised several trishul
dhaaran functions throughout the country. The activists were given a
knife-like trident to be slung across the shoulder—an answer to the
kirpan. The Bajrang Dal has come of age during these 14 years. It has
faced a ban and successfully managed to mushroom into an all-India
organisation. Created to murder Sikhs- it has since identified
new targets...

http://www.sikhlionz.com/bajrangdal.htm


"Hindus are very intolerant"
by Amberish K Diwanji

Tell a lie a 1000 times and it becomes the truth. This was claimed by
none other than Josef Goebbels, minister for propaganda in Hitler's
cabinet. Except that he was wrong. Tell a lie a 1000 times and people
believe you easily, often thinking it is the truth.

But it is not the truth.

Today, there is a certain myth prevailing that Hindus are a very
tolerant people and that Hinduism is a very tolerant religion. That it
is the tolerance of Hinduism and the Hindu people which allowed and
allows other faiths, sects and beliefs to exist in this country in
perfect harmony. That because India is a Hindu majority country it is
secular (clearly implying that if Hindus are not in a majority, India
would not have been secular).

Alas, it is very easy to believe flattering things about ones own
self. Tell a man he is intelligent and handsome, he'll nod
approvingly; say he's not and you could end up in a fight! On what
basis are these premises made? It must be very ego satisfying for
Hindus nurturing delusions of grandeur to hold such beliefs about
their great faith, but it is not very true.

Despite its many social flaws, there is no doubt good reason to
believe that Hinduism, as a religion and philosophy, is very tolerant.
The reason is because Hinduism means different things to different
people. It does not have a single book (like the Bible or Koran) but
has many books -- the Vedas, the Upanishads, the Bhagvad Gita, besides
books such as the Ramayan, Mahabharata, Ramacharita Manas,
Dnyaneshwari, and so on. In these books one comes across various
ideas, beliefs, stories and devotional songs to guide the common man.
Similarly, while Hinduism is at one end extremely ritualistic, it can
also be lived completely bereft of these rituals and sacraments. Even
those who insist that Hinduism has certain core beliefs have
difficulty listing them. You can even be an atheist and be a Hindu
(only Buddhism comes close in this respect). It is this elasticity,
this all-encompassing nature of this great philosophy and theology
that has ensured the survival of the world's oldest religion, a
religion assaulted more
from within than from outside.

However, are Hindus really tolerant, or do we simply believe that we
are and then propagate this lie so much that we end up believing it.
Reams have been written, scores of scholars, theologians, and
intellectuals of different persuasions quoted in seeking to prove the
tolerance of Hindus. Nothing is more satisfying that quoting some
white-skinned Westerner who chooses to attack Christianity and Islam
and praise Hinduism and Hindus. Yet when some brown-skinned Indian
chooses to find fault with Hinduism, he is called Macaulay's child,
brown sahib, a person who has never understood India, and so on.
Praise Hindus and you have understood India (and Hinduism); criticise
certain aspects of Hinduism and be damned! Is this not an
Inquisition?

How do you measure tolerance? Muslims today are called intolerant. Yet
history shows that for centuries, Jews were safest in Muslim lands
while being hounded in Christian lands, until the creation of Israel
changed that. Today, Christian-majority nations and states are pushing
the frontiers of liberty, equality, fraternity and justice, ideas that
India imported and Indians (mostly Hindus) today seek proudly to
defend because these ideas are for the benefit of all citizens. Ideas
cannot to be condemned simply because they come from another land or
from people of a different faith.

While there is no doubt about Hinduism per se being tolerant, all
Hindus cannot claim that privilege. Every society and religion has its
outsiders. The Jews had their gentile, Christians their pagan, Muslims
their kafirs. Hindus had their mlechha (the impure outsiders and lower
castes). But while other faiths only targeted outsiders, Hindus also
targeted people within their faith: the so-called untouchables and
lower castes. A great amount of energy and effort was expended by the
so-called upper castes in keeping down the lower castes by creating a
maze of laws that were inhuman to say the least.

There is much boasting about how other faiths could flourish in India,
the inference being about how Hindus were tolerant. Yet what kind of
tolerance is it that is kind to some while cruel to others? Is it to
do with fear? Christianity and Islam both first came to India along
the Malabar coast (ironic, but the great Shankaracharya, who revived
Hinduism in India and ousted Buddhism, also came from the region now
known as Kerala), but then they were small settlements with a limited
impact. The major impact of both came with the conquerors. The fact is
that (upper-caste) Hindus were tolerant to both Muslims and Christians
because being conquerors and rulers, to not tolerate them and their
faith meant instant death! And their intolerance to their own lower
caste brethren drove the latter into the arms of other faiths.

The fact is that no Hindu would dare have treated a Muslim the way he
did an untouchable: the Muslim rulers/kings/warriors would have
chopped off his head. Ditto when the Europeans came. Would any upper
caste Hindu have dared prevent a Muslim or Christian from entering his
house or his locality? On the contrary, the upper caste Hindus forged
close alliances with the rulers of the day to improve their positions
in society and became part of the élite. (Upper-caste) Hindus were
tolerant towards Muslims and Christians because the latter had swords
and guns; but the same Hindus were intolerant of lower-caste Hindus
who came with their hands folded, seeking to pray in the temple and
live with dignity in the village. Both of which were denied to them!

Today, both the Muslim and Christian conquerors and rulers are no
longer in our midst. And the result is an upsurge of Hindu
intolerance, whether it is in the massacres in Bihar (remember, dalits
are hardly ever treated as equal Hindus), in the killing of Stains, in
the communal violence that so pervades our society. Tolerance is how
the ruling class and society treats its people of all kinds, and our
record is no great shakes.

What is mentioned above can be said of all peoples of all communities.
Christians, exhorted to love their neighbours, have perpetuated the
worst crimes in history against native people across the globe. For
centuries, the Church supported apartheid and racism, and the
imperialism of the West. The killings in the name of Islam (despite
Prophet Mohammed's message never to convert by force) are endless and
gory, the destruction of temples and the forced conversions of Hindus
and others (offering them the Koran or the sword) in India and
elsewhere are part of Islam's history.

Yet, the point I am trying to make is that the people of all religions
have shown incredible cruelty towards others weaker than them at a
given point in history. It is not much different for Hindus. Upper
caste Hindus centuries ago, were not tolerant of people weaker than
them (who were then the so-called lower castes). Hence when Hindus
boast of their tolerance, let us take it with a large pinch of salt.

Certainly, Hinduism has never been involved in a clash with Buddhism
(like how Christian and Islam fought) and this is due to the accepting
and open philosophies of both. Yet, all religions preach certain
values of love, brotherhood, service, etc. Humans have failed to
understand them. When some of us (of any religious denomination)
criticise the actions of some Hindu bigots (as we do that of Muslim
and Christian fanatics), it is only because our religions teach us
better.

http://www.sikhlionz.com/hindusareveryintolerant.htm

http://www.sikhlionz.com/antisikh.htm

...and I am Sid Harth
bademiyansubhanallah
2010-03-09 05:39:22 UTC
Permalink
PAKISTAN
OR
THE PARTITION OF INDIA

BY
Dr. B. R. Ambedkar

"More brain, O Lord, more brain! or we shall mar,
Utterly this fair garden we might win."
(Quotation from the title page of Thoughts on Pakistan, 1st ed.)

INSCRIBED TO THE MEMORY
OF
RAMU
As a token of my appreciation of her goodness of heart, her nobility
of mind and her purity of character
and also for the cool fortitude and readiness to suffer along with me
which she showed
in those friendless days of want and worries which fell to our lot.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

[Editor's Introduction]

Preface to the Second Edition

Prologue

Introduction

PART I -- MUSLIM CASE FOR PAKISTAN

CHAPTER I -- What does the League Demand?

Part I [The Muslim League's Resolution of March 1940]
Part II [Unifying the North-West provinces is an age-old project]
Part III [The Congress itself has proposed to create Linguistic
Provinces]
CHAPTER II -- A Nation Calling for a Home
[What is the definition of a "nation," and what "nations" can be found
in India?]
CHAPTER III -- Escape from Degradation
[What grievances do Muslims have against their treatment by the
Congress?]

PART II -- HINDU CASE AGAINST PAKISTAN

CHAPTER IV -- Break-up of Unity

[How substantial, in truth, is the unity between Hindus and Muslims?]
CHAPTER V -- Weakening of the Defences
Part I -- Question of Frontiers
Part II -- Question of Resources
Part III -- Question of Armed Forces
CHAPTER VI -- Pakistan and Communal Peace
Part I [The Communal Question in its "lesser intent"]
Part II [The Communal Question in its "greater intent"]
Part III [The real question is one of demarcation of boundaries]
Part IV [Will Punjabis and Bengalis agree to redraw their boundaries?]

PART III -- WHAT IF NOT PAKISTAN?

CHAPTER VII -- Hindu Alternative to Pakistan

Part I [Lala Hardayal's scheme for conversion in the North-West]
Part II [The stand of Mr. V. D. Savarkar and the Hindu Maha Sabha]
Part III [Mr. Gandhi's tenacious quest for Hindu-Muslim unity]
Part IV [The riot-torn history of Hindu-Muslim relations, 1920-1940]
Part V [Such barbaric mutual violence shows an utter lack of unity]
CHAPTER VIII -- Muslim Alternative to Pakistan
Part I [The proposed Hyderabad scheme of legislative reform is not
promising]
Part II [The "Azad Muslim Conference" thinks along similar lines]
CHAPTER IX -- Lessons from Abroad
Part I [The case of Turkey shows a steady dismemberment and loss of
territory]
Part II [The case of Czechoslovakia, a country which lasted only two
decades]
Part III [Both were brought down by the growth of the spirit of
nationalism]
Part IV [The force of nationalism, once unleashed, almost cannot be
stopped]
Part V [Hindustan and Pakistan would be stronger, more homogeneous
units]

PART IV -- PAKISTAN AND THE MALAISE

CHAPTER X -- Social Stagnation

Part I [Muslim Society is even more full of social evils than Hindu
Society is]
Part II [Why there is no organized movement of social reform among the
Muslims]
Part III [The Hindus emphasize nationalist politics and ignore the
need for social reform]
Part IV [In a "communal malaise," both groups ignore the urgent claims
of social justice]
CHAPTER XI -- Communal Aggression
[British sympathy encourages ever-increasing, politically calculated
Muslim demands]
CHAPTER XII -- National Frustration
Part I [Can Hindus count on Muslims to show national rather than
religious loyalty?]
Part II [Hindus really want Dominion status; Muslims really want
independence]
Part III [The necessary national political loyalty is not present
among Muslims]
Part IV [Muslim leaders' views, once nationalistic, have grown much
less so over time]
Part V [The vision of Pakistan is powerful, and has been implicitly
present for decades]
Part VI [Mutual antipathies have created a virus of dualism in the
body politic]

PART V

CHAPTER XIII -- Must There be Pakistan?

Part I [The burden of proof on the advocates of Pakistan is a heavy
one]
Part II [Is it really necessary to divide what has long been a single
whole?]
Part III [Other nations have survived for long periods despite
communal antagonisms]
Part IV [Cannot legitimate past grievances be redressed in some less
drastic way?]
Part V [Cannot the many things shared between the two groups be
emphasized?]
Part VI ['Hindu Raj' must be prevented at all costs, but is Pakistan
the best means?]
Part VII [If Muslims truly and deeply desire Pakistan, their choice
ought to be accepted]
CHAPTER XIV -- The Problems of Pakistan
Part I [Problems of border delineation and population transfer must be
addressed]
Part II [What might we assume to be the borders of West and East
Pakistan?]
Part III [Both Muslims and Hindus ignore the need for genuine self-
determination]
Part IV [Punjab and Bengal would thus necessarily be subject to
division]
Part V [A demand for regional self-determination must always be a two-
edged sword]
Part VI [The problems of population transfer are solvable and need not
detain us]
CHAPTER XV -- Who Can Decide?
Part I [Partition is a very possible contingency for which it's best
to be prepared]
Part II [I offer this draft of a 'Government of India (Preliminary
Provisions) Act']
Part III [My plan is community-based, and thus more realistic than the
Cripps plan]
Part IV [My solution is borne out by the examination of similar cases
elsewhere]
Epilogue -- [We need better statesmanship than Mr. Gandhi and Mr.
Jinnah have shown]

TABLES

-- 003a -- Revenues raised by Provincial and Central Governments
-- 101a -- The Congress's Proposed Linguistic Provinces
-- 205a -- Resources of Pakistan
-- 205b -- Resources of Hindustan
-- 205c -- Areas of Indian Army Recruitment
-- 205d -- Areas of Recruitment During World War I
-- 205e -- Changes in the Composition of the Indian Infantry
-- 205f -- Changes in the Communal Composition of the Indian Army
-- 205g -- Communal Composition of the Indian Army in 1930
-- 205h -- Communal Percentages in Infantry and Cavalry, 1930
-- 205i -- Provincial Composition of the Indian Army, 1943
-- 205j -- Communal Composition of the Indian Army, 1943
-- 205k -- Contributions to the Central Exchequer from the Pakistan
Area
-- 205l -- Contributions to the Central Exchequer from the Hindustan
Area
-- 206a -- Muslim Population in Pakistan and Hindustan
-- 206b -- Distribution of Seats in the Central Legislature (Numbers)
-- 206c -- Distribution of Seats in the Central Legislature
(Percentages)
-- 307a -- Casualties of the Riots in Sukkur, Sind, November 1939
-- 308a -- Proposed Hyderabad Scheme of Communal Reforms
-- 410a -- Married Females Aged 0-15 per 1000 Females of That Age
-- 411a -- Legislative Councils (Act of 1909): Communal Proportion
between Hindus and Muslims
-- 411b -- Communal Composition of the Legislatures, 1919
-- 411c -- Representation of Muslims According to the Lucknow Pact,
1916
-- 411d -- Actual Weightage of Muslims According to the Lucknow
Pact

APPENDICES

-- 01 -- Appendix I : Population of India by Communities
-- 02 -- Appendix II : Communal distribution of population by
Minorities in the Provinces of British India
-- 03 -- Appendix III : Communal distribution of population by
Minorities in the States
-- 04 -- Appendix IV : Communal distribution of population in the
Punjab by Districts
-- 05 -- Appendix V : Communal distribution of population in Bengal by
Districts
-- 06 -- Appendix VI : Communal distribution of population in Assam by
Districts
-- 07 -- Appendix VII : Proportion of Muslim population in N.-W. F.
Province by Districts
-- 08 -- Appendix VIII : Proportion of Muslim population in N.-W. F.
Province by Towns
-- 09 -- Appendix IX : Proportion of Muslim population in Sind by
Districts
-- 10 -- Appendix X : Proportion of Muslim population in Sind by
Towns
-- 11 -- Appendix XI : Languages spoken by the Muslims of India
-- 12-- Appendix XII : Address by Muslims to Lord Minto, 1906, and
Reply thereto
-- 13 -- Appendix XIII : Allocation of Seats under the Government of
India Act, 1935, for the Lower House in each Provincial Legislature
-- 14 -- Appendix XIV : Allocation of Seats under the Government of
India Act, 1935, for the Upper House in each Provincial Legislature
-- 15 -- Appendix XV : Allocation of Seats under the Government of
India Act, 1935, for the Lower House of the Federal Legislature for
British India by Province and by Community
-- 16 -- Appendix XVI : Allocation of Seats under the Government of
India Act, 1935, for the Upper Chamber of the Federal Legislature for
British India by Province and by Community
-- 17 -- Appendix XVI : Allocation of Seats under the Government of
India Act, 1935, for the Upper Chamber of the Federal Legislature for
British India by Province and by Community
-- 18 -- Appendix XVIII : Communal Award
-- 19 -- Appendix XIX : Supplementary Communal Award
-- 20 -- Appendix XX : The Poona Pact
-- 21 -- Appendix XXI : Comparative Statement of Minority
Representation under the Government of India Act, 1935, in the
Provincial Legislature
-- 22 -- Appendix XXII : Comparative Statement of Minority
Representation under the Government of India Act, 1935, in the Central
Legislature
-- 23 -- Appendix XXIII : Government of India Resolution of 1934 on
Communal Representation of Minorities in the Services
-- 24 -- Appendix XXIV : Government of India Resolution of 1943 on
Representation of the Scheduled Castes in the Services
-- 25-- Appendix XXV : The Cripps Proposals

ERRATA -- [corrections have now been incorporated into the text]

MAPS
-- Punjab -- Bengal & Assam -- India --

http://www.columbia.edu/itc/mealac/pritchett/00ambedkar/ambedkar_partition/index.html#contents
Editor's Introduction

The text of this complete online book has been taken from Dr.
Babasaheb Ambedkar: Writings and Speeches, Vol. 8 (Bombay: Education
Department, Government of Maharashtra, 1990). The work was first
published by Thacker and Co., Bombay, December 1940. Second edition:
February 1945. Third edition: 1946. The Government of Maharashtra's
text is that of the third edition.
This online edition has been edited for research use by most readers
(apart from some academic specialists, who will of course want to
consult the various original print versions). Here is a description of
the editing:

= Obvious typographical errors have been corrected.
= All the errors in the book's list of "Errata" have been corrected in
the text.
= A few omissions of section numbers, or misnumberings of sections,
have been corrected.
= Nothing whatsoever has been omitted from the original text.
= All paragraph breaks are those of the original text.
= In a few cases, punctuation has been adjusted for clarity.
= All editorial annotations by FWP have been enclosed in square
brackets.
= All embedded quotations that are not Dr. Ambedkar's own words are in
10-point type.
= Such embedded quotations have been reproduced exactly as in the
printed text.

Needless to say, Dr. Ambedkar's opinions about many matters discussed
in the text were then, and are now, controversial. In addition, some
of the historical accounts on which he relied for factual information
have now been rendered obsolete by later, and better-grounded,
research. (For example, Chapter IV would surely have been quite
different if Dr. Ambedkar had had access to more complex studies like
that of Romila Thapar on Mahmud Ghaznavi, or Richard Eaton on temple
destruction.)

That being said, it's a unique and fascinating work, and well deserves
the new readers it will now be able to find.

-- Fran Pritchett
Columbia University

http://www.columbia.edu/itc/mealac/pritchett/00ambedkar/ambedkar_partition/000fwpintro.html

PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION

The problem of Pakistan has given a headache to everyone, more so
to me than to anybody else. I cannot help recalling with regret how
much of my time it has consumed when so much of my other literary work
of greater importance to me than this is held up for want of it. I
therefore hope that this second edition will also be the last. I trust
that before it is exhausted either the question will be settled or
withdrawn.

There are four respects in which this second edition differs from
the first.

/1/The first edition contained many misprints which formed the subject
of complaints from many readers as well as reviewers. In preparing
this edition, I have taken as much care as is possible to leave no
room for complaint on this score. The first edition consisted only of
three parts. Part V is an addition. It contains my own views on the
various issues involved in the problem of Pakistan. It has been added
because of the criticism levelled against the first edition that while
I wrote about Pakistan, I did not state what views I held on the
subject. The present edition differs from the first in another
respect. The maps contained in the first edition are retained but the
number of appendices have been enlarged. In the first edition there
were only eleven appendices. The present edition has twenty-five. To
this edition I have also added an index which did not find a place in
the first edition.

The book appears to have supplied a real want. I have seen how the
thoughts, ideas, and arguments contained in it have been pillaged by
authors, politicians and editors of newspapers to support their sides.
I am sorry they did not observe the decency of acknowledging the
source even when they lifted not merely the argument but also the
language of the book. But that is a matter I do not mind. I am glad
that the book has been of service to Indians who are faced with this
knotty problem of Pakistan. The fact that Mr. Gandhi and Mr. Jinnah in
their recent talks cited the book as an authority on the subject which
might be consulted with advantage bespeaks the worth of the book.

The book by its name might appear to deal only with the X.Y.Z. of
Pakistan. It does more than that. It is an analytical presentation of
Indian history and Indian politics in their communal aspects. As such,
it is intended to explain the A.B.C. of Pakistan also. The book is
more than a mere treatise on Pakistan. The material relating to Indian
history and Indian politics contained in this book is so large and so
varied that it might well be called Indian Political What is What.

The book has displeased both Hindus as well as Muslims though the
reasons for the dislike of the Hindus are different from the reasons
for the dislike of the Muslims. I am not sorry for this reception
given to my book. That it is disowned by the Hindus and unowned by the
Muslims is to me the best evidence that it has the vices of neither,
and that from the point of view of independence of thought and
fearless presentation of facts the book is not a party production.

Some people are sore because what I have said has hurt them. I
have not, I confess, allowed myself to be influenced by fears of
wounding either individuals or classes, or shocking opinions however
respectable they may be. I have often felt regret in pursuing this
course, but remorse never. Those whom I may have offended must forgive
me, in consideration of the honesty and disinterestedness of my aim. I
do not claim to have written dispassionately, though I trust I have
written without prejudice. It would be hardly possible--1 was going to
say decent--for an Indian to be calm when he talks of his country and
thinks of the times. In dealing with the question of Pakistan, my
object has been to draw a perfectly accurate, and at the same time, a
suggestive picture of the situation as I see it. Whatever points of
strength and weakness I have discovered on either side, I have brought
them boldly forward. I have taken pains to throw light on the
mischievous effects that are likely to proceed from an obstinate and
impracticable course of action.

The witness of history regarding the conflict between the forces
of the authority of the State and of anti-State nationalism within,
has been uncertain, if not equivocal. As Prof. Friedmann /2/ observes:


"There is not a single modem State which has not, at one time or
another, forced a recalcitrant national group to live under its
authority. Scots, Bretons, Catalans, Germans, Poles, Czechs, Finns,
all have, at some time or another, been compelled to accept the
authority of a more powerful State whether they liked it or not.
Often, as in Great Britain or France, force eventually led to co-
operation and a co-ordination of State authority and national
cohesion. But in many cases, such as those of Germany, Poland, Italy
and a host of Central European and Balkan countries, the forces of
Nationalism did not rest until they had thrown off the shackles of
State Power and formed a State of their own. . . ."
In the last edition, I depicted the experience of countries in
which the State engaged itself in senseless suppression of nationalism
and withered away in the attempt. In this edition I have added by way
of contrast the experience of other countries, to show that given the
will to live together it is not impossible for diverse communities and
even for diverse nations to live in the bosom of one State. It might
be said that in tendering advice to both sides, I have used terms more
passionate than they need have been. If I have done so it is because I
felt that the manner of the physician who tries to surprise the vital
principle in each paralyzed organ in order to goad it to action was
best suited to stir up the average Indian who is complacent if not
somnolent, who is unsuspecting if not ill-informed, to realize what is
happening. I hope my effort will have the desired effect.
I cannot close this preface without thanking Prof. Manohar B.
Chitnis of the Khalsa College, Bombay, and Mr. K. V. Chitre for their
untiring labours to remove all printer's and clerical errors that had
crept into the first edition, and to see that this edition is free
from all such blemishes. I am also very grateful to Prof. Chitnis for
the preparation of the Index, which has undoubtedly enhanced the
utility of the book.

B. R. AMBEDKAR

1st January 1945,
22, Prithviraj Road,
New Delhi.

/1/ In the first edition there unfortunately occurred through
oversight in proof correction a discrepancy between the population
figures in the different districts of Bengal and the map showing the
lay-out of Pakistan as applied to Bengal which had resulted in two
districts which should have been included in the Pakistan area being
excluded from it. In this edition, this error has been rectified and
the map and the figures have been brought into conformity.

/2/ The Crisis of the National State (1943), p. 4.

http://www.columbia.edu/itc/mealac/pritchett/00ambedkar/ambedkar_partition/001pref.html

PROLOGUE

It can rightly be said that the long introduction with which this
treatise opens leaves no excuse for a prologue. But there is an
epilogue which is affixed to the treatise. Having done that, I thought
of prefixing a prologue, firstly, because an epilogue needs to be
balanced by a prologue, and secondly, because the prologue gives me
room to state in a few words the origin of this treatise to those who
may be curious to know it and to impress upon the readers the
importance of the issues raised in it. For the satisfaction of the
curious it may be stated that there exists, at any rate in the Bombay
Presidency, a political organization called the Independent Labour
Party (abbreviated into I.L.P.) for the last three years. It is not an
ancient, hoary organization which can claim to have grown grey in
politics. The I.L.P. is not in its dotage and is not overtaken by
senility, for which second childhood is given as a more agreeable
name. Compared with other political organizations, the I.L.P. is a
young and fairly active body, not subservient to any clique or
interest. Immediately after the passing of the Lahore Resolution on
Pakistan by the Muslim League, the Executive Council of the I.L.P. met
to consider what attitude it should adopt towards this project of
Pakistan. The Executive Council could see that there was underlying
Pakistan an idea to which no objection could be taken. Indeed, the
Council was attracted to the scheme of Pakistan inasmuch as it meant
the creation of ethnic states as a solution of the communal problem.
The Council, however, did not feel competent to pronounce at that
stage a decided opinion on the issue of Pakistan. The Council,
therefore, resolved to appoint a committee to study the question and
make a report on it. The committee consisted of myself as the
Chairman, and Principal M. V. Donde, B.A.; Mr. S. C. Joshi,
M.A.,LL.B., Advocate (O.S.), M.L.C.; Mr.R.R.Bhole, B.Sc., LL.B.,
M.L.A.; Mr. D. G. Jadhav, B.A., LL.B., M.L.A.; and Mr. A. V. Chitre,
B.A., M.L.A., all belonging to the I.L.P., as members of the
committee. Mr. D. V. Pradhan, Member, Bombay Municipal Corporation,
acted as Secretary to the committee. The committee asked me to prepare
a report on Pakistan which I did. The same was submitted to the
Executive Council of the I.L.P., which resolved that the report should
be published. The treatise now published is that report.

The book is intended to assist the student of Pakistan to come to
his own conclusion. With that object in view, I have not only
assembled in this volume all the necessary and relevant data but have
also added 14 appendices and 3 maps, which in my judgement, form an
important accompaniment to the book.

It is not enough for the reader to go over the material collected
in the following pages. He must also reflect over it. Let him take to
heart the warning which Carlyle gave to Englishmen of his generation.
He said:

"The Genius of England no longer soars Sunward, world-defiant, like an
Eagle through the storms, ' mewing her mighty youth,'.... the Genius
of England—much like a greedy Ostrich intent on provender and a whole
skin. . . . ; with its Ostrich-head stuck into....whatever sheltering
Fallacy there may be, and so awaits the issue. The issue has been
slow; but it now seems to have been inevitable. No Ostrich, intent on
gross terrene provender and sticking its head into Fallacies, but will
be awakened one day—in a terrible a posteriori manner if not
otherwise! Awake before it comes to that. Gods and men did us awake!
The Voices of our Fathers, with thousand fold stern monition to one
and all, bid us awake."
This warning, I am convinced, applies to Indians in their present
circumstances as it once did to Englishmen, and Indians, if they pay
no heed to it, will do so at their peril.
Now, a word for those who have helped me in the preparation of
this report. Mr. M. G. Tipnis, D.C.E., (Kalabhuwan, Baroda), and Mr.
Chhaganlal S. Mody have rendered me great assistance, the former in
preparing the maps and the latter in typing the manuscript. I wish to
express my gratitude to both for their work which they have done
purely as a labour of love. Thanks are also due in a special measure
to my friends Mr. B. R. Kadrekar and Mr. K. V. Chitre for their
labours in undertaking the most uninteresting and dull task of
correcting the proof sand supervising the printing.

B.R. AMBEDKAR.

28th December, 1940,
'Rajagrah'
Dadar, Bombay, 14.

http://www.columbia.edu/itc/mealac/pritchett/00ambedkar/ambedkar_partition/002prolog.html

INTRODUCTION

The Muslim League's Resolution on Pakistan has called forth
different reactions. There are some who look upon it as a case of
political measles to which a people in the infancy of their conscious
unity and power are very liable. Others have taken it as a permanent
frame of the Muslim mind and not merely a passing phase and have in
consequence been greatly perturbed.

The question is undoubtedly controversial. The issue is vital and
there is no argument which has not been used in the controversy by one
side to silence the other. Some argue that this demand for
partitioning India into two political entities under separate national
states staggers their imagination; others are so choked with a sense
of righteous indignation at this wanton attempt to break the unity of
a country, which, it is claimed, has stood as one for centuries, that
their rage prevents them from giving expression to their thoughts.
Others think that it need not be taken seriously. They treat it as a
trifle and try to destroy it by shooting into it similes and
metaphors. "You don't cut your head to cure your headache," "you don't
cut a baby into two because two women are engaged in fighting out a
claim as to who its mother is," are some of the analogies which are
used to prove the absurdity of Pakistan. In a controversy carried on
the plane of pure sentiment, there is nothing surprising if a
dispassionate student finds more stupefaction and less understanding,
more heat and less light, more ridicule and less seriousness.

My position in this behalf is definite, if not singular. I do not
think the demand for Pakistan is the result of mere political
distemper, which will pass away with the efflux of time. As I read the
situation, it seems to me that it is a characteristic in the
biological sense of the term, which the Muslim body politic has
developed in the same manner as an organism develops a characteristic.
Whether it will survive or not, in the process of natural selection,
must depend upon the forces that may become operative in the struggle
for existence between Hindus and Musalmans. I am not staggered by
Pakistan; I am not indignant about it; nor do I believe that it can be
smashed by shooting into it similes and metaphors. Those who believe
in shooting it by similes should remember that nonsense does not cease
to be nonsense because it is put in rhyme, and that a metaphor is no
argument though it be sometimes the gunpowder to drive one home and
imbed it in memory. I believe that it would be neither wise nor
possible to reject summarily a scheme if it has behind it the
sentiment, if not the passionate support, of 90 p.c. Muslims of India.
I have no doubt that the only proper attitude to Pakistan is to study
it in all its aspects, to understand its implications and to form an
intelligent judgement about it.

With all this, a reader is sure to ask: Is this book on Pakistan
seasonable in the sense that one must read it, as one must eat the
fruits of the season to keep oneself in health? If it is seasonable,
is it readable? These are natural queries and an author, whose object
is to attract readers, may well make use of the introduction to meet
them.

As to the seasonableness of the book there can be no doubt. The
way of looking at India by Indians themselves must be admitted to have
undergone a complete change during the last 20 years. Referring to
India Prof. Arnold Toynbee wrote in 1915—

"British statesmanship in the nineteenth century regarded India as a
'Sleeping Beauty,' whom Britain had a prescriptive right to woo when
she awoke; so it hedged with thorns the garden where she lay, to
safeguard her from marauders prowling in the desert without. Now the
princess is awake, and is claiming the right to dispose of her own
hand, while the marauders have transformed themselves into respectable
gentlemen diligently occupied in turning the desert into a garden too,
but grievously impeded by the British thorn-hedge. When they politely
request us to remove it, we shall do well to consent, for they will
not make the demand till they feel themselves strong enough to enforce
it, and in the tussle that will follow if we refuse, the sympathies of
the Indian princess will not be on our side. Now that she is awake,
she wishes to walk abroad among her neighbours; she feels herself
capable of rebuffing without our countenance any blandishments or
threats they may offer her, and she is becoming as weary as they of
the thorn-hedge that confines her to her garden.
"If we treat her with tact, India will never wish to secede from the
spiritual brotherhood of the British Empire, but it is inevitable that
she should lead a more and more independent life of her own, and
follow the example of Anglo-Saxon Commowealths by establishing direct
relations with her neighbours. . . ."

Although the writer is an Englishman, the view expressed by him in
1915 was the view commonly held by all Indians irrespective of caste
or creed. Now that India the "Sleeping Beauty" of Prof. Toynbee is
awake, what is the view of the Indians about her? On this question,
there can be no manner of doubt that those who have observed this
Sleeping Beauty behave in recent years, feel she is a strange being
quite different from the angelic princess that she was supposed to be.
She is a mad maiden having a dual personality, half human, half
animal, always in convulsions because of her two natures in perpetual
conflict. If there is any doubt about her dual personality, it has now
been dispelled by the Resolution of the Muslim League demanding the
cutting up of India into two, Pakistan and Hindustan, so that these
conflicts and convulsions due to a dual personality having been bound
in one may cease forever, and so freed from each other, may dwell in
separate homes congenial to their respective cultures, Hindu and
Muslim.
It is beyond question that Pakistan is a scheme which will have to
be taken into account. The Muslims will insist upon the scheme being
considered. The British will insist upon some kind of settlement being
reached between the Hindus and the Muslims before they consent to any
devolution of political power. There is no use blaming the British for
insisting upon such a settlement as a condition precedent to the
transfer of power. The British cannot consent to settle power upon an
aggressive Hindu majority and make it its heir, leaving it to deal
with the minorities at its sweet pleasure. That would not be ending
imperialism. It would be creating another imperialism. The Hindus,
therefore, cannot avoid coming to grips with Pakistan, much as they
would like to do.

If the scheme of Pakistan has to be considered, and there is no
escape from it, then there are certain points which must be borne in
mind.

The first point to note is that the Hindus and Muslims must decide
the question themselves. They cannot invoke the aid of anyone else.
Certainly, they cannot expect the British to decide it for them. From
the point of view of the Empire, it matters very little to the British
whether India remains one undivided whole, or is partitioned into two
parts, Pakistan and Hindustan, or into twenty linguistic fragments as
planned by the Congress, so long as all of them are content to live
within the Empire. The British need not interfere for the simple
reason that they are not affected by such territorial divisions.

Further, if the Hindus are hoping that the British will use force
to put down Pakistan, that is impossible. In the first place, coercion
is no remedy. The futility of force and resistance was pointed out by
Burke long ago in his speeches relating to the coercion of the
American colonies. His memorable words may be quoted not only for the
benefit of the Hindu Maha Sabha but also for the benefit of all. This
is what he said:

"The use of force alone is temporary. It may endure a moment but it
does not remove the necessity of subduing again: a nation is not
governed which is perpetually to be conquered. The next objection to
force is its uncertainty. Terror is not always the effect of force,
and an armament is not a victory. If you do not succeed you are
without resource; for conciliation failing, force remains; but force
failing, no further hope of reconciliation is left. Power and
Authority are sometimes bought by kindness, but they can never be
begged as alms by an impoverished and defeated violence. A further
objection to force is that you impair the object by your very
endeavours to preserve it. The thing you fought for (to wit the
loyalty of the people) is not the thing you recover, but depreciated,
sunk, wasted and consumed in the contest."
Coercion, as an alternative to Pakistan, is therefore
unthinkable.
Again, the Muslims cannot be deprived of the benefit of the
principle of self-determination. The Hindu Nationalists who rely on
self-determination and ask how Britain can refuse India what the
conscience of the world has conceded to the smallest of the European
nations, cannot in the same breath ask the British to deny it to other
minorities. The Hindu Nationalist who hopes that Britain will coerce
the Muslims into abandoning Pakistan, forgets that the right of
nationalism to freedom from an aggressive foreign imperialism and the
right of a minority to freedom from an aggressive majority's
nationalism are not two different things; nor does the former stand on
a more sacred footing than the latter. They are merely two aspects of
the struggle for freedom and as such equal in their moral import.
Nationalists, fighting for freedom from aggressive imperialism, cannot
well ask the help of the British imperialists to thwart the right of a
minority to freedom from the nationalism of an aggressive majority.
The matter must, therefore, be decided upon by the Muslims and the
Hindus alone. The British cannot decide the issue for them. This is
the first important point to note.

The essence of Pakistan is the opposition to the establishment of
one Central Government having supremacy over the whole of India.
Pakistan contemplates two Central Governments, one for Pakistan and
the other for Hindustan. This gives rise to the second important point
which Indians must take note of. That point is that the issue of
Pakistan shall have to be decided upon before the plans for a new
constitution are drawn and its foundations are laid. If there is to be
one Central Government for India, the design of the constitutional
structure would be different from what it would be if there is to be
one Central Government for Hindustan and another for Pakistan. That
being so, it will be most unwise to postpone the decision. Either the
scheme should be abandoned and another substituted by mutual agreement
or it should be decided upon. It will be the greatest folly to suppose
that if Pakistan is buried for the moment, it will never raise its
head again. I am sure, burying Pakistan is not the same thing as
burying the ghost of Pakistan. So long as the hostility to one Central
Government for India, which is the ideology underlying Pakistan,
persists, the ghost of Pakistan will be there, casting its ominous
shadow upon the political future of India. Neither will it be prudent
to make some kind of a make-shift arrangement for the time being,
leaving the permanent solution to some future day. To do so would be
something like curing the symptoms without removing the disease. But,
as often happens in such cases, the disease is driven in, thereby
making certain its recurrence, perhaps in a more virulent form.

I feel certain that whether India should have one Central
Government is not a matter which can betaken as settled; it is a
matter in issue and although it may not be a live issue now, some day
it will be.

The Muslims have openly declared that they do not want to have any
Central Government in India and they have given their reasons in the
most unambiguous terms. They have succeeded in bringing into being
five provinces which are predominantly Muslim in population. In these
provinces, they see the possibility of the Muslims forming a
government and they are anxious to see that the independence of the
Muslim Governments in these provinces is preserved. Actuated by these
considerations, the Central Government is an eyesore to the Muslims of
India. As they visualize the scene, they see their Muslim Provinces
made subject to a Central Government predominantly Hindu and endowed
with powers of supervision over, and even of interference in, the
administration of these Muslim Provinces. The Muslims feel that to
accept one Central Government for the whole of India is to consent to
place the Muslim Provincial Governments under a Hindu Central
Government and to see the gain secured by the creation of Muslim
Provinces lost by subjecting them to a Hindu Government at the Centre.
The Muslim way of escape from this tyranny of a Hindu Centre is to
have no Central Government in India at all./1/

Are the Musalmans alone opposed to the existence of a Central
Government? What about the Hindus? There seems to be a silent premise
underlying all political discussions that are going on among the
Hindus that there will always be in India a Central Government as a
permanent part of her political constitution. How far such a premise
can be taken for granted is more than I can say. I may, however, point
out that there are two factors which are dormant for the present but
which some day may become dominant and turn the Hindus away from the
idea of a Central Government.

The first is the cultural antipathy between the Hindu Provinces.
The Hindu Provinces are by no means a happy family. It cannot be
pretended that the Sikhs have any tenderness for the Bengalees or the
Rajputs or the Madrasis. The Bengalee loves only himself. The Madrasi
is.bound by his own world. As to the Mahratta, who does not recall
that the Mahrattas, who set out to destroy the Muslim Empire in India,
became a menace to the rest of the Hindus whom they harassed and kept
under their yoke for nearly a century. The Hindu Provinces have no
common traditions and no interests to bind them. On the other hand,
the differences of language, race, and the conflicts of the past have
been the most powerful forces tending to divide them. It is true that
the Hindus are getting together and the spirit moving them to become
one united nation is working on them. But it must not be forgotten
that they have not yet become a nation. They are in the process of
becoming a nation and before the process is completed, there may be a
setback which may destroy the work of a whole century.

In the second place, there is the financial factor. It is not
sufficiently known what it costs the people of India to maintain the
Central Government and the proportionate burden each Province has to
bear.

The total revenue of British India comes to Rs. 194,64,17,926 per
annum. Of this sum, the amount raised by the Provincial Governments
from provincial sources, comes annually to Rs. 73,57,50,125 and that
raised by the Central Government from central sources of revenue comes
to Rs. 121,06,67,801. This will show what the Central Government costs
the people of India. When one considers that the Central Government is
concerned only with maintaining peace and does not discharge any
functions which have relation to the progress of the people, it should
cause no surprise if people begin to ask whether it is necessary that
they should pay annually such an enormous price to purchase peace. In
this connection, it must be borne in mind that the people in the
provinces are literally starving and there is no source left to the
provinces to increase their revenue.

This burden of maintaining the Central Government, which the
people of India have to bear, is most unevenly distributed over the
different provinces. The sources of central revenues are (1) Customs,
(2) Excise, (3) Salt, (4) Currency, (5) Posts and Telegraphs, (6)
Income Tax and (7) Railways. It is not possible from the accounts
published by the Government of India to work out the distribution of
the three sources of central revenue, namely Currency, Posts and
Telegraphs, and Railways. Only the revenue raised from other sources
can be worked out province by province. The result is shown in the
following table :—

REVENUE RAISED BY PROVINCIAL AND CENTRAL GOVERNMENTS

It will be seen from this table that the burden of maintaining the
Central Government is not only heavy but falls unequally upon the
different provinces. The Bombay Provincial Government raises Rs.
12,44,59,553; as against this, the Central Government raises Rs.
22,53,44,247 from Bombay. The Bengal Government raises Rs.
12,76,60,892; as against this, the Central Government raises Rs.
23,79,01,583 from Bengal. The Sind Government raises Rs. 3,70,29,354;
as against this, the Central Government raises Rs. 5,66,46,915 from
Sind. The Assam Government raises nearly Rs. 2 1/2 crores; but the
Central Government raises nearly Rs. 2 crores from Assam. While such
is the burden of the Central Government on these provinces, the rest
of the provinces contribute next to nothing to the Central Government.
The Punjab raises Rs. 11 crores for itself but contributes only Rs. 1
crore to the Central Government. In the N.W.F.P. the provincial
revenue is Rs. 1,80,83,548; its total contribution to the Central
Government however is only Rs. 9,28,294. U.P. raises Rs. 13 crores but
contributes only Rs. 4 crores to the Centre. Bihar collects Rs. 5
crores for itself; she gives only 1 1/2 crores to the Centre. C.P. and
Berar levy a total of 4 crores and pay to the Centre 31 lakhs.

This financial factor has so far passed without notice. But time
may come when even to the Hindus, who are the strongest supporters of
a Central Government in India, the financial considerations may make a
greater appeal than what purely patriotic considerations do now. So,
it is possible that some day the Muslims, for communal considerations,
and the Hindus, for financial considerations, may join hands to
abolish the Central Government.

If this were to happen, it is better if it happens before the
foundation of a new constitution is laid down. If it happens after the
foundation of the new constitution envisaging one Central Government
were laid down, it would be the greatest disaster. Out of the general
wreck, not only India as an entity will vanish, but it will not be
possible to save even the Hindu unity. As I have pointed out, there is
not much cement even among the Hindu Provinces, and once that little
cement which exists is lost, there will be nothing with which to build
up even the unity of the Hindu Provinces. It is because of this that
Indians must decide, before preparing the plans and laying the
foundations, for whom the constitutional structure is to be raised and
whether it is temporary or permanent. After the structure is built as
one whole, on one single foundation, with girders running through from
one end to the other; if, thereafter, a part is to be severed from the
rest, the knocking out of the rivets will shake the whole building and
produce cracks in other parts of the structure which are intended to
remain as one whole. The danger of cracks is greater, if the cement
which binds them is, as in the case of India, of a poor quality. If
the new constitution is designed for India as one whole and a
structure is raised on that basis, and thereafter the question of
separation of Pakistan from Hindustan is raised and the Hindus have to
yield, the alterations that may become necessary to give effect to
this severance may bring about the collapse of the whole structure.
The desire of the Muslim Provinces may easily infect the Hindu
Provinces and the spirit of disruption generated by the Muslim
Provinces may cause all round disintegration.

History is not wanting in instances of constitutions threatened
with disruption. There is the instance of the Southern States of the
American Union. Natal has always been anxious to get out from the
Union of South Africa and Western Australia recently applied, though
unsuccessfully, to secede from the Australian Commonwealth.

In these cases actual disruption has not taken place and where it
did, it was soon healed. Indians, however, cannot hope to be so
fortunate. Theirs may be the fate of Czechoslovakia. In the first
place, it would be futile to entertain the hope that if a disruption
of the Indian constitution took place by the Muslim Provinces
separating from the Hindu Provinces, it would be possible to win back
the seceding provinces as was done in the U.S.A. after the Civil War.
Secondly, if the new Indian constitution is a Dominion Constitution,
even the British may find themselves powerless to save the
constitution from such a disruption, if it takes place after its
foundations are laid. It seems to be, therefore, imperative that the
issue of Pakistan should be decided upon before the new constitution
is devised.

If there can be no doubt that Pakistan is a scheme which Indians
will have to resolve upon at the next revision of the constitution and
if there is no escape from deciding upon it, then it would be a fatal
mistake for the people to approach it without a proper understanding
of the question. The ignorance of some of the Indian delegates to the
Round Table Conference of constitutional law, I remember, led Mr.
Garvin of the Observer to remark that it would have been much better
if the Simon Commission, instead of writing a report on India, had
made a report on constitutional problems of India and how they were
met by the constitutions of the different countries of the world. Such
a report I know was prepared for the use of the delegates who framed
the constitution of South Africa. This is an attempt to make good that
deficiency and as such I believe it will be welcomed as a seasonable
piece.

So much for the question whether the book is seasonable. As to the
second question, whether the book is readable no writer can forget the
words of Augustine Birrell when he said:

"Cooks, warriors, and authors must be judged by the effects they
produce; toothsome dishes, glorious victories, pleasant books, these
are our demands. We have nothing to do with ingredients, tactics, or
methods. We have no desire to be admitted into the kitchen, the
council, or the study. The cook may use her saucepans how she pleases,
the warrior place his men as he likes, the author handle his material
or weave his plot as best he can; when the dish is served we only ask.
Is it good?; when the battle has been fought, Who won?; when the book
comes out, Does it read?
"Authors ought not to be above being reminded that it is their first
duty to write agreeably. Some very disagreeable men have succeeded in
doing so, and there is, therefore, no need for anyone to despair.
Every author, be he grave or gay, should try to make his book as
ingratiating as possible. Reading is not a duty, and has consequently
no business to be made disagreeable. Nobody is under any obligation to
read any other man's book."

I am fully aware of this. But I am not worried about it. That may
well apply to other books but not to a book on Pakistan. Every Indian
must read a book on Pakistan, if not this, then some other, if he
wants to help his country to steer a clear path.
If the book does not read well, i.e., its taste be not good, the
reader will find two things in it which, I am sure, are good.

The first thing he will find is that the ingredients are good.
There is in the book material which will be helpful and to gain access
to which he will have to labour a great deal. Indeed, the reader will
find that the book contains an epitome of India's political and social
history during the last twenty years, which it is necessary for every
Indian to know.

The second thing he will find is that there is no partisanship.
The aim is to expound the scheme of Pakistan in all its aspects and
not to advocate it. The aim is to explain and not to convert. It
would, however, be a pretence to say that I have no views on Pakistan.
Views I have. Some of them are expressed, others may have to be
gathered. Two things, however, may well be said about my views. In the
first place, wherever they are expressed, they have been reasoned out.
Secondly, whatever the views, they have certainly not the fixity of a
popular prejudice. They are really thoughts and not views. In other
words, I have an open mind, though not an empty mind. A person with an
open mind is always the subject of congratulations. While this may be
so, it must, at the same time, be realized that an open mind may also
be an empty mind and that such an open mind, if it is a happy
condition, is also a very dangerous condition for a man to be in. A
disaster may easily overtake a man with an empty mind. Such a person
is like a ship without ballast and without a rudder. It can have no
direction. It may float but may also suffer a shipwreck against a rock
for want of direction. While aiming to help the reader by placing
before him all the material, relevant and important, the reader will
find that I have not sought to impose my views on him. I have placed
before him both sides of the question and have left him to form his
own opinion.

The reader may complain that I have been provocative in stating
the relevant facts. I am conscious that .such a charge may be levelled
against me. I apologize freely and gladly for the same. My excuse is
that I have no intention to hurt. I had only one purpose, that is, to
force the attention of the indifferent and casual reader to the issue
that is dealt with in the book. I ask the reader to put aside any
irritation that he may feel with me and concentrate his thoughts on
this tremendous issu : Which is to be, Pakistan or no Pakistan?

/1/ This point of view was put forth by Sir Muhammad lqbal at the
Third Round Table Conference.

http://www.columbia.edu/itc/mealac/pritchett/00ambedkar/ambedkar_partition/003intro.html

EPILOGUE
[We need better statesmanship than Mr. Gandhi and Mr. Jinnah have
shown]

Here I propose to stop. For I feel that I have said all that I can
say about the subject. To use legal language, I have drawn the
pleadings. This I may claim to have done at sufficient length. In
doing so, I have adopted that prolix style so dear to the Victorian
lawyers, under which the two sides plied one another with plea and
replication, rejoinder and rebutter [=rebuttal], surrejoinder and
surrebutter, and so on. I have done this deliberately, with the object
that a full statement of the case for and against Pakistan may be
made. The foregoing pages contain the pleadings. The facts contained
therein are true to the best of my knowledge and belief. I have also
given my findings. It is now for Hindus and Muslims to give theirs.

To help them in their task it might be well to set out the issues.
On the pleadings the following issues seem to be necessary issues:

(1) Is Hindu-Muslim unity necessary for India's political
advancement? If necessary, is it still possible of realization,
notwithstanding the new ideology of the Hindus and the Muslims being
two different nations?
(2) If Hindu-Muslim unity is possible, should it be reached by
appeasement or by settlement?

(3) If it is to be achieved by appeasement, what are the new
concessions that can be offered to the Muslims to obtain their willing
co-operation, without prejudice to other interests?

(4) If it is to be achieved by a settlement, what are the terms of
that settlement? If there are only two alternatives, (i) Division of
India into Pakistan and Hindustan, or (ii) Fifty-fifty share in
Legislature, Executive, and the Services, which alternative is
preferable?

(5) Whether India, if she remained [=remains] one integral whole, can
rely upon both Hindus and Musalmans to defend her independence,
assuming it is won from the British?

(6) Having regard to the prevailing antagonism between Hindus and
Musalmans, and having regard to the new ideology demarcating them as
two distinct nations and postulating an opposition in their ultimate
destinies, whether a single constitution for these two nations can be
built, in the hope that they will show an intention to work it and not
to stop it.

(7) On the assumption that the two-nation theory has come to stay,
will not India as one single unit become an incoherent body without
organic unity, incapable of developing into a strong united nation
bound by a common faith in a common destiny, and therefore likely to
remain a feebler and sickly country, easy to be kept in perpetual
subjection either of [=to] the British or of [=to] any other foreign
power?

(8) If India cannot be one united country, is it not better that
Indians should help India in the peaceful dissolution of this
incoherent whole into its natural parts, namely, Pakistan and
Hindustan?

(9) Whether it is not better to provide for the growth of two
independent and separate nations, a Muslim nation inhabiting Pakistan
and a Hindu nation inhabiting Hindustan, than [to] pursue the vain
attempt to keep India as one undivided country in the false hope that
Hindus and Muslims will some day be one and occupy it as the members
of one nation and sons of one motherland?

Nothing can come in the way of an Indian getting to grips with
these issues and reaching his own conclusions with the help of the
material contained in the foregoing pages except three things: (1) A
false sentiment of historical patriotism, (2) a false conception of
the exclusive ownership of territory, and (3) absence of willingness
to think for oneself. Of these obstacles, the last is the most
difficult to get over. Unfortunately thought in India is rare, and
free thought is rarer still. This is particularly true of Hindus. That
is why a large part of the argument of this book has been addressed to
them. The reasons for this are obvious. The Hindus are in a majority.
Being in a majority, their view point must count! There is not much
possibility of [a] peaceful solution if no attempt is made to meet
their objections, rational or sentimental. But there are special
reasons which have led me to address so large a part of the argument
to them, and which may not be quite so obvious to others. I feel that
those Hindus who are guiding the destinies of their fellows have lost
what Carlyle calls "the Seeing Eye" and are walking in the glamour of
certain vain illusions, the consequences of which must, I fear, be
terrible for the Hindus. The Hindus are in the grip of the Congress
and the Congress is in the grip of Mr. Gandhi. It cannot be said that
Mr. Gandhi has given the Congress the right lead. Mr. Gandhi first
sought to avoid facing the issue by taking refuge in two things. He
started by saying that to partition India is a moral wrong and a sin
to which he will never be a party. This is a strange argument. India
is not the only country faced with the issue of partition, or shifting
of frontiers based on natural and historical factors to those based on
the national factors. Poland has been partitioned three time,s and no
one can be sure that there will be no more partition of Poland. There
are very few countries in Europe which have not undergone partition
during the last 150 years. This shows that the partition of a country
is neither moral nor immoral. It is unmoral. It is a social, political
or military question. Sin has no place in it.
As a second refuge Mr. Gandhi started by protesting that the
Muslim League did not represent the Muslims, and that Pakistan was
only a fancy of Mr. Jinnah. It is difficult to understand how Mr.
Gandhi could be so blind as not to see how Mr. Jinnah's influence over
the Muslim masses has been growing day by day, and how he has engaged
himself in mobilizing all his forces for battle. Never before was Mr.
Jinnah a man for the masses. He distrusted them./1/ To exclude them
from political power he was always for a high franchise. Mr. Jinnah
was never known to be a very devout, pious, or a professing Muslim.
Besides kissing the Holy Koran as and when he was sworn in as an
M.L.A., he does not appear to have bothered much about its contents or
its special tenets. It is doubtful if he frequented any mosque either
out of curiosity or religious fervour. Mr. Jinnah was never found in
the midst of Muslim mass congregations, religious or political.

Today one finds a complete change in Mr. Jinnah. He has become a
man of the masses. He is no longer above them. He is among them. Now
they have raised him above themselves and call him their Qaid-e-Azam.
He has not only become a believer in Islam, but is prepared to die for
Islam. Today, he knows more of Islam than mere Kalama. Today, he goes
to the mosque to hear Khutba and takes delight in joining the Id
congregational prayers. Dongri and Null Bazaar once knew Mr. Jinnah by
name. Today they know him by his presence. No Muslim meeting in Bombay
begins or ends without Allah-ho-Akbar and Long Live Qaid-e-Azam. In
this Mr. Jinnah has merely followed King Henry IV of France—the
unhappy father-in-law of the English King Charles I. Henry IV was a
Huguenot by faith. But he did not hesitate to attend mass in a
Catholic Church in Paris. He believed that to change his Huguenot
faith and go to mass was an easy price to pay for the powerful support
of Paris. As Paris became worth a mass to Henry IV, so have Dongri and
Null Bazaar become worth a mass to Mr. Jinnah, and for similar reason.
It is strategy; it is mobilization. But even if it is viewed as the
sinking of Mr. Jinnah from reason to superstition, he is sinking with
his ideology, which by his very sinking is spreading into all the
different strata of Muslim society and is becoming part and parcel of
its mental make-up. This is as clear as anything could be. The only
basis for Mr. Gandhi's extraordinary view is the existence of what are
called Nationalist Musalmans. It is difficult to see any real
difference between the communal Muslims who form the Muslim League and
the Nationalist Muslims. It is extremely doubtful whether the
Nationalist Musalmans have any real community of sentiment, aim, and
policy with the Congress which marks them off from the Muslim League.
Indeed many Congressmen are alleged to hold the view that there is no
different [=difference] between the two, and that the Nationalist
Muslim[s] inside the Congress are only an outpost of the communal
Muslims. This view does not seem to be quite devoid of truth when one
recalls that the late Dr. Ansari, the leader of the Nationalist
Musalmans, refused to oppose the Communal Award although it gave the
Muslims separate electorates in [the] teeth of the resolution passed
by the Congress and the Nationalist Musalmans. Nay, so great has been
the increase in the influence of the League among the Musalmans that
many Musalmans who were opposed to the League have been compelled to
seek for a place in the League or make peace with it. Anyone who takes
account of the turns and twists of the late Sir Sikandar Hyat Khan and
Mr. Fazlul Huq, the late Premier of Bengal, must admit the truth of
this fact. Both Sir Sikandar and Mr. Fazlul Huq were opposed to the
formation of branches of the Muslim League in their Provinces when Mr.
Jinnah tried to revive it in 1937. Notwithstanding their opposition,
when the branches of the League were formed in the Punjab and in
Bengal, within one year both were compelled to join them. It is a case
of those coming to scoff remaining to pray. No more cogent proof seems
to be necessary to prove the victory of the League.

Notwithstanding this Mr. Gandhi, instead of negotiating with Mr.
Jinnah and the Muslim League with a view to a settlement, took a
different turn. He got the Congress to pass the famous Quit India
Resolution on the 8th August 1942. This Quit India Resolution was
primarily a challenge to the British Government. But it was also an
attempt to do away with the intervention of the British Government in
the discussion of the Minority question, and thereby securing
[=secure] for the Congress a free hand to settle it on its own terms
and according to its own lights. It was in effect, if not in
intention, an attempt to win independence by bypassing the Muslims and
the other minorities. The Quit India Campaign turned out to be a
complete failure.

It was a mad venture and took the most diabolical form. It was a
scorch[ed]-earth campaign in which the victims of looting, arson and
murder were Indians, and the perpetrators were Congressmen. Beaten, he
started a fast for twenty-one days in March 1943 while he was in gaol,
with the object of getting out of it. He failed. Thereafter he fell
ill. As he was reported to be sinking, the British Government released
him for fear that he might die on their hand[s] and bring them
ignominy. On coming out of gaol, he found that he and the Congress had
not only missed the bus, but had also lost the road. To retrieve the
position and win for the Congress the respect of the British
Government as a premier party in the country, which it had lost by
reason of the failure of the campaign that followed up the Quit India
Resolution and the violence which accompanied it, he started
negotiating with the Viceroy. Thwarted in that attempt, Mr. Gandhi
turned to Mr. Jinnah. On the 17th July 1944 Mr. Gandhi wrote to Mr.
Jinnah expressing his desire to meet him and discuss with him the
communal question. Mr. Jinnah agreed to receive Mr. Gandhi in his
house in Bombay. They met on the 9th September 1944. It was good that
at long last wisdom dawned on Mr. Gandhi, and he agreed to see the
light which was staring him in the face and which he had so far
refused to see.

The basis of their talks was the offer made by Mr.
Rajagopalachariar to Mr. Jinnah in April 1944 which, according to the
somewhat incredible/2/ story told by Mr. Rajagopalachariar, was
discussed by him with Mr. Gandhi in March 1943 when he (Mr. Gandhi)
was fasting in gaol, and to which Mr. Gandhi had given his full
approval. The following is the text of Mr. Rajagopalachariar's
formula, popularly spoken of as the C. R. Formula:—

(1) Subject to the terms set out below as regards the constitution
for Free India, the Muslim League endorses the Indian demand for
Independence and will co-operate with the Congress in the formation of
a provisional interim government for the transitional period.
(2) After the termination of the war, a commission shall be appointed
for demarcating contiguous districts in the north-west and east of
India, wherein the Muslim population is in absolute majority. In the
areas thus demarcated, a plebiscite of all the inhabitants held on the
basis of adult suffrage or other practicable franchise shall
ultimately decide the issue of separation from Hindustan. If the
majority decide in favour of forming a sovereign State separate from
Hindustan, such decision shall be given effect to, without prejudice
to the right of districts on the border to choose to join either
State.

(3) It will be open to all parties to advocate their points of view
before the plebiscite is held.

(4) In the event of separation, mutual agreements shall be entered
into for safeguarding defence, and commerce and communications and for
other essential purposes.

(5) Any transfer of population shall only be on an absolutely
voluntary basis.

(6) These terms shall be binding only in case of transfer by Britain
of full power and responsibility for the governance of India.

The talks which began on the 9th September were carried on over a
period of 18 days till 27th September, when it was announced that the
talks had failed. The failure of the talks produced different
reactions in the minds of different people. Some were glad, others
were sorry. But as both had been, just previous to the talks, worsted
by their opponents in their struggle for supremacy, Gandhi by the
British and Jinnah by the Unionist Party in the Punjab, and had lost a
good deal of their credit, the majority of people expected that they
would put forth some constructive effort to bring about a solution.
The failure may have been due to the defects of personalities. But it
must however be said that failure was inevitable, having regard to
certain fundamental faults in the C. R. Formula. In the first place,
it tied up the communal question with the political question in an
indissoluble knot. No political settlement, no communal settlement, is
the strategy on which the formula proceeds. The formula did not offer
a solution. It invited Mr. Jinnah to enter into a deal. It was a
bargain—"If you help us in getting independence, we shall be glad to
consider your proposal for Pakistan." I don't know from where Mr.
Rajagopalachariar got the idea that this was the best means of getting
independence. It is possible that he borrowed it from the old Hindu
kings of India who built up alliance for protecting their independence
against foreign enemies by giving their daughters to neighbouring
princes. Mr. Rajagopalachariar forgot that such alliances brought
neither a good husband nor a permanent ally. To make communal
settlement depend upon help rendered in winning freedom is a very
unwise way of proceeding in a matter of this kind. It is a way of one
party drawing another party into its net by offering communal
privileges as a bait. The C. R. Formula made communal settlement an
article for sale.
The second fault in the C. R. Formula relates to the machinery for
giving effect to any agreement that may be arrived at. The agency
suggested in the C. R. Formula is the Provisional Government. In
suggesting this Mr. Rajagopalachariar obviously overlooked two
difficulties. The first thing he overlooked is that once the
Provisional Government was established, the promises of the
contracting parties, to use legal phraseology, did not [=would not]
remain concurrent promises. The case became [=would become] one of the
executed promise against an executory [=yet to be executed] promise.
By consenting to the establishment of a Provisional Government, the
League would have executed its promise to help the Congress to win
independence. But the promise of the Congress to bring about Pakistan
would remain executory. Mr. Jinnah, who insists, and quite rightly,
that the promises should be concurrent, could never be expected to
agree to place himself in such a position. The second difficulty which
Mr. Rajagopalachariar has overlooked is what would happen if the
Provisional Government failed to give effect to the Congress part of
the agreement. Who is to enforce it? The Provisional Government is to
be a sovereign government, not subject to superior authority. If it
was unwilling to give effect to the agreement, the only sanction open
to the Muslims would be rebellion. To make the Provisional Government
the agency for forging a new Constitution, for bringing about
Pakistan, nobody will accept. It is a snare and not a solution.

The only way of bringing about the constitutional changes will be
through an Act of Parliament embodying provisions agreed upon by the
important elements in the national life of British India. There is no
other way.

There is a third fault in the C. R. Formula. It relates to the
provision for a treaty between Pakistan and Hindustan to safeguard
what are called matters of common interests such as Defence, Foreign
Affairs, Customs, etc. Here again Mr. Rajagopalachariar does not seem
to be aware of obvious difficulties. How are matters of common
interest to be safeguarded? I see only two ways. One is to have a
Central Government vested with Executive and Legislative authority in
respect of these matters. This means Pakistan and Hindustan will not
be sovereign States. Will Mr. Jinnah agree to this? Obviously he does
not. The other way is to make Pakistan and Hindustan sovereign States
and to bind them by a treaty relating to matters of common interests.
But what is there to ensure that the terms of the treaty will be
observed? As a sovereign State Pakistan can always repudiate it, even
if it was [=were to be] a Dominion. Mr. Rajagopalachariar obviously
drew his inspiration in drafting this clause from the Anglo-Irish
Treaty of 1922. But he forgot the fact that the treaty lasted so long
as Ireland was not a Dominion, and that as soon as it became a
Dominion it repudiated the treaty, and the British Parliament stood
silent and grinned, for it knew that it could do nothing.

One does not mind very much that the talks failed. What one feels
sorry for is that the talks failed [at] giving us a clear idea of some
of the questions about which Mr. Jinnah has been observing discreet
silence in his public utterances, though he has been quite outspoken
about them in his private talks. These questions are— (1) Is Pakistan
to be conceded because of the Resolution of the Muslim League? (2) Are
the Muslims, as distinguished from the Muslim League, to have no say
in the matter? (3) What will be the boundaries of Pakistan? Whether
the boundaries will be the present administrative boundaries of the
Punjab and Bengal or whether the boundaries of Pakistan will be
ethnological boundaries? (4) What do the words "subject to such
territorial adjustments as may be necessary" which occur in the Lahore
Resolution mean? What were the territorial adjustments the League had
in mind? (5) What does the word "finally" which occurs in the last
part of the Lahore Resolution mean? Did the League contemplate a
transition period in which Pakistan will not be an independent and
sovereign State? (6) If Mr. Jinnah's proposal that the boundaries of
Eastern and Western Pakistan are to be the present administrative
boundaries, will he allow the Scheduled Castes, or, if I may say so,
the non-Muslims in the Punjab and Bengal to determine by a plebiscite
whether they wish to be included in Mr. Jinnah's Pakistan, and whether
Mr. Jinnah would be prepared to abide by the results of the plebiscite
of the non-Muslim elements in the Punjab and Bengal? (7) Does Mr.
Jinnah want a corridor running through U. P. and Bihar to connect up
Eastern Pakistan to Western Pakistan? It would have been a great gain
if straight questions had been put to Mr. Jinnah and unequivocal
answers obtained. But instead of coming to grips with Mr. Jinnah on
these questions, Mr. Gandhi spent his whole time proving that the C.
R. Formula is substantially the same as the League's Lahore Resolution—
which was ingenious if not nonsensical, and thereby lost the best
opportunity he had of having these questions clarified.

After these talks Mr. Gandhi and Mr. Jinnah have retired to their
pavilions as players in a cricket match do after their game is over,
as though there is nothing further to be done. There is no indication
whether they will meet again, and if so when. What next? is not a
question which seems to worry them. Yet it is difficult to see how
India can make any political advance without a solution of the
question which one may refuse to discuss. It does not belong to that
class of questions about which people can agree to differ. It is a
question for which solution will have to be found. How? It must be by
agreement or by arbitration. If it is to be by agreement, it must be
the result of negotiations—of give and take, and not of surrender by
one side to the other. That [=surrender] is not agreement. It is
dictation. Good sense may in the end prevail, and parties may come to
an agreement. But agreement may turn out to be a very dilatory way. It
may take long before good sense prevails. How long one cannot say. The
political freedom of India is a most urgent necessity. It cannot be
postponed, and yet without a solution of the communal problem it
cannot be hastened. To make it dependent on agreement is to postpone
its solution indefinitely. Another expeditious method must be found.
It seems to me that arbitration by an International Board is the best
way out. The disputed points in the minorities problem, including that
of Pakistan, should be remitted to such a Board. The Board should be
constituted of persons drawn from countries outside the British
Empire. Each statutory minority in India—Muslims, Scheduled Castes,
Sikhs, Indian Christians—should be asked to select its nominee to this
Board of Arbitration. These minorities, as also the Hindus, should
appear before the Board in support of their demands, and should agree
to abide by the decision given by the Board. The British should give
the following undertakings :—

(1) That they will have nothing to do with the communal settlement.
It will be left to agreement or to a Board of Arbitration.
(2) They will implement the decision of the Board of Arbitration on
the communal question by embodying it in the Government of India Act.

(3) That the award of the International Board of Arbitration would be
regarded by them as a sufficient discharge of their obligations to the
minorities in India, and [they] would agree to give India Dominion
Status.

The procedure has many advantages. It eliminates the fear of
British interference in the communal settlement, which has been
offered by the Congress as an excuse for its not being able to settle
the communal problem. It is alleged that, as there is always the
possibility of the minorities getting from the British something more
than what the Congress thinks it proper to give, the minorities do not
wish to come to terms with the Congress. The proposal has a second
advantage. It removes the objection of the Congress that by making the
constitution subject to the consent of the minorities, the British
Government has placed a veto in the hands of the minorities over the
constitutional progress of India. It is complained that the minorities
can unreasonably withhold their consent, or they can be prevailed upon
by the British Government to withhold their consent, as the minorities
are suspected by the Congress to be mere tools in the hands of the
British Government. international arbitration removes completely every
ground of complaint on this account. There should be no objection on
the part of the minorities. If their demands are fair and just, no
minority need have any fear from a Board of International Arbitration.
There is nothing unfair in the requirement of a submission to
arbitration. It follows the well-known rule of law, namely, that no
man should be allowed to be a judge in his own case. There is no
reason to make any exception in the case of a minority. Like an
individual, it cannot claim to sit in judgement over its own case.
What about the British Government? I cannot see any reason why the
British Government should object to any part of this scheme. The
Communal Award has brought great odium on the British. It has been a
thankless task and the British should be glad to be relieved of it. On
the question of the discharge of their responsibilities for making
adequate provision for the safety and security of certain communities,
in respect of which they have regarded themselves as trustees, before
they relinquish their sovereignty, what more can such communities ask
than the implantation in the constitution of safeguards in terms of
the award of an International Board of Arbitration? There is only one
contingency which may appear to create some difficulty for the British
Government in the matter of enforcing the award of the Board of
Arbitration. Such a contingency can arise if any one of the parties to
the dispute is not prepared to submit its case to arbitration.
In that case the question will be: will the British Government be
justified in enforcing the award against such a party? I see no
difficulty in saying that the British Government can with perfect
justice proceed to enforce the award against such a party. After all,
what is the status of a party which refuses to submit its case to
arbitration? The answer is that such a party is an aggressor. How is
an aggressor dealt with? By subjecting him to sanctions. Implementing
the award of the Board of Arbitration in a constitution against a
party which refuses to go to arbitration is simply another name for
the process of applying sanctions against an aggressor. The British
Government need not feel embarrassed in following this process if the
contingency should arise. For it is a well-recognized process of
dealing with such cases and has the imprimatur of the League of
Nations, which evolved this formula when Mussolini refused to submit
to arbitration his dispute with Abyssinia. What I have proposed may
not be the answer to the question: What next? I don't know what else
can be. All I know is that there will be no freedom for India without
an answer. It must be decisive, it must be prompt, and it must be
satisfactory to the parties concerned.

/1/ Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru in his autobiography says that Mr. Jinnah
wanted the Congress to restrict its membership to matriculates.

/2/ The formula was discussed with Mr. Gandhi in March 1943, but was
not communicated to Mr. Jinnah till April 1944.

http://www.columbia.edu/itc/mealac/pritchett/00ambedkar/ambedkar_partition/600epilog.html

...and I am Sid Harth
chhotemianinshallah
2010-03-09 12:54:47 UTC
Permalink
WELCOME TO NAVYA SHASTRA

Dear Friends:

Hinduism is facing a great many challenges, both external and
internal. On the outside, ill-wishers are trying to malign and
dismantle it. Within, we have practitioners and leaders who are
insensitive to, or unaware of the social, political, and ethical
forces that are sweeping the world. Navya Shastra consists of a group
of Hindus who deeply love and care for our rich and ancient tradition.
We are also very concerned about its future.
We strongly feel that one major blemish in the Hindu world (within
India) is the pernicious aspect of the caste system which denies equal
spiritual rights to all Hindus, and imposes a conceptual hierarchy
that considers some Hindus to be superior/inferior to other Hindus on
the basis of their birth. We do not think that the dehumanization of
Hindus or of any other people is part of the Vedas, Sanskrit or
Tamil.

If some shastras tolerated or encouraged caste-based social
injustices, we reject them, and declare it is time to formulate a
system of values consistent with the age in which we live
(yugadharma). We are against caste hierarchy and caste injustices, not
only because they are not sanctioned in the Vedas, but also because
they are morally wrong, unacceptable, and anachronistic in the world
in which we live. We also need to rid Hindu society of its caste
constraints, because they undermine the future of the religion as a
viable system in the modern world. We are dreaming of a day when the
loftier Hindu visions in Sanatana Dharma will spread all over the
world. There will come a time when practitioners of other religious
systems will resonate with the universal values and visions that are
implicit in the roots of Hinduism.

We invite all our Hindu brothers and sisters to join us in raising
their voices against casteism, and for making Hinduism a greater
religion than what she has ever been.

Lobby all dharmacharyas to reflect on the fossilized iniquities in
Sanatana Dharma. We will actively strive to catalyze the Hindu
leadership into addressing the caste issue and other salient social
issues.

Engender a national debate on a Navya Shastra--one that would redress
the inequalities inherent in the caste system. While the spiritual
intuition of our sages is timeless and eternal, the social tenets
which govern Hindu society have never been static--our lawgivers have
reinterpreted them in different eras.

Conduct a respectful dialogue on reformulating the social tenets of
Sanatana Dharma, in which all members of our community are welcomed to
participate.

Track and promote the efforts of Hindu/Indian organizations and
charities who are working to eradicate caste discrimination in India.
_________________________________________________

Special Announcement: Listen to Jaishree Gopal, Chairman of Navya
Shastra on National Public Radio

http://shastras.org/

NAVYA SHASTRA VISION STATEMENT

Most Hindus are shocked to know that, according to the ancient
Dharmashastras, over 80% of the Hindu population is forbidden to read
the Vedas. These law books were written by sages as procedural and
legal outlines for governing society, and they have remained de facto
authority on religious matters to this day. For example, some
traditional mathas still forbid Vedic instruction to anyone who is not
a ?dwija?--a male born into one of the three upper castes.

A recent Supreme Court of India decision held that non-brahmins are
now entitled to serve as temple priests, effectively opening up the
Vedas and Agamas to all seekers. While the ruling is laudable, we
wonder whether this judicial activism is sufficient to transfigure the
often miserable status of the so called lower castes. Most religious
leaders have remained conspicuously silent on the decision and,
whether out of indifference or disapproval, have not publicly
reflected on the potential consequences of the decision for Hindu
society. Until we have a convergence of sentiment towards a true
casteless society--one acknowledged by religious leaders, the
government and the Hindu community alike--all steps towards
improvement will be tentative gestures, at odds with recrudescent
casteist power structures that operate frightfully and efficiently in
rural India.

Rather than bemoaning, with the fatalists, the inexorably static
nature of society, or assuming, with the optimists, that change is a
natural process, we have decided to take matters into our own hands by
inciting a public debate on the caste issue and other salient social
issues. Would a Navya Shastra (or a comprehensive reinterpretation of
existing Dharmashastras), proposing a more egalitarian configuration
of Hindu society, be a beneficial template for affecting change? We
believe shastric and social reform is important for several reasons.

1. The caste system, as it is currently structured, spiritually
disenfranchises the vast majority of Hindus: Shudras, Dalits,
Adivasis, women and converts. No one, we believe, has studied the
negative psychological implications of such birth-based
classifications on the so called lower castes. A recent wave of Dalit
atrocities morbidly reveals that caste discrimination is still rampant
throughout India. This leaves many spiritually inclined Hindus feeling
that they are unwanted, peripheral stragglers, giving credence to
Hegel?s assertion that the caste system breeds ?spiritual serfdom?. A
Navya Shastra would open the Vedas (as they are traditionally taught)
to everyone, regardless of birth.

2. Until we have a Navya Shastra, the old Dharmashastras will remain,
by default, the governing authority on matters concerning the
religious status of Hindus. It would be rather absurd for the
government to comment on every religious controversy affecting Hindus.
After all, in a truly secular society, the government does not
interfere in religious matters. The will to change must come from the
Hindu leadership itself.

3. Non-Hindus who wish to convert to Hinduism cannot truly do so,
because the Dharmashastras make no place for them. This is very
unfortunate; arresting what was once a great enthusiasm for the Hindu
Dharma in the West.

4. Women are treated as second class citizens. A Navya Shastra would
also increase the status of women.

5. Though there are many reformist sects that have sought to redress
these inequalities, we feel it is crucially important for orthodoxy to
assent to this effort. Otherwise we will have a fractured Hinduism,
with different groups asserting that they alone represent the truth.

Please join our effort by participating in our community forum. We
welcome all sincere strategies for social change. We have an
unprecedented opportunity to make a difference together. Let?s not let
anyone else make it for us.

http://shastras.org/

Truth and Tension in Science and Religion, authored by noted physicist
and religious scholar V. V Raman

Exploring the Connections and Controversies Between Science and
Religion, August 11, 2009

Article on Dalits in Leading Brazilian Newspaper in Special Edition on
India
by Mukunda Raghavan, August, 2009

Navya Shastra on Article 377
Supporters Hail Delhi’s Landmark Pro-Gay Ruling
from India West, July 09, 2009

The organization was particularly critical of the Vishwa Hindu
Parishad, which came out against Article 377. "Unable to find any
strong theological basis in Hinduism for opposing homosexuality, the
VHP relied on the old canard that the family structure would somehow
be threatened by the decision," said Sugrutha Ramaswamy, a Navya
Shastra activist. "This is an unscientific understanding of
homosexuality, which is not a lifestyle choice but rather an inherent
human condition," she added. ....

Other news coverage
Edge Boston, July 10, 2009

India Abroad on Caste in the US
Caste Adrift, May 22, 2009
Caste and US, May 22, 2009

60 seconds chief

Hindu Business Line, March 16, 2009
60 seconds chief Blog, March 16, 2009

Story of a Reformer by Jaishree Gopal, a chapter in the book
Reflections by IITians published by Ram Krishnaswamy

Excerpt from Reflections by IITians, Dec 2008

I want to change what people do and believe in Hindu society,
especially with regards to caste and gender discrimination.
Dr. Jaishree Gopal, IITM & IITD Alumna
Co Founder of Navya Shastra
Interview with D. Murali of Hindu Business Line

Future of Religious Practice
from The Hindu Business Line, Dec 22, 2008
The Hindu, Dec 21, 2008
Food for Thought, Dec 20, 2008

Navya Shastra on Proposition 8
Hindus Urged to Vote Against Prop. 8
from The Advoocate, Nov 1, 2008

Navya Shastra, the international Hindu reform organization based in
Troy, Mich., sent out a press release Friday urging California voters
to reject Proposition 8, which would eliminate the right of same-sex
couples to marry under California law. ....

Other news coverage
Chakra News, Nov 3, 2008
Go Magazine, Nov 3, 2008

Navya Shastra on "Love Guru", the Movie
Hindu reform group opposes Love Guru protests
from Hindustan Times, May 20, 2008

...Navya Shastra, the organisation based in Troy, Michigan, which
earlier spoke out against astrology, female foeticide and Dalit
discrimination, has argued that hyper-sensitivity over inaccurate or
distorted religious depictions in mass media erodes the tradition of
tolerance of criticism in the Hindu faith....

Other news coverage
Zee News, May 22, 2008
Times of India, May 21, 2008
LA Times, May 2008
Asia Arts, UCLA, May 30, 2008

Navya Shastra on Female Feticide
Navya Shastra concern over India's foeticide epidemic
from The Indian Star, May 07, 2008

...Navya Shastra also called on the Hindu community and its
organizations to allow daughters to impart final rites at the funerals
of their parents. "One religious reason why boys are favored among
Hindus is because of the anachronistic belief that only a son can
formally conduct this ceremony, so a girl is totally worthless in this
regard," said Dr. Jaishree Gopal, Navya Shastra Chairman....

Other news coverage
Pro-Life Blog, May 07, 2008
Also appeared in Print Edition of India West

Navya Shastra on Malaysia
Navya Shastra condemns the Government of Malaysia for anti-Hindu
discrimination
from Asian Tribune, November 27, 2007

...One Navya Shastra member who participated in the rally reported
anonymously: "We have changed the political equations at home and
inspired minorities everywhere. We walked the talk. We smelled the
tear gas and it swelled our chests. Like Rosa Parks we said, 'No!'" It
further added that Navya Shastra stands in complete solidarity with
the Hindu community and all other minorities in Malaysia who are the
victims of government persecution.... ....

Navya Shastra Award of Recognition
Navya Shastra Award to two students from Karnataka
from Manglorean.com, August 15, 2007

...These two young women have demonstrated that by challenging
outmoded institutions and customs in a personal way, one can have an
impact on society at large. To paraphrase Mahatma Gandhi, it is
important for our youth to 'be the change' they want to see," said Dr.
Jaishree Gopal, Navya Shastra Chairman.... ....

Navya Shastra confers the title of Acharya Vidyasagar on Professor
V.V. Raman
Professor V.V. Raman receives title "Acharya Vidyasagar"
from Rochester Community Newsletter, May 28, 2007

...Navya Shastra of Troy, Michigan, the international Hindu reform
organization, honored Professor V.V. Raman by conferring on him the
title "Acharya Vidyasagar" in recognition of his many contributions to
Hinduism. Dr. Jaishree Gopal, Chairman of Navya Shastra, said “In
ancient India, an acharya was a teacher of profound truths, a guide on
the spiritual path, and someone an entire community looked up to....

Other news coverage
Metanexus Magazine, May 18, 2007

Navya Shastra on Temple Entry
Hindu reform organisation slams Jagannath temple priests
from Hindustan Times, March 5, 2007

..."We are appalled to know about the mindless throwing away of large
amounts of food by the Puri temple administration at the instigation
of pujaris (priests) with a medieval mindset at a time and place where
there are thousands of poor and hungry people," said the
organisation's chairman, Dr Jaishree Gopal. ....
Other news coverage
India's Tolerance Levels Tested as American Enters Forbidden
Sanctuary, March, 2007

Report from a Dalit village
Ghosts of the Past
from India Abroad, Feb 18, 2007

...It left me with the thought that true prosperity was impossible
until social advancement and a sense of equality became firmly
entrenched in our communities. ...

Navya Shastra on Manglik-related rituals of Aishwarya Rai
US Hindu reform group condemns rituals by Bachchan
from Daily News and Analysis, February 12, 2007

..."What concerns us is that millions of people may rationalise their
mistreatment of women based upon the Abhishek-Aishwarya example," said
Jaishree Gopal, Navya Shastra Chairman, in a press statement. ....
Other news coverage

Zee News, February 12, 2007
Malaysia Sun, February 12, 2007
Daily India, Fl, February 12, 2007
Philippine Times, February 13, 2007
Japan Herald, February 13, 2007
Yahoo India, Movies, February 12, 2007
The Telegraph, February 12, 2007
New Kerala, February 12, 2007

Navya Shastra Apology to Dalits
Navya Shastra Organization Apologizes for Untouchability
from Hinduism Today, hpi, December 20, 2006

We, at Navya Shastra, deeply regret and apologize for the atrocities
committed on the sons and daughters of the depressed communities of
India, including the tribals, the "untouchables" and all of the castes
deemed as low.... ....

An Unqualified Apology to Every Untouchable by Dr Bhaskar Dasgupta
from desicritic, February 2, 2006

...So here it is, I fully endorse and join Navya Shastra, in
apologising to the other castes, for what I and my forefathers may
have done and promise that I will raise my voice against this
disgusting practice, and hopefully help remove this by my words as
well as my behaviour.... . ...

Navya Shastra in Books
Opening the Doors of Wonder: Reflections on Religious Rites of Passage
by Arthur J. Magida
from Amazon, 2006

...thousand members of Navya Shastra and other reform groups are
seeking to go one step beyond Gandhi ....

Mending A Torn World: Women in Interreligious Dialogue (Faith Meets
Faith Series) by by Maura O'Neill (Paperback - Oct 31, 2007)
from Amazon, 2007

... Dr. Jaishree Gopal, a woman activist, commends the government of
India for working to end discrimination ..." ....

Navya Shastra on TV in Chennai
Temple inauguration in Dalit village, Idamani
Temple Inauguration, July 2006

...This event was aired on Chennai TV station, Thamizhan ....

California Textbook Controversy
Indian Groups Contest California Textbook Content
from New American Media, February 17, 2006

...They also say that it would serve the dalits' cause better if the
textbooks said that "untouchability is a living reality in India,"
instead of simply going by the Hindu groups' suggestion that the books
say that it is illegal to treat someone as an untouchable, Vikram
Masson, co-founder of Navya Shastra, a U.S.-based non-profit
organization that speaks out against caste-related issues, told India-
West. ....
Navya Shastra Organizations Calls for Fairer View in California
Textbooks
from HPI, February 2, 2006

...Navya Shastra is also dismayed that the school board is considering
redacting out any mention of Dalits. While the former untouchables of
India have been called or call themselves many things, including
Avarna and Harijan, the term Dalit is increasingly considered an
empowering symbol of unity among a section of the former untouchables,
including those who still retain their Hindu affiliation, and eliding
their identity must be viewed as an act of upper-caste hegemony. . ...

Hindu view on Papal Succession
Pope Vows to Pursue Outreach by Church
from Washington Post, Thursday, April 21, 2005; Page A18

..."A U.S.-based group of Hindu activists called Navya Shastra,
meanwhile, called on the pope to learn more about Hinduism. "Clearly
he is misinformed about the central practices and tenets which bind
the world's 800 million Hindus," said co-chairman Vikram Masson. ....

Other Faiths Recall Pope's Zeal as Faith Defender
from Reuters, April 20, 2005

...A U.S.-based group of world Hindu activists, Navya Shastra, hoped
the new Pope would learn more about its religion. "Ratzinger has
described Hindu meditative practices as 'auto-erotic' and has stated
that the Hindu doctrine of karma is 'morally cruel'," its co-chairman
Vikram Masson said. "Clearly he is misinformed about the central
practices and tenets which bind the world's 800 million Hindus....

THE ROMAN CATHOLIC CHURCH'S VIEWS ON OTHER FAITH GROUPS, AND THEIR
REACTIONS
from Religious Tolerance

..."Dr. Jaishree Gopal, is co-chairperson of Navya Shastra. She wrote:
"What is needed now is ecumenism and mutual trust. We hope that the
new Pope comes to understand this, because religious difference and
competition is causing mounting global conflict." ....
US Hindu organisation accu
ses VHP of casteism
from Times of India, Mar 06, 2005

..."This is a bizarre act of conceptual dehumanisation," the statement
quoted Navya Shastra co-chairperson Jaishree Gopal as saying. The
statement urged all Hindu organisations involved in proselytising
activities to do away with attaching cast labels to new converts.
"Surely all modern Hindu reformers agree that there is no spiritual
merit attached to any caste affiliation," the statement added....
(This news item also appeared in various other publications: Hindustan
Times, Pluralism.org, Kerala News, Kerala Next, Express Newsline,
Yahoo India)
God's Wrath in India?
from Beliefnet, Jan 5, 2005


...Another Hindu group, the reformist Navya Shastra, issued a press
release condemning Hindu organizations that have bought into the act-
of-God view, comparing their remarks to those of Christian leaders
like Jerry Falwell. While acknowledging, like Vaishnav, that karma
could have played a role in the deaths, the group, made of Hindu
scholars, practitioners and priests outside India, suggested that it
was more important to focus on helping survivors than trying to
explain why the disaster happened. ....
Tsunami News Coverage
from Times of India, Dec 28, 2004
NEW YORK: With people relating tsunami to God's wrath, a Hindu group
is out to re-educate masses.
from Hindustan Times, Dec 28, 2004
A Michigan-based Hindu group has condemned labelling Sunday's tsunami
tragedy a "vengeful act of God" and asked the global Hindu community
to contribute generously to assist victims of the catastrophe....
from Express Newsline, Europe, Dec 28, 2004
Navya Shastra, a global organization of scholars, activists, priests
and lay people dedicated to fostering the spiritual equality of all
Hindus, has called upon the global Hindu community to contribute
generously to the victims of the December 26 earthquake-cum Tsunami
wave attack in South East Asia. ...
from Guardian UK, Dec 28, 2004
As the world grapples with the scale of the disaster of Indian Ocean
tidal wave, the Guardian's Martin Kettle poses a troubling question
for those who believe in God. ...But a Michigan-based Hindu group,
Navya Shastra, has condemned organisations in India for describing the
disaster as a "vengeful act of God" for the arrest of a Hindu seer, on
murder and other charges. ...
This news item also appeared in various other publications: Yahoo
India, MSN news, Bangladesh Sun, WebIndia, NetIndia, Manorama Online,
Kerala News, Kerala Next, ReligiousTolerance.org
Hindu American Foundation Files Amicus Brief with US Supreme Court in
Ten Commandments Case HPI
from hpi archives, Dec, 21, 2004

...The 34-page brief was signed by HAF, Arsha Vidya Pitham, Arya Samaj
of Michigan, Hindu International Council Against Defamation, Hindu
University of America, Navya Shastra, Saiva Siddhanta Church
(publisher through its teaching wing, Himalayan Academy, of Hinduism
Today and HPI), Federation of Jain Associations in North America,
Interfaith Freedom Foundation and prominent Buddhist scholar and
Director of Tibet House, Professor Robert Thurman....

Hindu group criticises Kanchi Shankaracharya
from Newindpress, Oct 15, 2004

...Navya Shastra research director Gautham Rao, said money for the
crown had come through donations and it could have been put to better
use. "Clearly at this time in Indian history, when the majority of
Indian citizens continue to live at or near poverty levels, we felt
the money should have been spent on social service," he
said.... ...Navya Shastra also questioned the participation of
(Christian) Andhra Pradesh Chief Minister Y.S. Rajasekhara Reddy in
the "opulent" (Hindu) ceremony.
(this news item also appeared in Yahoo India, MSN India, Indian angle,
123Bharat.com, New Kerala portals)

Hindu Temple Society of North America, et al. v. New York Supreme
Court, et al.
from Becketfund

...On September 2, 2004, ten organizations--representing various
religious denominations--submitted an amicus (friend of the court)
letter (PDF format, 66K) in support of The Becket Fund's motion for a
preliminary injunction against the defendants of the federal suit. The
Hindu American Foundation presented the letter on behalf of AGNI
Corporation, the Catholic League for Civil and Religious Rights, the
Hindu Human Rights Group, the Hindu International Council Against
Defamation, Hindu University of America, Ile Obatala Oya, Kanchi
Kamakoti Seva Foundation, Navya Shastra, and the Queens Federation of
Churches....

NRI group battles Hinduism's "inequalities
from India Abroad, June 18, 2004

...While the Indian government has encouraged such reforms to an
extent, the organization insists that Hindus themselves should take up
the cause while avoiding factionalism. At the same time, the group has
been critical of Dalits for highlighting caste discrimination without
actively working with Hindu leaders to resolve the problem.... ....

US body condemns discrimination against Dalit student
from Newindpress, June 06, 2004

A Hindu organisation in the US has condemned reported discrimination
against a Dalit student who was allegedly victimised for offering
prayers in a Hindu temple in India's Andhra Pradesh state....

(this news item also appeared in Yahoo India, NRI Worldwide, MSN
India, Kerala News, Kerala Next)

Local priest supports movement to reform Hindu customs
from India Herald, May 24, 2004

...Navya Shastra is a large group of believers of the Hindu Dharma
domicled in various countries. We believe that chariot of Hindu
society cannot move forward if any of the five horses lag behind. We
have therefore committed ourselves to the mission of facilitating
optimal spiritual development of all Hindus regardless of caste or
gender....
Bound by the same thread
from India Abroad, Teenspeak, Jan 23, 2004

...Let us start modifying our traditions as seen fit without
destroying the essence, beginning with allowing women and all Hindus
to take part in Upanyanam and feel equal in this manner.

Hindu Group Criticizes Dalit Representatives at World Social Forum
from HPI Archives, Jan 23, 2004

Navya Shastra, a US-based global Hindu organization of scholars,
activists, priests and laypeople, has criticized the Dalit
representatives and organizers of the World Social Forum for
highlighting the Hindu dimensions of discrimination against the Dalit
community while refusing to work with the Hindu leadership to bring
about religious reforms...
Solar Flares by Harsh Kabra
from Outlook, Dec 15, 2003

..."The Vedas and its chanting tradition form the fountainhead, the
very epicentre, of the religious beliefs of over 800 million people,"
Vikram Masson, co-chairman, NS, told Outlook from New Jersey. "Be it a
farmer in Tamil Nadu or a fisherman in Bengal, some part of his
spiritual worldview has been inspired by the utterances of the rishis.
By closeting the Vedas with other cultural expressions, UNESCO has
marginalised and diminished the most important scriptures in the Hindu
tradition."....

End caste discrimination, Hindu leaders urged
from IANS, Nov 28, 2003

...Here we have a historic opportunity to declare to the world that
Hinduism will reform itself for ever of caste discrimination," said
Vikram Masson, Navya Shastra co-chairman. "Hinduism, which is
thousands of years old, has never had a significant reformist
movement,"...

Don’t place Vedas in a cabinet of curios
from Deccan Herald, Nov 26, 2003

...Several noteworthy Hindu reformers and thinkers, including Swami
Dayanada Saraswati and Dr. Sarvapelli Radhakrishnan, have advocated
that the Vedic tradition be open to all. We should not ignore their
wisdom.

Hindu group protests clubbing Vedas with folk arts
from Hindustan Times, Nov 19 2003

A US-based Hindu organisation has protested to Unesco against its
decision to club Vedic chanting tradition as a folk art along with the
Belgian carnival of Binche and Indonesia's Wayang puppet theatre....

(this news item also appeared in Newindpress, Hinduism Today, India-
Tribune, India-West)

http://shastras.org/

A New Year Resolution for Hinduism: Opening Temple Doors to All

A recent report of a study conducted across 1,655 villages in the
Indian state of Gujarat, representing 98,000 Dalits, revealed the
shocking fact that 97% of them feel that they are unwelcome at Hindu
temples, religious gatherings and public discourses on scripture.
Researchers did not find a single village that was free from the
practice of untouchability. (“No temple entry for dalits in Gujarat,”
Times of India, 7 December 2009). Such exclusion is neither infrequent
nor limited to Gujarat. The BBC News (“Fury over south India temple
ban,”15 October, 2009) reported an incident of stone throwing to
protest Dalits entering a temple near Vedaranyam in the state of Tamil
Nadu. Last month the High Court of Chennai issued an order, against
the wishes of temple trustees, that a temple procession pass through a
Dalit community in the Villipuram District. Dalit (oppressed) is the
name preferred by those who have been relegated to the lowest rungs of
the caste ladder and regarded as untouchable by members of upper
castes. Dalits constitute around 20% of the Indian population.

Although the exclusion of Dalits from places of Hindu worship ought to
be a matter of deep concern and distress, there is hardly a ripple of
protest in the sea of Hindu complacency. Shutting the doors of Hindu
temples to Dalits stands in bewildering contrast to the anxiety in
other religious traditions about dwindling numbers and the expenditure
of considerable resources to attract the faithful. It should not
surprise that those debarred from Hindu sanctums enter, in significant
numbers, the open and inviting doors of others. Those in India and
outside who are vociferous opponents of religious conversion must
understand and acknowledge the Dalit experience of the Hindu tradition
as oppressive and negating their dignity and self-worth. Conversion is
a challenge for Hindus to consider the relationship between religious
practice and systemic oppression. Exclusion from temples is only one
manifestation of such oppression.

It troubles deeply also that, with notable exceptions, the principal
voices of protest over exclusion are not those of Hindu leaders. In
the case of anti-Dalit violence in the town of Vedaranyam, referred to
above, the protests were led by supporters of the Communist Party of
India –Marxist. In other cases, secular-minded human rights activists
are at the forefront of the agitation on behalf of the Dalits. Earlier
this year, Navin Pillay, UN Commissioner for Human Rights, condemned
caste as negating the human rights principles of equality and non-
discrimination and called for a UN convention to outlaw discrimination
based on caste. The response of silence from Hindus may be interpreted
as support for barring Dalits from places of worship. Even more
importantly, indifference gives validation to the wrong impression
that the Hindu tradition has no theological ground or core for
challenging the human inequality that is at the root of the Dalit
ostracization and oppression.

The assumptions of human inequality that explain the continuing
persistence of untouchability need an urgent, vigorous and unambiguous
theological repudiation originating from the non-negotiable heart of
the Hindu tradition. Although Hinduism is admittedly diverse, its
major traditions are unanimous in affirming the equal existence of God
in every being. “God,” the Bhagavadgita proclaims, “ lives in the
heart of all beings.” This core theological teaching must become the
basis for the assertion of the equal dignity and worth of every human
being and the motivation for challenging and transforming the
oppressive structures of caste that, in reality, deny and violate the
luminous presence of God in all. Although every unjust expression of
caste needs to be denounced, the shutting of temple doors to persons
pleading for the opportunity to worship challenges, in a special way,
the meaning and legitimacy of Hinduism as a religious tradition. For
this reason, Hindus must commit themselves with tireless determination
to the work of welcoming Dalits into every Hindu place of worship.
Such work must be seen as fundamental to Hindu identity and the
meaning of belonging to the community of Hindus.

While we must commend and support Hindu leaders and movements working
already for the well being of Dalits and their equality and dignity,
we must recognize also that many Hindu leaders may not be at the
forefront of such a religiously inspired movement. They are the
beneficiaries of the privileges of caste and immune to the pain of
those who live at the margins. All Hindus who understand the
contradiction between teachings centered on God’s embodiment in every
human being and the exclusion of people from places of worship must
embrace this cause. Hindus settled outside of India who enjoy the
privileges of living in free societies and the protection of the law
against unequal and unjust treatment, have special obligations in this
matter. They need to lift their voices in protest against practices in
the name of Hinduism that denigrate human beings. They must ensure
that Hindu leaders, and especially those who travel often to the West
and who are the recipients of their donations and reverence, hear
their voices. They must make clear the unacceptability of religious
discrimination and demand that leaders renounce silence and
indifference and become active advocates for change. Every Hindu
leader must be challenged to take a stand in this matter.

The Constitution of India specifies, “The State shall not discriminate
against any citizen on grounds of religion, race, caste, sex, place of
birth.” Constitutional and legal measures, as necessary as these are,
have not and will not eliminate all forms of discrimination based on
caste inequality. Legal measures can never cause the joyous embrace of
all that follows from awakening to God’s presence in each heart.
Religious vision and wisdom can be the source of such transformed
relationships. Hinduism needs an unequivocal theological proclamation
that complements constitutional law by repudiating caste injustice and
that commits Hindus to the equal worth of all human beings. Opening
the doors of all Hindu temples to Dalits is an important step, an
urgent religious matter and an opportunity for the Hindu tradition, in
our time, to define itself. Let this be our collective Hindu
resolution in 2010.

Anantanand Rambachan
Professor and Chair
Religion Department
Saint Olaf College
1520 Saint Olaf Avenue
Northfield
MN 55057
E-mail: ***@stolaf.edu

http://shastras.org/rambachan.html

Exploring the Connections and Controversies Between Science and
Religion
New book provides overview and historical perspective on centuries-old
debate

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
by William Dube, Aug. 11, 2009 —
Follow William Dube on Twitter
Follow RITNEWS on Twitter

A new book seeks to enhance understanding of the interconnections
between science and religion and promote greater harmony in the long-
running debate between the empirical and spiritual schools of thought.

Truth and Tension in Science and Religion, authored by noted physicist
and religious scholar V. V Raman, provides a historical overview of
the development and spread of scientific inquiry and its interaction
with various religious schools of thought. It also seeks to present a
balanced review of the key tenants of both science and religion and
explore the similarities and areas for cooperation between them.

“While most people can name the many differences between scientific
inquiry and faith, there are as many similarities between the two
schools and, in fact, one has been influenced by the other for
centuries,” says Raman, professor emeritus of physics and humanities
at Rochester Institute of Technology. “Science and religion are much
more interconnected than we often realize and by examining this I hope
to reduce the tension between theologians and scientists and increase
collaboration.”

For example, Jaishree Gopal, director of Navya Shastra, the
international Hindu reform organization, notes that “even while
quoting the best of ethics from various religious traditions, Raman’s
book makes it clear that it is the modern world view, imbued with the
scientific perspective, that has led to our collective moral awakening
regarding practices such as racism, slavery and untouchability.”

Raman has spent nearly three decades studying the intersections
between philosophy, religion and science and currently serves as a
senior fellow of the Metanexus Institute on Science and Religion. He
is the author of 11 books and in 2006 was awarded the Raja Rao award
for outstanding contributions to South Asian literature.

http://www.rit.edu/news/?v=46939

Indian GLBTs the World Over Hail Sexual Decriminalization Ruling
by Kilian Melloy
Friday Jul 10, 2009

Indian GLBT equality proponent Manohar Elavarthi

The decriminalization of same-gender intimacy between consenting
adults in India is viewed by GLBT equality advocates as a major step
forward, but not a cure-all for the societal prejudices faced by
Indian gays.

As reported at New American Media on July 10, the section of the
Indian penal code, Article 377--a relic of the days when Britain
dominated the country under colonial rule--was struck down on Jyly 2
by the Delhi High Court, which found the law to be in violation of
constitutional protections.

The article carried a quoted from GLBT equality proponent Sandip Roy,
who said, "The community here has reacted ecstatically. Most people I
talked to said over and over again that they did not think it would
happen in their lifetime."

Celebrations took place all over the globe. Said Roy, "There were
impromptu celebrations in many cities. People went down to the
Stonewall Inn in New York where the modern gay rights movement began
in 1969.

"In San Francisco, friends distributed mithai at a bar in Castro.

"With Facebook and e-mail these days, the news was huge news as soon
as it broke," Roy noted.

The article cited a Berkeley, CA life coach, Krishnakali Chaudhuri, as
also hailing the ruling, though he tempered his remarks with the
observation that societal bias still remains.

"I think overall it’s a small step in the right direction," said
Chaudhuri, "but we have a long way to go."

One specific point of note, said Choudhury, was the distinction
between decriminalizing same-sex consensual intimacy between adults
and making it legal.

Said Chaudhury, "The international community of human rights is really
applauding the ruling but we have to understand that we have just
decriminalized homosexuality but we haven’t legalized it yet."

Added the GLBT equality advocate, "We need to legalize homosexuality
and then we can make changes to all the qualities of workplace,
marriage unions or health or everything else."

The article said that an American organization comprised of Indian
Americans had also hailed the court’s decision.

The Michigan-based Hindu organization Navya Shastra issued a statement
reading, "For over a century, the law has given license to the state
to persecute individuals based on their sexual orientation.

"Navya Shastra urges the Government of India not to challenge the
ruling or to be swayed by religious chauvinists of any persuasion who
would deny equality to all citizens based on ancient interpretations
of religious texts."

The group took exception to the opposition of a Hindu political party
in India, which spoke out against the repeal.

Stated Navya Shastra’s Sugrutha Ramaswamy, "Unable to find any strong
theological basis in Hinduism for opposing homosexuality, the VHP
relied on the old canard that the family structure would somehow be
threatened by the decision."

Added Ramaswamy, "This is an unscientific understanding of
homosexuality, which is not a lifestyle choice but rather an inherent
human condition."

Others in India also spoke out against the repeal, including a guru
whose claims concerning the health benefits of yoga extend to saying
that gays can be "cured" through the practice of yoga.

A Rediff News.com article from July 10 reported that guru Baba
Ramdev’s insistence that homosexuality is a pathological condition,
and that it can be alleviated through yogic practice, was panned not
only by health professionals but also by his fellow yoga proponents.

The article said that Ramdev took his claims to the Indian Supreme
Court, which had previously been approached by a prominent astrologer
with a petition to re-implement the anti-gay statute.

Said the astrologer, Sushil Kumar Kaushal, "...even animals don’t
indulge in such activities," going on to assert that higher rates of
HIV/AIDS would result from the decriminalization of adult consensual
relations between gays.

But health care professionals in the country have long lobbied for the
end of the statute, pointing out that gay Indians were less likely to
get tested and to practice safer sex as long as legal sanctions were
in place against consensual same-sex adult intimacy.

Under the anti-gay law, same-sex intimacy could be punished by jail
terms of up to ten years.

Moreover, scientists have noted same-sex courtship behavior and even
long-term partnering among some 4,000 animal species.

Ramdev’s claims were rebuffed by, among others, a physician named Dr.
Devdutt Pattanak, who said, "Is his statement based on scriptural
evidence or evidence-based medicine? It is neither."

Added Dr. Pattanak, "It is just a subjective remark."

Dr. Pattanak went on to point out that health professionals had
arrived at a quite different conclusion than had Ramdev.

"Thousands of hours of research have gone into the classification of
diseases, and neither the World Health Organization nor any
psychiatric or psychology journal recognizes homosexuality as a
disease," Dr. Pattanak noted.

"Do we believe scientific research or just an individual’s opinion,
which may simply be a marketing gimmick?"

Yoga practitioner Deepika Mehta, who found healing through yoga after
being paralyzed in an accident, also spoke out against Ramdev’s
claims, the article said.

Ms. Mehta took exception with Ramdev’s essential thesis that
homosexuality is a disease, suggesting rather that, as most medical
experts attest, it is innate and natural to gays.

Said Mehta, "Yoga is about acceptance and coming to terms with who you
really are, your purest core.

"It helps you shed the layers imposed by society.

"And in my experience, yoga has helped a lot of people come to terms
with their sexual orientation, rather than live in denial," added Ms.
Mehta.

Furthermore, Ramdev’s medical claims have no more basis in spiritual
teaching than in medical fact. Said Dr. Pattanak, "Not even the
scriptures recognize homosexuality as a disease."

The article quoted from an article Dr. Pattanak, who is also an expert
in Indian mythology, had written.

"An overview of temple imagery, sacred narratives and religious
scriptures does suggest that homosexual activities--in some form--did
exist in ancient India," observed Dr. Pattanak’s article.

"Though not part of the mainstream, its existence was acknowledged but
not approved," the article continued. "There was some degree of
tolerance when the act expressed itself in heterosexual terms--when
men ’became women’ in their desire for other men, as the hijra legacy
suggests.’"

Nitin Karani, of the GLBT equality group Humsafar Trust, noted, "While
we don’t know what leads to it yet... we do know that homosexuality is
innate.

"And it is not a Western phenomenon, as some people are trying to
label it," added Karani.

"Neither is it a disease."

Noted Karani, "A lot of gay people I know are into yoga and meditation
and are extremely spiritual, but it has not resulted in any overnight
conversions."

In a separate interview published July 10, Rediff.com News spoke with
Indian GLBT equality proponent Manohar Elavarthi, who told the
publication, "Now it is a question of social tolerance. Just because
the law has changed it does not mean that the attitude of the people
will change.

"However, I must add that the court verdict has opened things up for
all of us. I only hope that the Supreme Court upholds the verdict."

Added Elavarthi, "What we want is a complete repeal of the Section 377
of the Indian Penal Code.

"The IPC is guided by a feudal set up and it has not changed with the
times," Elavarthi went on. "About social acceptance, we need to work
towards it.

Elavarthi reposnded to concerns that repealing the entire Article,
which also addresses sexual assault and abuse, by saying, "...along
with this we need to ensure that laws regarding sexual abuse, be it
male or female or children related laws need to be strengthened."

Elavarthi noted that religious objections were not entirely grounded
in scriptural sources.

"In Hinduism there is nothing to show that it is anti-homosexuality."

Indeed, added Elavarthi, "There are instances to show that some of the
Gods have undergone a sex change.

"I don’t understand how Baba Ramdev and the Vishwa Hindu Parishad are
opposing this.

"Where Christianity is concerned," Elavartha continued, "the community
is divided in its opinion.

"There are gay churches and the Vatican too says that gays should not
be criminalized.

"Speaking of Islam, there are few who claim that the Quran says that
it is anti homosexuality.

"Shariat law speaks of punishment for men indulging in homosexuality.
However we don’t have this law in India and the laws in India does not
speak of any punishment."

Kilian Melloy reviews media, conducts interviews, and writes
commentary for EDGEBoston, where he also serves as Assistant Arts
Editor.

http://www.edgeboston.com/index.php?ch=news&sc=&sc2=news&sc3=&id=93587

http://shastras.org/indiaabroad1

http://shastras.org/indiaabroad2

http://www.blonnet.com/mentor/2009/03/16/stories/0316.pdf

http://60secondschief.blogspot.com/

http://reflectionsbyiitians.blogspot.com/

Future religious practice
Jaishree Gopal, Co-Founder & Chairperson, Navya Shastra, US.

India is perhaps the only place in the world where people of different
religions have been interacting with one another for centuries. In the
West, however, this is the first time they are interacting with many
religions, including those from the East, as a result of modernisation
and globalisation.

Though traditionally religions have been dividing us all, we have
become more conscious of the differences as a result of increased
knowledge about other religions. However, eventually, people are going
to be learning from one another. For instance, yoga and meditation
practices from Hinduism are very common in the US. And some of the oft-
emulated messages of Christianity and Islam are charity and peace,
respectively.

Thus, even though you may continue to identify yourself to a
particular religion, you are going to be incorporating in your life
good elements from other people’s religion, while at the same time
discarding those aspects of your religion that don’t seem right to you
any more. As a result, compassion is going to increase for those whom
we call ‘others’. Definitely, the way we practise our religion is
going to change in the future, more and more.

http://www.thehindubusinessline.com/mentor/2008/12/22/stories/2008122250421100.htm

Saturday, December 20, 2008
Jaishree Gopal

It is very important for all Indians to get involved in social reform
movement of all kinds, and especially think of caste and gender issues
in Hinduism without being defensive or apologetic, with an eye to
reform rather than justify the current exclusive practices.

Jaishree Gopal, A contributor to 'Reflections by IITians', Co-founder
of Navya Shastra (http://www.shastras.org/)
December 20, 9.15 am

The future of religious practice
Posted by Murali at 9:15 AM

AM I A HINDU? International Best Seller said...
Namasthe Jaishree: What you wrote is very true.

Every religion and every culture has the GOOD, the BAD and UGLY
aspects in it and dwell on the negative aspects do not make any sense.

At the same time, we have to do everything in our power to eradicate
BAD and UGLY aspects where ever we find them.

The very best aspect of Hinduism is

"ABOSULTE FREEDOM OF THOUGHTS AND ACTIONS."

Voltaire in Essay on Tolerance wrote: "I may disagree with what you
say, but I will defend to the death, your right to say it. "Hinduism
is the symbolic representation of what Voltaire wrote.

May 26, 2009 7:41 PM

http://muralilistening.blogspot.com/2008/12/jaishree-gopal.html

November 01, 2008
Hindus Urged to Vote Against Prop. 8

Navya Shastra, the international Hindu reform organization based in
Troy, Mich., sent out a press release Friday urging California voters
to reject Proposition 8, which would eliminate the right of same-sex
couples to marry under California law.

Navya Shastra, the international Hindu reform organization based in
Troy, Mich., sent out a press release Friday urging California voters
to reject Proposition 8, which would eliminate the right of same-sex
couples to marry under California law.

The organization notes that Hinduism has never classified
homosexuality as a sin. While some ancient law codes have been
critical of homosexual acts, the denomination has never called for the
persecution of gays. In fact, there is ample evidence that alternative
lifestyles have been accepted throughout Hindu history. Several modern
Hindu leaders have also spoken positively of gay rights; however, many
American Hindus remain uncomfortable with homosexuality.

“According to the Hindu contemplative tradition, we are all
manifestations of the one universal spirit, straight or gay, and
worthy of the same respect and rights” said Jaishree Gopal, chairman
of Navya Shastra, in the release. “We urge American Hindus in
California to remember this central insight of their faith when they
vote on November 4.” (The Advocate)

http://www.advocate.com/article.aspx?id=42352

US-based Hindu group slams Jagannath temple priests
New York, March 05, 2007
Published: 17:21 IST (5/3/2007)

A US-based Hindu reform organisation has criticised the destroying of
huge quantities of food at the Jagannath temple in Orissa by the
temple authorities because an American had entered the complex - an
act seen as defiling the 12th century Hindu-only premises.

The Navya Shastra, an international Hindu reform organisation, said
the act of the temple authorities had no vedic sanction.

"We are appalled to know about the mindless throwing away of large
amounts of food by the Puri temple administration at the instigation
of pujaris (priests) with a medieval mindset at a time and place where
there are thousands of poor and hungry people," said the
organisation's chairman, Dr Jaishree Gopal.

A 59-year-old American engineer from New York was thrown out of the
temple complex last Thursday, fined, taken to a local police station
and later released, despite his protestations that he was unaware of
the temple's restrictions.

The Michigan-based Navya Shastra was founded in the United States in
2002. According to its website, the organisation stands against
"...caste hierarchy and caste injustices, not only because they are
not sanctioned in the Vedas, but also because they are morally wrong,
unacceptable, and anachronistic in the world in which we live.

"Given the high levels of malnutrition among India's children, this
act (throwing away food), assuredly without vedic sanction, must be
deemed unacceptable," a press release by the organisation, said.

"The organisation is saddened and surprised that no Hindu leader of
any consequence has protested this unconscionable and anachronistic
behaviour. Instead of purifying the premises, the priests should seek
to purify their own hearts and minds, and, along with other leaders,
set a positive example for all devotees," said Dr Bala Aiyer, an
advisor of the organisation said.

Foreigners are not allowed to enter leading Hindu temples in Orissa,
including the Jagannath temple at Puri and the Lingaraj temple there.

An American Christian woman, Pamela K. Fleig, who converted to
Hinduism after marrying an Indian from Uttar Pradesh, was denied entry
into the 11th century Lingaraj temple in Bhubaneswar in 2005.

Thailand's Crown Princess Sirindhorn was also not given permission to
visit the Jagannath temple in the same year, as she was a foreigner
and Buddhist.

Even late prime minister Indira Gandhi - a born Hindu - was not
allowed to enter the temple when she was in power because she had
married a Parsi.

http://shastras.org/mukundabrazil

Hindu group opposes Love Guru protests

New York, May 22: A Hindu reform organisation in the US has opposed
the growing protests by Hindu groups against upcoming Hollywood film
The Love Guru , saying that calling for a ban on the comedy starring
Mike Myers would be going too far.

Navya Shastra, the organisation based in Troy, Michigan, which earlier
spoke out against astrology, female foeticide and Dalit
discrimination, has argued that hyper-sensitivity over inaccurate or
distorted religious depictions in mass media erodes the tradition of
tolerance of criticism in the Hindu faith.

"Hindus have a remarkable history of freedom of thought and
expression. Unfortunately, this is being eroded these days by
hypersensitive and misguided chauvinistic pressure groups, perhaps
taking their cue from more chauvinistic traditions," Gautham Rao,
Navya Shastra's research director, was quoted as saying in a press
release.

It said while it respects the right of the groups in the US and
elsewhere to protest against the film, it strongly believes that
calling for a ban on the comedy goes too far.

The reform organisation further notes that in the era of electronic
media, monitoring and controlling religious depictions and imagery is
a daunting, near impossible task.

"Hindus should set a spiritual example for others by combating social
ills and discrimination," said Jaishree Gopal, Navya Shastra
chairman.

The protests against the film, which opens June 20, have been
spearheaded by Rajan Zed, Hindu leader based in Reno, Nevada. On
watching the film's trailer some weeks ago, he started accusing the
film of lampooning Hinduism.

Bureau Report

http://international.zeenews.com/inner1.asp?aid=201859&sid=bus

http://www.latimes.com/entertainment/news/homeentertainment/la-et-religion-pg,0,3434889.photogallery?index=2

Navya Shastra concern over India's foeticide epidemic
From the Community
Posted: Wednesday, May 07, 2008, 01:17 am EST

Troy, Michigan: Navya Shastra, the international Hindu reform
organization has voiced concern over the declining female-to male sex
ratio in India.
It calls Indian feminist leaders to address the causes for this
deplorable situation and to urge their government to take more
effective action to curb and put an end to this sad and disgraceful
situation in the country.
It is ironic that the epidemic continues to worsen, despite a
burgeoning economy and rising literacy levels.

The bias against girls has existed for a long time across the
socioeconomic spectrum. Navya Shastra notes that even in the
wealthiest areas of the nation's metros, abortions of the girl-child
based upon prenatal ultrasound technology continue to rise, though
there seems to be a growing awareness of the problem.
"Clearly a cultural preference for boys in Indian society is the
driving force behind the rise in female feticide," says Rahul Saxena,
a Navya Shastra member from Bareilly, UP , "technology in this case is
simply serving an ancient prejudice."
Navya Shastra also called on the Hindu community and its organizations
to allow daughters to impart final rites at the funerals of their
parents. "One religious reason why boys are favored among Hindus is
because of the anachronistic belief that only a son can formally
conduct this ceremony, so a girl is totally worthless in this regard,"
said Dr. Jaishree Gopal, Navya Shastra Chairman.

(Compiled from a press release)

From India Abroad February 16, 2007, Pg M11
Ghosts of the Past

Ramya Gopal visits an Indian village where time and tradition appear
to have stood still

The urban scene of India has become a dichotomy between prosperity and
poverty, modernity and tradition. Delhi, Chennai and Bangalore are
hungry for steel: tall skyscrapers, metro stations, and multistoried
shopping complexes. However, the morning warbles of the subjilawallas,
the colorful temptation of street clothing, and the barber under the
banyan tree have refused to disappear into wistful oblivion.

This modern story of India is one with which we have all become
familiar; the miracle India praised on the covers of magazines and
newspapers. Yet in its villages, this dichotomy is replaced by a one-
sided reliance on ancient tradition. When I visited a village near
Chennai this past summer, I saw for the first time the archaic India
described in the stories of the Mahabharatha and the Ramayana.

As we drove away from Chennai, the roads dwindled from paved to dirt
and then sand. The air of the coast was permeated by a pungent odor of
fish, but one that the people seemed to relish. The hot sand calloused
my feet but there was no litter for me to avoid as I had in the
cities. Women in colorful saris and men in dhotis were squatted on the
slimy floor sorting the fish. Repulsed, I strayed away from the stink,
but it nostalgically reminded me that fishing villages initiated the
story of the Mahabharata. Satyavati, the embodiment of mothers in the
epic, was the daughter of a fisherman, and it seemed as if these
fishermen were continuing the legacy. Interrupting my musing, my host
beckoned me to a row of small motorboats shuddering against the coast.
Boats were the only method of transportation across the lake and to
the village.

On the island, I walked, with seaweed in my toes, past small huts with
thatched roofs. The main attraction in the island was an ornate temple
surrounded by everyone in the village. A tent had been strung beyond
with seats lined in rows like a movie theatre. I stood awkwardly in
the sun, unsure of the village mores, until a few older girls beckoned
to me. They had pulled out a chair and formed a towering circle around
me. The girls had matching plaits and silver anklets.

A few were wearing simple cotton pavadais (petticoats), more
traditional to Tamil Nadu, although one was wearing a nightgown. We
gawked politely at each other; American suburban girl meets Indian
village girls. "Why do you have your hair like that? In a bun?" they
asked me in Tamil. Taken aback, I didn't have an adequate response, so
I steered the conversation away from me to them. I discovered that the
girls were between 18 and 20 but had only studied in school until 10th
grade. In between giggles, they added that one of them was engaged.
The girls were at the ripe age for marriage and their parents were
looking for grooms for them. However, they could not marry out of
their village because it was the only "untouchable" village in the
area. This social discrimination as a result of caste distinction
echoed again in their stories about the old temple.

One reason for my visit to Idamani--the place I was in-- was to
witness the opening ceremony of a new temple. The old temple had been
destroyed by the tsunami two years ago. As the girls began to open up
to me, I listened to their stories of backward practices associated
with the temple. One example was the men's inability to wear a poonal,
the sacred thread, because they were not "upper caste". Other families
would not even visit their homes because they were untouchables. Women
were not allowed in the temple when the men held their meetings. These
restrictive traditions had been eradicated in the cities and other
parts of the world but persisted in this village.

The inauguration ceremony of the temple was announced by the ringing
tones of the nadaswaram and the temple quickly became crowded. Some
women looked out coyly from their thatched huts. Young girls were made
up in magenta colored lipstick, designs around their eyes, and traces
of dried turmeric on their faces. In the center of the temple was a
large (homam )fire and shahstri (priest) sang bhajans with the
villagers repeating after him, clapping. Colorful flowers, rice, and
butter for prasadam on aged yellow banana leaves completed the
ceremony.Interestingly, while members of the "higher" caste had rarely
visited the old temple, the inauguration ceremony had been attended by
many outsiders. The new temple would, hopefully, become an emblem of
caste reform.

Even as economic development brings modernity to India's villages,
strong social divides still linger. In this village, for instance,
water purification infrastructure has been put into place yet women
still quit studying in favor of marriage. It was the most striking
difference between the city and the village; caste lines more sharply
divided and a central part of daily life. It left me with the thought
that true prosperity was impossible until social advancement and a
sense of equality became firmly entrenched in our communities.

http://shastras.org/Untouchability_IA.html

India's Tolerance Levels Tested as American Enters Forbidden Sanctuary
Deepak Mahaan
Correspondent

New Delhi (CNSNews.com) - An American tourist caused an uproar when he
wandered into a Hindu temple strictly closed to non-Hindus, in an
incident that highlighted the challenges India faces in presenting
itself as an enlightened democracy.

Detained for several hours by local police in India's Orissa state,
Paul Roediger, a 59-year-old engineer from New York, was later
released on condition he pay a token fine, after what authorities at
the Jagannath temple called an "act of desecration."

Roediger's inadvertent wandering into the shrine of Hindu deity Vishnu
triggered calls from some Hindus for severe punishment, but local
policemen managed to convince temple administrators and angry
adherents that he had trespassed in error.

Unaware of rules banning entry of non-Hindus, the American, who is
interested in temple architecture, walked into the temple's inner
"sanctum sanctorum."

Roediger expressed regret but also blamed temple authorities, noting
that no guard had prevented him from entering the area.

Police Inspector Alekh Pahi said Roediger and two Indian companions
had been released as "there is no provision in law to take any action
against for entering the temple."

Temple authorities afterwards "purified" the "defiled" premises by
washing with water and milk. Food worth nearly $5,000, meant for
distribution among Hindu devotees as part of religious ritual, was
deemed "polluted" and destroyed.

The decision upset a U.S.-based Hindu reform organization, which said
it was appalled by the waste.

The Navya Shastra organization said it reflected "a medieval mindset
at a time and place where there are thousands of poor and hungry
people."

The incident has focused renewed attention onto controversial
religious and cultural practices that survive in India despite its
stated commitment to secular, democratic principles.

"Low-caste" citizens and "untouchables" (dalits) are still denied
entry to various temples or forbidden to use water wells, in
contravention of constitutional guarantees.

Dr. Rashmi Patni, director of the Gandhian Studies Centre at the
University of Rajasthan, argues that such customs go against the
tenets of Mahatma Gandhi who he said stood for human dignity and
equality irrespective of caste, sex, creed or color and fought for
temple entry for dalits.

"Like in every society, social discrimination in India is born out of
centuries' old legacy," she said. "It is similar to the problem and
differences among blacks and whites in the U.S. and cannot be
eradicated merely by enactment of constitutional statutes."

Patni said, however, that the growing affluence of the middle class,
increasing literacy levels and the spread of information technology
was making issues of caste, gender and religion of little importance
to younger Indians.

Sawai Singh, an activist espousing Gandhi's ideas, said successive
Indian governments have failed to curb the menace of religious
intolerance, because politicians prefer to pander to their respective
constituencies.

"If punishments for social discrimination and depravation were to be
severe, many of these evils would get eradicated automatically," Singh
argued.

Ironically, the Jagannath temple is immensely popular among pilgrims,
because unlike some centers, it does not discriminate between higher-
and lower-caste Hindus.

Nonetheless, the temple does not allow entry to non-Hindus or
foreigners - with the exception of Western Hare Krishna devotees, who
throng to the temple each year in large numbers.

Former Indian Prime Minister Indira Gandhi was once turned away from
the main gates of the shrine, as she was deemed to be non-Hindu,
having married outside of the religion.

Make media inquiries or request an interview about this article.

http://www.crosswalk.com/news/11531055/

An Unqualified Apology to Every Untouchable
December 19, 2006
Dr Bhaskar Dasgupta

http://desicritics.org/2006/12/19/103610.php

The untouchables of Hinduism are a wretched lot. For hundreds and
thousands of years, this group of people have been forced to inhabit
the bottom end of the Hindu totem pole.

While it is not at the level of genocide, it is an institutionalised
social

discrimination over a very long period of time. When I read a press
release from a Hindu reformist group apologising to the Untouchables
for the deep seated discrimination, it struck a chord in my mind and I
wanted to write about it, as well as share in this apology.

For example, only recently there was a big brouhaha when a temple in
India refused entry to dalits (who are also Hindu) simply because they
were of a lower caste. In this day and age! I was so furious and when
I complained bitterly that none of the mainstream Hindu organisations
or leaders in India did anything, I was accused of patronising them.
These so-called Hindu organisations are very quick off the mark when
absolutely silly things go on, but when there is clear cut painfully
evident confirmation that there needs to be reform, they are nowhere
to be found. This is absolutely ridiculous and a clear example of
intellectual incoherence at best and incompetence at worst. But I
digress.

Apologies are very strange and at the same time, very human. It is
extremely powerful and at the same time, looked upon with deep
cynicism. It is also extremely difficult to do so, while there is
nothing like this to draw the teeth out of any angst ridden situation.
Just ask me, I have to apologise regularly to my sister. But this
apology is one, which is valid on so many different levels and this is
an apology to the untouchables of Hinduism.

The basics of this religiously mandated behaviour are well known and I
will not spend too much time on going deeper into the intricacies of
this. Other than saying that the idea of difference and discrimination
was institutionalised despite a huge amount of debate on what this
differentiation meant. On one hand, there were statements effectively
saying that everybody is born the same, while on the other hand, there
are statements in religious books talking about how some are born from
the head and some from the foot. Irrespective of what the religious
justification is, one found that there are literally thousands of
groups who consider themselves different from other groups. This
groupism extended to bans on intermarriage, taking meals together and
even extended to group dedicated watering holes and wells.

Quite a lot of Hindu reformers ranging from Swami Vivekananda, Mahatma
Gandhi, Guru Rabindranath Tagore, Dayananda Saraswati, etc. kept a
strong pressure on changing this religious practise, but even when
India became independent, this was still present.

The then leader of the untouchables, Shri Bhimrao Ambedkar, a
brilliant lawyer, even incorporated caste based reservations into the
constitution, to provide them with the leg up.

As it so happens, this is something which I disagree with, because
this has institutionalised discrimination and is not leading anybody
anywhere towards the true equality in the eyes of the state and
citizens, but that's beside the point.

Discrimination was outlawed by the Indian constitution in 1936, but
little has changed for the 300-400 million people who belonged to the
Untouchable Castes of India. I am also conscious of the fact that
calling it 'the caste system' is dangerously simplifying it, as the
actual theological aspects behind the differentiation is much more
complex.

What is also beside the point is that all other religions and cultures
have had the same groupism and differentiation and were trying to
create a separate identity through religious or cultural factors.
Whether we are talking about the Japanese way of looking at the
difference between the samurai and peasants, the difference between
the faithful and the dhimmi, the difference between Catholics and
Protestants, the difference between white and black skin, the
difference between Christian and pagan, you name it, discrimination
has occurred all the time and everywhere. And yes, just because it
happened in other religious, regions and cultures, it just tells me
that it is pretty much human. This is, however, neither an excuse nor
a reason to stop trying to rip out this disgusting practise.

But what good is an apology? We have to address the cynics in our
midst as well, because I have seen this form of visceral reaction from
both sides.

The side of the Hindus, who totally refuse to accept that this
happened and go off into theological arguments and ignore the real
life actions around discrimination. The other side are the Dalits, who
would be happy to tear down the entire country to satisfy their rather
strange desire for revenge. Both extremely simplistic in the extreme
and frankly not worth talking to or about, but then, that's what
happens to fanatics. Their feet are planted firmly in the air!

But this is not for the fanatics, they won't listen anyway, it is for
the vast majority of Hindus, people who have a social conscience, care
about their culture and are conscious of a vast historical injustice
done to a whole group of other people. And it is not a simple binary
equation, high class Brahmins discriminating against lower class
dalits. It happens on every group intersection, so there is no point
in getting up on the high horse about just one group.

An apology is a very good means to bring things out in the open.
Hiding behind a religious tract or pointing at other instances does
not change the situation on the ground. Every Hindu has to be open
about this discrimination, and understand what this has done to us,
our culture, history and reputation. No longer! This apology means
that we understand and accept the fault. Not only that, but an apology
actually provides the impetus or the foundation to do something about
it.

This is the other good thing about an apology for the cynics out
there. Once one has gone through the cathartic process of apologising,
one can start to address this issue, if only by small measures. If a
friend says something demeaning about a lower caste person, even a
raised eyebrow is a small but significant step in telling people that
this form of behaviour is not appropriate.

One will definitely ask me the question if somebody might actually
accept the apology? I am afraid this is the wrong question. When Tony
Blair apologised for the British role in Slavery, he did not do it
because he was worried whether anybody might or might not accept it.
He did it because this was the right thing to do. Despite the fact
that I am personally not responsible for this reprehensible and
horrible historical fact, as a Hindu and as a human being, it is but
right to apologise. As a Hindu, I hold responsibility to my religion,
my nation, my society, my government, and indeed to my children as
well. An apology can, in a small way, lead towards making the world a
fairer place.

The Hindu Reformist group, Navya Shastra (http://www.shastras.org/),
who actually made the public apology, also invited a whole host of
other Hindu luminaries to join in this effort. I am not sure how far
this went but it should be remembered that this caste based
discrimination is not simply religiously mandated, but also socially
mandated. Hence besides religious figures, cultural and social figures
need to be brought into this as well. In many ways, an appeal by one
of the Bollywood actors may actually provide more push to changes in
behaviour, rather than very many Hindu religious leaders combined. But
still, more luminaries joining in to complain, apologise and push
Indians to remove this distressing social condition is good.

So here it is, I fully endorse and join Navya Shastra, in apologising
to the other castes, for what I and my forefathers may have done and
promise that I will raise my voice against this disgusting practice,
and hopefully help remove this by my words as well as my behaviour.

At the UN World Conference on Race (WCAR) held August 31-September 8
2001 in Durban, South Africa, President Thabo Mbeki said:"...there are
many in our common world who suffer indignity and humiliation because
they are not white ...These are a people who know what it means to be
the victim of rabid racism and racial discrimination. Nobody ever
chose to be a slave, to be colonised, to be racially oppressed. The
impulses of the time caused these crimes to be committed by human
beings against others."

And while there was quite a hullabaloo about whether 'casteism' is
appropriate in this race conference, this is quibbling over details.
Discrimination existed, it exists and it behoves us to address it. May
this apology be a first start to a better implementation of religion!

All this to be taken with a grain of salt!

Dr. Bhaskar Dasgupta works in the city of London in various capacities
in the financial sector. He has worked and travelled widely around the
world. The articles in here relate to his current studies and are
strictly his opinion and do not reflect the position of his past or
current employer(s). If you do want to blame somebody, then blame my
sister and editor, she is responsible for everything, the ideas, the
writing, the quotes, the drive, the israeli-palestinian crisis, global
warming, the ozone layer depletion and the argentinian debt crisis.

Indian Groups Contest California Textbook Content

India-West, News Report, Viji Sundaram, Posted: Feb 16, 2006

HAYWARD, Calif. – Even as the California Board of Education (CBE) is
trying to grapple with the contentious and loudly debated issue of
corrections requested from Hindu groups in proposed textbooks for
sixth-graders, another group is trying to make its voice heard over
the din.

Some dalits (widely thought of in India as an oppressed people) across
the U.S. are demanding that the term, dalit, used only in one of the
nine proposed textbooks currently being reviewed by the CBE, not be
elided (omitted), as the Hindu groups want, and that a photo of a
dalit cleaning a latrine be replaced with one of a dalit engaged in a
faith practice.

They also say that it would serve the dalits' cause better if the
textbooks said that "untouchability is a living reality in India,"
instead of simply going by the Hindu groups' suggestion that the books
say that it is illegal to treat someone as an untouchable, Vikram
Masson, co-founder of Navya Shastra, a U.S.-based non-profit
organization that speaks out against caste-related issues, told India-
West.

Acknowledging that "the Hinduism sections (in the textbooks) are
extremely poor to begin with" and need to be corrected, Masson, who is
himself not a dalit and is a parent of a school-going child in New
Jersey, observed: "It is curious (the Hindu groups) would want to
elide the word, dalit. We believe the heritage of Hinduism is positive
enough, and there is no need to cover up any inadequacies."

New Jersey resident Jebaroja Singh, whose dalit grandparents converted
to Christianity many years ago, seemed to echo those sentiments.

"When there has been a history of discrimination against dalits, why
should we paint a rosy picture in the textbooks?" asked Singh, who
teaches racism and sexism in the U.S. at William Patterson University
in Wayne, N.J. Masson is married to a Christian priest.

But others argue that since the textbooks primarily deal with ancient
India, a time when the word, dalit, was not even coined, to not remove
it would be inappropriate.

For over a year now, two U.S.-based Hindu groups - the Hindu Education
Foundation and the Vedic Foundation - as well as scores of Hindu
parents, have been pushing for corrections in the social studies and
history courses in the sixth-grade textbooks, saying that the books
not only do not accurately represent India's ancient culture and
history, they sometimes denigrate it. Every six years, textbook
publishers offer the CBE drafts of textbooks they plan to bring out
for the board's acceptance. Public hearings form an integral part of
the review process.

At those hearings last year, the Hindu groups asserted that the books
were historically inaccurate in saying such things as Hinduism evolved
in India from the Aryans who invaded the country in 1500 B.C.; that
Sanskrit was a dead language; that Hindi is written in Arabic script;
that the Aryan rulers had created a caste system, under which the
dalits were forced to perform menial tasks.

According to many scholars, prior to 600 A.D., the terms used in India
to describe a so-called untouchable were chandala and shudra, and only
about one percent of the population fell under that category.

Citing from the book, "The Wonder That Was India," by the late ancient
history scholar A.L. Basham, southern California resident and retired
UCLA ancient history professor Shiva Bajpai told India-West: "In fact,
it was not blood that made a group untouchable, but conduct."

"So a Brahmin could be viewed as a chandala if he behaved badly,"
Bajpai said.

Over the last several decades, the term dalit – a Marathi word that
means oppressed - has been gaining more currency in India, with the
rise of growing activism among the approximately 150 million people at
the bottom of the caste system, who accuse members of the upper caste
of pervasive discrimination for centuries.

The late Dr. B.R. Ambedkar, the architect of the Indian Constitution,
struggled to win dalits like himself equal rights. He renounced
Hinduism in the process, saying the religion perpetuated the caste
system. Mahatma Gandhi worked toward uplifting the dalits' status,
bestowing upon them the term, Harijan, which means "children of God."
However, many dalits and activists do not like to be called that.
"They say if you are born from God, your parentage is questionable,"
said Masson.

Even the group of historians and academics headed by Harvard
University Sanskrit professor Michael Witzel, who is opposing many of
the corrections the Hindu groups have suggested, accusing them of
attempting to whitewash Indian history, has accepted the Hindu groups'
suggestion to delete negative references to untouchability, said Santa
Rosa, Calif., resident Vishal Agarwal, who described himself as an
"independent scholar."

Related Stories:

Missing from Racism Summit Agenda - India's Caste System

America: Welcome to the Third World

http://news.newamericamedia.org/news/view_article.html?article_id=41bc3d55ffe78d0686112ba99ae75766

US Hindu organisation accuses VHP of casteism

IANS[ SUNDAY, MARCH 06, 2005 07:27:31 PM ]

Sign into earnIndiatimes points

MICHIGAN: A US-based Hindu organisation has accused the Vishwa Hindu
Parishad (VHP) of "casteist practices" at a mass conversion campaign
in Etah in Uttar Pradesh last month.

Navya Shastra, the organisation which boasts of scholars and priests
"dedicated to fostering the spiritual equality of all Hindus" among
its followers, said the VHP, which claimed to have converted 5,000
Christians to Hinduism at Etah, had classified them as Dalits in their
new religion.

"While we applaud all efforts to spread the Hindu religion through
peaceful and legitimate means, we are utterly baffled that the VHP
would insist that the new converts be labelled as untouchables," it
said in a statement here.

"This is a bizarre act of conceptual dehumanisation," the statement
quoted Navya Shastra co-chairperson Jaishree Gopal as saying.

The statement urged all Hindu organisations involved in proselytising
activities to do away with attaching cast labels to new converts.
"Surely all modern Hindu reformers agree that there is no spiritual
merit attached to any caste affiliation," the statement added.

Organisations like the VHP, which envisions a caste-free society,
should follow their own advice, it maintained.

http://shastras.org/VHP_NS

God's Wrath in India?

Hindu resentment over Christian activity in India fuels religious
explanations of tsunami tragedy.
BY: Arun Venugopal

Resize - Minus Resize - Plus As the world attempts to tackle the
tragedy in South Asia, the focus for the vast majority of South Asians
has been on relief. But the tsunami has also magnified already-
existing tensions between Hindus, Christians and others in the
devastated region. In India--a country often seen as a spiritual
battleground, where religions fight over the souls of the poor and
dispossessed--some conservative Hindus have used the tsunami to
criticize both a Hindu leader's arrest and the presence of Christian
missionaries in India. Meanwhile, evangelical Christian groups may
proselytize as they help tsunami victims.

Last week, a column on the widely-read Indian news site Rediff.com
suggested that the tsunami was a sign of retribution against
Christians, whose activities are seen as betraying India's essentially
Hindu character. (Full disclosure: I work for a publication owned by
Rediff.com, and my articles occasionally appear on Rediff.) Columnist
Rajeev Srinivasan pointed to several religion-related factors he sees
as pertinent. Referring to the earthquake as the "Christmas quake," he
implied that the timing wasn't mere coincidence. He also noted that
the tsunami hit a church at Velankanni, one of the most significant
Christian pilgrimage points in South India, resulting in the death of
50 people. Finally, he connected the tragedy to what many see as the
recent mistreatment of a revered Hindu leader.

In November, a holy man known formally as Shankaracharya Jayendra
Saraswathi was
arrested in connection with the murder of a former official of his
religious order. Hindus around the world decried the arrest, even
organizing mass email petitions maintaining that the entire affair was
politically motivated and related to a longstanding fight with the
current head of the state government of Tamil Nadu, where the most
tsunami-related deaths later occurred. Before long, the
Shankaracharya's sympathizers had solidified their opinion that anti-
Hindu forces were to blame, with some going so far as to point fingers
at the Vatican.

For Srinivasan, the Shankaracharya's arrest seemed the most plausible
explanation for the subsequent disaster. "The devastation by the
tsunami in Tamil Nadu, could it be a caveat from Up There about the
atrocities being visited on the [Shankaracharya]?" he asked. "About
adharma"--evil--"gaining ground?" In summarizing, he wrote, "It is
said that the very elements can be affected by the mystical powers of
sages who have acquired superhuman powers through meditation and
sadhana. I think we should all tread carefully, for now we are
treading on things we do not know."

Srinivasan's comments may seem like isolated rants--and even many of
his longtime readers rejected them--but other groups have echoed his
feelings. The Kanchi Kamakoti Seva Foundation, which defends the
Shankaracharya, recently sent an email to its supporters linking the
tsunami to the holy man's arrest. The email says "God has given a
strong signal with this disaster when the injustice to Dharmic
followers have crossed the tolerance limit." It instructs readers to
pray that the tsunami will be "an eye-opener for the Tamil Nadu
Administration and for the media to stop abusing their powers and
bring out false charges against H.H. [His Holiness]."

Most Hindus find the "act of God" tsunami theories irrelevant, if not
offensive. "Such a controversy, if at all there is one, is a product
of some small minds," said Gaurang Vaishnav of the Vishwa Hindu
Parishad of America, one of many Hindu organizations in the United
States that has rallied to aid the victims.

"Hindus do not believe in a vindictive God. There are always actions
and reactions in accordance with the theory of karma. But to attribute
a wholesale destruction and death of thousands of innocent people to a
single act of a state government is ridiculous, insensitive and
insulting to human compassion that crosses the boundaries of religion
at times of natural disasters."

Another Hindu group, the reformist

Navya Shastra

, issued a press release condemning Hindu organizations that have
bought into the act-of-God view, comparing their remarks to those of
Christian leaders like Jerry Falwell. While acknowledging, like
Vaishnav, that karma could have played a role in the deaths, the
group, made of Hindu scholars, practitioners and priests outside
India, suggested that it was more important to focus on helping
survivors than trying to explain why the disaster happened.

Such act-of-God charges also tap into larger Hindu resentment over the
notion that traditional Hindu culture is giving way to forces such as
Western materialism or other faiths. Opposition to Christian
missionary work and the conversion of Dalits, or low-caste Hindus, is
not confined to Hindu nationalists. Many people react negatively to
the idea that some of India's tribal peoples may be exposed to the
Bible even as they are taught how to read, or may take on a Christian
name. The state of Tamil Nadu has special significance for many
Hindus. It was there that a controversial Anti-Conversion Bill was
passed in 2002, meant to prevent poor Hindus from being forcibly
converted to Christianity, especially via financial inducements.
Christian leaders have denied offering such inducements.

But some mission groups see tsunami relief efforts as an opportunity
to spread the gospel in South Asia. In an

article on the evangelical website Crosswalk.com

, Dr. Ajith Fernando of Youth for Christ was quoted as saying, "We
have prayed and wept for our nation for many years. The most urgent of
my prayers has always been that my people would turn to Jesus. I pray
that this terrible, terrible tragedy might be used by God to break
through into the lives of many of our people."

Another evangelist, Gospel for Asia's K.P. Yohannan, said, "In times
like these, we know that God opens the hearts of those who suffer, and
we pray that as our workers demonstrate God's love to them, many of
them will come to know for the first time that real security comes
only through Him."

The statements were immediately distributed to watchful Hindus through
the e-mail news digest Hindu Press International ("Christians See
Conversion Opportunities in Disaster Relief"), a service from the
publishers of the U.S. magazine Hinduism Today.

For some Hindus, the Christian call to evangelize was expected, and
served to favorably contrast Hinduism's non-proselytization with what
they consider the insidious nature of certain Christian groups. "You
will not find an RSS or VHP volunteer converting a non-Hindu to Hindu
Dharma after helping him in his time of need," said Gaurang Vaishnav.
"This is the true meaning of seva"--service in the spirit of
sacrifice--"to a Hindu."

However, these same Hindu aid groups are themselves under scrutiny. An
email distributed by the leftist group

Campaign to Stop Funding Hate

told Indians interested in donating to disaster victims to avoid Hindu
groups such as the Rashtriya Swayam Sevak (RSS), Seva International
and the VHP of America. These organizations, says CSFH, have a history
of using grassroots efforts to advance a militant Hindu political
agenda. According to Kaushik Ghosh, an anthropologist at the
University of Texas, they may create organizational bases, increase
membership, establish political legitimacy or fundraise.

"During [2001's] Gujarat earthquake, the amount of money that flew
into these organizations was unbelievable," said Ghosh. "The
accounting of such money is relatively murky ...NGOs and relief-
development work can become the source of money for a whole range of
'behind-the-camera' projects." For its part, the VHPA states, "funds
for relief work are distributed without consideration of province,
race or religion."

Despite the religious struggles in the press and among advocacy
groups, the interfaith situation appears to be more positive on the
ground, where aid groups and neighbors are working together to help
survivors. One Indian blogger, Amit Varma, reported a growing
friendship between local people of different faiths responding to the
devastation. While spending time in the village of Parangipettai, in
Tamil Nadu, Varma wrote, "A deep bond had been formed between the
villagers, who were all Hindus, and these Muslim men who rushed to
help their neighbours because they believed that to be the way of
their religion. ...Faith, that can be so divisive in times of peace,
can also bring communities together in times of strife."

http://www.beliefnet.com/Faiths/Hinduism/2004/11/Gods-Wrath-In-India.aspx

Hindu group criticises Kanchi Shankaracharya
Friday October 15 2004 18:31 IST
IANS

NEW YORK: A US-based organisation has criticised India's leading Hindu
seer, Kanchi Shankaracharya Jayendra Saraswati, for having been part
of a ceremony where a Rs.20 million ($425,000) diamond-studded crown
was placed on a deity, saying the money could have been spent on
social service instead.

The Navya Shastra, a Hindu organisation, said the seer was part of the
Oct 2 "kumbhabhishekam" ceremony in Andhra Pradesh state's Tirupati
temple where the deity, Lord Venkateswara, was adorned with the crown.

The crown, encrusted with two marble sized emeralds and rare Burmese
rubies besides diamonds, has been donated by the Goenka business
family of Kolkata, India.

Navya Shastra research director Gautham Rao, said money for the crown
had come through donations and it could have been put to better use.
"Clearly at this time in Indian history, when the majority of Indian
citizens continue to live at or near poverty levels, we felt the money
should have been spent on social service," he said.

"We had hoped the Acharya would use his considerable influence to
direct the funds for programmes for the betterment of struggling
Hindus and members of the lower castes, many of whom continue to live
on the peripheries of Hindu society," he added.

Navya Shastra also questioned the participation of Andhra Pradesh
Chief Minister Y S Rajasekhara Reddy in the "opulent" ceremony.

http://shastras.org/Kanchinews.htm

NRI group battles Hinduism's "inequalities"

by Arun Venugopal

When Tukaram, a 19-year-old Dalit fresh from his exams, prayed at a
Hanuman temple in Andhra Pradesh earlier this month, he probably never
anticipated the outrage it would cause.

Upper caste villagers issued an injunction against his entire
community, before scrubbing down the entire temple with cow dung and
urine in a symbolic act of purification.

Ths situation might have remained another footnote to the ongoing
story of India's caste divisions, but for the efforts of a group of
reformist NRIs. The group, Navya Shastra, publicly condemned the
actions of the upper caste villagers and announced a Rs 10,000 (about
$200) scholarship for Tukaram.

This is just the latest in a series of actions the group has taken to
address what it feels are inequities in the religion. Unlike secular
groups that rail against caste and gender discrimination, however,
Navya Shastra comprises devout, temple-going Hindus.

These include a leading priest from Houston and a number of academics,
as well as converts to the religion. Among the advisers is Arun
Gandhi, founder of the MK Gandhi Center for Nonviolence, and O P
Gupta, India's ambassador to Finland.

According to Jaishree Gopal, the molecular biologist in Michigan who
founded Navya Shastra with New Jersey resident Vikram Masson, the
group formed after discussions on an online Hindu bulletin board two
years ago.

"There are lots of apologists writing on the Net these days." said
Gopal. "We saw some articles posted that there is no caste
discrimination in Hinduism (but we know) that Dalits are discriminated
against."

Its this inequality, the group contends on its website, which has lead
to an "epochal tide of conversions to religions thats supposedly
preach egalitarian values. There is compelling evidence that the
number of actual conversions in India is vastly understated by both
missionary organizations and the government."

Aside from access to temples for members of all castes, the group
promotes the right for anyone--man or woman--to receive the sacred
thread and/or become a priest.

While the Indian government has encouraged such reforms to an extent,
the organization insists that Hindus themselves should take up the
cause while avoiding factionalism. At the same time, the group has
been critical of Dalits for highlighting caste discrimination without
actively working with Hindu leaders to resolve the problem.

According to Gopal, it is not a coincidence that Navya Shastra is
based outside of India.

"As NRIs, we become more aware of our religious identity when you are
young, as opposed to India, where it just permeates the atmoshere",
she said. "We are used to answering questions about caste over here.
And we can't always justify the discriminatory aspects."

Another member, Sri Rajarathina Bhattar, agreed with this assessment
and cited the grip of "superstitous beliefs" on many Hindus in India.

The priest emeritus at Houston's Sri Meenakshi Temple, Bhattar has
been conducting a letter writing campaign to newspapers and orthodox
leaders in India, stressing the need for reform.

So far, he said, there continue to be a number of priests who insist
on maintaining the status quo.

"But priests who are well educated seem to agree with me." he said.
"The main reason most of them disagree is due to the fear that they
may lose certain rights as a priest."

This article appeared in June 18, 2004 issue of India Abroad

http://shastras.org/ArunVenugopal.html

US body condemns discrimination against Dalit student
Monday June 7 2004 12:52 IST
IANS

TROY (MICHIGAN): A Hindu organisation in the US has condemned reported
discrimination against a Dalit student who was allegedly victimised
for offering prayers in a Hindu temple in India's Andhra Pradesh
state.

Navya Shastra, which professes spiritual equality of all Hindus, has
also promised financial assistance to Tukaram, 19, to meet his
educational costs.

The boy scored a first class in his intermediate examinations and
visited the village temple of Hanuman to make the traditional coconut
offering in Allapur, Andhra Pradesh. When members of the upper caste
community discovered this they condemned the boy and extorted Rs.500
fine from his apologetic father, Tulsiram.

They also purified the temple by washing it with cow urine and dung so
as to efface the imprints of an "untouchable," according to Vikram
Masson, co-chairman of the organisation.

Such community-based discrimination continues in India despite a
constitutional ban and strict legal safeguards against community
discrimination. "Tukaram must know that others in the Hindu world
strongly condemn such actions," said Jaishree Gopal, the other co-
chairman of the organisation.

"Navya Shastra will award Tukaram a scholarship to help his family
with Tukaram's educational costs and sincerely hopes that the Indian
government and religious leaders will pay more attention to the
apartheid in our midst," said Gopal.

http://shastras.org/Newindpress.com

End caste discrimination, Hindu leaders urged

New York, Nov 28 (IANS) A global Hindu group has urged leaders of the
faith to end caste discrimination in their institutions. The group,
Navya Shastra, also said in a press note that the Vedic chanting
tradition should be opened to all instead of being restricted to upper
caste Brahmins. Jaishree Gopal, Navya Shastra co-chairperson, said:
"The only way to save the Vedic chanting tradition is to initiate
sincere members of all castes, ...

…resulting in a dwindling supply of Vedic experts. The organisation is
lobbying Hindu leaders to implement caste blind initiation policies at
an Acharya Sabha meet to be held in Chennai from Saturday.

… "Here we have a historic opportunity to declare to the world that
Hinduism will reform itself for ever of caste discrimination," said
Vikram Masson, Navya Shastra co-chairman.

"Hinduism, which is thousands of years old, has never had a
significant reformist movement," said Arun Gandhi, Navya Shastra
adviser and grandson of Mahatma Gandhi. "I believe the new millennium
now offers Hinduism an opportunity to change its ancient ...

http://news.eians.com/2003/11/28/28end.html , 27997 bytes

http://shastras.org/IndoAsian

...and I am Sid Harth

Continue reading on narkive:
Loading...